Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 11, 2014.

Registration No. 333-          

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

Under

The Securities Act of 1933

 

 

OTONOMY, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   2834   26-2590070
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)

6275 Nancy Ridge Drive, Suite 100

San Diego, California 92121

(858) 242-5200

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

David A. Weber, Ph.D.

President and Chief Executive Officer

Otonomy, Inc.

6275 Nancy Ridge Drive, Suite 100

San Diego, California 92121

(858) 242-5200

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Kenneth A. Clark

Tony Jeffries

Daniel R. Koeppen

Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C.

650 Page Mill Road

Palo Alto, California 94304

(650) 493-9300

 

Paul E. Cayer

Chief Financial and Business Officer

Otonomy, Inc.

6275 Nancy Ridge Drive, Suite 100

San Diego, California 92121

(858) 242-5200

 

Charles S. Kim

Andrew S. Williamson

David G. Peinsipp

Cooley LLP

4401 Eastgate Mall

San Diego, California 92121

(858) 550-6000

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box: ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨

If this Form is a post effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨

If this Form is a post effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer ¨   Accelerated filer ¨   Non-accelerated filer x   Smaller reporting company ¨
   

(do not check if a smaller

reporting company)

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

 

Title of Each Class of

Securities to be Registered

 

Proposed

Maximum

Aggregate

Offering Price (1)(2)

 

Amount of

Registration

Fee (3)

Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share

  $86,250,000   $11,109

 

 

 

(1) Includes offering price of any additional shares of common stock that the underwriters have the option to purchase.
(2) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(3) Calculated pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, based on an estimate of the proposed maximum aggregate offering price.

 

 

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JULY 11, 2014

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

                     Shares

 

LOGO

Common Stock

 

 

This is an initial public offering of shares of common stock by Otonomy, Inc. The initial public offering price is between $             and $             per share. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. We are offering             shares to be sold in the offering.

We intend to apply to list our common stock on The NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “OTIC.”

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined under the federal securities laws and, as such, have elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements.

 

     Per Share      Total  

Initial public offering price

   $                    $                

Underwriting discounts and commissions (1)

   $         $     

Proceeds to Otonomy, Inc., before expenses

   $         $     

 

(1) See “Underwriting” for a description of the compensation payable to the underwriters.

We have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 30 days to purchase up to an additional                 shares from us at the initial public offering price, less the underwriting discounts and commissions.

Investing in our common stock involves risks. See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 11 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of our common stock.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of common stock to purchasers on or about                     , 2014.

 

J.P. Morgan   BofA Merrill Lynch

Piper Jaffray

Sanford C. Bernstein

                                             , 2014


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

Prospectus Summary

     1   

Risk Factors

     11   

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

     48   

Market, Industry and Other Data

     49   

Use of Proceeds

     50   

Dividend Policy

     51   

Capitalization

     52   

Dilution

     54   

Selected Financial Data

     57   

Management’s Discussion and Analysis Of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     59   

Business

     74   

Management

     113   

Executive Compensation

     121   

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

     133   

Principal Stockholders

     137   

Description of Capital Stock

     140   

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

     146   

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders

     149   

Underwriting

     153   

Legal Matters

     160   

Experts

     160   

Where You Can Find More Information

     160   

Index to Financial Statements

     F-1   

 

 

Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses we have prepared. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date.

Through and including                     , 2014 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

For investors outside the United States: Neither we nor any of the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. You are required to inform yourselves about, and to observe any restrictions relating to, this offering and the distribution of this prospectus.

 

i


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights selected information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed information and financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary may not contain all the information you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should carefully read this prospectus in its entirety before investing in our common stock, including the sections titled “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Unless the context otherwise requires, we use the terms “Otonomy,” the “Company,” “we,” “us” and “our” in this prospectus to refer to Otonomy, Inc.

Overview

We are a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company focused on the development and commercialization of innovative therapeutics for the treatment of diseases and disorders of the ear. To overcome many of the limitations of delivering drugs to the middle and inner ear, we have developed a proprietary technology that is designed to deliver drug that is retained in the ear for an extended period of time following a single local administration, which we refer to as “sustained-exposure.” Utilizing this technology, we have advanced three product candidates into development. Our lead product candidate, AuriPro, is a sustained-exposure antibiotic for which we have recently completed two identical Phase 3 clinical trials in 532 pediatric patients with middle ear effusion, or fluid, at the time of tympanostomy tube placement, or TTP, surgery. Top-line results of these Phase 3 trials demonstrate that AuriPro achieved the primary efficacy endpoint with statistical significance (p<0.001) and that AuriPro was well tolerated. Based on these results, we plan to submit a New Drug Application, or NDA, for AuriPro to the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, in the first half of 2015. Our second product candidate, OTO-104, is a sustained-exposure steroid that is in a Phase 2b clinical trial for patients with Ménière’s disease. We expect to report results from this trial in the first half of 2015. We also intend to initiate one or more open-label, multiple-dose safety studies for OTO-104 in Ménière’s patients by the end of 2014. Our third product candidate, OTO-311, is in preclinical development as a treatment for tinnitus. There are no drugs approved by the FDA for the lead indications we are currently pursuing for our product candidates.

We estimate that more than 50 million people in the United States are affected by otic disorders and that approximately 20 million patients currently seek treatment each year for the most common conditions, including ear infections, balance disorders, tinnitus and hearing loss. As a result, the existing market for treatments is significant and there also remains a large population of untreated patients. Despite this large market opportunity, we believe the otic field has generally been overlooked by drug developers at least in part because of challenges in effectively delivering drug to the middle and inner ear. Our mission is to develop and commercialize novel and best-in-class therapeutics to address unmet medical needs in the emerging otology market.

The following table summarizes key information regarding our product candidate pipeline:

 

LOGO

 

 

1


Table of Contents

We have global commercialization rights to our product candidates. Our strategy is to advance our product candidates through regulatory approval and self-commercialize in the United States. We plan to build a focused sales force targeting otolaryngologists, also known as ear, nose and throat physicians, or ENTs, who specialize in the treatment of patients affected by diseases and disorders of the ear. Outside the United States, we plan to evaluate whether to commercialize our products on our own or in collaboration with partners. We have a broad patent portfolio of approximately 55 issued patents and allowed patent applications and at least 85 pending patent applications covering our product candidates and indications as well as other potential applications of our technology in major markets around the world.

Overview of Otology and Current Treatments

The field of otology is a subspecialty within otolaryngology that focuses on diseases and disorders of the ear. The three main parts of the ear include the outer, middle and inner ear. The outer ear is the external region up to the tympanic membrane, or ear drum. Infection or inflammation in this region is known as acute otitis externa, commonly referred to as swimmer’s ear. The middle ear is the cavity on the inner-side of the ear drum containing the three small bones that transmit sound to the inner ear. Infection or inflammation in this area, known as otitis media, is a common occurrence in young children. The inner ear is the compartment containing the cochlea for hearing and the vestibular organ for balance. Disorders associated with this region include balance disorders, such as Ménière’s disease, as well as tinnitus and hearing loss.

Outer ear infections are typically treated with antibiotic ear drops and, in certain severe cases, oral antibiotics. If used properly, antibiotic ear drops are effective in resolving infections of the outer ear. However, treatment involves multi-dose, multi-day regimens, and incomplete compliance with such regimens may lead to clinical treatment failure and recurrence of infection in some patients.

Middle ear infections are typically treated with oral antibiotics. However, this approach can result in systemic side effects and increased risk of bacterial resistance. Patients with persistent effusion or recurrent infections may be referred to an ENT for TTP surgery, during which tympanostomy tubes are inserted through the eardrum to ventilate the middle ear cavity. As the tympanostomy tube itself is frequently insufficient to treat the middle ear effusion, antibiotic ear drops are routinely used off-label during and following the procedure. As with the outer ear, such antibiotic ear drop treatments involve multi-dose, multi-day regimens which can be problematic to follow, particularly in pediatric patients who represent the bulk of the TTP patient population.

Inner ear disorders represent an emerging field for drug treatment. Local drug delivery via direct injection through the ear drum has been demonstrated to offer a viable approach to address many disorders in this region since high drug levels can be achieved in the inner ear and systemic drug exposure is low. This injection, called an intratympanic, or IT, injection, allows for the delivery of drugs to the middle ear cavity through the ear drum, and then to the inner ear compartment via passage through the round window membrane. However, a limitation of IT injection of solution-based formulations is their rapid elimination from the middle ear cavity down the Eustachian tube when the patient talks, swallows or sits up. This limits inner ear drug exposure, which likely reduces the therapeutic effect and increases treatment variability across patients.

Given the compliance challenges of multi-dose, multi-day ear drop regimens for treating the middle ear, and anatomical barriers associated with achieving high and sustained drug levels in the inner ear via oral administration or an IT injection of solution, we believe that there is a large unmet medical need for improved otic drug delivery.

Our Proprietary Otic Drug Delivery Technology

We have developed a proprietary formulation technology that provides sustained drug exposure in the middle or inner ear from a single local administration. Our technology utilizes a thermosensitive polymer, which transitions from a liquid to a gel at body temperature. The polymer is combined with drug microparticles to

 

 

2


Table of Contents

create a suspension that is retained in the middle ear cavity for an extended period of time. This prolonged residence time provides high and sustained drug exposure in the middle and inner ear. Potential benefits of our technology include:

 

   

Provides full course of treatment from a single local administration thereby eliminating the need for repeat dosing as is required with solutions.

 

   

Achieves high drug levels in the target location and minimizes systemic exposure.

 

   

Provides high and sustained drug levels in the middle ear versus the pulsatile drug levels observed with antibiotic ear drops.

 

   

Provides drug distribution throughout the inner ear compartment compared to solutions which result in declining drug levels away from the round window membrane.

 

   

Eliminates the need for the patient to remain in a prone position for an extended period of time, improving patient acceptance and practice efficiency.

 

   

Permits simple office-based administration by the ENT.

 

   

Avoids potential issues with patient compliance and challenges in completing multi-dose, multi-day treatment regimens.

Our Product Candidates

AuriPro: Sustained-Exposure Antibiotic for Otic Indications

AuriPro is a sustained-exposure formulation of the antibiotic ciprofloxacin in development for the treatment of middle ear effusion in pediatric patients requiring TTP surgery. AuriPro has been formulated to provide sustained-exposure of ciprofloxacin so that a single administration provides a full course of treatment. There are approximately one million TTP surgeries performed each year in the United States, and antibiotic ear drops are used in nearly all cases. Despite their routine use, no antibiotic ear drop has received FDA approval for this indication. Moreover, current ear drop products require multi-dose, multi-day regimens for efficacy. Full compliance with these regimens can be challenging, and missed antibiotic doses can compromise efficacy and increase the potential for bacterial resistance.

We have recently completed two randomized, prospective, double-blind, sham-controlled Phase 3 clinical trials with identical protocols that enrolled a total of 532 pediatric patients at approximately 60 centers in the United States and Canada. Top-line results of these trials demonstrate that AuriPro achieved the primary efficacy endpoint, reduction in the incidence of treatment failures, with statistical significance (p<0.001) and that AuriPro was well tolerated. A p-value is the probability that the reported result was achieved purely by chance, such that a p-value of less than or equal to 0.001 means that there is a 0.1% or less probability that the difference between the sham group and the treatment group is purely due to chance. In these trials, AuriPro reduced the risk of treatment failure, as measured by the occurrence of post-operative otorrhea (drainage) or use of rescue antibiotics, by an average of 50% across the two trials and the risk of post-operative otorrhea alone by an average of more than 60% across the two trials, in each case as compared to sham. Based on these results, we plan to submit an NDA for AuriPro to the FDA in the first half of 2015. If approved, we plan to commercialize AuriPro in the United States in 2016.

The initial target market for AuriPro totals approximately one million TTP procedures conducted each year in the United States, for which antibiotic ear drops are routinely used off-label today. In addition, we plan to assess and prioritize future potential therapeutic indications for AuriPro, including recurrent otic infections in patients with tympanostomy tubes, acute otitis externa, chronic suppurative otitis media (a perforated tympanic membrane with persistent drainage from the middle ear), and prophylaxis following middle ear surgeries, and initiate one or more clinical trials in these indications during 2015. We have global commercialization rights to AuriPro with patent protection in the United States until at least 2030.

 

 

3


Table of Contents

OTO-104: Sustained-Exposure Steroid for Inner Ear Disorders

OTO-104 is a sustained-exposure formulation of the steroid dexamethasone in development for the treatment of Ménière’s disease and other inner ear conditions. Ménière’s disease is a chronic condition characterized by acute vertigo attacks, tinnitus, fluctuating hearing loss and a feeling of aural fullness. The underlying cause of Ménière’s disease is not well understood and there is no known cure. There are more than 600,000 patients diagnosed with Ménière’s disease in the United States and there are currently no FDA-approved drug treatments. Typical first line treatment in the United States is observance of a low-salt diet and off-label use of diuretics. Oral and IT steroids are used in a subset of Ménière’s patients who have persistent or severe symptoms. Patients who are unresponsive to steroid treatment may resort to surgical or chemical ablation, which can cause irreversible hearing loss.

We have completed a randomized, prospective, double-blind, placebo-controlled, multicenter, 44-patient Phase 1b clinical trial of a single IT injection of OTO-104 in patients with Ménière’s disease. Results demonstrated that OTO-104 is well tolerated when administered as a single IT injection and 12 mg of OTO-104 was associated with clinically meaningful improvements in both vertigo frequency and tinnitus compared to placebo three months after treatment. There were no serious adverse events observed during the clinical trial. We are conducting a Phase 2b clinical trial with 140 patients at more than 50 centers in the United States and Canada, which we believe will serve as one of two pivotal, single-dose efficacy trials required to support U.S. regulatory approval. We expect to report results from this clinical trial in the first half of 2015. If results are positive, we plan to initiate a second pivotal trial of OTO-104 in 2015. We also intend to initiate one or more open-label, multiple-dose safety studies for OTO-104 in Ménière’s patients by the end of 2014. The FDA has granted OTO-104 Fast Track designation, which is a process designed to facilitate the development and expedite the FDA’s review of drugs to treat serious conditions and fill unmet medical needs.

The initial target market for OTO-104 is the more than 600,000 patients diagnosed with Ménière’s disease in the United States. In addition, we plan to assess and prioritize additional opportunities for OTO-104 in conditions where ENTs currently use steroids off-label, including other balance disorders, sudden sensorineural hearing loss, other types of sensorineural hearing loss and tinnitus. We have global commercialization rights to OTO-104 with patent protection in the United States until at least 2029.

OTO-311: Sustained-Exposure Treatment for Tinnitus

OTO-311 is a sustained-exposure formulation of the N-Methyl-D-Aspartate, or NMDA, receptor antagonist gacyclidine in development for the treatment of tinnitus. Tinnitus is often described as a ringing in the ear but can also sound like roaring, clicking, hissing or buzzing. People with severe tinnitus may have trouble hearing, working and sleeping. At this time, there is no cure for tinnitus and there are no FDA-approved drugs for treating this debilitating condition.

Historic and emerging clinical data provide support for the use of NMDA receptor antagonists, including gacyclidine, for the treatment of tinnitus. Mechanistically, agents from this therapeutic class may act to reduce dysfunctional activity resulting from injury to the hearing organ, or cochlea, and be perceived by the patient as tinnitus. For example, Phase 2 clinical trials with several agents have demonstrated reductions in the severity of tinnitus and improvement in the functional status of treated patients. We expect that the results of these trials will be instructive in the design and implementation of our clinical development program. The goal of our OTO-311 program is to develop a sustained-exposure formulation of gacyclidine that will provide a full course of treatment from a single IT injection. We expect to file an Investigational New Drug application, or IND, with the FDA in order to initiate clinical development during 2015. We have global commercialization rights to OTO-311 with patent protection in the United States until at least 2031.

 

 

4


Table of Contents

Our Strategy

Our objective is to develop and commercialize novel and best-in-class therapeutics to address unmet medical needs in the emerging otology market. The key elements of our strategy include:

 

   

Advance AuriPro through regulatory approval and pursue development in additional indications;

 

   

Develop OTO-104 for Ménière’s disease and other inner ear disorders;

 

   

Establish our own sales and marketing capabilities to commercialize our products in the United States;

 

   

Maximize the commercial potential of our products outside the United States; and

 

   

Utilize our technology and our broad patent portfolio to develop OTO-311 and expand our product pipeline.

Founders, Management Team and Investors

We were founded in 2008 by Jay Lichter, Ph.D., a partner at Avalon Ventures, together with Jeffrey Harris, M.D., Ph.D., Chief of the Division of Otolaryngology-Head and Neck Surgery at University of California, San Diego, and several other experts in the field of otology. Dr. Lichter became interested in otology after suffering a severe attack of vertigo that was subsequently diagnosed by Dr. Harris as Ménière’s disease. Dr. Lichter’s battle with Ménière’s disease, and his first-hand experience with the limitations of available treatments, led to the founding of Otonomy.

We have assembled an experienced management team backed by a strong group of institutional healthcare investors. Our management team has extensive drug development and commercialization capabilities led by David A. Weber, Ph.D., our President and Chief Executive Officer. Dr. Weber has relevant experience based on his previous tenure as acting Chief Executive Officer at Oculex (acquired by Allergan) and then Chief Executive Officer at MacuSight, both companies that were developing locally administered drug products for the eye. Our investors include the following entities or their affiliates or funds advised by them: OrbiMed Advisors LLC, Novo A/S, TPG Biotech, Jennison Associates LLC, Perceptive Advisors, Federated Kaufmann Funds, Rock Springs Capital, Avalon Ventures, Domain Associates, RiverVest Venture Partners, Aperture Venture Partners, Clough Capital Partners, Ally Bridge Group, and Osage University Partners.

Risks Associated with Our Business

Our business is subject to numerous risks that you should consider before investing in us. These risks are described more fully in the section titled “Risk Factors” immediately following this prospectus summary. These risks include, among others:

 

   

We have a limited operating history and have incurred significant losses since our inception, and we anticipate that we will continue to incur losses for the foreseeable future, which makes it difficult to assess our future viability;

 

   

We currently have no source of product revenue and may never become profitable;

 

   

We will require substantial additional financing to commercialize our lead product candidate, AuriPro, and to obtain regulatory approval for OTO-104 and OTO-311;

 

   

We are substantially dependent on the regulatory and commercial success of AuriPro;

 

   

We are also dependent upon the clinical, regulatory, and commercial success of OTO-104, our second product candidate;

 

   

In addition to AuriPro and OTO-104, our long-term prospects are dependent in part on advancing other product candidates, such as OTO-311, into clinical development and through to regulatory approval and commercialization;

 

 

5


Table of Contents
   

Clinical drug development involves a lengthy and expensive process with an uncertain outcome, results of earlier studies and trials may not be predictive of future trial results, and our clinical trials may fail to adequately demonstrate the safety and efficacy of our product candidates;

 

   

We may be unable to obtain regulatory approval for our product candidates. The denial or delay of any such approval would delay commercialization and have a material adverse effect on our potential to generate revenue, our business and our results of operations;

 

   

Even if our product candidates obtain regulatory approval, they may fail to achieve the broad degree of market acceptance and use necessary for commercial success;

 

   

To establish our sales and marketing infrastructure, we will need to increase the size of our organization, and we may experience difficulties in managing this growth. If we are unable to establish sales and marketing capabilities, we will be unable to successfully commercialize our products, if approved, or generate product revenue;

 

   

Use of our product candidates could be associated with side effects or adverse events; and

 

   

Our product candidates, if approved, will face significant competition in the biopharmaceutical market and our failure to effectively compete with competitor drugs, including off-label drug use, and future competitors may prevent us from achieving significant market penetration and expansion.

Corporate and Other Information

Our principal executive offices are located at 6275 Nancy Ridge, Suite 100, San Diego, California 92121, and our telephone number is (858) 242-5200. Our website is www.otonomy.com. Information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not consider information on our website to be part of this prospectus. We were incorporated in Delaware in May 2008.

Otonomy, the Otonomy logo and other trademarks or service marks of Otonomy appearing in this prospectus are the property of Otonomy. Trade names, trademarks and service marks of other companies appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective holders. We have omitted the ® and ™ designations, as applicable, for the trademarks used in this prospectus.

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or JOBS Act. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest to occur of: the last day of the fiscal year in which we have more than $1.0 billion in annual revenue; the date we qualify as a “large accelerated filer,” with at least $700 million of equity securities held by non-affiliates; the issuance, in any three-year period, by us of more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities; and the last day of the fiscal year ending after the fifth anniversary of our initial public offering. As a result of this status, we have taken advantage of reduced reporting requirements in this prospectus. In particular, in this prospectus, we have provided only two years of audited financial statements and have not included all of the executive compensation related information that would be required if we were not an emerging growth company. In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards, delaying the adoption of these accounting standards until they would apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption and, as a result, upon completion of this offering we will adopt new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for other public companies.

 

 

6


Table of Contents

The Offering

 

Common stock offered by us

            shares

 

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering

            shares

 

Option to purchase additional shares

We have granted the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days after the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to an additional                  shares of common stock from us.

 

Use of proceeds

We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to fund expenses in connection with obtaining the regulatory approval and preparing for the commercialization of AuriPro, if approved; OTO-104 clinical development, including completion of the OTO-104 Phase 2b clinical trial and, if results are positive, initiation of a Phase 3 clinical trial, and initiation of one or more open-label, multiple-dose safety studies in Ménière’s patients; preclinical development and a Phase 1 clinical trial for OTO-311; and for research and development activities, working capital and other general corporate purposes. See “Use of Proceeds.”

 

Proposed NASDAQ Global Market trading symbol

“OTIC”

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 494,605,029 shares of common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2014, after giving effect to the issuance of 145,073,529 shares of our series D convertible preferred stock on April 23, 2014 and the automatic conversion of all shares of our convertible preferred stock into shares of our common stock, and excludes:

 

   

48,664,669 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of March 31, 2014, at a weighted-average exercise price of $0.06 per share;

 

   

4,997,509 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase shares of series A convertible preferred stock as of March 31, 2014, at an exercise price of $0.8843 per share of series A convertible preferred stock subject to such warrants;

 

   

                shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our stock-based compensation plans, consisting of:

 

  ¡    

12,612,167 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, or our 2010 Plan, which shares will be added to the shares to be reserved under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, or our 2014 Plan; and

 

  ¡    

                shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2014 Plan, which will become effective in connection with this offering, and any additional shares that become available under our 2014 Plan pursuant to provisions thereof that automatically increase the share reserve under the plan each year, as more fully described in the section titled “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans;” and

 

   

                shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or ESPP, which will become effective in connection with this offering, and any additional shares that become available under our ESPP pursuant to provisions thereof that automatically increase the share reserve under the plan each year, as more fully described in the section titled “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans.”

 

 

7


Table of Contents

Unless otherwise noted, the information in this prospectus reflects and assumes the following:

 

   

a     -for-     reverse stock split to be effected prior to the completion of this offering;

 

   

the automatic conversion of all our outstanding convertible preferred stock (including the shares of series D convertible preferred stock issued on April 23, 2014) into an aggregate of 478,865,566 shares of common stock, which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering;

 

   

the cash exercise of warrants to purchase shares of series C convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $0.25 per share, as such warrants expire if not exercised prior to this offering, and the automatic conversion of such shares into 12,003,999 shares of common stock upon the completion of this offering (to the extent any such warrants are net exercised or expire unexercised, the total number of underlying shares actually issued upon the completion of this offering will be less than the 12,003,999 shares assumed for purposes of this prospectus);

 

   

no exercise of warrants to purchase series A convertible preferred stock, and the conversion of such warrants to purchase an aggregate of 4,997,509 shares of common stock upon the completion of this offering;

 

   

the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the adoption of our amended and restated bylaws in connection with the completion of this offering;

 

   

no exercise of outstanding options; and

 

   

no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to an additional                  shares of our common stock in this offering.

 

 

8


Table of Contents

Summary Financial Data

The following tables summarize our summary financial data for the periods and as of the dates indicated. We have derived our summary statements of operations data for each of the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 from our audited financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived our summary statements of operations data for each of the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014 and the summary balance sheet data as of March 31, 2014 from our unaudited financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our interim unaudited financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America on the same basis as the annual audited financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair statement of our financial position as of March 31, 2014 and our results of our operations for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future, and our unaudited interim results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the full year or any other period. You should read this information together with our financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and the information in the sections titled “Selected Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

     Years Ended December 31,     Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
           2012                 2013                 2013                 2014        
     (in thousands, except share and per share data)  
                 (unaudited)  

Statements of Operations Data:

        

Operating expenses:

        

Research and development

   $ 8,523      $ 16,336      $ 3,105      $ 8,991   

General and administrative

     2,408        3,514        713        1,565   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     10,931        19,850        3,818        10,556   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (10,931     (19,850     (3,818     (10,556

Other income (expense)

     3,362        291        1,329        (265
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (7,569     (19,559     (2,489     (10,821

Accretion to redemption value of convertible preferred stock

     (801     (539     (197     (13
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (8,370   $ (20,098   $ (2,686   $ (10,834
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (1)

   $ (3.38   $ (7.64   $ (1.04   $ (3.68
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used to compute net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (1)

     2,474,298        2,629,674        2,577,386        2,941,836   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (unaudited) (1)

     $ (0.13     $ (0.03
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used to compute pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (unaudited) (1)

       158,239,811          348,737,872   
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

(1) See Note 2 to our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the methods used to calculate the historical and pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted, and the number of shares used in the calculations of these per share amounts.

 

 

9


Table of Contents
     As of March 31, 2014  
     Actual     Pro  Forma (1)     Pro Forma
As Adjusted (2)(3)
 
     (in thousands)  
     (unaudited)  

Balance Sheet Data:

  

Cash

   $ 31,059      $ 83,385      $                    

Working capital

     25,841        84,893     

Total assets

     32,567        78,167     

Convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     909            

Convertible preferred stock

     95,166            

Deficit accumulated during the development stage

     (70,391     (70,391  

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (69,622     78,779     

 

(1) The pro forma balance sheet data in the table above reflects (i) the cash exercise of warrants to purchase 12,003,999 shares of our series C convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $0.25 per share, as such warrants expire if not exercised prior to this offering, and the automatic conversion of such shares into 12,003,999 shares of our common stock (to the extent any such warrants are net exercised or expire unexercised, the total number of underlying shares actually issued upon the completion of this offering will be less than the 12,003,999 shares assumed for purposes of this pro forma calculation), (ii) the receipt of gross proceeds of $49.3 million from the sale of 145,073,529 shares of series D convertible preferred stock in April 2014 and (iii) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 478,865,566 shares of our common stock after giving effect to the issuance of 145,073,529 shares of our series D convertible preferred stock on April 23, 2014, upon the completion of this offering.

 

(2) The pro forma as adjusted balance sheet data in the table above reflects the pro forma adjustments described in footnote (1) above plus the sale of shares of our common stock in this offering and the application of the net proceeds at an initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

(3) Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) each of cash, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ (deficit) equity by approximately $         million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares of common stock offered by us would increase (decrease) each of cash, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ (deficit) equity by approximately $         million. The pro forma as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

 

 

10


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks described below, as well as all other information included in this prospectus, including our financial statements, the notes thereto and the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” before you decide to purchase shares of our common stock. If any of the following risks actually occurs, our business, financial condition, operating results, prospects and ability to accomplish our strategic objectives could be materially harmed. As a result, the trading price of our common stock could decline and you could lose all or part of your investment. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial may also impair our business operations and the market price of our common stock.

Risks Related to Our Financial Condition and Capital Requirements

We have a limited operating history and have incurred significant losses since our inception, and we anticipate that we will continue to incur losses for the foreseeable future, which makes it difficult to assess our future viability.

We are a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company with a limited operating history upon which you can evaluate our business and prospects. We are not profitable and have incurred losses in each year since we commenced operations in 2008. In addition, we have limited experience and have not yet demonstrated an ability to successfully overcome many of the risks and uncertainties frequently encountered by companies in new and rapidly evolving fields, particularly in the biopharmaceutical industry. Drug development is a highly speculative undertaking and involves a substantial degree of risk. To date, we have not obtained any regulatory approvals for any of our product candidates, commercialized our product candidates or generated any revenue. We continue to incur significant research and development and other expenses related to our ongoing clinical trials and operations. We have recorded net losses of $7.6 million, $19.6 million and $10.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and for the three months ended March 31, 2014, respectively, and had an accumulated deficit during our development stage through March 31, 2014 of $70.4 million.

We currently have no source of product revenue and may never become profitable.

We expect to continue to incur significant losses for the foreseeable future. Our ability to achieve revenue and profitability is dependent on our ability to complete the development of our product candidates, obtain necessary regulatory approvals and successfully commercialize our products. We may never succeed in these activities and therefore may never generate revenue that is significant or large enough to achieve profitability. Even if we achieve profitability in the future, we may not be able to sustain or increase profitability on a quarterly or annual basis. Our prior losses and expected future losses have had and will continue to have an adverse effect on our stockholders’ (deficit) equity and working capital and any failure to become and remain profitable may adversely affect the market price of our common stock, our ability to raise capital, and our viability.

We will require substantial additional financing to commercialize AuriPro and to obtain regulatory approval for OTO-104 and OTO-311, and a failure to obtain this necessary capital when needed on acceptable terms, or at all, could force us to delay, limit, reduce or terminate our commercialization efforts, product development, or other operations.

Since our inception, most of our resources have been dedicated to the development of our product candidates, AuriPro, OTO-104 and OTO-311. In particular, obtaining regulatory approval for and commercializing AuriPro, and commencing and completing clinical trials for OTO-104 and OTO-311, will require substantial funds. We have funded our operations primarily through the sale and issuance of convertible preferred stock and convertible notes. As of March 31, 2014, we had capital resources consisting of $31.1 million of cash and $7.0 million of available funds under our credit facility, which we have not drawn on to date. We believe that we will continue to expend substantial resources for the foreseeable future for the commercialization of AuriPro and the development of OTO-104, OTO-311 and any other product candidates we may choose to

 

11


Table of Contents

pursue. These expenditures will include costs associated with marketing and selling any products approved for sale, manufacturing, preparing regulatory submissions, and conducting preclinical studies and clinical trials. We cannot estimate with reasonable certainty the actual amounts necessary to successfully complete the development and commercialization of our product candidates.

Our future capital requirements depend on many factors, including:

 

   

the timing of regulatory approval for AuriPro;

 

   

the cost of commercialization activities if our products are approved for sale, including marketing, sales and distribution costs;

 

   

the timing of, and the costs involved in, clinical development and obtaining regulatory approvals for OTO-104, OTO-311 or any future product candidates;

 

   

the cost of manufacturing our products;

 

   

the number and characteristics of any other product candidates we develop or acquire;

 

   

our ability to establish and maintain strategic collaborations, licensing or other commercialization arrangements and the terms and timing of such arrangements;

 

   

the degree and rate of market acceptance of any approved products;

 

   

the emergence, approval, availability, perceived advantages, relative cost, relative safety and relative efficacy of other products or treatments;

 

   

the expenses needed to attract and retain skilled personnel;

 

   

the costs associated with being a public company;

 

   

the costs involved in preparing, filing, prosecuting, maintaining, defending and enforcing patent claims, including litigation costs and the outcome of such litigation;

 

   

the timing, receipt and amount of sales of, or royalties on, future approved products, if any; and

 

   

any product liability or other lawsuits related to our products;

Additional capital may not be available when we need it, on terms that are acceptable to us or at all. If adequate funds are not available to us on a timely basis, we may be required to delay, limit, reduce or terminate our establishment of sales and marketing, manufacturing or distribution capabilities or other activities that may be necessary to commercialize our product candidates, preclinical studies, clinical trials or other development activities.

If we raise additional capital through marketing and distribution arrangements or other collaborations, strategic alliances or licensing arrangements with third parties, we may have to relinquish certain valuable rights to our product candidates, technologies, future revenue streams or research programs or grant licenses on terms that may not be favorable to us. If we raise additional capital through public or private equity offerings, the ownership interest of our existing stockholders will be diluted and the terms of any new equity securities may have preferential rights over our common stock. If we raise additional capital through debt financing, we may be subject to covenants limiting or restricting our ability to take specific actions, such as incurring additional debt or making capital expenditures or specified financial ratios, any of which could restrict our ability to develop and commercialize our product candidates or operate as a business.

Risks Related to Our Product Candidates

We are substantially dependent on the regulatory and commercial success of our lead product candidate, AuriPro.

To date, we have invested substantial resources in the development of our lead product candidate, AuriPro. AuriPro is our only product that has completed Phase 3 clinical development.

 

12


Table of Contents

Given the completion of our Phase 3 clinical trials for AuriPro, its future success is primarily subject to the risks associated with obtaining regulatory approval from the FDA and commercialization, including risks associated with:

 

   

the eligibility of AuriPro for the Section 505(b)(2) regulatory approval pathway which could potentially simplify the FDA approval process;

 

   

the FDA’s acceptance of our NDA submission for AuriPro;

 

   

the FDA requiring additional studies or information to support our submission;

 

   

the successful and timely receipt of necessary marketing approval from the FDA to allow us to begin commercializing AuriPro in the United States;

 

   

the ability to manufacture commercial supplies of AuriPro;

 

   

our ability to build a sales organization to market AuriPro;

 

   

our success in educating physicians, patients and caregivers about the benefits, administration and use of AuriPro;

 

   

the availability, perceived advantages, relative cost, relative safety and relative efficacy of other products or treatments for middle ear effusion at the time of TTP surgery, particularly the off-label use of multi-dose, multi-day antibiotic ear drops;

 

   

demand for the treatment of middle ear effusion in patients requiring TTP surgery;

 

   

the availability of coverage and adequate reimbursement for AuriPro;

 

   

our ability to enforce our intellectual property rights in and to AuriPro; and

 

   

a continued acceptable safety profile of AuriPro following approval.

Many of these clinical, regulatory and commercial matters are beyond our control and are subject to other risks described elsewhere in this “Risk Factors” section. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that we will be able to successfully obtain regulatory approval of, commercialize or generate significant revenue from AuriPro. If we cannot do so, or are significantly delayed in doing so, our business will be materially harmed.

We are also dependent upon the clinical, regulatory and commercial success of OTO-104, our second product candidate.

In addition to AuriPro, we have also invested substantial resources in the development of our second product candidate, OTO-104. OTO-104 is currently in a Phase 2b clinical trial and is our only other product candidate in clinical trials. We expect to report results for this clinical trial in the first half of 2015 and, if the results are positive, initiate a Phase 3 clinical trial thereafter. We also intend to initiate one or more open-label, multiple-dose safety studies for OTO-104 in Ménière’s patients by the end of 2014.

Given the stage of development of OTO-104, its success is most subject to the risks associated with completing its current clinical trial and future clinical trials, including risks associated with:

 

   

the completion of enrollment of the ongoing Phase 2b clinical trial for OTO-104;

 

   

the use of patient reported outcomes in our Phase 2b clinical trial;

 

   

our ability to demonstrate the safety and efficacy of OTO-104 in this clinical trial;

 

   

the FDA’s willingness to accept the results of our Phase 2b clinical trial as one of two pivotal, single-dose efficacy trials required to support regulatory approval;

 

   

the successful implementation, enrollment and completion of a second pivotal, single-dose efficacy trial that demonstrates the safety and efficacy of OTO-104;

 

   

the successful implementation, enrollment and completion of one or more open-label safety studies; and

 

13


Table of Contents
   

the ability to file an NDA for regulatory approval with the FDA without the need for any additional clinical trials.

If we are able to successfully complete the necessary clinical trials for OTO-104, its success will still remain subject to the risks associated with obtaining regulatory approval from the FDA and being commercialized, including risks associated with:

 

   

the FDA’s grant of Fast Track designation for OTO-104 does not guarantee priority review;

 

   

the FDA’s acceptance of our NDA submission for OTO-104;

 

   

the successful and timely receipt of necessary marketing approval from the FDA to allow us to begin commercializing OTO-104 in the United States;

 

   

the ability to manufacture commercial supplies of OTO-104;

 

   

the ability of our future sales organization to sell OTO-104;

 

   

our success in educating physicians and patients about the benefits, administration and use of OTO-104;

 

   

the availability, perceived advantages, relative cost, relative safety and relative efficacy of other products or treatments for Ménière’s disease;

 

   

patient demand for the treatment of Ménière’s disease;

 

   

the availability of coverage and adequate reimbursement for OTO-104;

 

   

our ability to enforce our intellectual property rights in and to OTO-104; and

 

   

a continued acceptable safety profile of OTO-104 following approval.

Many of these clinical, regulatory and commercial matters are beyond our control and are subject to other risks described elsewhere in this “Risk Factors” section. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that we will be able to advance OTO-104 further through final clinical development, or obtain regulatory approval of, commercialize or generate significant revenue from OTO-104. If we cannot do so, or are significantly delayed in doing so, our business will be materially harmed.

In addition to AuriPro and OTO-104, our long-term prospects depend in part upon advancing additional product candidates, such as OTO-311, into clinical development and through to regulatory approval and commercialization.

Although we are focused upon potential regulatory approval and commercialization of AuriPro and completion of the clinical trials and potential regulatory approval and commercialization of OTO-104, the development of OTO-311 and other potential candidates for the treatment of inner and middle ear disorders is a key element of our long-term strategy. OTO-311 is currently in preclinical development and is therefore currently most subject to the risks associated with preclinical and clinical development, including the risks associated with:

 

   

generating sufficient data to support the initiation or continuation of clinical trials;

 

   

obtaining regulatory approval to commence clinical trials;

 

   

contracting with the necessary parties to conduct a clinical trial;

 

   

enrolling sufficient numbers of patients in clinical trials;

 

   

timely manufacture of sufficient quantities of the product candidate for use in clinical trials; and

 

   

adverse events in the clinical trials.

 

14


Table of Contents

Even if we successfully advance OTO-311 or any other future product candidate into clinical development, their success will be subject to all of the clinical, regulatory and commercial risks described elsewhere in this “Risk Factors” section. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that we will ever be able to develop, obtain regulatory approval of, commercialize or generate significant revenue from OTO-311 or any other future product candidate.

Risks Related to Our Business and Strategy

Clinical drug development involves a lengthy and expensive process with an uncertain outcome, results of earlier studies and trials may not be predictive of future trial results, and our clinical trials may fail to adequately demonstrate the safety and efficacy of our product candidates.

Clinical testing is expensive and can take many years to complete, and its outcome is inherently uncertain. A failure of one or more of our clinical trials can occur at any time during the clinical trial process. The results of preclinical studies and early clinical trials of our product candidates may not be predictive of the results of later-stage clinical trials. There is a high failure rate for drugs proceeding through clinical trials, and product candidates in later stages of clinical trials may fail to show the required safety and efficacy despite having progressed through preclinical studies and initial clinical trials. A number of companies in the pharmaceutical industry have suffered significant setbacks in advanced clinical trials due to lack of efficacy or adverse safety profiles, notwithstanding promising results in earlier clinical trials, and we cannot be certain that we will not face similar setbacks. Even if our clinical trials are completed, the results may not be sufficient to obtain regulatory approval for our product candidates.

We have in the past experienced delays in our ongoing clinical trials and we may in the future. We do not know whether future clinical trials, if any, will begin on time, need to be redesigned, enroll an adequate number of patients on time or be completed on schedule, if at all. Clinical trials can be delayed, suspended or terminated for a variety of reasons, including failure to:

 

   

generate sufficient preclinical, toxicology, or other in vivo or in vitro data to support the initiation or continuation of clinical trials;

 

   

obtain regulatory approval, or feedback on trial design, to commence a trial;

 

   

identify, recruit and train suitable clinical investigators;

 

   

reach agreement on acceptable terms with prospective CROs and clinical trial sites;

 

   

obtain and maintain institutional review board, or IRB, approval at each clinical trial site;

 

   

identify, recruit and enroll suitable patients to participate in a trial;

 

   

have a sufficient number of patients complete a trial or return for post-treatment follow-up;

 

   

ensure clinical investigators observe trial protocol or continue to participate in a trial;

 

   

address any patient safety concerns that arise during the course of a trial;

 

   

address any conflicts with new or existing laws or regulations;

 

   

add a sufficient number of clinical trial sites;

 

   

timely manufacture sufficient quantities of product candidate for use in clinical trials; or

 

   

raise sufficient capital to fund a trial.

Patient enrollment is a significant factor in the timing of clinical trials and is affected by many factors, including the size and nature of the patient population, the proximity of patients to clinical sites, the eligibility criteria for the trial, the design of the clinical trial, competing clinical trials and clinicians’ and patients’ or caregivers’ perceptions as to the potential advantages of the drug candidate being studied in relation to other available therapies, including any new drugs or treatments that may be approved for the indications we are investigating.

 

15


Table of Contents

We could also encounter delays if a clinical trial is suspended or terminated by us, by the data safety monitoring board for such trial or by the FDA or any other regulatory authority, or if the IRBs of the institutions in which such trials are being conducted suspend or terminate the participation of their clinical investigators and sites subject to their review. Such authorities may suspend or terminate a clinical trial due to a number of factors, including failure to conduct the clinical trial in accordance with regulatory requirements or our clinical protocols, inspection of the clinical trial operations or trial site by the FDA or other regulatory authorities resulting in the imposition of a clinical hold, unforeseen safety issues or adverse side effects, failure to demonstrate a benefit from using a product candidate, changes in governmental regulations or administrative actions or lack of adequate funding to continue the clinical trial.

OTO-104 was previously subject to Full Clinical Hold that was removed in July 2013 and then subject to Partial Clinical Hold that was removed in June 2014. The removal of Full Clinical Hold allowed us to initiate the current Phase 2b clinical trial, and the removal of Partial Clinical Hold will permit us to conduct multiple-dose clinical trials in the future. As a result of OTO-104 being placed on Full Clinical Hold, AuriPro was also placed on Full Clinical Hold. The AuriPro Full Clinical Hold was removed in November 2012. We cannot assure you that our product candidates will not be subject to new clinical holds in the future.

If we experience delays in the completion of, or termination of, any clinical trial of our product candidates for any reason, the commercial prospects of our product candidates may be harmed, and our ability to generate product revenues from any of these product candidates will be delayed. In addition, any delays in completing our clinical trials will increase our costs, slow down our product candidate development and approval process and jeopardize our ability to commence product sales and generate revenues. Any of these occurrences may significantly harm our business, financial condition and prospects. In addition, many of the factors that cause, or lead to, a delay in the commencement or completion of clinical trials may also ultimately lead to the denial of regulatory approval of our product candidates.

We may be unable to obtain regulatory approval for our product candidates. The denial or delay of any such approval would delay commercialization and have a material adverse effect on our potential to generate revenue, our business and our results of operations.

The research, development, testing, manufacturing, labeling, packaging, approval, promotion, advertising, storage, recordkeeping, marketing, distribution, post-approval monitoring and reporting, and export and import of drug products are subject to extensive regulation by the FDA, and by foreign regulatory authorities in other countries. These regulations differ from country to country. To gain approval to market our product candidates, we must provide clinical data that adequately demonstrate the safety and efficacy of the product for the intended indication. We have not yet obtained regulatory approval to market any of our product candidates in the United States or any other country. Our business depends upon obtaining these regulatory approvals.

The FDA can delay, limit or deny approval of our product candidates for many reasons, including:

 

   

our inability to satisfactorily demonstrate that the product candidates are safe and effective for the requested indication;

 

   

the FDA’s disagreement with our trial protocol or the interpretation of data from preclinical studies or clinical trials;

 

   

the population studied in the clinical trial may not be sufficiently broad or representative to assess safety in the full population for which we seek approval;

 

   

our inability to demonstrate that clinical or other benefits of our product candidates outweigh any safety or other perceived risks;

 

   

the FDA’s determination that additional preclinical or clinical trials are required;

 

   

the FDA’s non-approval of the formulation, labeling or the specifications of our product candidates;

 

16


Table of Contents
   

the FDA’s failure to accept the manufacturing processes or facilities of third-party manufacturers with which we contract; or

 

   

the potential for approval policies or regulations of the FDA to significantly change in a manner rendering our clinical data insufficient for approval.

Even if we eventually complete clinical testing and receive approval of any regulatory filing for our product candidates, the FDA may grant approval contingent on the performance of costly additional post-approval clinical trials. The FDA may also approve our product candidates for a more limited indication or a narrower patient population than we originally requested, and the FDA may not approve the labeling that we believe is necessary or desirable for the successful commercialization of our product candidates. To the extent we seek regulatory approval in foreign countries, we may face challenges similar to those described above with regulatory authorities in applicable jurisdictions. Any delay in obtaining, or inability to obtain, applicable regulatory approval for any of our product candidates would delay or prevent commercialization of our product candidates and would materially adversely impact our business, results of operations and prospects.

Even if AuriPro, OTO-104, OTO-311 or any future product candidates obtain regulatory approval, they may fail to achieve the broad degree of market acceptance and use necessary for commercial success.

Even if we obtain FDA or other regulatory approvals, our products may not achieve market acceptance among physicians and patients, and may not be commercially successful. There are currently no FDA-approved drug treatments for the indications we are pursuing. Middle ear effusion in pediatric patients requiring TTP surgery, our proposed indication for our lead candidate AuriPro, is currently treated with the off-label use of antibiotic ear drops. Our proposed indication for OTO-104 is the treatment of vertigo associated with Ménière’s disease. Currently, Ménière’s disease patients are routinely prescribed a low-salt diet and off-label use of diuretics. Physicians may also prescribe the off-label use of antihistamines, anticholinergics, phenothiazines and benzodiazepines as well as corticosteroids. Our proposed indication for OTO-311 is the treatment of tinnitus. Currently, physicians may attempt to treat tinnitus symptoms with the off-label use of steroids, anxiolytics, antidepressants, and antipsychotics. The commercial success of our product candidates, if approved, will depend significantly on the adoption and use of the resulting product by physicians for approved indications. The decision to elect treatment with AuriPro for middle ear effusion in pediatric patients requiring TTP surgery, or to elect to utilize OTO-104 for Ménière’s disease or OTO-311 for tinnitus, rather than other products or treatments, may be influenced by a number of factors, including:

 

   

the cost, safety and effectiveness of our products as compared to other products or treatments;

 

   

physician willingness to adopt a new treatment in lieu of other products or treatments;

 

   

the extent to which physicians recommend our products to their patients;

 

   

patient or caregiver sentiment about the benefits and risks of our products;

 

   

proper training and administration of our products by physicians and medical staff, such that their patients do not experience excessive discomfort during treatment or adverse side effects;

 

   

the procedural risks of IT injection, including persistent injection site perforation of the tympanic membrane, which has occurred in our OTO-104 Phase 1b clinical trial;

 

   

overcoming any biases physicians or patients may have in favor of other products or treatments;

 

   

patient preference for non-injectable treatments;

 

   

patient or caregiver satisfaction with the results and administration of our product and overall treatment experience, including relative convenience and ease of administration;

 

   

the effectiveness of our sales and marketing efforts;

 

   

demand for the treatment of the relevant diseases or disorders;

 

17


Table of Contents
   

product labeling or product insert requirements of the FDA or other regulatory authorities;

 

   

the prevalence and severity of any adverse events;

 

   

the revenue and profitability that our products will offer a physician as compared to other products or treatments;

 

   

the availability of coverage and adequate reimbursement by third-party payors and government authorities; and

 

   

general patient or caregiver confidence, which may be impacted by economic and political conditions.

If our product candidates are approved for use but fail to achieve the broad degree of market acceptance necessary for commercial success, our operating results and financial condition will be adversely affected. In addition, even if any of our products gain acceptance, the markets for treatment of patients with our target indications may not be as significant as we estimate.

Use of our product candidates could be associated with side effects or adverse events.

As with most pharmaceutical products, use of our product candidates could be associated with side effects or adverse events which can vary in severity and frequency. Side effects or adverse events associated with the use of our product candidates may be observed at any time, including in clinical trials or once a product is commercialized, and any such side effects or adverse events may negatively affect our ability to obtain regulatory approval or market our product candidates. Side effects such as toxicity or other safety issues associated with the use of our product candidates could require us to perform additional studies or halt development or sale of these product candidates or expose us to product liability lawsuits which will harm our business. We may be required by regulatory agencies to conduct additional preclinical or clinical trials regarding the safety and efficacy of our product candidates which we have not planned or anticipated. We cannot assure you that we will resolve any issues related to any product-related adverse events to the satisfaction of the FDA or any regulatory agency in a timely manner or ever, which could harm our business, prospects and financial condition.

Some patients in our clinical trials have reported adverse events after being treated with AuriPro and OTO-104. For example, one patient in our Phase 1b clinical trial of OTO-104 experienced a persistent injection site perforation of the tympanic membrane. If we are successful in commercializing our product candidates, the FDA and other foreign regulatory agency regulations will require that we report certain information about adverse medical events if those products may have caused or contributed to those adverse events. The timing of our obligation to report would be triggered by the date we become aware of the adverse event as well as the nature of the event. We may fail to report adverse events we become aware of within the prescribed timeframe. We may also fail to appreciate that we have become aware of a reportable adverse event, especially if it is not reported to us as an adverse event or if it is an adverse event that is unexpected or removed in time from the use of our products. If we fail to comply with our reporting obligations, the FDA or other foreign regulatory agencies could take action including criminal prosecution, the imposition of civil monetary penalties, seizure of our products, or delay in approval or clearance of future products.

Our product candidates, if approved, will face significant competition in the biopharmaceutical industry and our failure to effectively compete with competitor drugs, including off-label drug use, and future competitors may prevent us from achieving significant market penetration and expansion.

The biopharmaceutical industry is intensely competitive and subject to rapid and significant technological change. If approved, our products must compete with off-label drug use by physicians to treat the indications for which we seek approval, such as, in the case of AuriPro, the current use of antibiotic ear drops to treat middle ear effusion in patients requiring TTP surgery. We are also aware that other companies, such as Auris Medical Holding AG, Autifony Therapeutics, Kyorin Pharmaceuticals, Merz Pharmaceuticals GmbH, Novartis AG and Synphora AB, are conducting clinical trials for potential products for the treatment of various otic indications, including ear infections, tinnitus and Ménière’s disease. Many companies in the biopharmaceutical industry have

 

18


Table of Contents

greater resources to discover, obtain patents, develop, test and obtain regulatory approvals for products, as well as commercialize, market and promote approved products, including communicating the effectiveness, safety and value of products to actual and prospective customers and medical staff. These companies may develop new drugs to treat the diseases and disorders we target, or seek to have existing drugs approved for use for new indications that treat the diseases and disorders we target. Mergers and acquisitions in the biopharmaceutical industry may result in even more resources being concentrated in potential competitors. Competition may increase further as a result of advances in the commercial applicability of technologies and greater availability of capital for investment in this industry. Our competitors may succeed in developing, acquiring or licensing on an exclusive basis products that are more effective, easier to administer or less costly than our product candidates.

We rely on third parties to conduct many of our preclinical studies and all of our clinical trials. If these third parties do not successfully carry out their contractual duties or meet expected deadlines, we may be unable to obtain regulatory approval for, or commercialize, our product candidates.

We do not have the ability to independently conduct many of our preclinical studies or any of our clinical trials. We rely on medical institutions, clinical investigators, contract laboratories, and other third parties, such as contract research organizations, or CROs, to conduct clinical trials on our product candidates. Third parties play a significant role in the conduct of our clinical trials and the subsequent collection and analysis of data. These third parties are not our employees, and except for remedies available to us under our agreements, we have limited ability to control the amount or timing of resources that any such third party will devote to our clinical trials. If our CROs or any other third parties upon which we rely for administration and conduct of our clinical trials do not successfully carry out their contractual duties or obligations or meet expected deadlines, if they need to be replaced or if the quality or accuracy of the clinical data they obtain is compromised due to the failure to adhere to our clinical protocols, regulatory requirements, or for other reasons, or if they otherwise perform in a substandard manner, our clinical trials may be extended, delayed, suspended or terminated, and we may not be able to complete development of, obtain regulatory approval for, or successfully commercialize our product candidates.

We and the third parties upon which we rely are required to comply with Good Clinical Practice, or GCP, which are regulations and guidelines enforced by regulatory authorities around the world for products in clinical development. Regulatory authorities enforce these GCP regulations through periodic inspections of clinical trial sponsors, principal investigators and clinical trial sites. If we or our third parties fail to comply with applicable GCP regulations, the clinical data generated in our clinical trials may be deemed unreliable and our submission of marketing applications may be delayed or the regulatory authorities may require us to perform additional clinical trials before approving our marketing applications. We cannot assure you that, upon inspection, a regulatory authority will determine that any of our clinical trials comply or complied with applicable GCP regulations. In addition, our clinical trials must be conducted with material produced under current cGMP regulations, which are enforced by regulatory authorities. Our failure to comply with these regulations may require us to repeat clinical trials, which would delay the regulatory approval process. Moreover, our business may be impacted if our CROs, clinical investigators or other third parties violate federal or state fraud and abuse or false claims laws and regulations or healthcare privacy and security laws.

In order for our clinical trials to be carried out effectively and efficiently, it is imperative that our CROs and other third parties communicate and coordinate with one another. Moreover, our CROs and other third parties may also have relationships with other commercial entities, some of which may compete with us. Our CROs and other third parties may terminate their agreements with us upon as few as 30 days’ notice under certain circumstances. If our CROs or other third parties conducting our clinical trials do not perform their contractual duties or obligations, experience work stoppages, do not meet expected deadlines, terminate their agreements with us or need to be replaced, or if the quality or accuracy of the clinical data they obtain is compromised due to the failure to adhere to our clinical trial protocols or GCPs, or for any other reason, we may need to conduct additional clinical trials or enter into new arrangements with alternative CROs, clinical investigators or other third parties. We may be unable to enter into arrangements with alternative CROs on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. Switching or adding CROs, clinical investigators or other third parties can involve substantial cost and require extensive management

 

19


Table of Contents

time and focus. In addition, there is a natural transition period when a new CRO commences work. As a result, delays may occur, which can materially impact our ability to meet our desired clinical development timelines. Although we carefully manage our relationship with our CROs, clinical investigators and other third parties there can be no assurance that we will not encounter such challenges or delays in the future or that these delays or challenges will not have a material adverse impact on our business, prospects, financial condition or results of operations.

We rely completely on third parties to manufacture our preclinical and clinical drug supplies and we intend to rely on third parties to produce commercial supplies of any approved products.

We outsource the manufacture of our product candidates. We do not currently have the infrastructure or internal capability to manufacture supplies of our product candidates for use in development and commercialization. If we were to experience an unexpected loss of supply of our product candidates for any reason, whether as a result of manufacturing, supply or storage issues or otherwise, we could experience delays, disruptions, suspensions or terminations of, or be required to restart or repeat, any pending or ongoing clinical trials. Although we generally do not begin a clinical trial unless we believe we have a sufficient supply of a product candidate to complete the clinical trial, we may be required to manufacture additional supplies of our product candidates to the extent our estimates of the amounts required prove inaccurate, we suffer unexpected losses of product candidate supplies, or to the extent that we are required to have fresh product candidate supplies manufactured to satisfy regulatory requirements or specifications. Any significant delay or discontinuation in the supply of a product candidate, or the raw material components thereof, for an ongoing clinical trial due to the need to replace a contract manufacturer or other third-party manufacturer could considerably delay completion of our clinical trials, product testing and potential regulatory approval of our product candidates.

Reliance on third-party manufacturers entails additional risks, including reliance on the third party for regulatory compliance and quality assurance, the possible breach of the manufacturing agreement by the third party, and the possible termination or nonrenewal of the agreement by the third party at a time that is costly or inconvenient for us. The facilities used by our third-party manufacturers must be accepted by the FDA pursuant to inspections that will be conducted after we submit our NDA to the FDA. We do not control the implementation of the manufacturing process of, and are completely dependent on, our third-party manufacturers for compliance with the regulatory requirements, for manufacture of both active drug substances and finished drug products. If our third-party manufacturers cannot successfully manufacture material that conforms to applicable specifications and the strict regulatory requirements of the FDA or foreign regulatory authorities, we will not be able to secure and/or maintain regulatory acceptance of our contract manufacturing facilities. In addition, we have no control over the ability of our contract manufacturers or other third-party manufacturers to maintain adequate quality control, quality assurance and qualified personnel. The failure of our third-party manufacturers to comply with applicable regulations could result in sanctions being imposed on us, including fines, injunctions, civil penalties, delays, suspension or withdrawal of approvals, license revocation, seizures or recalls of products, operating restrictions and criminal prosecutions, any of which could significantly and adversely affect supplies of our product candidates or any other product candidates or products that we may develop. In addition, if the FDA does not accept these facilities for the manufacture of our product candidates or if it withdraws any such acceptance in the future, we may need to find alternative manufacturing facilities, which would significantly impact our ability to develop, obtain regulatory approval for or market our product candidates, if approved. Any failure or refusal to supply the components for our product candidates that we may develop could delay, prevent or impair our clinical development or commercialization efforts. If our contract manufacturers were to breach or terminate their manufacturing arrangements with us, the development or commercialization of the affected product candidates could be delayed, which could have an adverse effect on our business. Any change in our manufacturers could be costly because the commercial terms of any new arrangement could be less favorable and because the expenses relating to the transfer of necessary technology and processes could be significant.

 

20


Table of Contents

As we commercialize our products, we may encounter issues with manufacturing.

Our product candidates have never been manufactured for commercial use, and there are risks associated with manufacturing for commercial use including, among others, potential problems with forecasting and cost overruns, process reproducibility, storage availability, stability issues, lot consistency and timely availability of raw materials. Even if we could otherwise obtain regulatory approval for our product candidates, there is no assurance that our contract manufacturers will be able to manufacture the approved product to specifications acceptable to the FDA or foreign regulatory authorities, to produce it in sufficient quantities to meet the requirements for the potential launch of the product or to meet potential future demand. If our contract manufacturers are unable to produce sufficient quantities of the approved product for commercialization, our commercial efforts would be impaired, which would have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.

We depend on a small number of suppliers for the raw materials necessary to produce our product candidates. The loss of these suppliers, or their failure to supply us with these raw materials, would materially and adversely affect our business.

We depend on the availability of key raw materials, including poloxamer for all of our product candidates, ciprofloxacin for AuriPro, dexamethasone for OTO-104, and gacyclidine for OTO-311, from a small number of third-party suppliers. Because there are a limited number of suppliers for the raw materials that we use to manufacture our product candidates, we may need to engage alternate suppliers to prevent a possible disruption of the manufacture of the materials necessary to produce our product candidates for our clinical trials, and if approved, ultimately for commercial sale. We do not have any control over the availability of raw materials. If we or our manufacturers are unable to purchase these raw materials on acceptable terms, at sufficient quality levels, or in adequate quantities, if at all, the commercialization of AuriPro and the development of OTO-104, OTO-311 or any future product candidates, would be delayed or there would be a shortage in supply, which would impair our ability to meet our development objectives for our product candidates or generate revenues from the sale of any approved products.

Our ability to market our product candidates, if approved, will be limited to certain indications. If we want to expand the indications for which we may market our products, we will need to obtain additional regulatory approvals, which may not be granted.

We are currently developing AuriPro for the treatment of middle ear effusion in pediatric patients requiring TTP surgery and OTO-104 for the treatment of vertigo associated with Ménière’s disease. Although at an earlier stage, we plan to develop OTO-311 for the treatment of tinnitus. The FDA and other applicable regulatory agencies will restrict our ability to market or advertise our products to the scope of the approved label for the applicable product and for no other indications, which could limit physician and patient adoption. We may attempt to develop, and if approved, promote and commercialize new treatment indications for our products in the future, but we cannot predict when or if we will receive the regulatory approvals required to do so. Failure to receive such approvals prevents us from promoting or commercializing the new treatment indications. In addition, we would be required to conduct additional clinical trials or studies to support approvals for additional indications, which would be time consuming and expensive, and may produce results that do not support regulatory approvals. If we do not obtain additional regulatory approvals, our ability to expand our business will be limited.

If our product candidates are approved for marketing, and we are found to have improperly promoted off-label uses, or if physicians misuse our products, we may become subject to prohibitions on the sale or marketing of our products, significant sanctions, product liability claims, and our image and reputation within the industry and marketplace could be harmed.

The FDA and other regulatory agencies strictly regulate the marketing and promotional claims that are made about drug products. In particular, a product may not be promoted for uses or indications that are not approved by the FDA or such other regulatory agencies as reflected in the product’s approved labeling. For example, if we

 

21


Table of Contents

receive marketing approval for AuriPro for treatment of middle ear effusion in pediatric patients requiring TTP surgery, the first indication we are pursuing, we cannot promote the use of our product in a manner that is inconsistent with the approved label. However, physicians are able to, in their independent medical judgment, use AuriPro on their patients in an off-label manner, such as for the treatment of other otic indications. If we are found to have promoted such off-label uses, we may receive warning letters and become subject to significant liability, which would materially harm our business. The federal government has levied large administrative, civil and criminal fines against companies for alleged improper promotion and has enjoined several companies from engaging in off-label promotion. If we become the target of such an investigation or prosecution based on our marketing and promotional practices, we could face similar sanctions, which would materially harm our business. In addition, management’s attention could be diverted from our business operations, significant legal expenses could be incurred, and our reputation could be damaged. The FDA has also requested that companies enter into consent decrees or permanent injunctions under which specified promotional conduct is changed or curtailed. If we are deemed by the FDA to have engaged in the promotion of our products for off-label use, we could be subject to prohibitions on the sale or marketing of our products or significant fines and penalties, and the imposition of these sanctions could also affect our reputation with physicians, patients and caregivers, and our position within the industry.

Physicians may also misuse our products or use improper techniques, potentially leading to adverse results, side effects or injury, which may lead to product liability claims. If our products are misused or used with improper technique, we may become subject to costly litigation. Product liability claims could divert management’s attention from our core business, be expensive to defend, and result in sizable damage awards against us that may not be covered by insurance. We currently carry product liability insurance covering our clinical trials with policy limits that we believe are customary for similarly situated companies and adequate to provide us with coverage for foreseeable risks. Although we maintain such insurance, any claim that may be brought against us could result in a court judgment or settlement in an amount that is not covered, in whole or in part, by our insurance or that is in excess of the limits of our insurance coverage. Furthermore, the use of our products for conditions other than those approved by the FDA may not effectively treat such conditions, which could harm our reputation in the marketplace among physicians and patients.

We currently have limited marketing capabilities and no sales organization. If we are unable to establish sales and marketing capabilities on our own or through third parties, we will be unable to successfully commercialize our products, if approved, or generate product revenue.

To commercialize our products, if approved, in the United States and other jurisdictions we seek to enter, we must build our marketing, sales, managerial and other non-technical capabilities or make arrangements with third parties to perform these services, and we may not be successful in doing so. If our products receive regulatory approval, we expect to market such products in the United States through a focused, specialized sales force, which will be costly and time consuming. We have no prior experience in the marketing and sale of pharmaceutical products and there are significant risks involved in building and managing a sales organization, including our ability to hire, retain and incentivize qualified individuals, generate sufficient sales leads, provide adequate training to sales and marketing personnel and effectively manage a geographically dispersed sales and marketing team. Outside of the United States, we may consider collaboration arrangements. If we are unable to enter into such arrangements on acceptable terms or at all, we may not be able to successfully commercialize our products in certain markets. Any failure or delay in the development of our internal sales, marketing and distribution capabilities would adversely impact the commercialization of our products. If we are not successful in commercializing our products, either on our own or through collaborations with one or more third parties, our future product revenue will suffer and we would incur significant additional losses.

To establish our sales and marketing infrastructure and expand our manufacturing capabilities, we will need to increase the size of our organization, and we may experience difficulties in managing this growth.

As of March 31, 2014, we had 31 full-time employees. As we advance our product candidates through the development process and to commercialization, we will need to continue to expand our development, regulatory, quality, managerial, sales and marketing, operational, finance and other resources to manage our operations and

 

22


Table of Contents

clinical trials, continue our development activities and commercialize our product candidates, if approved. As our operations expand, we expect that we will need to manage additional relationships with various manufacturers and collaborative partners, suppliers and other organizations.

Due to our limited financial resources and our limited experience in managing a company with such anticipated growth, we may not be able to effectively manage the expansion of our operations or recruit and train additional qualified personnel. In addition, the physical expansion of our operations may lead to significant costs and may divert our management and resources. Any inability to manage growth could delay the execution of our development and strategic objectives, or disrupt our operations, which could materially impact our business, revenue and operating results.

Coverage and reimbursement decisions by third-party payors may have an adverse effect on pricing and market acceptance. Recent legislative and regulatory activity may exert downward pressure on potential pricing and reimbursement for our products, if approved, that could materially affect the opportunity to commercialize.

There is significant uncertainty related to the third-party coverage and reimbursement of newly approved drugs. Patients who are provided medical treatment for their conditions generally rely on third-party payors to reimburse all or part of the costs associated with their treatment. Therefore, market acceptance and sales of our products, if approved, in both domestic and international markets will depend significantly on the availability of adequate coverage and reimbursement from third-party or government payors for any of our products and may be affected by existing and future healthcare reform measures. Government authorities and third-party payors, such as private health insurers and health maintenance organizations, decide which drugs they will cover and establish payment levels. We cannot be certain that coverage and adequate reimbursement will be available for any of our products, if approved, or that such coverage and reimbursement will be authorized in a timely fashion. Also, we cannot be certain that reimbursement policies will not reduce the demand for, or the price paid for, any of our products, if approved. If reimbursement is not available or is available on a limited basis for any of our products, if approved, we may not be able to successfully commercialize any such products.

Reimbursement by a third-party or government payor may depend upon a number of factors, including, without limitation, the third-party or government payor’s determination that use of a product is:

 

   

a covered benefit under its health plan;

 

   

safe, effective and medically necessary;

 

   

appropriate for the specific patient;

 

   

cost-effective; and

 

   

neither experimental nor investigational.

Obtaining coverage and reimbursement approval for a product from a government or other third-party payor is a time consuming and costly process that could require us to provide supporting scientific, clinical and cost-effectiveness data for the use of our products to the payor. We may not be able to provide data sufficient to gain acceptance with respect to coverage and reimbursement or to have pricing set at a satisfactory level. If reimbursement of our products, if any, is unavailable or limited in scope or amount, or if pricing is set at unsatisfactory levels such as may result where alternative or generic treatments are available, we may be unable to achieve or sustain profitability.

Assuming we obtain coverage for a given product, the resulting reimbursement payment rates might not be adequate or may require co-payments that patients find unacceptably high. Patients are unlikely to use our products unless coverage is provided and reimbursement is adequate to cover a significant portion of the cost of our products.

In the United States, no uniform policy of coverage and reimbursement for products exists among third-party payors. Therefore, coverage and reimbursement for products can differ significantly from payor to payor.

 

23


Table of Contents

As a result, the coverage determination process is often a time-consuming and costly process that will require us to provide scientific and clinical support for the use of our products to each payor separately, with no assurance that coverage and adequate reimbursement will be obtained.

In some foreign countries, particularly in Europe, the pricing of prescription pharmaceuticals is subject to governmental control. In these countries, pricing negotiations with governmental authorities can take considerable time after the receipt of marketing approval for a product. To obtain reimbursement or pricing approval in some countries, we may be required to conduct additional clinical trials that compare the cost-effectiveness of our products to other available therapies. If reimbursement of any of our products, if approved, is unavailable or limited in scope or amount in a particular country, or if pricing is set at unsatisfactory levels, we may be unable to achieve or sustain profitability of our products in such country.

In the United States, the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement, and Modernization Act of 2003, or MMA, changed the way Medicare covers and pays for pharmaceutical products. The legislation established Medicare Part D, which expanded Medicare coverage for outpatient prescription drug purchases by the elderly but provided authority for limiting the number of drugs that will be covered in any therapeutic class. The MMA also introduced a new reimbursement methodology based on average sales prices for physician-administered drugs. Any negotiated prices for any of our products, if approved, covered by a Part D prescription drug plan will likely be lower than the prices we might otherwise obtain outside of the Medicare Part D prescription drug plan. Moreover, while Medicare Part D applies only to drug benefits for Medicare beneficiaries, private payors often follow Medicare coverage policy and payment limitations in setting their own payment rates. Any reduction in payment under Medicare Part D may result in a similar reduction in payments from non-governmental payors.

The United States and several other jurisdictions are considering, or have already enacted, a number of legislative and regulatory proposals to change the healthcare system in ways that could affect our ability to sell any of our products profitably, if approved. Among policy-makers and payors in the United States and elsewhere, there is significant interest in promoting changes in healthcare systems with the stated goals of containing healthcare costs, improving quality and/or expanding access to healthcare. In the United States, the pharmaceutical industry has been a particular focus of these efforts and has been significantly affected by major legislative initiatives. There have been, and likely will continue to be, legislative and regulatory proposals at the federal and state levels directed at broadening the availability of healthcare and containing or lowering the cost of healthcare. We cannot predict the initiatives that may be adopted in the future. The continuing efforts of the government, insurance companies, managed care organizations and other payors of healthcare services to contain or reduce costs of healthcare may adversely affect:

 

   

the demand for any of our products, if approved;

 

   

the ability to set a price that we believe is fair for any of our products, if approved;

 

   

our ability to generate revenues and achieve or maintain profitability;

 

   

the level of taxes that we are required to pay; and

 

   

the availability of capital.

In March 2010, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Affordability Reconciliation Act (collectively, ACA), became law in the United States. The goal of ACA is to reduce the cost of healthcare and substantially change the way healthcare is financed by both governmental and private insurers. While we cannot predict what impact on federal reimbursement policies this legislation will have in general or on our business specifically, the ACA may result in downward pressure on pharmaceutical reimbursement, which could negatively affect market acceptance of any of our products, if they are approved. Provisions of ACA relevant to the pharmaceutical industry include the following:

 

   

an annual, nondeductible fee on any entity that manufactures or imports certain branded prescription drugs and biologic agents, apportioned among these entities according to their market share in certain government healthcare programs, not including orphan drug sales;

 

24


Table of Contents
   

an increase in the rebates a manufacturer must pay under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program to 23.1% and 13% of the average manufacturer price for most branded and generic drugs, respectively;

 

   

a new Medicare Part D coverage gap discount program, in which manufacturers must agree to offer 50% point-of-sale discounts on negotiated prices of applicable brand drugs to eligible beneficiaries during their coverage gap period, as a condition for the manufacturer’s outpatient drugs to be covered under Medicare Part D;

 

   

extension of manufacturers’ Medicaid rebate liability to covered drugs dispensed to individuals who are enrolled in Medicaid managed care organizations;

 

   

expansion of eligibility criteria for Medicaid programs by, among other things, allowing states to offer Medicaid coverage to additional individuals and by adding new mandatory eligibility categories for certain individuals with income at or below 133% of the Federal Poverty Level beginning in 2014, thereby potentially increasing manufacturers’ Medicaid rebate liability;

 

   

expansion of the entities eligible for discounts under the Public Health Service pharmaceutical pricing program;

 

   

new requirements to report annually certain financial arrangements with physicians and teaching hospitals, as defined in ACA and its implementing regulations, including reporting any payment or “transfer of value” provided to physicians and teaching hospitals and any ownership and investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members during the preceding calendar year;

 

   

expansion of healthcare fraud and abuse laws, including the federal False Claims Act and the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, new government investigative powers and enhanced penalties for noncompliance; and

 

   

a new Patient-Centered Outcomes Research Institute to oversee, identify priorities in and conduct comparative clinical effectiveness research, along with funding for such research.

The ACA may change in the future.

If product liability lawsuits are brought against us, we may incur substantial liabilities and may be required to limit commercialization of our products.

We face an inherent risk of product liability as a result of the clinical testing of our product candidates and will face an even greater risk if we commercialize any products. For example, we may be sued if any product we develop allegedly causes or is perceived to cause injury or is found to be otherwise unsuitable during product testing, manufacturing, marketing or sale. Any such product liability claims may include allegations of defects in manufacturing, defects in design, a failure to warn of dangers inherent in the product, negligence, strict liability and a breach of warranties. Claims could also be asserted under state consumer protection acts. If we cannot successfully defend ourselves against product liability claims, we may incur substantial liabilities or be required to limit commercialization of our products. Even a successful defense would require significant financial and management resources. Regardless of the merits or eventual outcome, liability claims may result in:

 

   

decreased demand for our products;

 

   

injury to our reputation and significant negative media attention;

 

   

withdrawal of clinical trial participants or cancellation of clinical trials;

 

   

costs to defend the related litigation;

 

   

a diversion of management’s time and our resources;

 

   

substantial monetary awards to trial participants or patients;

 

   

regulatory investigations, product recalls, withdrawals or labeling, marketing or promotional restrictions;

 

25


Table of Contents
   

exhaustion of any available insurance and our capital resources;

 

   

loss of revenue; and

 

   

the inability to commercialize any products we develop.

Our inability to obtain and maintain sufficient product liability insurance at an acceptable cost and scope of coverage to protect against potential product liability claims could prevent or inhibit the commercialization of our products. We currently carry product liability insurance covering our clinical trials with policy limits that we believe are customary for similarly situated companies and adequate to provide us with coverage for foreseeable risks. Although we maintain such insurance, any claim that may be brought against us could result in a court judgment or settlement in an amount that is not covered, in whole or in part, by our insurance or that is in excess of the limits of our insurance coverage. If we determine that it is prudent to increase our product liability coverage due to the commercial launch of any approved product, we may be unable to obtain such increased coverage on acceptable terms, or at all. Our insurance policies also have various exclusions and deductibles, and we may be subject to a product liability claim for which we have no coverage. We will have to pay any amounts awarded by a court or negotiated in a settlement that exceed our coverage limitations or that are not covered by our insurance, and we may not have, or be able to obtain, sufficient capital to pay such amounts. Moreover, in the future, we may not be able to maintain insurance coverage at a reasonable cost or in sufficient amounts to protect us against losses. If and when we obtain approval for marketing our product candidates, we intend to expand our insurance coverage to include the sale of the applicable products; however, we may be unable to obtain this liability insurance on commercially reasonable terms.

If we fail to attract and retain senior management and key scientific personnel, we may be unable to successfully develop and commercialize our product candidates.

Our success depends in part on our continued ability to attract, retain and motivate highly qualified management, clinical and scientific personnel. We believe that our future success is highly dependent upon the contributions of our senior management, particularly our President and Chief Executive Officer, as well as our senior scientists and other members of our senior management team. The loss of services of any of these individuals, who all have at-will employment arrangements with us, could delay or prevent the successful development of our product pipeline, completion of our planned clinical trials or the commercialization of our product candidates.

Although we have not historically experienced unique difficulties attracting and retaining qualified employees, we could experience such problems in the future. For example, competition for qualified personnel in the biotechnology and pharmaceuticals field is intense due to the limited number of individuals who possess the skills and experience required by our industry. We will need to hire additional personnel as we expand our clinical development and commercial activities. We may not be able to attract and retain quality personnel on acceptable terms, or at all, which may cause our business and operating results to suffer.

If we are not successful in discovering, developing, acquiring and commercializing additional product candidates, our ability to expand our business and achieve our strategic objectives would be impaired.

Although a substantial amount of our efforts are focused on the development and regulatory approval of our three product candidates, a key element of our strategy is to identify, develop and commercialize additional product candidates for the treatment of inner and middle ear diseases and disorders. We are seeking to do so through our internal research programs and may explore strategic collaborations with third parties for the development or acquisition of new product candidates or products. Research programs to identify new product candidates require substantial technical, financial and human resources, whether or not any product candidates are ultimately identified or successfully developed.

 

26


Table of Contents

Our internal computer systems, or those of our CROs or other contractors or consultants, may fail or suffer security breaches, which could result in a material disruption of our drug development programs.

Despite the implementation of security measures, our internal computer systems and those of our CROs and other contractors and consultants are vulnerable to damage from computer viruses, unauthorized access, natural disasters, terrorism, war and telecommunication and electrical failures. While we have not experienced a material system failure, accident or security breach to date, if such an event were to occur and cause interruptions in our operations, it could result in a material disruption of our drug development programs.

Our employees, independent contractors, clinical investigators, CROs, consultants and vendors may engage in misconduct or other improper activities, including noncompliance with regulatory standards and requirements and insider trading.

We are exposed to the risk of that our employees, independent contractors, clinical investigators, CROs, consultants and vendors may engage in fraudulent conduct or other illegal activity. Misconduct by these parties could include intentional, reckless and/or negligent conduct or disclosure of unauthorized activities to us that violates: (i) FDA regulations, including those laws requiring the reporting of true, complete and accurate information to the FDA, (ii) manufacturing standards, (iii) federal, state and foreign healthcare fraud and abuse laws, or (iv) laws that require the reporting of financial information or data accurately. Specifically, research, sales, marketing, education and other business arrangements in the healthcare industry are subject to extensive laws intended to prevent fraud, misconduct, kickbacks, self-dealing and other abusive practices. These laws may restrict or prohibit a wide range of pricing, discounting, education, marketing and promotion, sales commission, customer incentive programs and other business arrangements. Activities subject to these laws also involve the improper use of information obtained in the course of clinical trials, which could result in regulatory sanctions and serious harm to our reputation. We intend to adopt a code of business conduct and ethics, but it is not always possible to identify and deter misconduct by employees and other third parties, and the precautions we take to detect and prevent this activity may not be effective in controlling unknown or unmanaged risks or losses or in protecting us from governmental investigations or other actions or lawsuits stemming from a failure to be in compliance with such laws. If any such actions are instituted against us, even if we are successful in defending ourselves or asserting our rights, those actions could have a significant impact on our business. Violations of such laws subject us to numerous penalties, including, but not limited to, the imposition of civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, monetary fines, disgorgement, individual imprisonment, possible exclusion from participation in Medicare, Medicaid and other federal healthcare programs, contractual damages, reputational harm, diminished profits and future earnings, and curtailment of our operations, any of which could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our results of operations.

We or the third parties upon whom we depend may be adversely affected by earthquakes, wildfires or other natural disasters and our business continuity and disaster recovery plans may not adequately protect us from a serious disaster.

Our corporate headquarters are located in the San Diego area and we have a small office space in Alamo, California, each of which in the past has experienced severe earthquakes. We do not carry earthquake insurance. The San Diego area has also recently experienced serious wildfires. If a natural disaster or other event occurred that prevented us from using all or a significant portion of our headquarters, that damaged critical infrastructure, such as product development and research efforts for our current product candidates and finance records, or that otherwise disrupted operations, it may be difficult or, in certain cases, impossible for us to continue our business for a substantial period of time. The disaster recovery and business continuity plans we have in place currently are limited and may not be adequate in the event of a serious disaster or similar event. We may incur substantial expenses as a result of the limited nature of our disaster recovery and business continuity plans, which, particularly when taken together with our lack of earthquake insurance, could have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

27


Table of Contents

Furthermore, integral parties in our supply chain are geographically concentrated and operating from single sites, increasing their vulnerability to natural disasters or other sudden, unforeseen and severe adverse events. If such an event were to affect our supply chain, it could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Unfavorable global economic conditions could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Our results of operations could be adversely affected by general conditions in the global economy and in the global financial markets. A severe or prolonged economic downturn, such as the most recent global financial crisis which caused extreme volatility and disruptions in the capital and credit markets, could result in a variety of risks to our business and our ability to raise additional capital when needed on acceptable terms, if at all. A weak or declining economy could also strain our suppliers, possibly resulting in supply disruption, or cause our customers and third-party payors to delay making payments for our services. Any of the foregoing could harm our business and we cannot anticipate all of the ways in which the current economic climate and financial market conditions could adversely impact our business.

Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property

If our efforts to protect the intellectual property related to our product candidates are not adequate, we may not be able to compete effectively in our market.

We rely upon a combination of patents, trade secret protection and confidentiality agreements to protect the intellectual property related to our product candidates and technology. Any disclosure to or misappropriation by third parties of our confidential proprietary information could enable competitors to quickly duplicate or surpass our technological achievements, eroding our competitive position in the market.

The patent application process, also known as patent prosecution, is expensive and time-consuming, and we and our current or future licensors and licensees may not be able to prepare, file and prosecute all necessary or desirable patent applications at a reasonable cost or in a timely manner. It is also possible that we or our current licensors, or any future licensors or licensees, will fail to identify patentable aspects of inventions made in the course of development and commercialization activities before it is too late to obtain patent protection on them. Therefore, these and any of our patents and applications may not be prosecuted and enforced in a manner consistent with the best interests of our business. It is possible that defects of form in the preparation or filing of our patents or patent applications may exist, or may arise in the future, for example with respect to proper priority claims, inventorship, etc., although we are unaware of any such defects that we believe are of material import. If we or our current licensors, or any future licensors or licensees, fail to establish, maintain or protect such patents and other intellectual property rights, such rights may be reduced or eliminated. If our current licensors, or any future licensors or licensees, are not fully cooperative or disagree with us as to the prosecution, maintenance or enforcement of any patent rights, such patent rights could be compromised. If there are material defects in the form or preparation of our patents or patent applications, such patents or applications may be invalid and unenforceable. Any of these outcomes could impair our ability to prevent competition from third parties, which may have an adverse impact on our business.

The strength of patents in the pharmaceutical field involves complex legal and scientific questions and can be uncertain. This uncertainty includes changes to the patent laws through either legislative action to change statutory patent law or court action that may reinterpret existing law in ways affecting the scope or validity of issued patents. The patent applications that we own or in-license may fail to result in issued patents in the United States or foreign countries with claims that cover our product candidates. Even if patents do successfully issue from the patent applications that we own or in-license, third parties may challenge the validity, enforceability or scope of such patents, which may result in such patents being narrowed, invalidated or held unenforceable. For example, patents granted by the European Patent Office may be challenged, also known as opposed, by any person within nine months from the publication of their grant. Any successful challenge to our patents could deprive us of exclusive rights necessary for the successful commercialization of our product

 

28


Table of Contents

candidates. Furthermore, even if they are unchallenged, our patents may not adequately protect our product candidates, provide exclusivity for our product candidates, or prevent others from designing around our claims. If the breadth or strength of protection provided by the patents we hold or pursue with respect to our product candidates is challenged, it could dissuade companies from collaborating with us to develop, or threaten our ability to commercialize our product candidates.

Patents have a limited lifespan. In the United States, the natural expiration of a patent is generally 20 years after it is filed. Various extensions may be available; however the life of a patent, and the protection it affords, is limited. Without patent protection for our product candidates, we may be open to competition from generic versions of our product candidates. Further, if we encounter delays in our development efforts, including our clinical trials, the period of time during which we could market our product candidates under patent protection would be reduced.

Almost all of our patents and patent applications are entitled to effective filing dates prior to March 16, 2013. For U.S. patent applications in which patent claims are entitled to a priority date before March 16, 2013, an interference proceeding can be provoked by a third party, for example a competitor, or instituted by the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, or the USPTO, to determine who was the first to invent any of the subject matter covered by those patent claims. An unfavorable outcome could require us to cease using the related technology or to attempt to license rights from the prevailing party. Our business could be harmed if the prevailing party does not offer us a license on commercially reasonable terms. Our participation in an interference proceeding may fail and, even if successful, may result in substantial costs and distract our management.

In addition to the protection afforded by patents, we also rely on trade secret protection to protect proprietary know-how that may not be patentable or that we elect not to patent, processes for which patents may be difficult to obtain or enforce, and any other elements of our product candidates, and our product development processes (such as a manufacturing and formulation technologies) that involve proprietary know-how, information or technology that is not covered by patents. However, trade secrets can be difficult to protect. If the steps taken to maintain our trade secrets are deemed inadequate, we may have insufficient recourse against third parties for misappropriating any trade secrets. Misappropriation or unauthorized disclosure of our trade secrets could significantly affect our competitive position and may have a material adverse effect on our business. Furthermore, trade secret protection does not prevent competitors from independently developing substantially equivalent information and techniques and we cannot guarantee that our competitors will not independently develop substantially equivalent information and techniques. The FDA, as part of its Transparency Initiative, is currently considering whether to make additional information publicly available on a routine basis, including information that we may consider to be trade secrets or other proprietary information, and it is not clear at the present time how the FDA’s disclosure policies may change in the future, if at all.

In an effort to protect our trade secrets and other confidential information, we require our employees, consultants, advisors, and any other third parties that have access to our proprietary know-how, information or technology, for example, third parties involved in the formulation and manufacture of our product candidates, and third parties involved in our clinical trials to execute confidentiality agreements upon the commencement of their relationships with us. These agreements require that all confidential information developed by the individual or made known to the individual by us during the course of the individual’s relationship with us be kept confidential and not disclosed to third parties. However, we cannot be certain that our trade secrets and other confidential proprietary information will not be disclosed despite having such confidentiality agreements. Adequate remedies may not exist in the event of unauthorized use or disclosure of our trade secrets. In addition, in some situations, these confidentiality agreements may conflict with, or be subject to, the rights of third parties with whom our employees, consultants, or advisors have previous employment or consulting relationships. To the extent that our employees, consultants or contractors use any intellectual property owned by third parties in their work for us, disputes may arise as to the rights in any related or resulting know-how and inventions. If we are unable to prevent unauthorized material disclosure of our trade secrets to third parties, we may not be able to establish or maintain a competitive advantage in our market, which could materially adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

 

29


Table of Contents

Changes in U.S. patent law could diminish the value of patents in general, thereby impairing our ability to protect our products.

As is the case with other pharmaceutical companies, our success is heavily dependent on intellectual property, particularly on obtaining and enforcing patents. Obtaining and enforcing patents in the pharmaceutical industry involves both technological and legal complexity, and therefore, is costly, time-consuming and inherently uncertain. In addition, the United States has recently enacted and is currently implementing wide-ranging patent reform legislation. Further, recent U.S. Supreme Court rulings have either narrowed the scope of patent protection available in certain circumstances or weakened the rights of patent owners in certain situations. In addition to increasing uncertainty with regard to our ability to obtain patents in the future, this combination of events has created uncertainty with respect to the value of patents, once obtained.

For our U.S. patent applications containing a claim not entitled to priority before March 16, 2013, there is a greater level of uncertainty in the patent law. In September 2011, the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act, or the American Invents Act, or AIA, was signed into law. The AIA includes a number of significant changes to U.S. patent law, including provisions that affect the way patent applications will be prosecuted and may also affect patent litigation. The USPTO is currently developing regulations and procedures to govern administration of the AIA, and many of the substantive changes to patent law associated with the AIA. It is not clear what other, if any, impact the AIA will have on the operation of our business. Moreover, the AIA and its implementation could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our issued patents, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition.

An important change introduced by the AIA is that, as of March 16, 2013, the United States transitioned to a “first-to-file” system for deciding which party should be granted a patent when two or more patent applications are filed by different parties claiming the same invention. A third party that files a patent application in the USPTO after that date but before us could therefore be awarded a patent covering an invention of ours even if we had made the invention before it was made by the third party. This will require us to be cognizant going forward of the time from invention to filing of a patent application. Furthermore, Our ability to obtain and maintain valid and enforceable patents depends on whether the differences between our technology and the prior art allow our technology to be patentable over the prior art. Since patent applications in the United States and most other countries are confidential for a period of time after filing, we cannot be certain that we were the first to either (i) file any patent application related to our product candidates or (ii) invent any of the inventions claimed in our patents or patent applications.

Among some of the other changes introduced by the AIA are changes that limit where a patentee may file a patent infringement suit and providing opportunities for third parties to challenge any issued patent in the USPTO. This applies to all of our U.S. patents, even those issued before March 16, 2013. Because of a lower evidentiary standard in USPTO proceedings compared to the evidentiary standard in United States federal court necessary to invalidate a patent claim, a third party could potentially provide evidence in a USPTO proceeding sufficient for the USPTO to hold a claim invalid even though the same evidence would be insufficient to invalidate the claim if first presented in a district court action. Accordingly, a third party may attempt to use the USPTO procedures to invalidate our patent claims that would not have been invalidated if first challenged by the third party as a defendant in a district court action.

Depending on decisions by the U.S. Congress, the federal courts, and the USPTO, the laws and regulations governing patents could change in unpredictable ways that would weaken our ability to obtain new patents or to enforce our existing patents and patents that we might obtain in the future.

Obtaining and maintaining our patent protection depends on compliance with various procedural, documentary, fee payment and other requirements imposed by governmental patent agencies, and our patent protection could be reduced or eliminated for non-compliance with these requirements.

The USPTO and various foreign governmental patent agencies require compliance with a number of procedural, documentary, fee payment and other similar provisions during the patent prosecution process.

 

30


Table of Contents

Periodic maintenance fees and various other governmental fees on any issued patent and/or pending patent applications are due to be paid to the USPTO and foreign patent agencies in several stages over the lifetime of a patent or patent application. We have systems in place to remind us to pay these fees, and we employ an outside firm and rely on our outside counsel to pay these fees. While an inadvertent lapse may sometimes be cured by payment of a late fee or by other means in accordance with the applicable rules, there are many situations in which noncompliance can result in abandonment or lapse of the patent or patent application, resulting in partial or complete loss of patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction. If we fail to maintain the patents and patent applications directed to our product candidates, our competitors might be able to enter the market earlier than should otherwise have been the case, which would have a material adverse effect on our business.

We may not be able to protect our intellectual property rights throughout the world.

Filing, prosecuting and defending patents on our product candidates in all countries throughout the world would be prohibitively expensive. The requirements for patentability may differ in certain countries, particularly developing countries. For example, unlike other countries, China has a heightened requirement for patentability, and specifically requires a detailed description of medical uses of a claimed drug. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as laws in the United States. Consequently, we may not be able to prevent third parties from practicing our inventions in all countries outside the United States. Competitors may use our technologies in jurisdictions where we have not obtained patent protection to develop their own products and further, may export otherwise infringing products to territories where we have patent protection, but enforcement on infringing activities is inadequate. These products may compete with our products, and our patents or other intellectual property rights may not be effective or sufficient to prevent them from competing.

Many companies have encountered significant problems in protecting and defending intellectual property rights in foreign jurisdictions. The legal systems of certain countries, particularly certain developing countries, do not favor the enforcement of patents and other intellectual property protection, particularly those relating to pharmaceuticals, which could make it difficult for us to stop the infringement of our patents or marketing of competing products in violation of our proprietary rights generally. Proceedings to enforce our patent rights in foreign jurisdictions could result in substantial costs and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business, could put our patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly and our patent applications at risk of not issuing, and could provoke third parties to assert claims against us. We may not prevail in any lawsuits that we initiate and the damages or other remedies awarded, if any, may not be commercially meaningful. In addition, certain countries in Europe and certain developing countries, including India and China, have compulsory licensing laws under which a patent owner may be compelled to grant licenses to third parties. In those countries, we may have limited remedies if our patents are infringed or if we are compelled to grant a license to our patents to a third party, which could materially diminish the value of those patents. This could limit our potential revenue opportunities. Accordingly, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights around the world may be inadequate to obtain a significant commercial advantage from the intellectual property that we own or license. Finally, our ability to protect and enforce our intellectual property rights may be adversely affected by unforeseen changes in foreign intellectual property laws.

Third-party claims alleging intellectual property infringement may adversely affect our business.

Our commercial success depends in part on our avoiding infringement of the patents and proprietary rights of third parties, for example, the intellectual property rights of competitors. Our research, development and commercialization activities may be subject to claims that we infringe or otherwise violate patents owned or controlled by third parties. Numerous U.S. and foreign issued patents and pending patent applications, which are owned by third parties, exist in the fields in which we are developing our product candidates. As the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries expand and more patents are issued, the risk increases that our activities related to our product candidates may give rise to claims of infringement of the patent rights of others. We cannot assure you that our product candidates will not infringe existing or future patents. We may not be

 

31


Table of Contents

aware of patents that have already issued that a third party, for example a competitor in the otic market, might assert are infringed by our product candidates. It is also possible that patents of which we are aware, but which we do not believe are relevant to our product candidates, could nevertheless be found to be infringed by our product candidates. Nevertheless, we are not aware of any issued patents that we believe would prevent us from marketing our product candidates, if approved. There may also be patent applications that have been filed but not published that, when issued as patents, could be asserted against us.

Third parties making claims against us for infringement or misappropriation of their intellectual property rights may seek and obtain injunctive or other equitable relief, which could effectively block our ability to further develop and commercialize our product candidates. Further, if a patent infringement suit were brought against us, we could be forced to stop or delay research, development, manufacturing or sales of the product or product candidate that is the subject of the suit. Defense of these claims, regardless of their merit, would cause us to incur substantial expenses and, and would be a substantial diversion of employee resources from our business. In the event of a successful claim of infringement against us by a third party, we may have to (i) pay substantial damages, including treble damages and attorneys’ fees if we are found to have willfully infringed the third party’s patents; (ii) obtain one or more licenses from the third party; (iii) pay royalties to the third party; and/or (iv) redesign any infringing products. Redesigning any infringing products may be impossible or require substantial time and monetary expenditure. Further, we cannot predict whether any required license would be available at all or whether it would be available on commercially reasonable terms. In the event that we could not obtain a license, we may be unable to further develop and commercialize our product candidates, which could harm our business significantly. Even if we are able to obtain a license, the license would likely obligate us to pay license fees or royalties or both, and the rights granted to us might be nonexclusive, which could result in our competitors gaining access to the same intellectual property. Ultimately, we could be prevented from commercializing a product, or be forced to cease some aspect of our business operations, if, as a result of actual or threatened patent infringement claims, we are unable to enter into licenses on acceptable terms.

Defending ourselves or our licensors in litigation is very expensive, particularly for a company of our size, and time-consuming. Some of our competitors may be able to sustain the costs of litigation or administrative proceedings more effectively than we can because of greater financial resources. Patent litigation and other proceedings may also absorb significant management time. Uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of patent litigation or other proceedings could impair our ability to compete in the marketplace. The occurrence of any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

We may become involved in lawsuits to protect or enforce our patents or other intellectual property or the patents of our licensors, which could be expensive and time consuming.

Third parties may infringe or misappropriate our intellectual property, including our existing patents, patents that may issue to us in the future, or the patents of our licensors to which we have a license. As a result, we may be required to file infringement claims to stop third-party infringement or unauthorized use. Further, we may not be able to prevent, alone or with our licensors, misappropriation of our intellectual property rights, particularly in countries where the laws may not protect those rights as fully as in the United States.

Generic drug manufacturers may develop, seek approval for, and launch generic versions of our products. If we file an infringement action against such a generic drug manufacturer, that company may challenge the scope, validity or enforceability of our or our licensors’ patents, requiring us and/or our licensors to engage in complex, lengthy and costly litigation or other proceedings.

For example, if we or one of our licensors initiated legal proceedings against a third party to enforce a patent covering our product candidates, the defendant could counterclaim that the patent covering our product candidates is invalid and/or unenforceable. In patent litigation in the United States, defendant counterclaims alleging invalidity and/or unenforceability are commonplace, and there are numerous grounds upon which a third party can assert invalidity or unenforceability of a patent.

 

32


Table of Contents

In addition, within and outside of the United States, there has been a substantial amount of litigation and administrative proceedings, including interference and reexamination proceedings before the USPTO or oppositions and other comparable proceedings in various foreign jurisdictions, regarding patent and other intellectual property rights in the pharmaceutical industry. Recently, the AIA introduced new procedures including inter partes review and post grant review. The implementation of these procedures brings uncertainty to the possibility of challenges to our patents in the future, including those that patents perceived by our competitors as blocking entry into the market for their products, and the outcome of such challenges.

Such litigation and administrative proceedings could result in revocation of our patents or amendment of our patents such that they do not cover our product candidates. They may also put our pending patent applications at risk of not issuing, or issuing with limited and potentially inadequate scope to cover our product candidates. The outcome following legal assertions of invalidity and unenforceability is unpredictable. With respect to the validity question, for example, we cannot be certain that there is no invalidating prior art, of which we and the patent examiner were unaware during prosecution. Additionally, it is also possible that prior art of which we are aware, but which we do not believe affects the validity or enforceability of a claim, may, nonetheless, ultimately be found by a court of law or an administration panel to affect the validity or enforceability of a claim. If a defendant were to prevail on a legal assertion of invalidity and/or unenforceability, we would lose at least part, and perhaps all, of the patent protection on our product candidates. Such a loss of patent protection could have a material adverse impact on our business.

Enforcing our or our licensor’s intellectual property rights through litigation is very expensive, particularly for a company of our size, and time-consuming. Some of our competitors may be able to sustain the costs of litigation more effectively than we can because of greater financial resources. Patent litigation and other proceedings may also absorb significant management time. Uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of patent litigation or other proceedings could impair our ability to compete in the marketplace. The occurrence of any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation or administrative proceedings, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure. In addition, during the course of litigation or administrative proceedings, there could be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments or public access to related documents. If investors perceive these results to be negative, the market price for our common stock could be significantly harmed.

If we fail to comply with our obligation in any of the agreements under which we license intellectual property rights from third parties or otherwise experience disruptions to our business relationships with our licensors, we could lose license rights that are important to our business.

We are a party to a number of license agreements under which we are granted intellectual property rights that are crucial to our business. A portion of our patent portfolio for our product candidates is exclusively in-licensed from DURECT Corporation, or Durect, which license includes a sublicense to patents jointly owned by Durect and the Institut National de la Sante et de la Recherche Medicale, or INSERM. Under our existing license agreement with Durect, we are subject to various obligations, including development and commercialization diligence obligations and pre-commercial launch progress reporting obligations, as well as financial obligations such as potential development milestone payments, sublicensing income payments, and royalty payments to both Durect and INSERM. If we fail to comply with the diligence obligations or otherwise materially breach our license agreement, and fail to remedy such failure or cure such breach, Durect may have the right to terminate the license or, in the instance of our failure to meet the diligence obligations, Durect may instead elect to convert our exclusive license to a non-exclusive license. In particular, the loss of the license from Durect would affect a portion of the patent portfolio for OTO-311, which would adversely affect our ability to proceed with any development or potential commercialization of OTO-311, and could subject us to claims of patent infringement by Durect if OTO-311 is covered by the affected patents.

 

33


Table of Contents

In addition, a significant portion of our patent portfolio for our product candidates was co-developed and is co-owned with The Regents of the University of California, or UC, which licensed its rights to us through an exclusive worldwide license agreement. Under our existing license agreement with UC, we are subject to various obligations, including development and commercialization diligence obligations, patent prosecution and maintenance obligations, and pre-commercial launch progress reporting obligations, as well as financial obligations such as potential development milestone payments, sublicensing income payments, and royalty payments. If we fail to comply with any of these obligations or otherwise breach other terms of our license agreement, and fail to cure such breach, UC may have the right to terminate the license or, in the instance where we fail to meet our diligence obligations, UC may instead elect to change our exclusive license to a non-exclusive license. The loss of the license from UC would affect a significant portion of the patent portfolio for AuriPro, OTO-104 and OTO-311. While we could still proceed with development and, if approved, commercialization of AuriPro, OTO-104 and OTO-311 as co-owner of the affected patents, third parties, such as our competitors, could enter into the market by obtaining a license from UC under UC’s rights to such patents.

Licensing of intellectual property rights is of critical importance to our business and involves complex legal, business and scientific issues. Disputes may arise between us and our licensors regarding intellectual property rights subject to a license agreement, including:

 

   

the scope of rights granted under the license agreement and other interpretation-related issues;

 

   

our right to sublicense intellectual property rights to third parties under collaborative development relationships; and

 

   

our diligence obligations with respect to the use of the licensed technology in relation to our development and commercialization of our product candidates, and what activities satisfy those diligence obligations.

While we would expect to exercise all rights and remedies available to us, including seeking to cure any breach by us, and otherwise seek to preserve our rights under the patents licensed to us, we may not be able to do so in a timely manner, at an acceptable cost or at all. Generally, the loss of any one of our current licenses, or any other license we may acquire in the future, could materially harm our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

We may be subject to claims that our employees, consultants or independent contractors have wrongfully used or disclosed confidential information of third parties.

We have received confidential and proprietary information from third parties. In addition, we employ individuals who were previously employed at other biotechnology or pharmaceutical companies. We may be subject to claims that we or our employees, consultants or independent contractors have inadvertently or otherwise improperly used or disclosed confidential information of these third parties or our employees’ former employers. Further, we may be subject to ownership disputes in the future arising, for example, from conflicting obligations of consultants or others who are involved in developing our product candidates. We may also be subject to claims that former employees, consultants, independent contractors, collaborators or other third parties have an ownership interest in our patents or other intellectual property. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these and other claims challenging our right to and use of confidential and proprietary information. If we fail in defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose our rights therein. Such an outcome could have a material adverse effect on our business. Even if we are successful in defending against these claims, litigation could result in substantial cost and be a distraction to our management and employees.

Risks Related to Government Regulation

Our business and products are subject to extensive government regulation.

We are subject to extensive, complex, costly and evolving regulation by federal and state governmental authorities in the United States, principally by the FDA, the U.S. Drug Enforcement Administration, or DEA, the

 

34


Table of Contents

Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, or CDC, the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, and its various agencies, and foreign regulatory authorities. Failure to comply with all applicable regulatory requirements, including those promulgated under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or FFDCA and, the Public Health Service Act, or PHSA, and Controlled Substances Act, among others, may subject us to operating restrictions and criminal prosecution, monetary penalties and other disciplinary actions, including, sanctions, warning letters, product seizures, recalls, fines, injunctions, suspension, revocation of approvals, or exclusion from future participation in the Medicare and Medicaid programs. After our products receive regulatory approval or clearance, we, and our direct and indirect suppliers, remain subject to the periodic inspection of our plants and facilities, review of production processes, and testing of our products to confirm that we are in compliance with all applicable regulations. Adverse findings during regulatory inspections may result in the implementation of Risk Evaluation and Mitigation Strategies, or REMS, programs, completion of government mandated clinical trials, and government enforcement action relating to labeling, advertising, marketing and promotion, as well as regulations governing manufacturing controls noted above.

The regulatory approval process is highly uncertain and we may not obtain regulatory approval for the commercialization of AuriPro, OTO-104, OTO-311 or any future product candidates.

The research, testing, manufacturing, labeling, approval, selling, import, export, marketing and distribution of drug products are subject to extensive regulation by the FDA and other regulatory authorities in the United States and other countries, which regulations differ from country to country. We are not permitted to market our product candidates in the United States until we receive approval of an NDA from the FDA. We have not submitted an application or obtained marketing approval for our product candidates anywhere in the world. Obtaining regulatory approval of a product can be a lengthy, expensive and uncertain process. In addition, failure to comply with FDA and other applicable United States and foreign regulatory requirements may subject us to administrative or judicially imposed sanctions or other actions, including:

 

   

warning letters;

 

   

civil and criminal penalties;

 

   

injunctions;

 

   

withdrawal of approved products;

 

   

product seizure or detention;

 

   

product recalls;

 

   

total or partial suspension of production; and

 

   

refusal to approve pending NDAs or supplements to approved NDAs.

Prior to obtaining approval to commercialize a product candidate in the United States or abroad, we must demonstrate with substantial evidence from well-controlled preclinical and clinical trials, and to the satisfaction of the FDA or other foreign regulatory agencies, that such product candidates are safe and effective for their intended uses. Results from preclinical studies and clinical trials can be interpreted in different ways, and insufficient or adverse results from preclinical studies can affect the ability to conduct clinical trials. For example, following completion of a Phase 1b clinical trial, the OTO-104 program was put on Full Clinical Hold due to adverse findings in a preclinical study evaluating the safety of repeated doses of OTO-104. OTO-104 was subsequently removed from Full Clinical Hold in July 2013, allowing for initiation of the current Phase 2b single-dose clinical trial, and placed on Partial Clinical Hold prohibiting the initiation of multiple-dose clinical trials in the United States pending the submission and review of additional preclinical data. We submitted additional preclinical data to the FDA and OTO-104 was removed from Partial Clinical Hold in June 2014. Removal of Partial Clinical Hold will permit us to conduct multiple-dose clinical trials in the future. As a result of OTO-104 being placed on Full Clinical Hold, AuriPro was also placed on Full Clinical Hold. The AuriPro Full Clinical Hold was removed in November 2012. We cannot assure you that our product candidates will not be subject to new clinical holds in the future.

 

35


Table of Contents

Even if we believe the preclinical or clinical data for our product candidates are promising, such data may not be sufficient to support approval by the FDA and other regulatory authorities. Administering product candidates to humans may produce undesirable side effects, which could interrupt, delay or halt clinical trials and result in the FDA or other regulatory authorities denying approval of a product candidate for any or all targeted indications.

Regulatory approval is not guaranteed, and the approval process is expensive and may take several years. The FDA also has substantial discretion in the approval process. Despite the time and expense expended, failure can occur at any stage, and we could encounter problems that cause us to abandon or repeat clinical trials, or perform additional preclinical studies and clinical trials. The number of preclinical studies and clinical trials that will be required for FDA approval varies depending on the product candidate, the disease or condition that the product candidate is designed to address and the regulations applicable to any particular product candidate. The FDA can delay, limit or deny approval of a product candidate for many reasons, including the following:

 

   

a product candidate may not be deemed safe, effective, pure or potent;

 

   

FDA officials may not find the data from preclinical studies and clinical trials sufficient;

 

   

the FDA might not accept our third-party manufacturers’ processes or facilities; or

 

   

the FDA may change its approval policies or adopt new regulations.

If AuriPro does not gain regulatory approval or OTO-104, OTO-311 or any future product candidates fail to demonstrate safety and efficacy in clinical trials or do not gain approval, our business and results of operations will be materially and adversely harmed.

If the FDA does not conclude that AuriPro satisfies the requirements for the Section 505(b)(2) regulatory approval pathway, or if the requirements for approval of AuriPro under Section 505(b)(2) are not as we expect, the development and approval of AuriPro will likely take significantly longer, cost significantly more and entail significantly greater complexity and risks than anticipated, and in any case may not be successful.

We intend to seek FDA approval through the Section 505(b)(2) regulatory pathway for AuriPro. Section 505(b)(2) of the FFDCA permits the submission of an NDA where some or all of the data required for approval comes from studies not conducted by or for the applicant and for which the applicant has not obtained a right of reference. Our ability to rely on certain of the FDA’s findings of safety and effectiveness in approval of another NDA or on studies published in the scientific literature will depend on our ability to demonstrate the relevance to AuriPro. We may be required to conduct additional studies or provide additional information to fully demonstrate the safety and effectiveness of our modifications to the approved product.

By pursuing the Section 505(b)(2) regulatory pathway for AuriPro, our reliance on the prior FDA findings of safety and effectiveness of the reference product may require any approved labeling for AuriPro to include certain information that is included in the labeling of the reference product.

If the FDA disagrees with our position that reliance on data for the reference product is appropriate, or if the data required for approval of our Section 505(b)(2) NDA are different than anticipated, we may need to conduct additional development activities, provide additional data and information, and meet additional standards for regulatory approval. If this were to occur, the time and financial resources required to obtain FDA approval for AuriPro would likely substantially increase. Moreover, the inability to pursue the Section 505(b)(2) regulatory pathway could result in new competitive products reaching the market faster than AuriPro, which could materially adversely impact our competitive position and prospects.

In addition, our competitors may file citizens’ petitions with the FDA in an attempt to persuade the FDA that our product candidates, or the clinical trials that support their approval, contain deficiencies. Such actions by our competitors could delay or even prevent the FDA from approving any NDA that we submit under Section 505(b)(2).

 

36


Table of Contents

Even if we receive regulatory approval for our product candidates, we will be subject to ongoing regulatory obligations and continued regulatory review, which may result in significant additional expense, limit or withdraw regulatory approval and subject us to penalties if we fail to comply with applicable regulatory requirements.

If and when regulatory approval has been granted, our product candidates or any approved product will be subject to continual regulatory review by the FDA and/or non-U.S. regulatory authorities. Additionally, any product candidates, if approved, will be subject to extensive and ongoing regulatory requirements, including labeling and other restrictions and market withdrawal and we may be subject to penalties if we fail to comply with regulatory requirements or experience unanticipated problems with our products.

Any regulatory approvals that we receive for our product candidates may also be subject to limitations on the approved indications for which the product may be marketed or to the conditions of approval, or contain requirements for potentially costly post-marketing testing, including Phase 4 clinical trials, and surveillance to monitor the safety and efficacy of the product. In addition, if the applicable regulatory agency approves our product candidates, the manufacturing processes, labeling, packaging, distribution, adverse event reporting, storage, advertising, promotion and recordkeeping for the product will be subject to extensive and ongoing regulatory requirements. These requirements include submissions of safety and other post-marketing information and reports, registration, as well as continued compliance with cGMP and GCP for any clinical trials that we conduct post-approval. Later discovery of previously unknown problems with our product candidates, including adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, or problems with our third-party manufacturers’ processes, or failure to comply with regulatory requirements, may result in, among other things:

 

   

restrictions on the marketing or manufacturing of the product, withdrawal of the product from the market, or voluntary or mandatory product recalls;

 

   

fines, warning letters or holds on clinical trials;

 

   

refusal by the FDA to approve pending applications or supplements to approved applications filed by us, or suspension or revocation of product license approvals;

 

   

product seizure or detention, or refusal to permit the import or export of products; and

 

   

injunctions or the imposition of civil or criminal penalties.

Our ongoing regulatory requirements may also change from time to time, potentially harming or making costlier our commercialization efforts. We cannot predict the likelihood, nature or extent of government regulation that may arise from future legislation or administrative action, either in the United States or other countries. If we are slow or unable to adapt to changes in existing requirements or the adoption of new requirements or policies, or if we are not able to maintain regulatory compliance, we may lose any marketing approval that we may have obtained and we may not achieve or sustain profitability, which would adversely affect our business.

Our relationships with healthcare professionals, independent contractors, clinical investigators, CROs, consultants and vendors in connection with our current and future business activities are subject to federal and state healthcare fraud and abuse laws, false claims laws, transparency laws, government price reporting, and health information privacy and security laws. If we are unable to comply, or have not fully complied, with such laws, we could face penalties.

We are subject to the various U.S. federal and state health care laws, including those intended to prevent health care fraud and abuse.

The federal anti-kickback statute prohibits, among other things, persons or entities from knowingly and willfully soliciting, offering, receiving or paying any remuneration (including any kickback, bribe or rebate), directly or indirectly, overtly or covertly, in cash or in kind, to induce or reward either the referral of an individual for, or the purchase, lease, order or recommendation of, any good, facility, item or service, for which

 

37


Table of Contents

payment may be made, in whole or in part, under a federal healthcare program such as Medicare and Medicaid Remuneration has been broadly defined to include anything of value, including, but not limited to, cash, improper discounts, and free or reduced price items and services. Many states have similar laws that apply to their state health care programs as well as private payors.

The federal False Claims Act, or FCA, and civil monetary penalties law impose penalties against individuals or entities for, among other things, knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, to the federal government, claims for payment or approval that are false or fraudulent or making a false record or statement to avoid, decrease or conceal an obligation to pay money to the federal government. The FCA has been used to, among other things, prosecute persons and entities submitting claims for payment that are inaccurate or fraudulent, that are for services not provided as claimed, or for services that are not medically necessary. The FCA includes a whistleblower provision that allows individuals to bring actions on behalf of the federal government and share a portion of the recovery of successful claims.

Additionally, state and federal authorities have aggressively targeted medical technology companies for, among other things, alleged violations of these anti-fraud statutes, based on improper research or consulting contracts with doctors, certain marketing arrangements that rely on volume-based pricing, off-label marketing schemes, and other improper promotional practices.

The federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, among other things, imposes criminal liability for knowingly and willfully executing, or attempting to execute, a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program or knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services.

Additionally, HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act and its implementing regulations, also imposes certain obligations, including mandatory contractual terms, with respect to safeguarding the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information without proper written authorization.

Our operations will also be subject to the federal transparency requirements under the Affordable Care Act, which requires manufacturers of drugs, devices, biologicals and medical supplies to annually report to the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, or CMS, an agency within the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, or HHS, information related to payments and other transfers of value provided to physicians and teaching hospitals and certain ownership and investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members.

If any of our business activities, including but not limited to our relationships with healthcare providers, violate any of the aforementioned laws, we may be subject to administrative, civil and/or criminal penalties, damages, monetary fines, disgorgement, individual imprisonment, possible exclusion from participation in Medicare, Medicaid and other federal healthcare programs, contractual damages, reputational harm, diminished profits and future earnings and curtailment or restructuring of our operations.

Also, the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and similar worldwide anti-bribery laws generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries from making improper payments to non-U.S. officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. We cannot assure you that our internal control policies and procedures will protect us from reckless or negligent acts committed by our employees, future distributors, partners, collaborators or agents. Violations of these laws, or allegations of such violations, could result in fines, penalties or prosecution and have a negative impact on our business, results of operations and reputation.

 

38


Table of Contents

Legislative or regulatory healthcare reforms in the United States or abroad may make it more difficult and costly for us to obtain regulatory clearance or approval of our product candidates or any future product candidates and to produce, market, and distribute our products after clearance or approval is obtained.

From time to time, legislation is drafted and introduced in Congress in the United States or by governments in foreign jurisdictions that could significantly change the statutory provisions governing the regulatory clearance or approval, manufacture, and marketing of regulated products or the reimbursement thereof. In addition, FDA or foreign regulatory agency regulations and guidance are often revised or reinterpreted by the FDA or the applicable foreign regulatory agency in ways that may significantly affect our business and our products. Any new regulations or revisions or reinterpretations of existing regulations may impose additional costs or lengthen review times of our product candidates or any future product candidates. We cannot determine what effect changes in regulations, statutes, legal interpretation or policies, when and if promulgated, enacted or adopted may have on our business in the future. Such changes could, among other things, require:

 

   

changes to manufacturing methods;

 

   

recall, replacement, or discontinuance of one or more of our products; and

 

   

additional recordkeeping.

Each of these would likely entail substantial time and cost and could materially harm our business and our financial results. In addition, delays in receipt of or failure to receive regulatory clearances or approvals for any future products would harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

If we fail to comply with environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, we could become subject to fines or penalties or incur costs that could have a material adverse effect on the success of our business.

We are subject to numerous environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, including those governing laboratory procedures and the handling, use, storage, treatment and disposal of hazardous materials and wastes. Our operations involve the use of hazardous and flammable materials, including chemicals and biological materials. Our operations also produce hazardous waste products. We generally contract with third parties for the disposal of these materials and wastes. We cannot eliminate the risk of contamination or injury from these materials. In the event of contamination or injury resulting from our use of hazardous materials, we could be held liable for any resulting damages, and any liability could exceed our resources. We also could incur significant costs associated with civil or criminal fines and penalties.

We maintain workers’ compensation insurance to cover us for costs and expenses we may incur due to injuries to our employees resulting from the use of hazardous materials or other work-related injuries with policy limits that we believe are customary for similarly situated companies and adequate to provide us with coverage for foreseeable risks. Although we maintain such insurance, this insurance may not provide adequate coverage against potential liabilities. In addition, we may incur substantial costs in order to comply with current or future environmental, health and safety laws and regulations. These current or future laws and regulations may impair our research, development or production efforts. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations also may result in substantial fines, penalties or other sanctions.

Risks Related to this Offering and Our Common Stock

An active trading market for our common stock may not develop.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price for our common stock will be determined through negotiations with the underwriters and may bear no relationship to the price at which our common stock will trade upon the closing of this offering. Although we expect that our common stock will be approved for listing on The NASDAQ Global Market, an active trading market for our shares may never develop or be sustained following this offering. If an active market for our common stock does not develop, it may be difficult for you to sell the shares you purchase in this offering without depressing the market price for the common stock or to sell your shares at all.

 

39


Table of Contents

The market price of our common stock is likely to be volatile, and you may not be able to sell your shares at or above the initial public offering price.

We and the underwriters will determine the initial public offering price of our common stock through negotiation. This price will not necessarily reflect the price at which investors in the market will be willing to buy and sell our shares following this offering. The stock market in general and the market for pharmaceutical companies in particular have experienced extreme volatility that has often been unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. A certain degree of market price volatility may also occur as a result of being a newly public company. As a result of this volatility, investors may not be able to sell their common stock at or above the initial public offering price. The market price of our common stock following this offering may be highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to various factors, some of which are beyond our control, including:

 

   

regulatory or legal developments;

 

   

results from or delays in clinical trials of our product candidates;

 

   

announcements of regulatory approval or disapproval of our product candidates;

 

   

commercialization of our products;

 

   

FDA or other regulatory actions affecting us or our industry;

 

   

introductions and announcements of new products by us, any commercialization partners or our competitors, and the timing of these introductions and announcements;

 

   

variations in our financial results or those of companies that are perceived to be similar to us;

 

   

changes in the structure of healthcare payment systems;

 

   

announcements by us or our competitors of significant acquisitions, licenses, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments;

 

   

market conditions in the pharmaceutical and biopharmaceutical sectors and issuance of securities analysts’ reports or recommendations;

 

   

actual or anticipated quarterly variations in our results of operations or those of our future competitors;

 

   

changes in financial estimates or guidance, including our ability to meet our future revenue and operating profit or loss estimates or guidance;

 

   

sales of substantial amounts of our stock by insiders and large stockholders, or the expectation that such sales might occur;

 

   

general economic, industry and market conditions;

 

   

additions or departures of key personnel;

 

   

intellectual property, product liability or other litigation against us;

 

   

expiration or termination of our potential relationships with strategic partners; and

 

   

the other factors described in this “Risk Factors” section.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish unfavorable research about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

Equity research analysts do not currently provide research coverage of our common stock, and we cannot assure you that any equity research analysts will provide research coverage of our common stock after the closing of this offering. In particular, as a smaller company, it may be difficult for us to attract the interest of equity research analysts. A lack of research coverage may adversely affect the liquidity of and market price of our common stock. To the extent we obtain equity research analyst coverage, we will not have any control of the analysts or the content

 

40


Table of Contents

and opinions included in their reports. The market price of our stock could decline if one or more equity research analysts downgrade our stock or issue other unfavorable commentary or research. If one or more equity research analysts ceases coverage of our company, or fails to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our stock could decrease, which in turn could cause the market price of our stock or trading volume to decline.

Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public markets, or the perception that such sales might occur, could cause the market price of our common stock to drop significantly, even if our business is doing well.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market could occur at any time. If our stockholders sell, or the market perceives that our stockholders intend to sell, substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market following this offering, the market price of our common stock could decline significantly.

Substantially all of our existing stockholders are subject to lock-up agreements with the underwriters of this offering that restrict the stockholders’ ability to transfer shares of our common stock for at least 180 days from the date of this prospectus. The lock-up agreements limit the number of shares of common stock that may be sold immediately following the public offering. Subject to certain limitations, approximately              shares will become eligible for sale upon expiration of the lock-up period, as calculated and described in more detail in the section titled “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.” In addition, shares issued or issuable upon exercise of options and warrants vested as of the expiration of the lock-up period will be eligible for sale at that time. Sales of stock by these stockholders could have a material adverse effect on the trading price of our common stock.

Following the closing of this offering, certain holders of approximately              shares of our common stock, including shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants, are entitled to certain rights with respect to the registration of their shares under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, subject to the 180-day lock-up arrangement described above. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in the shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, except for shares held by our affiliates as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Any sales of securities by these stockholders could have a material adverse effect on the market price of our common stock.

Claims for indemnification by our directors and officers may reduce our available funds to satisfy successful third-party claims against us and may reduce the amount of money available to us.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws as they will be in effect upon the completion of this offering provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers, in each case to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law.

In addition, as permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated bylaws as they will be in effect following this offering and our indemnification agreements that we have entered into with our directors and officers provide that:

 

   

We will indemnify our directors and officers for serving us in those capacities, or for serving other business enterprises at our request, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Delaware law provides that a corporation may indemnify such person if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the registrant and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful.

 

   

We may, in our discretion, indemnify employees and agents in those circumstances where indemnification is permitted by applicable law.

 

   

We are required to advance expenses, as incurred, to our directors and officers in connection with defending a proceeding, except that such directors or officers shall undertake to repay such advances if it is ultimately determined that such person is not entitled to indemnification.

 

41


Table of Contents
   

We will not be obligated pursuant to our amended and restated bylaws to indemnify a person with respect to proceedings initiated by that person against us or our other indemnitees, except with respect to proceedings authorized by our board of directors or brought to enforce a right to indemnification.

 

   

The rights conferred in our amended and restated bylaws are not exclusive, and we are authorized to enter into indemnification agreements with our directors, officers, employees and agents and to obtain insurance to indemnify such persons.

 

   

We may not retroactively amend our amended and restated bylaw provisions to reduce our indemnification obligations to directors, officers, employees and agents.

To the extent that a claim for indemnification is brought by any of our directors or officers, it would reduce the amount of funds available for use in our business.

If you purchase our common stock in this offering, because the initial public offering price of our common stock will be substantially higher than our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share following this offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution in the book value of your shares.

Investors purchasing common stock in this offering will pay a price per share that substantially exceeds the net tangible book value per share as of March 31, 2014. Net tangible book value is our tangible assets after subtracting our liabilities. As a result, investors purchasing common stock in this offering will incur immediate dilution of $         per share, based on the difference between $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our outstanding common stock as of March 31, 2014.

This dilution is due to our investors who purchased shares prior to this offering having paid substantially less than the price offered to the public in this offering when they purchased their shares. In addition, as of                 , 2014, options to purchase                  shares of our common stock at a weighted-average exercise price of $         per share and warrants to purchase                  shares of our common stock at a weighted-average exercise price of $         per share were outstanding. The exercise of any of these options would result in additional dilution. As a result of the dilution to investors purchasing shares in this offering, investors may receive significantly less than the purchase price paid in this offering, if anything, in the event of our liquidation. Further, because we will need to raise additional capital to fund our clinical development programs, we may in the future sell substantial amounts of common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for common stock.

These future issuances of common stock or common stock-related securities, together with the exercise of outstanding options and any additional shares issued in connection with acquisitions, if any, may result in further dilution. For a further description of the dilution that you will experience immediately after this offering, see “Dilution.”

If we sell shares of our common stock in future financings, stockholders may experience immediate dilution and, as a result, the market price of our common stock may decline.

We may from time to time issue additional shares of common stock at a discount from the current trading price of our common stock. As a result, our stockholders would experience immediate dilution upon the purchase of any shares of our common stock sold at such discount. In addition, as opportunities present themselves, we may enter into financing or similar arrangements in the future, including the issuance of debt securities, preferred stock or common stock. If we issue common stock or securities convertible into common stock, our common stockholders would experience additional dilution and, as a result, the market price of our common stock may decline.

 

42


Table of Contents

Concentration of ownership of our common stock among our existing principal stockholders after this offering may effectively limit the voting power of other stockholders, including purchasers in this offering.

Upon the closing of this offering, our executive officers, directors and current beneficial owners of 5% or more of our common stock will, in aggregate, beneficially own approximately     % of our outstanding common stock, assuming exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares. Accordingly, these stockholders, acting together, will continue to be able to significantly influence all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election and removal of directors and any merger or other significant corporate transactions. These stockholders may therefore delay or prevent a change of control of us, even if such a change of control would benefit our other stockholders. The significant concentration of stock ownership may adversely affect the market price of our common stock due to investors’ perception that conflicts of interest may exist or arise.

Anti-takeover provisions in our corporate charter documents and under Delaware law could make an acquisition of us more difficult, which could discourage takeover attempts and lead to management entrenchment, and the market price of our common stock may be lower as a result.

Certain provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws that will be in effect upon the completion of this offering may make it difficult for a third party to acquire, or attempt to acquire, control of our company, even if a change in control was considered favorable by you and other stockholders. For example, our board of directors will have the authority to issue up to                  shares of preferred stock. Our board of directors can fix the price, rights, preferences, privileges, and restrictions of the preferred stock without any further vote or action by our stockholders. The issuance of shares of preferred stock may delay or prevent a change in control transaction. As a result, the market price of our common stock and the voting and other rights of our stockholders may be adversely affected. An issuance of shares of preferred stock may result in the loss of voting control to other stockholders.

Our charter documents will also contain other provisions that could have an anti-takeover effect, including provisions that:

 

   

establish that our board of directors is divided into three classes, Class I, Class II and Class III, with each class serving staggered three year terms;

 

   

provide that vacancies on our board of directors may be filled only by a majority of directors then in office, even though less than a quorum;

 

   

provide that our directors may only be removed for cause;

 

   

eliminate cumulative voting in the election of directors;

 

   

authorize our board of directors to issues shares of preferred stock and determine the price and other terms of those shares, including preferences and voting rights, without stockholder approval;

 

   

provide our board of directors with the exclusive right to elect a director to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship;

 

   

permit stockholders to only take actions at a duly called annual or special meeting and not by written consent;

 

   

prohibit stockholders from calling a special meeting of stockholders;

 

   

require that stockholders give advance notice to nominate directors or submit proposals for consideration at stockholder meetings;

 

   

authorize our board of directors, by a majority vote, to amend the bylaws; and

 

   

require the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% or more of the outstanding common stock to amend many of the provisions described above.

In addition, we are subject to the anti-takeover provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which limits the ability of stockholders owning in excess of 15% of our outstanding voting stock to merge or

 

43


Table of Contents

combine with us. Finally, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will also provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for substantially all disputes between us and our stockholders. These provisions could discourage potential acquisition proposals and could delay or prevent a change in control transaction. They could also have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our common stock, including transactions that may be in your best interests. These provisions may also prevent changes in our management or limit the price that certain investors are willing to pay for our stock.

We will have broad discretion in the use of proceeds from this offering and may invest or spend the proceeds in ways with which you do not agree and in ways that may not yield a return.

We will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds from this offering. You may not agree with our decisions, and our use of the proceeds may not improve our results of operation or enhance the value of our common stock. Though we currently intend to use approximately $         million of the net proceeds from this offering to fund our planned registration and commercialization of AuriPro, approximately $         million to fund the costs of the clinical development of OTO-104, approximately $         million to fund the costs of the clinical development of OTO-311, and the remainder of the net proceeds for the research and development of other product candidates, working capital, capital expenditures and other general corporate purposes, we cannot specify with certainty all of the particular uses of the net proceeds that we will receive from this offering, or the amounts that we will actually spend on the uses set forth above. The amounts and timing of our actual expenditures will depend on numerous factors, including the ongoing status of and results from clinical trials and other studies, the product approval process with the FDA, and the scope of our commercialization efforts, as well as any strategic collaborations that we may enter into with third parties for our product candidates, any unforeseen cash needs, and our investments and acquisitions. We may find it necessary or advisable to use the net proceeds for other purposes, and we will have broad discretion in using these proceeds. In addition, we may also use a portion of our net proceeds to acquire and invest in complementary products or businesses; however, we currently have no agreements or commitments to complete any such transaction. Investors will be relying on our judgment regarding the use of the net proceeds from this offering. You will not have the opportunity to influence our management’s decisions on how to use the net proceeds from this offering. Our failure to apply the net proceeds of this offering effectively could result in financial losses that could materially impair our ability to pursue our strategy, cause the market price of our common stock to decline, or require us to raise additional capital.

We may be subject to securities litigation, which is expensive and could divert management attention.

The market price of our common stock may be volatile, and in the past companies that have experienced volatility in the market price of their stock have been subject to securities class action litigation. We may be the target of this type of litigation in the future. Securities litigation against us could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention from other business concerns, which could seriously harm our business.

Because we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future, capital appreciation, if any, will be your sole source of gains.

We have not declared or paid cash dividends on our common stock to date. We currently intend to retain our future earnings, if any, to fund the development and growth of our business. In addition, our loan and security agreement with Square 1 Bank contains a negative covenant which prohibits us from paying cash dividends without the prior written consent of Square 1 Bank. As a result, capital appreciation, if any, of our common stock will be your sole source of gain for the foreseeable future.

Our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards and certain other tax attributes to offset future taxable income may be subject to certain limitations.

As of December 31, 2013 we had U.S. federal and California net operating loss carryforwards, or NOLs, of approximately $46.8 million and state NOLs of approximately $46.6 million, which expire in various years

 

44


Table of Contents

beginning in 2030, if not utilized. As of December 31, 2013, we had federal and California research and development tax credit carryforwards of approximately $1.6 million and $1.1 million, respectively. The federal research and development tax credit carryforwards expire in various years beginning in 2030, if not utilized. The California research and development credit will carry forward indefinitely. Under Sections 382 and 383 of Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, if a corporation undergoes an “ownership change,” the corporation’s ability to use its pre-change NOLs and other pre-change tax attributes, such as research tax credits, to offset its future post-change income and taxes may be limited. In general, an “ownership change” occurs if there is a cumulative change in our ownership by “5% shareholders” that exceeds 50 percentage points over a rolling three-year period. Similar rules may apply under state tax laws. We believe we have experienced certain ownership changes in the past and have reduced our deferred tax assets related to NOLs and research and development tax credit carryforwards accordingly. In the event that it is determined that we have in the past experienced additional ownership changes, or if we experience one or more ownership changes as a result of this offering or future transactions in our stock, then we may be further limited in our ability to use our NOLs and other tax assets to reduce taxes owed on the net taxable income that we earn in the event that we attain profitability. Any such limitations on the ability to use our NOLs and other tax assets could adversely impact our business, financial condition and operating results in the event that we attain profitability.

We will incur costs as a result of operating as a public company and our management will be required to devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives and corporate governance practices, including maintaining an effective system of internal control over financial reporting.

As a public company listed in the United States, and increasingly after we are no longer an “emerging growth company,” we will incur significant additional legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. In addition, changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure, including the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and regulations implemented by the SEC and The NASDAQ Stock Market, or NASDAQ, may increase legal and financial compliance costs and make some activities more time consuming. These laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. We intend to invest resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards, and this investment may result in increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management’s time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities. If notwithstanding our efforts to comply with new laws, regulations and standards, we fail to comply, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us and our business may be harmed.

As a public company in the United States, we will be required, pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or Section 404, to furnish a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. We will need to disclose any material weaknesses identified by our management in our internal control over financial reporting, and, when we are no longer an “emerging growth company,” we will need to provide a statement that our independent registered public accounting firm has issued an opinion on our internal control over financial reporting. We expect that our first report on compliance with Section 404 will be furnished in connection with our financial statements for the year ending December 31, 2015.

The controls and other procedures are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, is disclosed accurately and is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms. We are in the early stages of conforming our internal control procedures to the requirements of Section 404 and we may not be able to complete our evaluation, testing and any required remediation needed to comply with Section 404 in a timely fashion. Our independent registered public accounting firm was not engaged to perform an audit of our internal control over financial reporting for the year ended December 31, 2013 or for any other period. Accordingly, no such opinion was expressed.

Even after we develop these new procedures, these new controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or the degree of compliance with these policies or procedures may deteriorate and material

 

45


Table of Contents

weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting may be discovered. We may err in the design or operation of our controls, and all internal control systems, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Because there are inherent limitations in all control systems, there can be no absolute assurance that all control issues have been or will be detected. If we are unable, or are perceived as unable, to produce reliable financial reports due to internal control deficiencies, investors could lose confidence in our reported financial information and operating results, which could result in a negative market reaction.

To fully comply with Section 404, we will need to retain additional employees to supplement our current finance staff, and we may not be able to do so in a timely manner, or at all. In addition, in the process of evaluating our internal control over financial reporting, we expect that certain of our internal control practices will need to be updated to comply with the requirements of Section 404 and the regulations promulgated thereunder, and we may not be able to do so on a timely basis, or at all. In the event that we are not able to demonstrate compliance with Section 404 in a timely manner, or are unable to produce timely or accurate financial statements, we may be subject to sanctions or investigations by regulatory authorities, such as the SEC or the stock exchange on which our stock is listed, and investors may lose confidence in our operating results and the price of our common stock could decline. Furthermore, if we are unable to certify that our internal control over financial reporting is effective and in compliance with Section 404, we may be subject to sanctions or investigations by regulatory authorities, such as the SEC or stock exchanges, and we could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, which could hurt our business, the price of our common stock and our ability to access the capital markets.

We also expect that being a public company will make it more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. These factors could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, on committees of our board of directors or as members of senior management.

We are an “emerging growth company,” and the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies could make our common stock could be less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act enacted in April 2012, and may remain an “emerging growth company” for up to five years following the completion of this offering, although, if we have more than $1.0 billion in annual revenue, the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of June 30 of any year, or we issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt over a three-year period before the end of that five-year period, we would cease to be an “emerging growth company” as of the following December 31. For as long as we remain an “emerging growth company,” we are permitted and intend to rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies.” These exemptions include:

 

   

being permitted to provide only two years of audited financial statements, in addition to any required unaudited interim financial statements, with correspondingly reduced “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” disclosure;

 

   

not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements in the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting;

 

   

not being required to comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements;

 

   

reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation; and

 

   

exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

 

46


Table of Contents

We have taken advantage of reduced reporting requirements in this prospectus. In particular, in this prospectus, we have provided only two years of audited financial statements and have not included all of the executive compensation related information that would be required if we were not an emerging growth company. In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards, delaying the adoption of these accounting standards until they would apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption and, as a result, we will adopt new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for other public companies. We cannot predict whether investors will find our common stock less attractive as a result of our reliance on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and the market price of our common stock may be reduced or more volatile.

The industry- and market-related estimates included in this prospectus are based on various assumptions and may prove to be inaccurate.

Industry- and market-related estimates included in this prospectus, including, without limitation, estimates related to our market size and industry data, are subject to uncertainty and are based on assumptions which may not prove to be accurate. This may have negative consequences, such as us overestimating our potential market opportunity. For more information, see the section titled “Market, Industry and Other Data.”

 

47


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements. These statements generally relate to future events or to our future financial performance and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors which may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements about:

 

   

our expectations regarding our clinical development of OTO-104, including one or more open-label, multiple-dose safety studies;

 

   

our expectations regarding the development of OTO-311;

 

   

our expectations regarding our future development of our product candidates for additional indications;

 

   

the timing or likelihood of regulatory filings and approvals, including our planned submission of an NDA for approval of AuriPro with the FDA;

 

   

our expectations regarding the future development of other product candidates;

 

   

our expectations regarding our OTO-104 Phase 2b clinical trial potentially serving as one of two pivotal trials required to support U.S. regulatory approval;

 

   

the potential for commercialization of our product candidates, if approved;

 

   

our expectations and statements regarding the potential market size, opportunity and growth potential for AuriPro and OTO-104, if approved for commercial use;

 

   

our expectations and statements regarding the adoption and use of AuriPro and OTO-104, if approved, by ENTs;

 

   

our expectations regarding potential coverage and reimbursement relating to AuriPro or OTO-104, if approved, or any other approved product candidates;

 

   

our plans regarding the use of contract manufacturers for the production of our product candidates for clinical trials and, if approved, commercial use;

 

   

our plans and ability to effectively build our own sales and marketing capabilities, or seek and establish collaborative partners, to commercialize our products;

 

   

our ability to advance product candidates into, and successfully complete, clinical trials;

 

   

the implementation of our business model, strategic plans for our business, products and technology;

 

   

the initiation, timing, progress and results of future preclinical studies and clinical trials;

 

   

the scope of protection we are able to establish and maintain for intellectual property rights covering our products and technology;

 

   

estimates of our expenses, future revenue, capital requirements and our needs for additional financing;

 

   

our financial performance;

 

   

developments and projections relating to our competitors and our industry;

 

   

our anticipated use of proceeds from this offering; and

 

   

our expectations regarding the period during which we qualify as an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act.

In some cases, you can identify these statements by terms such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “could,” “estimate,” “expects,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “should,” “will,” “would” or the

 

48


Table of Contents

negative of those terms, and similar expressions that convey uncertainty of future events or outcomes. These forward-looking statements reflect our beliefs and views with respect to future events and are based on estimates and assumptions as of the date of this prospectus and are subject to risks and uncertainties. We discuss many of these risks in greater detail in the section entitled “Risk Factors.” Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risks emerge from time to time. It is not possible to predict all risks, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements we may make. Given these uncertainties, you should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements.

You should carefully read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in this prospectus and have filed as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect. We qualify all of the forward-looking statements in this prospectus by these cautionary statements.

Except as required by law, we assume no obligation to update these forward-looking statements publicly, or to update the reasons actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

MARKET, INDUSTRY AND OTHER DATA

We obtained the industry, market and similar data set forth in this prospectus from our own internal estimates and research, and from industry publications and research, primary market research commissioned by us, and surveys and studies conducted by third parties, such as the American Academy of Otolaryngology-Head and Neck Surgeons, the National Institute on Deafness and other Communications Disorders, and the American Tinnitus Association. These data involve a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such information and estimates.

Information that is based on estimates, forecasts, projections, market research or similar methodologies is inherently subject to uncertainties and actual events or circumstances may differ materially from events and circumstances that are assumed in this information. In some cases, we do not expressly refer to the sources from which this data is derived. In that regard, when we refer to one or more sources of this type of data in any paragraph, you should assume that other data of this type appearing in the same paragraph is derived from the same sources, unless otherwise expressly stated or the context otherwise requires.

 

49


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of shares of our common stock in this offering will be $             million, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, we estimate that our net proceeds would be $         million, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share would increase or decrease the net proceeds that we receive from this offering by approximately $             million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase or decrease of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares of common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease the net proceeds that we receive from this offering by approximately $             million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The principal purposes of this offering are to obtain additional capital to support our operations, establish a public market for our common stock and facilitate our future access to the public capital markets. More specifically, we anticipate that we will use the net proceeds from this offering as follows:

 

   

approximately $             million to fund expenses in connection with obtaining the regulatory approval and preparing for the commercialization of AuriPro, if approved;

 

   

approximately $             million to fund OTO-104 clinical development, including completion of the OTO-104 Phase 2b clinical trial and, if results are positive, initiation of a Phase 3 clinical trial, and initiation of one or more open-label, multiple-dose safety studies in Ménière’s patients;

 

   

approximately $             million to fund preclinical development and a Phase 1 clinical trial for patients with tinnitus for OTO-311; and

 

   

the remainder for research and development activities, working capital and general corporate purposes.

We may also use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to in-license, acquire or invest in complementary business, technologies, products or assets. However, we have no current plans, commitments or obligations to do so.

We believe that the net proceeds from this offering and our existing cash, as well as our access to funds through the credit facility we entered into with Square 1 Bank in July 2013 (assuming we do not default under such facility or otherwise become ineligible to draw-down funds), will be sufficient to fund our operations through at least the next 18 months. This expected use of the net proceeds from the offering represents our intentions based upon our current plans and business conditions. We cannot specify with certainty all of the particular uses of the net proceeds that we will receive from this offering, or the amounts that we will actually spend on the uses set forth above. The amounts and timing of our actual expenditures will depend on numerous factors, including the ongoing status of and results from clinical trials and other studies, the product approval process with the FDA, and the scope of our commercialization efforts, as well as any strategic collaborations that we may enter into with third parties for our product candidates, any unforeseen cash needs, and our investments and acquisitions. We may find it necessary or advisable to use the net proceeds for other purposes, and we will have broad discretion in using these proceeds. Investors will be relying on our judgment regarding the use of the net proceeds from this offering. Pending the use of proceeds as described above, we plan to invest the net proceeds that we receive in short-term and intermediate-term interest-bearing obligations, investment-grade investments, certificates of deposit or direct or guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government. We cannot predict whether the invested proceeds will yield a favorable return.

 

50


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our common stock. In addition, pursuant to our credit facility with Square 1 Bank, we are prohibited from paying cash dividends without the prior consent of Square 1 Bank. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings for use in the operation of our business and do not anticipate paying any dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Any future determination to declare dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on, among other factors, our financial condition, operating results, capital requirements, general business conditions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant.

 

51


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and capitalization as of March 31, 2014:

 

   

on an actual basis;

 

   

on a pro forma basis to reflect (i) the cash exercise of outstanding series C convertible preferred stock warrants to purchase 12,003,999 shares of our series C convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $0.25 per share, as such warrants expire if not exercised prior to this offering, and the automatic conversion of such shares into 12,003,999 shares of common stock (to the extent any such warrants are net exercised or expire unexercised, the total number of underlying shares actually issued upon the completion of this offering will be less than the 12,003,999 shares assumed for purposes of this pro forma calculation), (ii) the receipt of gross proceeds of $49.3 million from the sale of 145,073,529 shares of series D convertible preferred stock, and (iii) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 478,865,566 shares of our common stock after giving effect to the issuance of 145,073,529 shares of our series D convertible preferred stock on April 23, 2014, upon the closing of this offering; and

 

   

on a pro forma as adjusted basis to reflect the pro forma adjustments discussed above and our receipt of the net proceeds from our sale of                 shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

     As of March 31, 2014  
     Actual      Pro Forma (1)      Pro Forma
As Adjusted (2)
 
     (in thousands, except share and per share data)  
     (unaudited)  

Cash

   $ 31,059       $ 83,385       $                    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Capitalization:

        

Convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     909              

Series A convertible preferred stock, 14,228,254 shares authorized, 11,949,617 shares issued and outstanding, liquidation preference of $2,987, actual; no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     10,561              

Series B convertible preferred stock, 60,056,304 shares authorized, issued and outstanding, liquidation preference of $15,014, actual; no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     23,007              

Series C convertible preferred stock, 260,432,314 shares authorized, 247,527,782 shares issued and outstanding, liquidation preference of $92,823, actual; no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     61,598              

Stockholders’ (Deficit) Equity:

        

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value:              shares authorized; no shares issued and outstanding, actual, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

                  

Common stock, $ 0.001 par value: 416,706,378 shares authorized, actual and pro forma;             shares authorized pro forma as-adjusted; 3,735,464 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 494,605,029 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; and             shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     4         484      

Additional paid-in capital

     765         148,686      

Deficit accumulated during development stage

     (70,391      (70,391   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (69,622      78,779      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 26,453       $ 78,779       $     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Based on discussions with our existing large stockholders, we expect that, regardless of whether the offering has aggregate proceeds in excess of $70,000,000 and an offering price in excess of $1.02 per share, which would trigger a conversion under our existing certificate

 

52


Table of Contents
  of incorporation, the requisite stockholders will take all necessary steps to cause the conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into common stock in connection with the offering because it is a condition to closing the offering that such conversion take place.
(2) Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) each of cash, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ (deficit) equity and total capitalization by approximately $        million, assuming that the number of shares of common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares of common stock offered by us would increase (decrease) each of cash, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ (deficit) equity and total capitalization by approximately $         million. The pro forma as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

The outstanding share information in the table above is based on 494,605,029 shares of common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2014, after giving effect to the issuance of 145,073,529 shares of our series D convertible preferred stock on April 23, 2014, the cash exercise of warrants to purchase 12,003,999 shares of series C convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $0.25 per share, as such warrants expire if not exercised prior to this offering, and the automatic conversion of all shares of our convertible preferred stock into shares of our common stock, and excludes:

 

   

48,664,669 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of March 31, 2014, at a weighted-average exercise price of $0.06 per share;

 

   

4,997,509 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase shares of series A convertible preferred stock as of March 31, 2014, at an exercise price of $0.8843 per share of series A convertible preferred stock subject to such warrants;

 

   

                 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our stock-based compensation plans, consisting of:

 

  ¡    

12,612,167 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under the 2010 Plan, which shares will be added to the shares to be reserved under the 2014 Plan; and

 

  ¡    

                 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2014 Plan, which will become effective in connection with this offering, and any additional shares that become available under our 2014 Plan pursuant to provisions thereof that automatically increase the share reserve under the plan each year; and

 

   

                 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our ESPP, which will become effective in connection with this offering, and any additional shares that become available under our ESPP pursuant to provisions thereof that automatically increase the share reserve under the plan each year.

 

53


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock, your ownership interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the amount per share paid by purchasers of shares of our common stock in this initial public offering and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after completion of this offering.

Our historical net tangible book deficit as of March 31, 2014 was approximately $(69.6) million, or $(18.64) per share of common stock. Our historical net tangible book deficit is the amount of our total tangible assets less our liabilities and convertible preferred stock which is not included within stockholders’ (deficit) equity. As of March 31, 2014, we had zero intangible assets. Historical net tangible book deficit per share is our historical net tangible book deficit divided by the number of shares of common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2014.

Our pro forma net tangible book value as of March 31, 2014 was $78.8 million, or $0.16 per share of common stock. Pro forma net tangible book value gives effect to (i) the cash exercise of outstanding series C convertible preferred stock warrants to purchase 12,003,999 shares of our series C convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $0.25 per share, as such warrants expire if not exercised prior to this offering, and the automatic conversion of such shares into 12,003,999 shares of common stock (to the extent any such warrants are net exercised or terminate unexercised, the total number of underlying shares actually issued upon completion of this offering will be less than the 12,003,999 assumed for purposes of this pro forma calculation), (ii) the receipt of aggregate gross proceeds of $49.3 million from the sale of 145,073,529 shares of series D convertible preferred stock, and (iii) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 478,865,566 shares of our common stock after giving effect to the issuance of 145,073,529 shares of our series D convertible preferred stock on April 23, 2014, upon the closing of this offering.

After giving effect to the sale of shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $        , which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value at March 31, 2014 would have been $         million, or $         per share of common stock. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $         per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $         per share to new investors.

The following table illustrates this dilution:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

     $             

Historical net tangible book deficit per share as of March 31, 2014

   $ (18.64  

Pro forma increase in net tangible book deficit as of March 31, 2014

     18.80     
  

 

 

   

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of March 31, 2014

   $ 0.16     

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors in this offering

    
  

 

 

   

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share immediately after this offering

     $     
    

 

 

 

Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering

     $     
    

 

 

 

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share would increase (decrease) our pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors by $            , and would increase (decrease) dilution per share to new investors in this offering by $            , assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. In addition, to

 

54


Table of Contents

the extent any outstanding options or warrants to purchase common stock are exercised, new investors would experience further dilution. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock after giving effect to this offering would be approximately $         per share, and the dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to investors in this offering would be approximately $         per share of common stock.

The following table summarizes, on a pro forma as adjusted basis as of March 31, 2014, the total number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us and the average price per share paid to us by existing stockholders and by new investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price of $            , which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us:

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average
Price Per
Share
 
     Number    Percent     Amount      Percent    

Existing stockholders

               $                                 $                    

New investors

            
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

        100   $           100  
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share would increase (decrease) the total consideration paid by new investors and total consideration paid by all stockholders by approximately $            , assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. In addition, to the extent any outstanding options or warrants to purchase common stock are exercised or any outstanding restricted stock units have vested, new investors will experience further dilution.

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, our existing stockholders would own         % and our new investors would own         % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering.

The foregoing discussion and tables are based on 494,605,029 shares of common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2014, after giving effect to the issuance of 145,073,529 shares of our series D convertible preferred stock on April 23, 2014, the cash exercise of warrants to purchase 12,003,999 shares of series C convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $0.25 per share, as such warrants expire if not exercised prior to this offering, and the automatic conversion of all shares of our convertible preferred stock into shares of our common stock, and excludes:

 

   

48,664,669 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of March 31, 2014, at a weighted-average exercise price of $0.06 per share;

 

   

4,997,509 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase shares of series A convertible preferred stock as of March 31, 2014, at an exercise price of $0.8843 per share of series A convertible preferred stock subject to such warrants;

 

   

            shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our stock-based compensation plans, consisting of:

 

   

12,612,167 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under the 2010 Plan, which shares will be added to the shares to be reserved under the 2014 Plan;

 

   

            shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2014 Plan, which will become effective in connection with this offering, and any additional shares that become available

 

55


Table of Contents
 

under our 2014 Plan pursuant to provisions thereof that automatically increase the share reserves under the plans each year; and

 

   

             shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our ESPP, which will become effective in connection with this offering, and any additional shares that become available under our ESPP pursuant to provisions thereof that automatically increase the share reserves under the plans each year.

Furthermore, we may choose to raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities due to market conditions or strategic considerations even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. To the extent we issue additional shares of common stock or other equity or convertible debt securities in the future, there will be further dilution to investors participating in this offering.

 

56


Table of Contents

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following tables summarize our selected financial data for the periods and as of the dates indicated. We have derived our selected statements of operations data for each of the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, and our selected balance sheets data as of December 31, 2012 and 2013, from our audited financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived our selected statements of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014, and our selected balance sheet data as of March 31, 2014, from our unaudited financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our interim unaudited financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America on the same basis as the annual audited financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair statement of our financial position as of March 31, 2014 and our results of our operations for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future, and our unaudited interim results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the full year or any other period. You should read this information together with our financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and the information in the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

     Years Ended December 31,     Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
     2012     2013     2013     2014  
     (in thousands, except share and per share data)  
                 (unaudited)  

Statements of Operations Data:

        

Operating expenses:

        

Research and development

   $ 8,523      $ 16,336      $ 3,105      $ 8,991   

General and administrative

     2,408        3,514        713        1,565   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     10,931        19,850        3,818        10,556   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (10,931     (19,850     (3,818     (10,556

Other income (expense)

     3,362        291        1,329        (265
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (7,569     (19,559     (2,489     (10,821

Accretion to redemption value of convertible preferred stock

     (801     (539     (197     (13
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (8,370   $ (20,098   $ (2,686   $ (10,834
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (1)

   $ (3.38   $ (7.64   $ (1.04   $ (3.68
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used to compute net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (1)

     2,474,298        2,629,674        2,577,386        2,941,836   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (unaudited) (1)

     $ (0.13     $ (0.03
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used to compute pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (unaudited) (1)

       158,239,811          348,737,872   
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

(1) See Note 2 to our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the methods used to calculate the historical and pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted, and the number of shares used in the calculations of these per share amounts.

 

57


Table of Contents
     As of December 31,     As of
March 31,
2014
 
     2012     2013    
           (in thousands)        
                 (unaudited)  

Balance Sheets Data:

      

Cash

   $ 4,663      $ 37,284      $ 31,059   

Working capital

     3,726        36,298        25,841   

Total assets

     5,904        39,757        32,567   

Convertible notes payable, net

     7,065                 

Convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     2,909        646        909   

Convertible preferred stock

     33,047        95,153        95,166   

Deficit accumulated during development stage

     (39,459     (59,557     (70,391

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (39,067     (58,977     (69,622

 

58


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with “Selected Financial Data” and our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion and analysis and other parts of this prospectus contain forward-looking statements based upon current beliefs, plans and expectations related to future events and our future financial performance that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions, such as statements regarding our intentions, plans, objectives, expectations, forecasts and projections. Our actual results and the timing of selected events could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of several factors, including those set forth under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. You should carefully read the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus to gain an understanding of the important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from our forward-looking statements. Please also see the section titled “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

Overview

We are a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company focused on the development and commercialization of innovative therapeutics for the treatment of diseases and disorders of the ear. To overcome many of the limitations of delivering drugs to the middle and inner ear, we have developed a proprietary technology that is designed to deliver drug that is retained in the ear for an extended period of time following a single local administration, which we refer to as “sustained-exposure.” Utilizing this technology, we have advanced three product candidates into development: AuriPro, OTO-104 and OTO-311.

AuriPro is a sustained-exposure formulation of the antibiotic ciprofloxacin for which we have recently completed two identical Phase 3 clinical trials in 532 pediatric patients with middle ear effusion requiring TTP surgery. Top-line results of these Phase 3 trials demonstrate that AuriPro achieved the primary efficacy endpoint with statistical significance (p<0.001) and that AuriPro was well tolerated. Based on these results, we plan to submit an NDA for AuriPro to the FDA in the first half of 2015. If approved, we plan to commercialize AuriPro in the United States in 2016.

OTO-104 is a sustained-exposure formulation of the steroid dexamethasone in development for the treatment of Ménière’s disease and other inner ear conditions. We are conducting a Phase 2b clinical trial with 140 patients at more than 50 centers in the United States and Canada, which we believe will serve as one of two pivotal, single-dose efficacy trials required to support U.S. regulatory approval. We expect to report results from this clinical trial in the first half of 2015. If results are positive, we plan to initiate a second pivotal trial of OTO-104 in 2015. We also intend to initiate one or more open-label, multiple-dose safety studies for OTO-104 in Ménière’s patients by the end of 2014. The FDA has granted OTO-104 Fast Track designation, which is a process designed to facilitate the development and expedite the FDA’s review of drugs to treat serious conditions and fill unmet medical needs.

OTO-311 is a sustained-exposure formulation of the NMDA, receptor antagonist gacyclidine in development for the treatment of tinnitus. We plan to file an IND application for OTO-311 with the FDA in 2015.

We have global commercialization rights to our product candidates. Our strategy is to advance our product candidates through regulatory approval and self-commercialize in the United States. We plan to build a focused sales force targeting ENTs, who specialize in the treatment of patients affected by diseases and disorders of the ear. Outside the United States, we plan to evaluate whether to commercialize our products on our own or in collaboration with partners. We have a broad patent portfolio of approximately 55 issued patents and allowed patent applications and at least 85 pending patents covering our product candidates and indications, as well as other potential applications of our technology in major markets around the world.

We are a development-stage company under generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America, or U.S. GAAP, and have only a limited operating history. Since our inception in 2008, we have

 

59


Table of Contents

devoted substantially all of our efforts to developing our product candidates, including conducting preclinical and clinical trials and providing general and administrative support for these operations. We do not have any approved products and have not generated any revenue from product sales or otherwise.

We have funded our operations primarily through sales of our convertible preferred stock, convertible notes and warrants, from which we have raised net cash of $94.5 million since our inception through March 31, 2014. As of March 31, 2014, we had cash of $31.1 million. In April 2014, we raised gross proceeds of $49.3 million through the sale of our convertible preferred stock.

We have never been profitable, and as of March 31, 2014, we had an accumulated deficit of $70.4 million. Our net losses were $7.6 million and $19.6 million for the years ending December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively, and $2.5 million and $10.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively. Substantially all of our net losses have resulted from costs incurred in connection with our development programs and from general and administrative costs associated with our operations.

We expect to continue to incur significant expenses and increasing operating losses for the foreseeable future as we continue to develop and seek regulatory approval for our product candidates. In the near term, we anticipate that our expenses will increase substantially as we:

 

   

file for regulatory approval and prepare for commercialization for AuriPro in the United States;

 

   

conduct our clinical development program for OTO-104;

 

   

complete preclinical development and prepare for clinical development of OTO-311;

 

   

contract to manufacture our product candidates;

 

   

evaluate opportunities for development of additional product candidates;

 

   

maintain and expand our intellectual property portfolio;

 

   

hire additional staff, including clinical, scientific, operational, financial, sales and marketing and management personnel, to execute our business plan; and

 

   

operate as a public company.

We will need substantial additional funding to support our operating activities, especially as we approach the potential commercial launch of AuriPro in the United States and as we build our sales and marketing capabilities. The expected net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash and borrowings available under our credit facility, will not be sufficient for us to commercialize AuriPro, register and commercialize OTO-104, and complete clinical development of OTO-311. Accordingly, we will continue to require substantial additional capital beyond the expected net proceeds from this offering. The amount and timing of our future funding requirements will depend on many factors, including the pace and results of our clinical development efforts, the timing and nature of the regulatory approval process for our product candidates, and our ability to effectively begin commercializing AuriPro. We anticipate that we will seek to fund our operations through public or private equity or debt financings or other sources, such as potential collaboration arrangements. We may not be able to raise capital on terms acceptable to us, or at all. Our failure to raise capital as and when needed could have a negative impact on our financial condition and our ability to pursue our business strategies. We believe that the net proceeds from this offering, our existing cash and the borrowings available under our credit facility will be sufficient to fund our currently planned operations for at least the next 18 months.

In November 2008, we entered into an exclusive license agreement with UC. Under the license agreement, UC granted us an exclusive license under UC’s rights to patents and applications that are co-developed and co-owned with us for the treatment of human otic diseases. Our financial obligations under the license agreement include annual license maintenance payments until we commercialize the first product covered under the license agreement, development milestone payments of up to $2.7 million per licensed product, of which $0.9 million

 

60


Table of Contents

has been paid for AuriPro and $0.3 million has been paid for OTO-104 (but such milestone payments are reduced by 75% for any orphan indication product), and a low single-digit royalty on net sales by us or our affiliates of licensed products. In addition, for each sublicense we grant we are obligated to pay UC a fixed percentage of all royalties as well as a sliding-scale percentage of non-royalty sublicense fees received by us under such sublicense, with such percentage depending on the licensed product’s stage of development when sublicensed to such third party. We have the right to offset a certain amount of third-party royalties, milestone fees or sublicense fees against the foregoing financial obligations, provided such third-party royalties or fees are paid by us in consideration for intellectual property rights necessary to commercialize a licensed product.

In April 2013, we entered into an exclusive license agreement with Durect as part of an asset transfer agreement between us and IncuMed LLC, an affiliate of the NeuroSystec Corporation. Under this license agreement, Durect granted us an exclusive, worldwide, royalty-bearing license under Durect’s rights to certain patents and applications that cover our OTO-311 product candidate, as well as certain related know-how. Under this license agreement and the asset transfer agreement, we are obligated to make one-time milestone payments of up to $7.5 million for the first licensed product. Upon commercializing a licensed product, we are obligated to pay Durect tiered, low single-digit royalties on annual net sales by us or our affiliates or sublicensees of the licensed products, and we have the right to offset a certain amount of third-party license fees or royalties against such royalty payments to Durect. In addition, each sublicense we grant to a third party is subject to payment to Durect of a low double-digit percentage of all non-royalty payments we receive under such sublicense. Additionally, we are also obligated to pay INSERM on behalf of Durect, for a low single-digit royalty payment on net sales by us or our affiliates or sublicensees upon commercialization of the licensed product. The foregoing royalty payment obligation to Durect would continue on a product-by-product and country-by-country basis until expiration or determination of invalidity of the last valid claim within the licensed patents that cover the licensed product, and the payment obligation to INSERM would continue so long as Durect’s license from INSERM remains in effect.

Financial Operations Overview

Revenue

To date, we have not generated any revenue. We do not expect to generate any revenue from any product candidates that we develop unless and until we obtain regulatory approval and commercialize our products or enter into collaborative agreements with third parties. In the future, if AuriPro is approved for commercial sale in the United States, we may generate revenue from product sales. We do not expect to commercialize AuriPro before 2016, if ever.

Operating Expenses

Research and development expenses

Our research and development expenses primarily consist of costs associated with the preclinical and clinical development of our product candidates. Our research and development expenses include:

 

   

employee-related expenses, including salaries, benefits, travel and stock-based compensation expense;

 

   

external development expenses incurred under arrangements with third parties, such as fees paid to CROs in connection with our clinical trials, costs of acquiring and evaluating clinical trial data such as investigator grants, patient screening fees, laboratory work and statistical compilation and analysis, and fees paid to consultants and our scientific advisory board;

 

   

costs to acquire, develop and manufacture clinical trial materials, including fees paid to contract manufacturers;

 

   

payments related to licensed products and technologies;

 

   

costs related to compliance with drug development regulatory requirements; and

 

61


Table of Contents
   

facilities, depreciation and other allocated expenses, which include direct and allocated expenses for rent and maintenance of facilities, depreciation of leasehold improvements and equipment, and laboratory and other supplies.

We expense our internal and third-party research and development expenses as incurred. From our inception through March 31, 2014, we have incurred an aggregate of approximately $52.8 million of research and development expenses, the significant majority of which relate to our development of AuriPro and OTO-104.

The following table summarizes our research and development expenses (in thousands) by product candidate:

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
     Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
         2012              2013          2013      2014  
                   (unaudited)  

Third-party development costs:

           

AuriPro

   $ 2,394       $ 5,712       $ 723       $ 4,993   

OTO-104

     1,290         3,510         905         2,037   

OTO-311

             46                 202   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total third-party development costs

     3,684         9,268         1,628         7,232   

Other unallocated internal research and development costs

     4,839         7,068         1,477         1,759   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total research and development expenses

   $ 8,523       $ 16,336       $ 3,105       $ 8,991   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

We expect our research and development expenses to increase substantially for the foreseeable future as we pursue expanded indications for AuriPro and advance our other product candidates through their respective clinical development programs. The process of conducting preclinical studies and clinical trials necessary to obtain regulatory approval is costly and time consuming. We may never succeed in achieving regulatory approval for any of our product candidates. The probability of success for each product candidate will be affected by numerous factors, including preclinical data, clinical data, competition, manufacturing capability and commercial viability. We are responsible for all of the research and development costs for our programs.

Completion dates and completion costs for our clinical development programs can vary significantly for each current and future product candidate and are difficult to predict. We therefore cannot estimate with any degree of certainty the costs we will incur in connection with development of our product candidates. We anticipate that we will make determinations as to which programs and product candidates to pursue and how much funding to direct to each program and product candidate on an ongoing basis in response to the results of ongoing and future clinical trials, regulatory developments, and our ongoing assessments as to each current or future product candidate’s commercial potential. We will need to raise substantial additional capital in the future to complete clinical development for our product candidates. We may enter into collaborative agreements in the future in order to conduct clinical trials and gain regulatory approval of our product candidates, particularly in markets outside of the United States. We cannot forecast which product candidates may be subject to future collaborations, when such arrangements will be secured, if at all, and to what degree such arrangements would affect our development plans and overall capital requirements.

The costs of clinical trials may vary significantly over the life of a program owing to the following:

 

   

per patient trial costs;

 

   

the number of sites included in the trials;

 

   

the countries in which the trials are conducted;

 

   

the length of time required to enroll eligible patients;

 

   

the number of patients that participate in the trials;

 

62


Table of Contents
   

the number of doses that patients receive;

 

   

the drop-out or discontinuation rates of patients;

 

   

potential additional safety monitoring or other studies requested by regulatory agencies;

 

   

the duration of patient follow-up;

 

   

the phase of development of the product candidate; and

 

   

the efficacy and safety profile of the product candidate.

General and administrative expenses

From our inception through March 31, 2014, we have incurred an aggregate of $16.4 million of general and administrative expenses. Our general and administrative expenses consist primarily of salaries, benefits, travel and stock-based compensation expense, and other related costs for our employees and consultants in executive, administrative, finance and human resource functions. Other general and administrative expenses include facility-related costs not otherwise included in research and development and professional fees for accounting, auditing, tax and legal fees, and other costs associated with obtaining and maintaining our patent portfolio, and conducting commercial assessments for our product candidates.

We expect our general and administrative expenses to increase substantially as we hire additional personnel to support commercialization of our product candidates. We also anticipate increased expenses related to audit, legal, regulatory, and tax-related services associated with maintaining compliance with stock exchange listing and SEC requirements, director’s and officer’s liability insurance premiums, and investor relations-related expenses. Additionally, if and when we believe that a regulatory approval of a product candidate appears likely, we expect to incur significant increases in our general and administrative expenses relating to the sales and marketing of the product candidate.

Other Income (Expense)

Other income (expense) consists of interest expense on our convertible notes payable, including amortization of debt discount, the change in fair value of the convertible preferred stock warrant liability, the change in fair value of the convertible preferred stock purchase right liability and interest income earned on cash. The convertible preferred stock purchase right expired in June 2012, at which time the fair value of the convertible preferred stock purchase right liability was recognized in other income (expense). Our convertible preferred stock warrants are revalued at each reporting date and changes in fair value are recognized as increases in or decreases to other income (expense). We will continue to revalue these warrants until they are exercised, expire, or at the time that the underlying convertible preferred stock is no longer classified outside of permanent equity, which will occur at the closing of this offering.

Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Judgments and Estimates

Our financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, and expenses and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities in our financial statements. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates and assumptions, including those related to accrued expenses and stock-based compensation. We base our estimates on our historical experience, known trends and events, and various other factors that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

While our significant accounting policies are described in more detail in Note 2 to our financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, we believe that the following accounting policies are most critical to the judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our financial statements.

 

63


Table of Contents

Clinical Trial Expense Accruals

As part of the process of preparing our financial statements, we are required to estimate expenses resulting from our obligations under contracts with vendors, CROs and consultants and under clinical site agreements in connection with conducting clinical trials. The financial terms of these contracts vary and may result in payment flows that do not match the periods over which materials or services are provided under such contracts.

Our objective is to reflect the appropriate trial expenses in our financial statements by recording those expenses in the period in which services are performed and efforts are expended. We account for these expenses according to the progress of the trial as measured by patient progression and the timing of various aspects of the trial. We determine accrual estimates through financial models taking into account discussion with applicable personnel and outside service providers as to the progress or state of consummation of trials. During the course of a clinical trial, we adjust the clinical expense recognition if actual results differ from our estimates. We make estimates of accrued expenses as of each balance sheet date based on the facts and circumstances known at that time. Our clinical trial accruals are dependent upon accurate reporting by CROs and other third-party vendors. Although we do not expect our estimates to differ materially from amounts actually incurred, our understanding of the status and timing of services performed relative to the actual status and timing of services performed may vary and may result in reporting amounts that are too high or too low for any particular period. For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, and the three months ended March 31, 2014, there were no material adjustments to our prior period estimates of accrued expenses for clinical trials.

Stock-Based Compensation

We measure our employee stock-based compensation expense at the grant date, based on the estimated fair value of the award, and recognize it as an expense, net of estimated forfeitures, over the requisite service period. We amortize stock-based compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the entire award, which is the vesting period of the award.

We estimate the fair value of stock options and other equity-based compensation using a Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model on the date of grant. The Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model requires multiple subjective inputs. The fair value of equity instruments expected to vest are recognized and amortized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the award, which is generally four years; however, certain provisions in our equity compensation plan provide for shorter and longer vesting periods under certain circumstances.

The Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model requires the input of subjective assumptions, including the risk-free interest rate, the expected dividend yield of our common stock, the expected volatility of the price of our common stock and the expected term of the option. These estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment. If factors change and different assumptions are used, our stock-based compensation expense could be materially different in the future. See Note 8 to our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for information concerning certain of the specific assumptions we used in applying the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model to determine the estimated fair value of our employee stock options granted in 2012 and 2013, and the three months ended March 31, 2014.

 

64


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes by grant date the number of shares of common stock underlying stock options granted from January 1, 2012 through the date of this prospectus and the associated per share exercise price and the estimated fair value per share of our common stock on the grant date:

 

Grant Dates

   Number of Common
Shares Underlying
Options Granted
     Exercise Price
Per Common
Share
     Estimated Fair
Value Per  Common
Share
 

September 18, 2012

     2,471,000       $ 0.03       $ 0.03   

December 20, 2013

     30,319,793         0.05         0.05   

January 31, 2014

     5,642,500         0.05         0.05   

March 6, 2014

     660,000         0.05         0.05   

June 3, 2014

     24,636,500         0.18         0.18   

For each of the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, our stock-based compensation expense associated with stock options was $0.2 million and for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014, our stock-based compensation expense associated with stock options was $41,000 and $0.2 million, respectively. As of March 31, 2014, we had approximately $1.3 million of total unrecognized stock-based compensation expense, which we expect to recognize over a weighted-average period of approximately 3.2 years. The intrinsic value of all outstanding stock options as of March 31, 2014 was approximately $         million, based on the estimated public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, of which approximately $         million related to vested options and approximately $         million related to unvested options.

Determination of the fair value of common stock

The estimated fair value of the common stock underlying our stock options was determined at each grant date by our board of directors. In order to determine the fair value of our common stock underlying option grants, our board of directors considered, among other things, input from management and contemporaneous valuations of our common stock prepared by an unrelated third-party valuation firm in accordance with the guidance provided by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants 2004 Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation, or the Practice Aid. Our board of directors intended all options granted to be exercisable at a price per share not less than the per-share fair value of our common stock underlying those options on the date of grant. Given the absence of a public trading market for our common stock, our board of directors considered a number of objective and subjective factors to determine the best estimate of the fair value of our common stock, including:

 

   

contemporaneous valuations of our common stock performed by unrelated third-party valuation firms;

 

   

our stage of development, including the progress of our research and development activities;

 

   

our operating and financial performance, including our levels of available capital resources;

 

   

the valuation of publicly traded companies in the life sciences and biopharmaceutical sectors, as well as recently completed mergers and acquisitions of peer companies;

 

   

the rights and preferences of our common stock compared to the rights and preferences of our outstanding convertible preferred stock;

 

   

equity market conditions affecting comparable public companies, as reflected in the comparable companies’ market multiples, initial public offering valuations and other metrics;

 

   

the achievement of enterprise milestones, including our progress in clinical trials;

 

   

the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event for the shares of our common stock, such as an initial public offering or an acquisition of our company given prevailing market and biopharmaceutical sector conditions;

 

65


Table of Contents
   

sales of our convertible preferred stock in arms’-length transactions;

 

   

the lack of marketability of our securities by virtue of being a private company;

 

   

business risks; and

 

   

management and board experience.

Common stock valuation methodologies

Our valuations were prepared in accordance with the guidelines in the Practice Aid, which prescribes several valuation approaches for setting the value of an enterprise, such as the cost, income and market approaches, and various methodologies for allocating the value of an enterprise to its common stock. The cost approach establishes the value of an enterprise based on the cost of reproducing or replacing the property less depreciation and functional or economic obsolescence, if present. The income approach establishes the value of an enterprise based on the present value of future cash flows that are reasonably reflective of a company’s future operations, discounting to the present value with an appropriate risk adjusted discount rate or capitalization rate. The market approach is based on the assumption that the value of an asset is equal to the value of a substitute asset with the same characteristics. We used the market approach to determine our enterprise value.

Methods used to allocate our enterprise value to classes of securities

In accordance with the Practice Aid, we considered the various methods for allocating the enterprise value across our classes and series of capital stock to determine the fair value of our common stock at each valuation date.

The methods we considered consisted of the following:

 

   

Current value. Under the current value method, once the fair value of the enterprise is established, the value is allocated to the various series of preferred and common stock based on their respective seniority, liquidation preferences or conversion values, whichever is greatest.

 

   

OPM. Under the option pricing method, or OPM, shares are valued by creating a series of call options with exercise prices based on the liquidation preferences and conversion terms of each equity class. The values of the preferred and common stock are inferred by analyzing these options.

 

   

PWERM. The probability-weighted expected return method, or PWERM, is a scenario-based analysis that estimates the value per share based on the probability-weighted present value of expected future investment returns, considering each of the possible outcomes available to us, as well as the economic and control rights of each share class.

 

   

Hybrid. The hybrid method typically is a combination of the OPM and PWERM. It is appropriate when a company is likely to go through a transformative event (for example, an initial public offering or liquidation) in the near future. Just like the PWERM, the hybrid method is a scenario-based analysis.

We used either the OPM or hybrid methods in our valuations to allocate the fair value of our enterprise across all equity interests. Under the hybrid method, we used our then-current budget or forecast as of the valuation date as approved by our board of directors to determine our estimated financing needs and forecasted cash balances for each exit scenario and exit date. We then estimated the probability and timing of each potential liquidity event based on management’s best estimate taking into consideration all available information as of the valuation date, including the stage of development of our product candidates, industry clinical success rates, our expected near-term and long-term funding requirements, an assessment of the current financing and life science industry environment and the economic trends and market conditions at the time of the valuation.

Following the closing of this offering, our board of directors will determine the fair value of our common stock based on its closing price as reported on the date of grant on the primary stock exchange on which our common stock is traded.

 

66


Table of Contents

Convertible Preferred Stock Warrant Liability

We classify freestanding warrants to purchase shares of our convertible preferred stock as liabilities at their estimated fair value, based on the characteristics and provisions of each instrument. Our outstanding series C convertible preferred stock warrants are exercisable for shares of our series C convertible preferred stock and terminate upon the closing of this offering, except for the warrant issued in connection with our credit facility; our outstanding series A convertible preferred stock warrants are exercisable for shares of our series A convertible preferred stock and will become exercisable for shares of our common stock following the closing of this offering. At the end of each reporting date, changes in the estimated fair value during the period are recorded as a component of other income (expense). We will continue to revalue these warrants until they are exercised, expire, or at the time that the underlying convertible preferred stock is no longer classified outside of permanent equity, which will occur at the closing of this offering.

Through December 31, 2012, we estimated the fair value of our outstanding convertible preferred stock warrants using a Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model based on inputs as of the valuation measurement dates for the estimated fair value of the underlying convertible preferred stock, the remaining contractual terms of the warrants, the risk-free interest rate, the expected dividend yield and the estimated volatility of the price of our convertible preferred stock. In 2013, all of our outstanding convertible preferred stock warrants were valued using a hybrid of the option pricing model and the PWERM. The key inputs into the models include the probability and timing of expected liquidity event dates, discount rates and the selection of appropriate market comparable transactions and multiples to apply to our various historical and forecasted operating metrics.

The completion of this offering will result in the automatic conversion of all of our convertible preferred stock into common stock and our series A convertible preferred stock warrants will become exercisable for shares of our common stock, while our series C convertible preferred stock warrants will terminate, except for the warrant issued in connection with our credit facility. Upon such conversion, the fair value of our series A convertible preferred stock warrants will be reclassified to additional paid-in capital and will no longer be subject to revaluation.

Other Information

Net Operating Loss and Research and Development Tax Credit Carryforwards

As of December 31, 2013, we had federal and California net operating loss, or NOL, carryforwards of $46.8 million and $46.6 million, respectively. Our federal and California NOL carryforwards will begin to expire in 2030, unless we utilize them beforehand. As of December 31, 2013, we also had federal and California research and development tax credit carryforwards of $1.6 million and $1.1 million, respectively. The federal research and development tax credit carryforwards will begin expiring in 2030 unless we utilize them beforehand. The California research and development tax credit will carry forward indefinitely.

Pursuant to Internal Revenue Code, or IRC, Sections 382 and 383, our annual use of our NOL and research and development tax credit carryforwards may be limited in the event that a cumulative change in ownership of more than 50% occurs within a three-year period. We completed an IRC Section 382/383 analysis regarding the limitation of our NOL and R&D tax credit carryforwards as of December 31, 2013. As a result of the analysis, two ownership changes were determined to have occurred. We have reduced our deferred tax assets related to our NOL and federal research and development tax credit carryforwards that we expect to expire unused as a result of these ownership changes. We have excluded these tax attributes from our deferred tax assets with a corresponding reduction of the valuation allowance with no net effect on our income tax expense or our effective tax rate. The California research and development tax credits were not limited because these credits carry forward indefinitely. Future ownership changes as a result of the closing of this offering or subsequent shifts in our stock ownership may further limit our ability to utilize our remaining NOL and research and development tax credit carryforwards.

As of December 31, 2013, we had a full valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets.

 

67


Table of Contents

JOBS Act

On April 5, 2012, the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act, was enacted. Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an “emerging growth company” can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this extended transition period and, as a result, we will adopt new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for other public companies.

We are in the process of evaluating the benefits of relying on other exemptions and reduced reporting requirements provided by the JOBS Act. Subject to certain conditions set forth in the JOBS Act, as an “emerging growth company,” we intend to rely on certain of these exemptions, including those relating to (i) providing an auditor’s attestation report on our system of internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and (ii) complying with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements, known as the auditor discussion and analysis.

We will remain an “emerging growth company” until the earliest of (i) the last day of our first fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenues of $1 billion or more, (ii) the date on which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” under the rules of the SEC with at least $700 million of outstanding equity securities held by non-affiliates, (iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt during the previous three years, or (iv) the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of the completion of this offering.

Results of Operations

Comparison of the Three Months Ended March 31, 2013 and 2014 (unaudited)

The following table sets forth the significant components of our results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014 (in thousands):

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
     Change  
         2013             2014         
     (unaudited)         

Research and development

   $ 3,105      $ 8,991       $ 5,886   

General and administrative

     713        1,565         852   

Interest expense

     485        4         (481

Change in fair value of convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     (1,816     263         2,079   

Research and development expenses. Research and development expenses were $3.1 million and $9.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively. The increase of $5.9 million was primarily due to a $4.3 million increase in clinical trial-related expenses for our AuriPro product candidate that advanced into Phase 3 clinical trials during the second half of 2013 and a $1.1 million increase in clinical trial-related expenses for our OTO-104 product candidate that advanced into a Phase 2b clinical trial at the end of 2013. In addition, there was a $0.3 million increase in payroll-related expense due to an increase in the number of research and development personnel and a $0.2 million increase in preclinical development expenses associated with OTO-311, as a result of our acquisition of certain assets and rights to intellectual property from an affiliate of NeuroSystec Corporation in October 2013.

General and administrative expenses. General and administrative expenses were $0.7 million and $1.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively. The increase of $0.9 million was primarily related to the expansion of our operating activities and costs associated with preparing to become a

 

68


Table of Contents

publicly traded company, and is comprised of an increase of $0.6 million of expenses for outside services, including consulting costs, legal fees, accounting fees and market research, and an increase of approximately $0.3 million in personnel costs related to additional headcount, including stock-based compensation expense.

Interest expense. During 2013, our interest expense was comprised of non-cash interest expense, including amortization of debt discount, on the convertible notes that we issued between August 2012 and January 2013, which were all converted into shares of our convertible preferred stock in August 2013. The decrease of $0.5 million in interest expense was a result of the convertible notes being outstanding during the three months ended March 31, 2013 but not during the three months ended March 31, 2014. During the three months ended March 31, 2014, our interest expense consisted of the amortization of deferred financing costs on our credit facility.

Change in fair value of convertible preferred stock warrant liability. The fair value of our convertible preferred stock warrant liability decreased by $1.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 compared to an increase of $0.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014. These changes resulted from the revaluation of our convertible preferred stock warrants.

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2012 and 2013

The following table sets forth the significant components of our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
    Change  
     2012     2013    

Research and development

   $ 8,523      $ 16,336      $ 7,813   

General and administrative

     2,408        3,514        1,106   

Interest expense

     444        2,528        2,084   

Change in fair value of convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     (100     (2,833     (2,733

Change in fair value of convertible preferred stock purchase right

     (3,707            3,707   

Research and development expenses. Research and development expenses were $8.5 million and $16.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively. The increase of $7.8 million was primarily due to a $3.3 million increase in clinical trial-related expenses for our AuriPro product candidate that advanced into Phase 3 clinical trials during the second half of 2013, a $2.2 million increase in clinical trial-related expenses for our OTO-104 product candidate that advanced into a Phase 2b clinical trial at the end of 2013 and a $1.1 million increase in license fees we paid to the University of California following our achievement of success-based clinical milestones in 2013 for AuriPro and OTO-104. In addition, there was a $1.0 million increase in payroll, allocated overhead and travel expenses during 2013 due to an increase in the number of development personnel and $0.2 million in expenses associated with our acquisition in October 2013 of certain assets and rights to intellectual property related to OTO-311.

General and administrative expenses. General and administrative expenses were $2.4 million and $3.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively. The increase of $1.1 million was due to a $0.5 million increase in expenses for outside services that were primarily related to market research and preparing for this offering, a $0.3 million increase in intellectual property expenses, a $0.2 million increase in personnel costs related to additional headcount, including stock-based compensation expense, and $0.1 million of legal expenses associated with our acquisition in October 2013 of certain assets and rights to intellectual property related to OTO-311.

Interest expense. Interest expense was $0.4 million and $2.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively. Our interest expense during these periods was comprised of non-cash interest expense on

 

69


Table of Contents

the convertible notes that we issued between August 2012 and January 2013, which were all converted into shares of our preferred stock in August 2013. The increase of $2.1 million in interest expense was due to the acceleration of debt discount of $1.1 million resulting from the conversion of the convertible notes prior to the end of their terms and an increase of $1.0 million due to higher convertible note balances that were outstanding during approximately eight months during 2013 compared to approximately four months during 2012.

Change in fair value of convertible preferred stock warrant liability. The fair value of our convertible preferred stock warrant liability decreased by $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to a decrease of $2.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The decreases resulted from the revaluation of our convertible preferred stock warrants.

Change in fair value of preferred stock purchase right. The $3.7 million decrease in the fair value of our convertible preferred stock purchase right liability for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the year ended December 31, 2012 was due to the expiration of our convertible preferred stock purchase right in June 2012.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

We have incurred significant losses and negative cash flows from operations since our inception. As of March 31, 2014, we had an accumulated deficit of $70.4 million and we expect to continue to incur significant losses for the foreseeable future. We expect our research and development and general and administrative expenses to continue to increase for the foreseeable future and, as a result, we will need additional capital to fund our operations, which we may obtain through one or more public or private equity or debt financings, or other sources such as potential collaboration arrangements.

From our inception through March 31, 2014, we have funded our operations primarily through sales of our convertible preferred stock, convertible notes and warrants. From our inception through March 31, 2014, we have raised net cash proceeds of $94.5 million from the sale of our convertible preferred stock, convertible notes and warrants, and we raised gross proceeds of $49.3 million in April 2014 through the sale of our convertible preferred stock. As of March 31, 2014, we had cash of $31.1 million.

In July 2013, we entered into a $7.0 million loan and security agreement, which we refer to as our credit facility, collateralized by substantially all of our assets, excluding our intellectual property. To date, we have not drawn any amounts under our credit facility. Advances require interest-only payments through July 2014 followed by 24 equal monthly payments of principal and interest thereafter. The interest rate is a variable rate equal to the greater of the prime rate plus 2.0% (currently 5.25%) or 5.5%. In addition, we issued a warrant to purchase shares of our series C convertible preferred stock to the lender that will become exercisable for 3% of the amount of the actual advance at an exercise price of $0.25 per share. At the closing of this offering, this warrant will become exercisable for shares of common stock and remain outstanding.

The following table sets forth a summary of the primary sources and uses of cash for each of the periods presented below (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
    Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2012     2013     2013     2014  
                 (unaudited)  

Net cash (used in) provided by:

        

Operating activities

   $ (10,827   $ (19,466   $ (3,297   $ (6,138

Investing activities

     (186     (512     (255     (120

Financing activities

     8,014        52,599        7,011        33   

Net (decrease) increase in cash

     (2,999     32,621        3,459        (6,225

 

70


Table of Contents

Operating activities.  Net cash used in operating activities was $10.8 million and $19.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively, and $3.3 million and $6.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively. For all periods presented, the primary use of cash was to fund increased levels of development activities for our product candidates, which activities and uses of cash we expect to continue for the foreseeable future.

Investing activities.  Net cash used in investing activities was $0.2 million and $0.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively. Net cash used in investing activities in these periods was primarily for capital expenditures. During 2012, our capital expenditures consisted of $0.1 million for laboratory equipment to support our development activities and $0.1 million for leasehold improvements to our facilities to support our growth. During 2013, our capital expenditures consisted of $0.4 million of manufacturing equipment to produce drug material used in our clinical trials and for commercial production, and $0.1 million of laboratory equipment to support our development activities. Net cash used in investing activities was $0.3 million and $0.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively. During the three months ended March 31, 2013, our capital expenditures consisted of laboratory equipment, leasehold improvements and office furniture. During the three months ended March 31, 2014, our capital expenditures consisted of laboratory equipment.

Financing activities.  Net cash provided by financing activities was $8.0 million and $52.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively. During 2012, net proceeds from our issuance of convertible notes were $8.0 million. During 2013, net proceeds from our sale of our series C convertible preferred stock were $45.6 million and net proceeds from the issuance of convertible notes were $7.0 million. Net cash provided by financing activities was $7.0 million and $33,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively. During the three months ended March 31, 2013, net proceeds from the issuance of convertible notes were $7.0 million. Proceeds from the exercise of stock options and common stock warrants were not material in 2012 and 2013.

Funding Requirements

To date, we have not generated any revenue. We do not expect to generate any revenue from any product candidates that we develop unless and until we obtain regulatory approval and commercialize our products or enter into collaborative agreements with third parties. In the future, if AuriPro is approved for commercial sale in the United States, we may generate revenue from product sales. We do not expect to commercialize AuriPro before 2016, if ever. We expect to continue to incur significant losses for the foreseeable future, and we expect the losses to increase as we continue the development of, and seek regulatory approvals for, our product candidates, and begin to commercialize any approved products. We are subject to all of the risks incident in the development of new therapeutic products, and we may encounter unforeseen expenses, difficulties, complications, delays and other unknown factors that may adversely affect our business. Upon the completion of this offering, we expect to incur additional costs associated with operating as a public company. We will need substantial additional funding in connection with our continuing operations.

We believe that the net proceeds from this offering, our existing cash, and our credit facility, will be sufficient to fund our projected operating requirements for at least the next 18 months. However, we may need to raise additional funds sooner to prepare for the commercialization of AuriPro and the further development of our other product candidates.

Until we can generate a sufficient amount of revenue from our products, if ever, we expect to finance our future cash needs through public or private equity or debt financings, or other sources such as potential collaboration agreements. In any event, we do not expect to achieve significant revenue from product sales prior to the use of the net proceeds from this offering. Additional capital may not be available on reasonable terms, if at all. If we are unable to raise additional capital in sufficient amounts or on terms acceptable to us, we may have to significantly delay, scale back or discontinue the development or commercialization of one or more of our product

 

71


Table of Contents

candidates. If we raise additional funds through the issuance of additional debt or equity securities, it could result in dilution to our existing stockholders, increased fixed payment obligations and the existence of securities with rights that may be senior to those of our common stock. If we incur indebtedness, we could become subject to covenants that would restrict our operations and potentially impair our competitiveness, such as limitations on our ability to incur additional debt, limitations on our ability to acquire, sell or license intellectual property rights and other operating restrictions that could adversely impact our ability to conduct our business. Any collaboration agreements we enter into may provide capital in the near-term but limit our potential cash flow and revenue in the future. Any of the foregoing could significantly harm our business, financial condition and prospects.

Our forecast of the period of time through which our financial resources will be adequate to support our operations is a forward-looking statement and involves risks and uncertainties, and actual results could vary as a result of a number of factors. We have based this estimate on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could utilize our available capital resources sooner than we currently expect. The amount and timing of future funding requirements, both near- and long-term, will depend on many factors, including:

 

   

the design, initiation, progress, size, timing, costs and results of preclinical studies and clinical trials for our product candidates;

 

   

the outcome, timing and cost of regulatory approvals by the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities, including the potential for the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities to require that we perform more studies than, or evaluate clinical endpoints other than, those that we currently expect;

 

   

the timing and costs associated with manufacturing our product candidates for clinical trials, preclinical studies and, if approved, for commercial sale;

 

   

the cost of establishing sales, marketing and distribution capabilities for any products for which we may receive regulatory approval and commercialize;

 

   

the number and characteristics of product candidates that we pursue;

 

   

the potential acquisition and in-licensing of other technologies, products or assets;

 

   

the extent to which we are required to pay milestone or other payments under our in-license agreements and the timing of such payments;

 

   

the cost of preparing, filing, prosecuting, defending and enforcing any patent claims and other intellectual property rights;

 

   

our need to expand our development activities, including our need and ability to hire additional employees;

 

   

our need to implement additional infrastructure and internal systems and hire additional employees to operate as a public company;

 

   

the effect of competing technological and market developments; and

 

   

the cost of litigation, including potential patent litigation.

If we cannot expand our operations or otherwise capitalize on our business opportunities because we lack sufficient capital, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

During the periods presented we did not have, nor do we currently have, any off-balance sheet arrangements as defined under the applicable rules of the SEC.

 

72


Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2013 that will affect our future liquidity (in thousands):

 

     Less Than
1 Year
     1-3 Years      3-5 Years      More Than
5 Years
     Total  
    

(in thousands)

 

Operating lease obligations (1)

   $ 471       $ 960       $ 82       $       $ 1,513   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total contractual obligations

   $ 471       $ 960       $ 82       $       $ 1,513   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) We lease our facility under an operating lease. In September 2011, we entered into a non-cancelable lease for laboratory and office space that commenced in February 2012 and expires in February 2017. Minimum future annual obligations under this lease total $1.5 million, and are reflected in the table above.

We have payment obligations under license agreements that are contingent upon future events such as our achievement of specified development, regulatory and commercial milestones and are required to make development milestone payments and royalty payments in connection with the sale of products developed under these agreements. As of December 31, 2013, we were unable to estimate the timing or likelihood of achieving the milestones or making future product sales and, therefore, any related payments are not included in the table above. Under our license agreement with UC, we are obligated to pay annual license maintenance fees of $25,000 until we commercialize the first product covered under the license agreement.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Interest Rate Fluctuations

As of March 31, 2014, we had cash of $31.1 million and we raised gross proceeds of $49.3 million in April 2014 through the sale of our convertible preferred stock. The primary objective of our investment activities is to preserve principal and liquidity while maximizing income without significantly increasing risk. We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes. We do not believe that an immediate 10% increase in interest rates would have a material effect on the fair market value of our portfolio, and therefore, we do not expect our operating results or cash flows to be materially affected to any degree by a sudden change in market interest rates.

Advances on our credit facility require interest payments that are dependent upon the prime interest rate. Therefore, any advances we may take in the future would be exposed to changes in market interest rates.

Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Fluctuations

To date, the vast majority of our contractual obligations have been denominated in U.S. dollars. In the future, we may contract with CROs and investigational sites in foreign countries. We may therefore become subject to fluctuations in foreign currency rates in connection with these agreements.

Inflation

Inflation generally affects us by increasing our cost of labor and clinical trial costs. We do not believe that inflation has had a material effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations during the periods presented.

 

73


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

We are a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company focused on the development and commercialization of innovative therapeutics for the treatment of diseases and disorders of the ear. To overcome many of the limitations of delivering drugs to the middle and inner ear, we have developed a proprietary technology that is designed to deliver drug that is retained in the ear for an extended period of time following a single local administration, which we refer to as “sustained-exposure.” Utilizing this technology, we have advanced three product candidates into development. Our lead product candidate, AuriPro, is a sustained-exposure antibiotic for which we have recently completed two identical Phase 3 clinical trials in 532 pediatric patients with middle ear effusion, or fluid, at the time of tympanostomy tube placement, or TTP, surgery. Top-line results of these Phase 3 trials demonstrate that AuriPro achieved the primary efficacy endpoint with statistical significance (p<0.001) and that AuriPro was well tolerated. Based on these results, we plan to submit a New Drug Application, or NDA, for AuriPro to the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, in the first half of 2015. Our second product candidate, OTO-104, is a sustained-exposure steroid that is in a Phase 2b clinical trial for patients with Ménière’s disease. We expect to report results from this trial in the first half of 2015. Our third product candidate, OTO-311, is in preclinical development for the treatment for tinnitus. There are no drugs approved by the FDA for the lead indications we are currently pursuing for our product candidates.

We estimate that more than 50 million people in the United States are affected by otic disorders and that approximately 20 million patients currently seek treatment each year for the most common conditions, including ear infections, balance disorders, tinnitus and hearing loss. As a result, the existing market for treatments is significant and there also remains a large population of untreated patients. Despite this large market opportunity, we believe the otic field has generally been overlooked by drug developers at least in part because of challenges in effectively delivering drug to the middle and inner ear. We believe that our sustained-exposure drug delivery technology overcomes some of these limitations, and that our product candidates address important unmet medical needs in the emerging otology market.

Our pipeline includes the following three product candidates:

 

   

AuriPro is a sustained-exposure formulation of the antibiotic ciprofloxacin in development for the treatment of middle ear effusion in pediatric patients requiring TTP surgery. We have recently completed two identical Phase 3 clinical trials that enrolled a total of 532 pediatric patients at approximately 60 centers in the United States and Canada. Top-line results of these trials demonstrate that AuriPro achieved the primary efficacy endpoint, reduction in the incidence of treatment failures, with statistical significance (p<0.001) and that AuriPro was well tolerated. In these trials, AuriPro reduced the risk of treatment failure, as measured by the occurrence of post-operative otorrhea (drainage) or use of rescue antibiotics, by an average of 50% across the two trials and the risk of post-operative otorrhea alone by an average of more than 60% across the two trials, in each case as compared to sham. Based on these results, we plan to submit an NDA for AuriPro to the FDA in the first half of 2015. If approved, we plan to commercialize AuriPro in the United States in 2016.

 

   

OTO-104 is a sustained-exposure formulation of the steroid dexamethasone in development for the treatment of Ménière’s disease and other inner ear conditions. We are conducting a Phase 2b clinical trial with 140 patients at more than 50 centers in the United States and Canada, which we believe will serve as one of two pivotal, single-dose efficacy trials required to support U.S. regulatory approval. We expect to report results from this clinical trial in the first half of 2015. If results are positive, we plan to initiate a second pivotal trial of OTO-104 in 2015. We also intend to initiate one or more open-label, multiple-dose safety studies for OTO-104 in Ménière’s patients by the end of 2014. The FDA has granted OTO-104 Fast Track designation.

 

   

OTO-311 is a sustained-exposure formulation of the N-Methyl-D-Aspartate, or NMDA, receptor antagonist gacyclidine in development for the treatment of tinnitus. We plan to file an Investigational New Drug, or IND, application for OTO-311 with the FDA in 2015.

 

74


Table of Contents

We have global commercialization rights to our product candidates. Our strategy is to advance our product candidates to regulatory approval and self-commercialize in the United States. We plan to build a focused sales force targeting otolaryngologists, also known as ear, nose and throat physicians, or ENTs, who specialize in the treatment of patients affected by diseases and disorders of the ear. Outside the United States, we plan to evaluate whether to commercialize our products on our own or in collaboration with partners. We have a broad patent portfolio of approximately 55 issued patents and allowed patent applications and at least 85 pending patent applications covering our product candidates and indications as well as other potential applications of our technology in major markets around the world.

Our mission is to develop and commercialize novel and best-in-class therapeutics to address unmet medical needs in the emerging otology market. We were founded in 2008 by Jay Lichter, Ph.D., a partner at Avalon Ventures, together with Jeffrey Harris, M.D., Ph.D., Chief of the Division of Otolaryngology-Head and Neck Surgery at the University of California, San Diego, and several other experts in the field of otology. Dr. Lichter became interested in otology after suffering a severe attack of vertigo that was subsequently diagnosed by Dr. Harris as Ménière’s disease. Dr. Lichter’s battle with Ménière’s disease, and his first-hand experience with the limitations of available treatments, led to the founding of Otonomy.

In order to execute our mission, we have assembled an experienced management team backed by a strong group of institutional healthcare investors. Our management team has extensive drug development and commercialization capabilities led by David A. Weber, Ph.D., our President and Chief Executive Officer. Dr. Weber has relevant experience based on his previous tenure as acting Chief Executive Officer at Oculex (acquired by Allergan) and then Chief Executive Officer at MacuSight, both companies that were developing locally administered drug products for the eye. Our investors include the following entities or their affiliates or funds advised by them: OrbiMed Advisors LLC, Novo A/S, TPG Biotech, Jennison Associates LLC, Perceptive Advisors, Federated Kaufmann Funds, Rock Springs Capital, Avalon Ventures, Domain Associates, RiverVest Venture Partners, Aperture Venture Partners, Clough Capital Partners, Ally Bridge Group, and Osage University Partners.

Our Strategy

Our objective is to develop and commercialize novel and best-in-class therapeutics to address unmet medical needs in the emerging otology market. The key elements of our strategy include:

 

   

Advance AuriPro Through Regulatory Approval and Pursue Development in Additional Indications. Our lead indication for AuriPro is the treatment of middle ear effusion in pediatric patients requiring TTP surgery. We believe this indication represents a significant area of unmet need, given that there are approximately one million TTP surgeries performed in the United States each year and no antibiotic ear drops are approved for this use. We have recently completed two identical Phase 3 clinical trials in a total of 532 pediatric patients. Top-line results of these trials demonstrate that AuriPro achieved the primary efficacy endpoint with statistical significance (p<0.001) and that AuriPro was well tolerated. Based on these results, we expect to submit an NDA seeking regulatory approval in the United States in the first half of 2015 and, if approved, anticipate a commercial launch in 2016. We plan to assess and prioritize future potential therapeutic indications for AuriPro, including recurrent otic infections in patients with tympanostomy tubes, acute otitis externa, chronic suppurative otitis media (a perforated tympanic membrane with persistent drainage from the middle ear), and prophylaxis following middle ear surgeries, and initiate one or more clinical trials during 2015.

 

   

Develop OTO-104 for Ménière’s Disease and Other Inner Ear Disorders. Ménière’s disease is a debilitating disorder impacting more than 600,000 patients in the United States with no FDA-approved drug treatments. We are currently conducting a Phase 2b clinical trial for OTO-104 for patients with Ménière’s disease that we expect will serve as one of two pivotal, single-dose trials required to demonstrate efficacy for an NDA submission in the United States. We expect to report results from this clinical trial in the first half of 2015. We also intend to initiate one or more open-label, multiple-dose safety studies for OTO-104 in Ménière’s patients by the end of 2014. We believe that the potential of

 

75


Table of Contents
 

OTO-104 for indications beyond Ménière’s disease could also be substantial given the use of steroids for a broad range of otic disorders, such as sensorineural hearing loss, other balance disorders, and tinnitus.

 

   

Establish Our Own Sales and Marketing Capabilities to Commercialize Our Products in the United States. If approved, we plan to commercialize AuriPro, OTO-104 and other products in the United States with our own focused, specialized sales force targeting approximately 5,000 ENTs who perform the majority of TTP surgeries and treat many of the patients with Ménière’s disease, hearing loss, and tinnitus. Our initial target audience will comprise fewer than 2,500 ENTs who we believe perform approximately 80% of the TTP surgeries in the United States.

 

   

Maximize the Commercial Potential of Our Products Outside the United States. Since we have global commercialization rights to our product candidates, we are evaluating whether to develop and, if approved, commercialize our product candidates outside the United States on our own or in collaboration with partners. If we do enter into collaborations, our current preferred strategy is to establish broad collaborations with partners that have resources and interest for driving the development and commercialization of innovative therapeutics for the treatment of diseases and disorders of the ear.

 

   

Utilize Our Technology and Our Broad Patent Portfolio to Develop OTO-311 and Expand our Product Pipeline. We have a broad portfolio of issued and pending patents covering our product candidates as well as other potential applications of our technology in major markets around the world. We are developing OTO-311 for the treatment of tinnitus and will continue to evaluate new product opportunities to address significant unmet medical needs in otology. For example, one such area of great interest is the treatment of chronic hearing loss where considerable research in the field is underway to identify drugs that will preserve or improve hearing function.

Overview of Otology

The field of otology is a subspecialty within otolaryngology that focuses on diseases and disorders of the ear. The three main parts of the ear and common medical conditions for each are as follows:

 

   

Outer ear (external region up to the tympanic membrane or ear drum) —infection or inflammation in this region is known as acute otitis externa, commonly referred to as swimmer’s ear.

 

   

Middle ear (cavity on the inner-side of the ear drum containing the three small bones or ossicles that transmit sound to the inner ear) —infection and inflammation in this area, known as otitis media, is a common occurrence in young children.

 

76


Table of Contents
   

Inner ear (compartment containing the cochlea for hearing and the vestibular organ for balance) —disorders associated with this region include balance disorders, such as Ménière’s disease, as well as tinnitus and hearing loss.

 

LOGO

We estimate that more than 50 million people in the United States are affected by otic disorders and that approximately 20 million patients currently seek treatment each year for the most common conditions, including ear infections, balance disorders, tinnitus and hearing loss. As a result, the existing market for treatments is significant and there also remains a large population of untreated patients.

 

   

The American Academy of Otolaryngology – Head and Neck Surgeons reports that approximately 2.5 million people in the United States are affected by acute otitis externa each year.

 

   

The National Institute on Deafness and Other Communications Disorders, or NIDCD, reports that three out of every four children experience otitis media by the time they are three years old.

 

   

According to the NIDCD, more than 600,000 patients have been diagnosed with Ménière’s disease.

 

   

According to the American Tinnitus Association, approximately 16 million patients in the United States have tinnitus symptoms severe enough to seek medical attention, and about two million patients cannot function on a normal day-to-day basis. Furthermore, the United States Department of Defense reports that tinnitus accounts for the most prevalent service-connected disability among veterans and that the costs of service-related tinnitus are estimated to exceed $2 billion.

 

   

According to the NIDCD, approximately 36 million adults report some degree of hearing loss.

Current Otology Treatments and Limitations

Outer ear infections, such as acute otitis externa, or swimmer’s ear, are typically treated with antibiotic ear drops and, in certain severe cases, oral antibiotics. If used properly, antibiotic ear drops are effective in resolving infections of

 

77


Table of Contents

the outer ear. However, treatment involves multi-dose, multi-day regimens, and incomplete compliance with such regimens may lead to clinical treatment failure and the recurrence of infection in some patients.

Middle ear infections, such as acute otitis media, are typically treated with oral antibiotics. However, this approach can result in systemic side effects and increased risk of bacterial resistance. Patients with persistent effusion or recurrent infections may be referred to an ENT for TTP surgery, during which tympanostomy tubes are inserted through the eardrum to ventilate the middle ear cavity. As the tympanostomy tube itself is frequently insufficient to treat the middle ear effusion, antibiotic ear drops are routinely used off-label during and following the procedure. Antibiotic ear drops are also used, and approved, for recurrent infections in patients with tympanostomy tubes. As with the outer ear, such antibiotic ear drop treatments involve multi-dose, multi-day regimens which can be problematic to follow, particularly in pediatric patients who represent the bulk of the TTP patient population.

Inner ear disorders, such as balance problems, tinnitus and hearing loss, represent an emerging field for drug treatment. Local drug delivery via direct injection through the ear drum has been demonstrated to offer a viable approach to address many disorders in this region since high drug levels can be achieved in the inner ear and systemic drug exposure is low. This injection, called an intratympanic, or IT, injection, allows for the delivery of drugs to the middle ear cavity through the ear drum, and then to the inner ear compartment via passage through the round window membrane. In clinical trials, favorable results have been reported with IT injection of steroids in patients with Ménière’s disease and sudden sensorineural hearing loss. However, a limitation of IT injection of solution-based formulations is their rapid elimination from the middle ear cavity down the Eustachian tube when the patient talks, swallows or sits up. The short time that the solution remains in contact with the round window membrane in the middle ear cavity limits the amount of drug that can pass into the inner ear and also limits the duration over which drug is retained in the inner ear. We believe that this reduces the therapeutic effect and increases treatment variability across patients. In attempt to help mitigate this problem, ENTs require patients to remain immobilized for an extended period of time following each IT injection, and return for additional IT injections during the course of treatment. Despite these efforts, drug levels measured in the inner ear following IT injection of solution decrease rapidly and decline away from the round window membrane.

Given the compliance challenges of multi-dose, multi-day ear drop regimens for treating the middle ear, and anatomical barriers associated with achieving high and sustained drug levels in the inner ear via oral administration or an IT injection of solution, we believe that there is a large unmet medical need for improved otic drug delivery.

Our Proprietary Otic Drug Delivery Technology

We have developed a proprietary formulation technology that provides sustained drug exposure in the middle or inner ear from a single local administration. Our technology utilizes a thermosensitive polymer, which transitions from a liquid to a gel at body temperature. The polymer is combined with drug microparticles to create a suspension that is retained in the middle ear cavity for an extended period of time. This prolonged residence time provides high and sustained drug exposure in the middle and inner ear. Potential benefits of our technology include:

 

   

Provides full course of treatment from a single local administration thereby eliminating the need for repeat dosing as is required with solutions.

 

   

Achieves high drug levels in the target location and minimizes systemic exposure.

 

   

Provides high and sustained drug levels in the middle ear versus the pulsatile drug levels observed with antibiotic ear drops.

 

   

Provides drug distribution throughout the inner ear compartment compared to solutions which result in declining drug levels away from the round window membrane.

 

   

Eliminates the need for the patient to remain in a prone position for an extended period of time, improving patient acceptance and practice efficiency.

 

78


Table of Contents
   

Permits simple office-based administration by the ENT.

 

   

Avoids potential issues with patient compliance and challenges in completing multi-dose, multi-day treatment regimens.

Our approach to address unmet needs in otology through optimized local drug delivery has been influenced by the rapid growth of intravitreal treatments for the eye. Like the ear, the eye is a protected sensory organ. Over the last two decades, ophthalmologists have demonstrated that injecting drugs into the eye can be done safely to treat debilitating visual disorders, such as age-related macular degeneration, or AMD. Drug therapies delivered via intravitreal injection revolutionized the treatment of AMD patients and created a multi-billion dollar market for the biopharmaceutical industry. Similar to ophthalmologists, ENTs are increasingly using locally administered drugs to treat both middle and inner ear conditions demonstrating the potential for multiple, significant new market opportunities for otology drug developers.

Our Product Candidates

The following table summarizes key information regarding our product candidate pipeline:

 

LOGO

AuriPro: Sustained-Exposure Antibiotic for Otic Indications

AuriPro is a sustained-exposure formulation of the antibiotic ciprofloxacin in development for the treatment of middle ear effusion in pediatric patients requiring TTP surgery. We have recently completed two randomized, prospective, double-blind, sham-controlled Phase 3 clinical trials with identical protocols that enrolled a total of 532 pediatric patients at approximately 60 centers in the United States and Canada. Top-line results of these trials demonstrate that AuriPro achieved the primary efficacy endpoint, reduction in the incidence of treatment failures, with statistical significance (p<0.001) and that AuriPro was well tolerated. In these trials, AuriPro reduced the risk of treatment failure, as measured by the occurrence of post-operative otorrhea (drainage) or use of rescue antibiotics, by an average of 50% across the two trials and the risk of post-operative otorrhea alone by an average of more than 60% across the two trials, in each case as compared to sham. Based on these results, we plan to submit an NDA for AuriPro to the FDA in the first half of 2015. If approved, we plan to commercialize AuriPro in the United States in 2016. We plan to assess and prioritize future potential therapeutic indications for AuriPro, including acute otitis media with tympanostomy tube in place, or AOMT, acute otitis externa, chronic suppurative otitis media, and prophylaxis following middle ear surgeries, and initiate one or more clinical trials during 2015. We have global commercialization rights to AuriPro with patent protection in the United States until at least 2030.

 

79


Table of Contents

Background on use of antibiotics for otic indications

Antibiotics are frequently used to treat otic infections with annual volume estimated to total approximately 21 million units per year in the United States. Of this total, approximately 13 million units are oral antibiotics. The remaining eight million units consist of antibiotic ear drops utilized in a number of clinical conditions. FDA-approved indications for antibiotic ear drops include acute otitis externa and AOMT. Antibiotic ear drops are also used off-label during and following TTP surgery and for various other middle ear conditions. In total, we estimate that approximately 2.3 million antibiotic ear drop units are used each year for the middle ear.

AuriPro for the treatment of otic indications

Of the various indications where antibiotic ear drops are currently used, we selected TTP surgery as the lead indication for AuriPro for the following reasons:

 

   

There are approximately one million TTP surgeries performed each year in the United States and antibiotic ear drops are used in nearly all cases.

 

   

Despite their routine use, no antibiotic ear drop has received FDA approval for this indication. If approved, we anticipate that AuriPro will be the first and only product labeled for this indication at the time of approval.

 

   

A single-use, physician-administered product has significant advantages over multi-dose, multi-day ear drop regimens in this patient population by avoiding potential issues with compliance. More than half of TTP surgeries are performed in patients age three and under, and three-fourths are in children age five and under. Administration of ear drops in young children can be very challenging for caregivers. This is compounded by the fact that current antibiotic ear drop products require multi-dose, multi-day regimens for efficacy. For example, CIPRODEX Otic’s treatment regimen is twice daily dosing for seven days and ofloxacin, a generic antibiotic, is administered three-times daily for ten days. Full compliance with these multi-dose, multi-day regimens can be challenging, and missed antibiotic doses can compromise efficacy and increase the potential for bacterial resistance.

 

   

We believe the physician audience for this indication can be addressed with a focused, specialized sales force. We estimate that fewer than 2,500 ENTs perform 80% of TTP surgeries in the United States. We therefore believe that promotion to this target group of physicians can be effectively achieved with a focused, specialized sales force.

We plan to assess and prioritize additional development opportunities for AuriPro, including AOMT, acute otitis externa, chronic suppurative otitis media, and prophylaxis following middle ear surgeries.

AuriPro product profile

AuriPro is a suspension containing the antibiotic ciprofloxacin and a thermosensitive polymer called Poloxamer 407 (P407), which exists as a liquid at or below room temperature and gels immediately upon transitioning to body temperature following administration. We selected ciprofloxacin since it is a broadly used antibiotic with activity against the bacterial pathogens common to otic infections and is present in several FDA-approved antibiotic ear drop products.

AuriPro has been formulated to provide sustained-exposure of ciprofloxacin so that a single administration provides a full course of treatment. There are two components that enable sustained-exposure of ciprofloxacin to the middle ear following administration, specifically the P407 and use of microparticles of ciprofloxacin. Immediately following injection, P407 gels thereby avoiding elimination down the Eustachian tube as is seen with solution-based formulations. Increasing residence time in the middle ear enables the localization and adherence of ciprofloxacin microparticles. The P407 gel remains in the middle ear for approximately one week and leaves behind ciprofloxacin microparticles that provide sustained-exposure for approximately one to two weeks.

 

80


Table of Contents

Preclinical pharmacokinetic studies demonstrate that a single administration of AuriPro provides sustained-exposure of ciprofloxacin in the middle ear for approximately one to two weeks, as shown in the figure below. By comparison, repeat administration with CIPRODEX Otic ear drops through a tympanostomy tube results in drug levels that fluctuate considerably. Importantly, this preclinical pharmacokinetic study suggests that a single administration of AuriPro may provide higher cumulative drug exposure in the middle ear than the multi-dose, multi-day regimen of antibiotic ear drops.

Ciprofloxacin Drug Concentration Measured in Middle Ear Following Single

Administration of AuriPro vs. Twice Daily Dosing of Ear Drops for 7 Days through Ear Tube

 

LOGO

Based on this pharmacokinetic profile, efficacy in a standard preclinical model of otitis media, and supportive safety testing profile, we filed an IND and initiated a Phase 1b clinical trial in 2012.

AuriPro clinical development program for use during TTP surgery

We submitted an IND to the FDA in August 2011 to begin clinical development of AuriPro for the treatment of middle ear effusion in pediatric patients requiring tympanostomy tube placement. AuriPro has been the subject of one Phase 1b clinical trial and two recently completed Phase 3 clinical trials for this indication. Our clinical development strategy, originally presented to the FDA during pre-IND discussions in November 2010, contemplated progressing directly from a Phase 1b clinical trial to two Phase 3 pivotal studies pending our ability to demonstrate an acceptable safety profile in the target population in the Phase 1b clinical trial. Following our Phase 1b clinical trial, we met with the FDA in September 2013, designated as an End-of-Phase 2 meeting by the FDA, to review the results from the Phase 1b clinical trial and our development strategy to progress directly from Phase 1b to Phase 3, and to discuss the remaining requirements for submission of an NDA under Section 505(b)(2). Based on this meeting, we do not anticipate that the FDA will require us to conduct additional studies to support a registration filing; however, we have no assurances from the FDA that additional studies or additional information will not be required to support a registration filing. Section 505(b)(2) permits the submission of an NDA where some or all of the data required for approval comes from studies not conducted by or for the applicant and for which the applicant has not obtained a right of reference. This regulatory approval pathway differs from submission of an NDA under Section 505(b)(1) where the data required for approval comes from studies conducted by or for the applicant or for which the applicant has obtained a right of reference.

 

81


Table of Contents

AuriPro Phase 3 clinical trials

The recently completed Phase 3 clinical trial program consisted of two identical prospective, randomized, double-blind, sham-controlled, multicenter, studies of AuriPro given as a single IT injection for intra-operative treatment of middle ear effusion in pediatric patients requiring TTP surgery. As shown below, each trial consisted of two treatment arms, 6 mg AuriPro and no treatment (sham), with patients randomized 2 to1, respectively.

Design of AuriPro Phase 3 Clinical Trials in Pediatric Patients (2 Identical Trials)

 

LOGO

The primary endpoint of the Phase 3 clinical trials was the cumulative proportion of treatment failures defined as otorrhea (fluid draining through the tube) observed by a blinded assessor from Day 4 through the Day 15 visit, or use of rescue antibiotics from Day 1 through the Day 15 visit, whichever occured first. Patients ages six months to 17 years were eligible for the clinical trial if they presented with effusion (fluid) in both ears (bilateral) at the time of TTP surgery. Following randomization, patients received either AuriPro or no treatment (sham). Treatment was administered in the operating room following the myringotomy (a small incision in the ear drum) and suctioning, and before the placement of the tube. As is customary in pediatric patients, all patients were under general anesthesia for the procedure. Follow-up visits occurred on Day 4, 8, 15 and 29 after surgery.

Enrollment in the AuriPro Phase 3 clinical trials commenced in November 2013 and was completed in April 2014. Approximately 60 trial sites in the United States and Canada participated, and a total of 532 pediatric patients were enrolled across the two clinical trials that were internally designated as Study 302 and Study 303. An analysis of the baseline patient demographics data from both trials suggests reasonable balance with no notable differences between the treatment groups. All enrolled patients completed the Day 15 study visit, except for one patient in a sham group and one patient in an AuriPro group who were randomized but not treated.

 

82


Table of Contents

In early July 2014, we announced that the Phase 3 clinical trials had demonstrated that AuriPro achieved its primary efficacy endpoint as well as several secondary endpoints and was well tolerated. As the figure below indicates, AuriPro demonstrated a reduction for the primary efficacy endpoint, the incidence of treatment failures through Day 15 in all randomized patients, which averaged 50% across the two trials, in each case as compared to sham. This effect on the incidence of treatment failures was statistically significant (p<0.001) for both trials. The p-value is the probability that the reported result was achieved purely by chance (e.g., a p-value  £  0.001 means that there is a 0.1% or less probability that the difference between the sham group and the treatment group is purely due to chance). A p-value £ 0.05 is a commonly used criterion for statistical significance and may be supportive of a finding of efficacy by regulatory authorities.

Phase 3 Results for AuriPro vs. Sham (All Patients):

Cumulative Proportion of Treatment Failures through Day 15

 

LOGO

The symbol “n” is used to denote sample size per group.

 

83


Table of Contents

One sensitivity analysis performed on the primary endpoint, the per-protocol analysis, evaluated the incidence of treatment failures in all enrolled patients who did not have a major protocol deviation. More than 80% of patients in each trial and treatment group qualified for this analysis. As the figure below indicates, AuriPro provided a reduction in the rate of treatment failure through Day 15 in the per-protocol population averaging more than 60% across the two trials, in each case as compared to sham. This effect was statistically significant (p<0.001) for both trials.

Phase 3 Results for AuriPro vs. Sham (Per-Protocol Analysis):

Cumulative Proportion of Treatment Failures through Day 15

 

LOGO

A secondary endpoint in the Phase 3 trials evaluated the cumulative proportion of patients considered treatment failures due to observation of otorrhea by the blinded observer through Day 15. The figure below presents this data for the Phase 3 trials which indicate that AuriPro reduced the rate of otorrhea by more than 60% when averaged across both trials, in each case as compared to sham. The rate of otorrhea is comparable for AuriPro in both trials while some variation was observed in the rate of otorrhea in the sham group. Despite this difference in the sham groups, the reduction in the rate of otorrhea demonstrated by AuriPro was statistically significant in both trials (p=0.038 and p<0.001).

Phase 3 Results for AuriPro vs. Sham (All Patients): Cumulative

Proportion of Otorrhea Treatment Failures through Day 15

 

LOGO

 

84


Table of Contents

AuriPro was well tolerated in the Phase 3 clinical trials. There were no deaths, no serious adverse events related to AuriPro, and no subjects were discontinued due to adverse events. There were no adverse findings demonstrated on physical examination or vital signs. Most adverse events were mild or moderate in severity. Safety assessments included treatment-emergent adverse events, or TEAEs, hearing function testing and tympanometry (middle ear function). Results for TEAEs are presented in the table below. Overall, there are no observed differences between AuriPro and sham treatment.

Phase 3 Results: Treatment-Emergent Adverse Events

(Patients from Combined 302 and 303 Studies)

 

  System Organ Class: Number of Patients (%)   

Sham

      (N=174)      

  

      AuriPro      

(N=356)

Total patients with at least one TEAE reported

   95 (54%)    189 (53%)

Infections and infestations

   40 (23%)    85 (24%)

General disorders and administration site conditions

   30 (17%)    62 (17%)

Gastrointestinal disorders

   17 (10%)    41 (11%)

Respiratory, thoracic and mediastinal disorders

   23 (13%)    38 (11%)

Injury, poisoning and procedural complications

   20 (11%)    26 (7%)

Ear and labyrinth disorders

   11 (6%)    25 (7%)

Skin and subcutaneous tissue disorders

   4 (2%)    13 (4%)

All others

   £ 2%    £ 2%

Note: two patients were randomized but not treated (one patient in the sham group and one in the AuriPro group)

Additionally, treatment with AuriPro was not found to have a negative impact on hearing, tympanometry or otoscopy (general examination of the ear), and there was no increase in the incidence of tube clogging with AuriPro.

AuriPro Phase 1b clinical trial

The single Phase 1b clinical trial, which evaluated AuriPro in pediatric patients with middle ear effusion requiring TTP surgery, had the same basic study design as the Phase 3 clinical trials discussed above. Two dose levels of AuriPro were evaluated relative to P407 gel vehicle (placebo) and no treatment (sham). A total of 83 patients were enrolled in the clinical trial (21 in the sham group, 22 in the placebo group, 21 in the 4 mg AuriPro group, and 19 in the 12 mg AuriPro group). An analysis of the baseline demographics data from these patients suggests reasonable balance with no notable differences between treatment groups. All enrolled patients, except one, completed the clinical trial. This one patient was considered lost to follow-up because he/she did not return to the trial site for the final visit.

A schematic outlining the design of the Phase 1b clinical trial is shown below. Patients ages 6 months to 12 years were eligible for the clinical trial if they presented with effusion in both ears at the time of TTP surgery. Following randomization, patients received one of two concentrations of AuriPro, the P407 gel vehicle (placebo) or no treatment (sham). Treatment was administered in the operating room following the myringotomy and suctioning, and before the placement of the tube. As is customary in pediatric patients, all patients were under general anesthesia for the procedure. All patients were treated and received tubes in both ears.

 

85


Table of Contents

Design of AuriPro Phase 1b Clinical Trial in Pediatric Patients

 

LOGO

Follow-up visits occurred on Day 4, 8, 15 and 29 after surgery. The primary endpoint for assessing clinical activity of AuriPro was the cumulative proportion of treatment failures defined as otorrhea observed by a blinded assessor from Day 4 through the Day 15 visit or use of rescue antibiotics from Day 1 through the Day 15 visit, whichever occurred first. Since the proportion of treatment failures was similar between the sham and placebo groups, these groups were combined into a single control group (sham/placebo) according to the pre-specified statistical analysis plan. As the figure below indicates, both the 4 mg and 12 mg AuriPro doses demonstrated a statistically significant reduction (p<0.05) in the incidence of treatment failures through Day 15 that exceeded 60%. The reduction in the proportion of treatment failures was similar between the two AuriPro dose levels as was expected based on the preclinical pharmacokinetic profile.

Phase 1b Clinical Trial Results for AuriPro vs. Sham/Placebo:

Cumulative Proportion of Treatment Failures through Day 15

 

LOGO

AuriPro was well tolerated in the Phase 1b clinical trial. There were no deaths in the clinical trial and no serious adverse events that were related to AuriPro treatment. There were no adverse findings demonstrated on physical examination or vital signs. Most adverse events were mild or moderate in severity. Safety assessments included treatment-emergent adverse events, including hearing function testing and tympanometry (middle ear function). Treatment with AuriPro was not found to have a negative impact on hearing, tympanometry, or otoscopy (general examination of the ear). Additionally, there was no evidence of tube clogging with AuriPro.

 

86


Table of Contents

AuriPro preclinical development program

In addition to the pharmacokinetic profiling studies summarized above, the AuriPro preclinical development program included pharmacological studies in established models of otitis media and otic safety testing.

The pharmacological profile of AuriPro was compared to antibiotic ear drops in a standard preclinical model of otitis media. This study demonstrated that a single administration of AuriPro reduced effusion volume and bacterial count to a level comparable to a multi-dose, multi-day regimen with antibiotic ear drops administered through a tympanostomy tube. In a subsequent study, AuriPro demonstrated a reduction in effusion volume and bacterial count even without the placement of a tube thereby highlighting the potential for AuriPro to address new clinical indications where multi-dose, multi-day antibiotic ear drops are not utilized today.

The preclinical safety program for AuriPro focused on ototoxicity and middle ear histology compared to multi-dose, multi-day antibiotic ear drops. In general, AuriPro’s profile compared favorably to antibiotic ear drop products already approved by the FDA for other otic indications.

Potential market opportunity for AuriPro

The initial target market for AuriPro totals approximately one million TTP procedures conducted each year in the United States, for which multi-dose, multi-day antibiotic ear drops are routinely used off-label today. Based on a survey conducted in 2014, ENTs expressed strong interest in using AuriPro in these procedures once, and if, it becomes commercially available.

The survey, which we commissioned a third-party market research firm to conduct, consisted of an online interview of 100 ENTs who were screened to ensure that each participant performed a minimum of 25 TTP surgeries in the three months prior to the interview. Physicians who participated in our clinical trials of AuriPro were excluded from this survey. Overall, 55% of the ENTs screened were qualified to participate. During the interview process, each participant was presented a series of questions regarding their current practices with respect to TTP surgeries and various otic conditions, attitudes toward current treatments and areas of unmet need, and their reaction to a product profile and description of AuriPro. The participants relied solely on the AuriPro profile and description in responding to the questions presented in the study and no participant had prior experience with this product candidate. When asked to indicate the likelihood of using AuriPro during TTP procedures on a scale of 1 to 10, where 10 means “extremely likely” and 1 means “not at all likely,” 69% of the surveyed ENTs expressed a strong interest in using AuriPro by ranking their interest with an 8, 9 or 10. When participants were asked to rate AuriPro on various attributes such as safety, tolerability and frequency of complications, as compared to antibiotic ear drops, the AuriPro product profile was rated as better than antibiotic ear drops by more than 80% of respondents for compliance/adherence, approximately 50% of respondents for patient tolerability and achieving adequate drug exposure, and one-third or more of respondents for reducing the incidence of post-operative otorrhea, reducing the incidence of post-operative tube clogging and reducing the frequency of complications.

The survey is subject to various limitations, such as a small sample size, the hypothetical nature of the questions asked, the informal nature of the questions, the preliminary nature of the AuriPro profile used in the survey and other limitations, and therefore may not accurately reflect how ENTs will assess AuriPro or use it if it becomes commercially available in the future. Actual ENT adoption of AuriPro will also be affected by numerous factors outside the scope of the survey, including the safety and efficacy of AuriPro, the labeling of AuriPro, the extent to which ENTs become aware of AuriPro and its potential benefits, the perceived advantages and disadvantages of AuriPro relative to other products or treatments, the availability of adequate coverage and reimbursement for AuriPro and other factors including the risk factors related to AuriPro in the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus. As a result, we cannot predict to what extent ENTs will ultimately adopt AuriPro, if approved, in the future.

In addition to AuriPro’s perceived product benefits, we also expect that our ability to actively promote and educate physicians regarding AuriPro will be an important competitive advantage over a multi-dose, multi-day regimen of antibiotic ear drops.

 

87


Table of Contents

We plan to assess and prioritize future potential therapeutic indications for AuriPro, including AOMT, acute otitis externa, chronic suppurative otitis media and prophylaxis following middle ear surgeries, and intend to initiate one or more clinical trials during 2015.

OTO-104: Sustained-Exposure Steroid for Inner Ear Disorders

OTO-104 is a sustained-exposure formulation of the steroid dexamethasone in development for the treatment of Ménière’s disease and other inner ear conditions. We are conducting a Phase 2b clinical trial with 140 patients at more than 50 centers in the United States and Canada to assess reductions in vertigo frequency and improvements in tinnitus in patients with Ménière’s disease. We believe this trial will serve as one of two pivotal, single-dose efficacy trials required to support U.S. regulatory approval. We expect to report results from this clinical trial in the first half of 2015. If results are positive, we plan to initiate a second pivotal trial of OTO-104 in 2015. We also intend to initiate one or more open-label, multiple-dose safety studies for OTO-104 in Ménière’s patients by the end of 2014. The FDA has granted OTO-104 Fast Track designation, which is a process designed to facilitate the development and expedite the FDA’s review of drugs to treat serious conditions and fill unmet medical needs. We have global commercialization rights to OTO-104 with patent protection in the United States until at least 2029.

Background on use of steroids for inner ear disorders

Multiple clinical and preclinical publications support the potential benefit of steroids to treat patients with a broad range of otic conditions including Ménière’s disease, other balance disorders, sudden sensorineural hearing loss, other types of sensorineural hearing loss, and tinnitus. We estimate that there are over eight million patients treated each year in the United States for these inner ear disorders, and a similar if not larger population of patients in the European Union. Treatment with steroids includes both off-label oral dosing and IT injection regimens. Published clinical reports using IT steroids typically feature repeat injections per treatment regimen.

Background on Ménière’s disease

Ménière’s disease is a chronic condition characterized by acute vertigo attacks, tinnitus, fluctuating hearing loss, and a feeling of aural fullness. Of these symptoms, the vertigo attacks are typically most troubling for patients since they disrupt daily activities and are difficult to anticipate and manage. In general, patients are diagnosed with unilateral Ménière’s disease in middle age and symptoms often continue for decades. Over time, the fluctuating hearing loss becomes permanent in many patients and a subset of patients will develop symptoms in their second ear. According to the NIDCD, there are more than 600,000 patients diagnosed with Ménière’s disease in the United States.

The underlying cause of Ménière’s disease is not well understood and there is no known cure. The pathophysiology is believed to involve fluid buildup in the inner ear compartment so the typical first line treatment in the United States is observance of a low-salt diet and off-label use of diuretics. Oral and IT steroids are used in a subset of Ménière’s patients who have persistent or severe symptoms. While treatment protocols vary greatly, the majority of published clinical trials with off-label use of steroid solution in Ménière’s patients utilize repeat IT injections for each course of treatment. Patients who are unresponsive to steroid treatment may resort to surgical or chemical ablation, which can cause irreversible hearing loss.

We selected Ménière’s disease as the lead indication for OTO-104 in the United States for the following reasons:

 

   

There are more than 600,000 patients diagnosed with Ménière’s disease in the United States and there are currently no FDA-approved drug treatments.

 

   

Ménière’s patients often suffer a high level of disability and have very poor quality of life, especially during acute attacks.

 

88


Table of Contents
   

Empirical evidence from physician-sponsored clinical trials suggests clinical benefit with the use of steroids.

 

   

FDA considers Ménière’s disease to be a serious disorder. Accordingly, we applied for and were granted Fast Track designation for OTO-104.

 

   

As a chronic disorder, patients with Ménière’s disease may suffer from episodic acute attacks and require repeat courses of treatment over their lifetime.

 

   

Symptom definitions developed by the American Academy of Otolaryngology — Head and Neck Surgery provided the basis for the vertigo end point used in the evaluation of efficacy in our clinical program.

We plan to assess and prioritize additional opportunities for OTO-104 in conditions where ENTs currently use steroids off-label, including other balance disorders, sudden sensorineural hearing loss, other types of sensorineural hearing loss and tinnitus.

OTO-104 product profile

OTO-104 is a suspension containing the steroid dexamethasone in P407, which exists as a liquid at or below room temperature and gels immediately following an IT injection. OTO-104 has been formulated to provide sustained-exposure in the inner ear compartment such that a single IT injection provides a full course of treatment. This profile was demonstrated in our preclinical studies as summarized in the graphic below. These studies showed measurable dexamethasone levels in the inner ear fluid, or perilymph, more than one month after a single OTO-104 injection. By comparison, IT injection of steroid solution provides less than a day of drug exposure in the perilymph. From these studies, we advanced 2% and 6% OTO-104 concentrations into a Phase 1b clinical trial as the 3 mg and 12 mg dose, respectively.

Dexamethasone Drug Concentration in Perilymph Following

Single IT Injection of OTO-104 vs. IV Solution

 

LOGO

OTO-104 clinical development program for Ménière’s disease

We submitted an IND to the FDA in December 2009 to begin clinical development of OTO-104 for the treatment of vertigo associated with Ménière’s disease. Based on discussions from an End-of-Phase 1 meeting with the FDA, we believe that two pivotal, single-dose trials will be required to support efficacy of OTO-104 for

 

89


Table of Contents

Ménière’s disease patients in an NDA submission. We are currently conducting a single-dose Phase 2b clinical trial in approximately 140 Ménière’s disease patients that we expect to serve as one of the two pivotal trials. Following successful completion of the Phase 2b clinical trial and an End-of-Phase 2 meeting with the FDA in 2015, we plan to initiate a second pivotal, single-dose Phase 3 clinical trial in approximately 140 patients.

In addition, we expect that the FDA will require multiple-dose clinical safety data in order to approve OTO-104 for use in Ménière’s disease patients. We plan to conduct one or more clinical trials lasting up to one year and totaling at least 300 patients in order to satisfy this requirement. It is possible that patients participating in the pivotal single-dose efficacy trials may also participate in the multiple-dose safety trials.

We have not yet conducted any multiple-dose clinical trials. Following completion of a Phase 1b clinical trial, the OTO-104 program was put on Full Clinical Hold due to adverse findings in a preclinical study evaluating the safety of repeated doses of OTO-104. We generated additional preclinical data, which was submitted to the FDA. OTO-104 was subsequently removed from Full Clinical Hold in July 2013, allowing for initiation of the current Phase 2b single-dose clinical trial, and placed on Partial Clinical Hold prohibiting the initiation of multiple-dose clinical trials in the United States pending the submission and review of additional preclinical data. We submitted additional preclinical data to the FDA and OTO-104 was removed from Partial Clinical Hold in June 2014. We also filed a Clinical Trial Authorization in the United Kingdom to initiate a multiple-dose safety study in Ménière’s disease patients in that country and received authorization to proceed in June 2014. We intend to initiate one or more open-label, multiple-dose safety studies for OTO-104 in Ménière’s patients by the end of 2014.

OTO-104 Phase 2b clinical trial in Ménière’s disease patients

We are currently conducting a Phase 2b clinical trial for patients with Ménière’s disease at more than 50 centers in the United States and Canada. This trial is a prospective, randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled Phase 2b clinical trial designed to assess the efficacy and safety of OTO-104 for the treatment of Ménière’s disease in a total of 140 patients. The clinical trial has been designed and is being conducted to serve as one of the two pivotal, single-dose efficacy trials we expect that the FDA will require to support an NDA filing for treatment of Ménière’s disease patients.

The primary endpoint of the Phase 2b clinical trial is the reduction in vertigo frequency during Month 3 following treatment compared to a one month baseline period. This endpoint is identical to the one used in the Phase 1b clinical trial and reviewed with the FDA at an End-of-Phase 1 meeting. The trial size was determined in order to provide 90% power to achieve statistical significance (p<0.05) for a 30% treatment effect which was the level observed in the Phase 1b clinical trial. Tinnitus is being assessed as an exploratory endpoint in the clinical trial. The clinical trial will also assess the safety and tolerability of a single IT injection of OTO-104.

Upon screening, all patients enter into a one month observational period for a baseline assessment during which they record their vertigo and tinnitus symptoms via a daily diary. Following the lead-in period, eligible patients are randomized 1:1 to a single IT injection of 12 mg OTO-104 or P407 gel vehicle (placebo). Patients are observed for up to four months following treatment with Month 3 (weeks 9 through 12) used to evaluate efficacy versus placebo.

 

90


Table of Contents

A schematic of the clinical trial design is shown in the figure below:

Design of OTO-104 Phase 2b Clinical Trial in Patients with Ménière’s disease

 

LOGO

We expect to announce results in the first half of 2015.

OTO-104 Phase 1b clinical trial in Ménière’s disease patients

We have completed a randomized, prospective, double-blind, placebo-controlled, multicenter, Phase 1b clinical trial of a single IT injection of OTO-104 in patients with Ménière’s disease. A total of 44 patients were enrolled and completed the clinical trial. The Phase 1b clinical trial design was generally the same as the ongoing Phase 2b clinical trial, except that two different doses of OTO-104, 3 mg or 12 mg, were evaluated relative to P407 gel vehicle (placebo), and patients were observed for three months following treatment. The primary endpoint for efficacy was vertigo frequency during Month 3 compared to baseline. This is the same primary endpoint used in the ongoing Phase 2b clinical trial.

OTO-104 was well tolerated in the Phase 1b clinical trial when administered as a single IT injection of 3 mg or 12 mg. There were no serious adverse events observed during the clinical trial. There were no instances of persistent conductive hearing loss associated with OTO-104 injection. Protocol pre-specified Adverse Events of Interest, or AEIs, reported during the clinical trial included injection site perforation of the tympanic membrane, a single 12 mg patient reporting vertigo during the procedure, and a single placebo patient with serous otitis media. Of these AEIs, only injection site perforation of the tympanic membrane was reported in more than a single patient. These perforations were predominantly described as pinhole perforations observed following IT injection of OTO-104. Most of these perforations resolved spontaneously, and all but one of these resolved by the end of the clinical trial. In general, the safety events were consistent with those reported in published clinical trials with the use of IT injections of steroids.

 

91


Table of Contents

Although the Phase 1b clinical trial was not designed to establish efficacy due to the relatively small number of patients enrolled in the trial, trends with respect to the clinical activity of OTO-104 were observed. As the graphic below indicates, the 12 mg OTO-104 group experienced a mean reduction of vertigo frequency from baseline totaling 73% in Month 3 compared to 56% for 3 mg OTO-104 and 42% for placebo. This provides a treatment benefit of 12 mg OTO-104 versus placebo of approximately 30%. In absolute terms, the 12 mg OTO-104 group achieved a reduction in days with vertigo episodes from eight during baseline to two in Month 3.

Phase 1b Clinical Trial Results for OTO-104 vs. Placebo:

% Reduction in Vertigo Frequency from Baseline to Month 3

 

 

LOGO

We have also assessed the Phase 1b clinical trial results using a patient responder analysis. As shown in the graphic below, 81% of patients in the 12 mg OTO-104 group realized at least a 50% improvement in vertigo frequency in Month 3 versus baseline, compared to 71% for 3 mg OTO-104 and 50% of patients receiving placebo.

Phase 1b Clinical Trial Results for OTO-104 vs. Placebo: % of Patients with  ³  50%

Improvement in Vertigo Frequency from Baseline to Month 3

 

LOGO

 

92


Table of Contents

In addition to the observed effect on vertigo, OTO-104 was associated with improvement in tinnitus, as measured by the Tinnitus Handicap Inventory (THI-25). THI-25 is a patient questionnaire that provides a measure of the impact of tinnitus on a patient’s functional status. The average score at baseline was 52-58 for the three treatment groups corresponding to a Moderate Handicap grade. As shown in the figure below, the mean change of THI-25 total score from baseline to Month 3 totaled 15 for the 12 mg OTO-104 group, 12 for 3 mg OTO-104 and 4 for patients receiving placebo. Furthermore, the level of change experienced by patients in the 12 mg OTO-104 group moved the average handicap level of the group from Moderate grade at baseline to Mild in Month 3. THI-25 is being assessed as an exploratory endpoint in the Phase 2b clinical trial.

Phase 1b Clinical Trial Results for OTO-104 vs. Placebo:

Mean Reduction in THI-25 Score from Baseline to Month 3

 

LOGO

In summary, the Phase 1b clinical trial in Ménière’s disease patients demonstrated that OTO-104 is well tolerated when administered as a single IT injection, and there were no serious adverse events observed during the clinical trial. Based on the observation of persistent pinhole perforations in this trial, we modified the topical anesthetic used to numb the ear drum in the ongoing Phase 2b clinical trial. Although the Phase 1b clinical trial size was small, the results demonstrate that 12 mg of OTO-104 was associated with a clinically meaningful improvement in both vertigo frequency and tinnitus endpoints compared to placebo three months after treatment. Based on these results, we selected 12 mg OTO-104 for advancement into late-stage testing for Ménière’s disease.

OTO-104 preclinical development program

In addition to the pharmacokinetic profiling studies summarized above, the OTO-104 preclinical development program included pharmacological studies in established hearing loss models and extensive safety testing.

Since there are no preclinical models of Ménière’s disease, we conducted studies to evaluate pharmacological activity of a single IT injection of OTO-104 in standard models of acute onset hearing loss. In particular, we have demonstrated that OTO-104 provides a protective effect when given before exposure to loud noise or ototoxic chemotherapeutic agents. Furthermore, administration of OTO-104 within two to three days following exposure to acoustic trauma promotes hearing recovery. These findings are consistent with published data for steroids, and supported dose selection for the Phase 1b clinical trial.

The preclinical safety program for OTO-104 has focused on ototoxicity since the side effect profile of systemic dexamethasone in humans is well characterized, and the level of systemic exposure from an IT injection is minimal. Ototoxicity testing has included single- and multiple-dosing studies of OTO-104 in a number of

 

93


Table of Contents

species. We recently submitted preclinical data to the FDA and OTO-104 was subsequently removed from Partial Clinical Hold in June 2014, permitting us to conduct multiple-dose clinical trials in the future.

Potential market opportunity for OTO-104

The initial target market for OTO-104 is the more than 600,000 patients diagnosed with Ménière’s disease in the United States. Based on a survey conducted in 2014, ENTs expressed strong interest in using OTO-104 to treat patients with Ménière’s disease.

The survey, which we commissioned a third-party market research firm to conduct, consisted of an online interview of 100 ENTs who were screened to ensure that each participant treated a minimum of four patients with Ménière’s disease in the month prior to the interview. Physicians who participated in our clinical trials of OTO-104 were excluded from this survey. Overall, 66% of the ENTs screened were qualified to participate. During the interview process, each participant was presented a series of questions regarding their current practices for treatment of patients with Ménière’s disease, attitudes toward current treatments and areas of unmet need, and their reaction to a product profile and description of OTO-104. The participants relied solely on the OTO-104 profile and description in responding to the questions presented in the study and no participant had prior experience with this product. When asked to indicate the likelihood of using OTO-104 to treat patients with Ménière’s disease on a scale of 1 to 10, where 10 means “extremely likely” and 1 means “not at all likely,” 57% of the surveyed ENTs expressed a high likelihood in using OTO-104 by ranking their interest with an 8, 9, or 10.

The survey is subject to various limitations, such as a small sample size, the hypothetical nature of the questions asked, the informal nature of the questions, the preliminary nature of the OTO-104 profile used in the survey, and other limitations, and therefore may not accurately reflect how ENTs will assess OTO-104 or use it if it becomes commercially available in the future. Actual ENT adoption of OTO-104 will also be affected by numerous factors outside the scope of the survey, including the safety and efficacy of OTO-104, the labeling of OTO-104, the extent to which ENTs become aware of OTO-104 and its potential benefits, the perceived advantages and disadvantages of OTO-104 relative to other products or treatments, the availability of coverage and adequate reimbursement for OTO-104 and other factors including the risk factors related to OTO-104 in the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus. As a result, we cannot predict to what extent ENTs will ultimately adopt OTO-104, if approved, in the future.

We expect that with approval of OTO-104 and patient education the market opportunity will expand over time. We plan to assess and prioritize additional opportunities for OTO-104 in conditions where ENTs currently use steroids off-label, including other balance disorders, sudden sensorineural hearing loss, other types of sensorineural hearing loss, and tinnitus.

OTO-311: Sustained-Exposure Treatment for Tinnitus

OTO-311 is a sustained-exposure formulation of the NMDA receptor antagonist gacyclidine in development for the treatment of tinnitus. Historic and emerging clinical data generated by third parties support the use of NMDA receptor antagonists, including gacyclidine, as potential treatments for tinnitus. We plan to file an IND application for OTO-311 with the FDA in order to initiate clinical development in 2015. We have global commercialization rights to OTO-311 with patent protection in the United States until at least 2031.

Background on tinnitus

Tinnitus is the medical term for hearing noise when there is no outside source of the sound. It is often described as a ringing in the ear but can also sound like roaring, clicking, hissing or buzzing. The American Tinnitus Association reports that approximately 16 million patients in the United States have tinnitus symptoms severe enough to seek medical attention, and about two million patients cannot function on a normal day-to-day basis. Furthermore, the United States Department of Defense reports that tinnitus accounts for the most prevalent service-connected disability among veterans and that the costs of service-related tinnitus are estimated to exceed $2 billion.

 

94


Table of Contents

While the most common cause of tinnitus is exposure to loud noise, a number of other factors can be involved including heart or blood vessel problems, hormonal changes in women, ear and sinus infections, certain medications and thyroid problems. People with severe tinnitus may have trouble hearing, working, and sleeping. At this time, there is no cure for tinnitus and there are no FDA-approved drugs for treating this debilitating condition.

Background on NMDA receptor antagonists for tinnitus

Historic and emerging clinical data provide support for the use of NMDA receptor antagonists for the treatment of tinnitus. Mechanistically, agents from this therapeutic class may act to reduce dysfunctional activity resulting from injury to the hearing organ, or cochlea, and be perceived by the patient as tinnitus. For example, Auris Medical Holding AG reported improvement in several patient reported outcome measures, including tinnitus loudness and tinnitus severity, in a subset of patients treated in a Phase 2 clinical trial with repeat IT injections of AM-101, a formulation of the NMDA receptor antagonist esketamine, and Merz Pharmaceuticals GmbH reported an improvement in the tinnitus handicap index in a Phase 2 clinical trial with the oral NMDA receptor antagonist neramexane. We expect that the results of these and additional ongoing trials will be instructive in the design and implementation of the clinical development program for our single-administration OTO-311 product candidate.

Background on gacyclidine

Gacyclidine is a potent and selective NMDA receptor antagonist. Receptor binding studies have demonstrated potency and selectivity against the NMDA receptor subtype believed to be relevant for tinnitus, and biological activity has been demonstrated in a preclinical model of tinnitus. In addition, studies in preclinical models of neuroprotection have demonstrated a broad therapeutic window for activity versus neurotoxicity. Finally, binding studies indicate that gacyclidine’s dissociation kinetics are slower than some other NMDA receptor antagonists which could be beneficial in achieving sustained drug levels in the inner ear following a single IT injection.

Although never approved or commercialized, gacyclidine has been evaluated in clinical trials that we believe will be helpful to our development of OTO-311. The molecule was originally developed for the treatment of traumatic brain and spinal cord injury in the late 1990’s. These clinical trials evaluated systemic dosing of gacyclidine in over 300 patients from which they established a maximum tolerated dose, or MTD. Although we expect limited systemic exposure with IT injection of OTO-311, we believe the reported MTD provides a useful upper limit for our dose selection activities.

Recent third-party pilot clinical trials with local administration of gacyclidine delivered using a micro-pump and indwelling catheter have been conducted in patients with tinnitus. While not sized to demonstrate efficacy, we believe based on published results from one study conducted by Wenzel et al. in Germany and data from a second study that we have acquired from NeuroSystec that the trials provide evidence of clinical activity for gacyclidine in modulating aspects of the tinnitus symptoms experienced by patients.

Based partly on these prior clinical efforts, we acquired assets and patent rights related to gacyclidine which we intend to leverage in our development of OTO-311 for tinnitus. From an affiliate of the NeuroSystec Corporation, we acquired data and intellectual property generated during their development program. In a related transaction, we completed a license agreement with DURECT Corporation, or Durect, that gives us exclusive rights to a patent directed to the use of gacyclidine for the treatment of tinnitus. This patent has issued in the United States and is being prosecuted in several other jurisdictions. We also have our own patent applications directed to a sustained-exposure gacyclidine product that we expect will lengthen and broaden the coverage for OTO-311 provided by the licensed patent.

 

95


Table of Contents

OTO-311 development program

The goal of the OTO-311 program is to develop a sustained-exposure formulation of gacyclidine that will provide a full course of treatment from a single IT injection. We expect to file an IND with the FDA in order to initiate clinical development in 2015. We anticipate the design and execution of our clinical development program will benefit from the results of tinnitus clinical trials in the field.

Potential market opportunity for OTO-311 in tinnitus

Treatment of tinnitus represents a significant market opportunity since the patient population is large, symptom severity can be debilitating, and there are currently no FDA-approved drug treatments. If our development program is successful and OTO-311 is approved by the FDA, then we plan to market this product to ENTs with the same focused, specialized sales force that will be promoting our other approved product candidates.

Competition

We expect to enter the highly competitive biopharmaceutical market. Successful competitors in the biopharmaceutical market must have the ability to effectively discover, develop, test and obtain regulatory approvals for products, as well as the ability to effectively commercialize, market and promote approved products, including communicating the effectiveness, safety and value of products to actual and prospective customers and medical staff. Numerous companies are engaged in the development, manufacture and marketing of biopharmaceutical products competitive with those that we are developing. Our potential competitors may have substantially greater manufacturing, financial, research and development, personnel and marketing resources than we do. Our competitors may also have more experience and expertise in obtaining marketing approvals from the FDA and other regulatory authorities. In addition to product development, testing, approval and promotion, other competitive factors in the biopharmaceutical industry include industry consolidation, product quality and price, product technology, reputation, customer service and access to technical information. As a result, our competitors may be able to develop competing or superior technologies and processes, and compete more aggressively and sustain that competition over a longer period of time than we could. Our technologies and products may be rendered obsolete or uneconomical by technological advances or entirely different approaches developed by one or more of our competitors. As more companies develop new intellectual property in our market, the possibility of a competitor acquiring patent or other rights that may limit our products or potential products increases, which could lead to litigation.

Any product candidates that we successfully develop and commercialize will compete with existing treatments, including unapproved and off-label drug alternatives that are currently utilized by physicians to treat the indications for which we seek approval, as well as new treatments that may become available in the future.

AuriPro

Antibiotic ear drops are currently the primary treatment option for middle ear effusion during TTP surgery. The leading branded antibiotic ear drop is CIPRODEX Otic from Alcon, a division of the Novartis Group. However, no antibiotic ear drop has been approved by the FDA for this use and the effectiveness of this current treatment option relies on patient compliance for the full course of the multi-dose, multi-day regimen. The key competitive factors affecting the success of AuriPro, if approved, are likely to be its efficacy, safety, tolerability, dosing regimen, route of administration, convenience and price, and the availability of coverage and adequate reimbursement from government and other third-party payors. We are also aware that Alcon is evaluating an antibiotic ear drop product in Phase 2 and 3 clinical trials for various otic indications.

OTO-104

There are no drugs currently approved by the FDA for the treatment of Ménière’s disease. Current treatments commonly used for Ménière’s disease include observance of a low-salt diet and off-label use of

 

96


Table of Contents

diuretics, oral steroids, and repeat IT injections of steroid solution. Patients who are unresponsive to treatment may resort to surgical or chemical ablation, which can cause irreversible hearing loss. We are aware that Synphora AB is conducting a Phase 2/3 clinical trial with a formulation of latanoprost administered via single or repeat IT injections, and that Auris Medical Holding AG has indicated it intends to evaluate AM-111 in an open-label study of Ménière’s patients.

OTO-311

There are no drugs currently approved by the FDA for the treatment of tinnitus. Current treatments for tinnitus include the use of audio masking devices, such as white noise machines, hearing aids, cognitive behavioral therapy, and the off-label administration of antidepressants, anti-anxiety medications, and steroids. We are aware of other companies developing potential pharmaceutical treatments for tinnitus, including Auris Medical Holding AG, which is conducting Phase 3 clinical trials evaluating repeat IT injections of AM-101 in patients with acute and post-acute inner ear tinnitus, Autifony Therapeutics, which intends to initiate Phase 2 testing for their oral product candidate for tinnitus, Merz Pharmaceuticals GmbH, which has suspended development of oral neramexane for chronic tinnitus while its partner in Japan, Kyorin Pharmaceuticals Co., continues with a Phase 2 clinical trial for tinnitus, and Novartis AG, which has completed a Phase 2 clinical trial for chronic tinnitus.

Sales and Marketing

In light of our stage of development, we currently have limited marketing capabilities and no sales organization. Assuming receipt of regulatory approval for AuriPro, and successful completion of clinical trials and receipt of regulatory approval for our other product candidates, we plan to commercialize AuriPro, OTO-104, OTO-311 and any other approved products in the United States with our own focused, specialized sales force targeting approximately 5,000 ENTs who perform the majority of TTP surgeries and treat many of the patients with Ménière’s disease, hearing loss, and tinnitus. We believe that promotion to this target group of physicians can be effectively achieved with a focused sales force.

For AuriPro, we expect that our initial target audience will comprise fewer than 2,500 ENTs who we believe perform approximately 80% of the TTP surgeries in United States. For OTO-104, we expect our initial target audience will be approximately 4,000 ENTs who account for approximately 80% of the prescription volume for the pharmaceutical class most frequently prescribed by ENTs, of whom a subset will also be targets for AuriPro.

Outside of the United States, we plan to evaluate whether to commercialize our products on our own or in collaboration with partners.

Third-Party Payor Coverage and Reimbursement

Sales of pharmaceutical products depend in significant part on the availability of coverage and adequate reimbursement by third-party payors, such as state and federal governments, including Medicare and Medicaid, and commercial insurers. Decisions regarding the extent of coverage and amount of reimbursement to be provided for our products will most likely be made on a plan-by-plan basis.

AuriPro

We expect AuriPro to be reimbursed as a physician-administered drug in the United States. In order for physicians to use AuriPro, we will need to have the product available in hospital outpatient facilities and ambulatory surgery centers, or ASCs, where the majority of pediatric TTP procedures are performed.

The stocking of AuriPro in hospital outpatient facilities and ASCs will most likely require approval from hospital pharmacy and therapeutic committees and ASC administrators, respectively. The review by hospital pharmacy and therapeutic committees typically considers the product profile, clinical safety and efficacy results,

 

97


Table of Contents

current treatments used for the indication, level of interest/advocacy by the physician user base, and impact on facility economics. This process can require up to a year to complete and approval is uncertain. The time and requirements for approval by ASC administrators will likely vary by center and depend on a number of factors including level of interest / advocacy by the physician user base and impact to the facility economics. As an FDA-approved, physician-administered medication, we expect that AuriPro will be assigned a unique J-Code. This could facilitate reimbursement on a cost plus basis for those facilities that contract with insurers on a fee for service basis. However, obtaining a unique J-Code for AuriPro may not provide incremental reimbursement for facilities that are reimbursed a fixed amount for performing the TTP surgery. As part of the AuriPro commercial launch plan, we expect to implement a comprehensive set of programs that support the value proposition of AuriPro with facility administrators and payors.

OTO-104

Reimbursement for OTO-104 is expected to be separate from the IT injection procedure itself and based on the product’s average selling price. Since we expect OTO-104 will be determined to be therapeutically distinct from any other J-Code drug, we expect that the product will be assigned a unique J code. This will simplify billing and enable electronic adjudication by payors according to the average selling price. If OTO-104 is approved by the FDA, we plan to devote considerable resources to the training and education of office-based billing personnel regarding the appropriate coding for OTO-104 use.

Manufacturing

We currently contract with third parties for the manufacture, testing and storage of our product candidates and intend to continue to do so in the future. We do not own and have no plans to build our own clinical or commercial manufacturing capabilities. The use of contracted manufacturing is relatively cost-efficient and has eliminated the need for our direct investment in manufacturing facilities. Because we rely on contract manufacturers, we employ personnel with extensive technical, manufacturing, analytical and quality experience to oversee contract manufacturing and testing activities, and to compile manufacturing and quality information for our regulatory submissions.

Manufacturing is subject to extensive regulations that impose various procedural and documentation requirements, and which govern record keeping, manufacturing processes and controls, personnel, quality control and quality assurance, among others. Our systems and our contractors are required to be in compliance with these regulations, and this is assessed regularly through monitoring of performance and a formal audit program. To date, our third-party manufacturers have met our manufacturing requirements for clinical trials. We expect third-party manufacturers to be capable of providing sufficient quantities of our product candidates to meet anticipated commercial demands. We believe that there are alternate sources of raw material supply and finished goods manufacturing that can satisfy our requirements, although we cannot be certain that transitioning to such vendors, if necessary, would not result in significant delay or material additional costs.

Poloxamer 407

The basis for the formulation of our current product candidates is P407, a thermosensitive polymer. We currently purchase P407 from a single supplier on a purchase-order basis and we do not have a long-term supply agreement. Although P407 is available from secondary sources, changing suppliers could disrupt our supply chain. We believe that we can effectively manage the risk of supply chain disruption by purchasing and storing quantities of P407 sufficient for our clinical, and, if approved for marketing by the applicable regulatory authorities, our commercial requirements.

AuriPro

AuriPro is a suspension containing the antibiotic ciprofloxacin and P407. The raw materials needed for the manufacture of AuriPro are commercially available from multiple sources. We currently use a single third-party

 

98


Table of Contents

contract manufacturer to produce AuriPro that we believe can satisfy our commercial requirements. We currently manufacture AuriPro pursuant to a development and clinical supply agreement and are in the process of formalizing a commercial supply agreement.

OTO-104

OTO-104 is a suspension containing the steroid dexamethasone and P407. We currently purchase dexamethasone from a single supplier on a purchase-order basis and we do not have a long-term supply agreement. Although dexamethasone is commercially available from other sources, we do not anticipate needing an alternative supplier. We believe that we can effectively manage the risk of supply chain disruption by purchasing and storing quantities of dexamethasone sufficient for our clinical, and, if OTO-104 is approved for marketing by the applicable regulatory authorities, our commercial requirements. We currently use two third-party contract manufacturers to produce OTO-104 that we believe can satisfy our clinical requirements. We are currently evaluating our supply chain for the commercial manufacture of OTO-104.

OTO-311

OTO-311 is a suspension containing gacyclidine and P407. As OTO-311 is in preclinical development, we have not yet selected a manufacturer for the raw material or finished goods supply.

Intellectual Property

Our commercial success depends in part on our ability to obtain and maintain proprietary protection for our product candidates, novel discoveries, product development technologies and other know-how, to operate without infringing on the proprietary rights of others and to prevent others from infringing our proprietary rights. Our policy is to seek to protect our proprietary position by, among other methods, filing U.S. and foreign patent applications related to our proprietary technology, inventions and improvements that are important to the development and implementation of our business. We also rely on trademarks, trade secrets, know-how, continuing technological innovation and potential in-licensing opportunities to develop and maintain our proprietary position.

As for the product candidates we develop and plan to commercialize, as a normal course of business, we intend to pursue composition and therapeutic use patents, as well as novel indications for our product candidates. We also seek patent protection with respect to novel discoveries, including new active agent and delivery target applications. We have also pursued patents with respect to our proprietary manufacturing processes. We have sought and plan to continue to seek patent protection, either alone or jointly with our collaborators, as our collaboration agreements may dictate.

It is possible that our current patents, or patents which we may later acquire, may be successfully challenged or invalidated in whole or in part. It is also possible that we may not obtain issued patents from our pending patent applications or other inventions we seek to protect. Due to uncertainties inherent in prosecuting patent applications, patent applications are sometimes rejected and we subsequently abandon them. It is also possible that we may develop proprietary products or technologies in the future that are not patentable or that the patents of others will limit or altogether preclude our ability to do business. In addition, any patent issued to us may provide us with little or no competitive advantage, in which case we may abandon such patent or license it to another entity. For more information, please see “Risk Factors – Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property.”

Our patent estate includes patents and applications with claims directed to our AuriPro, OTO-104 and OTO-311 product candidates. Our patent estate also provides patents and applications with claims directed to a broad range of other active agents as potential future product candidates that are delivered through our proprietary technology. Our patent estate, on a worldwide basis, includes approximately 55 issued patents and allowed patent applications, and at least 85 pending patent applications with claims relating to our AuriPro, OTO-104, OTO-311, future product candidates, manufacturing processes and alternative otic delivery technologies.

 

99


Table of Contents

For AuriPro, we co-own a patent family with The Regents of the University of California, or UC, that is directed to the composition and therapeutic use of AuriPro. Through an exclusive license agreement, we have acquired UC’s rights in this patent family. This family includes one issued U.S. patent and two pending U.S. applications. The expiry date of the U.S. patent, without extensions, is April 2030, and this patent and any future U.S. patents issuing from the related applications are expected to be Orange Book (OB) listable. This family also includes issued patents or allowed applications in Australia, Canada, Korea, Philippines, Russia, South Africa and Taiwan; and pending applications in Argentina, Brazil, China, Europe, India, Israel, Japan, Jordan, Mexico, Pakistan, Singapore, Thailand, Uruguay and Venezuela. Divisional patent applications have been filed in select countries of this family. In addition, we have filed two solely owned U.S. patent applications directed to certain therapeutic uses of AuriPro. Finally, we have filed a solely owned U.S. provisional application directed to manufacturing methods of AuriPro.

For OTO-104, we co-own a patent family with UC directed to the composition and therapeutic use of OTO-104. Through an exclusive license agreement, we have acquired UC’s rights in this patent family. This family includes four issued U.S. patents, one allowed U.S. application and one pending U.S. application. The expiry dates of the U.S. patents, without extensions, range from May 2029 to September 2029, and these patents are expected to be OB listable. This family also includes issued patents or allowed applications in Australia, Canada, China, Hong Kong, Japan, Mexico, Russia, Singapore, South Africa, Taiwan and UK; and pending applications in Argentina, Brazil, Chile, Europe, India, Indonesia, Israel, Jordan, Korea, Malaysia, Pakistan, Peru, Philippines, Thailand, Uruguay, Venezuela and Vietnam. Divisional patent applications have been filed in select countries for this family. In addition, we solely own a patent family directed to additional therapeutic uses of OTO-104. Finally, we solely own an issued U.S. patent directed to manufacturing methods of OTO-104. The expiry date of this U.S. patent, without extensions, is April 2030.

For OTO-311, we co-own two patent families with UC directed to the composition and therapeutic use of OTO-311. Through an exclusive license agreement, we have acquired UC’s rights in both patent families. These families include one issued U.S. patent and one pending U.S. application. The expiry date of the U.S. patent, without extensions, is April 2031, and this patent and any future U.S. patent issuing from this application are expected to be OB listable. These families also include issued patents or allowed applications in Australia, Canada, Mexico, Russia, South Africa, Taiwan and UK; and pending applications in Argentina, Brazil, Chile, China, Europe, India, Israel, Japan, Jordan, Korea, Pakistan, Thailand, Uruguay and Venezuela. Divisional patent applications have been filed in select countries for those families. In addition, we have licensed from Durect a patent family directed to the therapeutic use of OTO-311. This family includes one issued U.S. patent and one allowed Japanese application. The expiry date of the U.S. patent, without extension, is June 2024, and the patent is expected to be OB listable.

For our future product candidates, we co-own eight other patent families with UC directed to a broad range of other active agents, including but not limited to, anti-TNF agents, auris pressure modulators, CNS modulators, cytotoxic agents, anti-apoptotic agents, bone-remodeling modulators, free radical modulators and ion channel modulators. As above, we have acquired, though an exclusive license, UC’s rights in those co-owned families. Furthermore, to strengthen our protection against potential design-around, we solely own a patent family directed to alternative formulations. Finally, we have acquired from IncuMed LLC, an affiliate of the NeuroSystec Corporation, patent families directed to formulations or devices that deliver active agents, such as the active agent of OTO-311, into the ear for treatment of otic diseases through alternative delivery technologies. We will continue to pursue additional patent protection as well as take appropriate measures to obtain and maintain proprietary protection for our innovative technologies.

Individual patents extend for varying periods depending on the date of filing of the patent application or the date of patent issuance and the legal term of patents in the countries in which they are obtained. Generally, patents issued for regularly filed applications in the United States are effective for 20 years from the earliest effective filing date. In addition, in certain instances, a patent term can be extended to recapture a portion of the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, or the USPTO, delay in issuing the patent as well as a portion of the term

 

100


Table of Contents

effectively lost as a result of the FDA regulatory review period. However, as to the FDA component, the restoration period cannot be longer than five years and the total patent term including the restoration period must not exceed 14 years following FDA approval. The duration of foreign patents varies in accordance with provisions of applicable local law, but typically is also 20 years from the earliest effective filing date. In addition to the patents described in the preceding paragraphs, our pending patent applications, if issued, are expected to expire on dates ranging from 2029 to 2032. However, the actual protection afforded by a patent varies on a product by product basis, from country to country and depends upon many factors, including the type of patent, the scope of its coverage, the availability of regulatory-related extensions, the availability of legal remedies in a particular country and the validity and enforceability of the patent.

In addition to patents, we have filed for trademark registration at the USPTO for “AuriPro” and “ProAuric”. Furthermore, we rely upon trade secrets and know-how and continuing technological innovation to develop and maintain our competitive position. We seek to protect our proprietary information, in part, using confidentiality agreements with our commercial partners, collaborators, employees and consultants and invention assignment agreements with our employees. We also have confidentiality agreements or invention assignment agreements with our commercial partners and selected consultants. These agreements are designed to protect our proprietary information and, in the case of the invention assignment agreements, to grant us ownership of technologies that are developed through a relationship with a third party. These agreements may be breached, and we may not have adequate remedies for any breach. In addition, our trade secrets may otherwise become known or be independently discovered by competitors. To the extent that our commercial partners, collaborators, employees and consultants use intellectual property owned by others in their work for us, disputes may arise as to the rights in related or resulting know-how and inventions. For more information, please see “Risk Factors–Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property.”

Our commercial success will also depend in part on not infringing upon the proprietary rights of third parties. It is uncertain whether the issuance of any third-party patent would require us to alter our development or commercial strategies, or our drugs or processes, obtain licenses or cease certain activities. Our breach of any license agreements or failure to obtain a license to proprietary rights that we may require to develop or commercialize our future products may have a material adverse impact on us. If third parties prepare and file patent applications in the United States that also claim technology to which we have rights, we may have to participate in interference proceedings in the USPTO, to determine priority of invention. For more information, please see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property.”

License and Other Agreements

The Regents of the University of California

In November 2008, we entered into an exclusive license agreement with UC which was subsequently amended in January 2010, June 2010, and November 2012. Under the license agreement, UC granted us an exclusive license under UC’s rights to patents and applications that are co-developed and co-owned with us (see above regarding our patent estate) for the treatment of human otic diseases. As such, we have acquired the entire commercial rights in those patents and applications that cover our current and future product candidates. Under the agreement, UC reserved the right to use the patents and applications for its and other nonprofit institutions’ research and educational purposes.

Under our agreement with UC, we are obligated to diligently proceed with the development, manufacture and commercialization of licensed products. If we do not satisfy our diligence obligations, UC may either terminate the agreement or convert our license to a non-exclusive license. In addition, we are responsible for diligently prosecuting and maintaining the licensed patents, at our own expense; provided that if we decide to abandon a licensed patent, UC may elect to continue prosecution and maintenance of such patent at its own expense. UC has the first right to prosecute and control any action for infringement of the patents licensed to us under our agreement with UC; provided that if UC does not initiate an enforcement action against a potential infringer within the time limits specified in the agreement, we have the right to do so ourselves.

 

101


Table of Contents

Our financial obligations under the license agreement include annual license maintenance payments until we commercialize the first product covered under the license agreement, development milestone payments of up to $2.7 million per licensed product, of which $0.9 million has been paid for AuriPro and $0.3 million has been paid for OTO-104 (but such milestone payments are reduced by 75% for any orphan indication product), and a low single-digit royalty on net sales by us or our affiliates of licensed products. In addition, for each sublicense we grant we are obligated to pay UC a fixed percentage of all royalties as well as a sliding scale percentage of non-royalty sublicense fees received by us under such sublicense, with such percentage depending on the licensed product’s stage of development when sublicensed to such third party. We have the right to offset a certain amount of third-party royalties, milestone fees or sublicense fees against the foregoing financial obligations, provided such third-party royalties or fees are paid by us in consideration for intellectual property rights necessary to commercialize a licensed product.

Unless earlier terminated, the agreement will continue in effect until expiration of the longest lived patent licensed to us thereunder. UC may terminate the license agreement for our uncured breach, or if a claim challenging the validity of the licensed patents is filed by or on behalf of us. We have the right to terminate this agreement for any reason at any time upon prior notice to UC. The termination of our license agreement with UC may affect a portion of our patent portfolio for AuriPro, OTO-104, and OTO-311. For more information, please see “Risk Factors – Risks Related to our Intellectual Property.”

DURECT Corporation

In April 2013, we entered into an exclusive license agreement with Durect as a part of an asset transfer agreement between us and IncuMed LLC, an affiliate of the NeuroSystec Corporation. Under this license agreement, Durect granted us an exclusive (even as to Durect), worldwide, royalty-bearing license under Durect’s rights to certain patents and applications that cover our OTO-311 product candidate, as well as certain related know-how. Included within the rights licensed from Durect is a sublicense from the Institut National de la Sante et de la Recherche Medicale, or INSERM, with respect to INSERM’s ownership interest in certain patents and patent applications owned jointly by INSERM and Durect.

We are obligated to use commercially reasonable efforts to develop and commercialize licensed products containing the active ingredient gacyclidine, and in the event we do not satisfy this obligation following an opportunity to cure, Durect may elect to either terminate the agreement or convert our license to a non-exclusive license. In addition, we are responsible for prosecuting and maintaining the licensed patents, at our own expense; provided that if we decide to abandon a licensed patent, Durect may elect to continue prosecution and maintenance of such patent at its own expense. We have the first right, but not obligation, to prosecute and control any action for infringement of the patents licensed to us under our agreement with Durect.

We are also subject to certain financial obligations under the license agreement. We are obligated to make one-time development milestone payments of up to $2.3 million for the first licensed product. Upon commercializing a licensed product, we are obligated to pay Durect tiered low single-digit royalties on annual net sales by us or our affiliates or sublicensees of the licensed products, and we have the right to offset a certain amount of third-party license fees or royalties against such royalty payments to Durect, provided such third-party fees or royalties are paid by us in connection with patent rights necessary to sell a licensed product containing the active ingredient gacyclidine. In addition, each sublicense we grant to a third party is subject to payment to Durect of a low double-digit percentage of all non-royalty payments we receive under such sublicense. Additionally, we are also obligated to pay INSERM, on behalf of Durect, for a low single-digit royalty payment on net sales by us or our affiliates or sublicensees upon commercialization of the licensed product. The foregoing royalty payment obligation to Durect would continue on a product-by-product and country-by-country basis until expiration or determination of invalidity of the last valid claim within the licensed patents that cover the licensed product, and the payment obligation to INSERM would continue so long as Durect’s license from INSERM remains in effect.

Unless earlier terminated, the agreement will continue in effect until expiration of all our royalty payment obligations thereunder. Durect may terminate the license agreement for our uncured material breach, and either

 

102


Table of Contents

party may terminate the agreement upon written notice in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the other party. We have the right to terminate this agreement for any reason at any time upon prior notice to Durect. The termination of our license agreement with Durect may affect a portion of our patent portfolio for OTO-311. For more information, please see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to our Intellectual Property.”

Asset Transfer Agreement

In April 2013, we entered into an asset transfer agreement with IncuMed, LLC, an affiliate of the NeuroSystec Corporation, pursuant to which we acquired assets and patent rights related to gacyclidine. Pursuant to the asset transfer agreement, we made a one-time payment of $0.2 million and we are obligated to make certain one-time milestone payments in connection with the development and commercialization of products containing the active ingredient gacyclidine, up to a maximum of $5.3 million.

Government Regulation

Government authorities in the United States (at the federal, state and local level) and in other countries extensively regulate, among other things, the research, development, testing, quality control, manufacture, packaging, storage, recordkeeping, approval, labeling, advertising, promotion, distribution, marketing, import and export of pharmaceutical products such as those we are developing. The processes for obtaining regulatory approvals in the United States and in foreign countries and jurisdictions, along with subsequent compliance with applicable statutes and regulations, require the expenditure of substantial time and financial resources. Our product candidates must be approved by the FDA before they may be legally marketed in the United States and by the appropriate foreign regulatory agency before they may be legally marketed in foreign countries. Generally, our activities in other countries will be subject to regulation that is similar in nature and scope as that imposed in the United States, although there can be important differences. Additionally, some significant aspects of regulation in Europe are addressed in a centralized way, but country-specific regulation remains essential in many respects.

U.S. Drug Approval Process

In the United States, the FDA regulates drugs under the federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or FDCA, and implementing regulations. The process of obtaining regulatory approvals and the subsequent compliance with appropriate federal, state, local and foreign statutes and regulations requires the expenditure of substantial time and financial resources. Failure to comply with the applicable U.S. requirements at any time during the product development process, approval process or after approval, may subject an applicant to a variety of administrative or judicial sanctions, such as the FDA’s refusal to approve pending NDAs, withdrawal of an approval, imposition of a clinical hold, issuance of warning letters, product recalls, product seizures, total or partial suspension of production or distribution, injunctions, fines, refusals of government contracts, restitution, disgorgement or civil or criminal penalties.

The process required by the FDA before a drug may be marketed in the United States generally involves the following:

 

   

completion of preclinical laboratory tests, animal studies and formulation studies in compliance with the FDA’s current good laboratory practice, or cGLP, regulations;

 

   

submission to the FDA of an IND which must become effective before clinical trials may begin;

 

   

approval by an independent institutional review board, or IRB, at each clinical site before each trial may be initiated;

 

   

performance of adequate and well-controlled clinical trials in accordance with current good clinical practices, or cGCP, to establish the safety and efficacy of the proposed drug or biological product for each indication;

 

103


Table of Contents
   

submission to the FDA of an NDA;

 

   

satisfactory completion of an FDA advisory committee review, if applicable;

 

   

satisfactory completion of an FDA inspection of the manufacturing facility or facilities at which the product is produced to assess compliance with cGMP, and to assure that the facilities, methods and controls are adequate to preserve the drug’s identity, strength, quality and purity; and

 

   

FDA review and approval of the NDA.

Preclinical Studies

Preclinical studies include laboratory evaluation of product chemistry, toxicity and formulation, as well as animal studies to assess its potential safety and efficacy. An IND sponsor must submit the results of the preclinical tests, together with manufacturing information, analytical data and any available clinical data or literature, among other things, to the FDA as part of an IND. Some preclinical testing may continue even after the IND is submitted. An IND automatically becomes effective 30 days after receipt by the FDA, unless before that time the FDA raises concerns or questions related to one or more proposed clinical trials and places the trial on a clinical hold. In such a case, the IND sponsor and the FDA must resolve any outstanding concerns before the clinical trial can begin. As a result, submission of an IND may not result in the FDA allowing clinical trials to commence.

Clinical Trials

Clinical trials involve the administration of the investigational new drug to patients under the supervision of qualified investigators in accordance with cGCP requirements, which include the requirement that all research patients provide their informed consent (assent, if applicable) in writing for their participation in any clinical trial. Clinical trials are conducted under protocols detailing, among other things, the objectives of the clinical trial, the parameters to be used in monitoring safety and the effectiveness criteria to be evaluated. A protocol for each clinical trial and any subsequent protocol amendments must be submitted to the FDA as part of the IND. In addition, an institutional review board, or IRB, at each institution participating in the clinical trial must review and approve the plan for any clinical trial before it commences at that institution. Information about certain clinical trials must be submitted within specific timeframes to the National Institutes of Health, or NIH, for public dissemination on their ClinicalTrials.gov website.

Human clinical trials are typically conducted in three sequential phases, which may overlap or be combined:

 

   

Phase 1: The drug is initially introduced into healthy human patients with the target disease or condition and tested for safety, dosage tolerance, absorption, metabolism, distribution, excretion and, if possible, to gain an early indication of its effectiveness.

 

   

Phase 2: The drug is administered to a limited patient population to identify possible adverse effects and safety risks, to preliminarily evaluate the efficacy of the product for specific targeted diseases and to determine dosage tolerance and optimal dosage.

 

   

Phase 3: The drug is administered to an expanded patient population, generally at geographically dispersed clinical trial sites, in well-controlled clinical trials to generate enough data to statistically evaluate the efficacy and safety of the product for approval, to establish the overall risk-benefit profile of the product, and to provide adequate information for the labeling of the product.

Progress reports detailing the results of the clinical trials must be submitted at least annually to the FDA and more frequently if serious adverse events occur. Phase 1, Phase 2 and Phase 3 clinical trials may not be completed successfully within any specified period, or at all. Furthermore, the FDA may impose a partial or full clinical hold or the sponsor may suspend or terminate a clinical trial or development at any time on various grounds, including a finding that the research patients are being exposed to an unacceptable health risk. Development, or the aspects of development, that are subject to clinical hold may not continue until the sponsor has satisfied FDA requirements for information and has been notified that the hold is being removed. Similarly, an IRB can suspend or terminate

 

104


Table of Contents

approval of a clinical trial at its institution if the clinical trial is not being conducted in accordance with the IRB’s requirements or if the drug has been associated with unexpected serious harm to patients.

The NDA Approval Process

Assuming successful completion of the required clinical testing, the results of the preclinical studies and clinical trials, together with detailed information relating to the product’s chemistry, manufacture, controls and proposed labeling, among other things, are submitted to the FDA as part of an NDA requesting approval to market the product for one or more indications. In most cases, the submission of an NDA is subject to a substantial application user fee.

The FDA conducts a preliminary review of all NDAs within the first 60 days after submission, before accepting them for filing, to determine whether they are sufficiently complete to permit substantive review. The FDA may request additional information rather than accept an NDA for filing. In this event, the application must be resubmitted with the additional information. The resubmitted application is also subject to review before the FDA accepts it for filing. Once the submission is accepted for filing, the FDA begins an in-depth substantive review. Under the Prescription Drug User Fee Act, or PDUFA, guidelines that are currently in effect, the FDA has a goal of ten months from the date of the FDA’s filing, or twelve months from submission, of a standard non-priority NDA to review and act on the submission.

The FDA reviews an NDA to determine, among other things, whether the drug is safe and effective and the facility in which it is manufactured, processed, packaged or held meets standards designed to assure the product’s continued safety, quality and purity. The FDA is required to refer an application for a novel drug to an advisory committee or explain why such referral was not made. An advisory committee is a panel of independent experts, including clinicians and other scientific experts, that reviews, evaluates and provides a recommendation as to whether the application should be approved and under what conditions. The FDA is not bound by the recommendations of an advisory committee, but it considers such recommendations carefully when making decisions.

Before approving an NDA, the FDA typically will inspect the facility or facilities where the product is manufactured, which is not under the control of the product sponsor. The FDA will not approve an application unless it determines that the manufacturing processes and facilities are in compliance with cGMP requirements and adequate to assure consistent production of the product within required specifications. Additionally, before approving an NDA, the FDA will typically inspect one or more clinical sites to assure compliance with cGCP.

The FDA also may require submission of a risk evaluation and mitigation strategy, or REMS, plan to mitigate any identified or suspected serious risks. The REMS plan could include medication guides, physician communication plans, assessment plans and elements to assure safe use, such as restricted distribution methods, patient registries or other risk minimization tools.

The testing and approval process requires substantial time, effort and financial resources, and each may take several years to complete. Data obtained from clinical activities are not always conclusive and may be susceptible to varying interpretations, which could delay, limit or prevent regulatory approval. The FDA may not grant approval on a timely basis, or at all.

The FDA has a Fast Track program that is intended to expedite or facilitate the process for reviewing new products that meet certain criteria. Specifically, new products are eligible for Fast Track designation if they are intended to treat a serious or life-threatening disease or condition and demonstrate the potential to address unmet medical needs for the disease or condition. Fast Track designation applies to the combination of the product and the specific indication for which it is being studied. Unique to a Fast Track product, the FDA may consider for review sections of the NDA on a rolling basis before the complete application is submitted, if the sponsor provides a schedule for the submission of the sections of the NDA, the FDA agrees to accept sections of the

 

105


Table of Contents

NDA and determines that the schedule is acceptable, and the sponsor pays any required user fees upon submission of the first section of the NDA. Our Fast Track Designation for OTO-104 may not result in faster development or approval, if at all.

If the FDA’s evaluation of the NDA and inspection of the manufacturing facilities are favorable, the FDA may issue an approval letter, or, in some cases, a complete response letter. A complete response letter generally contains a statement of specific conditions that must be met in order to secure final approval of the NDA and may require additional clinical or preclinical testing in order for FDA to reconsider the application. Even with submission of this additional information, the FDA ultimately may decide that the application does not satisfy the regulatory criteria for approval. If and when those conditions have been met to the FDA’s satisfaction, the FDA will typically issue an approval letter. An approval letter authorizes commercial marketing of the drug with specific prescribing information for specific indications.

Even if the FDA approves a product, it may limit the approved indications for use for the product, require that contraindications, warnings or precautions be included in the product labeling, require that post-approval studies, including Phase 4 clinical trials, be conducted to further assess a drug’s safety after approval, require testing and surveillance programs to monitor the product after commercialization, or impose other conditions, including distribution restrictions or other risk management mechanisms, which can materially affect the potential market and profitability of the product. The FDA may prevent or limit further marketing of a product based on the results of post-marketing studies or surveillance programs. After approval, some types of changes to the approved product, such as adding new indications, manufacturing changes and additional labeling claims, are subject to further testing requirements and FDA review and approval.

The Section 505(b)(2) NDA

For modifications to products previously approved by the FDA, an applicant may file an NDA under Section 505(b)(2) of the FDCA. This section permits the submission of an NDA where some or all of the data required for approval comes from studies not conducted by or for the applicant and for which the applicant has not obtained a right of reference. Under this section, an applicant may rely on the FDA’s findings of safety and effectiveness in approval of another NDA or on studies published in the scientific literature. The applicant may be required to conduct additional studies or provide additional information to fully demonstrate the safety and effectiveness of its modifications to the approved product. We intend to utilize the Section 505(b)(2) NDA pathway for our AuriPro product candidate.

Upon approval of an NDA, the FDA lists the product in a publication entitled “Approved Drug Products with Therapeutic Equivalence Evaluations,” which is commonly known as the “Orange Book.” FDA also lists in the Orange Book patents identified by the NDA applicant as claiming the drug or an approved method of using the drug. Any applicant who submits a Section 505(b)(2) NDA must certify to the FDA with regard to each relevant patent that either (1) no patent information has been submitted to the FDA; (2) the patent has expired; (3) the listed patent has not expired, but will expire on a particular date and approval is sought after patent expiration; or (4) the patent is invalid or will not be infringed upon by the manufacture, use or sale of the drug product for which the Section 505(b)(2) NDA is submitted. The last certification is known as a Paragraph IV certification. A notice of Paragraph IV certification must be provided to each owner of the patent that is the subject of the certification and to the holder of the approved NDA to which the Section 505(b)(2) NDA refers. If the NDA holder submits the patent information to the FDA prior to submission of the Section 505(b)(2) application and the NDA holder or patent owner(s) sues the Section 505(b)(2) applicant for infringement within 45 days of its receipt of the certification notice, the FDA is prevented from approving that Section 505(b)(2) application until the earlier of 30 months from the receipt of the notice of the Paragraph IV certification, the expiration of the patent or such shorter or longer period as may be ordered by a court. This prohibition is generally referred to as the 30-month stay. A Section 505(b)(2) applicant that is sued for infringement may file a counterclaim to challenge the listing of the patent or information submitted to FDA about the patent. If we file a Paragraph IV certification with any Section 505(b)(2) application, we cannot assure you that our application will not be significantly delayed as a result of costly patent litigation.

 

106


Table of Contents

Post-Approval Requirements

Drugs manufactured or distributed pursuant to FDA approvals are subject to pervasive and continuing regulation by the FDA, including, among other things, requirements relating to recordkeeping, periodic reporting, product sampling and distribution, advertising and promotion and reporting of adverse experiences with the product. After approval, most changes to the approved product, such as adding new indications or other labeling claims are subject to prior FDA review and approval. There also are continuing, annual user fee requirements for any marketed products and the establishments at which such products are manufactured, as well as new application fees for supplemental applications with clinical data.

The FDA may impose a number of post-approval requirements as a condition of approval of an NDA. For example, the FDA may require post-marketing testing, including Phase 4 clinical trials, and surveillance to further assess and monitor the product’s safety and effectiveness after commercialization.

In addition, drug manufacturers and other entities involved in the manufacture and distribution of approved drugs are required to register their establishments with the FDA and state agencies, and are subject to periodic unannounced inspections by the FDA and these state agencies to determine compliance with cGMP requirements. Changes to the manufacturing process are strictly regulated and often require prior FDA approval before being implemented. FDA regulations also require investigation and correction of any deviations from cGMP and impose reporting and documentation requirements upon the sponsor and any third-party manufacturers that the sponsor may decide to use. Accordingly, manufacturers must continue to expend significant time, money and effort in the area of production and quality control to maintain cGMP compliance.

Once an approval is granted, the FDA may withdraw the approval if compliance with regulatory requirements and standards is not maintained or if problems occur after the product reaches the market. Later discovery of previously unknown problems with a product, including adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, or with manufacturing processes, or failure to comply with regulatory requirements, may result in revisions to the approved labeling to add new safety information; imposition of post-market studies or clinical trials to assess new safety risks; or imposition of distribution or other restrictions under a REMS program. Other potential consequences include, among other things:

 

   

restrictions on the marketing or manufacturing of the product, complete withdrawal of the product from the market or product recalls;

 

   

fines, warning letters or holds on post-approval clinical trials;

 

   

refusal of the FDA to approve pending NDAs or supplements to approved NDAs, or suspension or revocation of product license approvals;

 

   

product seizure or detention, or refusal to permit the import or export of products; or

 

   

injunctions or the imposition of civil or criminal penalties.

The FDA strictly regulates marketing, labeling, advertising and promotion of products that are placed on the market. Drugs may be promoted only for the approved indications and in accordance with the provisions of the approved label, although doctors may prescribe drugs for off-label purposes.

The FDA and other agencies actively enforce the laws and regulations prohibiting the promotion of off-label uses, and a company that is found to have improperly promoted off-label uses may be subject to significant liability.

In addition, the distribution of prescription pharmaceutical products is subject to the Prescription Drug Marketing Act, or PDMA, which regulates the distribution of drug and drug samples at the federal level, and sets minimum standards for the registration and regulation of drug distributors by the states.

 

107


Table of Contents

Hatch-Waxman Exclusivity

Market and data exclusivity provisions under the FDCA can delay the submission or the approval of certain applications for competing products. The FDCA provides a five-year period of non-patent data exclusivity within the United States to the first applicant to gain approval of an NDA for a new chemical entity. A drug is a new chemical entity if the FDA has not previously approved any other new drug containing the same active moiety, which is the molecule or ion responsible for the action of the drug substance. During the exclusivity period, the FDA may not accept for review an Abbreviated New Drug Application, or ANDA, or a Section 505(b)(2) NDA submitted by another company that references the previously approved drug. However, an ANDA or Section 505(b)(2) NDA may be submitted after four years if it contains a certification of patent invalidity or non-infringement. The FDCA also provides three years of marketing exclusivity for an NDA, Section 505(b)(2) NDA or supplement to an existing NDA or Section 505(b)(2) NDA if new clinical investigations, other than bioavailability studies, that were conducted or sponsored by the applicant, are deemed by the FDA to be essential to the approval of the application, for example, for new indications, dosages, strengths or dosage forms of an existing drug. This three-year exclusivity covers only the conditions of use associated with the new clinical investigations and, as a general matter, does not prohibit the FDA from approving ANDAs or Section 505(b)(2) NDAs for generic versions of the original, unmodified drug product. Five-year and three-year exclusivity will not delay the submission or approval of a full NDA. However, an applicant submitting a full NDA would be required to conduct or obtain a right of reference to all of the preclinical studies and adequate and well-controlled clinical trials necessary to demonstrate safety and effectiveness.

New Legislation and Regulations

From time to time, legislation is drafted, introduced and passed in Congress that could significantly change the statutory provisions governing the testing, approval, manufacturing and marketing of products regulated by the FDA. In addition to new legislation, FDA regulations and policies are often revised or interpreted by the agency in ways that may significantly affect our business and our products. It is impossible to predict whether further legislative changes will be enacted or FDA regulations, guidance, policies or interpretations will be changed, or what the impact of such changes, if any, may be.

Pharmaceutical Coverage, Pricing and Reimbursement

Significant uncertainty exists as to the coverage and reimbursement status of any drug products for which we may obtain regulatory approval. Sales of any of our product candidates, if approved, will depend, in part, on the extent to which the costs of the products will be covered by third-party payors, including government health programs such as Medicare and Medicaid, commercial health insurers and managed care organizations. The process for determining whether a third-party payor will provide coverage for a drug product typically is separate from the process for setting the price of a drug product or for establishing the reimbursement rate that a payor will pay for the drug product once coverage is approved. Third-party payors may limit coverage to specific drug products on an approved list, also known as a formulary, which might not include all of the approved drugs for a particular indication.

In order to secure coverage and reimbursement for any product that might be approved for sale, we may need to conduct expensive pharmacoeconomic studies in order to demonstrate the medical necessity and cost-effectiveness of the product, in addition to the costs required to obtain FDA or other comparable regulatory approvals. Whether or not we conduct such studies, our product candidates may not be considered medically necessary or cost-effective. A third-party payor’s decision to provide coverage for a drug product does not imply that an adequate reimbursement rate will be approved. Further, one payor’s determination to provide coverage for a product does not assure that other payors will also provide coverage, and adequate reimbursement, for the product. Third-party reimbursement may not be sufficient to enable us to maintain price levels high enough to realize an appropriate return on our investment in product development.

The containment of healthcare costs has become a priority of federal, state and foreign governments, and the prices of drugs have been a focus in this effort. Third-party payors are increasingly challenging the prices

 

108


Table of Contents

charged for medical products and services, examining the medical necessity and reviewing the cost-effectiveness of drug products and medical services and questioning safety and efficacy. If these third-party payors do not consider our products to be cost-effective compared to other available therapies, they may not cover our products after FDA approval or, if they do, the level of payment may not be sufficient to allow us to sell our products at a profit. The U.S. government, state legislatures and foreign governments have shown significant interest in implementing cost-containment programs to limit the growth of government-paid healthcare costs, including price controls, restrictions on reimbursement and requirements for substitution of generic products for branded prescription drugs. Adoption of such controls and measures, and tightening of restrictive policies in jurisdictions with existing controls and measures, could limit payments for pharmaceuticals such as our drug product candidates and could adversely affect our net revenue and results.

Pricing and reimbursement schemes vary widely from country to country. Some countries provide that drug products may be marketed only after a reimbursement price has been agreed. Some countries may require the completion of additional studies that compare the cost-effectiveness of a particular product candidate to currently available therapies. For example, the European Union provides options for its member states to restrict the range of drug products for which their national health insurance systems provide reimbursement and to control the prices of medicinal products for human use. European Union member states may approve a specific price for a drug product or it may instead adopt a system of direct or indirect controls on the profitability of the company placing the drug product on the market. Other member states allow companies to fix their own prices for drug products, but monitor and control company profits. The downward pressure on healthcare costs in general, particularly prescription drugs, has become intense. As a result, increasingly high barriers are being erected to the entry of new products. In addition, in some countries, cross-border imports from low-priced markets exert competitive pressure that may reduce pricing within a country. Any country that has price controls or reimbursement limitations for drug products may not allow favorable reimbursement and pricing arrangements for any of our products.

The marketability of any products for which we receive regulatory approval for commercial sale may suffer if the government and third-party payors fail to provide adequate coverage and reimbursement. In addition, emphasis on managed care in the United States has increased and we expect will continue to increase the pressure on drug pricing. Coverage policies, third-party reimbursement rates and drug pricing regulation may change at any time. In particular, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act of 2010, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010, which we collectively refer to as the Affordable Care Act, or ACA, contains provisions that have the potential to substantially change healthcare delivery and financing, including impacting the profitability of drugs. For example, the Affordable Care Act revised the methodology by which rebates owed by manufacturers to the state and federal government for covered outpatient drugs under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program, extended the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program to utilization of covered drugs dispensed to individuals enrolled in Medicaid managed care organizations and subjected manufacturers to new annual fees and taxes for certain branded prescription drugs. Even if favorable coverage and reimbursement status is attained for one or more products for which we receive regulatory approval, less favorable coverage policies and reimbursement rates may be implemented in the future.

Healthcare Law and Regulation

Healthcare providers, physicians and third-party payors play a primary role in the recommendation and prescribing of any product candidates for which we may obtain marketing approval. Our business operations and arrangements with investigators, healthcare professionals, consultants, third-party payors and customers may expose us to broadly applicable fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws. These laws may constrain the business or financial arrangements and relationships through which we research, manufacture, market, promote, sell and distribute our products that obtain marketing approval. Restrictions under applicable federal and state healthcare laws, include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

   

the federal healthcare Anti-Kickback Statute prohibits, among other things, persons or entities from knowingly and willfully soliciting, offering, receiving or paying any remuneration (including any kickback, bribe or rebate), directly or indirectly, overtly or covertly, in cash or in kind, to induce or

 

109


Table of Contents
 

reward either the referral of an individual for, or the purchase, lease, order or recommendation of, any good, facility, item or service, for which payment may be made, in whole or in part, under a federal healthcare program such as Medicare and Medicaid;

 

   

the federal false claims laws and civil monetary penalties law impose penalties and provide for civil whistleblower or qui tam actions against individuals or entities for, among other things, knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, to the federal government, claims for payment or approval that are false or fraudulent or making a false record or statement to avoid, decrease or conceal an obligation to pay money to the federal government;

 

   

the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, among other things, imposes criminal liability for knowingly and willfully executing, or attempting to execute, a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program or knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services;

 

   

HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act and its implementing regulations, also imposes certain obligations, including mandatory contractual terms, with respect to safeguarding the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information without proper written authorization;

 

   

the federal transparency requirements under the Affordable Care Act requires manufacturers of drugs, devices, biologicals and medical supplies to annually report to the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, or CMS, an agency within the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, or HHS, information related to payments and other transfers of value provided to physicians and teaching hospitals and certain ownership and investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members; and

 

   

analogous state and foreign laws, such as state anti-kickback and false claims laws, that may apply to our business operations, including our sales or marketing arrangements, and claims involving healthcare items or services reimbursed by governmental third-party payors, and in some instances, also such claims reimbursed by non-governmental third-party payors, including private insurers.

Similar to the federal law, certain states also have adopted marketing and/or transparency laws relevant to manufacturers, some of which are broader in scope. Other states impose restrictions on manufacturers marketing practices and require tracking and reporting of gifts, compensation, and other remuneration to healthcare professionals and entities. State and foreign laws also govern the privacy and security of health information in some circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and often are not preempted by HIPAA, thus complicating compliance efforts.

Efforts to ensure that our business arrangements with third parties will comply with applicable healthcare laws will involve substantial costs. It is possible that governmental authorities will conclude that our business practices may not comply with current or future statutes, regulations or case law involving applicable fraud and abuse or other healthcare laws. If our operations are found to be in violation of any of these laws or any other governmental regulations that may apply to us, we may be subject to significant administrative, civil, and/or criminal penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, individual imprisonment, exclusion from government funded healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations. If any of the physicians or other providers or entities with whom we expect to do business is found to be not in compliance with applicable laws, they may be subject to administrative, civil, and/or criminal sanctions, including exclusions from government funded healthcare programs.

Foreign Regulation

In order to market any product outside of the United States, we would need to comply with numerous and varying regulatory requirements of other countries and jurisdictions regarding quality, safety and efficacy and

 

110


Table of Contents

governing, among other things, clinical trials, marketing authorization, commercial sales and distribution of our products. The cost of establishing a regulatory compliance system for numerous varying jurisdictions can be very significant. Whether or not we obtain FDA approval for a product, we would need to obtain the necessary approvals by the comparable foreign regulatory authorities before we can commence clinical trials or marketing of the product in foreign countries and jurisdictions. Although many of the issues discussed above with respect to the United States apply similarly in the context of the European Union, the approval process varies between countries and jurisdictions and can involve additional product testing and additional administrative review periods. The time required to obtain approval in other countries and jurisdictions might differ from and be longer than that required to obtain FDA approval. Regulatory approval in one country or jurisdiction does not ensure regulatory approval in another, but a failure or delay in obtaining regulatory approval in one country or jurisdiction may negatively impact the regulatory process in others.

The U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and Other Anti-Corruption Laws

We may be subject to a variety of domestic and foreign anti-corruption laws with respect to our regulatory compliance efforts and operations. The U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, commonly known as the FCPA, is a criminal statute that prohibits an individual or business from paying, offering, promising or authorizing the provision of money (such as a bribe or kickback) or anything else of value (such as an improper gift, hospitality, or favor), directly or indirectly, to any foreign official, political party or candidate for the purpose of influencing any act or decision in order to assist the individual or business in obtaining, retaining, or directing business or other advantages (such as favorable regulatory rulings). The FCPA also obligates companies with securities listed in the United States to comply with certain accounting provisions. Those provisions require a company such as ours to (i) maintain books and records that accurately and fairly reflect all transactions, expenses, and asset dispositions, and (ii) devise and maintain an adequate system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that transactions are properly authorized, executed and recorded. The FCPA is subject to broad interpretation by the U.S. government. The past decade has seen a significant increase in enforcement activity. In addition to the FCPA, there are a number of other federal and state anti-corruption laws to which we may be subject, including, the U.S. domestic bribery statute contained in 18 USC § 201 (which prohibits bribing U.S. government officials) and the U.S. Travel Act (which in some instances addresses private-sector or commercial bribery both within and outside the United States). Also, a number of the countries in which we conduct activities have their own domestic and international anti-corruption laws, such as the UK Bribery Act 2010. There have been cases where companies have faced multi-jurisdictional liability under the FCPA and the anti-corruption laws of other countries for the same illegal act.

We can be held liable under the FCPA and other anti-corruption laws for the illegal activities of our employees, representatives, contractors, partners, agents, subsidiaries, or affiliates, even if we did not explicitly authorize such activity. Although we will seek to comply with anti-corruption laws, there can be no assurance that all of our employees, representatives, contractors, partners, agents, subsidiaries or affiliates will comply with these laws at all times. Noncompliance with these laws could subject us to whistleblower complaints, investigations, sanctions, settlements, prosecution, other enforcement actions, disgorgement of profits, significant fines, damages, other civil and criminal penalties or injunctions, suspension and/or debarment from contracting with certain governments or other persons, the loss of export privileges, reputational harm, adverse media coverage, and other collateral consequences. In addition, our directors, officers, employees, and other representatives who engage in violations of the FCPA and certain other anti-corruption statutes may face imprisonment, fines, and penalties. If any subpoenas or investigations are launched, or governmental or other sanctions are imposed, or if we do not prevail in any possible civil or criminal litigation, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially harmed. In addition, responding to any action will likely result in a materially significant diversion of management’s attention and resources and significant defense costs and other professional fees. Enforcement actions and sanctions could further harm our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

 

111


Table of Contents

Research and Development

We recognized $8.5 million and $16.3 million in research and development expenses in the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively, and $9.0 million in research and development expenses for the three months ended March 31, 2014. From our inception through March 31, 2014, we have incurred an aggregate of approximately $52.8 million of research and development expenses, the significant majority of which relate to our development of AuriPro and OTO-104.

Employees

As of March 31, 2014, we had 31 full-time employees, including 24 employees engaged in research and development. None of our employees is represented by a labor union or covered by collective bargaining agreements, and we believe our relationship with our employees is good.

Facilities

Our corporate headquarters is located in San Diego, California, where we occupy an approximately 14,500 square foot facility. The current term of our lease on this facility expires in February 2017. We have an option to extend this lease by an additional five years, which would extend our lease through February 2022.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we may be involved in various claims and legal proceedings relating to claims arising out of our operations. We are not currently a party to any legal proceedings that, in the opinion of our management, are likely to have a material adverse effect on our business. Regardless of outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on us because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources and other factors.

 

112


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

The following table sets forth the names, ages and positions of our executive officers and directors as of March 31, 2014:

 

Name

       Age         

Position

Executive Officers

     

David A. Weber, Ph.D.

     54       President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Paul E. Cayer

     52       Chief Financial and Business Officer, and Secretary

Carl LeBel, Ph.D.

     55       Chief Scientific Officer

Robert Michael Savel, II

     46       Chief Technical Officer

Non-Employee Directors

     

Peter Bisgaard (2)

     40       Chairman of the Board of Directors

Vickie Capps (1)

     52       Director

Brian Dovey (3)

     72       Director

Chau Q. Khuong (1)(2)(3)

     38       Director

Jay Lichter, Ph.D. (1)(2)

     52       Director

John P. McKearn, Ph.D. (1)

     60       Director

Heather Preston, M.D. (3)

     48       Director

 

(1) Member of the audit committee
(2) Member of the compensation committee
(3) Member of the corporate governance and nominating committee

Executive Officers

David A. Weber, Ph.D. has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer and on our board of directors since November 2010. Prior to joining us, Dr. Weber served from February 2004 to April 2010 as the Chief Executive Officer of MacuSight, Inc., a developer of a sustained delivery formulation of sirolimus for the treatment of severe ophthalmic diseases. Prior to MacuSight, Dr. Weber served as acting Chief Executive Officer and Executive Vice President of Oculex Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a specialty pharmaceutical company focused on the development and commercialization of intraocular pharmaceuticals and drug delivery systems, until its acquisition by Allergan in 2003. Dr. Weber has also held management positions with Oral-B Laboratories, a developer and manufacturer of oral hygiene products, and with Procter & Gamble, Co., a consumer products company. Dr. Weber received his Ph.D. in medical microbiology from Creighton University and his Master’s and Bachelor’s degrees in biological sciences from Wichita State University.

We believe Dr. Weber is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his broad range of experience in business and healthcare product development, including over a decade as the chief executive officer of companies developing locally delivered therapeutics.

Paul E. Cayer has served as our Chief Business Officer since October 2008, Chief Financial Officer since October 2010, and Secretary since February 2011. Mr. Cayer brings more than 25 years of experience in the pharmaceutical, medical device and healthcare technology field. Prior to joining our company, Mr. Cayer served from 2005 to 2008 as Senior Vice President, Corporate Development for Verus Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a specialty pharmaceutical company focused on the treatment of allergic and respiratory disorders in children. From 2001 to 2005, Mr. Cayer served as the Chief Financial Officer and Senior Vice President, Business Development of Targeted Molecules Corporation, a biopharmaceutical company. Mr. Cayer has also held various management positions with Gensia Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company, Acuson, a provider of medical ultrasound systems, Castle & Cooke, a consumer products company, and served as consultant with Booz-Allen & Hamilton, a management and technology consulting firm. Mr. Cayer received his MBA and Bachelor’s degree in biomechanical engineering from Harvard University.

 

113


Table of Contents

Carl LeBel, Ph.D. has served as our Chief Scientific Officer since April 2009. Dr. LeBel has more than 25 years of pharmaceutical research and development experience. From 2003 to 2007, Dr. LeBel served as Executive Director and in a variety of other positions from 1993 to 2003 at Amgen, Inc., biopharmaceutical company. From 1991 to 1993, Dr. LeBel served as Research Scientist at Alkermes, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company. From 1990 to 1991, Dr. LeBel served as Consultant at Arthur D. Little, Inc., a management and technology consulting firm. He is also a scientific fellow of the American Academy of Otolaryngology—Head & Neck Surgery, a full member of the Association for Research in Otolaryngology, and a full member of both the American Association for the Advancement of Science and the Society of Toxicology. Dr. LeBel received his Bachelor’s degree in chemistry from the University of Detroit and a Ph.D. in Biomedical Sciences/Toxicology from Northeastern University.

Robert Michael Savel, II has served as our Chief Technical Officer since January 2014. From September 2011 to December 2013, Mr. Savel served as General Manager and Senior Vice President of Operations for Optimer Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a biopharmaceuticals company. From September 2010 to June 2011, Mr. Savel served as Senior Vice President and Chief Technical Officer for Inspire Pharmaceuticals, Inc., an ophthalmic pharmaceutical company. From April 2008 to September 2010, Mr. Savel served as President of Savel Enterprises LLC, a management consulting firm. From April 2007 to April 2008, Mr. Savel served as the Senior Vice President of Technical Operations for PDL BioPharma, an antibody manufacturer. Earlier in his career, he held leadership operating positions with Johnson & Johnson, a medical devices, pharmaceutical and consumer packaged goods manufacturer, which included the position of Vice President, Quality and Compliance. Mr. Savel received his Bachelor’s degree in mechanical engineering from Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University in Blacksburg, Virginia.

Non-Employee Directors

Peter Bisgaard has served as chairman of our board of directors since December 2013, and as a director since August 2010. Mr. Bisgaard is currently employed as a Partner at Novo Ventures (US) Inc., which provides consultancy services to Novo A/S, a Danish limited liability company that manages investments and financial assets. He joined Novo Ventures (US) Inc. in 2009. From 2001 to 2009, Mr. Bisgaard was employed as a Partner of Novo A/S. From 1998 to 2001, Mr. Bisgaard was employed with McKinsey & Co., a management consulting firm, where he focused on strategy development, mergers, acquisitions and alliances in various industries. He is also currently a member of the board of directors of a number of private companies and is on the board of Alder Biopharmaceuticals, a public company. Mr. Bisgaard holds a MSc from the Technical University of Denmark and was awarded a post graduate degree in mathematical modeling in economics by the European Consortium for Mathematics in the Industry.

We believe Mr. Bisgaard is qualified to serve on our board of directors and as our chairman because of his strong financial expertise, extensive industry experience, his experience of serving on the board of directors for several biopharmaceutical companies, and his experience with venture capital investments.

Vickie Capps has served on our board of directors since March 2014. From July 2002 to December 2013, Ms. Capps was the Chief Financial Officer of DJO Global, Inc. Ms. Capps joined DJO Global, Inc. in 2002. Prior to joining DJO Global, Inc., Ms. Capps served as the Chief Financial Officer of several other public and private companies. Earlier in her career, Ms. Capps was a Senior Audit and Accounting Professional at Ernst & Young LLP. Ms. Capps is currently a member of the Senior Advisory Board of Consonance Capital Partners, a healthcare investment firm, and is a member of the board of directors of RF Surgical Systems, Inc., and the chair of its audit committee. From 2007 to July 2010, Ms. Capps served as a member of the board of directors of SenoRx, Inc., prior to its acquisition by C. R. Bard, Inc. in July 2010. Ms. Capps is a California Certified Public Accountant and was recognized as CFO of the Year by the San Diego Business Journal in 2009 and 2010. Ms. Capps holds a Bachelor’s degree in Business Administration/Accounting from San Diego State University.

 

114


Table of Contents

We believe Ms. Capps is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of her exceptionally strong skill set consisting of corporate finance, accounting, operations, investor relations, capital markets and strategic business development.

Brian Dovey has served on our board of directors since August 2010. Mr. Dovey has been a Partner of Domain Associates, L.L.C., a private venture capital management firm focused on life sciences, since 1988. Prior to joining Domain, Mr. Dovey spent six years at Rorer Group, Inc. (now part of Sanofi-Aventis), including as President from 1986 to 1988. Previously, Mr. Dovey was president of Survival Technology, Inc., a start-up medical products company. He also held management positions with Howmedica, Inc., Howmet Corporation and New York Telephone Company. Mr. Dovey has served as both President and Chairman of the National Venture Capital Association. He is the former Chair, but now serves on the Board of Trustees, of the Wistar Institute, a leader in preclinical bio-medical research in the non-profit sector. Mr. Dovey serves on the board of directors and is also Chairman at the Center for Venture Education (Kauffman Fellows Program) and on the La Jolla Playhouse Board of Trustees. Mr. Dovey is also on the Venture Advisory Board of the Skolkovo Foundation. Mr. Dovey currently serves on the board of directors of public companies Orexigen Therapeutics, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company focused on the treatment of obesity, and REVA Medical, Inc., a medical device company. He is a trustee emeritus of Germantown Academy and is a former trustee of the University Of Pennsylvania School Of Nursing and the Burnham Institute for Medical Research. He was also a former board member of the industry associations representing the medical device industry as well as the association representing consumer pharmaceuticals. Mr. Dovey has also served as a member of the board of directors of the following publicly traded companies: Align Technology, Inc., Cardiac Science, Inc. and Neose Technologies, Inc. Mr. Dovey received his Bachelor’s degree from Colgate University and an MBA from the Harvard Business School.

We believe Mr. Dovey is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his experience serving as a director on over 35 private and public companies’ board of directors over the years, his experience with life science companies, and his extensive experience at a healthcare venture capital firm.

Chau Q. Khuong has served on our board of directors since August 2013. Mr. Khuong is currently employed as a Private Equity Partner at OrbiMed Advisers LLC, a venture capital and asset management firm, which he joined in 2003. He currently serves on the board of directors of Cerapedics, Inc., Aerpio Therapeutics, Inc., Inspire Medical Systems, Inc. and Pieris AG. Mr. Khuong received a Bachelor’s in molecular biology with concentration in biotechnology and Masters in Public Health with concentration in infectious diseases from Yale University.

We believe Mr. Khuong is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his leadership experience, his extensive industry experience and his experience as a venture capital investor.

Jay Lichter, Ph.D. has served on our board of directors since May 2008. Dr. Lichter served as our Chief Executive Officer from inception until November 2010. He is an experienced biotechnology and pharmaceutical business executive with 25 years of experience in management, scientific research and business development. Since 2007, Dr. Lichter has been a managing director at Avalon Ventures, an early-stage venture capital fund focused on information technology and life sciences. In that role, he led Avalon’s investments in and served as a director and chief executive officer for privately-held biotechnology companies Afraxis, Inc., Carolus Therapeutics, Inc., ReVision Therapeutics, Inc. and Zacharon Pharmaceuticals, Inc. He also currently serves on the board of directors of Aratana Therapeutics, Inc., a public company. Dr. Lichter also led Avalon’s investments in or serves on the board of privately-held companies Sova Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Avelas Biosciences, Inc., COI Pharmaceuticals Inc. and Sitari Pharmaceuticals Corp. Dr. Lichter received a Bachelor’s degree and Ph.D. in biochemistry from the University of Illinois. He also completed post-doctoral fellowships at Yale University and Du Pont Merck Pharmaceutical Company.

 

115


Table of Contents

We believe Dr. Lichter is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his experience as a venture capital investor and his experience as a biotechnology and pharmaceutical business executive with over 25 years of experience in management, scientific research and development.

John P. McKearn, Ph.D. has served on our board of directors since August 2010. Dr. McKearn joined RiverVest Venture Partners, a venture capital firm, in April 2008 as a Venture Partner and has been a Managing Director since April 2011. He currently serves on the board of directors of Lumena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and Allakos, Inc., all of which are biopharmaceutical companies. Prior to joining RiverVest, Dr. McKearn was the President and Chief Executive Officer of Kalypsys Inc., a biopharmaceutical company. From 2000 to June 2009, Dr. McKearn served on the board of IDM Pharma, Inc. (acquired by Takeda), a biotechnology company. He also previously served on the board of directors of Epimmune Inc. and Keel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. From 1987 to 2003, Dr. McKearn worked as a scientist with G.D. Searle & Company, which merged into Pharmacia Corporation in 2000, serving as the head of discovery research from 1997 to 2003. Before that, he was a senior scientist at E.I. DuPont de Nemours and Company; a member of the Basel Institute for Immunology in Basel, Switzerland; and a research associate in the Department of Microbiology and Immunology at Washington University in St. Louis. Dr. McKearn holds a Bachelor’s degree in biology from Northern Illinois University and a Ph.D. in immunology from the University of Chicago.

We believe Dr. McKearn is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his experience as a venture capital investor, his industry expertise, and his leadership experience with biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies.

Heather Preston, M.D. has served on our board of directors since August 2010. Dr. Preston is currently employed as a Partner and Managing Director of TPG Biotech, a biotechnology venture capital firm. Dr. Preston joined TPG in 2005. She currently serves on the board of directors of Alder Biopharmaceuticals, Inc., a public company and on the boards of a number of private companies. Prior to joining TPG Biotech, Dr. Preston served for two years as a medical device and biotechnology venture capital investor at JP Morgan Partners, LLC, a private equity firm. Prior to that, she was an Entrepreneur-in-Residence at New Enterprise Associates, a venture capital firm. From 1997 to 2002, Dr. Preston served as a leader of the pharmaceutical and medical products consulting practice at McKinsey & Co. in New York. Dr. Preston holds a Bachelor’s in biochemistry from the University of London and an MD from the University of Oxford. After leaving Oxford, Dr. Preston completed a post-doctoral fellowship in molecular biology at the Dana Farber Cancer Institute, Harvard University. Dr. Preston completed her training in Internal Medicine at the Massachusetts General Hospital and then sub-specialized in Gastroenterology and Hepatology at U.C.S.F. During Dr. Preston’s academic career, she was the recipient of a Fulbright Scholarship, a Fulbright Cancer Research Scholarship, a Harlech Scholarship and a Science and Engineering Research Council Post-doctoral Fellowship Award.

We believe Dr. Preston is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of her experience as an investor in biopharmaceutical and life sciences companies, her educational background, and leadership in the medical and life science industries.

Board Composition

Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our board of directors. The number of directors will be fixed by our board of directors, subject to the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will become effective upon the completion of this offering. Our board of directors currently consists of eight directors, seven of whom will qualify as “independent” under NASDAQ listing standards.

In accordance with our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws, immediately after the completion of this offering our board of directors will be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. Only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of our

 

116


Table of Contents

stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms. Our directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

 

   

the Class I directors will be                 , and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2015;

 

   

the Class II directors will be                 , and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2016; and

 

   

the Class III directors will be                 , and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2017.

The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change of control. Under Delaware law, our directors may be removed for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of our outstanding voting stock. Directors may not be removed by our stockholders without cause.

Any increase or decrease in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors.

Director Independence

Prior to the closing of this offering, we anticipate that our common stock will be listed on The NASDAQ Global Market. Under the rules of NASDAQ, independent directors must comprise a majority of a listed company’s board of directors within one year of the company’s listing date. In addition, the rules of NASDAQ require that, subject to specified exceptions, each member of a listed company’s audit, compensation and nominating and governance committees be independent. Audit committee members and compensation members must also satisfy separate independence criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3 and Rule 10C-1, respectively, under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. Under the rules of NASDAQ, a director will only qualify as an “independent director” if, among other things, in the opinion of that company’s board of directors, that person does not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director.

To be considered independent for purposes of Rule 10A-3 and under the rules of NASDAQ, a member of an audit committee of a listed company may not, other than in his or her capacity as a member of the audit committee, our board of directors, or any other board committee: (1) accept, directly or indirectly, any consulting, advisory, or other compensatory fee from the listed company or any of its subsidiaries; or (2) be an affiliated person of the listed company or any of its subsidiaries.

To be considered independent for purposes of Rule 10C-1 and under the rules of , the board of directors must affirmatively determine that the member of the compensation committee is independent, including a consideration of all factors specifically relevant to determining whether the director has a relationship to the company which is material to that director’s ability to be independent from management in connection with the duties of a compensation committee member, including, but not limited to: (i) the source of compensation of such director, including any consulting, advisory or other compensatory fee paid by the company to such director; and (ii) whether such director is affiliated with the Company, a subsidiary of the company or an affiliate of a subsidiary of the company.

Our board of directors undertook a review of its composition, the composition of its committees and the independence of our directors and considered whether any director has a material relationship with us that could compromise his or her ability to exercise independent judgment in carrying out his or her responsibilities. Based upon information requested from and provided by each director concerning his background, employment and affiliations, including family relationships, our board of directors has determined that none of Messrs. Bisgaard, Dovey and Khuong, Drs. Lichter, McKearn and Preston, and Ms. Capps, representing seven of our eight directors, has a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the

 

117


Table of Contents

responsibilities of a director and that each of these directors, other than Dr. Lichter, is “independent” as that term is defined under the rules of NASDAQ.

In making these determinations, our board of directors considered the current and prior relationships that each non-employee director has with our company and all other facts and circumstances our board of directors deemed relevant in determining their independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director, and the transactions involving them described in the section titled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.” In evaluating Dr. Lichter’s independence, our board of directors considered Dr. Lichter’s position as managing director at Avalon Ventures, and the various arrangements pursuant to which Avalon-affiliated entities and we shared common services, as described in the section titled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions – Arrangements with Avalon-Affiliated Entities.” Pursuant to such arrangements, we made payments to Avalon-affiliated entities in excess of $200,000 in fiscal year 2011, but payments did not exceed $200,000 in fiscal years 2012 or 2013, and we do not expect payments will exceed such amount in fiscal year 2014. Therefore, our board of directors concluded that Dr. Lichter is not currently “independent” as that term is defined under the rules of NASDAQ. However, we expect that Dr. Lichter will meet the requirements for independence under the rules of NASDAQ beginning January 1, 2015, based on information currently available to us.

There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

Board Leadership Structure

Our board of directors is currently chaired by Mr. Bisgaard. As a general policy, our board of directors believes that separation of the positions of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer reinforces the independence of the board of directors from management, creates an environment that encourages objective oversight of management’s performance and enhances the effectiveness of the board of directors as a whole. As such, Dr. Weber serves as our President and Chief Executive Officer while Mr. Bisgaard serves as our Chairman of the board of directors but is not an officer. We expect and intend the positions of Chairman of the board of directors and Chief Executive Officer to continue to be held by two individuals in the future.

Role of the Board in Risk Oversight

One of the key functions of our board of directors is informed oversight of our risk management process. Our board of directors does not have a standing risk management committee, but rather administers this oversight function directly through the board of directors as a whole, as well as through its standing committees that address risks inherent in their respective areas of oversight. In particular, our board of directors is responsible for monitoring and assessing strategic risk exposure. Our audit committee is responsible for reviewing and discussing our major financial risk exposures and the steps our management has taken to monitor and control these exposures, including guidelines and policies with respect to risk assessment and risk management. Our audit committee also monitors compliance with legal and regulatory requirements and reviews related party transactions, in addition to oversight of the performance of our external audit function. Our corporate governance and nominating committee monitors the effectiveness of our corporate governance guidelines. Our compensation committee assesses and monitors whether any of our compensation policies and programs has the potential to encourage excessive risk-taking.

Board Committees

Our board of directors has an audit committee, a compensation committee, and a corporate governance and nominating committee, each of which has the composition and the responsibilities described below.

Audit Committee

Our audit committee is comprised of Ms. Capps, Mr. Khoung, and Drs. Lichter and McKearn. Ms. Capps serves as the chairperson of our audit committee. All members of our audit committee meet the requirements for

 

118


Table of Contents

independence, other than Dr. Lichter, and financial literacy of audit committee members under current NASDAQ listing standards and SEC rules and regulations. While Dr. Lichter is not currently an independent director for purposes of serving on the audit committee, we intend to rely on the NASDAQ and Exchange Act transition rules applicable to companies completing an initial public offering. Our board of directors has determined that Ms. Capps is an audit committee financial expert as defined under the applicable rules of the SEC and has the requisite financial sophistication as defined under NASDAQ listing standards. The responsibilities of our audit committee include, among other things:

 

   

selecting and hiring the independent registered public accounting firm to audit our financial statements;

 

   

helping to ensure the independence and performance of the independent registered public accounting firm;

 

   

approving audit and non-audit services and fees;

 

   

reviewing financial statements and discussing with management and the independent registered public accounting firm our annual audited and quarterly financial statements, the results of the independent audit and the quarterly reviews, and the reports and certifications regarding internal controls over financial reporting and disclosure controls;

 

   

preparing the audit committee report that the SEC requires to be included in our annual proxy statement;

 

   

reviewing reports and communications from the independent registered public accounting firm;

 

   

reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of our internal controls and disclosure controls and procedures;

 

   

reviewing our policies on risk assessment and risk management;

 

   

reviewing related party transactions; and

 

   

establishing and overseeing procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of accounting related complaints and the confidential submission by our employees of concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters.

Our audit committee will operate under a written charter, to be effective prior to the completion of this offering, which satisfies the applicable rules of the SEC and the listing standards of NASDAQ.

Compensation Committee

Our compensation committee is comprised of Messrs. Bisgaard and Khuong and Dr. Lichter. Dr. Lichter serves as the chairperson of our compensation committee. All members of our compensation committee meet the requirements for independence under current NASDAQ listing standards and SEC rules and regulations, other than Dr. Lichter. While Dr. Lichter is not currently an independent director for purposes of serving on the compensation committee, we intend to rely on the NASDAQ and Exchange Act transition rules applicable to companies completing an initial public offering. Each member of the compensation committee is also a non-employee director, as defined pursuant to Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, and Messrs. Bisgaard and Khuong are each an outside director, as defined pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, as amended. The purpose of our compensation committee is to oversee our compensation policies, plans and benefit programs and to discharge the responsibilities of our board of directors relating to compensation of our executive officers. The responsibilities of our compensation committee include, among other things:

 

   

overseeing our overall compensation philosophy and compensation policies, plans and benefit programs;

 

   

reviewing and approving or recommending to the board for approval compensation for our executive officers and directors;

 

119


Table of Contents
   

preparing the compensation committee report that the SEC will require to be included in our annual proxy statement; and

 

   

administering our equity compensation plans.

Our compensation committee will operate under a written charter, to be effective prior to the completion of this offering, which satisfies the applicable rules of the SEC and the listing standards of NASDAQ.

Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee

Our corporate governance and nominating committee is comprised of Messrs. Dovey and Khuong and Dr. Preston. Dr. Preston serves as the chairperson of our corporate governance and nominating committee. All members of our corporate governance and nominating committee meet the requirements for independence under current NASDAQ listing standards and SEC rules and regulations. The responsibilities of our corporate governance and nominating committee include, among other things:

 

   

identifying, evaluating and making recommendations to our board of directors regarding nominees for election to our board of directors and its committees;

 

   

considering and making recommendations to our board of directors regarding the composition of our board of directors and its committees;

 

   

reviewing developments in corporate governance practices;

 

   

evaluating the adequacy of our corporate governance practices and reporting; and

 

   

evaluating the performance of our board of directors and of individual directors.

Our corporate governance and nominating committee will operate under a written charter, to be effective prior to the completion of this offering, which satisfies the applicable rules of the SEC and the listing standards of NASDAQ. We intend to comply with future requirements to the extent they become applicable to us.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of our executive officers serves, or in the past has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee, or other committee serving an equivalent function, of any entity that has one or more executive officers who serve as members of our board of directors or our compensation committee. None of the members of our compensation committee is, or has ever been, an officer or employee of our company, except for Dr. Lichter who previously served as our Chief Executive Officer from May 2008 until November 2010.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

Prior to the closing of this offering, we intend to adopt a written code of business conduct and ethics that will apply to our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions and agents and representatives, including consultants. Following this offering, a copy of the code of business conduct and ethics will be available on our website at www.otonomy.com. We intend to disclose future amendments to such code, or any waivers of its requirements, applicable to any principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions or our directors on our website identified above. The inclusion of our website address in this prospectus does not include or incorporate by reference the information on our website into this prospectus.

 

120


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Our named executive officers for 2013, which consist of our principal executive officer and the next two most highly compensated executive officers, are:

 

   

David A. Weber, Ph.D., President and Chief Executive Officer;

 

   

Carl LeBel, Ph.D., Chief Scientific Officer; and

 

   

Paul E. Cayer, Chief Financial and Business Officer, and Secretary.

2013 Summary Compensation Table

The following table provides information regarding the compensation of our named executive officers during the year ended December 31, 2013.

 

Name and Principal Position

   Year      Salary ($)      Bonus ($) (1)      Option
Awards  ($) (2)
     Total ($)  

David A. Weber, Ph.D.

President and Chief Executive Officer

     2013       $ 428,500       $ 107,125       $ 559,052       $ 1,094,677   

Carl LeBel, Ph.D.

Chief Scientific Officer

     2013         337,500         67,500         180,467         585,467   

Paul E. Cayer

Chief Financial and Business Officer, and Secretary

     2013         305,000         61,000         180,467         546,467   

 

(1) This column reflects bonus payments earned in 2013.
(2) This column reflects the aggregate grant date fair value of stock options granted during 2013 computed in accordance with the provisions of Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation. The assumptions that we used to calculate these amounts are discussed in Note 8 to our financial statements appearing at the end of this prospectus. These amounts do not reflect the actual economic value that will be realized by the named executive officer upon the vesting of the stock options, the exercise of the stock options, or the sale of the common stock underlying such stock options.

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End 2013

The following table provides information regarding equity awards held by our named executive officers as of December 31, 2013.

 

     Option Awards  
     Vesting
Commencement

Date
     Number of
Securities Underlying
Unexercised
Options
     Option
Exercise

Price
     Option
Expiration

Date
 

Name

      Exercisable     Unexercisable        

David A. Weber, Ph.D. (8)

     11/21/10         3,355,000 (1)       —         $ 0.09         11/21/20   
     5/18/11         2,018,704 (2)       —         $ 0.09         6/15/21   
     9/1/13         7,416,588 (3)       8,000,000       $ 0.05         12/20/23   

Carl LeBel, Ph.D. (9)

     6/16/10         218,750 (4)       31,250       $ 0.08         6/16/20   
     11/19/10         809,375 (5)       240,625       $ 0.09         11/19/20   
     9/18/12         218,750 (6)       481,250       $ 0.03         9/18/22   
     9/1/13         0 (7)       4,976,602       $ 0.05         12/20/23   

Paul E. Cayer (10)

     6/16/10         262,500 (4)       37,500       $ 0.08         6/16/20   
     11/19/10         809,375 (5)       240,625       $ 0.09         11/19/20   
     9/18/12         218,750 (6)       481,250       $ 0.03         9/18/22   
     9/1/13         0 (7)       4,976,602       $ 0.05         12/20/23   

 

(1)

The option vested with respect to 25% of the shares subject to the option on November 21, 2011, and 1/36 th of the remaining shares subject to the option vest monthly thereafter subject to continued service through each vesting date. All of the shares underlying this option are subject to an early exercise provision.

 

121


Table of Contents
(2)

The option vested with respect to 25% of the shares subject to the option on May 18, 2012, and 1/36 th of the remaining shares subject to the option vest monthly thereafter subject to continued service through each vesting date. All of the shares underlying this option are subject to an early exercise provision.

(3)

The option vests with respect to 25% of the shares subject to the option on September 1, 2014, and 1/36 th of the remaining shares subject to the option vest monthly thereafter subject to continued service through each vesting date. 7,416,588 shares underlying this option are subject to an early exercise provision, of which 600,000 shares were early exercised on February 15, 2014.

(4)

The option vested with respect to 25% of the shares subject to the option on June 16, 2011, and 1/36 th of the remaining shares subject to the option vest monthly thereafter subject to continued service through each vesting date.

(5)

The option vested with respect to 25% of the shares subject to the option on November 19, 2011, and 1/36 th of the remaining shares subject to the option vest monthly thereafter subject to continued service through each vesting date.

(6)

The option vested with respect to 25% of the shares subject to the option on September 18, 2013, and 1/36 th of the remaining shares subject to the option vest monthly thereafter subject to continued service through each vesting date.

(7)

The option vests with respect to 25% of the shares subject to the option on September 1, 2014, and 1/36 th of the remaining shares subject to the option vest monthly thereafter subject to continued service through each vesting date.

(8)

Dr. Weber was granted an option to purchase 8,535,000 shares of common stock on June 3, 2014 at an exercise price of $0.18 per share. The option vests with respect to 25% of the shares subject to the option on April 23, 2015, and 1/36 th of the remaining shares subject to the option vest monthly thereafter subject to continued service through each vesting date. All of the shares underlying this option are subject to an early exercise provision.

(9)

Dr. LeBel was granted an option to purchase 2,990,000 shares of common stock on June 3, 2014 at an exercise price of $0.18 per share. The option vests with respect to 25% of the shares subject to the option on April 23, 2015, and 1/36 th of the remaining shares subject to the option vest monthly thereafter subject to continued service through each vesting date.

(10)

Mr. Cayer was granted an option to purchase 2,990,000 shares of common stock on June 3, 2014 at an exercise price of $0.18 per share. The option vests with respect to 25% of the shares subject to the option on April 23, 2015, and 1/36 th of the remaining shares subject to the option vest monthly thereafter subject to continued service through each vesting date.

Executive Employment Agreements

David A. Weber, Ph.D.

We expect to enter into an employment agreement with Dr. Weber that will take effect as of the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Pursuant to the agreement, Dr. Weber will continue to serve as our President and Chief Executive Officer on an “at will” basis. Dr. Weber’s employment agreement provides for a base salary of $475,000, eligibility to receive an annual performance bonus with the target amount determined as 50% of Dr. Weber’s annual base salary, and eligibility to participate in employee benefit or group insurance plans maintained from time to time by us. Dr. Weber’s employment agreement also provides that he will continue to serve as a member of the Board during the term of his employment subject to Board and/or stockholder approval.

Pursuant to the employment agreement of Dr. Weber, if we terminate the employment of Dr. Weber other than for death, disability, or “cause” or Dr. Weber resigns for “good reason” (as such terms are defined in Dr. Weber’s employment agreement), and, within 60 days following his termination, Dr. Weber executes a waiver and release of claims in our favor and resigns from all positions he may hold as an officer or director, Dr. Weber is entitled to receive (i) continuing payments of his then-current base salary for a period of 12 months, payable pursuant to our regular payroll procedures, (ii) an amount equal to a pro rata portion of his target annual bonus for the year of termination, payable in accordance with our regular payroll procedures, (iii) reimbursement of premiums to maintain group health insurance continuation benefits pursuant to “COBRA” for him and his respective dependents for up to 12 months, and (iv) additional vesting and exercisability as to any outstanding equity awards held by him as if he had remained our employee for an additional 24 months.

Pursuant to the employment agreement of Dr. Weber, if, within the 3 month period prior to or the 12 month period following a “change of control” (as defined in Dr. Weber’s employment agreement), the employment of Dr. Weber is terminated under the circumstances described in the above paragraph and, within 60 days following his termination, Dr. Weber executes a waiver and release of claims in our favor and resigns from all positions he may hold as an officer or director, Dr. Weber is entitled to receive (i) a lump sum payment equal to 18 months of his then-current base salary, payable pursuant to our regular payroll procedures, (ii) a lump sum payment equal to his full target annual bonus for the year of termination, payable pursuant to our regular payroll procedures, (iii) reimbursement of premiums to maintain group health insurance continuation benefits pursuant to “COBRA”

 

122


Table of Contents

for him and his respective dependents for up to 18 months, and (iv) vesting acceleration of 100% with respect to any outstanding equity awards held by him on the date of his termination.

In the event any payment to Dr. Weber pursuant to his employment agreement would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code, as amended, or the Code (as a result of a payment being classified as a parachute payment under Section 280G of the Code), Dr. Weber will receive such payment as would entitle him to receive the greatest after-tax benefit, even if it means that we pay him a lower aggregate payment so as to minimize or eliminate the potential excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code.

Carl LeBel, Ph.D.

We expect to enter into an employment agreement with Dr. LeBel that will take effect as of the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Pursuant to the agreement, Dr. LeBel will continue to serve as our Chief Scientific Officer on an “at will” basis. Dr. LeBel’s employment agreement provides for a base salary of $347,500, eligibility to receive an annual performance bonus with the target amount determined as 40% of Dr. LeBel’s annual base salary, and eligibility to participate in employee benefit or group insurance plans maintained from time to time by us.

Pursuant to the employment agreement of Dr. LeBel, if we terminate the employment of Dr. LeBel other than for death, disability, or “cause” or Dr. LeBel resigns for “good reason” (as such terms are defined in Dr. LeBel’s employment agreement), and, within 60 days following his termination, Dr. LeBel executes a waiver and release of claims in our favor and resigns from all positions he may hold as an officer or director, Dr. LeBel is entitled to receive (i) continuing payments of his then-current base salary for a period of 9 months, payable pursuant to our regular payroll procedures, (ii) an amount equal to a pro rata portion of his target annual bonus for the year of termination, payable in accordance with our regular payroll procedures, (iii) reimbursement of premiums to maintain group health insurance continuation benefits pursuant to “COBRA” for him and his respective dependents for up to 9 months, and (iv) additional vesting and exercisability as to any outstanding equity awards held by him as if he had remained our employee for an additional 12 months.

Pursuant to the employment agreement of Dr. LeBel, if, within the 3 month period prior to or the 12 month period following a “change of control” (as defined in Dr. LeBel’s employment agreement), the employment of Dr. LeBel is terminated under the circumstances described in the above paragraph and, within 60 days following his termination, Dr. LeBel executes a waiver and release of claims in our favor and resigns from all positions he may hold as an officer or director, Dr. LeBel is entitled to receive (i) a lump sum payment equal to 12 months of his then-current base salary, payable pursuant to our regular payroll procedures, (ii) a lump sum payment equal to his full target annual bonus for the year of termination, payable pursuant to our regular payroll procedures, (iii) reimbursement of premiums to maintain group health insurance continuation benefits pursuant to “COBRA” for him and his respective dependents for up to 12 months, and (iv) vesting acceleration of 100% with respect to any outstanding equity awards held by him on the date of his termination.

In the event any payment to Dr. LeBel pursuant to his employment agreement would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code, as amended, or the Code (as a result of a payment being classified as a parachute payment under Section 280G of the Code), Dr. LeBel will receive such payment as would entitle him to receive the greatest after-tax benefit, even if it means that we pay him a lower aggregate payment so as to minimize or eliminate the potential excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code.

Paul E. Cayer

We expect to enter into an employment agreement with Mr. Cayer that will take effect as of the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Pursuant to the agreement, Mr. Cayer will continue to serve as our Chief Financial and Business Officer on an “at will” basis. Mr. Cayer’s employment agreement provides for a base salary of $350,000, eligibility to receive an annual performance

 

123


Table of Contents

bonus with the target amount determined as 40% of Mr. Cayer’s annual base salary, and eligibility to participate in employee benefit or group insurance plans maintained from time to time by us.

Pursuant to the employment agreement of Mr. Cayer, if we terminate the employment of Mr. Cayer other than for death, disability, or “cause” or Mr. Cayer resigns for “good reason” (as such terms are defined in Mr. Cayer’s employment agreement), and, within 60 days following his termination, Mr. Cayer executes a waiver and release of claims in our favor and resigns from all positions he may hold as an officer or director, Mr. Cayer is entitled to receive (i) continuing payments of his then-current base salary for a period of 9 months, payable pursuant to our regular payroll procedures, (ii) an amount equal to a pro rata portion of his target annual bonus for the year of termination, payable in accordance with our regular payroll procedures, (iii) reimbursement of premiums to maintain group health insurance continuation benefits pursuant to “COBRA” for him and his respective dependents for up to 9 months, and (iv) additional vesting and exercisability as to any outstanding equity awards held by him as if he had remained our employee for an additional 12 months.

Pursuant to the employment agreement of Mr. Cayer, if, within the 3 month period prior to or the 12 month period following a “change of control” (as defined in Mr. Cayer’s employment agreement), the employment of Mr. Cayer is terminated under the circumstances described in the above paragraph and, within 60 days following his termination, Mr. Cayer executes a waiver and release of claims in our favor and resigns from all positions he may hold as an officer or director, Mr. Cayer is entitled to receive (i) a lump sum payment equal to 12 months of his then-current base salary, payable pursuant to our regular payroll procedures, (ii) a lump sum payment equal to his full target annual bonus for the year of termination, payable pursuant to our regular payroll procedures, (iii) reimbursement of premiums to maintain group health insurance continuation benefits pursuant to “COBRA” for him and his respective dependents for up to 12 months, and (iv) vesting acceleration of 100% with respect to any outstanding equity awards held by him on the date of his termination.

In the event any payment to Mr. Cayer pursuant to his employment agreement would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code, as amended, or the Code (as a result of a payment being classified as a parachute payment under Section 280G of the Code), Mr. Cayer will receive such payment as would entitle him to receive the greatest after-tax benefit, even if it means that we pay him a lower aggregate payment so as to minimize or eliminate the potential excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code.

Director Compensation

To date, none of our non-employee directors has received any cash compensation for serving on our board of directors, other than Ms. Capps, who will be paid an annual retainer of (i) $35,000 for her service as a member of the Board, (ii) $7,500 for her service as a member of the Audit Committee, and (iii) $7,500 for her service as Chairperson of the Audit Committee, and Jeffrey Harris, who resigned from our board in March 2014, who was paid (i) $10,000 for his service as a director in 2012 and (ii) $8,000 for his service as a director in 2013. From time to time, we have granted stock options to those non-employee directors who are also not affiliated with our venture fund investors for their service on our board of directors. We do reimburse our directors for expenses associated with attending meetings of our board of directors and committees of our board of directors. Directors who are also our employees receive no additional compensation for their service as a director.

After the completion of this offering, each non-employee director will be eligible to receive compensation for his or her service consisting of annual cash retainers and equity awards. All non-employee directors will be entitled to receive the following cash compensation for their services following the completion of this offering:

 

   

$35,000 per year for service as a board member;

 

   

$20,000 per year additionally for service as chairman of the board;

 

   

$15,000 per year additionally for service as chairman of the audit committee;

 

   

$7,500 per year additionally for service as an audit committee member;

 

   

$10,000 per year additionally for service as chairman of the compensation committee;

 

124


Table of Contents
   

$5,000 per year additionally for service as a compensation committee member;

 

   

$7,500 per year additionally for service as chairman of the corporate governance and nominating committee; and

 

   

$3,750 per year additionally for service as a corporate governance and nominating committee member.

All cash payments to non-employee directors will be paid quarterly in arrears on a prorated basis.

In addition, each non-employee director who first joins us following this offering automatically will be granted an initial award of a nonstatutory stock option to purchase              shares of our common stock effective on the date on which such person first becomes elected as a non-employee director. Such initial award will vest as to one-third of the shares subject thereto on each anniversary of the initial award’s grant date, provided that the director remains a service provider through the applicable vesting date. On the date of each annual meeting of our stockholders beginning with the first annual meeting following this offering, each non-employee director automatically will be granted a nonstatutory stock option to purchase             shares of our common stock. Such annual award will vest fully on the date of the next annual meeting held after the date of grant, provided that the director remains a service provider through the applicable vesting date.

We did not grant stock options or any other compensation to our non-employee directors during the year ended December 31, 2013.

The following table lists all outstanding equity awards held by our non-employee directors as of December 31, 2013.

 

Name

   Option
Grant Date
     Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Exercisable
    Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Unexercisable
     Option
Exercise
Price Per
Share
     Option
Expiration
Date
 

Peter Bisgaard

     —           —          —           —           —     

Vickie Capps (1)

     —           —          —           —           —     

Brian Dovey

     —           —          —           —           —     

Chau Q. Khuong

     —           —          —           —           —     

Jay Lichter, Ph.D.

     —           —          —           —           —     

John P. McKearn, Ph.D.

     —           —          —           —           —     

Heather Preston, M.D.

     —           —          —           —           —     

Jeffrey Harris, M.D., Ph.D. (2)

     6/16/10         175,000 (3)       25,000       $ 0.08         6/16/20   
     11/19/10         107,469 (4)       31,950       $ 0.09         11/19/20   
     6/15/11         122,829 (5)       67,358       $ 0.09         6/15/21   

  

 

(1) Ms. Capps joined our board of directors in March 2014. Ms. Capps was granted an option to purchase 500,000 shares of common stock on March 6, 2014 at an exercise price of $0.05 per share. 1/24 of the option vested on April 6, 2014, and 1/24 of the remaining shares subject to the option vest monthly thereafter subject to continued service through each vesting date. All of the shares underlying the option are subject to an early exercise provision, and all shares were early exercised on April 9, 2014. In addition, Ms. Capps was granted an option to purchase 250,000 shares of common stock on June 3, 2014 at an exercise price of $0.18 per share. 1/24 of the option vested on May 23, 2014, and 1/24 of the remaining shares subject to the option vest monthly thereafter subject to continued service through each vesting date. All of the shares underlying the option are subject to an early exercise provision.
(2) Dr. Harris was a director as of December 31, 2013, but resigned from our board on March 3, 2014.
(3) The option vested with respect to 25% of the shares subject to the option on June 16, 2011, and 1/36th of the remaining shares subject to the option vest monthly thereafter subject to continued service through each vesting date.
(4) The option vested with respect to 25% of the shares subject to the option on November 19, 2011, and 1/36th of the remaining shares subject to the option vest monthly thereafter subject to continued service through each vesting date.
(5) The option vested with respect to 25% of the shares subject to the option on May 18, 2012, and 1/36th of the remaining shares subject to the option vest monthly thereafter subject to continued service through each vesting date.

 

125


Table of Contents

Employee Benefit and Stock Plans

2014 Equity Incentive Plan

Our board of directors intends to adopt the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2014 Plan, in connection with this offering. Our 2014 Plan will permit the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, to our employees and any parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights, performance units and performance shares to our employees, directors and consultants and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees and consultants.

Authorized shares. A total of                 shares of our common stock will be reserved for issuance pursuant to the 2014 Plan. In addition, the shares reserved for issuance under our 2014 Plan will also include shares reserved but not issued under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, and shares subject to stock options or similar awards granted under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan that expire or terminate without having been exercised in full and shares issued pursuant to awards granted under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan that are forfeited to or repurchased by us (provided that the maximum number of                 shares that may be added to the 2014 Plan pursuant to this sentence is shares). In addition, shares may become available under the 2014 Plan under the following two paragraphs.

The number of shares available for issuance under the 2014 Plan will also include an annual increase on the first day of each fiscal year beginning in 2015, equal to the least of:

 

   

                shares;

 

   

    % of the outstanding shares of common stock as of the last day of our immediately preceding fiscal year; or

 

   

such other amount as our board of directors may determine.

If an award expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full, is surrendered pursuant to an exchange program, or, with respect to restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance units or performance shares, is forfeited or repurchased due to failure to vest, the unpurchased shares (or for awards other than stock options or stock appreciation rights, the forfeited or repurchased shares) will become available for future grant or sale under our 2014 Plan. With respect to stock appreciation rights, the net shares issued will cease to be available under the 2014 Plan and all remaining shares will remain available for future grant or sale under the 2014 Plan. Shares used to pay the exercise price of an award or satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to an award will become available for future grant or sale under our 2014 Plan. To the extent an award is paid out in cash rather than shares, such cash payment will not result in reducing the number of shares available for issuance under our 2014 Plan.

Plan administration. Our board of directors or one or more committees appointed by our board of directors will administer our 2014 Plan. In the case of awards intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, the committee will consist of two or more “outside directors” within the meaning of Section 162(m). In addition, if we determine it is desirable to qualify transactions under the 2014 Plan as exempt under Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act or Rule 16b-3, such transactions will be structured to satisfy the requirements for exemption under Rule 16b-3. Subject to the provisions of our 2014 Plan, the administrator has the power to administer the plan, including but not limited to, the power to interpret the terms of our 2014 Plan and awards granted under it, to create, amend and revoke rules relating to our 2014 Plan, including creating sub-plans, and to determine the terms of the awards, including the exercise price, the number of shares subject to each such award, the exercisability of the awards and the form of consideration, if any, payable upon exercise. The administrator also has the authority to amend existing awards to reduce or increase their exercise price, to allow participants the opportunity to transfer outstanding awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the administrator and to institute an exchange program by which outstanding awards may be surrendered in exchange for awards of the same type which may have a higher or lower exercise price or different terms, awards of a different type and/or cash.

 

126


Table of Contents

Stock options. Stock options may be granted under our 2014 Plan. The exercise price of options granted under our 2014 Plan must at least be equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The term of an incentive stock option may not exceed 10 years, except that with respect to any participant who owns more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of our outstanding stock, the term must not exceed five years and the exercise price must equal at least 110% of the fair market value on the grant date. The administrator will determine the methods of payment of the exercise price of an option, which may include cash, shares or other property acceptable to the administrator, as well as other types of consideration permitted by applicable law. After the termination of service of an employee, director or consultant, he or she may exercise his or her option for the period of time stated in his or her option agreement. Generally, if termination is due to death or disability, the option will remain exercisable for 12 months. In all other cases, the option will generally remain exercisable for three months following the termination of service. However, in no event may an option be exercised later than the expiration of its term. Subject to the provisions of our 2014 Plan, the administrator determines the other terms of options.

Stock appreciation rights. Stock appreciation rights may be granted under our 2014 Plan. Stock appreciation rights allow the recipient to receive the appreciation in the fair market value of our common stock between the exercise date and the date of grant. Stock appreciation rights may not have a term exceeding 10 years. After the termination of service of an employee, director or consultant, he or she may exercise his or her stock appreciation right for the period of time stated in his or her option agreement. However, in no event may a stock appreciation right be exercised later than the expiration of its term. Subject to the provisions of our 2014 Plan, the administrator determines the other terms of stock appreciation rights, including when such rights become exercisable and whether to pay any increased appreciation in cash or with shares of our common stock, or a combination thereof, except that the per share exercise price for the shares to be issued pursuant to the exercise of a stock appreciation right will be no less than 100% of the fair market value per share on the date of grant.

Restricted stock. Restricted stock may be granted under our 2014 Plan. Restricted stock awards are grants of shares of our common stock that vest in accordance with terms and conditions established by the administrator. The administrator will determine the number of shares of restricted stock granted to any employee, director or consultant and, subject to the provisions of our 2014 Plan, will determine the terms and conditions of such awards. The administrator may impose whatever conditions for lapse of the restriction on the shares it determines to be appropriate (for example, the administrator may set restrictions based on the achievement of specific performance goals or continued service to us); provided, however, that the administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed. Recipients of restricted stock awards generally will have voting and dividend rights with respect to such shares upon grant without regard to the restriction, unless the administrator provides otherwise. Shares of restricted stock as to which the restrictions have not lapsed are subject to our right of repurchase or forfeiture.

Restricted stock units. Restricted stock units may be granted under our 2014 Plan. Restricted stock units are bookkeeping entries representing an amount equal to the fair market value of one share of our common stock. Subject to the provisions of our 2014 Plan, the administrator will determine the terms and conditions of restricted stock units, including the vesting criteria (which may include accomplishing specified performance criteria or continued service to us) and the form and timing of payment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restricted stock units will vest.

Performance units and performance shares. Performance units and performance shares may be granted under our 2014 Plan. Performance units and performance shares are awards that will result in a payment to a participant only if performance goals established by the administrator are achieved or the awards otherwise vest. The administrator will establish organizational or individual performance goals or other vesting criteria in its discretion, which, depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the number and/or the value of performance units and performance shares to be paid out to participants. After the grant of a performance unit or performance share, the administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any performance criteria or other vesting provisions for such performance units or performance shares. Performance units shall have an initial dollar value

 

127


Table of Contents

established by the administrator prior to the grant date. Performance shares shall have an initial value equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date. The administrator, in its sole discretion, may pay earned performance units or performance shares in the form of cash, in shares or in some combination

Non-transferability of awards. Unless the administrator provides otherwise, our 2014 Plan generally does not allow for the transfer of awards and only the recipient of an award may exercise an award during his or her lifetime.

Certain adjustments. In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits available under our 2014 Plan, the administrator will adjust the number and class of shares that may be delivered under our 2014 Plan and/or the number, class and price of shares covered by each outstanding award and the numerical share limits set forth in our 2014 Plan. In the event of our proposed liquidation or dissolution, the administrator will notify participants as soon as practicable and all awards will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed transaction.

Merger or change in control. Our 2014 Plan provides that in the event of a merger or change in control, as defined under the 2014 Plan, each outstanding award will be treated as the administrator determines, except that if a successor corporation or its parent or subsidiary does not assume or substitute an equivalent award for any outstanding award, then such award will fully vest, all restrictions on the shares subject to such award will lapse, all performance goals or other vesting criteria applicable to the shares subject to such award will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels and all of the shares subject to such award will become fully exercisable, if applicable, for a specified period prior to the transaction. The award will then terminate upon the expiration of the specified period of time.

Amendment, termination. The administrator will have the authority to amend, suspend or terminate the 2014 Plan provided such action will not impair the existing rights of any participant. Our 2014 Plan will automatically terminate in 2024, unless we terminate it sooner.

2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

We expect our board of directors to adopt, and our stockholders to approve, a 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or ESPP, prior to the registration date. The ESPP will become effective upon its adoption by our board of directors but will not be in use until the completion of this offering.

The ESPP includes a component that is intended to qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the 423 Component, and a component that does not comply with Section 423, or the Non-423 Component. For purposes of this disclosure, a reference to the “ESPP” will mean the 423 Component. Unless determined otherwise by the administrator, each of our non-U.S. subsidiaries will participate in a separate offering under the Non-423 Component.

Authorized shares. A total of                 shares of our common stock will be made available for sale. In addition, our ESPP provides for annual increases in the number of shares available for issuance under the ESPP on the first day of each fiscal year beginning in fiscal 2014, equal to the least of:

 

   

    % of the outstanding shares of our common stock on the first day of such fiscal year;

 

   

                shares; or

 

   

such other amount as may be determined by our board of directors.

Plan administration. Our board of directors or a committee appointed by our board of directors will administer the ESPP. Our board of directors has appointed our compensation committee to administer the ESPP. The administrator has authority to administer the plan, including but not limited to, full and exclusive authority to

 

128


Table of Contents

interpret the terms of the ESPP, determine eligibility to participate subject to the conditions of our ESPP as described below, and to establish procedures for plan administration necessary for the administration of the Plan, including creating sub-plans.

Eligibility. Generally, all of our employees will be eligible to participate if they are employed by us, or any participating subsidiary, for at least 20 hours per week and more than five months in any calendar year. However, an employee may not be granted an option to purchase stock under the ESPP if such employee:

 

   

immediately after the grant would own stock constituting 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of our capital stock; or

 

   

holds rights to purchase stock under all of our employee stock purchase plans that accrue at a rate that exceeds $25,000 worth of stock for each calendar year in which the option is outstanding.

Offering periods. Our ESPP will be intended to qualify under Section 423 of the Code, and provides for six month offering periods. The offering periods generally start on the first trading day on or after         and         of each year, except that the first offering period will commence on the first trading day following the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. The administrator may, in its discretion, modify the terms of future offering periods.

Payroll deductions. Our ESPP will permit participants to purchase common stock through payroll deductions of up to 15% of their eligible compensation, which includes a participant’s base straight time gross earnings, overtime and shift premium, but exclusive of payments for incentive compensation, commissions, equity compensation, bonuses and other similar compensation. A participant may purchase a maximum of                 shares during an offering period.

Exercise of option. Amounts deducted and accumulated by the participant are used to purchase shares of our common stock at the end of each six-month offering period. The purchase price of the shares will be 85% of the lower of the fair market value of our common stock on the first trading day of each offering period or on the exercise date. Participants may end their participation at any time during an offering period, and will be paid their accrued payroll deductions that have not yet been used to purchase shares of common stock. Participation ends automatically upon termination of employment with us.

Non-transferability. A participant may not transfer rights granted under our ESPP other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution, or as otherwise provided under our ESPP.

Merger or change in control. In the event of our merger or change in control, as defined under the ESPP, a successor corporation may assume or substitute for each outstanding option. If the successor corporation refuses to assume or substitute for the option, the offering period then in progress will be shortened, and a new exercise date will be set. The administrator will notify each participant that the exercise date has been changed and that the participant’s option will be exercised automatically on the new exercise date unless prior to such date the participant has withdrawn from the offering period.

Amendment, termination. Our ESPP will automatically terminate in 2034, unless we terminate it sooner. The administrator has the authority to amend, suspend or terminate our ESPP, except that, subject to certain exceptions described in the ESPP, no such action may adversely affect any outstanding rights to purchase stock under our ESPP.

2010 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended

Our board of directors adopted, and our stockholders approved, our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2010 Plan, in May 2010. Our 2010 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, to our employees and any parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock

 

129


Table of Contents

options, restricted stock and stock bonuses to our employees, directors and consultants and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees and consultants. We intend to terminate our 2010 Plan in connection with our initial public offering.

Authorized shares . We have reserved a pool of 88,083,000 shares of our common stock for issuance under the 2010 Plan. If an award under the 2010 Plan expires or otherwise terminates without having been exercised in full, the shares not acquired under such award shall automatically revert to the share pool and again become available for issuance under the 2010 Plan.

Plan administration : Our board of directors or a committee of our board (the administrator) administers our 2010 Plan. The board or the committee has the power to determine the recipients of awards, to determine the terms of the awards, to construe and interpret or correct any defects in the 2010 Plan and any awards, and to exercise such powers and perform such acts consistent with the provisions of the 2010 Plan as the board or committee deems necessary or expedient to promote the best interests of us or our stockholders.

Stock options : Stock options may be granted under our 2010 Plan. The exercise price of nonstatutory stock options granted under our 2010 Plan must at least be equal to 85% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant, as determined by our board of directors. The exercise price of incentive stock options granted under our 2010 Plan must at least be equal to 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant, as determined by our board of directors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, options may be granted with a per share exercise price less than the values described in the two preceding sentences pursuant to a transaction described in, and in a manner consistent with, Section 424(a) of the Code. The term of an incentive stock option may not exceed 10 years, except that with respect to any participant who owns 10% of the voting power of all classes of our outstanding stock as of the grant date, the term must not exceed 5 years and the exercise price must equal at least 110% of the fair market value on the grant date. The 2010 Plan administrator determines the terms and conditions of options.

After termination of an employee, director or consultant, he or she may exercise his or her option for the period of time stated in the option agreement. Generally, if termination is due to death, it is expected that the option will remain exercisable for 18 months, and if termination is due to disability, it is expected that the option will remain exercisable for 12 months. In all other cases, it is expected that the option will generally remain exercisable for three months. However, an option generally may not be exercised later than the expiration of its term.

Restricted stock and stock bonuses : Restricted stock may be granted under our 2010 Plan, either as a purchasable award or as a stock bonus. Restricted stock awards are shares of our common stock that vest in accordance with terms and conditions established by the administrator. The administrator will determine the number of shares of restricted stock granted to the award recipient. The administrator may impose whatever conditions to vesting it determines to be appropriate. Shares of restricted stock that do not vest are subject to our right of repurchase or forfeiture. The purchase price of restricted stock awards shall not be less than 85% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant, as determined by the board of directors, provided that restricted shares awarded as a stock bonus do not require the payment of a cash purchase price.

Non-transferability of awards: Our 2010 Plan does not allow for the transfer of awards except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and awards are exercisable (as applicable) during the lifetime of a participant only by the participant, provided that options may also be transferred as permitted by Section 260.140.41(d) of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations.

Corporate transaction : Our 2010 Plan provides that in the event of a corporate transaction, as defined in the 2010 Plan, the surviving or acquiring corporation may assume or substitute an equivalent award for each outstanding award, and any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us in respect of the common stock issued pursuant to the award may be assigned by us to the surviving or acquiring corporation in connection with such corporate transaction. In the event that any surviving corporation or acquiring corporation does not assume or

 

130


Table of Contents

continue any or all outstanding awards, then with respect to awards that are not assumed, continued or substituted, such awards shall terminate if not exercised (if applicable) at or prior to the corporate transaction, and any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us with respect to such awards that are held by participants whose continuous service to us has not terminated shall lapse.

The 2010 Plan provides that in the event of a change in control, awards held by participants whose continuous service to us has not terminated prior to the change in control may be subject to additional acceleration of vesting if such acceleration is provided for in the applicable award agreement. In the absence of any such acceleration provision, no such acceleration shall occur.

Certain adjustments : If any change is made in, or any event occurs with respect to, our common stock without our receipt of consideration through a merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, stock split, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure or other transaction, the 2010 Plan will be appropriately adjusted by the administrator as to the class and maximum number of securities subject to the 2010 Plan and the class, number of securities and price per share of common stock subject to outstanding awards under the 2010 Plan.

Dissolution or liquidation : In the event of our dissolution or liquidation, all outstanding awards shall terminate immediately prior to the completion of such dissolution or liquidation, and shares of common stock subject to any repurchase option in our favor may be repurchased by us, regardless of whether or not the applicable participant’s continuous service with us has terminated.

Amendment, termination : Our 2010 Plan will automatically terminate in 2020 unless we terminate it sooner. In addition, our board of directors has the authority to amend, suspend or terminate the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan provided such action does not impair the rights of any participant with respect to an outstanding stock award.

401(k) Plan

We maintain a tax-qualified retirement plan that provides eligible employees with an opportunity to save for retirement on a tax advantaged basis. All participants’ interests in our matching and profit sharing contributions, if any, vest pursuant to a 6 year graded vesting schedule from the time of contribution. In 2013, we made no matching or profits sharing contributions into the 401(k) plan. Pre-tax contributions are allocated to each participant’s individual account and are then invested in selected investment alternatives according to the participants’ directions. The 401(k) plan is intended to qualify under Sections 401(a) and 501(a) of the Code. As a tax-qualified retirement plan, contributions to the 401(k) plan and earnings on those contributions are not taxable to the employees until distributed from the 401(k) plan, and all contributions are deductible by us when made.

Limitations on Liability and Indemnification Matters

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, each to be effective upon the completion of this offering, will provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers, and may indemnify our employees and other agents, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Delaware law prohibits our amended and restated certificate of incorporation from limiting the liability of our directors for the following:

 

   

any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or to our stockholders;

 

   

acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

   

unlawful payment of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions; and

 

   

any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

 

131


Table of Contents

If Delaware law is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of a director, then the liability of our directors will be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, as so amended. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation does not eliminate a director’s duty of care and, in appropriate circumstances, equitable remedies, such as injunctive or other forms of non-monetary relief, remain available under Delaware law. This provision also does not affect a director’s responsibilities under any other laws, such as the federal securities laws or other state or federal laws. Under our amended and restated bylaws, we will also be empowered to purchase insurance on behalf of any person whom we are required or permitted to indemnify.

In addition to the indemnification required in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, we have entered into an indemnification agreement with each member of our board of directors and each of our officers. These agreements provide for the indemnification of our directors and officers for certain expenses and liabilities incurred in connection with any action, suit, proceeding or alternative dispute resolution mechanism, or hearing, inquiry or investigation that may lead to the foregoing, to which they are a party, or are threatened to be made a party, by reason of the fact that they are or were a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of our company, or any of our subsidiaries, by reason of any action or inaction by them while serving as an officer, director, agent or fiduciary, or by reason of the fact that they were serving at our request as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of another entity. In the case of an action or proceeding by or in the right of our company or any of our subsidiaries, no indemnification will be provided for any claim where a court determines that the indemnified party is prohibited from receiving indemnification. We believe that these charter and bylaw provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duties. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and our stockholders. Moreover, a stockholder’s investment may be harmed to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers and controlling persons pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable. There is no pending litigation or proceeding naming any of our directors or officers as to which indemnification is being sought, nor are we aware of any pending or threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification by any director or officer.

 

132


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

In addition to the director and executive officer compensation arrangements and indemnification arrangements discussed above in the sections titled “Management” and “Executive Compensation” and the registration rights described in the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights,” the following is a description of each transaction since January 1, 2011 and each currently proposed transaction in which:

 

   

we have been or are to be a participant;

 

   

the amount involved exceeded or exceeds $120,000; and

 

   

any of our directors, executive officers or, to our knowledge, beneficial owners of more than 5% of our capital stock, or any immediate family member of or person sharing the household with any of these individuals, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Preferred Stock Financings and Convertible Note Financing

Series D Preferred Stock Financing

On April 23, 2014, we sold an aggregate of 145,073,529 shares of series D convertible preferred stock at a per share purchase price of $0.34 pursuant to a series D preferred stock purchase agreement for aggregate consideration of approximately $49.3 million. The participants in this preferred stock financing included certain of our officers, directors and holders of more than 5% of our capital stock or entities affiliated with them and certain other investors. The following table presents the aggregate number of shares of series D convertible preferred stock issued to these related parties in this preferred stock financing:

 

Name of Stockholder

   Affiliated Director(s)
or Officer(s)
  Number of
Series D
Shares
     Total
Purchase
Price($)
 

OrbiMed Private Investment IV, LP

   Chau Q. Khuong     13,219,872       $ 4,519,236   

Novo A/S

   Peter Bisgaard     12,237,135         4,160,626   

TPG Biotechnology Partners III, L.P.

   Heather Preston, M.D.     12,237,135         4,160,626   

Domain Associates (1)

   Brian Dovey     6,617,647         2,250,000   

RiverVest Venture Partners (2)

   John P. McKearn, Ph.D.     6,308,664         2,144,946   

Avalon Ventures (3)

   Jay Lichter, Ph.D.     4,808,853         1,635,010   

Vickie Capps

   Vickie Capps     735,294         250,000   

Harris Family Trust dated July 27, 2007

   Jeffrey Harris, M.D.,  Ph.D. (4)     73,529         25,000   

The Weber Trust Dated March 9, 2005

   David A. Weber, Ph.D.     44,118         15,000   

 

(1) Consists of 6,568,904 shares of series D convertible preferred stock issued to Domain Partners VIII, L.P. and 48,743 shares of series D convertible preferred stock issued to DP VIII Associates, L.P.
(2) Consists of 4,961,134 shares of series D convertible preferred stock issued to RiverVest Venture Fund II, L.P. and 1,347,530 shares of series D convertible preferred stock issued to RiverVest Venture Fund II (Ohio), L.P.
(3) Consists of 4,808,853 shares of series D convertible preferred stock issued to Avalon Ventures X, L.P.
(4) Dr. Harris resigned from our board of directors in March 2014.

Series C Preferred Stock Financing

Between August 26, 2013 and December 17, 2013, we sold an aggregate of 247,527,782 shares of series C convertible preferred stock at a per share purchase price of $0.25 pursuant to a series C preferred stock purchase agreement for aggregate consideration of approximately $61.9 million, which such amounts include the conversion of the secured convertible promissory notes described below. Participants in this preferred stock financing included certain of our officers, directors and holders of more than 5% of our capital stock or entities affiliated with them and certain other investors, all of which are collectively referred to herein as the Series C

 

133


Table of Contents

Investors. The following table presents the aggregate number of shares issued to these related parties in this preferred stock financing:

 

Name of Stockholder

  

Affiliated Director(s)

or Officer(s)

   Number of
Series C
Shares
     Total
Purchase
Price($) (4)
 

OrbiMed Private Investment IV, LP

   Chau Q. Khuong      60,000,000       $ 15,000,000   

Novo A/S

   Peter Bisgaard      39,781,326         9,945,332   

TPG Biotechnology Partners III, L.P.

   Heather Preston, M.D.      39,781,326         9,945,332   

Avalon Ventures (1)

   Jay Lichter, Ph.D.      37,041,769         9,260,442   

Domain Associates (2)

   Brian Dovey      32,781,326         8,195,332   

RiverVest Venture Partners (3)

   John P. McKearn, Ph.D.      21,520,883         5,380,221   

The Weber Trust Dated March 9, 2005

   David A. Weber, Ph.D.      121,153         30,288   

Harris Family Trust dated July 27, 2007

   Jeffrey Harris, M.D.  Ph.D. (5)      100,000         25,000   

 

(1) Consists of 20,000,000 shares of series C convertible preferred stock issued to Avalon Ventures X, L.P. and 17,041,769 shares of series C convertible preferred stock issued to Avalon Ventures VIII, L.P.
(2) Consists of 32,539,875 shares of series C convertible preferred stock issued to Domain Partners VIII, L.P. and 241,451 shares of series C convertible preferred stock issued to DP VIII Associates, L.P.
(3) Consists of 16,924,023 shares of series C convertible preferred stock issued to RiverVest Venture Fund II, L.P. and 4,596,860 shares of series C convertible preferred stock issued to RiverVest Venture Fund II (Ohio), L.P.
(4) In some cases, all or a portion of the purchase price was accounted for by conversion of promissory notes issued as part of the 2012-2013 bridge financing.
(5) Dr. Harris resigned from our board of directors in March 2014.

2012-2013 Bridge Financing

Between August 23, 2012 and January 22, 2013, we sold an aggregate of $15.0 million in secured convertible promissory notes to certain of the series C Investors. On August 26, 2013, these secured convertible promissory notes converted into 63,927,783 shares of our series C convertible preferred stock pursuant to the terms of the notes. In connection with the issuance of these secured convertible promissory notes, we issued warrants exercisable for an aggregate of 12,003,999 shares of our series C convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $0.25 per share to certain of the Series C Investors. The following table presents the aggregate amount of securities issued to our officers, directors and holders of more than 5% of our capital stock or entities affiliated with them in this bridge financing:

 

Name of Stockholder

   Affiliated Director(s)
or Officer(s)
   Aggregate Principal
Amount of Secured
Convertible
Promissory
Notes($)
     Number of Shares of
Series C Convertible
Preferred Stock
Underlying Warrants
 

Avalon Ventures VIII, L.P.

   Jay Lichter, Ph.D.    $ 4,000,000         3,200,000   

Novo A/S

   Peter Bisgaard      3,000,000         2,400,000   

TPG Biotechnology Partners III, L.P.

   Heather Preston, M.D.      3,000,000         2,400,000   

Domain Associates (1)

   Brian Dovey      3,000,000         2,400,000   

RiverVest Venture Partners (2)

   John P. McKearn, Ph.D.      2,000,000         1,600,000   

The Weber Trust Dated March 9, 2005

   David A. Weber, Ph.D.      4,999         3,999   

 

(1) Consists of $2,977,903 of secured convertible promissory notes issued to Domain Partners VIII, L.P. and $22,097 of secured convertible promissory notes issued to DP VIII Associates, L.P. Consists of 2,382,323 shares of series C convertible preferred stock underlying warrants held by Domain Partners VIII, L.P. and 17,677 shares of series C convertible preferred stock underlying warrants held by DP VIII Associates, L.P.
(2) Consists of $1,572,800 of secured convertible promissory notes issued to RiverVest Venture Fund II, L.P. and $427,200 of secured convertible promissory notes issued to RiverVest Venture Fund II (Ohio), L.P. Consists of 1,258,240 shares of series C convertible preferred stock underlying warrants held by RiverVest Venture Fund III, L.P. and 341,760 shares of series C convertible preferred stock underlying warrants held by RiverVest Venture Fund II (Ohio), L.P.

 

134


Table of Contents

Series B Preferred Stock Financing

Between August 26, 2010 and May 18, 2011, we sold an aggregate of 60,056,304 shares of series B convertible preferred stock at a per share purchase price of $0.4032, pursuant to a series B preferred stock purchase agreement for aggregate consideration of approximately $24.2 million. Participants in this preferred stock financing included certain of our directors and holders of more than 5% of our capital stock or entities affiliated with them and certain other investors. The following table presents the number of shares issued to these related parties in this preferred stock financing:

 

Name of Stockholder

  

Affiliated Director(s)

or Officer(s)

   Number of
Series B
Shares
     Total
Purchase
Price($)
 

Novo A/S

   Peter Bisgaard      15,460,729       $ 6,233,766   

TPG Biotechnology Partners III, L.P.

   Heather Preston, M.D.      15,460,729         6,233,766   

Domain Associates (1)

   Brian Dovey      15,460,729         6,233,766   

RiverVest Venture Partners (2)

   John P. McKearn, Ph.D.      6,957,327         2,805,194   

Avalon Ventures VIII, L.P.

   Jay Lichter, Ph.D.      6,184,291         2,493,506   

Harris Family Trust dated July 27, 2007

   Jeffrey Harris, M.D.,  Ph.D. (3)      154,606         62,337   

 

(1) Consists of 15,346,852 shares of series B convertible preferred stock issued to Domain Partners VIII, L.P. and 113,877 shares of series B convertible preferred stock issued to DP VIII Associates, L.P.
(2) Consists of 5,471,242 shares of series B convertible preferred stock issued to RiverVest Venture Fund II, L.P. and 1,486,085 shares of series B convertible preferred stock issued to RiverVest Venture Fund II (Ohio), L.P.
(3) Dr. Harris resigned from our board of directors in March 2014.

Investors’ Rights Agreement

In connection with our sale and issuance of series D convertible preferred stock in April 2014, we entered into a third amended and restated investors’ rights agreement with the holders of our convertible preferred stock, including all of the holders of more than 5% of our capital stock or entities affiliated with them and with which certain of our directors are affiliated, Vickie Capps, a member of our board of directors, and an entity affiliated with David A. Weber, Ph.D., a member of our board directors and our President and Chief Executive Officer. This agreement provides, among other things, for certain registration rights, information rights and rights of first refusal. For a more detailed description of the registration rights provided for under this agreement, see the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights”.

Stockholders’ Agreement

In connection with our sale and issuance of series D convertible preferred stock in April 2014, we entered into a third amended and restated stockholders’ agreement with certain of the holders of our common stock, the holders of our convertible preferred stock, including all of the holders of more than 5% of our capital stock or entities affiliated with them and with which certain of our directors are affiliated, Vickie Capps, a member of our board of directors, and an entity affiliated with David A. Weber, Ph.D., a member of our board directors and our President and Chief Executive Officer. The parties to the stockholders’ agreement have agreed, subject to certain conditions, to vote the shares of our capital stock held by them so as to elect the following individuals as directors: (1) the person serving as our chief executive officer; (2) one nominee designated by Avalon Ventures VIII, L.P. and its affiliates, currently Jay Lichter, Ph.D.; (3) one nominee designated by Novo A/S and its affiliates, currently Peter Bisgaard; (4) one nominee designated by RiverVest Venture Fund II L.P., RiverVest Venture Fund II (OHIO) L.P., and their affiliates, currently John P. McKearn, Ph.D.; (5) one nominee designated by TPG Biotechnology Partners III, L.P. and its affiliates, currently Heather Preston, M.D.; (6) one nominee designated by Domain Partners VIII, L.P., DP VIII Associates, and their affiliates, currently Brian Dovey; and (7) one nominee designated by OrbiMed Private Investments IV, LP and its affiliates, currently Chau Q. Khuong. In addition, the parties to the stockholders’ agreement have agreed to vote their shares to elect one independent director who is designated by at least 75% of our outstanding convertible preferred stock on an as-converted

 

135


Table of Contents

basis, excluding shares of series A convertible preferred stock and series C convertible preferred stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding warrants, currently Vickie Capps. Further, the stockholders’ agreement contains certain other rights such as a drag-along voting provision and rights of first refusal and co-sale. Upon the consummation of this offering, the obligations of the parties to the stockholders’ agreement to vote their shares so as to elect these nominees, as well as the other rights and obligations under this agreement, will terminate and none of our stockholders will have any special rights regarding the nomination, election or designation of members of our board of directors. Our existing certificate of incorporation contains provisions that correspond to the stockholders’ agreement; however, such provisions will be removed in the amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will be effective at the closing of this offering.

Indemnification of Officers and Directors

We have entered, and intend to continue to enter, into separate indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers, in addition to the indemnification provided for in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws. The indemnification agreements and our amended restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws require us to indemnify our directors, executive officers and certain controlling persons to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. See the section titled “Executive Compensation—Limitations on Liability and Indemnification Matters” above.

Arrangements with Avalon-Affiliated Entities

In 2011, we made payments of $0.3 million in the aggregate to, and received payments of $0.1 million in the aggregate from, entities affiliated with Avalon Ventures, an owner of more than 5% of our capital stock, in connection with various arrangements pursuant to which we and the Avalon-affiliated entities shared common services, such as accounting and finance support, and shared facilities. In 2012, we made payments of approximately $0.1 million in the aggregate to, and received payments of $0.1 million in the aggregate from, such entities in connection with such arrangements. In 2013, we made payments of approximately $30,000 in the aggregate to, and received payments of $0.1 million in the aggregate from, such entities in connection with such arrangements. There are no resource sharing arrangements currently in place with such entities. Jay Lichter, Ph.D., a member of our board of directors, is a managing director at Avalon Ventures.

Related-Person Transactions Policy

Following completion of this offering, our audit committee will have the primary responsibility for reviewing and approving or disapproving “related party transactions,” which, as defined in our written related party transactions policy, are transactions in which we participate and the aggregate amount involved exceeds or may be expected to exceed $120,000, and in which a related person has or will have a direct or indirect material interest. For purposes of this policy, a related person will be defined as a director, executive officer, or nominee for director, in each case at any time since the beginning of the most recently completed year, and their immediate family members, or any person or entity who is or will be, at the time a transaction, arrangement or relationship occurs or exists, a greater than 5% beneficial owner of our common stock, and their immediate family members. Our audit committee charter provides that the audit committee shall review and approve or disapprove any related party transactions.

 

136


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of April 30, 2014 by:

 

   

each person, or group of affiliated persons, who we know to beneficially own more than 5% of our common stock;

 

   

each of our named executive officers;

 

   

each of our directors; and

 

   

all of our executive officers and directors as a group.

The percentage ownership information prior to the offering shown in the table is based on an aggregate of 483,199,467 shares of our common stock and is comprised of 4,333,901 shares of our common stock outstanding as of April 30, 2014 and 478,865,566 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock. The percentage ownership information after the offering assumes the issuance of                 shares of common stock in this offering.

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC. These rules generally attribute beneficial ownership of securities to persons who possess sole or shared voting power or investment power with respect to those securities. In addition, the rules include shares of common stock issuable pursuant to the exercise of stock options and warrants that are either immediately exercisable or exercisable on or before June 29, 2014, which is 60 days after April 30, 2014. These shares are deemed to be outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding those options and warrants for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that person, but they are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Unless otherwise indicated, the persons or entities identified in this table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares shown as beneficially owned by them, subject to applicable community property laws.

Unless otherwise noted below, the address of each of the individuals and entities named in the table below is c/o Otonomy, Inc., 6275 Nancy Ridge Drive, Suite 100, San Diego, California 92121. Beneficial ownership representing less than 1% is denoted with an asterisk (*).

 

     Shares Beneficially
Owned Prior
to this Offering
    Shares Beneficially
Owned After
this Offering

Name of Beneficial Owner

   Shares      Percentage     Shares    Percentage

5% Stockholders:

          

Entities affiliated with Avalon Ventures (1)

     82,515,660         16.8     

OrbiMed Private Investments IV, LP (2)

     73,291,872         15.2     

Novo A/S (3)

     69,879,190         14.4     

TPG Biotechnology Partners III, L.P. (4)

     69,879,190         14.4     

Entities affiliated with Domain Associates (5)

     57,259,702         11.8     

Entities affiliated with Rivervest Venture Partners (6)

     36,386,874         7.5     

Named Executive Officers and Directors:

          

David A. Weber, Ph.D. (7)

     21,494,562         4.3     

Paul E. Cayer (8)

     1,796,875         *        

Carl LeBel, Ph.D. (9)

     1,796,875         *        

Peter Bisgaard (10)

     —           —          

Vickie Capps (11)

     1,485,294         *        

Brian Dovey (12)

     57,259,702         11.8     

Chau Q. Khuong (13)

     73,291,872         15.2     

Jay Lichter, Ph.D. (14)

     82,515,660         16.8     

John P. McKearn, Ph.D. (15)

     36,386,874         7.5     

Heather Preston, M.D. (16)

     —           —          

All executive officers and directors as a group (11 persons) (17)

     276,027,714         53.1     

 

137


Table of Contents

 

(1) Consists of (i) 8,160,310 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Avalon Ventures VIII, L.P. (“Avalon VIII”), (ii) 49,546,497 shares held by Avalon VIII and (iii) 24,808,853 shares held by Avalon Ventures X, L.P (“Avalon X”). Kevin Kinsella, Stephen Tomlin, Richard Levandov, Braden Bohrmann, Douglas Downs and Jay Lichter, Ph.D. are managing directors of Avalon X and Avalon VIII and share voting and dispositive power over the shares held by each entity. Each disclaims beneficial ownership of the securities reported herein except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. The address for these entities is 1134 Kline Street, La Jolla, California 92037.
(2)

Consists of 73,291,872 shares held by OrbiMed Private Investments IV, LP (“OrbiMed”). OrbiMed Capital GPV LLC (“OrbiMed Capital”) is the sole general partner of OrbiMed. OrbiMed Advisors LLC (“OrbiMed Advisors”) is the managing member of OrbiMed Capital. OrbiMed Capital and OrbiMed Advisors may be deemed to have beneficial ownership of the shares held by OrbiMed. Samuel D. Islay is the managing member of and owner of a controlling interest in OrbiMed Advisors and as such may be deemed to have beneficial ownership of the shares held by OrbiMed. Chau Khuong, one of our directors, is employed as a Private Equity Partner at OrbiMed Advisors. Each of OrbiMed Capital, OrbiMed Advisors, Mr. Islay and Mr. Khuong disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by OrbiMed except to the extent of its or his pecuniary interest therein, if any. The address for these entities is 601 Lexington Avenue, 54 th floor, New York, New York 10022.

(3) Consists of (i) 2,400,000 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Novo A/S, a Danish limited liability company (“Novo”) and (ii) 67,479,190 shares held by Novo. The board of directors of Novo consists of Sten Scheibye, Göran Ando, Jeppe Christiansen, Steen Riisgaard and Per Wold-Olsen, who have shared investment and voting control with respect to the shares held by Novo and may exercise such control only with the support of a majority of the members of the Novo board of directors. No individual member of the Novo board of directors is deemed to hold any beneficial ownership or reportable pecuniary interest in the shares held by Novo. Peter Bisgaard, one of our directors, is employed as a partner of Novo Ventures (US) Inc., a consultant to Novo, and is not deemed to beneficially own the shares held by Novo. The address for Novo is Tuborg Havnevej 19, 2900 Hellerup, Denmark.
(4) Consists of (i) 2,400,000 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by TPG Biotechnology Partners III, L.P. (“TPG Biotech”) and (ii) 67,479,190 shares held by TPG Biotech. The general partner of TPG Biotech is TPG Biotechnology GenPar III, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, whose general partner is TPG Biotechnology GenPar III Advisors, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, whose sole member is TPG Holdings I, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, whose general partner is TPG Holdings I-A, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, whose sole member is TPG Group Holdings (SBS), L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, whose general partner is TPG Group Holdings (SBS) Advisors, Inc., a Delaware corporation. David Bonderman and James G. Coulter are officers and sole stockholders of TPG Group Holdings (SBS) Advisors, Inc. and may therefore be deemed to be the beneficial owners of the securities held by the TPG Biotech. Messrs. Bonderman, Coulter disclaim beneficial ownership of the securities reported herein except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein. The address of each of TPG Group Holdings (SBS) Advisors, Inc. and Messrs. Bonderman and Coulter is c/o TPG Global, LLC, 301 Commerce Street, Suite 3300, Fort Worth, Texas 76102.
(5) Consists of (i) 2,382,323 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Domain Partners VIII, L.P. (“Domain”), (ii) 54,455,631 shares held by Domain, (iii) 17,677 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by DP VIII Associates, L.P. (“DP”) and (iv) 404,071 shares held by DP. One Palmer Square Associates VIII, LLC (“One Palmer Square”) is the general partner of Domain and DP, and the Managing Members of One Palmer Square share voting and investment power with respect to the shares held by Domain and DP. Brian Dovey, one of our directors, James C. Blair, Jesse I. Treu, Kathleen K. Schoemaker, Brian K. Halak and Nicole Vitullo (collectively, the “Managing Members”) are each Managing Members of One Palmer Square. The Managing Members disclaim beneficial ownership except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein. The address of these entities is One Palmer Square, Suite 515, Princeton, New Jersey 08542.
(6) Consists of (i) 1,258,240 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by RiverVest Venture Fund II, L.P. (“RiverVest”), (ii) 27,356,399 shares held by RiverVest, (iii) 341,760 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by RiverVest Venture Fund II (Ohio), L.P. (“RiverVest (Ohio)”) and (iv) 7,430,475 shares held by RiverVest (Ohio). John P. McKearn, Ph.D., one of our directors, is an Authorized Person of RiverVest Venture Partners II, LLC (“RiverVest Venture”), the general partner of RiverVest Partners II, L.P. RiverVest Partners II, L.P. is the sole member of RiverVest Venture Partners II (Ohio), LLC, the general partner of RiverVest (Ohio). RiverVest Partners II, L.P. is also the general partner of RiverVest. As an Authorized Person of RiverVest Venture and RiverVest 3x5 Special Opportunity Managers, LLC, Dr. McKearn may be deemed to share dispositive voting and investment power with respect to the shares held by such entities. Dr. McKearn disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. The address of these entities is 7733 Forsyth Boulevard, Suite 1650, St. Louis, Missouri 63105.
(7) Consists of (i) 20,725,292 shares held by Dr. Weber issuable upon the exercise of options that are exercisable within 60 days of April 30, 2014, of which 4,337,701 are fully vested as of April 30, 2014, (ii) 165,271 shares held by The Weber Trust Dated March 9, 2005, for which Dr. Weber serves as a trustee, (iii) 3,999 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by The Weber Trust Dated, March 9, 2005 and (iv) 600,000 shares held of record by Dr. Weber, all of which may be repurchased by us at the original purchase price as of April 30, 2014.
(8) Consists of (i) 1,546,875 shares issuable upon the exercise of options that are exercisable within 60 days of April 30, 2014, of which 1,461,458 are fully vested as of April 30, 2014 and (ii) 250,000 shares.
(9) Consists of (i) 1,496,875 shares issuable upon the exercise of options that are exercisable within 60 days of April 30, 2014, of which 1,413,541 are fully vested as of April 30, 2014 and (ii) 300,000 shares.
(10) Mr. Bisgaard is employed as a partner of Novo Ventures (US) Inc., a consultant to Novo A/S, and is not deemed to beneficially own the shares held by Novo A/S.
(11) Consists of (i) 250,000 shares issuable upon the exercise of options that are exercisable within 60 days of April 30, 2014, none of which are fully vested as of April 30, 2014 and (ii) 1,235,294 shares, of which 479,167 shares may be repurchased by us at the original purchase price as of April 30, 2014.
(12) Consists of the shares listed in footnote (5) above, which are held by entities affiliated with Domain Associates. Mr. Dovey, one of our directors, shares voting and investment power with respect to these shares.

 

138


Table of Contents
(13) Consists of the shares listed in footnote (2) above, which are held by OrbiMed. Mr. Khuong, one of our directors, is a Private Equity Partner at OrbiMed Advisors, the managing member of the general partner of OrbiMed. Mr. Khuong disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein, if any.
(14) Consists of the shares listed in footnote (1) above, which are held by entities affiliated with Avalon Ventures. Dr. Lichter, one of our directors, shares voting and dispositive power with respect to these shares. Dr. Lichter disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.
(15) Consists of the shares listed in footnote (6) above, which are held by entities affiliated with RiverVest Venture Partners. Dr. McKearn, one of our directors, may be deemed to share dispositive voting and investment power with respect to these shares. Dr. McKearn disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.
(16) Dr. Preston, one of our directors, is a TPG Partner. Dr. Preston has no voting power or investment power over and disclaims beneficial ownership of the securities held by TPG Biotech. Dr. Preston’s business address is c/o TPG Global, LLC, 301 Commerce Street, Suite 3300, Fort Worth, TX 76102.
(17) Consist of (i) 239,844,363 shares beneficially owned by our current executive officers and directors, of which 1,079,167 shares may be repurchased by us at the original exercise price as of April 30, 2014, (ii) 12,164,309 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants and (iii) 24,019,042 shares issuable upon the exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of April 30, 2014, of which 7,233,533 are fully vested as of April 30, 2014.

 

139


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

The following description summarizes the most important terms of our capital stock, as they are expected to be in effect upon the completion of this offering. We expect to adopt an amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws in connection with the completion of this offering, and this description summarizes the provisions that are expected to be included in such documents. This summary does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, copies of which have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. For a complete description of our capital stock, you should refer to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws and third amended and restated investors’ rights agreement, that are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and to the applicable provisions of Delaware law. Immediately following the completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of                 shares of common stock, $0.001 par value per share, and                 shares of undesignated preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share.

Common Stock

Outstanding Shares

On April 30, 2014, there were 4,333,901 shares of common stock outstanding, held of record by 41 stockholders. Based on such number of shares of common stock outstanding as of April 30, 2014, and assuming (i) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 478,865,566 shares of our common stock in connection with the closing of this offering and (2) the issuance by us of                 shares of common stock in this offering, there will be                 shares of common stock outstanding upon closing of this offering. Our board of directors is authorized, without stockholder approval, to issue additional shares of our capital stock.

As of April 30, 2014, there were 48,066,232 shares of common stock subject to outstanding stock awards under the 2010 Plan.

Dividend Rights

Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any then outstanding convertible preferred stock, holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by our board of directors out of legally available funds. We have never declared or paid cash dividends on any of our capital stock and currently do not anticipate paying any cash dividends after this offering or in the foreseeable future.

Voting Rights

Following the completion of this offering, there will be              shares of common stock authorized for issuance. Pursuant to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, each holder of our common stock will be entitled to one vote for each share on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders; provided, however, that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of our common stock, as such, shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of preferred stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. Pursuant to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, corporate actions can generally be taken by a majority of our board and/or stockholders holding a majority of our outstanding shares, except as otherwise indicated in the section entitled “Anti-takeover Effects of Delaware Law and Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws,” where certain amendments to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws require the vote of at least two-thirds of our then outstanding voting securities. Additionally, our stockholders do not have cumulative voting rights in the election of directors. Accordingly, holders of a plurality of the votes cast at a meeting of stockholders will be able to elect all of the directors then standing for election.

 

140


Table of Contents

Right to Receive Liquidation Distributions

In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of our common stock will be entitled to share ratably in the net assets legally available for distribution to stockholders after the payment of all of our debts and other liabilities and the satisfaction of any liquidation preference granted to the holders of any then outstanding shares of preferred stock.

Rights and Preferences

Holders of our common stock have no preemptive, conversion, subscription or other rights, and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to our common stock. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of our common stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of our preferred stock that we may designate in the future.

Fully Paid and Nonassessable

All of our outstanding shares of common stock are, and the shares of common stock to be issued pursuant to this offering, when paid for, will be fully paid and nonassessable.

Preferred Stock

As of April 30, 2014, we had outstanding an aggregate of 464,607,232 shares of convertible preferred stock held of record by 39 stockholders.

Immediately prior to the completion of this offering, all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock will be automatically converted into 478,865,566 shares of common stock. Immediately after the completion of this offering, our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by our stockholders, to issue up to                 shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions thereof. These rights, preferences and privileges could include dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preferences, sinking fund terms and the number of shares constituting any series or the designation of such series, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of common stock. The issuance of preferred stock by us could adversely affect the voting power of holders of common stock and the likelihood that such holders will receive dividend payments and payments upon liquidation. In addition, the issuance of preferred stock could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change of control of our company or other corporate action. Upon the completion of this offering, no shares of preferred stock will be outstanding, and we have no present plan to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Stock Options

As of April 30, 2014, there were 48,066,232 shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options pursuant to the 2010 Plan at a weighted-average exercise price of $0.06 per share.

Warrants

As of April 30, 2014, we had the following warrants outstanding:

 

   

warrants exercisable for an aggregate of 2,278,637 shares of our series A convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $0.8843 per share issued to various purchasers in connection with our 2008-2010 bridge financing. These warrants expire on various dates between November 4, 2018 and May 28, 2020, but expire earlier upon a capital reorganization or reclassification of our capital stock, merger of our company with or into another organization, or the sale of all or substantially all of our assets. To the extent that these warrants are not exercised prior to the offering contemplated by this prospectus, they will be exercisable for a maximum of 4,997,509 shares of common stock at the series A conversion rate of 1:2.193204365. These warrants contain provisions for adjustment of the exercise price and number of shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants in the event of certain stock dividends, subdivisions and stock splits or combinations;

 

141


Table of Contents
   

warrants exercisable for an aggregate of 12,003,999 shares of our series C convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $0.25 per share issued to various purchasers in connection with our 2012-2013 bridge financing. These warrants expire on various dates between August 23, 2022 and January 22, 2023, but expire early upon a change in control of our company, or the completion of the offering contemplated by this prospectus. These warrants contain provisions for adjustment of the exercise price and number of shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants in the event of certain stock dividends, stock splits, reorganizations, reclassifications, consolidations and redemption; and

 

   

a warrant exercisable for up to a maximum of 840,000 shares of our series C convertible preferred stock, where such number of shares is determined by the principal amount of our borrowings under our credit line with Square 1 Bank. This warrant is currently not exercisable for any shares, as there have been no borrowings under the credit line. This warrant contains a provision for adjustment of the exercise price and number of shares issuable upon the exercise of the warrant in the event of certain stock dividends or subdivisions. The expiration date of the warrant is July 31, 2023, or, in the event we complete this offering within the three-year period immediately prior to July 31, 2023, the expiration date will automatically be extended to the third anniversary of the effective date of this offering. If this warrant is not exercised prior to the expiration date, it will be deemed automatically exercised by a cashless conversion pursuant to a net exercise provision.

These warrants have a net exercise provision under which their holders may, in lieu of payment of the exercise price in cash, surrender the warrant and receive a net amount of shares based on the fair market value of our stock at the time of exercise of the warrants after deduction of the aggregate exercise price.

Exclusive Jurisdiction

Unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for: (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of us; (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers or other employees to us or our stockholders; (iii) any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws; (iv) any action to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws; or (v) any action asserting a claim against us governed by the internal affairs doctrine, in each such case, subject to said Court of Chancery having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants therein. The enforceability of similar choice of forum provisions in other companies’ certificates of incorporation has been challenged in legal proceedings, and it is possible that, in connection with any action, a court could find the choice of forum provisions contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in such action.

Registration Rights

After the completion of this offering, the holders of an aggregate of up to 498,996,680 shares of our common stock, including shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options and warrants, or their permitted transferees, are entitled to rights with respect to the registration of such shares under the Securities Act. We refer to these shares as “registrable securities.” These rights are provided under the terms of our third amended and restated investors’ rights agreement between us and the holders of registrable securities, and include demand registration rights, “piggyback” registration rights and Form S-3 registration rights.

These registration rights will terminate as to a given holder of registrable securities upon the earliest of (i) that date that is five years following closing of this offering or (ii) when such holder and such holder’s affiliates can sell all of such holder’s registrable securities during a three-month period without registration in compliance with Rule 144 of the Securities Act.

 

142


Table of Contents

Generally, we are required to pay the registration expenses (other than underwriters’ and brokers’ discounts and commissions) in connection with the registrations described below, including the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for the selling holder or holders of registrable securities. In an underwritten offering, the underwriters have the right to limit the number of shares registered by the holders of registrable securities for marketing reasons, subject to certain limitations. In connection with the completion of this offering, each holder of registrable securities has agreed or will agree not to sell or otherwise dispose of any securities without the prior written consent of the underwriters for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to certain terms and conditions. See the section titled “Shares Eligible for Future Sale — Lock-Up Agreements” for additional information.

Demand Registration Rights

At any time beginning on the earlier of (i) April 23, 2017, and (ii) six months after the completion of this offering, upon the written request of at least a majority of the then outstanding registrable securities that we file a registration statement under the Securities Act (provided that the anticipated aggregate offering price of such shares is greater than $5.0 million, we will be obligated to notify all holders of registrable securities of such request and to use our reasonable best efforts to register the sale of all registrable securities that holders may request to be registered. We are only obligated to file up to two registration statements which are declared or ordered effective in connection with the exercise of these demand registration rights These demand registration rights are subject to specified conditions and limitations, including the right of the underwriters to limit the number of shares included in any such registration under certain circumstances. Additionally, we are not required to effect a demand registration during the period beginning with the date sixty days prior to our good faith estimate of the date of filing of our first registration statement for a public offering of our securities.

Piggyback Registration Rights

If we propose to register any of our securities under the Securities Act in connection with the public offering of such securities, the holders of registrable securities will be entitled to certain “piggyback” registration rights allowing such holders to include their shares in such registration, subject to certain limitations. As a result, whenever we propose to file a registration statement under the Securities Act, other than with respect to a registration related to either to the sale of securities to our employees pursuant to a stock plan, stock purchase or similar plan or a registration related to a corporate reorganization or transaction under Rule 145 of the Securities Act of registrable securities are entitled to notice of the registration and have the right to include their shares in the registration. These registration rights are subject to specified conditions and limitations, including the right of the underwriters to limit the number of shares included in any such registration statement under certain circumstances.

Form S-3 Registration Rights

At any time after we are eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3, upon the written request from the holders of at least 10% of the outstanding shares of registrable securities, holders of registrable securities have the right to demand that we file a registration statement on Form S-3 so long as the aggregate amount of shares to be offered and sold under such registration statement on Form S-3 is at least $1.0 million (net of any underwriters’ discounts or commissions). We are not required to effect a registration on Form S-3 if we have already effected two registrations on Form S-3 for the holders pursuant to Form S-3 Registration Rights within the twelve-month period preceding the date of the request. Additionally, we are not required to effect such registration in any jurisdiction in which we would be required to qualify to do business or execute a general consent of process in effecting such registration.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law and Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

The provisions of Delaware law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws may have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another person from acquiring control of our company. These provisions, which are summarized below, may have the effect of discouraging takeover

 

143


Table of Contents

bids. They are also designed, in part, to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to negotiate first with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with an unfriendly or unsolicited acquirer outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging a proposal to acquire us because negotiation of these proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

Delaware Law

We are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. In general, Section 203 prohibits a public Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. A “business combination” includes mergers, asset sales or other transactions resulting in a financial benefit to the stockholder. An “interested stockholder” is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or within three years of the date on which it is sought to be determined whether such person is an “interested stockholder,” did own, 15% or more of the corporation’s outstanding voting stock. These provisions may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in our control.

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaw Provisions

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws include a number of provisions that could deter hostile takeovers or delay or prevent changes in control of our management team, including the following:

 

   

Board of directors vacancies . Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will authorize only our board of directors to fill vacant directorships, including newly created seats. In addition, the number of directors constituting our board of directors will be permitted to be set only by a resolution adopted by our board of directors. These provisions would prevent a stockholder from increasing the size of our board of directors and then gaining control of our board of directors by filling the resulting vacancies with its own nominees. This makes it more difficult to change the composition of our board of directors but promotes continuity of management.

 

   

Classified board . Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will provide that our board is classified into three classes of directors. A third party may be discouraged from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us as it is more difficult and time consuming for stockholders to replace a majority of the directors on a classified board of directors. See “Management—Board Composition” for additional information.

 

   

Stockholder action; special meeting of stockholders. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that our stockholders may not take action by written consent, but may only take action at annual or special meetings of our stockholders. As a result, a holder controlling a majority of our capital stock would not be able to amend our amended and restated bylaws or remove directors without holding a meeting of our stockholders called in accordance with our amended and restated bylaws. Our amended and restated bylaws will further provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by a majority of our board of directors, the Chairman of our Board of Directors, our Chief Executive Officer or our President, thus prohibiting a stockholder from calling a special meeting. These provisions might delay the ability of our stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or for stockholders controlling a majority of our capital stock to take any action, including the removal of directors.

 

   

Advance notice requirements for stockholder proposals and director nominations. Our amended and restated bylaws will provide advance notice procedures for stockholders seeking to bring business before our annual meeting of stockholders or to nominate candidates for election as directors at our annual meeting of stockholders. Our amended and restated bylaws will also specify certain requirements regarding the form and content of a stockholder’s notice. These provisions might

 

144


Table of Contents
 

preclude our stockholders from bringing matters before our annual meeting of stockholders or from making nominations for directors at our annual meeting of stockholders if the proper procedures are not followed. We expect that these provisions may also discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company.

 

   

No cumulative voting. The Delaware General Corporation Law provides that stockholders are not entitled to the right to cumulate votes in the election of directors unless a corporation’s certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will not provide for cumulative voting.

 

   

Directors removed only for cause. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that stockholders may remove directors only for cause.

 

   

Amendment of charter provisions. Any amendment of the above provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation would require approval by holders of at least two-thirds of our then outstanding voting securities.

 

   

Issuance of undesignated preferred stock. Our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by the stockholders, to issue up to                 shares of undesignated preferred stock with rights and preferences, including voting rights, designated from time to time by our board of directors. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock would enable our board of directors to render more difficult or to discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or other means.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

Upon the completion of this offering, the transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be                 . The transfer agent and registrar’s address is                 . Our shares of common stock will be issued in uncertificated form only, subject to limited circumstances.

Market Listing

We intend to apply to list our common stock on The NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “OTIC.”

 

145


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock, and we cannot predict the effect, if any, that market sales of shares of our common stock or the availability of shares of our common stock for sale will have on the market price of our common stock prevailing from time to time. Future sales of our common stock in the public market, or the availability of such shares for sale in the public market, could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time. As described below, only a limited number of shares will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Nevertheless, sales of our common stock in the public market after such restrictions lapse, or the perception that those sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price at such time and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

Following the completion of this offering, and after giving effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock which will occur upon the completion of this offering, based on the number of shares of our capital stock outstanding as of March 31, 2014, we will have a total of                 shares of our common stock outstanding. Of these outstanding shares, all of the shares of common stock sold in this offering, plus any shares sold upon exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to an additional                 shares of common stock from us in this offering, will be freely tradable, except that any shares purchased in this offering by our affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, would only be able to be sold in compliance with the Rule 144 limitations described below.

The remaining outstanding shares of our common stock will be deemed “restricted securities” as defined in Rule 144. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if they are registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below. In addition, holders of all or substantially all of our equity securities have entered into or will enter into lock-up agreements with the underwriters under which they have agreed, subject to specific exceptions, not to sell any of our stock for at least 180 days following the date of this prospectus, as described below. As a result of these agreements, subject to the provisions of Rule 144 or Rule 701, based on an assumed offering date of March 31, 2014, shares will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

 

   

beginning on the date of this prospectus, the                 shares of common stock sold in this offering will be immediately available for sale in the public market;

 

   

beginning 181 days after the date of this prospectus,                 additional shares of common stock will become eligible for sale in the public market, of which                 shares will be held by affiliates and subject to the volume and other restrictions of Rule 144, as described below; and

 

   

the remainder of the shares of common stock will be eligible for sale in the public market from time to time thereafter, subject in some cases to the volume and other restrictions of Rule 144, as described below.

Lock-Up Agreements

We, our officers and directors and holders of substantially all of our common stock and securities convertible into or exchangeable for our common stock, have agreed or will agree that, subject to certain exceptions and under certain conditions, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, we and they will not, without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, dispose of or hedge any shares or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of our capital stock. J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated may, in their discretion, release any of the securities subject to these lock-up agreements at any time.

In the event that any holders of our common stock (including any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock) are granted an early release, then the stockholders who are party to our amended and restated stockholders’ agreement will be granted an early release from their obligations under the lock-up agreement on a pro rata basis.

 

146


Table of Contents

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, once we have been subject to the public company reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act for at least 90 days, a person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, is entitled to sell those shares without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144, subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, then that person would be entitled to sell those shares without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144.

In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, and upon expiration of the lock-up agreements described above, our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are entitled to sell within any three-month period, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

   

1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately                 shares immediately after this offering assuming no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to an additional                 shares of common stock from us in this offering; or

 

   

the average weekly trading volume of our common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to that sale;

provided, in each case, that we have been subject to the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least 90 days before the sale. Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

Rule 701 generally allows a stockholder who purchased shares of our common stock pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of our company during the immediately preceding 90 days to sell these shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the public information, holding period, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates of our company to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required by that rule to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling those shares pursuant to Rule 701.

Registration Rights

On the date beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus, the holders of an aggregate of up to 498,966,680 shares of our common stock, including shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options and warrants, or their permitted transferees, will be entitled to various rights with respect to the registration of these shares under the Securities Act. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming fully tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration, except for shares purchased by affiliates. See the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights” for additional information.

Equity Incentive Plans

Following the completion of this offering, we intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register shares of our common stock issued or reserved for issuance under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, 2014 Equity Incentive Plan and 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. The registration statement

 

147


Table of Contents

on Form S-8 will become effective immediately upon filing, and shares covered by such registration statement will thereupon be eligible for sale in the public markets, subject to vesting restrictions, the lock-up agreements described above and Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates. See the section titled “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans” for additional information.

Warrants

Upon the closing of this offering, warrants entitling holders to purchase an aggregate of 4,997,509 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.8843 per share will be outstanding (assuming no exercise of warrants to purchase our series A convertible preferred stock and that no shares will be exercisable under the warrant to purchase series C convertible preferred stock issued to Square 1 Bank; all other warrants to purchase series C convertible preferred stock will terminate upon the closing of this offering).

See the section titled “Description of Capital Stock” for additional information. Such shares issued upon exercise of the warrants may be able to be sold after the expiration of the lock-up period described above subject the requirements of Rule 144 described above.

 

148


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common stock to non-U.S. holders (as defined below), but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all the potential tax considerations relating thereto. This summary is based upon the provisions of the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, administrative rulings and judicial decisions, all as of the date hereof. These authorities may be changed, possibly retroactively, so as to result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those set forth below. We have not sought any ruling from the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) with respect to the statements made and the conclusions reached in the following summary, and there can be no assurance that the IRS will agree with such statements and conclusions.

This summary also does not address the tax considerations arising under the laws of any non-U.S., state or local jurisdiction or under U.S. federal gift and estate tax laws, except to the limited extent set forth below. In addition, this discussion does not address any tax considerations applicable to an investor’s particular circumstances or to investors that may be subject to special tax rules, including, without limitation:

 

   

banks, insurance companies or other financial institutions;

 

   

persons subject to the alternative minimum tax or the tax on net investment income;

 

   

tax-exempt organizations;

 

   

controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign investment companies and corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

 

   

dealers in securities or currencies;

 

   

traders in securities that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for their securities holdings;

 

   

persons that own, or are deemed to own, more than five percent of our capital stock (except to the extent specifically set forth below);

 

   

certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;

 

   

persons who hold our common stock as a position in a hedging transaction, “straddle,” “conversion transaction” or other risk reduction transaction;

 

   

persons who hold or receive our common stock pursuant to the exercise of any warrant or option or otherwise as compensation;

 

   

persons who do not hold our common stock as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code; or

 

   

persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code.

In addition, if a partnership, entity or arrangement classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner generally will depend on the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. Accordingly, partnerships that hold our common stock, and partners in such partnerships, should consult their tax advisors.

You are urged to consult your tax advisor with respect to the application of the U.S. federal income tax laws to your particular situation, as well as any tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock arising under the U.S. federal estate or gift tax laws or under the laws of any state, local, non-U.S. or other taxing jurisdiction or under any applicable tax treaty.

 

149


Table of Contents

Non-U.S. Holder Defined

For purposes of this discussion, you are a non-U.S. holder if you are any holder other than a partnership (or other entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) or:

 

   

an individual citizen or resident of the United States (for U.S. federal income tax purposes);

 

   

a corporation or other entity taxable as a corporation created or organized in the United States or under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof;

 

   

an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

   

a trust (x) whose administration is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and that has one or more U.S. persons who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (y) that has made a valid election under applicable Treasury Regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

Distributions

We do not anticipate making any distributions on our common stock following the completion of this offering. However, if we do make distributions on our common stock, those payments will constitute dividends for U.S. tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent those distributions exceed both our current and our accumulated earnings and profits, they will constitute a return of capital and will first reduce your basis in our common stock, but not below zero, and then will be treated as gain from the sale of stock.

Subject to the discussion below on effectively connected income, any dividend paid to you generally will be subject to U.S. withholding tax either at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividend or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty, subject to the discussion below on common stock held by or through foreign entities. In order to receive a reduced treaty rate, you must provide us with an IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E or other appropriate version of IRS Form W-8 certifying qualification for the reduced rate. A non-U.S. holder of shares of our common stock eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. If the non-U.S. holder holds the stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on the non-U.S. holder’s behalf, the non-U.S. holder will be required to provide appropriate documentation to the agent, which then will be required to provide certification to us or our paying agent, either directly or through other intermediaries.

Dividends received by you that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, such dividends are attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by you in the United States), are includible in your gross income in the taxable year received, and are generally exempt from such withholding tax, subject to the discussion below on backup withholding and on common stock held by or through foreign entities. In order to obtain this exemption, you must provide us with an IRS Form W-8ECI or other applicable IRS Form W-8 properly certifying such exemption. Such effectively connected dividends, although not subject to withholding tax, are taxed at the same graduated rates applicable to U.S. persons, net of certain deductions and credits, subject to an applicable income tax treaty providing otherwise. In addition, if you are a corporate non-U.S. holder, dividends you receive that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business may also be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. You should consult your tax advisor regarding any applicable tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

 

150


Table of Contents

Gain on Disposition of Common Stock

Subject to the discussion below on backup withholding and on common stock held by or through foreign entities, you generally will not be required to pay U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of our common stock unless:

 

   

the gain is effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the gain is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by you in the United States);

 

   

you are an individual who is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the calendar year in which the sale or disposition occurs and certain other conditions are met; or

 

   

our common stock constitutes a U.S. real property interest by reason of our status as a “United States real property holding corporation,” or USRPHC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding your disposition of, or your holding period for, our common stock.

We believe that we are not currently and will not become a USRPHC. However, because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property relative to the fair market value of our other business assets, there can be no assurance that we will not become a USRPHC in the future. Even if we become a USRPHC, however, as long as our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, your common stock will be treated as U.S. real property interests only if you actually or constructively hold more than five percent of such regularly traded common stock at any time during the shorter of the five-year period preceding your disposition of, or your holding period for, our common stock.

If you are a non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet above, you will be required to pay tax on the net gain derived from the sale under regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates, and a corporate non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet above also may be subject to the branch profits tax at a 30% rate, or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. If you are an individual non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet above, you will be subject to tax at 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on the gain derived from the sale, which tax may be offset by U.S. source capital losses for the year. You should consult any applicable income tax or other treaties that may provide for different rules.

Federal Estate Tax

Our common stock beneficially owned by an individual who is not a citizen or resident of the United States (as defined for U.S. federal estate tax purposes) at the time of their death will generally be includable in the decedent’s gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

Generally, we must report annually to the IRS the amount of dividends paid to you, your name and address, and the amount of tax withheld, if any. A similar report will be sent to you. Pursuant to applicable income tax treaties or other agreements, the IRS may make these reports available to tax authorities in your country of residence.

Payments of dividends or of proceeds on the disposition of stock made to you may be subject to information reporting and backup withholding at a current rate of 28% unless you establish an exemption, for example, by properly certifying your non-U.S. status on an IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E or another appropriate version of IRS Form W-8. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding and information reporting may apply if either we or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that you are a U.S. person.

 

151


Table of Contents

Backup withholding is not an additional tax; rather, the U.S. federal income tax liability of persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund or credit may generally be obtained from the IRS, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS in a timely manner.

Foreign Accounts

Code Sections 1471-1474 and the regulations issued thereunder generally will impose a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on dividends on, and the gross proceeds from a sale or other disposition of our common stock, paid to a “foreign financial institution” (as specially defined under these rules), unless such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to, among other things, withhold on certain payments and to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding the U.S. account holders of such institution (which includes certain equity and debt holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners) or otherwise establishes an exemption. The legislation also generally will impose a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on dividends on and the gross proceeds from a sale or other disposition of our common stock paid to a “non-financial foreign entity” (as defined under these rules) unless such entity provides the withholding agent with a certification identifying the direct and indirect U.S. owners of the entity or otherwise establishes an exemption. The withholding obligations under this legislation are expected to apply to dividends on our common stock paid on or after July 1, 2014 and to the gross proceeds of a sale or other disposition of our common stock on or after January 1, 2017. Under certain circumstances, a non-U.S. holder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes. An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country may modify the requirements described in this paragraph. Prospective investors are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of this legislation on their investment in our common stock.

The preceding discussion of U.S. federal tax considerations is for general information only. It is not tax advice. Each prospective investor should consult its own tax advisor regarding the particular U.S. federal, state and local and non-U.S. tax consequences of purchasing, holding and disposing of our common stock, including the consequences of any proposed change in applicable laws.

 

152


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

We are offering the shares of common stock described in this prospectus through a number of underwriters. J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated are acting as joint book running managers of the offering and as representatives of the underwriters. We will enter into an underwriting agreement with the underwriters. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, we will agree to sell to the underwriters, and each underwriter will severally agree to purchase, at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the number of shares of common stock listed next to its name in the following table:

 

Name

   Number of
Shares

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

  

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

                      Incorporated

  

Piper Jaffray & Co.

  

Sanford C. Bernstein & Co., LLC

  
  

 

Total

  
  

 

The underwriters will be committed to purchase all the common shares offered by us if they purchase any shares. The underwriting agreement will also provide that if an underwriter defaults, the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may also be increased or the offering may be terminated.

The underwriters propose to offer the common shares directly to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to certain dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $         per share. Any such dealers may resell shares to certain other brokers or dealers at a discount of up to $         per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial public offering of the shares, the offering price and other selling terms may be changed by the underwriters. Sales of shares made outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters.

The underwriters will have an option to buy up to         additional shares of common stock from us. The underwriters will have 30 days from the date of this prospectus to exercise this option. If any shares are purchased with this option, the underwriters will purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as shown in the table above. If any additional shares of common stock are purchased, the underwriters will offer the additional shares on the same terms as those on which the shares are being offered.

The underwriting fee is equal to the public offering price per share of common stock less the amount paid by the underwriters to us per share of common stock. The underwriting fee is $         per share. The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

 

     Without
Exercise
of Option
to Purchase
Additional
Shares
     With Full
Exercise
of Option
to Purchase
Additional
Shares
 

Per Share

   $                    $                

Total

   $                    $                

We estimate that the total expenses of this offering, including registration, filing and listing fees, printing fees and legal and accounting expenses, but excluding the underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $        . We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for all expenses relating to the clearance of this offering with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority in an amount not to exceed $                 .

 

153


Table of Contents

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the web sites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in the offering. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters and selling group members that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

We have agreed that we will not (i) offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing, or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers all or a portion of the economic consequences associated with the ownership of any shares of common stock or any such other securities (regardless of whether any of these transactions are to be settled by the delivery of shares of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise), in each case without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, other than the shares of our common stock to be sold hereunder and any shares of our common stock issued upon the exercise of options granted under our existing management incentive plans.

Our directors and executive officers, and certain of our significant shareholders have entered into lock up agreements with the underwriters prior to the commencement of this offering pursuant to which each of these persons or entities, with limited exceptions, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, may not, without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, (1) offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock (including, without limitation, common stock or such other securities which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by such directors, executive officers, managers and members in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and securities which may be issued upon exercise of a stock option or warrant) or (2) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock or such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, or (3) make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any shares of our common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock. The restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph do not apply to certain transactions, including:

 

   

shares to be purchased or sold pursuant to the underwriting agreement in this offering;

 

   

common stock acquired in open market transactions on or after the date of this prospectus, provided that no filing by any party (donor, donee, transferor or transferee) under the Exchange Act or other public announcement shall be required or shall be made voluntarily in connection with such transfer or distribution (other than a filing on a Form 5 made after the expiration of the lock-up period);

 

   

transfers of common stock (i) as a bona fide gift, (ii) to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the undersigned or the immediately family member of the undersigned, or if the undersigned is a trust, to any beneficiary (including such beneficiary’s estate) of the undersigned, (iii) by will or intestate succession upon the death of the undersigned, or (iv) to another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other business entity that is a direct or indirect affiliate (as defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act) of the party subject to the lock-up restrictions or as part of a distribution without consideration to stockholders, beneficiaries, partners, members or other equity holders, provided that in the case of any transfer contemplated in clauses (i) through (iv) above, each donee, heir, distributee or other transferee shall execute and deliver a lock-up letter substantially in the

 

154


Table of Contents
 

form executed by the party subject to the lock-up restrictions, and provided, further, that no filing by any party (donor, donee, transferor or transferee) under the Exchange Act or other public announcement shall be required or shall be made voluntarily in connection with such transfer or distribution (other than a filing on a Form 5 made after the expiration of the Lock-up Period);

 

   

the “net” or “cashless” exercise of options to purchase common stock or settlement of restricted stock units pursuant to our equity incentive plans or of warrants to purchase our securities, or the exchange or conversion of any securities convertible or exchangeable for common stock granted pursuant to our equity incentive plans, in each case which equity incentive plans and warrants are described in this prospectus, provided that any exercise or settlement does not involve a sale of securities to any person or entity other than us, whether to cover the applicable exercise price, withholding tax obligation or otherwise, provided, further, that the securities received upon such exercise, settlement, exchange or conversion shall be subject to the terms of this letter agreement and that no filing by any party under the Exchange Act or other public announcement shall be required or shall be made voluntarily in connection therewith (other than a filing on a Form 5 made after the expiration of the Lock-up Period);

 

   

dispositions to us pursuant to agreements under which the shares were issued and we have the option to repurchase such shares or securities or a right of first refusal with respect to transfers of such shares or securities, provided that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall be required or shall be voluntarily made within 30 days after the date of this prospectus, and after such 30th day, any filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall clearly indicate in the footnotes thereto that (i) the filing relates to the transfer of such shares or securities to the Company pursuant to such repurchase option or right of first refusal, as the case may be, and (ii) no shares were sold by the reporting person;

 

   

in connection with the conversion of our outstanding preferred stock into shares of our common stock, provided that the securities so received shall be subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in the agreement;

 

   

pursuant to a bona fide third-party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction made to all holders of our capital stock involving a change of control of the Company, provided that in the event that such tender offer, merger, consolidation or other such transaction is not completed, the securities held by the party subject to the lock-up restrictions shall remain subject to such restrictions;

 

   

transfers by operation of law, such as pursuant to a domestic relations order or in connection with a divorce settlement, provided that any transferee shall execute and deliver a lock-up letter substantially in the form executed by the party subject to the lock-up restrictions; or

 

   

the establishment of a written plan meeting the requirements of Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act relating to the sale of securities, provided that the securities subject to such plan may not be sold and no public disclosure of any such action shall be required or shall be voluntarily made by any person during the lock-up period.

We will agree to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

We will apply to have our common stock approved for listing/quotation on The NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “OTIC.”

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, which involves making bids for, purchasing and selling shares of common stock in the open market for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock while this offering is in progress. These stabilizing transactions may include making short sales of the common stock, which involves the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares of common stock than they are required to purchase in this offering, and purchasing shares of common stock on the open market to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales may be “covered” shorts, which are short positions in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase

 

155


Table of Contents

additional shares referred to above, or may be “naked” shorts, which are short positions in excess of that amount. The underwriters may close out any covered short position either by exercising their option, in whole or in part, or by purchasing shares in the open market. In making this determination, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market compared to the price at which the underwriters may purchase shares through their option. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. To the extent that the underwriters create a naked short position, they will purchase shares in the open market to cover the position.

The underwriters have advised us that, pursuant to Regulation M of the Securities Act, they may also engage in other activities that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common stock, including the imposition of penalty bids. This means that if the representatives of the underwriters purchase common stock in the open market in stabilizing transactions or to cover short sales, the representatives can require the underwriters that sold those shares as part of this offering to repay the underwriting discount received by them.

These activities may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of the common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock, and, as a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If the underwriters commence these activities, they may discontinue them at any time. The underwriters may carry out these transactions on NASDAQ, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters. In determining the initial public offering price, we and the representatives of the underwriters expect to consider a number of factors including:

 

   

the information set forth in this prospectus and otherwise available to the representatives;

 

   

our prospects and the history and prospects for the industry in which we compete;

 

   

an assessment of our management;

 

   

our prospects for future earnings;

 

   

the general condition of the securities markets at the time of this offering;

 

   

the recent market prices of, and demand for, publicly traded common stock of generally comparable companies; and

 

   

other factors deemed relevant by the underwriters and us.

Neither we nor the underwriters can assure investors that an active trading market will develop for our common shares, or that the shares will trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

Selling Restrictions

General

Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.

 

156


Table of Contents

United Kingdom

Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

(1) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the FSMA) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of our common shares in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us; and

(2) it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to our common shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”), an offer to the public of any shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus (the “Shares”) may not be made in that Relevant Member State, except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any Shares may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:

(1) to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

(2) to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

(3) in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of Shares shall result in a requirement for the publication by us or any underwriter of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any Shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any Shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any Shares, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State, the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State, and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

Switzerland

The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange, or the SIX, or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this prospectus nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this prospectus nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the Company, the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market

 

157


Table of Contents

Supervisory Authority FINMA, and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes, or the CISA. The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.

Hong Kong

The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”), (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law.

Japan

The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law) and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates have provided in the past to us and our affiliates and may provide from time to time in the future certain commercial banking, financial advisory, investment banking and other services for us and such affiliates in the ordinary course of their business, for which they have received and

 

158


Table of Contents

may continue to receive customary fees and commissions. In addition, from time to time, certain of the underwriters and their affiliates may effect transactions for their own account or the account of customers, and hold on behalf of themselves or their customers, long or short positions in our debt or equity securities or loans, and may do so in the future.

 

159


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, Palo Alto, California. The underwriters are being represented by Cooley LLP, San Diego, California, in connection with this offering.

EXPERTS

Ernst & Young, LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, has audited our financial statements as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and for the years then ended, as set forth in their report. We have included our financial statements in the prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement in reliance on Ernst & Young LLP’s report, given on their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement, some of which is contained in exhibits to the registration statement as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and our common stock, we refer you to the registration statement, including the exhibits filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract or any other document is not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, please see the copy of the contract or document that has been filed. Each statement in this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit. You may obtain copies of this information by mail from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference rooms by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov.

As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance with this law, will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the SEC’s public reference facilities and the website of the SEC referred to above. We also maintain a website at www.otonomy.com. Upon completion of this offering, you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Information contained on our website is not a part of this prospectus and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.

 

160


Table of Contents

Otonomy, Inc.

(A Development Stage Company)

Index to Financial Statements

 

     Page  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Balance Sheets

     F-3   

Statements of Operations

     F-4   

Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

     F-5   

Statements of Cash Flows

     F-7   

Notes to Financial Statements

     F-8   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Otonomy, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Otonomy, Inc. (a development stage company) as of December 31, 2012 and 2013, and the related statements of operations, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit and cash flows for the years then ended and for the period from May 6, 2008 (inception) to December 31, 2013. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Otonomy, Inc. at December 31, 2012 and 2013, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended and for the period from May 6, 2008 (inception) to December 31, 2013, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

San Diego, California

June 5, 2014

 

F-2


Table of Contents

Otonomy, Inc.

(A Development Stage Company)

Balance Sheets

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

     December 31,     March  31,
2014
    Pro Forma
Stockholders’
Equity as of
March 31,

2014
 
     2012     2013      
                 (unaudited)  

Assets

        

Current assets:

        

Cash

   $ 4,663      $ 37,284      $ 31,059      $   

Restricted cash

     50        75        75     

Prepaid and other current assets

     697        1,654        621     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total current assets

     5,410        39,013        31,755     

Property and equipment, net

     439        683        754     

Other long-term assets

     55        61        58     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total assets

   $ 5,904      $ 39,757      $ 32,567     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Liabilities, Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ (Deficit) Equity

        

Current liabilities:

        

Accounts payable

   $ 1,134      $ 2,014      $ 2,747     

Accrued expenses

     315        384        2,637     

Accrued compensation

     184        244        454     

Current portion of deferred rent

     51        73        76     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total current liabilities

     1,684        2,715        5,914     

Convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     2,909        646        909          

Convertible notes payable and accrued interest, net of debt discount

     7,065                   

Deferred rent, net of current portion

     266        220        200     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total liabilities

     11,924        3,581        7,023     

Commitments and Contingencies

        

Convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 125,700,000 shares authorized at December 31, 2012; 334,716,872 shares authorized at December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014 (unaudited)

        

Series A convertible preferred stock, 14,300,000 shares designated at December 31, 2012; 14,228,254 shares designated at December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014 (unaudited); 11,949,617 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2012 and 2013 and March 31, 2014 (unaudited) $2,987 liquidation preference at December 31, 2013; no shares issued or outstanding pro forma at March 31, 2014 (unaudited)

     10,559        10,561        10,561          

Series B convertible preferred stock, 111,400,000 shares designated at December 31, 2012; 60,056,304 shares designated at December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014 (unaudited); 60,056,304 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2012 and 2013 and March 31, 2014 (unaudited); $15,014 liquidation preference at December 31, 2013; no shares issued or outstanding pro forma at March 31, 2014 (unaudited)

     22,488        23,007        23,007          

Series C convertible preferred stock, No shares designated at December 31, 2012; 260,432,314 shares designated at December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014 (unaudited); no shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2012; 247,527,782 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014 (unaudited); $92,823 liquidation preference at December 31, 2013; no shares issued or outstanding pro forma at March 31, 2014 (unaudited)

            61,585        61,598          

Stockholders’ (deficit) equity:

        

Common stock, $0.001 par value; 165,500,000 shares authorized at December 31, 2012, 416,706,378 shares authorized at December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014 (unaudited); 2,591,875 and 2,649,125 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively; 3,735,464 shares issued and outstanding at March 31, 2014 (unaudited); 337,527,501 shares issued and outstanding pro forma at March 31, 2014 (unaudited)

     3        3        4        338   

Additional paid-in capital

     389        577        765        96,506   

Deficit accumulated during development stage

     (39,459     (59,557     (70,391     (70,391
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (39,067     (58,977     (69,622   $ 26,453   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, convertible preferred stock, and stockholders’ (deficit) equity

   $ 5,904      $ 39,757      $ 32,567     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

See accompanying notes.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

Otonomy, Inc.

(A Development Stage Company)

Statements of Operations

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

    Years Ended December 31,     Period From
May 6, 2008
(inception) to
December 31,
2013
    Three Months
Ended March  31,
    Period From
May 6, 2008
(inception) to
March 31,
2014
 
          2012                 2013                   2013                 2014          
                      (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

Operating expenses:

           

Research and development

  $ 8,523      $ 16,336      $ 43,854      $ 3,105      $ 8,991      $ 52,845   

General and administrative

    2,408        3,514        14,849        713        1,565        16,414   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    10,931        19,850        58,703        3,818        10,556        69,259   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (10,931 )     (19,850 )     (58,703 )     (3,818 )     (10,556 )     (69,259 )

Other income (expense):

           

Interest expense

    (444 )     (2,528 )     (5,218 )     (485 )     (4 )     (5,222 )

Change in fair value of convertible preferred stock warrant liability

    100       2,833       3,058        1,816        (263     2,795   

Change in fair value of convertible preferred stock purchase right

    3,707             2,615                     2,615   

Other (expense) income, net

    (1     (14     467        (2 )     2        469   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

    3,362        291        922        1,329        (265 )     657   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

    (7,569     (19,559     (57,781     (2,489     (10,821     (68,602

Accretion to redemption value of convertible preferred stock

    (801     (539     (1,776     (197     (13     (1,789
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $ (8,370 )   $ (20,098 )   $ (59,557 )   $ (2,686 )   $ (10,834 )   $ (70,391 )
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

  $ (3.38 )   $ (7.64 )     $ (1.04 )   $ (3.68 )  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Weighted-average shares used to compute net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

    2,474,298        2,629,674          2,577,386        2,941,836     
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (unaudited)

    $ (0.13 )       $ (0.03 )  
   

 

 

       

 

 

   

Weighted-average shares used to compute pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (unaudited)

      158,239,811            348,737,872     
   

 

 

       

 

 

   

See accompanying notes.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

Otonomy, Inc.

(A Development Stage Company)

Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

(in thousands, except share data)

 

    Series A Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Series B
Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Series C Convertible
Preferred Stock
        Common Stock    

Additional
Paid-in

Capital

   

Deficit
Accumulated
During the
Development

Stage

   

Total
Stockholders’

Deficit

 
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount         Shares     Amount        

Balance at May 6, 2008 (inception)

         $             $             $               $   —      $      $      $   

Issuance of common stock for cash

                                                2,120,500        2                      2   

Net loss

                                                                     (1,699     (1,699
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2008

                                                2,120,500        2               (1,699     (1,697

Issuance of common stock for cash

                                                408,800        1        2               3   

Issuance of common stock under a license agreement

                                                25,000                               

Net loss

                                                                     (6,735     (6,735
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2009

                                                2,554,300        3        2        (8,434     (8,429

Issuance of Series A convertible preferred stock upon conversion of convertible notes and accrued interest, net of issuance costs of $14

    11,949,617        10,553                                                                    

Issuance of Series B convertible preferred stock for cash, net of issuance costs of $323 and convertible preferred stock purchase right of $3,798

                  24,894,507        5,916                                                      

Stock-based compensation expense

                                                              27               27   

Accretion to redemption value of convertible preferred stock

           1               111                                             (112     (112

Net loss

                                                                     (8,126     (8,126
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2010

    11,949,617        10,554        24,894,507        6,027                        2,554,300        3        29        (16,672     (16,640

Issuance of Series B convertible preferred stock for cash, net of issuance costs of $19

                  35,161,797        14,158                                                      

Release of convertible preferred stock purchase right liability upon second closing of Series B convertible preferred stock

                         1,183                                                      

Stock-based compensation expense

                                                              166               166   

Accretion to redemption value of convertible preferred stock

           2               322                                             (324     (324

Net loss

                                                                     (14,093     (14,093
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

    11,949,617        10,556        60,056,304        21,690                        2,554,300        3        195        (31,089     (30,891

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options

                                                37,575               3               3   

Stock-based compensation expense

                                                              191               191   

Accretion to redemption value of convertible preferred stock

           3               798                                             (801     (801

Net loss

                                                                     (7,569     (7,569
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

    11,949,617      $ 10,559        60,056,304      $ 22,488             $          2,591,875      $ 3      $ 389      $ (39,459   $ (39,067

 

F-5


Table of Contents
    Series A Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Series B
Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Series C Convertible
Preferred Stock
        Common Stock    

Additional
Paid-in

Capital

   

Deficit
Accumulated
During the
Development

Stage

   

Total
Stockholders’

Deficit

 
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount         Shares     Amount        

Balance at December 31, 2012

    11,949,617      $ 10,559        60,056,304      $ 22,488             $          2,591,875      $ 3      $ 389      $ (39,459   $ (39,067

Issuance of Series C convertible preferred stock, including conversion of convertible notes and accrued interest, net of issuance costs of $315

                                247,527,782        61,567                                        

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options

                                                57,250               5               5   

Stock-based compensation expense

                                                              183               183   

Accretion to redemption value of convertible preferred stock

           2               519               18                               (539     (539

Net loss

                                                                     (19,559     (19,559
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

    11,949,617        10,561        60,056,304        23,007        247,527,782        61,585          2,649,125        3        577        (59,557     (58,977

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options, net of early exercise liability (unaudited)

                                                1,086,339        1        32               33   

Stock-based compensation expense (unaudited)

                                                              156               156   

Accretion to redemption value of convertible preferred stock (unaudited)

                                       13                               (13     (13

Net loss (unaudited)

                                                                     (10,821     (10,821
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at March 31, 2014 (unaudited)

    11,949,617      $ 10,561        60,056,304      $ 23,007        247,527,782      $ 61,598          3,735,464      $ 4      $ 765      $ (70,391   $ (69,622
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

Otonomy, Inc.

(A Development Stage Company)

Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands)

 

    Years Ended
December 31,
    Period From
May 6, 2008
(inception) to
December 31,

2013
    Three Months Ended
March 31,
    Period From
May 6, 2008
(inception) to
March 31,

2014
 
          2012                 2013                 2013             2014        
                     

(unaudited)

    (unaudited)  

Cash flows from operating activities:

           

Net loss

  $ (7,569   $ (19,559   $ (57,781   $ (2,489   $ (10,821   $ (68,602

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

           

Depreciation and amortization

    192        257        910        74        49        959   

Stock-based compensation

    191        183        567        41        156        723   

Non-cash interest expense

    444        2,528        5,218        485        4        5,222   

Change in fair value of convertible preferred stock warrant liability

    (100     (2,833     (3,058     (1,816     263        (2,795

Change in fair value of convertible preferred stock purchase right

    (3,707            (2,615                   (2,615

Deferred rent

    317        (24     293        22        (17     276   

Loss on sale or disposal of equipment

    1        1        3                      3   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

           

Prepaid and other assets

    (530     (1,013     (1,775     322        1,032        (743

Accounts payable

    641        874        2,008        (750     733        2,741   

Accrued expenses

    (472     60        375        668        2,253        2,628   

Accrued compensation

    (235     60        244        146        210        454   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

    (10,827     (19,466     (55,611     (3,297     (6,138     (61,749
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

           

Increase in restricted cash

           (25     (75                   (75

Proceeds from sale of equipment

                  5                      5   

Purchases of property and equipment

    (186     (487     (1,586     (255     (120     (1,706
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

    (186     (512     (1,656     (255     (120     (1,776
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

           

Proceeds from convertible notes payable

    8,011        7,009        25,070        7,009               25,070   

Proceeds from issuance of convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs

           45,585        69,468                      69,468   

Proceeds from issuance of restricted common stock and exercise of stock options, net of early exercise liability

    3        5        13        2        33        46   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

    8,014        52,599        94,551        7,011        33        94,584   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net change in cash

    (2,999     32,621        37,284        3,459        (6,225     31,059   

Cash at beginning of period

    7,662        4,663               4,663        37,284          
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash at end of period

  $ 4,663      $ 37,284      $ 37,284      $ 8,122      $ 31,059      $ 31,059   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activities:

           

Purchase of property and equipment in accounts payable and accrued expenses

  $      $ 15      $ 15      $      $      $   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Conversion of convertible notes payable and accrued interest into convertible preferred stock

  $      $ 15,982      $ 26,524      $      $      $ 26,524   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Issuance of convertible preferred stock purchase right

  $      $      $ 3,798      $      $      $ 3,798   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

Otonomy, Inc.,

(A Development Stage Company)

Notes to Financial Statements

(information as of March 31, 2014, for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014

and for the period from May 6, 2008 (inception) to March 31, 2014 is unaudited)

1. Description of Business and Basis of Presentation

Description of Business

Otonomy, Inc. (the Company) was incorporated in the state of Delaware on May 6, 2008 (inception). The Company is a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company focused on the development and commercialization of innovative therapeutics for the treatment of diseases and disorders of the ear. The Company’s proprietary technology is designed to deliver drug that is retained in the ear for an extended period of time following a single local administration. Utilizing this technology, the Company has advanced three product candidates into development. AuriPro is a sustained-exposure antibiotic that is in Phase 3 clinical trials in pediatric patients with middle ear effusion at the time of tympanostomy tube placement surgery. OTO-104 is a sustained-exposure formulation of the steroid dexamethasone that is in a Phase 2b clinical trial for the treatment of patients with Ménière’s disease. OTO-311 is a sustained-exposure formulation of N-methyl-D-aspartate (NMDA) receptor antagonist gacyclidine in preclinical development as a potential treatment for tinnitus.

Basis of Presentation

As of December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014, the Company has devoted substantially all of its efforts to product development, raising capital, and building infrastructure and has not realized revenues from its planned principal operations. Accordingly, the Company is considered to be in the development stage.

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming the Company will continue as a going concern, which contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business. The Company has incurred operating losses and negative cash flows from operating activities since inception. As of December 31, 2013, the Company had working capital of $36.3 million and a deficit accumulated during the development stage of $59.6 million. As of March 31, 2014, the Company had working capital of $25.8 million and an accumulated deficit of $70.4 million. The Company anticipates that it will continue to incur net losses into the foreseeable future as it: (i) continues the development and begins commercialization of its product candidates AuriPro, OTO-104 and OTO-311; (ii) works to develop additional product candidates through research and development programs; and (iii) expands its corporate infrastructure. The Company plans to continue to fund its losses from operations and capital funding needs through future debt and/or equity financings or other sources, such as potential collaboration agreements. If the Company is not able to secure adequate additional funding, the Company may be forced to make reductions in spending, extend payment terms with suppliers, liquidate assets where possible, and/or suspend or curtail planned programs. Any of these actions could materially harm the Company’s business, results of operations, and future prospects.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Use of Estimates

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP). The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of expense during the reporting period. The most significant estimates in the Company’s financial statements relate to the valuation of convertible preferred stock warrants, equity awards and clinical trial accruals. Although these estimates are based on the Company’s knowledge of current events and

 

F-8


Table of Contents

Otonomy, Inc.,

(A Development Stage Company)

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

(information as of March 31, 2014, for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014

and for the period from May 6, 2008 (inception) to March 31, 2014 is unaudited)

 

actions it may undertake in the future, actual results may ultimately materially differ from these estimates and assumptions.

Unaudited Interim Financial Information

The accompanying interim balance sheet as of March 31, 2014, statements of operations, and cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014 and the period from May 6, 2008 (inception) to March 31, 2014, the statements of convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and the related footnote disclosures are unaudited. These unaudited interim financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the annual audited financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments necessary for the fair statement of the Company’s financial position as of March 31, 2014, and the results of its operations and cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014, and the period from May 6, 2008 (inception) to March 31, 2014. The results for the three months ended March 31, 2014 are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the year ending December 31, 2014, or any other interim or future year or period.

Unaudited Pro Forma Balance Sheet Information

The accompanying unaudited pro forma balance sheet as of March 31, 2014, has been prepared to give effect to: (i) the automatic conversion upon the closing of a qualified initial public offering (IPO) of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock as of March 31, 2014 into 333,792,037 shares of common stock, (ii) the reclassification of the Series C convertible preferred stock warrant liability to additional paid-in capital upon the expiration of the Series C convertible preferred stock warrants, unless otherwise exercised, and (iii) the conversion of the Series A convertible preferred stock warrants into warrants exercisable for common stock that are not subject to revaluation and remain outstanding resulting in the convertible preferred stock warrant liability being reclassified to additional paid-in capital as though the proposed IPO had occurred on March 31, 2014. Shares of common stock issued in the IPO and any related net proceeds are excluded from the pro forma information.

Segment Reporting

Operating segments are identified as components of an enterprise about which separate discrete financial information is available for evaluation by the chief operating decision-maker in making decisions regarding resource allocation and assessing performance. The Company views its operations and manages its business in one operating segment operating primarily in the United States.

Concentrations of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to significant concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash. Deposits in the Company’s checking account are maintained in federally insured financial institutions in excess of federally insured limits. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts and believes it is not exposed to significant risk on its cash balances due to the financial position of the depository institution in which those deposits are held. Additionally, the Company established guidelines regarding approved investments and maturities of investments, which are designed to maintain safety and liquidity.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

Otonomy, Inc.,

(A Development Stage Company)

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

(information as of March 31, 2014, for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014

and for the period from May 6, 2008 (inception) to March 31, 2014 is unaudited)

 

Cash

Cash consists of cash and highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less at the date of purchase. Cash is readily available in checking and savings accounts.

Restricted Cash

Restricted cash is comprised of cash held by a bank to securitize the Company’s corporate credit card.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The carrying value of the Company’s cash, restricted cash, prepaid expenses and other current assets, other assets, accounts payable, accrued liabilities, and accrued compensation approximate fair value due to the short-term nature of these items. The convertible preferred stock warrant liability is carried at fair value (see Note 6).

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment generally consist of manufacturing equipment, furniture and fixtures, computers, scientific and office equipment and are recorded at cost and depreciated over the estimated useful lives of the assets (generally three to ten years) using the straight-line method. Leasehold improvements are stated at cost and are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the lesser of the remaining term of the related lease or the estimated useful lives of the assets. Repairs and maintenance costs are charged to expense as incurred.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company assesses the value of its long-lived assets, which consist of property and equipment, for impairment on an annual basis and whenever events or changes in circumstances and the undiscounted cash flows generated by those assets indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. While the Company’s current and historical operating losses and negative cash flows are indicators of impairment, management believes that future cash flows to be received support the carrying value of its long-lived assets and, accordingly, has not recognized any impairment losses through March 31, 2014.

Clinical Trial Expense Accruals

As part of the process of preparing the Company’s financial statements, the Company is required to estimate expenses resulting from the Company’s obligations under contracts with vendors, clinical research organizations and consultants and under clinical site agreements in connection with conducting clinical trials. The financial terms of these contracts are subject to negotiations, which vary from contract to contract and may result in payment flows that do not match the periods over which materials or services are provided under such contracts.

The Company’s objective is to reflect the appropriate clinical trial expenses in its financial statements by recording those expenses in the period in which services are performed and efforts are expended. The Company accounts for these expenses according to the progress of the trial as measured by patient progression and the timing of various aspects of the trial. The Company determines accrual estimates through financial models taking into account discussion with applicable personnel and outside service providers as to the progress or state of

 

F-10


Table of Contents

Otonomy, Inc.,

(A Development Stage Company)

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

(information as of March 31, 2014, for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014

and for the period from May 6, 2008 (inception) to March 31, 2014 is unaudited)

 

its trials. During the course of a clinical trial, the Company adjusts its clinical expense if actual results differ from its estimates. The Company makes estimates of accrued expenses as of each balance sheet date based on the facts and circumstances known at that time. The Company’s clinical trial accruals are dependent upon accurate reporting by contract research organizations and other third-party vendors. Although the Company does not expect its estimates to be materially different from amounts actually incurred, the Company’s understanding of the status and timing of services performed relative to the actual status and timing of services performed may vary and may result in reporting amounts that are too high or too low for any particular period. For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, and the three months ended March 31, 2014, there were no material adjustments to prior period estimates of accrued expenses for clinical trials.

Research and Development

All research and development costs are expensed as incurred and primarily include costs to third-party contractors to perform research, conduct clinical trials and develop drug materials.

Patent Expenses

The Company expenses all costs as incurred in connection with patent applications (including direct application fees, and the legal and consulting expenses related to making such applications) and such costs are included in general and administrative expenses in the accompanying statements of operations.

Convertible Preferred Stock

The Company’s Series A, Series B and Series C convertible preferred stock is classified as temporary equity instead of stockholders’ deficit in accordance with authoritative guidance for the classification and measurement of potentially redeemable securities, as the stock is conditionally redeemable at the holder’s option and upon certain change in control events that are outside the Company’s control, including the liquidation, sale, or transfer of control of the Company. Upon such change in control events, holders of the convertible preferred stock can cause its redemption.

Convertible Preferred Stock Warrants

The Company accounts for its convertible preferred stock warrants as liabilities based upon the characteristics and provisions of each instrument. Convertible preferred stock warrants are classified as derivative liabilities and are recorded on the Company’s balance sheet at their fair value on the date of issuance. At each reporting date the convertible preferred stock warrants are revalued, with fair value changes recognized as increases in or decreases to the change in fair value of convertible preferred stock warrant liability in the accompanying statements of operations.

Through December 2012, the Company estimated the fair value of these liabilities using the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model and assumptions that were based on the individual characteristics of the warrants on the valuation date, as well as assumptions for expected volatility, expected term, expected dividend yield, and risk-free interest rate. In 2013, the Company’s convertible preferred stock warrant liability is revalued using a hybrid of the option pricing model and the probability-weighted expected return model (PWERM). The Company will continue to adjust the liability for changes in fair value of these warrants until the earlier of: (i) the exercise of warrants; (ii) the expiration of warrants; (iii) a change of control of the Company; or (iv) the consummation of the Company’s IPO.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

Otonomy, Inc.,

(A Development Stage Company)

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

(information as of March 31, 2014, for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014

and for the period from May 6, 2008 (inception) to March 31, 2014 is unaudited)

 

Convertible Preferred Stock Purchase Right

The Company determined that its obligation to issue, and the investors’ obligation to purchase, additional shares of the Company’s Series B convertible preferred stock represented a freestanding financial instrument and required liability accounting. This freestanding convertible preferred stock purchase right liability was initially recorded at fair value, with fair value changes recognized as increases in or decreases to the change in fair value of convertible preferred stock purchase right in the accompanying statements of operations. In June 2012, the convertible preferred stock purchase right expired and its fair value was recognized in change in fair value of convertible preferred stock purchase right in the accompanying statements of operations.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company accounts for stock-based compensation expense related to stock options granted to employees and members of its board of directors by estimating the fair value of each stock option on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model net of estimated forfeitures. For awards subject to time-based vesting conditions, stock-based compensation expense is recognized using the straight-line method.

The Company accounts for stock options granted to non-employees, including members of the scientific advisory board, using the fair value approach. Stock options granted to non-employees are subject to periodic revaluation over their vesting terms with the related expense being recognized as research and development and/or general and administrative expense in the accompanying statements of operations.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined on the basis of the differences between the financial statements and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

The Company recognizes net deferred tax assets to the extent that the Company believes these assets are more likely than not to be realized. In making such a determination, management considers all available positive and negative evidence, including future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, tax-planning strategies, and results of recent operations. If management determines that the Company would be able to realize its deferred tax assets in the future in excess of their net recorded amount, management would make an adjustment to the deferred tax asset valuation allowance, which would reduce the provision for income taxes.

The Company uses a two-step approach to recognizing and measuring uncertain tax positions. The first step is to evaluate tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return by assessing whether they are more likely than not sustainable, based solely on their technical merits, upon examination and including resolution of any related appeals or litigation process. The second step is to measure the associated tax benefit of each position as the largest amount that the Company believes is more likely than not realizable. Differences between the amount of tax benefits taken or expected to be taken in the Company’s income tax returns and the amount of tax benefits recognized in its financial statements, represent its unrecognized income tax benefits, which the Company either records as a liability or as a reduction of deferred tax assets.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

Otonomy, Inc.,

(A Development Stage Company)

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

(information as of March 31, 2014, for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014

and for the period from May 6, 2008 (inception) to March 31, 2014 is unaudited)

 

Comprehensive Loss

Comprehensive loss is defined as the change in equity during a period from transactions and other events and/or circumstances from non-owner sources. For all periods presented, comprehensive loss is equal to net loss.

Net Loss Per Share

Basic net loss per common share is calculated by dividing the net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period, without consideration for potentially dilutive securities. Diluted net loss per share is computed by dividing the net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares and potentially dilutive securities outstanding for the period determined using the treasury-stock and if-converted methods. For purposes of the diluted net loss per share calculation, convertible preferred stock, convertible notes payable, unvested restricted common stock subject to repurchase, stock options and convertible preferred stock warrants are considered to be potentially dilutive securities but are excluded from the calculation of diluted net loss per share because their effect would be anti-dilutive and therefore, basic and diluted net loss per share were the same for all periods presented.

Excluded from the weighted-average number of shares outstanding are 30,210 shares of unvested restricted common stock as of December 31, 2012 and 11,667 and 600,000 shares of unvested restricted common stock as of March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014, respectively. No shares of unvested restricted common stock were excluded from the weighted-average number of shares outstanding as of December 31, 2013.

Potentially dilutive securities excluded from the calculation of diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders are as follows (in common stock equivalent shares):

 

     As of December 31,      As of March 31,  
         2012              2013              2013              2014      
                   (unaudited)  

Convertible preferred stock

     86,264,255         333,792,037         86,264,255         333,792,037   

Warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock

     8,967,086         17,001,508         12,440,465         17,001,508   

Convertible notes payable

     20,413,223                 38,430,261           

Unvested restricted common stock subject to repurchase

     30,210                 11,667         600,000   

Options to purchase common stock

     13,455,424         43,448,508         13,170,966         48,664,669   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     129,130,198         394,242,053         150,317,614         400,058,214   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-13


Table of Contents

Otonomy, Inc.,

(A Development Stage Company)

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

(information as of March 31, 2014, for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014

and for the period from May 6, 2008 (inception) to March 31, 2014 is unaudited)

 

Unaudited Pro Forma Net Loss Per Share

The following table presents the computation of unaudited pro forma net loss per share (in thousands, except share and per share data):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
2013
    Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2014
 
           (unaudited)  

Numerator:

    

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (20,098)     $ (10,834 )

Adjustments:

    

Change in fair value of convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     (2,833)       263   

Non-cash interest expense on convertible notes payable

     2,522          

Accretion to redemption value of convertible preferred stock

     539        13   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (19,870   $ (10,558
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator:

    

Weighted-average shares used to compute net loss attributable to common stockholders per share, basic and diluted

     2,629,674        2,941,836   

Add:

    

Pro forma adjustments to reflect assumed weighted-average effect of conversion of convertible preferred stock

     143,943,785        333,792,037   

Pro forma adjustments to reflect assumed weighted-average effect of the conversion of convertible preferred stock issued upon the cash exercise of Series C convertible preferred stock warrants

     11,666,352        12,003,999   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Shares used to compute pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

     158,239,811        348,737,872   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

   $ (0.13   $ (0.03
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

3. Balance Sheet Details

Prepaid and Other Current Assets

Prepaid and other current assets are comprised of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,      March  31,
2014
 
     2012      2013     
                   (unaudited)  

Prepaid clinical trial costs

   $ 500       $ 1,478       $ 25   

Other

     197         176         596   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 697       $ 1,654       $ 621   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-14


Table of Contents

Otonomy, Inc.,

(A Development Stage Company)

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

(information as of March 31, 2014, for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014

and for the period from May 6, 2008 (inception) to March 31, 2014 is unaudited)

 

Property and Equipment, Net

Property and equipment, net consists of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,     March  31,
2014
 
     2012     2013    
                 (unaudited)  

Laboratory equipment

   $ 827      $ 908      $ 1,019   

Manufacturing equipment

            392        392   

Computer equipment and software

     102        93        100   

Leasehold improvements

     138        67        67   

Office furniture

     15        17        17   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     1,082        1,477        1,595   

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (643     (794     (841
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 439      $ 683      $ 754   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation expense was $0.2 million, $0.3 million and $0.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, and the period from May 6, 2008 (inception) to December 31, 2013, respectively. Depreciation expense for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014, and the period from May 6, 2008 (inception) to March 31, 2014 was $0.1 million, $49,000, and $1.0 million, respectively.

Accrued Expenses

Accrued expenses consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,      March  31,
2014
 
     2012      2013     
       (unaudited)  

Accrued clinical trial costs

   $ 197       $ 196       $ 2,433   

Accrued other

     118         188         204   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 315       $ 384       $ 2,637   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

4. Notes Payable and Convertible Preferred Stock Warrants

2008–2010 Notes Payable

The Company issued a series of fourteen secured convertible promissory notes to certain investors from May 30, 2008 through May 28, 2010 with an aggregate face value of $10.1 million (the Notes). The Notes had an interest rate of 6% per annum and were secured by all of the Company’s assets. The maturity dates on the Notes, as amended, were extended to May 31, 2010. On May 28, 2010, the outstanding Notes, including accrued interest, totaling approximately $10.6 million were converted into 11,949,617 shares of Series A convertible preferred stock at $0.8843 per share.

In connection with the issuance of the Notes, the Company issued warrants to the note holders for the purchase of 2,278,637 shares of Series A convertible preferred stock (Series A Warrants). The Series A Warrants are exercisable upon the earliest of: (i) a liquidation transaction; (ii) a capital reorganization or (iii) the discretion of the holder. The warrants expire ten years from the date of issuance with the last expiration date being May 28, 2020.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

Otonomy, Inc.,

(A Development Stage Company)

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

(information as of March 31, 2014, for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014

and for the period from May 6, 2008 (inception) to March 31, 2014 is unaudited)

 

2012 Notes Payable

In August 2012 and October 2012, the Company entered into a note and warrant purchase agreement (the 2012 Convertible Note Agreement) under which the Company issued $8.0 million in secured convertible promissory notes (the 2012 Notes). The 2012 Notes had an interest rate of 8% per annum and were secured by all of the Company’s assets. The 2012 Notes were convertible into shares of the Company’s equity securities sold at the next financing yielding gross proceeds to the Company of at least $10.0 million.

In connection with the issuance of the 2012 Notes, the Company issued warrants for the purchase of 6,402,131 shares of the Company’s Series C convertible preferred stock with an exercise price of $0.25 per share. The estimated fair value of the warrants issued with the 2012 Notes at issuance was $1.4 million (the 2012 Warrant Liability). The Company estimated the fair value of the 2012 Warrant Liability at issuance utilizing the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model. The 2012 Warrant Liability is revalued at each reporting date with changes in fair value being recognized in change in fair value of convertible preferred stock warrant liability in the accompanying statements of operations (see Note 6). The debt discount was amortized using the effective interest rate method over the term of the convertible notes to interest expense in the accompanying statements of operations.

2013 Notes Payable

In January 2013, the Company issued an additional $7.0 million in secured convertible promissory notes in a subsequent closing under the 2012 Convertible Note Agreement with several investors and the Company’s chief executive officer (the 2013 Notes).

In connection with the issuance of the 2013 Notes, the Company issued warrants which were convertible into either Series B convertible preferred stock or the next series of preferred stock issued. Thus the number of shares was not determinable at the date of issuance. The estimated fair value of the warrants issued with the 2013 Notes was $0.6 million at issuance (the 2013 Warrant Liability). The 2013 Warrant Liability is revalued at each reporting date with changes in fair value being recognized in change in fair value of convertible preferred stock warrant liability in the accompanying statements of operations (see Note 6). The debt discount was amortized using the effective interest rate method over the term of the convertible notes to interest expense in the accompanying statements of operations.

In August 2013, the 2012 Notes and the 2013 Notes in the amount of approximately $16.0 million, including interest, converted into 63,927,783 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock. Concurrent with the closing of the Series C convertible preferred stock, the warrants issued in conjunction with the 2012 Notes and the 2013 Notes converted into warrants for the purchase of an aggregate of 12,003,999 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock with an exercise price of $0.25 per share.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

Otonomy, Inc.,

(A Development Stage Company)

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

(information as of March 31, 2014, for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014

and for the period from May 6, 2008 (inception) to March 31, 2014 is unaudited)

 

Outstanding Warrants

As of December 31, 2012, December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014, the Company’s outstanding convertible preferred stock warrants, issued in connection with its convertible notes payable, consist of the following:

 

Issue Date

   Series      Exercise
Price
     Number of Shares
Outstanding
Underlying
Warrant
     Expiration Date  

11/4/2008

     Series A       $ 0.8843         226,167         11/4/2018   

12/8/2008

     Series A       $ 0.8843         226,168         12/8/2018   

1/14/2009

     Series A       $ 0.8843         226,167         1/14/2019   

4/13/2009

     Series A       $ 0.8843         226,168         4/13/2019   

7/1/2009

     Series A       $ 0.8843         226,167         7/1/2019   

10/8/2009

     Series A       $ 0.8843         226,168         10/8/2019   

12/15/2009

     Series A       $ 0.8843         226,167         12/15/2019   

1/22/2010

     Series A       $ 0.8843         226,168         1/22/2020   

3/15/2010

     Series A       $ 0.8843         11,308         3/15/2020   

4/1/2010

     Series A       $ 0.8843         226,167         4/1/2020   

5/28/2010

     Series A       $ 0.8843         231,822         5/28/2020   

8/23/2012

     Series C       $ 0.2500         6,399,998         8/23/2022   

10/24/2012

     Series C       $ 0.2500         2,133         10/24/2022   
        

 

 

    

Total outstanding at December 31, 2012

  

     8,680,768      

1/22/2013

     Series C       $ 0.2500         5,601,868         1/22/2023   
        

 

 

    

Total outstanding at December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014

   

     14,282,636      
        

 

 

    

The aggregate fair value of the Series A and Series C convertible preferred stock warrants as of December 31, 2012 was approximately $1.6 million and $1.3 million, respectively. The aggregate fair value of the Series A and Series C convertible preferred stock warrants as of December 31, 2013 was approximately $46,000 and $0.6 million, respectively. The aggregate fair value of the Series A and Series C convertible preferred stock warrants as of March 31, 2014 was $0.1 million and $0.8 million, respectively.

Credit Facility

In July 2013, the Company entered into a loan and security agreement (the Credit Facility) with a bank for working capital in an aggregate principal amount of $7.0 million. Under the Credit Facility, the term loan bears interest at a variable rate equal to the greater of the prime rate plus 2.0% (currently 5.25%) or 5.5%. The term loan requires interest-only payments through July 31, 2014 followed by 24 equal monthly payments of principal and interest thereafter. In connection with the Credit Facility, the Company granted a security interest in all its assets, except intellectual property. The Company issued a warrant for its Series C convertible preferred stock that will become exercisable for 3% of the amount of the debt actually drawn at an exercise price of $0.25 per share. Upon completion of an IPO by the Company, this warrant will become exercisable for shares of common stock and will remain outstanding. To date, no amounts have been drawn under the Credit Facility and there was no debt issued or warrants exercisable as of December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

Otonomy, Inc.,

(A Development Stage Company)

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

(information as of March 31, 2014, for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014

and for the period from May 6, 2008 (inception) to March 31, 2014 is unaudited)

 

The Credit Facility also includes events of default, including but not limited to the nonpayment of principal or interest, violations of covenants, material adverse change, attachment, levy, restraint on business, cross-defaults on the Company’s or its subsidiary’s material indebtedness, bankruptcy, material judgments and misrepresentations. Upon an event of default, the lenders may, among other things, accelerate the term loan and foreclose on the collateral.

Non-Cash Interest Expense

The following table summarizes interest expense recognized under the Company’s convertible notes payable and convertible preferred stock warrants (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
     Period From
May 6, 2008
(inception) to
December 31,

    2013     
     Three Months
Ended March  31,
       Period From  
May 6, 2008
(inception)  to
March 31,

2014
 
         2012              2013                 2013              2014         
                          (unaudited)      (unaudited)  

Stated interest on convertible notes payable

   $ 228       $ 749       $ 1,466       $ 263       $       $ 1,466   

Amortization of deferred financing costs associated with the convertible preferred stock warrants

     216         1,779         3,752         222         4         3,756   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest expense

   $ 444       $ 2,528       $ 5,218       $ 485       $ 4       $ 5,222   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

5. Commitments and Contingencies

Operating Leases

In December 2010, the Company signed a sublease agreement with a related party for a one-year term through December 31, 2011. In December 2011, the Company extended the term of the sublease through December 2012 on a month-to-month basis. In June 2012, the Company vacated the premises and fulfilled its obligations under the sublease (see Note 9).

In September 2011, the Company entered into a lease agreement with a third party on a new facility for a five-year term commencing in February 2012.

Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, and for the period from May 6, 2008 (inception) to December 31, 2013, was $0.4 million, $0.4 million, and $1.2 million, respectively. Rent expense for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014, and for the period from May 6, 2008 (inception) to March 31, 2014, was $0.1 million, $0.1 million, and $1.3 million, respectively. For financial reporting purposes, rent expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. Accordingly, rent expense recognized in excess of rent paid is accounted for as deferred rent in the accompanying balance sheets.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

Otonomy, Inc.,

(A Development Stage Company)

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

(information as of March 31, 2014, for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014

and for the period from May 6, 2008 (inception) to March 31, 2014 is unaudited)

 

As of December 31, 2013, future minimum annual obligations under all non-cancellable operating lease commitments, including the facility lease described above are as follows (in thousands):

 

2014

   $ 471   

2015

     473   

2016

     487   

2017

     82   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,513   
  

 

 

 

Litigation

From time to time, the Company may be involved in various lawsuits, legal proceedings, or claims that arise in the ordinary course of business. Management believes there are no claims or actions pending against the Company as of December 31, 2013 or March 31, 2014 which will have, individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on its business, liquidity, financial position, or results of operations. Litigation, however, is subject to inherent uncertainties, and an adverse result in these or other matters may arise from time to time that may harm the Company’s business.

License Agreements

The following table summarizes costs recognized, in research and development, under the Company’s license agreements and other non-cancellable royalty and milestone obligations (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
     Period From
May 6, 2008
(inception) to
December 31,

    2013     
     Three Months
Ended March  31,
       Period From  
May 6, 2008
(inception) to
March 31,

2014
 
         2012              2013                 2013              2014         
                          (unaudited)      (unaudited)  

License and other fees

   $ 25       $ 250       $ 355       $ 6       $ 6       $ 361   

Milestone fees

             1,100         1,200         100                 1,200   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total license and related fees

   $ 25       $ 1,350       $ 1,555       $ 106       $ 6       $ 1,561   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Intellectual Property Licenses

The Company has acquired exclusive rights to develop patented rights, information rights and related know-how for the Company’s AuriPro, OTO-104 and OTO-311 product candidates and potential future product candidates under licensing agreements with third parties in the course of its research and development activities. The licensing rights obligate the Company to make payments to the licensors for license fees, milestones, license maintenance fees and royalties. Annual license and maintenance fees related to these agreements is $25,000. The license and maintenance fees will continue until the first commercial sale of a product. In addition, the Company issued 25,000 shares of common stock as compensation for one of the licenses. The Company is also responsible for patent prosecution costs.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

Otonomy, Inc.,

(A Development Stage Company)

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

(information as of March 31, 2014, for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014

and for the period from May 6, 2008 (inception) to March 31, 2014 is unaudited)

 

Under one of these agreements, the Company has achieved five development milestones, totaling $1.2 million, related to its clinical trials for both AuriPro and OTO-104.

The Company may be obligated to make additional milestone payments under these agreements as follows (in thousands, except share data):

 

     Shares of
Common  Stock
     Cash
Payments
 

Development

     37,500       $ 3,235   

Regulatory

     37,500         12,670   

Commercialization

             1,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     75,000       $ 16,905   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

In addition, the Company may owe royalties of less than five percent on sales of commercial products, if any, developed using these licensed technologies. The Company may also be obligated to pay to the licensors a percentage of fees received if and when the Company sublicenses the technology. As of December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014, the Company has not yet developed a commercial product using the licensed technologies and it has not entered into any sublicense agreements for the technologies.

Other Royalty Arrangements

The Company entered into an agreement related to three provisional patents for AuriPro under which the Company may be obligated to pay a one-time milestone payment of $0.5 million upon the first commercial sale of an approved product and to pay royalties of less than one percent on product sales. The royalties are payable until the later of: (i) the expiration of the last to expire patent owned by the Company in such country covering AuriPro; or (ii) 10 years after the first commercial sale of AuriPro after receipt of regulatory approval for AuriPro in such country.

6. Fair Value

The accounting guidance defines fair value, establishes a consistency framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosure for each major asset and liability category measured at fair value on either a recurring basis or nonrecurring basis. Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Accounting guidance establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy that requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. These tiers are based on the source of the inputs and are as follows:

 

Level 1 :

   Observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2:

   Inputs other than quoted prices in active markets that are observable either directly or indirectly.

Level 3:

   Unobservable inputs in which there is little or no market data, which require the reporting entity to develop its own assumptions.

At December 31, 2012 and 2013, and at March 31, 2014, Level 3 liabilities consisted of convertible preferred stock warrant liabilities. The following fair value hierarchy tables present information about each major

 

F-20


Table of Contents

Otonomy, Inc.,

(A Development Stage Company)

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

(information as of March 31, 2014, for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014

and for the period from May 6, 2008 (inception) to March 31, 2014 is unaudited)

 

category of the Company’s financial liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2012 and 2013, and as of March 31, 2014 (in thousands):

 

     Fair Value Measurement at December 31, 2012  
         Fair Value              Level 1              Level 2              Level 3      

Liabilities:

           

Convertible preferred stock warrants (1)

   $ 2,909       $       $       $ 2,909   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 2,909       $       $       $ 2,909   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Convertible preferred stock warrant liabilities to purchase Series A and Series C convertible preferred stock at December 31, 2012 are classified as Level 3 and were measured at fair value using the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model. The Company developed its estimates based on publicly available historical data and all available information as of the valuation date. Inputs used in the pricing model include estimates of the Company’s risk-free interest rate, expected dividend yield, expected volatility and expected term. As of December 31, 2012, the warrants were revalued using the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model based on the following inputs:

 

     Series A     Series C

Risk-free interest rate

     1.2   1.8%

Expected dividend yield

     0   0%

Expected volatility

     92.2   88.2%

Expected term (in years)

     6.6      9.7

 

     Fair Value Measurement at December 31, 2013  
         Fair Value              Level 1              Level 2              Level 3      

Liabilities:

     

Convertible preferred stock warrants (2)

   $ 646       $       $       $ 646   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 646       $       $       $ 646   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Fair Value Measurement at March 31, 2014  
         Fair Value              Level 1              Level 2              Level 3      

Liabilities:

           

Convertible preferred stock warrants (2)

   $ 909       $       $       $ 909   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 909       $       $       $ 909   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(2) Convertible preferred stock warrant liabilities to purchase Series A and Series C convertible preferred stock at December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014 are classified as Level 3 and are measured using a hybrid of the option pricing model and the PWERM on each reporting date. The key inputs into the models include the probability and timing of expected liquidity events, discount rates and the selection of appropriate market-comparable transactions and multiples to apply to the Company’s various historical and forecasted operational metrics.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

Otonomy, Inc.,

(A Development Stage Company)

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

(information as of March 31, 2014, for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014

and for the period from May 6, 2008 (inception) to March 31, 2014 is unaudited)

 

Changes in fair value in the Company’s Level 3 liabilities are recognized in change in fair value of convertible preferred stock warrant liability and change in fair value of convertible preferred stock purchase right in the accompanying statements of operations. The following table provides a reconciliation of all liabilities measured at fair value using Level 3 significant unobservable inputs (in thousands):

 

     Convertible
Preferred Stock
Warrant Liability
    Convertible
Preferred Stock
Purchase Right
 

Balance at December 31, 2011

   $ 1,632      $ 3,707   

Expiration of convertible preferred stock purchase right

            (3,707

Issuance of convertible preferred stock warrants

     1,377          

Change in fair value

     (100       
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

     2,909          

Issuance of convertible preferred stock warrants

     570          

Change in fair value

     (2,833       
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

     646          

Change in fair value (unaudited)

     263          
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at March 31, 2014 (unaudited)

   $ 909      $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Convertible Preferred Stock Purchase Right

The convertible preferred stock purchase right (the Purchase Right) was recorded as a liability in accordance with the accounting guidance at its estimated fair value on the date of issuance of $3.8 million, and was revalued at each reporting date for any changes in the estimated fair value.

The estimated fair value of the Purchase Right was determined using a valuation model that considers the probability of achieving a milestone, the entity’s cost of capital, the estimated time period the Purchase Right will be outstanding, consideration received for the instrument with the Purchase Right, the number of shares to be issued and specific share pricing to satisfy the Purchase Right, and any changes in the fair value of the underlying instrument to the Purchase Right. The second closing of the Series B convertible preferred stock financing was completed on May 18, 2011, at which time 35,032,960 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock were purchased and the related portion of the fair value of the Purchase Right of $1.2 million was reclassified to Series B convertible preferred stock in the accompanying balance sheets. The Purchase Right related to the third tranche expired in June 2012, at which time the carrying value of the liability of $3.7 million was recognized in change in fair value of convertible preferred purchase right in the accompanying statements of operations.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

Otonomy, Inc.,

(A Development Stage Company)

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

(information as of March 31, 2014, for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014

and for the period from May 6, 2008 (inception) to March 31, 2014 is unaudited)

 

7. Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ (Deficit) Equity

Convertible Preferred Stock

Series A Convertible Preferred Stock

In May 2010, the Company entered into an agreement with two investors for the purchase of Series A convertible preferred stock at $0.8843 per share. The Company issued 11,949,617 shares of Series A convertible preferred stock upon the conversion of the Notes and related accrued interest totaling $10.6 million (see Note 4).

Series B Convertible Preferred Stock

In August 2010, the Company entered into an agreement with several investors for the purchase of 60,056,304 shares of the Company’s Series B convertible preferred stock to be completed in three closings. The Company issued 24,894,507 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock at $0.4032 per share for $10.0 million in cash. The Company evaluated the purchase right associated with the second and third tranche closings of the Series B convertible preferred stock and determined that since the purchase right was separately transferrable, the purchase right was therefore a freestanding financial instrument which required separate accounting treatment (see Note 6).

In February 2011, the Company completed a special closing of the Series B convertible preferred stock through the sale of 128,837 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock at $0.4032 per share for net proceeds of approximately $0.1 million in cash.

In May 2011, the Company completed a scheduled second closing of its Series B convertible preferred stock through the sale of 35,032,960 shares Series B convertible preferred stock at $0.4032 per share for net proceeds of $14.1 million in cash.

Series C Convertible Preferred Stock

In August 2013, the Company entered into a stock purchase agreement with investors for the purchase of 247,527,782 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock at $0.25 per share, to be completed in two closings. The Company issued 155,427,783 shares in the first closing for net proceeds of $22.6 million in cash, plus the conversion of secured convertible promissory notes totaling approximately $16.0 million, including principal and accrued interest. The Company evaluated the purchase right associated with the second tranche of the Series C convertible preferred stock and determined that it was an embedded derivative which did not require separate accounting treatment as the purchase right was not separately transferable.

In September 2013, the Company completed a special closing of its Series C convertible preferred stock through the sale of 299,999 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock at $0.25 per share for net proceeds of $0.1 million.

In December 2013, the Company completed a second closing of its Series C convertible preferred stock through the sale of 91,800,000 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock at $0.25 per share for net proceeds of $22.9 million.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

Otonomy, Inc.,

(A Development Stage Company)

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

(information as of March 31, 2014, for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014

and for the period from May 6, 2008 (inception) to March 31, 2014 is unaudited)

 

The designated, issued and outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock by series as of December 31, 2012 are as follows (liquidation preference in thousands):

 

     Shares
Designated
     Shares
Outstanding
     Common
Stock
Equivalents
     Liquidation
Preference
 

Series A

     14,300,000         11,949,617         26,207,951       $ 13,209   

Series B

     111,400,000         60,056,304         60,056,304         36,322   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     125,700,000         72,005,921         86,264,255       $ 49,531   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The designated, issued and outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock by series as of December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014 are as follows (liquidation preference in thousands):

 

     Shares
Designated
     Shares
Outstanding
     Common
Stock
Equivalents
     Liquidation
Preference
 

Series A

     14,228,254         11,949,617         26,207,951       $ 2,987   

Series B

     60,056,304         60,056,304         60,056,304         15,014   

Series C

     260,432,314         247,527,782         247,527,782         92,823   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     334,716,872         319,533,703         333,792,037       $ 110,824   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Dividends

The holders of the Series C convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive annual noncumulative dividends at a rate of 8% of the original Series C issuance price per annum. The Series C convertible preferred stock dividends are payable when and if declared by the Company’s Board of Directors and are payable in preference and in priority to any dividends on the Series B convertible preferred stock, Series A convertible preferred stock and common stock. The holders of the Series B convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive annual noncumulative dividends at a rate of 8% of the original Series B issuance price per annum. The Series B convertible preferred stock dividends are payable when and if declared by the Company’s Board of Directors and are payable in preference and in priority to any dividends on the Series A convertible preferred stock and common stock. The holders of the Series A convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive annual noncumulative dividends at a rate of 8% of the original Series A issuance price per annum. The Series A convertible preferred stock dividends are payable when and if declared by the Company’s Board of Directors. The Series A convertible preferred stock dividends are payable in preference and in priority to any dividends on common stock. As of December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014, no dividends have been paid or declared.

Liquidation Preferences

In August 2013, in connection with the Company’s Series C convertible preferred stock financing, the Company amended its certificate of incorporation. Prior to the issuance of the Series C convertible preferred stock, the liquidation preferences on the Series A convertible preferred stock and the Series B convertible preferred stock were approximately $1.1054 and $0.6048 per share, respectively. Subsequent to the Series C convertible preferred stock financing, the liquidation preferences are described below.

Prior to any payment to the holders of the Series B convertible preferred stock, Series A convertible preferred stock and common stock, the holders of the Series C convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive

 

F-24


Table of Contents

Otonomy, Inc.,

(A Development Stage Company)

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

(information as of March 31, 2014, for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014

and for the period from May 6, 2008 (inception) to March 31, 2014 is unaudited)

 

a liquidation preference equal to $0.375 per share, subject to certain anti-dilution adjustments, plus all declared but unpaid dividends on the Series C convertible preferred stock. Prior to any payment to the holders of the Series A convertible preferred stock and common stock, the holders of the Series B convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive a liquidation preference equal to $0.25 per share, subject to certain anti-dilution adjustments, plus all declared but unpaid dividends on the Series B convertible preferred stock. The holders of the Series A convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive a liquidation preference equal to $0.25 per share, subject to certain anti-dilution adjustments, plus all declared but unpaid dividends on the Series A convertible preferred stock. Liquidation payments to the holders of Series A convertible preferred stock have priority and are made in preference to any payments to the holders of common stock. After payment of the full liquidation preferences of the convertible preferred stock, the remaining assets, if any, will be distributed to the holders of the common stock and preferred stock (on an as-if-converted to common stock basis); provided, however that the aggregate amount per share which a holder of a share of convertible preferred stock shall receive shall not exceed $0.75 per share.

Conversion

The shares of Series A convertible preferred stock are convertible into shares of common stock at a ratio of 1:2.193204365 at the option of the holder, subject to certain anti-dilution and other adjustments. The shares of Series B convertible preferred stock and Series C convertible preferred stock are convertible into shares of common stock at a ratio of 1:1 at the option of the holder, subject to certain anti-dilution and other adjustments. Each share of convertible preferred stock is automatically converted into common stock immediately upon: (i) the Company’s sale of its common stock in a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, in which the per share price is at least $1.25 (as adjusted) and the net cash proceeds are at least $75,000,000 or (ii) upon the written consent of the holders of at least 64% of the then outstanding Series C convertible preferred stock (the Requisite Holders).

Redemption

At any time following the sixth anniversary of the date the first share of Series C convertible preferred stock was issued (see Note 11), if requested in writing by the Requisite Holders, the Company shall, to the extent it may lawfully do so, redeem all of the outstanding Series A convertible preferred stock, Series B convertible preferred stock and Series C convertible preferred stock in two equal annual installments to be made on both the date that is 60 days following the date of the Requisite Holders’ written request and on the one-year anniversary following the date of the Requisite Holders’ written request.

The Company is accreting the issuance costs of the convertible preferred stock and the convertible preferred stock purchase right up to the redemption amount using the effective interest rate method. The Company does not have any redemption requirements until 2019. The aggregate amount of redemption requirements for all series of convertible preferred stock outstanding, excluding warrants, that are potentially redeemable assuming exercise of redemption rights at the earliest possible date, is $79.8 million of which $39.9 million is redeemable in each of the years ending December 31, 2019 and 2020.

Voting Rights

The preferred stockholders have voting rights equal to the number of common shares they would own upon conversion of their shares of convertible preferred stock, which is currently at a ratio of 2.193204365 shares of

 

F-25


Table of Contents

Otonomy, Inc.,

(A Development Stage Company)

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

(information as of March 31, 2014, for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014

and for the period from May 6, 2008 (inception) to March 31, 2014 is unaudited)

 

common stock to one share of Series A convertible preferred stock for the Series A preferred stockholders and at a one for one ratio into common stock for the Series B and Series C preferred stockholders.

Restricted Common Stock

During 2009, the Company sold 408,800 shares of restricted common stock to consultants and employees for $0.001 per share. The common shares generally vest 25% after one year and then monthly over the following three years. As of December 31, 2012, 378,590 of these shares were vested. As of December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014, all of these shares were vested.

The Company’s 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (the 2010 Plan), allows for early exercise of certain option awards issued under the plan. As of December 31, 2012 and 2013, no options had been early exercised. As of March 31, 2014, options had been exercised for the purchase of 600,000 shares of common stock, which were unvested and subject to repurchase. Under the authoritative guidance, early exercise is not considered an exercise for accounting purposes and, therefore, any payment for unvested shares is recognized as a liability at the original exercise price. As of March 31, 2014, the Company has recorded an early exercise liability of $30,000 and no shares have been repurchased by the Company.

Common Stock Reserved for Future Issuance

Common stock reserved for future issuance as of December 31, 2013 is as follows:

 

       Number of Shares    

Conversion of convertible preferred stock

     333,792,037   

Warrants for the purchase of convertible preferred stock

     17,001,508   

Common stock options issued and outstanding

     43,448,508   

Common stock options available for future grant

     18,914,667   
  

 

 

 

Total common stock reserved for future issuance

     413,156,720   
  

 

 

 

8. Stock Compensation Plans

Equity Incentive Plans

In May 2010, the Company adopted the 2010 Plan under which 62,458,000 shares of common stock are reserved for issuance to employees, non-employee directors, and consultants of the Company. Recipients of incentive stock options are eligible to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price equal to no less than the estimated fair market value of such stock on the date of grant. The 2010 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, non-statutory stock options, and stock purchase rights. The maximum contractual term of options granted under the 2010 Plan is 10 years. The options generally vest 25% on the first anniversary of the original vesting date, with the balance vesting monthly over the remaining three years.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

Otonomy, Inc.,

(A Development Stage Company)

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

(information as of March 31, 2014, for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014

and for the period from May 6, 2008 (inception) to March 31, 2014 is unaudited)

 

As of December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014, 18,914,667 and 12,612,167 options, respectively, remain available for future grant under the 2010 Plan. The following table summarizes stock option activity for the year ended December 31, 2013 and for the three months ended March 31, 2014 (in thousands except per share amounts and years):

 

     Options     Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term (In Years)
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 

Outstanding as of December 31, 2012

     13,455      $ 0.08         

Granted

     30,320      $ 0.05         

Exercised

     (57   $ 0.09         

Forfeited

     (269   $ 0.08         
  

 

 

         

Outstanding as of December 31, 2013

     43,449      $ 0.06         9.2       $ 47   

Granted

     6,302      $ 0.05         

Exercised

     (1,086   $ 0.06         
  

 

 

         

Outstanding as of March 31, 2014

     48,665      $ 0.06         9.1       $ 3,047   
  

 

 

         

Options vested and expected to vest as of December 31, 2013

     42,434      $ 0.06         9.2       $ 47   
  

 

 

         

Options exercisable as of December 31, 2013

     17,749      $ 0.07         8.4       $ 15   
  

 

 

         

Options vested and expected to vest as of March 31, 2014

     48,554      $ 0.06         9.0       $ 3,030   
  

 

 

         

Options exercisable as of March 31, 2014

     18,162      $ 0.07         8.1       $ 908   
  

 

 

         

The following table summarizes certain information regarding stock options (in thousands, except per share data):

 

    Years Ended
December 31,
    Period From
May 6, 2008
(inception) to
December 31,
    Three Months
Ended March  31,
      Period From  
May 6, 2008
(inception) to
March 31,

2014
 
        2012             2013             2013              2013             2014        
                      (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

Weighted-average grant date fair value per share of options granted during the period

  $ 0.02      $ 0.04      $ 0.04      $      $ 0.04      $ 0.04   

Fair value of options vested during the period

    194        206        584        47        70        654   

Cash received from options exercised during the period (1)

    3        5        8        2        64        72   

Intrinsic value of options exercised during the period

                                3        3   

 

(1) For the three months ended March 31, 2014 and the period from May 6, 2008 (inception) to March 31, 2014, cash received from options exercised during the period includes cash proceeds of $30,000 for shares which were early exercised and subject to repurchase as of March 31, 2014. The Company has reflected the early exercise liability within accrued expenses in the accompanying balance sheets.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

Otonomy, Inc.,

(A Development Stage Company)

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

(information as of March 31, 2014, for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014

and for the period from May 6, 2008 (inception) to March 31, 2014 is unaudited)

 

Stock-Based Compensation Expense

The following are the weighted-average underlying assumptions used to determine the fair value of stock options granted to employees and non-employees using the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model:

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
    Period From
May 6, 2008
(inception) to
December 31,

2013
    Three Months
Ended March  31,
      Period From  
May 6, 2008
(inception) to
March 31,

2014
 
     2012     2013       2013 (1)      2014    
                       (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

Risk-free interest rate

     1.0     2.0     2.0             1.8     1.9

Expected dividend yield

     0.0     0.0     0.0             0.0     0.0

Expected volatility

     92.2     85.5     87.3             85.5     87.0

Expected term (in years)

     6.1        6.1        6.2                6.0        6.2   

 

(1) The Company did not issue any stock options during the three months ended March 31, 2013 .

Risk-Free Interest Rate. The Company bases the risk-free interest rate assumption on observed interest rates appropriate for the expected term of the stock option grants.

Expected Dividend Yield. The Company bases the expected dividend yield assumption on the fact that it has never paid cash dividends and has no present intention to pay cash dividends.

Expected Volatility. The expected volatility assumption is based on volatilities of a peer group of similar companies whose share prices are publicly available. The peer group was developed based on companies in the biopharmaceutical industry.

Expected Term. The expected term represents the period of time that options are expected to be outstanding. Because the Company does not have historical exercise behavior, it determines the expected life assumption using the simplified method, which is an average of the contractual term of the option and its ordinary vesting period.

Forfeitures. The Company reduces stock-based compensation expense for estimated forfeitures. Forfeitures are estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates.

Total non-cash stock-based compensation expense for all stock awards recognized in the accompanying statements of operations is as follows (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
     Period From
May 6, 2008
(inception) to
December 31,

    2013     
     Three Months
Ended March  31,
       Period From  
May 6, 2008
(inception) to
March 31,

2014
 
         2012              2013                 2013              2014         
                          (unaudited)      (unaudited)  

Research and development

   $ 78       $ 62       $ 221       $ 13       $ 59       $ 280   

General and administrative

     113         121         346         28         97         443   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation

   $ 191       $ 183       $ 567       $ 41       $ 156       $ 723   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-28


Table of Contents

Otonomy, Inc.,

(A Development Stage Company)

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

(information as of March 31, 2014, for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014

and for the period from May 6, 2008 (inception) to March 31, 2014 is unaudited)

 

As of December 31, 2013, total compensation costs related to non-vested awards not yet recognized is $1.3 million which is expected to be recognized over a remaining weighted-average vesting period of 3.3 years. As of March 31, 2014, total compensation costs related to non-vested awards not yet recognized is $1.3 million which is expected to be recognized over a remaining weighted-average vesting period of 3.2 years.

9. Related Party Transactions

The Company has entered into various services agreements with affiliates of a principal stockholder. Under the terms of the agreements, the affiliated companies shared common services, such as accounting and finance support, through December 2013, and shared facilities through June 2012.

The following table summarizes related party receivables, payables, payments made and expenses related to affiliated companies under these agreements (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
     Period From
May 6, 2008
(inception) to
December 31,

    2013    
     Three Months
Ended March  31,
       Period From  
May 6, 2008
(inception) to
March 31,
2014
 
         2012              2013                 2013              2014         
                          (unaudited)      (unaudited)  

Receivable

   $ 17       $ 9       $ 9       $ 22       $ 9       $ 9   

Payable

     6         10         10         3                   

Payments

     79         28         1,351         7         6         1,357   

Expenses

     60         32         1,361         4                 1,361   

10. Income Taxes

Pursuant to Internal Revenue Code (IRC) Sections 382 and 383, annual use of the Company’s net operating loss and research and development credit carryforwards may be limited in the event that a cumulative change in ownership of more than 50% occurs within a three-year period. The Company has completed an IRC Section 382/383 analysis, regarding the limitation of net operating loss and research and development credit carryforwards as of December 31, 2013. As a result of the analysis, two ownership changes were determined to have occurred. Based on these changes, the deferred tax assets for net operating losses and federal research and development credits of $3.2 million and $0.3 million, respectively, have been removed from the deferred tax asset schedule and the Company has recorded a corresponding decrease in the valuation allowance. The California research and development credits were not limited as these credits carry forward indefinitely. The Company will continue to consider changes in ownership that may cause losses of tax attributes in the future.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

Otonomy, Inc.,

(A Development Stage Company)

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

(information as of March 31, 2014, for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014

and for the period from May 6, 2008 (inception) to March 31, 2014 is unaudited)

 

Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets are as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
         2012             2013      

Deferred tax assets:

    

Net operating loss carryforwards

   $ 11,252      $ 18,620   

Research and development credits

     621        1,363   

Depreciation and amortization

     433        906   

Accrued expenses

Deferred rent

     75        76   
     126        116   

Other, net

     27        31   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     12,534        21,112   

Less: valuation allowance

     (12,534     (21,112
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $      $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Due to the Company’s history of losses and uncertainty regarding future earnings, a full valuation allowance has been recorded against the Company’s deferred tax assets, as it is more likely than not that such assets will not be realized. A valuation allowance of approximately $12.5 million and $21.1 million has been established as of December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively.

At December 31, 2013, the Company had federal and California net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $46.8 million and $46.6 million, respectively, net of IRC Section 382 limitations. The federal and California net operating loss carryforwards will begin to expire in 2030, unless previously utilized. At December 31, 2013, the Company also had federal and California research and development credit carryforwards of approximately $1.6 million net of IRC Section 383 limitations and $1.1 million, respectively. The federal research and development credit carryforwards will begin expiring in 2030 unless previously utilized. The California research credit will carry forward indefinitely.

The following is a reconciliation of the expected recovery of income taxes between those that are based on enacted tax rates and laws, to those currently reported for the years ended December 31 (in thousands):

 

         2012             2013      

Federal statutory rate

   $ (2,573   $ (6,650

State tax (net of federal benefit)

     (628     (1,148 )

Permanent items, other

     56        65   

Change in fair value of convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     (1,260 )     (963

Change in fair value of convertible preferred stock purchase right

     (34 )       

Non-deductible interest

     150        855   

Other adjustments

     10        91   

Research and development credits

     (160 )     (1,236 )

Uncertain tax positions

     60        409   

Change in valuation allowance

     4,380        8,578   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision for income taxes

   $ 1      $ 1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-30


Table of Contents

Otonomy, Inc.,

(A Development Stage Company)

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

(information as of March 31, 2014, for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014

and for the period from May 6, 2008 (inception) to March 31, 2014 is unaudited)

 

The following table summarizes the activity related to our gross unrecognized tax benefits (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
         2012             2013      

Balance at the beginning of the year

   $ 422      $ 515   

Adjustments related to prior year tax positions

Increases related to current year tax positions

     (4     136   
     97        406   

Decreases due to statute of limitations expiration

              

Decreases due to IRC Section 382/383 limitation

              
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 515      $ 1,057   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company’s policy is to include interest and penalties related to unrecognized income tax benefits as a component of income tax expense. The Company has no accruals for interest or penalties in the accompanying balance sheets as of December 31, 2012 and 2013 and has not recognized interest or penalties in the accompanying statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013.

Due to the valuation allowance recorded against the Company’s deferred tax assets, future changes in unrecognized tax benefits will not impact the Company’s effective tax rate. The Company does not expect its unrecognized tax benefits to change significantly in the next 12 months.

The Company is subject to taxation in the United States and California. Due to the net operating loss carryforwards, the U.S. federal and state returns are open to examination by the IRS and California for all years since inception. The Company has not been, nor is it currently, under examination by the federal or any state tax authority.

11. Subsequent Events

The Company evaluated all events or transactions that occurred after the balance sheet date of December 31, 2013 through June 5, 2014, the date on which these financial statements were available to be issued.

Series D Convertible Preferred Stock

On April 23, 2014, the Company completed the sale of 145,073,529 shares Series D convertible preferred stock to new and existing investors at $0.34 per share for gross cash proceeds of $49.3 million.

Amended Certificate of Incorporation in Connection with the Issuance of the Series D Convertible Preferred Stock

The certificate of incorporation as amended immediately prior to the issuance of the Series D convertible preferred stock is described below.

The holders of the Series C and Series D convertible preferred stock on a pari passu basis and in priority have preference to the holders of the Series B and Series A convertible preferred stock and the holders of common stock. The holders of the Series B convertible preferred stock have priority over the holders of Series A convertible preferred stock and the holders of common stock.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

Otonomy, Inc.,

(A Development Stage Company)

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

(information as of March 31, 2014, for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014

and for the period from May 6, 2008 (inception) to March 31, 2014 is unaudited)

 

After payment of the liquidation preferences, the remaining assets, if any, will be distributed to the holders of the common stock and the Series B, Series C and Series D convertible preferred stock on a pro rata basis. Each share of convertible preferred stock is automatically converted into common stock immediately upon (i) the Company’s sale of its common stock in a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, in which the per share price is at least $1.02 (as adjusted) and the net cash proceeds are at least $70,000,000 or (ii) upon the written consent of 75% of the then outstanding Preferred Stock on an as-converted basis (the Preferred Stockholders).

The following table summarizes the preferred stock preferences in connection with the issuance of the Series D convertible preferred stock:

 

     Dividend Rate     Conversion Rate    Liquidation
Preference Per Share
 

Series D

     8   1:1    $ 0.34       

Series C

     8   1:1      0.25       

Series B

     8   1:1      0.25       

Series A

     8   1:2.193204365      0.8843   

At any time following the sixth anniversary of the date the first share of Series D convertible preferred stock was issued, if requested in writing by the Preferred Stockholders, the Company shall, to the extent it may lawfully do so, redeem all of the outstanding Series A convertible preferred stock, Series B convertible preferred stock, Series C convertible preferred stock and Series D convertible preferred stock in two equal annual installments to be made on both the date that is 60 days following the date of the Preferred Stockholders written request and on the one-year anniversary following the date of the Preferred Stockholders written request.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

                     Shares

 

 

LOGO

Common Stock

 

 

J.P. Morgan      BofA Merrill Lynch   

Piper Jaffray

Sanford C. Bernstein

                                 , 2014


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

Estimated expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by the Registrant in connection with the sale of the common stock being registered under this registration statement are as follows:

 

     Amount
to Be Paid
 

SEC registration fee

   $ 11,109   

FINRA filing fee

     13,438   

NASDAQ listing fee

         *   

Printing and engraving expenses

         *   

Legal fees and expenses

         *   

Accounting fees and expenses

         *   

Blue Sky fees and expenses (including legal fees)

         *   

Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses

         *   

Miscellaneous expenses

         *   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $         *   
  

 

 

 

 

  * To be filed by amendment.

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

On completion of this offering, the Registrant’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation will contain provisions that eliminate, to the maximum extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the personal liability of the Registrant’s directors and executive officers for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duties as directors or officers. The Registrant’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws will provide that the Registrant must indemnify its directors and executive officers and may indemnify its employees and other agents to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

Sections 145 and 102(b)(7) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware provide that a corporation may indemnify any person made a party to an action by reason of the fact that he or she was a director, executive officer, employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of a corporation against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with such action if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful, except that, in the case of an action by or in right of the corporation, no indemnification may generally be made in respect of any claim as to which such person is adjudged to be liable to the corporation.

The Registrant has entered into indemnification agreements with its directors and executive officers, in addition to the indemnification provided for in its amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws, and intends to enter into indemnification agreements with any new directors and executive officers in the future.

The Registrant has purchased and currently intends to maintain insurance on behalf of each and any person who is or was a director or officer of the Registrant against any loss arising from any claim asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, subject to certain exclusions.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

The Underwriting Agreement (Exhibit 1.1 hereto) provides for indemnification by the underwriters of the Registrant and its executive officers and directors, and by the Registrant of the underwriters, for certain liabilities, including liabilities arising under the Securities Act.

See also the undertakings set out in response to Item 17 herein.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

Since January 1, 2011, the Registrant has issued and sold the following securities:

 

  (1) On April 23, 2014, the Registrant issued and sold 145,073,529 shares of its series D convertible preferred stock in a private placement to accredited investors at a purchase price per share of $0.34 for gross proceeds of approximately $49.3 million.

 

  (2) Between August 26, 2013 and December 17, 2013, the Registrant issued and sold an aggregate of 247,527,782 shares of its series C convertible preferred stock in a private placement to accredited investors at a purchase price per share of $0.25, for aggregate consideration of approximately $61.9 million. Of this amount, $16.0 million was paid for by cancellation of principal and accrued interest under the secured convertible promissory notes described in paragraph (5) below.

 

  (3) In July 31, 2013, the Registrant issued and sold a warrant to purchase up to a maximum of 840,000 shares of series C convertible preferred stock with an exercise price per share of $0.25 to Square 1 Bank in connection with a credit facility.

 

  (4) Between August 23, 2012 and January 22, 2013, the Registrant issued and sold warrants to purchase an aggregate of 12,003,999 shares of its series C convertible preferred stock at an exercise price per share of $0.25 to certain of its series C investors. These warrants were issued in connection with the sale and issuance of the secured convertible promissory notes described in paragraph (5) below.

 

  (5) Between August 23, 2012 and January 22, 2013, the Registrant issued secured convertible promissory notes in the aggregate principal amount of $15.0 million. These notes converted into 63,927,783 shares of the Registrant’s series C convertible preferred stock in August 26, 2013 as described in paragraph (2) above.

 

  (6) Between January 1, 2011 and July 10, 2014, the Registrant granted to its directors, employees, consultants and other service providers options to purchase an aggregate of 67,599,671 shares of common stock under the Registrant’s 2010 Stock Plan (2010 Plan) at exercise prices per share ranging from $0.03 to $0.18, for an aggregate exercise price of approximately $6.7 million.

 

  (7) Between January 1, 2011 and July 10, 2014, the Registrant issued and sold to its directors, employees, consultants and other service providers an aggregate of 1,835,025 shares of common stock upon the exercise of options under the 2010 Plan at exercise prices per share ranging from $0.03 to $0.09, for an aggregate exercise price of approximately $0.1 million.

None of the foregoing transactions involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions, or any public offering. The Registrant believes these transactions were exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act or Regulation D, Regulation S or Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering, outside the United States, or pursuant to benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701. The recipients of the securities in each of these transactions represented their intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were placed upon the stock certificates issued in these transactions. All recipients had adequate access, through their relationships with us or otherwise, to information about the Registrant.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

 

(a) Exhibits:

See the Exhibit Index immediately following the Signature Pages.

 

(b) Financial Statement Schedules.

All other schedules have been omitted because the information required to be presented in them is not applicable or is shown in the financials statements or related notes.

Item 17. Undertakings.

The Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing as specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The Registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of San Diego, State of California, on July 11, 2014.

 

OTONOMY, INC.
By:   /s/    David A. Weber
 

David A. Weber, Ph.D.

President and Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints David A. Weber, Ph.D. and Paul E. Cayer and each of them acting individually, as his or her attorneys-in-fact, each with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments including post-effective amendments to this Registration Statement and any subsequent registration statement relating to the same offering as this Registration Statement that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done in and about the premises hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or his or her or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this amendment to registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated below:

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/    David A. Weber

David A. Weber, Ph.D.

  

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

  July 11, 2014

/s/    Paul E. Cayer

Paul E. Cayer

  

Chief Financial and Business Officer, and Secretary

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

  July 11, 2014

/s/    Peter Bisgaard

Peter Bisgaard

   Chairman of the Board of Directors   July 11, 2014

/s/    Vickie Capps

Vickie Capps

   Director   July 11, 2014

/s/    Brian Dovey

Brian Dovey

  

Director

  July 11, 2014

/s/    Chau Q. Khuong

Chau Q. Khuong

  

Director

  July 11, 2014

 

II-4


Table of Contents

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/    Jay Lichter

Jay Lichter, Ph.D.

  

Director

  July 11, 2014

/s/    John P. McKearn

John P. McKearn, Ph.D.

  

Director

  July 11, 2014

/s/    Heather Preston

Heather Preston, M.D.

  

Director

  July 11, 2014

 

II-5


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

  1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement, including Form of Lock-up Agreement.
  2.1#    Asset Transfer Agreement between the Registrant and IncuMed, LLC, dated April 30, 2013.
  3.1    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as currently in effect.
  3.2*    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be in effect upon the completion of this offering.
  3.3    Bylaws of the Registrant, as currently in effect.
  3.4*    Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, to be in effect upon the completion of this offering.
  4.1    Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement among the Registrant and certain of its stockholders, dated April 23, 2014.
  4.2*    Specimen common stock certificate of the Registrant.
  5.1*    Opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation.
10.1+*    Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and each of its directors and executive officers.
10.2+    2010 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended, and forms of agreement thereunder.
10.3+*    2014 Equity Incentive Plan and forms of agreements thereunder, to be in effect upon the completion of this offering.
10.4+*    2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan and form of agreement thereunder, to be in effect upon the completion of this offering.
10.5+*    Executive Employment Agreement between the Registrant and David A. Weber, Ph.D., dated             , 2014.
10.6+*    Executive Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Paul E. Cayer, dated             , 2014.
10.7+*    Executive Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Carl LeBel, Ph.D., dated             , 2014.
10.8+*    Executive Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Robert Michael Savel, II, dated             , 2014.
10.9    Lease Agreement between the Registrant and ARE-SD Region No. 25, LLC, dated September 23, 2011, as amended on May 28, 2014.
10.10    Loan and Security Agreement between the Registrant and Square 1 Bank, dated July 31, 2013.
10.11#    License and Commercialization Agreement between the Registrant and DURECT Corporation, dated April 30, 2013.
10.12#    License Agreement between the Registrant and The Regents of the University of California, dated November 5, 2008, as amended on January 27, 2010, June 9, 2010 and November 7, 2012.
10.13    Form of Warrant to Purchase Series A Convertible Preferred Stock issued pursuant to the Registrant’s Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement, dated December 8, 2008.


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

10.14    Form of Warrant to Purchase Shares of Preferred Stock issued pursuant to the Registrant’s Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement, dated August 23, 2012.
10.15    Warrant to Purchase Stock issued pursuant to Loan and Security Agreement between the Registrant and Square 1 Bank, dated July 31, 2013.
23.1    Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
23.2*    Consent of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation (included in Exhibit 5.1).
24.1    Power of Attorney (see page II-4 to this Form S-1).

 

  * To be filed by amendment.
  # Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to certain portions of this exhibit. Omitted portions have been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
  + Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.

Exhibit 2.1

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED AS TO CERTAIN PORTIONS OF THIS DOCUMENT. EACH SUCH PORTION, WHICH HAS BEEN OMITTED HEREIN AND REPLACED WITH AN ASTERISK [***], HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

ASSET TRANSFER AGREEMENT

This Asset Transfer Agreement is made as of April 30, 2013 between Otonomy, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Otonomy ”), and IncuMed, LLC, a Nevada LLC (“ IncuMed ”). Otonomy and IncuMed are each referred to herein as a “ Party ” and collectively as the “ Parties .”

RECITALS

A.    Otonomy desires to purchase from IncuMed, and IncuMed desires to sell to Otonomy, the Transferred Assets (as defined below) in exchange for the payment obligations set forth in Section 2.3, all as consideration for such purchase.

Now, therefore, in consideration of the foregoing premises, the mutual representations, warranties covenants and other agreements set forth herein and the mutual benefits to be gained by the performance thereof, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged and accepted, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS; RULES OF CONSTRUCTION

SECTION 1.1     Definitions . Terms capitalized but not defined in this Agreement are defined on Exhibit A . Exhibit A also contains references to terms defined in the body of this Agreement and other Exhibits to this Agreement.

ARTICLE II

TRANSFER OF ASSETS; ASSUMPTION OF

LIABILITIES; CONSIDERATION; CLOSING

SECTION 2.1     Transfer of Assets . Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement:

(a)    IncuMed hereby sells, conveys, assigns and transfers to Otonomy, and Otonomy hereby acquires from IncuMed all of IncuMed’s right, title and interest in and to the following assets (collectively, the “ Transferred Assets ”):

(i)     the Transferred Patent Rights;

(ii)    the Durect License Agreement;

(iii)   the Transferred Books and Records; and

(iv)   all rights, claims, causes of action and credits, including all guarantees, warranties, indemnities, rights of setoff and similar rights, in favor of IncuMed to the extent relating to any of the foregoing Transferred Assets, including, without limitation, all causes of action for past


misappropriation or infringement of any Transferred Patent Rights and rights to damages and other remedies for past misappropriation or infringement of any Transferred Patent Rights.

The transfer of the Transferred Assets pursuant to this Agreement shall not include the assumption of any Liability related to the Transferred Assets.

SECTION 2.2     Liabilities .   All Liabilities of IncuMed (the “ Retained Liabilities ”) shall remain the sole responsibility of and shall be retained, paid, performed and discharged solely by IncuMed. For the avoidance of doubt, the Retained Liabilities shall include, without limitation:

(i)    Any Liability of IncuMed under the Durect License Agreement that arises after the Effective Time but that arises out of or relates to any breach thereof that occurred prior to the Effective Time;

(ii)    (A) any Tax Liabilities for any Tax period of IncuMed, or any member of any consolidated, affiliated, combined or unitary group of corporations of which IncuMed or any of its Subsidiaries is or has been a member and (B) Taxes attributable to the Transferred Assets for any Pre-Closing Tax Period;

(iii)    any Liabilities of IncuMed arising out of any product liability, patent infringement, breach of warranty, government seizure, recall or similar claim for injury to person or property or any other claim related to the Transferred Assets arising prior to the Effective Time (including all proceedings relating to any such Liabilities);

(iv)    any Liabilities of IncuMed with respect to any litigation or other claims related to the Transferred Assets arising from any event, circumstance or condition prior to the Effective Time;

(v)    any Liability of IncuMed related to any product or service of IncuMed not related to the Transferred Assets;

(vi)    any Liability of IncuMed arising out of (A) any suit, action or proceeding pending or threatened as of the Effective Time, with respect to claims based upon facts, events or circumstances occurring prior to the Effective Time, or (B) any actual or alleged violation by IncuMed or any of its Affiliates of any Law applicable to IncuMed or any of its Affiliates;

(vii)    any Liability of IncuMed or any ERISA Affiliate under or relating to (A) any employee benefit plan, or relating to wages, bonuses, payroll, vacation, sick leave, workers’ compensation, unemployment benefits, pension benefits, employee stock option or profit-sharing plans, health care plans or benefits, phantom stock, deferred compensation or other similar plan or arrangement, or any other employee plans or benefits of any kind, in each case, which IncuMed or any ERISA Affiliate has entered into, maintains or administers or has maintained or administered, to which IncuMed or any ERISA Affiliate contributes or has contributed or is or has been required to contribute, or under or with respect to which IncuMed or any ERISA Affiliate has or may have any

 

-2-


Liability and (B) any actual or alleged violation by IncuMed or any of its Affiliates of any equal employment or employment discrimination laws;

(viii)    any Liability (including all costs and disbursements) incurred in connection with the termination of employment of any IncuMed employee prior to or in connection with the Closing;

(ix)    any Liability under Environmental Laws arising out of or relating to the use or ownership of the Transferred Assets, in each case before the Effective Time;

(x)    any Liability of IncuMed to any of its Affiliates; and

(xi)    any other Liability of IncuMed resulting from IncuMed’s ownership, use, operation or maintenance of the Transferred Assets prior to the Effective Time.

For the avoidance of any doubt, the Parties agree that Otonomy is not assuming any Liability of IncuMed or of any of IncuMed’s Affiliates (including without limitation NeuroSystec).  Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as IncuMed acknowledging or agreeing that IncuMed has assumed any liabilities of NeuroSystec.

SECTION 2.3     Consideration .

(a)    As consideration for the Transferred Assets and rights granted to Otonomy hereunder, Otonomy shall:

(i)    Pay to IncuMed at the Closing, a payment of $225,000 (“ Purchase Payment ”), less the Escrow Amount;

(ii)    Deliver the Escrow Amount to the Escrow Agent, in accordance with the Escrow Agreement The Escrow Fund will be held, administered and distributed by the Escrow Agent in accordance with the terms of the Escrow Agreement and Article VII of this Agreement; and

(iii)    Pay to IncuMed, subject to setoff as provided in Section 7.6 of this Agreement, the following one-time milestone payments upon the first achievement of the following milestones by Otonomy, its Affiliates or licensees:

 

  (1)

[***]

 

  (2)

[***]

 

  (3)

[***] and

*** Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

-3-


(4)    [***] (payments under subsections (1) through (4) are collectively referred to as “ Milestone Payments ”).

Otonomy shall notify IncuMed in writing within thirty (30) days after the achievement of any of the foregoing milestones under clauses (1), (2) or (3) above, and payment of the amount corresponding to such milestone shall be due within thirty (30) days after such achievement. Otonomy shall notify IncuMed in writing within forty five (45) days after the calendar year end in which the milestone under clause (4) above has been achieved by Otonomy, and payment of the amount corresponding to such milestone shall be due within forty five (45) days following such calendar year end. For clarity, each of the above milestone payments shall be payable once only and only for the first occurrence of each such milestone, irrespective of the number of Products that may ultimately achieve such milestone.   In no event shall the total amount paid or payable to IncuMed under Section 2.3(a)(iii) exceed $5,250,000.    Until receipt by IncuMed of the final payment pursuant to the milestone in clause (4) above, Otonomy will allow an annual review by an independent accountant selected and paid by IncuMed and consented to by Otonomy (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld) of Otonomy’s financial statements and calculations used in determining Net Sales.

(b)     [Intentionally omitted.]

(c)     Allocation of Purchase Price .  The consideration payable hereunder shall be allocated among the Transferred Assets in accordance with this Section 2.3(c).    Otonomy shall prepare and deliver to IncuMed, within 45 days following the Closing, a draft schedule setting forth an allocation of such consideration among the Transferred Assets (the “ Allocation ”), which shall be prepared in accordance with Code Section 1060 and the Treasury regulations thereunder (and any similar provision of state, local or foreign law, as appropriate).  The Parties will use commercially reasonable efforts to agree on the final Allocation, which shall be conclusive and binding upon Otonomy and IncuMed for all purposes, and the parties agree that all returns and reports (including, without limitation, IRS Form 8594) and all financial statements shall be prepared in a manner consistent with (and the parties shall not otherwise file a Tax Return position inconsistent with) the final Allocation unless required by the IRS or any other applicable Governmental Authority.

(d)     Withholding Taxes .  Otonomy and its representatives shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from any amount payable pursuant to this Agreement to any Person such Taxes as may be required to be deducted or withheld therefrom under any applicable Law and shall remit such amounts to the applicable Governmental Authority, and shall, if requested by IncuMed, provide a written copy of a tax receipt from such Governmental Authority reflecting the amounts so withheld and remitted. To the extent such amounts are so deducted or withheld, such amounts shall be treated for all purposes as having been paid to the Person to whom such amounts would otherwise have been paid. In the event a Governmental Authority subsequently determines that Taxes should have been withheld and paid over to such Governmental Authority, IncuMed shall fully indemnify Otonomy for such Taxes.

*** Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

-4-


SECTION 2.4     Closing .   Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the closing of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (the “ Closing ”), including the transfer of the Transferred Assets, shall be held at the offices of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, 650 Page Mill Road, Palo Alto, California 94304 at 10:00 a.m. Pacific Time on the date hereof, contemporaneously with the execution and delivery of this Agreement and other deliverables described in Sections 2.5 and 2.6 of this Agreement, or such later date as the Parties agree upon in writing (the “ Closing Date ”).

SECTION 2.5     Closing Deliveries by IncuMed . At the Closing, IncuMed shall:

(a)    deliver to Otonomy an original of each Transaction Document to which IncuMed is to be a party, duly executed by IncuMed;

(b)    deliver to Otonomy the Transferred Books and Records;

(c)    deliver to Otonomy such other bills of sale, assignments, certificates of title, documents and other instruments of transfer and conveyance, and such copies of the Transferred Patent Rights, as may reasonably be requested by Otonomy, each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Otonomy and its legal counsel and duly executed by IncuMed; and

(d)    deliver to the Escrow Agent originally executed Reconveyance Documents to which IncuMed is a party, duly executed by IncuMed, which Reconveyance Documents will be delivered to Otonomy only in the event Otonomy exercises the Put Option during the Put Option Period in accordance with Section 6.1 hereof.

SECTION 2.6     Closing Deliveries by Otonomy .

At the Closing, Otonomy shall:

(a)    deliver to IncuMed an original of each Transaction Document to which Otonomy is to be a party, duly executed by Otonomy;

(b)    deliver to IncuMed the Purchase Payment, less the Escrow Amount, in immediately available funds by wire transfer to an account or accounts designated by IncuMed; and

(c)    deliver to the Escrow Agent (x) the Escrow Amount, in immediately available funds by wire transfer to an account or accounts designated by the Escrow Agent, and (y) originally executed Put Option Patent Assignment Agreement, Put Option Bill of Sale and Put Option Assignment and Assumption Agreement (such documents referred to collectively, the “ Reconveyance Documents ”), which Reconveyance Documents will be delivered to IncuMed only in the event Otonomy exercises the Put Option during the Put Option Period and Otonomy receives the full amount of cash to which it is due pursuant to Section 6.1(a)(ii) hereof, all in accordance with Section 6.1.

 

-5-


ARTICLE III

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF INCUMED

Except as set forth in the disclosure schedule delivered by IncuMed to Otonomy on the date hereof (the “ Disclosure Schedule”), which Disclosure Schedule identifies the Section (or, if applicable, subsection) of this Agreement to which such exception relates (provided, however, that such disclosure shall also apply to particular matters represented or warranted in other Sections and subsections to the extent that it is reasonably apparent from the text of such disclosure), IncuMed hereby represents and warrants to Otonomy, as of the date of this Agreement, as set forth on Exhibit B .

ARTICLE IV

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF OTONOMY

Otonomy hereby represents and warrants to IncuMed, as of the date of this Agreement, as set forth on Exhibit C-1 .

ARTICLE V

ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS

SECTION 5.1       Cooperation and Assistance . At Otonomy’s sole cost and expense, IncuMed shall cooperate fully with and assist Otonomy as may be necessary or useful in order to allow Otonomy to understand and complete the transfer of the Transferred Assets for the purposes contemplated in this Agreement.

SECTION 5.2       Confidentiality .

(a)       Confidential Information . It is understood that upon the Closing all Otonomy Confidential Information is and shall remain the sole property of Otonomy, and IncuMed shall have no interest therein. It is understood that at all times IncuMed Confidential Information is and shall remain the sole property of IncuMed, and Otonomy shall have no interest therein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Transferred Books and Records will become Otonomy Confidential Information; provided however, that the Transferred Books and Records will become IncuMed Confidential Information on the Put Date in the event the Put Option is exercised.

(b)       Permitted Disclosures . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 5.2, Confidential Information shall exclude information that (i) the receiving Party can demonstrate was in the public domain at the time it was disclosed or enters the public domain through no act or omission of the receiving Party, and (ii) is received rightfully by the receiving Party from a Third Party and without (A) restriction on use or disclosure and (B) breach of any obligation of confidentiality.

 

-6-


(c)       Confidentiality Obligation . Each Party may use the other Party’s Confidential Information solely to fulfill its obligations in connection with this Agreement. Each Party shall treat as confidential and not disclose to any third party any of the other Party’s Confidential Information and shall not use such other Party’s Confidential Information for its own benefit. Without limiting the foregoing, each Party shall use at least the same degree of care which it uses to prevent the disclosure of its own confidential information of like importance, but in no event with less than reasonable care, to prevent the disclosure of the other Party’s Confidential Information. Each Party further agrees to take all reasonable precautions to prevent any unauthorized disclosure or use of any Confidential Information.

(d)       Confidentiality Agreement . Each Party agrees that the terms and conditions, but not the existence, of this Agreement shall be treated as the Confidential Information of both Parties and that no reference to the terms and conditions of this Agreement or to activities pertaining thereto may be made by either Party in any form of public or commercial advertising without the prior written consent of the other Party; provided, however, that each Party may disclose the terms and conditions of this Agreement: (i) to its legal counsel and accountant or financial advisor, or employees, directors, investors and potential investors who have a need to know such information and either agree to be bound by the confidentiality obligations set forth herein or be under an obligation of confidentiality; (ii) subject to Section 5.2(e), as required by any court or other governmental body; or (iii) as otherwise required by law, subject to the disclosing party complying with procedures equivalent to those of Section 5.2(e) below.

(e)       Required Disclosure . In the event that either Party believes that it will be compelled, or is compelled, by a court, administrative agency, or other governmental body to disclose the other Party’s Confidential Information, it shall: (i) if legally permissible, provide prompt notice thereof to the other Party so that such other Party may take steps to oppose such disclosure, and (ii) cooperate with the other Party’s reasonable attempts to oppose such disclosure, and (iii) use its reasonable efforts to obtain a protective order or otherwise prevent unrestricted or public disclosure of such information.

(f)       Public Announcements . Neither Party shall make any public announcement relating to this Agreement except upon the other Party’s prior written consent, which consent may be granted or withheld by such other Party in its sole discretion.

(g)       Prior Agreement . This Agreement supersedes the Mutual Nondisclosure Agreement between Otonomy and NeuroSystec (and its affiliates) dated September 16, 2011 (the “ Prior Agreement ”). All information exchanged between the Parties and their respective Affiliates under the Prior Agreement shall be deemed Confidential Information and shall be subject to the terms of this Section 5.2.

SECTION 5.3       Further Assurance . On and after the Closing Date, each of the Parties hereto shall from time to time, at the reasonable request of the other Party and sole expense of such other Party, use commercially reasonable efforts to execute, acknowledge and deliver, or cause to be executed, acknowledged and delivered, such further conveyances, notices and assumptions and such other instruments, and take such other actions, as the other Party may reasonably request in order to

 

-7-


more effectively consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and to carry out the provisions of this Agreement, each of the other Transaction Documents and, if the Put Option is exercised, each of the Reconveyance Documents, including, without limitation, (i) to transfer fully to Otonomy good and marketable title to the Transferred Assets and all of the titles, rights, interests, remedies, powers and privileges intended to be conveyed under Transaction Documents (including assistance in the collection or reduction to possession of any of the Transferred Assets) and (ii) if the Put Option is exercised and the conditions to the transfer of the Transferred Assets to IncuMed as set forth in Section 6.1(a) are satisfied, to transfer fully to IncuMed good and marketable title to the Transferred Assets and all of the titles, rights, interests, remedies, powers and privileges intended to be conveyed under Reconveyance Documents (including assistance in the collection or reduction to possession of any of the Transferred Assets).

SECTION 5.4       [This section intentionally left blank]

SECTION 5.5       Put Option Covenants .

(a)       Affirmative Covenants . During the period starting at the Effective Time and ending on the earlier of (i) the Put Expiration Time, if the Put Option is not exercised, (ii) the Put Cancellation Time, if the Put Option is cancelled, and (iii) the Put Date, if the Put Option is exercised, Otonomy shall, except to the extent expressly provided otherwise in this Agreement or as consented to in writing by IncuMed:

(i)      comply with its obligations contained in this Agreement and other Transaction Documents;

(ii)      maintain its records and hold the Transferred Assets in material compliance with all applicable Laws;

(iii)      Otonomy shall be responsible for filing, prosecuting and maintaining all pending and issued Patent Rights within the Transferred Patent Rights, including payment of all routine government fees and annuities and filing all documents necessary to maintain such Transferred Patent Rights and shall keep IncuMed reasonably informed of any material changes, occurrences and events relating to the filing, prosecution or maintenance of the Transferred Patent Rights. Otonomy shall provide IncuMed a reasonable opportunity to review and comment on filing, prosecution and maintenance of the Transferred Patent Rights, including providing IncuMed with copies of all relevant communications to or from any patent authority regarding the Transferred Patent Rights and providing drafts of any material filings or responses to be made to such patent authorities reasonably in advance of the submission of such filings or responses. Otonomy shall confer from time to time as reasonably requested by IncuMed with one or more representatives of IncuMed to discuss any material action, changes or developments concerning or affecting the Transferred Patent Rights and shall reasonably consider all requests by IncuMed in connection with the filing, prosecuting and maintaining of the Transferred Patent Rights;

 

-8-


(iv)      promptly notify IncuMed of any change, occurrence or event which, individually or in the aggregate with any other changes, occurrences and events, would reasonably be expected to be materially adverse to the Transferred Assets; and

(v)      keep IncuMed reasonably informed of any material notices or events under the Durect License Agreement (including any notices related to Otonomy’s breach of the Durect License Agreement).

(b)       Negative Covenants . During the period starting at the Effective Time and ending on the earlier of (i) the Put Expiration Time, if the Put Option is not exercised, (ii) the Put Cancellation Time, if the Put Option is cancelled, and (iii) the Put Date, if the Put Option is exercised, Otonomy shall not do, cause, or permit any of the following, except to the extent expressly provided otherwise in this Agreement or as consented to in writing by IncuMed:

(i)       Outbound IP Licenses . Grant to any Person a license under any Transferred Asset, other than limited, revocable, non-exclusive licenses granted to contract research organizations in the ordinary course of business as necessary for such organizations to perform services for Otonomy with respect to the development of Products; provided that Otonomy shall be obligated to revoke any such license(s) prior to exercising the Put Option;

(ii)       Exclusive Rights and Most Favored Party Provisions . Enter into or amend any agreement pursuant to which any other party is granted rights that purport to or would have the effect of limiting or restricting IncuMed’s use of the Transferred Assets or IncuMed’s business activities upon a reversion of the Transferred Assets to IncuMed following Otonomy’s exercise of the Put Option;

(iii)       Dispositions . Sell, lease, or otherwise transfer any of the Transferred Assets other than transfers to Affiliates, which may be made so long as the Affiliate executes and delivers to Otonomy and IncuMed a written agreement to be bound by the terms of this Agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to IncuMed;

(iv)       Encumbrances . Place or allow the creation of any Encumbrance on any of the Transferred Assets (other than revocable, non-exclusive licenses permitted under Section 5.5(b)(i) above);

(v)       License Agreement . (i) Modify, amend or fail to perform under the License Agreement, without IncuMed’s prior written consent, or (ii) terminate the License Agreement, in whole or in part; or

(vi)       Other . Agree to take any of the actions described above.

 

-9-


ARTICLE VI

PUT OPTION

SECTION 6.1       Put Option .

(a)     At any time during the Put Option Period, Otonomy may deliver a written notice (a “ Put Notice ”) to IncuMed stating that it exercises it rights under this Article VI to transfer back to IncuMed all of the Transferred Assets (the “ Put Option ”). In the event Otonomy delivers a Put Notice to IncuMed during the Put Option Period (the date of such delivery, the “ Put Date ”):

(i)      Otonomy shall assign to IncuMed, and hereby does assign to IncuMed, contingent upon Otonomy’s delivery of the Put Notice to IncuMed during the Put Option Period and Otonomy’s receipt of funds pursuant to Section 6.1(a)(ii), all of Otonomy’s right, title and interest in and to the Transferred Assets;

(ii)      The Escrow Agent shall release to Otonomy the full amount of the Escrow Fund, and to the extent the Escrow Fund contains less than the Escrow Amount, IncuMed shall pay to Otonomy either (a) the difference between the Escrow Amount and the amount actually in the Escrow Fund or (b) $[***] whichever is less;

(iii)      The Escrow Agent shall release to IncuMed all Reconveyance Documents signed by Otonomy upon Otonomy’s receipt of funds pursuant to Section 6.1(a)(ii);

(iv)      The Escrow Agent shall, simultaneously with the release of the Reconveyance Documents to IncuMed pursuant to subsection (iii) above, release to Otonomy all Reconveyance Documents signed by IncuMed; and

(v)      Otonomy’s obligation to make any further payments pursuant to Section 2.3(a)(iii) shall cease.

(b)      By delivering a Put Notice, Otonomy represents and warrants to IncuMed effective as of the Put Date as provided on  Exhibit C-2 .

(c)      In the event the Put Option is exercised, Otonomy shall, at IncuMed’s sole cost and expense, afford IncuMed reasonable access during business hours to the employees of Otonomy with knowledge of the Transferred Assets so that they can describe to IncuMed the work Otonomy has performed related to the Transferred Assets (it being understood that Otonomy’s employees will possess all material knowledge of the work Otonomy has performed related to the Transferred Assets).

(d)      In the event Otonomy does not deliver a Put Notice to IncuMed during the Put Option Period pursuant to Section 6.1(a) or delivers a Put Cancellation Notice, then on the Put Expiration Time or the Put Cancellation Time, as applicable, (x) the amounts remaining in the Escrow Fund, if any, shall be released to IncuMed, subject to Section 7.6(b), (y) the Reconveyance

*** Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

-10-


Documents signed by Otonomy shall be released to Otonomy, and (z) the Reconveyance Documents signed by IncuMed shall be released to IncuMed.

ARTICLE VII

INDEMNIFICATION

SECTION 7.1       Indemnification by IncuMed .   IncuMed shall indemnify and hold harmless Otonomy, its Affiliates and their respective officers, directors, agents and employees (collectively, the “ Otonomy Indemnified Parties”) from and against any and all claims, demands, damages, losses, costs, liabilities and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’, expert witnesses’ and consultants’ fees) (collectively, “ Losses ”) arising out of or related to any (a) breach by IncuMed of any representation or warranty set forth in this Agreement, (b) breach by IncuMed of any covenant set forth in this Agreement, except in the case of this clause (b) for (i) claims arising due to the negligence, intentional misconduct, or breach of this Agreement by Otonomy or its Affiliates and (ii) claims for which Otonomy is obligated to indemnify IncuMed Indemnified Parties pursuant to Section 7.2, (c) Retained Liabilities, or (d) fraud committed by IncuMed or its officers, directors or employees in connection with this Agreement (“ IncuMed Fraud”) .

SECTION 7.2       Indemnification by Otonomy .   Otonomy shall indemnify and hold harmless IncuMed, its Affiliates and their respective officers, directors, agents, and employees (collectively, the “ IncuMed Indemnified Parties”) from and against any and all Losses arising out of or related to any (a) breach by Otonomy of any representation or warranty set forth in this Agreement, (b) breach by Otonomy of any covenant set forth in this Agreement (for the avoidance of any doubt, this includes but is not limited to any breach of any of the Put Covenants stated in Section 5.5), (c) claim brought against an IncuMed Indemnified Party by a third party arising from the use (including use in clinical trials), manufacture, marketing, promotion, sale, advertising, transportation, handling, storage, or distribution of an Active Agent or products containing an Active Agent by or on behalf of Otonomy, including any claims with respect to a defect or alleged defect in the labeling of a Product or any defect or alleged defect in the design or formulation of a Product, except in each case of clause (b) or this clause (c), for (i) claims arising due to the negligence, intentional misconduct, or breach of this Agreement by IncuMed or its Affiliates, and (ii) claims for which IncuMed is obligated to indemnify Otonomy Indemnified Parties pursuant to Section 7.1, (d) in the event Otonomy exercises the Put Option, all liabilities and obligations incurred by Otonomy in its use of the Transferred Assets between the Effective Time and the Put Date, or (e) fraud committed by Otonomy or its officers, directors or employees in connection with this Agreement (“ Otonomy Fraud”) .

SECTION 7.3       Third Party Claims Indemnification Procedures

(a)      In the event that a party entitled to indemnification under this Agreement (“ Indemnified Party”) incurs any Loss related to a third party (“ Third Party Claim”) for which an indemnifying party under this Agreement (an “ Indemnifying Party”) may have liability to any Indemnified Party hereunder, such Indemnified Party shall promptly notify the Indemnifying Party in writing of such Third Party Claim, the amount or the estimated amount of damages sought

 

-11-


thereunder to the extent then ascertainable (which estimate shall not be conclusive of the final amount of such Third Party Claim), any other remedy sought thereunder, any relevant time constraints relating thereto and, to the extent practicable, any other material details pertaining thereto (a “ Claim Notice ”); provided, however, that the failure timely to give a Claim Notice shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party of any liability that it may have to any Indemnified Party, except to the extent that the Indemnifying Party demonstrates that such failure has a material prejudicial effect on the defenses or other rights available to the Indemnifying Party with respect to such Third Party Claim. The Indemnifying Party shall have 30 days (or such lesser number of days set forth in the Claim Notice as may be required by court proceeding in the event of a litigated matter) after receipt of the Claim Notice (the “ Notice Period ”) to notify the Indemnified Party that it desires to defend the Indemnified Party against such Third Party Claim; it being understood that by assuming the defense of a Third Party Claim the Indemnifying Party shall conclusively acknowledge its obligation to indemnify the Indemnified Party with respect to such Third Party Claim.

(b)      In the event that the Indemnifying Party notifies the Indemnified Party within the Notice Period that it desires to defend the Indemnified Party against a Third Party Claim and diligently begins such defense, the Indemnifying Party shall, at its sole expense, have the right to defend the Indemnified Party by appropriate proceedings and shall have the sole power to direct and control such defense with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party. Once the Indemnifying Party has duly assumed the defense of a Third Party Claim, the Indemnified Party shall have the right, but not the obligation, to participate in any such defense and to employ separate counsel of its choosing. The Indemnified Party shall participate in any such defense at its expense unless the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party are both named parties to the proceedings and the Indemnified Party shall have reasonably concluded that representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. The Indemnifying Party shall not, without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party, settle, compromise or offer to settle or compromise any Third Party Claim on a basis that would result in (i) the imposition of a consent order, injunction or decree that would restrict the future activity or conduct of the Indemnified Party or any of its Affiliates, or adversely affect the value of the Transferred Assets, (ii) a finding or admission of a violation of Law or violation of the rights of any Person by the Indemnified Party or any of its Affiliates, (iii) a finding or admission that would have an adverse effect on other claims made or threatened against the Indemnified Party or any of its Affiliates, or (iv) any monetary liability of the Indemnified Party that will not be promptly paid or reimbursed by the Indemnifying Party.

(c)      If the Indemnifying Party (i) elects not to defend the Indemnified Party against a Third Party Claim, whether by not giving the Indemnified Party timely notice of its desire to so defend or otherwise after assuming the defense of a Third Party Claim, or (ii) fails to take reasonable steps necessary to defend diligently such Third Party Claim, the Indemnified Party shall have the right but not the obligation to assume its own defense; it being understood that the Indemnified Party’s right to indemnification for a Third Party Claim shall not be adversely affected by the defense.

 

-12-


(d)      The Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party shall cooperate in order to ensure the proper and adequate defense of a Third Party Claim, including by keeping the other Party fully informed of the status of such Third Party Claim and any related proceedings at all stages thereof where such Party is not represented by its own counsel, and by providing access to each other’s relevant business records and other documents, and employees; it being understood that the reasonable costs and expenses of the Indemnified Party relating thereto shall be Losses.

(e)      The Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to avoid production of Confidential Information (consistent with applicable Law), and to cause all communications among employees, counsel and others representing any Party to a Third Party Claim to be made so as to preserve any applicable attorney-client or work-product privileges.

SECTION 7.4       Survival . The representations and warranties of IncuMed in Exhibit B to this Agreement shall survive until the earlier of (i) the Put Expiration Time, if the Put Option is not exercised, and (ii) the Put Date, if the Put Option is exercised, except the representations and warranties in Section 1 (Organization) and Section 2 (Authority) of Exhibit B hereof will not terminate. All representations and warranties of Otonomy in Exhibit C-1 to this Agreement shall survive until the earlier of (i) the Put Expiration Time, if the Put Option is not exercised, and (ii) the Put Date, if the Put Option is exercised, except the representations and warranties in Section 1 (Organization) and Section 2 (Authority) of Exhibit C-1 will not terminate. If Otonomy exercises the Put Option, all representations and warranties of Otonomy in Exhibit C-2 to this Agreement shall survive for 12 months from the Put Date, except the representations and warranties in Section 1 (Organization) and Section 2 (Authority) of Exhibit C-2 will not terminate. In the event a Party asserts any claim for indemnification of Losses based on a breach by the other Party of any representation or warranty prior to termination as set forth in the preceding sentence, such claim shall survive until such time as such claim is fully and finally resolved. All covenants and agreements of the Parties contained in this Agreement, or in any instrument, certificate, opinion, or other writing provided for in it, which by their terms contemplate actions or impose obligations following the Closing will survive the Closing and remain in full force and effect in accordance with their terms.

SECTION 7.5       Limitations .

(a)      Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, no Person shall be liable under this Article VII for any consequential, punitive, special, incidental or indirect damages, including lost profits, except to the extent awarded by a court of competent jurisdiction in connection with a Third Party Claim.

(b)      No claim for Losses by a Party for indemnification based on a breach by the other Party of a representation or warranty may be made until the amount of all such Losses exceeds $10,000 for a single claim or $25,000 in the aggregate (the “ Deductible ”), in which event the Indemnifying Party shall only be liable for Losses in excess of the Deductible.

 

-13-


(c)      The maximum aggregate amount that the Otonomy Indemnified Parties may recover from IncuMed with respect to claims under Section 7.1(a) shall be 20% of the Aggregate Purchase Price; provided , however , that such cap on indemnification shall not apply to claims under Section 7.1(a) due to breach of any representation or warranty contained in Section 1 (Organization), Section 2 (Authority) or Section 7 (Intellectual Property) of Exhibit B.

(d)      The maximum aggregate amount that IncuMed Indemnified Parties may recover from Otonomy with respect to claims under Section 7.2(a) shall be 20% of the Aggregate Purchase Price; provided , however , that (i) such cap on indemnification shall not apply to claims under Section 7.2(a) due to breach of any representation or warranty contained in Section 1 (Organization) or Section 2 (Authority) of each of Exhibit C-1 and Exhibit C-2.

SECTION 7.6       Obligation to Recover Exclusively from Escrow or Setoff Losses .

(a)      If an Otonomy Indemnified Party has made a claim for indemnification for a specified amount with respect to any Loss in accordance with this Article VII, and (i) IncuMed shall have agreed to the amount claimed by the Otonomy Indemnified Party for indemnification with respect to such Loss in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Article VII or (ii) IncuMed shall have delivered notice of its disagreement as to the amount of any indemnification requested by the Otonomy Indemnified Party and either (A) IncuMed and the Otonomy Indemnified Party shall have, subsequent to the giving of such notice, mutually agreed that IncuMed is obligated to indemnify the Otonomy Indemnified Party for a specified amount or (B) a final nonappealable judgment shall have been rendered in the Otonomy Indemnified Party’s favor for a specified amount by the court or arbitrator having jurisdiction over the matters relating to such claim by the Otonomy Indemnified Party for indemnification from IncuMed, then each such specified amount shall constitute an “ Off-Setting Amount .”

(b)      During the period starting at the Effective Time and ending on the earlier of (i) the Put Expiration Time, if the Put Option is not exercised, (ii) the Put Cancellation Time, if the Put Option is cancelled, and (iii) the Put Date, if the Put Option is exercised, Otonomy shall recover any Off-Setting Amount from the Escrow Fund, it being understood that if Otonomy does not exercise the Put Option before the Put Expiration Time, then, subject to the following sentence, the Escrow Fund shall promptly be paid by the Escrow Agent to IncuMed. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if at the time the Escrow Fund would otherwise be released to IncuMed, Otonomy has made a good-faith claim for indemnification that has not yet been resolved, then such portion of the Escrow Fund as may be necessary, in the reasonable good faith judgment of Otonomy, to satisfy any then unresolved or unsatisfied claim for indemnification shall remain in the Escrow Fund until such claim for indemnification has been resolved or satisfied.

(c)      If, at the time of any Milestone Payment pursuant to Section 2.3, there are any Off-Setting Amounts that have not been paid to Otonomy from the Escrow Fund, then, such Off-Setting Amounts shall be deducted from the portion of the Milestone Payment otherwise payable to IncuMed under Section 2.3 of this Agreement. If at the time a Milestone Payment is due, Otonomy has made a good-faith claim for indemnification that has not yet been resolved, then Otonomy shall (a) pay a portion of such Milestone Payment equal to the amount Otonomy claims in good faith is

 

-14-


necessary to satisfy such indemnification claim into an escrow account administered by a mutually agreeable nationally recognized, third party escrow company, with the fees of such escrow to be split evenly by Otonomy and IncuMed and (b) pay the remainder of such Milestone Payment, if any, to IncuMed.

(d) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Parties agree that, except in cases of IncuMed Fraud, the right to recover from the Escrow Fund, the right to make a deduction from a Milestone Payment, and the right to seek specific performance and other injunctive relief shall be the exclusive remedies available to any Otonomy Indemnified Party under this Agreement (for the avoidance of doubt, the Parties agree that any specific performance or other injunctive relief shall exclude in all respects any payment of money damages). For the avoidance of doubt, except in the case of IncuMed Fraud, IncuMed shall have no liability whatsoever to Otonomy or any Otonomy Indemnified Party other than claims that Otonomy or any Otonomy Indemnified Party may make for an Off-Setting Amount against the Escrow Fund or against a Milestone Payment. Each Party acknowledges and agrees that, in the absence of fraud, its sole and exclusive remedy with respect to any and all claims relating to arising out of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement made by the other Party pursuant to this Agreement shall be pursuant to the indemnification provisions of this Article VII. The Parties acknowledge that in the event of a breach of this Agreement, money damages may be inadequate and the non-breaching Party may have no adequate remedy at law. Accordingly, the Parties agree that the non-breaching Party shall have the right, in addition to any other rights and remedies existing in its favor, to enforce its rights and the breaching Party’s obligations hereunder not only by an action or actions for damages pursuant to the indemnification provisions of this Article VII, but also by an action or actions for specific performance or other injunctive relief, and nothing set forth in this Agreement shall be deemed to prohibit or limit either Party’s right at any time to seek such relief for any failure of the other Party to perform any covenant or agreement contained herein.

SECTION 7.7       Tax Treatment .  Any payment under this Article VII of this Agreement shall be treated by the Parties for U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. income tax purposes as a purchase price adjustment unless otherwise required by applicable law.

 

-15-


ARTICLE VIII

MISCELLANEOUS

    SECTION 8.1     Notices .   All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given if delivered personally, via email, or by commercial delivery service to the Parties hereto at the following address (or at such other address for a Party as shall be specified by like notice):

 

  (i)

if to Otonomy, to:

6275 Nancy Ridge Drive, Suite 100

San Diego, CA 92121

Attention: Chief Business Officer

Telephone No.: (858) 242-5200

Email: [***]

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati

650 Page Mill Road

Palo Alto, CA 94304

Attention: Ken Clark

Telephone No.: (650) 493-9300

Email: [***]

 

  (ii)

if to IncuMed, to:

12744 San Fernando Rd.

Sylmar, CA 91342

Attention: Controller

Telephone No.: (818) 833-5309

Email: [***]

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

IncuMed LLC

3201 Barhite Street

Pasadena, CA 91107

Attention: President

Telephone: (626) 221-0390

Email: [***]

*** Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

-16-


SECTION 8.2     Interpretation . When a reference is made in this Agreement to Articles, Sections or Exhibits, such reference shall be to an Article or Section of, or an Exhibit to this Agreement unless otherwise indicated. The headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. The words “include,” “includes” and “including” when used herein shall be deemed in each case to be followed by the words “without limitation.” The phrases “provided to,” “furnished to,” and phrases of similar import when used herein, unless the context otherwise requires, shall mean that a true, correct and complete paper copy of the information or material referred to has been provided to the party to whom such information or material is to be provided. Unless the context of this Agreement otherwise requires: (i) words of any gender include each other gender; (ii) words using the singular or plural number also include the plural or singular number, respectively; and (iii) the terms “hereof,” “herein,” “hereunder” and derivative or similar words refer to this entire Agreement.

SECTION 8.3     Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same instrument and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the Parties hereto and delivered to the other Parties hereto; it being understood that all Parties hereto need not sign the same counterpart.

SECTION 8.4     Entire Agreement; Nonassignability; Parties in Interest . This Agreement, including all the Exhibits attached hereto, and the other Transaction Documents, (a) constitute the entire agreement among the Parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, among the Parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, (b) are not intended to confer, and shall not be construed as conferring, upon any Person other than the Parties hereto any rights or remedies hereunder, and (c) shall not be assigned by operation of law or otherwise except as otherwise specifically provided herein.

SECTION 8.5     Assignment . Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, interests or obligations under this Agreement may be assigned or delegated, in whole or in part, by operation of law or otherwise by any of the Parties hereto without the prior written consent of the other Parties hereto, and any such assignment without such prior written consent shall be null and void, except that (i) a Party may assign this Agreement in connection with a change in control of such Party without the prior consent of the other Party as long as the acquiring party executes and delivers to the other Party a written agreement to be bound by the terms of this Agreement and (ii) a Party may assign this Agreement to any Affiliate without the prior consent of the other Party, so long as such assignee executes and delivers to the other party a written agreement to be bound by the terms of this Agreement. This Agreement shall be binding upon, inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, the Parties hereto and their permitted successors and assigns. Without limiting in any manner whatsoever Otonomy’s obligation to pay to IncuMed any Milestone Payments accruing as a result of its own activities or the activities of any of its licensees, Otonomy agrees that it will not grant any party (other than a contract research organization or contract manufacturing organization) any license or other rights that include the right to make, use, or sell any Product unless the party receiving such license or rights expressly agrees in writing to pay to IncuMed any of the Milestone

 

-17-


Payments, in each case to the extent that such Milestone Payments become due as a result of such party’s activities and have not been previously paid by Otonomy. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Section 8.5 shall be deemed to allow IncuMed to collect the same Milestone Payment twice (i.e., from both Otonomy and from Otonomy’s licensee).

SECTION 8.6     Severability . In the event that any provision of this Agreement, or the application thereof, becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, void or unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect and shall be interpreted so as reasonably to effect the intent of the Parties hereto. The Parties hereto shall use all reasonable efforts to replace such void or unenforceable provision of this Agreement with a valid and enforceable provision that shall achieve, to the extent possible, the economic, business and other purposes of such void or unenforceable provision.

SECTION 8.7     Remedies Cumulative . Except as otherwise provided herein, any and all remedies herein expressly conferred upon a Party hereto shall be deemed cumulative with and not exclusive of any other remedy conferred hereby, or by law or equity upon such Party, and the exercise by a Party hereto of any one remedy shall not preclude the exercise of any other remedy and nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed a waiver by any Party of any right to specific performance or injunctive relief.

SECTION 8.8     Delays or Omissions . Except as expressly provided herein, no delay or omission to exercise any right, power or remedy accruing to any Party hereto upon any breach or default of another Party shall impair any such right, power or remedy of such non-defaulting Party, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach or default, or an acquiescence therein, or of or in any similar breach or default thereafter occurring, nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring. Any waiver, permit, consent or approval of any kind or character on the part of any Party of any breach or default under this Agreement, or any waiver on the part of any Party of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement, must be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing.

SECTION 8.9     Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California without reference to such state’s principles of conflicts of law.

SECTION 8.10     Consent to Jurisdiction . With respect to any matter not required to be arbitrated pursuant to the terms of Section 8.11 below, the Parties hereto hereby irrevocably submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of California and the Federal courts of the United States of America located within the County of Orange in the State of California, in respect of the interpretation and enforcement of the provisions of this Agreement and of the documents referred to in this Agreement, and in respect of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, and hereby waive, and agree not to assert, as a defense in any action, suit or proceeding for the interpretation or enforcement hereof or thereof, that it is not subject thereto or that such action, suit or proceeding may not be brought or is not maintainable in said courts or that the venue thereof may not be appropriate or that this Agreement or any such document may not be enforced in or by such

 

-18-


courts, and the Parties hereto irrevocably agree that all claims with respect to such action or proceeding shall be heard and determined in such a California State or Federal court. The Parties hereby consent to and grant any such court jurisdiction over the person of such Parties and over the subject matter of such dispute and agree that mailing of process or other papers in connection with any such action or proceeding in the manner provided in Section 8.1 or in such other manner as may be permitted by applicable Law, shall be valid and sufficient service thereof. With respect to any particular action, suit or proceeding, venue shall lie solely in the County of Orange, California.

SECTION 8.11         Dispute Resolution . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, all claims, controversies, differences or disputes between or among any of the Parties hereto arising from or relating to this Agreement or the Transaction Documents, including claims by one Party that another Party or Parties hereto have failed to perform any of their obligations hereunder or thereunder (collectively, “ Agreement Disputes ”), shall be resolved as follows:

(a)        The Parties recognize that disputes as to certain matters may from time to time arise which relate to either Party’s rights or obligations hereunder. It is the objective of the Parties to establish procedures to facilitate the resolution of such disputes in an expedient manner by mutual cooperation and without resort to litigation. To accomplish this objective, the Parties agree to follow the procedures set forth below if and when such a dispute arises between the Parties.

(b)        If any dispute arises between the Parties relating to the interpretation, breach or performance of this Agreement or the grounds for the termination thereof, and the Parties cannot resolve the dispute within thirty (30) days of a written request by either Party to the other Party, the Parties agree to hold a meeting, attended by executive level personnel of each Party, to attempt in good faith to negotiate a resolution of the dispute prior to pursuing other available remedies. If, within sixty (60) days after such written request, the Parties have not succeeded in negotiating a resolution of the dispute, such dispute shall be submitted to final and binding arbitration under the then current Streamlined Arbitration Procedures of JAMS (regardless of value). The arbitration proceedings shall be held in JAMS’ Orange California office before a single arbitrator. Each Party shall split equally the costs of the arbitrator and initially bear its own costs and legal fees associated with such arbitration, it being understood that all such costs and legal fees shall be considered Losses of the prevailing party subject to the indemnification provisions of this Agreement. The decision of the arbitrator shall be final and binding on the Parties. The arbitrator shall prepare and deliver to the Parties a written, reasoned opinion conferring its decision. Judgment on the award so rendered may be entered in any court having competent jurisdiction thereof and shall be enforceable under the Federal Arbitration Act.

SECTION 8.12     Rules of Construction . The Parties hereto have been represented by counsel during the negotiation, preparation and execution of this Agreement and, therefore, hereby waive, with respect to this Agreement, and each Exhibit attached hereto, the application of any law, regulation, holding or rule of construction providing that ambiguities in an agreement or other document shall be construed against the Party drafting such agreement or document.

 

-19-


SECTION 8.13     Amendment and Modification . This Agreement may not be modified, amended, altered or supplemented except by the execution and delivery of a written agreement executed by Otonomy and IncuMed.

SECTION 8.14     Specific Performance; Injunctive Relief . It is understood and agreed that, notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, there will be no adequate remedy at law for a violation of any of the covenants or agreements set forth herein. Therefore, it is agreed that, in addition to any other remedies that may be available to a Party upon any such violation, such Party shall have the right to enforce such covenants and agreements by specific performance, injunctive relief or by any other means available to such Party at law or in equity and each Party hereby waives any and all defenses which could exist in its favor in connection with such enforcement.

(The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank.)

 

-20-


In witness whereof, the Parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first written above by their respective duly authorized officers.

 

OTONOMY, INC.

By:

 

/s/ David A. Weber, PhD

 

David A. Weber, PhD

 

Name (typed or printed)

 

President & Chief Executive Officer

 

Title

INCUMED, LLC

By:

 

/s/ Jeff Goldberg

 

Jeff Goldberg

 

Name (typed or printed)

 

President

 

Title

Signature Page to Asset Transfer Agreement


EXHIBIT A

Definitions and References

Action ” shall mean any claim, action, suit, arbitration, proceeding or investigation by or before any Governmental Authority.

Active Agent ” shall mean Gacyclidine, as well as each of the separate diasteriomers comprising Gacyclidine, together with all salt forms, solvates and esters of any of the foregoing.

Affiliate ” shall mean, with respect to any specified Person, any corporation or other entity that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such Person. As used in this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlled by” and “under common control with”) shall mean: (a) to possess, directly or indirectly, the power to affirmatively direct the management and policies of such corporation or other entity, whether through ownership of voting stock or other ownership interest or by contract relating to voting rights or corporate governance; or (b) direct or indirect beneficial ownership of at least fifty percent (50%) (or such lesser percentage which is the maximum allowed to be owned by a foreign entity in a particular jurisdiction) of the voting stock or other ownership interest in such corporation or other entity.

Aggregate Purchase Price ” shall mean $5,475,000.

Agreement ” shall mean this Asset Transfer Agreement dated as of April 30, 2013 (including the Exhibits hereto) and all amendments hereto made in accordance with the provisions of Section 8.13.

Allocation ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.3(c).

Assignment and Assumption Agreement ” shall mean the Assignment and Assumption Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D-1 .

Bill of Sale ” shall mean the Bill of Sale in the form attached hereto as Exhibit E-1 .

Books and Records ” shall mean all books, records, files, documents, data, information and correspondence, including: all records with respect to supply sources; all pre-clinical, clinical, research and process development data, results and reports relating to products or of any materials used in the research, development, or manufacture of products, including all raw data relating to clinical trials of products, all case report forms relating thereto and all statistical programs developed (or modified in a manner material to the use or function thereof) to analyze clinical data; all research data, statistical programs (if any) used for research or development; all records, including vendor and supplier lists, manufacturing records, sampling records, standard operating procedures and batch records, related to manufacturing processes; all laboratory notebooks relating to products or relating to their biological, physiological, mechanical or other properties or compositions; all adverse


experience reports and files related thereto (including source documentation) and all periodic adverse experience reports and all data contained in electronic databases relating to periodic adverse experience reports; all analytical and quality control data; and all correspondence, minutes or other communications with the FDA or Foreign Regulatory Authorities.

Business Day ” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday, or any other day on which commercial banks in San Francisco, California are authorized or required to be closed for business.

Charter Documents ” shall mean, with respect to a business entity, the certificate of incorporation, bylaws or other similar governing instruments and organizational documents of such entity.

Closing ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.4.

Closing Date” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.4.

Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Confidential Information ” shall mean the IncuMed Confidential Information or the Otonomy Confidential Information, as applicable.

Contract ” shall mean any and all legally binding commitments, contracts, purchase orders, sales orders, leases, subleases, licenses, easements, commitments, arrangements, undertakings, evidence of indebtedness, security or pledge agreements or other agreements.

Control ” (including any variations such as “ Controlled ” and “ Controlling ”), in the context of intellectual property rights of a Party, shall mean that such Party or its Subsidiary owns or possesses rights to intellectual property sufficient to grant the applicable license under this Agreement, without violating the terms of any agreement with a Third Party pursuant to which such intellectual property was initially acquired or created by such Party or its Subsidiary.

Copyrights ” shall mean all works of authorship, copyrights, copyright registrations and applications therefor, including all moral rights and any other rights corresponding thereto anywhere in the world.

Deductible Expenses ” shall mean to the extent actually incurred or allowed with respect to any sale of a Product: (i) normal and customary trade, cash or quantity discounts, including any volume discount, paid or credited to a third party; rebates; charge-backs; retroactive price adjustments; and administrative fees (including U.S. Medicaid and Medicare programs or equivalents and other private or government sponsored rebates and administrative fees paid or credited to purchasing groups in relation to Products); (ii) import, export, sales, use, excise and other consumption taxes and custom duties or tariffs, to the extent and up to the amount mentioned in that respect on the invoice, and any other governmental taxes (other than income taxes) or charges imposed upon the importation, use or sale of a Product; (iii) any charges for freight, postage,

 

-2-


shipping, security or special handling or insurance; (iv) returns; and (v) reasonable provisions for allowance for uncollectible amounts.

Disclosing Party ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 5.5(a).

Disclosure Schedule ” shall have the meaning specified in the first paragraph of Article III.

Durect Intellectual Property ” shall mean the Durect Know-How and Durect Patents.

Durect Know-How ” shall mean any and all Know-How licensed or sublicensed to IncuMed by Durect under the Durect License Agreement and included in the License Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit H .

Durect Patents ” shall mean any and all Patent Rights licensed or sublicensed to IncuMed by Durect under the Durect License Agreement and included in the License Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit H .

Durect License Agreement ” means that certain License and Commercialization Agreement, between IncuMed (as assignee of NeuroSystec) and Durect Corporation (“ Durect ”), dated May 13, 2004, as amended to the date hereof.

Effective Time ” shall mean the time at which the Closing is consummated.

EMA ” shall mean the European Medicines Agency.

Encumbrance ” shall mean any security interest, pledge, mortgage, lien (including, without limitation, environmental and Tax liens), charge, option, right of first refusal, or encumbrance.

Environmental Law ” shall mean any Law and any judicial or administrative interpretation thereof, including any judicial or administrative order, consent decree, judgment, stipulation, injunction, permit, authorization, policy, opinion or agency requirement, in each case having the force and effect of Law, relating to the pollution, protection, investigation or restoration of the environment or health and safety as affected by the environment or natural resources, including those relating to the use, handling, presence, transportation, treatment, storage, disposal, release, threatened release or discharge of Hazardous Materials or noise, odor, wetlands, pollution or contamination.

ERISA Affiliate ” shall mean any other Person under common control with IncuMed within the meaning of Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code and the regulations issued thereunder.

Escrow Agent ” shall mean JP Morgan.

Escrow Agreement ” shall mean that certain Escrow Agreement between Otonomy, IncuMed and the Escrow Agent, dated as of the date hereof, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit I .

Escrow Amount ” shall mean $[***].

*** Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

-3-


Escrow Fund ” means the funds held by the Escrow Agent in accordance with this Agreement and the Escrow Agreement.

FDA ” shall mean the United States Food and Drug Administration and any successor agency thereto.

Foreign Regulatory Authority ” shall mean any agency, commission, official or other instrumentality of any foreign country or other foreign political subdivision that performs a function for such country or political subdivision similar to the function performed by the FDA for the United States.

Gacyclidine ” shall mean [***].

Governmental Authority ” shall mean any national, federal, state, municipal, local or other government, governmental, regulatory or administrative authority, agency or commission or any court, tribunal, or judicial or arbitral body.

Governmental Order ” shall mean any order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, stipulation, or award entered by or with any Governmental Authority.

Hazardous Materials ” shall mean (a) any petroleum, petroleum products, byproducts or breakdown products, radioactive materials, asbestos-containing materials or polychlorinated biphenyls or (b) any chemical, material or other substance defined or regulated as toxic or hazardous or as a pollutant or contaminant or waste under any Environmental Law.

IncuMed Confidential Information ” means any proprietary information, technical data, trade secrets or Know-How, including, but not limited to, research, business plans or models, product plans, products, developments, inventions, processes, formulas, technology, designs, marketing, finances or other business information, disclosed by IncuMed to Otonomy either directly or indirectly in writing or orally. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Transferred Assets shall not be deemed included within the IncuMed Confidential Information unless and until the Put Option is exercised by Otonomy, in which event the Transferred Assets shall be included in the IncuMed Confidential Information effective as of the Put Date.

IncuMed ” shall have the meaning specified in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

IncuMed Fraud ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 7.1.

IncuMed Indemnified Parties ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 7.1.

Indemnified Parties ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 7.1.

Intellectual Property ” shall mean, collectively, Know-How and Intellectual Property Rights.

*** Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

-4-


Intellectual Property Rights ” shall mean any or all of the following and all statutory or common law rights throughout the world in, arising out of or associated with any or all of the following: (a) Patent Rights, (b) Trademarks, (c) Copyrights, (d) the protection of trade and industrial secrets and confidential information, (e) Internet Properties and (f) any similar, corresponding or equivalent rights to any of the foregoing, including priority rights and the right to enforce and recover remedies for any of the foregoing.

Internet Properties ” shall mean all Uniform Resource Locators, world wide web addresses, sites and domain names and applications and registrations therefor anywhere in the world.

Know-How ” shall mean any information related to the research, manufacture, preparation, development or commercialization of a product or technology, including, without limitation, product specifications, processes, product designs, plans, trade secrets, ideas, concepts, inventions, formulae, chemical, pharmacological, toxicological, pharmaceutical, physical, analytical, stability, safety, quality assurance, quality control and clinical data, technical information, research information and other confidential or proprietary technical and business information, whether or not embodied in any documentation or other tangible materials. If Know-How is embodied in tangible materials, including biological materials, chemical compounds or the like, such tangible materials shall be deemed included within the Know-How.

Knowledge ” shall mean the actual knowledge of Laura Bishop as of the Effective Time without any duty of investigation, it being understood and agreed that (i) Laura Bishop has not reviewed the Transferred Books and Records and (ii) Laura Bishop has performed no research related to the Transferred Patents.

Law ” shall mean any national, federal, state, municipal or local or other statute, law, ordinance, regulation, rule, code, order, other requirement or rule of law.

Liabilities ” shall mean any and all debts, liabilities and obligations, whether accrued or fixed, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured or determined or determinable, including, without limitation, those arising under any Law (including, without limitation, any Environmental Law), Action or Governmental Order and those arising under any contract, agreement, arrangement, commitment or undertaking.

License Agreement ” shall mean the amended and restated Durect License Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit H .

Losses ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 7.1.

Material Adverse Effect ” shall mean any event, change or effect that, when taken individually or together with all other events, changes and effects, is or is reasonably likely (a) to be materially adverse to the Transferred Assets or (b) to prevent or materially delay or impair the ability of IncuMed to perform its obligation under this Agreement.

 

-5-


NDA ” shall mean a New Drug Application, as more fully defined in 21 C.F.R. §314.50 et. seq.

Net Sales ” shall mean with respect to a Product the gross amount invoiced, recognized or otherwise charged by Otonomy, its Affiliates, and its sublicensees for the sale of Product, less Deductible Expenses with respect thereto. It is acknowledged that Net Sales shall not include amounts for Product furnished to a Third Party for use in clinical trials conducted to obtain regulatory approval and Product distributed as free goods. Furthermore, Net Sales shall not include amounts from sales or other dispositions of Product between Otonomy and any of its Affiliates or between Otonomy (or any of its Affiliates) and sublicensees, so long as such Affiliates or sublicensees are not the end user of such Product.

NeuroSystec ” shall mean NeuroSystec Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

Otonomy ” shall have the meaning specified in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

Otonomy Confidential Information means (i) any proprietary information, technical data, trade secrets or Know-How, including, but not limited to, research, business plans or models, product plans, products, developments, inventions, processes, formulas, technology, designs, marketing, finances or other business information, disclosed by Otonomy to IncuMed or any of its Affiliates either directly or indirectly in writing or orally and (ii) the Transferred Assets; provided however that the Transferred Assets shall cease to be included within the Otonomy Confidential Information effective as of the Put Date, if the Put Option is exercised by Otonomy.

Otonomy Fraud shall have the meaning specified in Section 7.2.

Otonomy Indemnified Parties shall have the meaning specified in Section 7.2.

Party ” and “ Parties ” shall have the meaning specified in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

Patent Assignment Agreement shall mean the Patent Assignment Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit F-1 .

Patent Rights” shall mean all patents and patent applications (including provisional applications), and all patents issuing thereon (including utility, model and design patents and certificates of invention), together with all reissue patents, patents of addition, divisions, renewals, continuations, continuations-in-part, substitutions, extensions (including supplemental protection certificates), registrations, confirmations, re-examinations and foreign counterparts of any of the foregoing.

Person ” shall mean an individual, partnership, corporation, association, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization or governmental entity (or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof).

 

-6-


Phase III Clinical Trial ” means a pivotal, double-blinded human clinical trial of a Product on patients, which trial is designed to: (a) establish that a Product is safe and efficacious for its intended use; (b) define warnings, precautions and adverse reactions that are associated with the Product in the dosage range to be prescribed; (c) satisfy the requirements for approval of an NDA by the FDA authorizing the marketing of the Product for its intended use; and (d) be consistent with 21 CFR § 312.21(c).

Pre-Closing Tax Period ” means any Tax period or portion thereof ending on or before the Closing Date.

Product ” shall mean any pharmaceutical formulation containing an Active Agent using any of the technology or intellectual property included within the Transferred Assets.

PTO ” shall mean the United States Patent and Trademark Office.

Put Option Assignment and Assumption Agreement ” shall mean the Assignment and Assumption Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D-2 .

Put Option Bill of Sale ” shall mean the Bill of Sale in the form attached hereto as Exhibit E-2 .

Put Option Patent Assignment Agreement ” shall mean the Patent Assignment Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit F-2 .

Put Option Period ” shall mean the period beginning on the Closing Date and ending at the earlier of (i) 5:00 p.m., Pacific Time, on the one year anniversary of the Closing Date (such time, the “ Put Expiration Time ”) or (ii) immediately upon Otonomy’s delivery to IncuMed of written notice that Otonomy has elected not to exercise the Put Option (such time of delivery the “ Put Cancellation Time ”).

Reconveyance Documents ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.6(c).

Regulatory Approval ” shall mean all approvals, licenses, registrations or authorizations of all Governmental Authorities in a country for the manufacture, use, storage, import, marketing and sale of a Product in such country, including any pricing and reimbursement approvals.

Retained Liabilities ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.2.

Subsidiary ” shall mean any corporation or other entity, whether or not existing on the date hereof, in which Otonomy or IncuMed , as the context requires, directly or indirectly through subsidiaries or otherwise, beneficially owns at least fifty percent (50%) of either the equity interest or voting power of or in such corporation or other entity.

Tax ” or Taxes ” shall mean: (a) any and all federal, state, local and foreign taxes, assessments and other governmental charges, duties, impositions and liabilities, including taxes

 

-7-


based upon or measured by gross receipts, income, profits, sales, use and occupation, and value added, ad valorem, transfer, franchise, withholding, payroll, recapture, employment, excise and property taxes, together with all interest, penalties and additions imposed with respect to such amounts; (b) any liability for the payment of any amounts of the type described in clause (a) as a result of being or ceasing to be a member of an affiliated, consolidated, combined or unitary group for any period (including, without limitation, any liability under Treasury Regulation Section 1.1502-6 or any comparable provision of foreign, state or local law); and (c) any liability for the payment of any amounts of the type described in clause (a) or (b) as a result of any express or implied obligation to indemnify any other Person or as a result of any obligations under any agreements or arrangements with any other Person with respect to such amounts and including any liability for taxes of a predecessor entity.

“Tax Return” shall mean any return, declaration, report, claim for refund or information return or statement relating to Taxes, including any schedule or attachment thereto, and including any amendment thereof.

“Third Party” means any Person other than Otonomy, IncuMed, Durect or their respective Affiliates.

“Trademarks” shall mean all trademarks, trade names, trade dress, service marks, logos and slogans, in each case whether registered or unregistered, and all Internet domain names, together with all registrations, applications and renewals thereof and the goodwill associated therewith anywhere in the world.

“Transaction Documents” shall mean, collectively, this Agreement, the Escrow Agreement, the Bill of Sale, the Assignment and Assumption Agreement, the Patent Assignment Agreement and the License Agreement.

“Transferred Assets” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.1.

“Transferred Books and Records” shall mean the originals of all the Books and Records (or copies where only copies are available) related to the Transferred Patent Rights, an Active Agent or Durect License Agreement that are (i) kept in the file cabinets identified by IncuMed, and (ii) stored in a digital form on IncuMed’s server, together with any and all copyright and trade secret rights in such Books and Records and the information contained therein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event will the Transferred Books and Records be deemed to include any inadvertently transferred files, records, or electronic documents related to devices, corporate records, or employees.

“Transferred Patent Rights” shall mean (a) the Patent Rights listed on Exhibit G, and (b) reissues, patents of addition, divisions, renewals, continuations, continuations-in-part, substitutions, extensions (including supplemental protection certificates), registrations, confirmations, re-examinations and foreign counterparts (in each case, if any) of the Patent Rights listed on Exhibit G .

 

-8-


EXHIBIT B

Representations and Warranties of IncuMed

1.         Organization .  IncuMed is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Nevada and has all requisite power and authority to own its assets, including the Transferred Assets, and carry on its business as currently conducted by it. IncuMed is duly authorized to do business and are in good standing in each jurisdiction where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing would have a Material Adverse Effect.

2.         Authority .  IncuMed has all necessary corporate power and authority and have taken all actions necessary to enter into this Agreement, to execute and deliver the Transaction Documents to which it is a party and to carry out the transactions contemplated thereby. IncuMed has taken all action required by Law and its Charter Documents to duly authorize (i) the execution and delivery of the Transaction Documents to which it is a party and (ii) the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby. No other corporate proceedings on the part of IncuMed are necessary to authorize the Transaction Documents and the transactions contemplated thereby. Each Transaction Document to which IncuMed is a party has been duly and validly executed and delivered by IncuMed and, when executed and delivered by Otonomy, shall constitute a legal, valid and binding obligation of IncuMed, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms. Notwithstanding the matters set forth in this Section 2, the enforceability of the Transaction Documents may be limited by principles of public policy and the rules of law governing specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable remedies.

3.         No Conflict .  IncuMed’s execution, delivery and performance of the Transaction Documents do not and will not (a) violate, conflict with or result in the breach of any provision of IncuMed’s Charter Documents, (b) conflict with or violate any Law or Governmental Order applicable to IncuMed or any of the Transferred Assets, (c) conflict with, result in any breach of, constitute a default under or require any consent under any Contract that is binding on IncuMed, or (d) result in the creation of any Encumbrance on any of the Transferred Assets.

4.         Governmental Consents and Approvals .  The execution, delivery and performance of the Transaction Documents by IncuMed do not and will not require any consent, approval, authorization or other order of, action by, filing with or notification to any Governmental Authority.

5.         Litigation .  There are no Actions by or against IncuMed or, to the Knowledge of IncuMed, any of its Affiliates relating to the Transferred Assets which are currently pending, or, to the Knowledge of IncuMed, threatened to be brought, before any Governmental Authority. Neither IncuMed, nor any of its Affiliates nor any of the Transferred Assets is subject to any Governmental Order (nor, to the Knowledge of IncuMed, are there any such Governmental Orders threatened to be imposed by any Governmental Authority) which has had or could have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

-9-


6.         Contracts . Section 6(a) of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth a complete and accurate list of all Contracts, other than the Durect License, affecting the Transferred Assets to which IncuMed is a party or otherwise bound.

7.         Intellectual Property .

  (a)         Transfers .  Neither IncuMed nor its Affiliates has transferred ownership of, or granted any license of or right to use, or authorized the retention of any rights to use any Transferred Patent Rights to any other Person.

  (b)         Validity .  Each Patent Right within the Transferred Patent Rights is subsisting, and all necessary registration, maintenance and renewal fees in connection with such Transferred Patent Rights that are required to be paid prior to the date of this Agreement have been paid, and all necessary documents and certificates in connection with such Transferred Patent Rights that are required to be filed prior to the date of this Agreement have been filed with the relevant Governmental Authorities for the purposes of perfecting, prosecuting and maintaining such Transferred Patent Rights. To the Knowledge of IncuMed, there are no actions that must be taken by IncuMed or its Affiliates within ninety (90) days of the date of this Agreement, including the payment of any registration, maintenance or renewal fees or the filing of any responses to PTO office actions (or equivalent actions of any equivalent authority anywhere in the world), for the purposes of obtaining, maintaining, perfecting or preserving or renewing any Transferred Patent Right.

  (c)         Enforceability .  IncuMed (i) has not, nor, to the Knowledge of IncuMed, have any of its Affiliates, received written notice from any Person asserting that the Transferred Patent Rights or Durect Patent Rights are invalid or unenforceable and (ii) has no Knowledge of any act or omission by NeuroSystec or its counsel with respect to the filing or prosecution of the Transferred Patent Rights that would render any issued Patent Rights within the Transferred Patent Rights invalid or unenforceable, including without limitation, Knowledge of any failure to appropriately name in any such Patent Rights all inventors of the inventions claimed in such Patent Rights or to timely make any required filing, response or payment with respect to such Patent Rights. In addition, neither IncuMed nor, to the Knowledge of IncuMed, its Affiliates has entered into any agreement with any Person not to assert any charge of infringement of the Transferred Patent Rights or Durect Patent Rights against such Person, which would impact Otonomy’s ability to enforce the Transferred Patent Rights or Durect Patent Rights after the Closing.

  (d)         Rights from Third Parties .  One of IncuMed’s existing or prior Affiliates has a written Contract with each of its prior employees or contractors pursuant to which IncuMed or its Affiliate (as applicable) has obtained ownership of, and is the exclusive owner of the Transferred Patent Rights.

  (e)         No Actions .  Neither IncuMed nor to the Knowledge of IncuMed, its Affiliates, have received written notice from any Person claiming that the research, development, Regulatory Approval, manufacture, distribution, marketing, sale, promotion or other commercialization of Product as carried out by IncuMed or its Affiliates infringes or misappropriates

 

-10-


any Intellectual Property of any Person or constitutes unfair competition or trade practices under the Laws of any jurisdiction. There are no pending or, to the Knowledge of IncuMed, threatened claims (including interferences, oppositions and similar proceedings) challenging the Transferred Patent Rights or the Durect Intellectual Property nor has IncuMed or, to IncuMed’s Knowledge, its Affiliates received any “offer to license” letters from any Person inviting IncuMed or its Affiliates to license any Third Party Intellectual Property purported to cover Product.

  (f)         Disclosure .  To Incumed’s Knowledge, the file cabinets and the server in the possession of IncuMed contain all material Books and Records related to the Transferred Assets that were identified by NeuroSystec, including but not limited to Books and Records related to (i) all Patent Rights that are/were owned or in-licensed by NeuroSystec as of, or at any time prior to, the Effective Date, that claim or disclose gacyclidine or any uses thereof; and (ii) all INDs and other regulatory filings, governmental permits, licenses, registrations, approvals and other submissions or authorizations relating to the Products that were made, filed or received by NeuroSystec, licensees, contractors, suppliers, successors, assigns and others acting under authority of NeuroSystec.

8.         Encumbrances .  Each item of Transferred Assets are free and clear of all Encumbrances and IncuMed is the exclusive owner, and has good title against all others, of all right, title and interest in, to and under all Transferred Assets.

9.         No Other Representations or Warranties .  Except for the representations and warranties contained in this Exhibit B, neither IncuMed nor any other Person makes any other express or implied representation or warranty on behalf of IncuMed.

 

-11-


EXHIBIT C-1

Representations and Warranties of Otonomy

1.         Organization .  Otonomy is duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has all requisite power and authority to own its assets and carry on its business as currently conducted by it.

2.         Authority .  Otonomy has all necessary corporate power and authority and has taken all actions necessary to enter into this Agreement, to execute and deliver the Transaction Documents to which it is a party and to carry out the transactions contemplated thereby. The board of directors of Otonomy has taken all action required by Law and the Charter Documents of Otonomy to be taken by it to duly authorize (i) the execution and delivery of the Transaction Documents to which it is a party and (ii) the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby. No other corporate proceedings on the part of Otonomy are necessary to authorize the Transaction Documents and the transactions contemplated thereby. Each Transaction Document to which Otonomy is a party has been duly and validly executed and delivered by Otonomy and, when executed and delivered by IncuMed shall constitute a legal, valid and binding obligation of Otonomy, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms. Notwithstanding the matters set forth in this Section 2, the enforceability of the Transaction Documents may be limited by principles of public policy and the rules of law governing specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable remedies.

3.         No Conflict .  Otonomy’s execution, delivery and performance of the Transaction Documents do not and will not (a) violate, conflict with or result in the breach of any provision of Otonomy’s Charter Documents, (b) conflict with or violate any Law or Governmental Order applicable to Otonomy or (c) conflict with, result in any breach of, constitute a default under or require any consent under any Contract that is binding on Otonomy.

4.         No Other Representations or Warranties .  Except for the representations and warranties contained in this Exhibit C-1, neither Otonomy nor any other Person makes any other express or implied representation or warranty on behalf of Otonomy.


EXHIBIT C-2

Representations and Warranties of Otonomy

1.         Organization .  Otonomy is duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has all requisite power and authority to own its assets and carry on its business as currently conducted by it.

2.         Authority .  Otonomy has all necessary corporate power and authority and has taken all actions necessary to execute and deliver the Reconveyance Documents to which it is a party and to carry out the transactions contemplated thereby. The board of directors of Otonomy has taken all action required by Law and the Charter Documents of Otonomy to be taken by it to duly authorize (i) the execution and delivery of the Reconveyance Documents to which it is a party and (ii) the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby. No other corporate proceedings on the part of Otonomy are necessary to authorize the Reconveyance Documents and the transactions contemplated thereby. Each Reconveyance Document to which Otonomy is a party has been duly and validly executed and delivered by Otonomy and, if IncuMed’s execution is necessary, when executed and delivered by IncuMed shall constitute a legal, valid and binding obligation of Otonomy, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms. Notwithstanding the matters set forth in this Section 2, the enforceability of the Reconveyance Documents may be limited by principles of public policy and the rules of law governing specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable remedies.

3.         No Conflict .  Otonomy’s execution, delivery and performance of the Reconveyance Documents do not and will not (a) violate, conflict with or result in the breach of any provision of Otonomy’s Charter Documents, (b) conflict with or violate any Law or Governmental Order applicable to Otonomy, (c) conflict with, result in any breach of, constitute a default under or require any consent under any Contract that is binding on Otonomy or (d) result in the creation of any Encumbrance on any of the Transferred Assets.

4.         Encumbrances .  Each item of Transferred Assets are free and clear of all Encumbrances and Otonomy is the exclusive owner, and has good title against all others, of all right, title and interest in, to and under all Transferred Assets.

5.         No Other Representations or Warranties .  Except for the representations and warranties contained in this Exhibit C-2, neither Otonomy nor any other Person makes any other express or implied representation or warranty on behalf of Otonomy.

 

-2-

Exhibit 3.1

FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

OTONOMY, INC.

David A. Weber hereby certifies that:

ONE: The original Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on May 6, 2008.

TWO: He is the duly elected and acting President and Chief Executive Officer of this corporation.

THREE: The Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation is hereby amended and restated to read as follows:

I.

The name of the corporation is Otonomy, Inc. (the “Company” ).

II.

The address of the Company’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware, 19808, County of New Castle. The name of the Company’s registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company.

III.

The purpose of the Company is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL” ).

IV.

A. The Company is authorized to issue two classes of stock to be designated, respectively, “Common Stock” and “Preferred Stock” . Upon the filing of this Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “Fifth Restated Certificate” ) with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, the total number of shares which the Company is authorized to issue is 1,067,196,872 shares, 587,406,000 shares of which shall be Common Stock, each having a par value of $0.001 per share, and 479,790,872 shares of which shall be Preferred Stock, each having a par value of $0.001 per share.

B. Subject to the rights of the holders of the Preferred Stock, the number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the stock of the Company (voting together on an as-if-converted to Common Stock basis), and without a separate class vote by holders of the Common Stock, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL. Each holder of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share held.

C. The Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series.


D. Of the presently authorized shares of Preferred Stock: (i) 14,228,254 shares are hereby designated as “Series A Preferred Stock” ; (ii) 60,056,304 shares are hereby designated as Series B Convertible Preferred Stock (the “Series B Preferred Stock” ); 260,432,314 shares are hereby designated as Series C Convertible Preferred Stock (the “ Series C Preferred Stock ”); and 145,074,000 shares are hereby designated as Series D Convertible Preferred Stock (the “ Series D Preferred Stock ”). The rights, preferences, privileges, restrictions and other matters relating to the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock (together, the “Series Preferred Stock” ) are as follows:

1. D IVIDEND R IGHTS .

(a) Series D Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock Dividends. Holders of Series D Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, on a pari passu basis and prior and in preference to the holders of Series B Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock and Common Stock, noncumulative cash dividends, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, out of any funds that are legally available therefor, at the rate of (i) with respect to the Series D Preferred Stock, eight percent (8%) of the Series D Original Purchase Price (as defined below) per annum on each outstanding share of Series D Preferred Stock (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares) and (ii) with respect to the Series C Preferred Stock, eight percent (8%) of the Series C Original Purchase Price (as defined below) per annum on each outstanding share of Series C Preferred Stock (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares). As used herein, the “Series D Original Purchase Price” shall be $0.34 per share of Series D Preferred Stock (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like) and “Series C Original Purchase Price” shall be $0.25 per share of Series C Preferred Stock (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like).

(b) Series B Preferred Stock Dividends. Subject to the rights of the holders of Series D Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock set forth in Section 1(a), holders of Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock and Common Stock, noncumulative cash dividends, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, out of any funds that are legally available therefor, at the rate of eight percent (8%) of the Series B Original Purchase Price (as defined below), as applicable, per annum on each outstanding share of Series B Preferred Stock (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares). As used herein, the “Series B Original Purchase Price” shall be $0.4032 per share of Series B Preferred Stock (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like).

(c) Series A Preferred Stock Dividends. Subject to the rights of the holders of Series D Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock set forth in Sections 1(a) and 1(b), holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to the holders of Common Stock, noncumulative cash dividends, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, out of any funds that are legally available therefor, at the rate of eight percent (8%) of the Series A Original Purchase Price (as defined below), as applicable, per annum on each outstanding share of Series A Preferred Stock (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares). As used herein, the “Series A Original Purchase Price” shall be $0.8843 per share of Series A Preferred Stock (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like). The “ Original Purchase Price ” shall mean, as applicable, the Series D Original Purchase Price, Series C Original Purchase Price, the Series B Original Purchase Price or the Series A Original Purchase Price.

 

-2-


(d) Priority of Series Preferred Stock Dividends. So long as any shares of Series Preferred Stock shall be outstanding, no dividend, whether in cash or property, shall be paid or declared or set apart, nor shall any other distribution be made, on any shares of Common Stock or any other class or series of capital stock of the Company, nor shall any shares of any Common Stock or on any other class or series of capital stock of the Company, be purchased, redeemed, or otherwise acquired for value by the Company (except for repurchases of shares of Common Stock or other stock issued to or held by employees, consultants, officers and directors of the Company at a price not greater than the amount paid by such persons for such shares upon the termination of their employment or services pursuant to stock purchase or stock option plans or other arrangements that are approved by the Board of Directors) until the dividends on the Series Preferred Stock provided for in Sections 1(a), 1(b) and 1(c) from the date of issuance of such shares shall have been paid or declared and set apart. In the event dividends are paid on any share of Common Stock or on any other class or series of capital stock of the Company, an additional dividend shall be paid with respect to all outstanding shares of Series Preferred Stock at least equal to (i) in the case of a dividend on Common Stock or any class or series that is convertible into Common Stock (other than the Series Preferred Stock), that dividend per share of Series Preferred Stock as would equal the product of (A) the dividend payable on each share of such class or series determined, if applicable, as if all shares of such class or series had been converted into Common Stock and (B) the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of a share of Series Preferred Stock, in each case calculated on the record date for determination of holders entitled to receive such dividend or (ii) in the case of a dividend on any class or series that is not convertible into Common Stock, at a rate per share of Series Preferred Stock determined by (A) dividing the amount of the dividend payable on each share of such class or series of capital stock by the original issuance price of such class or series of capital stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to such class or series) and (B) multiplying such fraction by an amount equal to the Original Issue Price of the series of Series Preferred Stock); provided that, if the Company declares, pays or sets aside, on the same date, a dividend on shares of more than one class or series of capital stock of the Company, the dividend payable to the holders of Series Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 1(d) shall be calculated based upon the dividend on the class or series of capital stock that would result in the highest dividend to the Series Preferred Stock.

2. V OTING R IGHTS .

(a) General Rights. Except as otherwise provided herein or as required by law, shares of Series Preferred Stock shall be voted together with the shares of the Common Stock of the Company and not as a separate class, at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Company, and may act by written consent in the same manner as the Common Stock. In the event of any such vote or action by written consent, each holder of shares of Series Preferred Stock shall be entitled to that number of votes equal to the whole number of shares of Common Stock into which such holder’s aggregate number of shares of Series Preferred Stock are convertible (pursuant to Section 4 hereof) as of the close of business on the record date fixed for such vote or the effective date of such written consent. Any fractional shares shall be disregarded for purposes of such voting rights.

(b) Separate Vote of Requisite Holders. So long as any shares of Series D Preferred Stock or Series C Preferred Stock are outstanding, in addition to any other vote or consent required herein or by law, the Company shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, do, obligate itself to do or consent to do any of the following without the vote or written consent of the Requisite Holders (as defined in the Third Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, dated on or about the date hereof, by and among the Company and the stockholders named therein, as amended from time to time (the “ Stockholders’ Agreement ”)) and any such act or transaction entered into without such vote or consent shall be null and void ab initio , and of no force or effect:

 

-3-


(i) Any dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the business and affairs of the Company;

(ii) Any consolidation or merger of the Company with or into any other corporation or other entity or person, or any other corporate reorganization, in which the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such consolidation, merger or reorganization, own less than 50% of the Company’s voting power immediately after such consolidation, merger or reorganization (an “Acquisition” );

(iii) Any sale, lease, license, transfer or other disposition, in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets, technology or intellectual property of the Company, other than non-exclusive licenses granted in the ordinary course of the Company’s business, or the sale or disposition (whether by merger or otherwise) of one or more subsidiaries of the Company if substantially all the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole are held by such subsidiary or subsidiaries, except where such sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition is to a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company (an “Asset Transfer” );

(iv) Any amendment, alteration, repeal or waiver of any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or the bylaws of the Company;

(v) Any creation or authorization of any new class or series of stock or any other securities convertible into equity securities of the Company, or any increase to the authorized number of shares of any class or series of capital stock, in each case having rights, preferences or privileges senior to or on a parity with any series of the Series Preferred Stock in any respect, including with respect to the distribution of assets on liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, an Acquisition or Asset Transfer, or with respect to the payment of dividends or proceeds upon redemption;

(vi) Any reclassification, alteration or amendment of the rights, preferences or privileges of any existing class or series of stock or any other securities convertible into equity securities of the Company, in each case that would make the rights, preferences or privileges of such existing class or series of stock or other securities senior to or on a parity with the Series Preferred Stock in any respect, including with respect to the distribution of assets on liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, an Acquisition or Asset Transfer, or with respect to the payment of dividends or proceeds upon redemption;

(vii) Any redemption, repurchase or other acquisition, or payment of dividends or other distributions, by the Company with respect to any securities of the Company, other than: (x) repurchases of shares of Common Stock issued to or held by employees, consultants, officers and directors of the Company at a price (to the extent permitted by the underlying agreement) equal to the lower of the amount paid by such persons for such shares or the fair market value upon the termination of their employment or services pursuant to agreements approved by the Board of Directors; (y) redemptions of shares of Series Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 5 hereof; or (z) repurchases of shares of Common Stock by the Company pursuant to the Company’s right of first refusal set forth in Section 3.2 of the Stockholders’ Agreement;

(viii) Any creation, authorization or issuance of any debt security of the Company other than in connection with equipment leases or bank working capital lines of credit of less than $1,000,000 in the aggregate;

 

-4-


(ix) Any creation of, or ownership of any capital stock of, any non-wholly owned direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company or any sale, license, transfer or disposition, in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, of any stock of any subsidiary or all or substantially all of the assets of any subsidiary;

(x) Any increase or decrease in the size of the Board of Directors;

(xi) Any action by any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company that is substantially similar to any of the foregoing actions; or

(xii) Any making of any binding agreement, arrangement or understanding with any other party regarding any of the foregoing actions.

(c) Separate Vote of Series D Preferred Stock. So long as any shares of Series D Preferred Stock are outstanding, in addition to any other vote or consent required herein or by law, the Company shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, do any of the following without the vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, and any such act or transaction entered into without such vote or consent shall be null and void ab initio , and of no force or effect:

(i) Any amendment, alteration, repeal or waiver of any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or the bylaws of the Company if such action would adversely affect the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series D Preferred Stock in a manner not so affecting all other holders of Series Preferred Stock; or

(ii) Any increase or decrease in the authorized number of shares of Series D Preferred Stock.

(d) Separate Vote of Series C Preferred Stock. So long as any shares of Series C Preferred Stock are outstanding, in addition to any other vote or consent required herein or by law, the Company shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, do any of the following without the vote or written consent of the holders of at least 76% of the outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, and any such act or transaction entered into without such vote or consent shall be null and void ab initio , and of no force or effect:

(i) Any amendment, alteration, repeal or waiver of any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or the bylaws of the Company if such action would adversely affect the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series C Preferred Stock in a manner not so affecting all other holders of Series Preferred Stock; or

(ii) Any increase or decrease in the authorized number of shares of Series C Preferred Stock.

(e) Separate Vote of Series B Preferred Stock. So long as any shares of Series B Preferred Stock are outstanding, in addition to any other vote or consent required herein or by law, the Company shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, do any of the following without the vote or written consent of the holders of at least 70% of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, and any such act or

 

-5-


transaction entered into without such vote or consent shall be null and void ab initio , and of no force or effect:

(i) Any amendment, alteration, repeal or waiver of any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or the bylaws of the Company if such action would adversely affect the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series B Preferred Stock in a manner not so affecting all other holders of Series Preferred Stock; or

(ii) Any increase or decrease in the authorized number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock.

(f) Separate Vote of Series A Preferred Stock. So long as any shares of Series A Preferred Stock are outstanding, in addition to any other vote or consent required herein or by law, the Company shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, do any of the following without the vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, and any such act or transaction entered into without such vote or consent shall be null and void ab initio , and of no force or effect:

(i) Any amendment, alteration, repeal or waiver of any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or the bylaws of the Company if such action would adversely affect the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series A Preferred Stock in a manner not so affecting all other holders of Series Preferred Stock;

(ii) Any increase or decrease in the authorized number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock; or

(iii) Any implementation of any “pay-to-play” or similar provision (whether effected via an amendment to this Fifth Restated Certificate or otherwise) that would require any holder of Series Preferred Stock to purchase additional capital stock or other securities of the Company based on such holder’s pro rata ownership of Series Preferred Stock as opposed to such holder’s pro rata ownership of Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock.

(g) Election of Board of Directors. The holders of Series C Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one (1) member of the Board of Directors at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Company’s stockholders for the election of directors. The holders of Series B Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect four (4) members of the Board of Directors at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Company’s stockholders for the election of directors. The holders of Series A Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one (1) member of the Board of Directors at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Company’s stockholders for the election of directors. The Requisite Holders shall be entitled to elect all remaining members of the Board of Directors at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Company’s stockholders for the election of directors. Any directors elected as provided in this Section 2(g) may be removed, and any vacancy or vacancies caused by the resignation, death or removal of such directors may be filled, by, and only by, the affirmative vote of the holders of the shares of the class or series of capital stock entitled to elect such director or directors hereunder.

3. L IQUIDATION R IGHTS .

(a) Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, before any distribution or payment shall be made to the holders of

 

-6-


Series B Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock or Common Stock, the holders of Series D Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Company, on a pari passu basis (i) with respect to the Series D Preferred Stock, an amount per share of Series D Preferred Stock equal to the Series D Original Purchase Price, plus all declared but unpaid dividends on the Series D Preferred Stock, for each share of Series D Preferred Stock then held by them (the “ Series D Preference ”) and (ii) with respect to the Series C Preferred Stock, an amount per share of Series C Preferred Stock equal to the Series C Original Purchase Price, plus all declared but unpaid dividends on the Series C Preferred Stock, for each share of Series C Preferred Stock then held by them (the “ Series C Preference ”). If, upon any such liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the assets of the Company shall be insufficient to make payment in full to all holders of Series D Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock of the liquidation preference set forth in this Section 3(a), then such assets shall be distributed to the holders of Series D Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock ratably in proportion to the full amounts to which they would otherwise be respectively entitled pursuant to this Section 3(a).

(b) After the payment of the full liquidation preferences of the Series D Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock as set forth in Section 3(a), but before any distribution or payment shall be made to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock or Common Stock, upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, the holders of Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Company an amount per share of Series B Preferred Stock equal to the Series C Original Purchase Price, plus all declared but unpaid dividends on the Series B Preferred Stock, for each share of Series B Preferred Stock then held by them (the “ Series B Preference ”). If, upon any such liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the assets of the Company shall be insufficient to make payment in full to all holders of Series B Preferred Stock of the liquidation preference set forth in this Section 3(b), then such assets shall be distributed to the holders of Series B Preferred Stock ratably in proportion to the full amounts to which they would otherwise be respectively entitled pursuant to this Section 3(b).

(c) After the payment of the full liquidation preferences of the Series D Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock as set forth in Sections 3(a) and 3(b), but before any distribution or payment shall be made to the holders of Common Stock, upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, the holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Company an amount per share of Series A Preferred Stock equal to the Series A Original Purchase Price, plus all declared but unpaid dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock, for each share of Series A Preferred Stock then held by them (the amount payable pursuant to this sentence is hereinafter referred to as the “ Series A Preference ,” and, together with the Series B Preference, Series C Preference and Series D Preference, the “Liquidation Preferences” ). If, upon any such liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the assets of the Company shall be insufficient to make payment in full to all holders of Series A Preferred Stock of the liquidation preference set forth in this Section 3(c), then such assets shall be distributed to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock ratably in proportion to the full amounts to which they would otherwise be respectively entitled pursuant to this Section 3(c).

(d) After the payment of the full Liquidation Preferences as set forth in Sections 3(a), 3(b) and 3(c), respectively, the remaining assets of the Company legally available for distribution, if any, shall be distributed ratably to the holders of the Common Stock and the Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock (on an as-if-converted to Common Stock basis); provided , however , that if the aggregate amount which a holder of a share of Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock is entitled to receive under Section 3(a) or 3(b), as applicable, and this Section 3(d) shall exceed the sum of (i) three (3) times the Original Purchase Price for such series of Preferred Stock plus (ii) declared but unpaid dividends thereon (the

 

-7-


Maximum Participation Amount ”), such holder shall cease participating in such distribution as to such series of Preferred Stock and, once all series of Preferred Stock have ceased participating in such distribution as a result of having received on a per share basis for such series the Maximum Participation Amount, the balance shall be distributed ratably to the holders of Common Stock. The aggregate amount that a holder of a share of Series Preferred Stock is entitled to receive under Sections 3(a), 3(b) or 3(c), as applicable, and this Section 3(d) is hereinafter referred to as the “ Liquidation Amount .”

(e) Unless otherwise determined by the Requisite Holders, any Acquisition or Asset Transfer shall be deemed a liquidation under this Section 3; provided , however , that:

(i) The Company shall not have the power to effect such an Acquisition unless the agreement or plan of merger or consolidation for such transaction (the “ Merger Agreement ”) provides that the consideration payable to the stockholders of the Company shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Company in accordance with Sections 3(a), 3(b), 3(c) and 3(d).

(ii) In the event of an Asset Transfer, if the Company does not effect a dissolution of the Company within 90 days after such Asset Transfer, then (A) the Company shall send a written notice to each holder of Series Preferred Stock no later than the 90th day after such Asset Transfer advising such holders of their right (and the requirements to be met to secure such right) pursuant to the terms of the following clause (B) to require the redemption of such shares of Series Preferred Stock, and (B) if the Requisite Holders so request in a written instrument delivered to the Company not later than 120 days after such Asset Transfer, the Company shall use the consideration received by the Company for such Asset Transfer (net of any retained liabilities associated with the assets sold or technology licensed, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company), together with any other assets of the Company available for distribution to its stockholders, all to the extent permitted by Delaware law governing distributions to stockholders (the “ Available Proceeds ”), on the 150th day after such Asset Transfer, to redeem all outstanding shares of Series Preferred Stock at a price per share equal to the applicable Liquidation Amounts. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a redemption pursuant to the preceding sentence, if the Available Proceeds are not sufficient to redeem all outstanding shares of Series Preferred Stock in accordance with the Liquidation Preferences and priorities of payment set forth in Sections 3(a), 3(b) and 3(c), the Company shall ratably redeem each holder’s shares of Series Preferred Stock in accordance with such Liquidation Preferences and priorities of payment to the fullest extent of such Available Proceeds, and shall redeem the remaining shares as soon as it may lawfully do so under Delaware law governing distributions to stockholders. The provisions of Section 5 shall apply, with such necessary changes in the details thereof as are necessitated by the context, to the redemption of the Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 3(e). Prior to the distribution or redemption provided for in this Section 3(e), the Company shall not expend or dissipate the consideration received for such Asset Transfer, except to discharge expenses incurred in connection with such Asset Transfer.

(f) If the consideration received by the Company or the stockholders, as the case may be, in connection with an Acquisition or Asset Transfer is other than cash, its value will be determined by reference to its fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company. Any securities received as consideration in connection with such Acquisition or Asset Transfer shall be valued as follows:

(i) With respect to securities not subject to investment letter or other similar restrictions on free marketability covered by subsection (ii) below:

 

-8-


(A) If traded on a national securities exchange, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing prices of the securities on such quotation system over the thirty (30) day period ending three (3) days prior to the closing;

(B) If actively traded over-the-counter, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid or sale prices (whichever is applicable) over the thirty (30) day period ending three (3) days prior to the closing; and

(C) If there is no active public market, the value shall be the fair market value thereof, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

(ii) The method of valuation of securities subject to investment letter or other restrictions on free marketability (other than restrictions arising solely by virtue of a stockholder’s status as an affiliate or former affiliate) shall be to make an appropriate discount from the market value determined as above in (A), (B) or (C) to reflect the approximate fair market value thereof, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

(iii) In the event of a liquidation in connection with an Acquisition under Section 3(e), then the “assets of the Company” available for distribution shall be deemed to be the aggregate consideration to be paid to all stockholders participating in such Acquisition.

(g) In the event of an Acquisition or Asset Transfer that is deemed a liquidation in accordance with Section 3(e), if any portion of the consideration payable to the stockholders of the Company is placed into escrow and/or is payable to the stockholders of the Company subject to contingencies, the definitive agreement(s) relating to such Acquisition or Asset Transfer shall provide that: (i) the portion of such consideration that is not placed in escrow and not subject to any contingencies (the “Initial Consideration” ) shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Company in accordance with Sections 3(a), 3(b), 3(c) and 3(d) as if the Initial Consideration were the only consideration payable in connection with such Acquisition or Asset Transfer; and (ii) any additional consideration which becomes payable to the stockholders of the Company upon release from escrow or satisfaction of contingencies shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Company in accordance with Sections 3(a), 3(b), 3(c) and 3(d) after taking into account the previous payment of the Initial Consideration as part of the same transaction.

(h) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 3, upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up (including an Acquisition or Asset Transfer) (each, a “ Liquidation Event ”), then each holder of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, for each share of each series of Preferred Stock then held, out of the proceeds available for distribution, the greater of (i) the amount of cash, securities or other property to which such holder would be entitled to receive with respect to such shares in a Liquidation Event pursuant to Section 3(a), Section 3(b), Section 3(c), Section 3(d), and Section 3(e) (without giving effect to this Section 3(i)) or (ii) the amount of cash, securities or other property to which such holder would be entitled to receive in a Liquidation Event with respect to such shares if such shares had been converted to Common Stock immediately prior to such Liquidation Event, giving effect to this Section 3(i) with respect to all series of Preferred Stock simultaneously.

4. C ONVERSION R IGHTS . The holders of the Series Preferred Stock shall have the following rights with respect to the conversion of such shares of Series Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock:

 

-9-


(a) Optional Conversion. Subject to and in compliance with the provisions of this Section 4, any shares of Series Preferred Stock may, at the option of the holder, be converted at any time into fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock. The number of shares of Common Stock to which a holder of Series D Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock or Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled upon conversion shall be the product obtained by multiplying the Series D Conversion Rate, Series C Conversion Rate, Series B Conversion Rate or Series A Conversion Rate (each as defined in and determined as provided in Section 4(d)), as applicable, then in effect, by the number of shares of Series D Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock or Series A Preferred Stock being converted. Each holder of Series Preferred Stock who desires to convert such shares into shares of Common Stock pursuant to this Section 4(a) shall surrender the certificate or certificates representing the shares being converted (or, if such holder alleges that such certificate or certificates have been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Company to indemnify the Company against any claim that may be made against the Company on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate), duly endorsed, at the office of the Company or any transfer agent for such shares and shall give written notice to the Company at such office that such holder elects to convert such shares. Such notice shall state the number of shares of Series Preferred Stock being converted and, optionally, the preferred form of payment of declared and unpaid dividends. Thereupon, the Company shall promptly issue and deliver at such office to such holder a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which such holder is entitled and shall promptly pay in cash, or, at the Company’s option (unless otherwise indicated prior to conversion by the notice of conversion provided by such holder), in shares of Common Stock (at the Common Stock’s fair market value determined in good faith by the Board of Directors as of the date of such conversion), any declared and unpaid dividends on the shares of Series Preferred Stock being converted. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made at the close of business on the date of such surrender of the certificates representing the shares of Series Preferred Stock to be converted, and the person entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder of such shares of Common Stock on such date.

(b) Automatic Conversion.

(i) Each share of Series Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock, based on the then-effective Conversion Rate for each such series: (x) immediately upon the closing of a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale of Common Stock for the account of the Company in which (1) the per share price is at least three (3) times the Series D Original Purchase Price (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like) and (2) the aggregate proceeds to the Company from the offering (after deducting any underwriting or similar commissions, compensation or concessions paid or allowed by the Company in connection with such offering and any expenses payable by the Company in connection with such offering) is at least $70,000,000 (a “Qualifying IPO” ); or (y) upon the written consent of the Requisite Holders.

(ii) Upon the occurrence of an event giving rise to the conversion specified by Section 4(b)(i), the outstanding shares of Series Preferred Stock shall be converted automatically into shares of Common Stock without any further action by the holders of such shares and whether or not the certificates representing such shares are surrendered to the Company or its transfer agent; provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated to issue certificates evidencing the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion unless the certificates evidencing such shares of Series Preferred Stock are either delivered to the Company or its transfer agent as provided below, or the holder notifies the Company or its transfer agent that such certificates have been lost, stolen or destroyed

 

-10-


and executes an agreement reasonably satisfactory to the Company to indemnify the Company from any loss incurred by it in connection with such certificates. Upon the occurrence of such automatic conversion of any Series Preferred Stock, the Company shall provide a notice of the automatic conversion to the holders of Series Preferred Stock, and the holders of such shares shall surrender the certificates representing such shares at the office of the Company or any transfer agent for such shares. Thereupon, there shall be issued and delivered to such holders promptly at such office and in the holders’ names as shown on such surrendered certificate or certificates, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock into which the shares of Series Preferred Stock were convertible on the date on which such automatic conversion occurred, and any declared and unpaid dividends shall be paid in accordance with the provisions of Section 4(a).

(c) [Intentionally Omitted.]

(d) Conversion Rate. The conversion rate in effect at any time for conversion of each share of Series A Preferred Stock (the “Series A Conversion Rate” ) shall be the quotient obtained by dividing the Series A Original Purchase Price by the Series A Conversion Price (as defined in and calculated as provided in Section 4(e)). The conversion rate in effect at any time for conversion of each share of Series B Preferred Stock (the “Series B Conversion Rate” ) shall be the quotient obtained by dividing the Series B Original Purchase Price by the Series B Conversion Price (as defined in and calculated as provided in Section 4(e)). The conversion rate in effect at any time for conversion of each share of Series C Preferred Stock (the “Series C Conversion Rate” ) shall be the quotient obtained by dividing the Series C Original Purchase Price by the Series C Conversion Price (as defined in and calculated as provided in Section 4(e)). The conversion rate in effect at any time for conversion of each share of Series D Preferred Stock (the “Series D Conversion Rate” ) shall be the quotient obtained by dividing the Series D Original Purchase Price by the Series D Conversion Price (as defined in and calculated as provided in Section 4(e)).

(e) Conversion Price. The conversion price for the Series A Preferred Stock on the date hereof shall be $0.4032 (the “Series A Conversion Price” ), the conversion price for the Series B Preferred Stock on the date hereof shall be $0.4032 (the “Series B Conversion Price” ), the conversion price for the Series C Preferred Stock shall initially be $0.25 (the “Series C Conversion Price” ) and the conversion price for the Series D Preferred Stock shall initially be $0.34 (the “Series D Conversion Price” and collectively, as applicable, the “ Conversion Price ”). Such initial Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price and Series D Conversion Price shall be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Section 4. All references to the Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price and Series D Conversion Price herein shall mean the Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price and Series D Conversion Price as so adjusted.

(f) Adjustment for Stock Splits and Combinations. If the Company shall at any time or from time to time after the date that the first share of Series D Preferred Stock is issued (the “Original Issue Date” ) effect a subdivision of the outstanding Common Stock without a corresponding subdivision of each series of Series Preferred Stock, then the applicable Conversion Price in effect for such series of Series Preferred Stock immediately before such subdivision shall be proportionately decreased. Conversely, if the Company shall at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date combine the outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares without a corresponding combination of each series of Series Preferred Stock, then the applicable Conversion Price in effect for each series of Series Preferred Stock immediately before such combination shall be proportionately increased. Any adjustment under this Section 4(f) shall become effective at the close of business on the date such subdivision or combination becomes effective.

 

-11-


(g) Adjustment for Common Stock Dividends and Distributions. If the Company at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date makes, or fixes a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable in shares of Common Stock, in each such event the applicable Conversion Price then in effect for such series of Series Preferred Stock shall be decreased as of the time of such issuance or, in the event such record date is fixed, as of the close of business on such record date, by multiplying the Conversion Price for such series of Series Preferred Stock then in effect by a fraction: (i) the numerator of which is the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date; and (ii) the denominator of which is the sum of the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date, plus the number of shares of Common Stock issuable in payment of such dividend or distribution; provided , however , that if such record date is fixed and such dividend is not fully paid or if such distribution is not fully made on the date fixed therefor, such Conversion Price shall be recomputed accordingly as of the close of business on such record date and thereafter such conversion price shall be adjusted pursuant to this Section 4(g) to reflect the actual payment of such dividend or distribution; and provided further that no such adjustment shall be made if the holders of Series Preferred Stock simultaneously receive a dividend or other distribution of shares of Common Stock in a number equal to the number of shares of Common Stock as they would have received if all outstanding shares of such series of Series Preferred Stock had been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event.

(h) Adjustments for Other Dividends and Distributions . If the Company at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date makes or issues, or fixes a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable in securities of the Company (other than a distribution of shares of Common Stock in respect of outstanding shares of Common Stock) or in other property and the provisions of Section 1 do not apply to such dividend or distribution, then and in each such event the holders of such Series Preferred Stock shall receive, simultaneously with the distribution to the holders of Common Stock, a dividend or other distribution of such securities or other property in an amount equal to the amount of such securities or other property as they would have received if all outstanding shares of Series Preferred Stock had been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event.

(i) Adjustment for Reclassification, Exchange and Substitution. If at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date, the Common Stock issuable upon the conversion of any series of Series Preferred Stock is changed into the same or a different number of shares of any class or classes of stock, whether by recapitalization, reclassification or otherwise (other than an Acquisition or Asset Transfer, or a subdivision or combination of shares, stock dividend or reorganization, merger, consolidation or sale of assets provided for elsewhere in this Section 4), then in each such event, provision shall be made so that the holders of each series of Series Preferred Stock shall thereafter be entitled to receive, upon the conversion of such series of Series Preferred Stock, that number of shares of stock or other securities or property of the Company upon such recapitalization, reclassification or other change to which a holder of that number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion of such series of Series Preferred Stock would have been entitled as a result of such recapitalization, reclassification or other change, all subject to further adjustment as provided herein or with respect to such other securities or property by the terms thereof.

(j) Reorganizations, Mergers or Consolidations. If at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date, there is a capital reorganization of the Common Stock or a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another corporation or another entity or person (other than an Acquisition or Asset Transfer that is deemed a liquidation, or a subdivision or combination

 

-12-


of shares, stock dividend or reorganization, merger, consolidation or sale of assets provided for elsewhere in this Section 4), then as a part of such capital reorganization, provision shall be made so that the holders of each series of Series Preferred Stock shall thereafter be entitled to receive, upon the conversion of such series of Series Preferred Stock, that number of shares of stock or other securities or property of the Company to which a holder of that number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion of such series of Series Preferred Stock would have been entitled as a result of such capital reorganization, merger or consolidation. In any such case, appropriate adjustment shall be made in the application of the provisions of this Section 4 with respect to the rights of the holders of Series Preferred Stock after the capital reorganization such that the provisions of this Section 4 (including adjustment of the applicable Conversion Price for such series of Series Preferred Stock then in effect and the number of shares issuable upon conversion of such series of Series Preferred Stock) shall be applicable after that event and be as nearly equivalent as practicable.

(k) Sale of Shares Below Conversion Price.

(A) If at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date:

(1) the Company issues or sells, or is deemed by the express provisions of this Section 4(k) to have issued or sold, Additional Shares of Common Stock (as defined below), other than as a dividend or other distribution on any class of stock as provided in Section 4(g) above, and other than a subdivision or combination of shares of Common Stock as provided in Section 4(f) above, for an Effective Price (as defined below) less than the then-effective Series C Conversion Price or at no Effective Price, then and in each such case, such then-existing Conversion Price for the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock shall be reduced, as of the opening of business on the date of such issue or sale, to a price determined by multiplying the Conversion Price for such series of Preferred Stock by a fraction: (i) the numerator of which shall be the sum of the number of shares of Common Stock deemed outstanding (as defined below) immediately prior to such issue or sale, plus the number of shares of Common Stock which the aggregate consideration received (as determined in accordance with Section 4(k)(B) below) by the Company for the total number of Additional Shares of Common Stock so issued would purchase at the Series C Conversion Price; and (ii) the denominator of which shall be the sum of the number of shares of Common Stock deemed outstanding (as defined below) immediately prior to such issue or sale, plus the total number of Additional Shares of Common Stock so issued. For the purposes of the preceding sentence, the “number of shares of Common Stock deemed outstanding” as of a given date shall be the sum of the number of shares of Common Stock actually outstanding, plus the number of shares of Common Stock into which the then-outstanding shares of Series Preferred Stock could be converted if fully converted on the day immediately preceding the given date, or

(2) the Company issues or sells, or is deemed by the express provisions of this Section 4(k) to have issued or sold, Additional Shares of Common Stock, other than as a dividend or other distribution on any class of stock as provided in Section 4(g) above, and other than a subdivision or combination of shares of Common Stock as provided in Section 4(f) above, for an Effective Price (as defined below) less than the then-effective Series D Conversion Price or at no Effective Price, then and in each such case, such then-existing Series D Conversion Price shall be reduced, as of the opening of business on the date of such issue or sale, to a price determined by multiplying the Series D Conversion Price by a fraction: (i) the numerator of which shall be the sum of the number of shares of Common Stock deemed outstanding (as defined below) immediately prior to such issue or sale, plus the number of shares of Common Stock which the aggregate consideration received (as determined in accordance with Section 4(k)(B) below) by the Company for the total number of Additional Shares of Common Stock so issued would purchase at the Series D Conversion Price; and (ii) the

 

-13-


denominator of which shall be the sum of the number of shares of Common Stock deemed outstanding (as defined below) immediately prior to such issue or sale, plus the total number of Additional Shares of Common Stock so issued. For the purposes of the preceding sentence, the “number of shares of Common Stock deemed outstanding” as of a given date shall be the sum of the number of shares of Common Stock actually outstanding, plus the number of shares of Common Stock into which the then-outstanding shares of Series Preferred Stock could be converted if fully converted on the day immediately preceding the given date.

(B) For the purpose of making any adjustment required under this Section 4(k), the consideration received by the Company for any issue or sale of Additional Shares of Common Stock shall: (i) to the extent it consists of cash, be computed at the net amount of cash received by the Company after deduction of any underwriting or similar commissions, compensation or concessions paid or allowed by the Company in connection with such issue or sale but without deduction of any expenses payable by the Company; and (ii) to the extent it consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair value of that property as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors. In the event that Additional Shares of Common Stock are issued or sold together with other stock or securities or other assets of the Company for a consideration which covers both, the consideration received by the Company for any issue or sale of securities shall be computed as the portion of the consideration so received that may be reasonably determined in good faith by the Board of Directors to be allocable to such Additional Shares of Common Stock.

(C) For the purpose of the adjustment required under this Section 4(k), if the Company issues or sells: (i) stock or other securities convertible into, Additional Shares of Common Stock (such convertible stock or securities being herein referred to as “Convertible Securities” ); or (ii) rights or options for the purchase of Additional Shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities, the Company shall be deemed to have issued at the time of the issuance of such rights or options or Convertible Securities the maximum number of Additional Shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise or conversion thereof and to have received as consideration for the issuance of such shares an amount equal to the total amount of the consideration, if any, received by the Company for the issuance of such rights or options or Convertible Securities, plus, in the case of such rights or options, the minimum amounts of consideration, if any, payable to the Company upon the exercise of such rights or options, plus, in the case of Convertible Securities, the minimum amounts of consideration, if any, payable to the Company (other than by cancellation of liabilities or obligations evidenced by such Convertible Securities) upon the conversion thereof; provided , however , that if in the case of Convertible Securities the minimum amounts of such consideration cannot be ascertained but are a function of antidilution or similar protective clauses, the Company shall be deemed to have received the minimum amounts of consideration without reference to such clauses; and provided further that: (i) if the minimum amount of consideration payable to the Company upon the exercise or conversion of rights, options or Convertible Securities is reduced over time or based on the occurrence or non-occurrence of specified events other than by reason of antidilution adjustments, the Effective Price shall be recalculated using the figure to which such minimum amount of consideration is reduced; and (ii) if the minimum amount of consideration payable to the Company upon the exercise or conversion of such rights, options or Convertible Securities is subsequently increased, the Effective Price shall be again recalculated using the increased minimum amount of consideration payable to the Company upon the exercise or conversion of such rights, options or Convertible Securities. No further adjustment of such Conversion Price as adjusted upon the issuance of such rights, options or Convertible Securities, shall be made as a result of the actual issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock on the exercise of any such rights or options or the conversion of any such Convertible Securities. If any such rights or options or the conversion privilege represented by any such Convertible Securities shall expire without having been exercised, the applicable Conversion Price for each series of Series Preferred Stock, as adjusted upon the issuance of

 

-14-


such rights, options or Convertible Securities shall be readjusted to the applicable Conversion Price that would have been in effect had an adjustment been made on the basis that the only Additional Shares of Common Stock so issued were the Additional Shares of Common Stock, if any, actually issued or sold on the exercise of such rights or options or rights of conversion of such Convertible Securities, and such Additional Shares of Common Stock, if any, were issued or sold for the consideration actually received by the Company upon such exercise, plus the consideration, if any, actually received by the Company for the granting of all such rights or options, whether or not exercised, plus the consideration received for issuing or selling the Convertible Securities actually converted, plus the consideration, if any, actually received by the Company (other than by cancellation of liabilities or obligations evidenced by such Convertible Securities) on the conversion of such Convertible Securities; provided , however , that such readjustment shall not apply to prior conversions of Series Preferred Stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no readjustment pursuant to this clause (C) shall have the effect of increasing the Conversion Price for a series of Series Preferred Stock to an amount that exceeds the lower of (i) the applicable Conversion Price for such series in effect immediately prior to the original adjustment made as a result of the issuance of such Convertible Securities or options or rights, or (ii) the Conversion Price for such series that would have resulted from any issuances of Additional Shares of Common Stock (other than deemed issuances of Additional Shares of Common Stock as a result of the issuance of such Convertible Securities) between the original adjustment date and such readjustment date.

(D) As used herein, “Additional Shares of Common Stock” shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued by the Company or deemed to be issued pursuant to this Section 4(k), other than: (i) any shares of Common Stock issued upon any conversion of shares of Series Preferred Stock; (ii) any shares of Common Stock issued as a dividend or distribution on shares of Series Preferred Stock or upon a stock split, stock dividend or any other subdivision of the number of shares of Common Stock; (iii) any shares of Common Stock (or options or rights to purchase shares of Common Stock) issued after the Original Issue Date to employees, officers or directors of, or consultants or advisors to, the Company pursuant to stock purchase or stock option plans or other arrangements that are approved by the Board of Directors, in each case up to a maximum of 88,083,000 shares (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares) of Common Stock (or options or rights to purchase shares of such Common Stock); (iv) any shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to any rights or agreements, options, warrants or convertible securities outstanding as of the Original Issue Date; or (v) any shares of Common Stock (or options or rights to purchase shares of Common Stock) issued after the Original Issue Date to banks, equipment lessors or other financial institutions in connection with any debt financing, equipment leasing or real property leasing arrangements that are approved by the Board of Directors, up to a maximum, in the aggregate, of 100,000 shares (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares) of Common Stock (or options or rights to purchase shares of Common Stock). The “Effective Price” of Additional Shares of Common Stock shall mean the quotient determined by dividing the aggregate consideration received, or deemed to have been received by the Company for such issue under this Section 4(k), for such Additional Shares of Common Stock by the total number of Additional Shares of Common Stock issued or sold, or deemed to have been issued or sold by the Company under this Section 4(k).

(l) No Adjustment of Conversion Price. No adjustment in the Conversion Price for a series of Series Preferred Stock shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock if the Company receives written notice from the Requisite Holders that no such adjustment shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of such Additional Shares of Common Stock.

 

-15-


(m) Certificate of Adjustment. Upon the request of any holder of Series Preferred Stock, and in each case of an adjustment or readjustment of the Conversion Price for any series of Series Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 4, the Company, at its expense, shall compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the provisions hereof and prepare a certificate showing such adjustment or readjustment and shall mail such certificate, by first-class mail, postage prepaid, to each registered holder of such series of Series Preferred Stock at the holder’s address as shown in the Company’s books. The certificate shall set forth such adjustment or readjustment, showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based.

(n) Notices of Record Date. Upon: (i) any taking by the Company of a record of the holders of any class of securities for the purpose of determining the holders thereof who are entitled to receive any dividend or other distribution; or (ii) any Acquisition or other capital reorganization of the Company, any reclassification or recapitalization of the capital stock of the Company, any merger or consolidation of the Company with or into any other corporation, any Asset Transfer, or any voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company, the Company shall mail a notice to each holder of Series Preferred Stock at least fifteen (15) business days prior to, and specifying, the earliest of: (A) the date on which any such record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend or distribution and a description of such dividend or distribution; (B) the date on which any such Acquisition, reorganization, reclassification, transfer, consolidation, merger, Asset Transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding up is expected to become effective; and (C) the date, if any, that is to be fixed as to when the holders of record of Common Stock (or other securities) shall be entitled to exchange their shares of Common Stock (or other securities) for securities or other property deliverable upon such Acquisition, reorganization, reclassification, transfer, consolidation, merger, Asset Transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding up.

(o) Fractional Shares. No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of any shares of Series Preferred Stock. All shares of Common Stock (including fractions thereof) issuable upon conversion of more than one share of Series Preferred Stock by a holder thereof shall be aggregated for purposes of determining whether the conversion would result in the issuance of any fractional share. If, after the aforementioned aggregation, the conversion would result in the issuance of any fractional share, the Company shall, in lieu of issuing any fractional share, pay cash in an amount equal to the product of such fraction multiplied by the fair market value of a share of Common Stock, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, on the date of conversion.

(p) Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion. The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of the Series Preferred Stock, such number of shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then-outstanding shares of Series Preferred Stock. If at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then-outstanding shares of Series Preferred Stock, the Company will take such corporate action as is, in the opinion of its counsel, necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purpose.

(q) Notices. Any notice required by the provisions of this Section 4 shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (i) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified; (ii) when sent by electronic mail or confirmed facsimile, if sent during normal business hours of the recipient or, if not, then on the next business day; (iii) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid; or (iv) one (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with verification of receipt. All notices shall

 

-16-


be addressed to each holder of record at the address of such holder appearing on the books of the Company.

(r) Payment of Taxes. The Company will pay all taxes (other than taxes based upon income) and other governmental charges that may be imposed with respect to the issue or delivery of shares of Common Stock upon conversion of shares of Series Preferred Stock, excluding any tax or other charge imposed in connection with any transfer involved in the issue and delivery of shares of Common Stock in a name other than that in which the shares of Series Preferred Stock so converted were registered.

(s) Status of Converted Shares. No shares of Series Preferred Stock that have been converted into Common Stock after the original issuance thereof in accordance with this Section 4 shall ever be reissued, and all such shares so converted shall upon such conversion be appropriately canceled on the books of the Company and shall be restored to the status of authorized but unissued Preferred Stock of the Company, undesignated as to series.

5. R EDEMPTION .

(a) At any time following the sixth anniversary date of the Original Issue Date, if requested in writing by the Requisite Holders, the Company shall, to the extent it may lawfully do so, redeem all of the outstanding Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock in two (2) equal annual installments to be made on each of the date that is sixty (60) days following the date of the Requisite Holders’ written request (the “First Redemption Date” ) and on the first anniversary of the First Redemption Date (the “Second Redemption Date” , with each of the First Redemption Date or the Second Redemption Date being generically referred to herein as a “Redemption Date” ). The Company shall effect such redemptions on the applicable Redemption Date by paying in cash in exchange for the shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock to be redeemed an amount equal to: (i) the Series A Original Purchase Price per share of Series A Preferred Stock (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares), plus any and all declared but unpaid dividends with respect to such shares of Series A Preferred Stock (collectively, the “Series A Redemption Price” ); (ii) the Series C Original Purchase Price per share of Series B Preferred Stock (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares), plus any and all declared but unpaid dividends with respect to such shares of Series B Preferred Stock (collectively, the “Series B Redemption Price” ); (iii) the Series C Original Purchase Price per share of Series C Preferred Stock (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares), plus any and all declared but unpaid dividends with respect to such shares of Series C Preferred Stock (collectively, the “Series C Redemption Price” ); and (iv) the Series D Original Purchase Price per share of Series D Preferred Stock (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares), plus any and all declared but unpaid dividends with respect to such shares of Series D Preferred Stock (collectively, the “Series D Redemption Price” and, together with the Series A Redemption Price, Series B Redemption Price and Series C Redemption Price, the “Redemption Price” ); provided , however , that rights of the holders of Series D Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock to receive the Series D Redemption Price and Series C Redemption Price, respectively, shall be senior in all respects to the rights of the holders of Series B Preferred Stock to receive the Series B Redemption Price and the rights of the holders of Series A Preferred Stock to receive the Series A Redemption Price, and no portion of the Series B Redemption Price or Series A Redemption Price shall be paid to the holders of Series B Preferred Stock or Series A Preferred Stock, respectively, until such time as the full Series D Redemption Price and Series C Redemption Price has been paid with respect to all shares of Series D Preferred Stock Series C

 

-17-


Preferred Stock being redeemed, respectively, and the rights of the holders of Series B Preferred Stock to receive the Series B Redemption Price shall be senior in all respects to the rights of the holders of Series A Preferred Stock to receive the Series A Redemption Price, and no portion of the Series A Redemption Price shall be paid to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock until such time as the full Series B Redemption Price has been paid with respect to all shares of Series B Preferred Stock being redeemed. Subject to the priority of the rights of the holders of Series D Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock set forth in the previous sentence, shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock subject to redemption pursuant to this Section 5(a) shall be redeemed from each holder of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock, respectively, on a pro rata basis.

(b) Within ten (10) days of receiving the redemption request contemplated by Section 5(a), the Company shall send a notice (the “Redemption Notice” ) to all holders of Series Preferred Stock to be redeemed setting forth: (i) the Redemption Price for the shares of Series Preferred Stock to be redeemed; and (ii) the place at which such holders may obtain payment of the Redemption Price upon surrender of their share certificates.

(c) On or prior to each Redemption Date, the Company shall deposit the Redemption Price of all shares of Series Preferred Stock to be redeemed with a bank or trust company having aggregate capital and surplus in excess of $100,000,000, as a trust fund, with irrevocable instructions and authority to the bank or trust company to pay, on and after such Redemption Date, the Redemption Price of the shares to their respective holders upon the surrender of their share certificates (or, if such holder alleges that such certificate or certificates have been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Company to indemnify the Company against any claim that may be made against the Company on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate). Any funds deposited by the Company pursuant to this Section 5(c) for the redemption of shares of Series Preferred Stock thereafter converted into shares of Common Stock pursuant to Section 4 hereof shall be returned to the Company forthwith upon such conversion. The balance of any funds deposited by the Company pursuant to this Section 5(c) remaining unclaimed at the expiration of one (1) year following such Redemption Date shall be returned to the Company promptly upon its written request.

(d) On or after such Redemption Date, each holder of shares of Series Preferred Stock to be redeemed shall surrender such holder’s certificates representing such shares to the Company in the manner and at the place designated in the Redemption Notice, and thereupon the Redemption Price of such shares shall be payable to the order of the person whose name appears on such certificate or certificates as the owner thereof and each surrendered certificate shall be canceled. In the event less than all the shares of Series Preferred Stock represented by such certificates are redeemed, a new certificate shall be issued representing the unredeemed shares of Series Preferred Stock. From and after such Redemption Date, unless there shall have been a default in payment of the Redemption Price or the Company is unable to pay the Redemption Price due to not having sufficient legally available funds, all rights of the holder of such shares as holder of Series Preferred Stock (except the right to receive the Redemption Price without interest upon surrender of their certificates), shall cease and terminate with respect to such shares; provided , however , that in the event that shares of Series Preferred Stock are not redeemed due to a default in payment by the Company or because the Company does not have sufficient legally available funds, such shares of Series Preferred Stock shall remain outstanding and shall be entitled to all of the rights and preferences provided herein.

(e) In the event of the consummation of any Acquisition or Asset Transfer occurring following the delivery by the Requisite Holders of the written request contemplated by Section 5(a)

 

-18-


but prior to the applicable Redemption Date, the holders of Series Preferred Stock shall, unless the Requisite Holders elect not to treat such Acquisition or Asset Transfer as a liquidation pursuant to Section 3(e) above, be entitled to receive, in lieu of any amounts that would otherwise be payable to such holders of Series Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 5, such amounts as are payable to such holders of Series Preferred Stock in respect of such Acquisition or Asset Transfer in accordance with the provisions of Section 3 above.

V.

A. To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL as the same exists or as may hereafter be amended, a director of the Company shall not be personally liable to the Company or its stockholders for monetary damages for a breach of fiduciary duty as a director. If the DGCL is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Company shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as so amended.

B. The Company shall have the power to indemnify, to the extent permitted by the DGCL, as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended from time to time, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “ Proceeding ”) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such Proceeding. A right to indemnification or to advancement of expenses arising under a provision of this Certificate of Incorporation or a bylaw of the Company shall not be eliminated or impaired by an amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Company after the occurrence of the act or omission that is the subject of the civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding for which indemnification or advancement of expenses is sought.

C. Neither any amendment nor repeal of this Article V, nor the adoption of any provision of this Company’s Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article V, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article V, in respect of any matter occurring, or any action or proceeding accruing or arising or that, but for this Article V, would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision.

VI.

For the management of the business and for the conduct of the affairs of the Company, and in further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Company, of its directors and of its stockholders or any class thereof, as the case may be, it is further provided that:

A. The management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Company shall be vested in its Board of Directors. The number of directors which shall constitute the whole Board of Directors shall be fixed by the Board of Directors in the manner provided in the bylaws, subject to any restrictions which may be set forth in this Fifth Restated Certificate.

B. The Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the bylaws of the Company. The stockholders shall also have power to adopt, amend or repeal the bylaws of the

 

-19-


Company; provided , however , that, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Company required by law or by this Fifth Restated Certificate, the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to adopt, amend or repeal any provision of the bylaws of the Company.

C. The directors of the Company need not be elected by written ballot unless the bylaws so provide.

VII.

The Company renounces, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any interest or expectancy of the Company in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any Excluded Opportunity. An “ Excluded Opportunity ” is any matter, transaction or interest that is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or which otherwise comes into the possession of, (i) any director of the Company who is not an employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or (ii) any holder of Series Preferred Stock or any partner, member, director, stockholder, employee or agent of any such holder, other than someone who is an employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries (collectively, “ Covered Persons ”), unless such matter, transaction or interest is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or otherwise comes into the possession of, a Covered Person expressly and solely in such Covered Person’s capacity as a director of the Company.

* * *

FOUR: This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the DGCL by the Board of Directors and the stockholders of the corporation.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

-20-


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the Company has caused this Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by its President and Chief Executive Officer as of April 23, 2014.

 

By:    /s/ David A. Weber
  David A. Weber
  President and Chief Executive Officer

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION]

Exhibit 3.3

BYLAWS

OF

OTONOMY, INC.

(A DELAWARE CORPORATION)


ARTICLE I OFFICES

     1   

Section 1. Registered Office

     1   

Section 2. Other Offices

     1   

ARTICLE II CORPORATE SEAL

     1   

Section 3. Corporate Seal

     1   

ARTICLE III STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

     1   

Section 4. Place of Meetings

     1   

Section 5. Annual Meeting

     1   

Section 6. Special Meetings

     3   

Section 7. Notice of Meetings

     4   

Section 8. Quorum

     5   

Section 9. Adjournment and Notice of Adjourned Meetings

     5   

Section 10. Voting Rights

     6   

Section 11. Joint Owners of Stock

     6   

Section 12. List of Stockholders

     6   

Section 13. Action Without Meeting

     7   

Section 14. Organization

     8   

ARTICLE IV DIRECTORS

     8   

Section 15. Number and Term of Office

     8   

Section 16. Powers

     9   

Section 17. Term of Directors

     9   

Section 18. Vacancies

     9   

Section 19. Resignation

     10   

Section 20. Removal

     10   

Section 21. Meetings

     10   

Section 22. Quorum and Voting

     11   

Section 23. Action Without Meeting

     11   

Section 24. Fees and Compensation

     12   

Section 25. Committees

     12   

Section 26. Organization

     13   

ARTICLE V OFFICERS

     13   

Section 27. Officers Designated

     13   


Section 28. Tenure and Duties of Officers

     14   

Section 29. Delegation of Authority

     15   

Section 30. Resignations

     15   

Section 31. Removal

     15   

ARTICLE VI EXECUTION OF CORPORATE INSTRUMENTS AND VOTING OF SECURITIES OWNED BY THE
                  CORPORATION

     15   

Section 32. Execution of Corporate Instruments

     15   

Section 33. Voting of Securities Owned by the Corporation

     16   

ARTICLE VII SHARES OF STOCK

     16   

Section 34. Form and Execution of Certificates

     16   

Section 35. Lost Certificates

     16   

Section 36. Transfers

     17   

Section 37. Fixing Record Dates

     17   

Section 38. Registered Stockholders

     18   

ARTICLE VIII OTHER SECURITIES OF THE CORPORATION

     18   

Section 39. Execution of Other Securities

     18   

ARTICLE IX DIVIDENDS

     19   

Section 40. Declaration of Dividends

     19   

Section 41. Dividend Reserve

     19   

ARTICLE X FISCAL YEAR

     19   

Section 42. Fiscal Year

     19   

ARTICLE XI INDEMNIFICATION

     19   

Section 43. Indemnification of Directors, Executive Officers, Other Officers, Employees and Other Agents

     19   

ARTICLE XII NOTICES

     22   

Section 44. Notices

     22   

ARTICLE XIII AMENDMENTS

     23   

Section 45. Amendments

     23   

ARTICLE XIV RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL

     24   

Section 46. Right of First Refusal

     24   

ARTICLE XV LOANS TO OFFICERS

     26   

Section 47. Loans to Officers

     26   

ARTICLE XVI MISCELLANEOUS

     26   


Section 48. Annual Report

     26   


BYLAWS

OF

OTONOMY, INC.

(A DELAWARE CORPORATION)

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1. Registered Office. The registered office of the corporation in the State of Delaware shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle.

Section 2. Other Offices. The corporation shall also have and maintain an office or principal place of business at such place as may be fixed by the Board of Directors, and may also have offices at such other places, both within and without the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

CORPORATE SEAL

Section 3. Corporate Seal. The Board of Directors may adopt a corporate seal. The corporate seal shall consist of a die bearing the name of the corporation and the inscription, “Corporate Seal-Delaware.” Said seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

ARTICLE III

STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

Section 4. Place of Meetings. Meetings of the stockholders of the corporation may be held at such place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that the meeting shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as provided under the Delaware General Corporation Law ( “DGCL” ).

Section 5. Annual Meeting.

(a) The annual meeting of the stockholders of the corporation, for the purpose of election of directors and for such other business as may lawfully come before it, shall be held on such date and at such time as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the corporation and the proposal of business to be considered by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of

 

1.


stockholders: (i) pursuant to the corporation’s notice of meeting of stockholders; (ii) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors; or (iii) by any stockholder of the corporation who was a stockholder of record at the time of giving of notice provided for in the following paragraph, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who complied with the notice procedures set forth in Section 5 hereof.

(b) At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. For nominations or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of Section 5(a) of these Bylaws, (i) the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the corporation, (ii) such other business must be a proper matter for stockholder action under the DGCL, (iii) if the stockholder, or the beneficial owner on whose behalf any such proposal or nomination is made, has provided the corporation with a Solicitation Notice (as defined in this Section 5(b)), such stockholder or beneficial owner must, in the case of a proposal, have delivered a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the corporation’s voting shares required under applicable law to carry any such proposal, or, in the case of a nomination or nominations, have delivered a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of a percentage of the corporation’s voting shares reasonably believed by such stockholder or beneficial owner to be sufficient to elect the nominee or nominees proposed to be nominated by such stockholder, and must, in either case, have included in such materials the Solicitation Notice, and (iv) if no Solicitation Notice relating thereto has been timely provided pursuant to this Section 5, the stockholder or beneficial owner proposing such business or nomination must not have solicited a number of proxies sufficient to have required the delivery of such a Solicitation Notice under this Section 5. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the ninetieth (90 th ) day nor earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120 th ) day prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than thirty (30) days prior to or delayed by more than thirty (30) days after the anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120 th ) day prior to such annual meeting and not later than (i) the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90 th ) day prior to such annual meeting or (ii) the tenth (10 th ) day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment of an annual meeting commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above. Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth: (A) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or reelection as a director all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors in an election contest, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act” ) and Rule 14a-4(d) thereunder (including such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected); (B) as to any other business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such stockholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; and (C) as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is

 

2.


made (i) the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the corporation’s books, and of such beneficial owner, (ii) the class and number of shares of the corporation which are owned beneficially and of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner, and (iii) whether either such stockholder or beneficial owner intends to deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of, in the case of the proposal, at least the percentage of the corporation’s voting shares required under applicable law to carry the proposal or, in the case of a nomination or nominations, a sufficient number of holders of the corporation’s voting shares to elect such nominee or nominees (an affirmative statement of such intent, a “Solicitation Notice” ).

(c) Notwithstanding anything in the second sentence of Section 5(b) of these Bylaws to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board of Directors of the Corporation is increased and there is no public announcement naming all of the nominees for director or specifying the size of the increased Board of Directors made by the corporation at least one hundred (100) days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, a stockholder’s notice required by this Section 5 shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth (10 th ) day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the corporation.

(d) Only such persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 5 shall be eligible to serve as directors and only such business shall be conducted at a meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 5. Except as otherwise provided by law, the Chairman of the meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made, or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the procedures set forth in these Bylaws and, if any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance with these Bylaws, to declare that such defective proposal or nomination shall not be presented for stockholder action at the meeting and shall be disregarded.

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 5, in order to include information with respect to a stockholder proposal in the proxy statement and form of proxy for a stockholders’ meeting, stockholders must provide notice as required by the regulations promulgated under the Exchange Act. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the corporation proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act.

(f) For purposes of this Section 5, “public announcement” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

Section 6. Special Meetings.

(a) Special meetings of the stockholders of the corporation may be called, for any purpose or purposes, by (i) the Chairman of the Board of Directors, (ii) the President,

 

3.


(iii) the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors (whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships at the time any such resolution is presented to the Board of Directors for adoption) or (iv) the holders of shares entitled to cast not less than ten percent (10%) of the votes at the meeting, and shall be held at such place, on such date, and at such time as the Board of Directors shall fix.

At any time or times that the corporation is subject to Section 2115(b) of the California General Corporation Law ( “CGCL” ), stockholders holding five percent (5%) or more of the outstanding shares shall have the right to call a special meeting of stockholders as set forth in Section 18(b) hereof.

(b) If a special meeting is properly called by any person or persons other than the Board of Directors, the request shall be in writing, specifying the general nature of the business proposed to be transacted, and shall be delivered personally or sent by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, or by telegraphic or other facsimile transmission to the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President or the Secretary of the corporation. No business may be transacted at such special meeting otherwise than specified in such notice. The Board of Directors shall determine the time and place of such special meeting, which shall be held not less than thirty-five (35) nor more than one hundred twenty (120) days after the date of the receipt of the request. Upon determination of the time and place of the meeting, the officer receiving the request shall cause notice to be given to the stockholders entitled to vote, in accordance with the provisions of Section 7 of these Bylaws. Nothing contained in this paragraph (b) shall be construed as limiting, fixing, or affecting the time when a meeting of stockholders called by action of the Board of Directors may be held.

(c) Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected pursuant to the corporation’s notice of meeting (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (ii) by any stockholder of the corporation who is a stockholder of record at the time of giving notice provided for in these Bylaws who shall be entitled to vote at the meeting and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 6(c). In the event the corporation calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more directors to the Board of Directors, any such stockholder may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be), for election to such position(s) as specified in the corporation’s notice of meeting, if the stockholder’s notice required by Section 5(b) of these Bylaws shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120th) day prior to such special meeting and not later than (i) the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such meeting or (ii) the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected at such meeting. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment of a special meeting commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

Section 7. Notice of Meetings . Except as otherwise provided by law, notice, given in writing or by electronic transmission, of each meeting of stockholders shall be given not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder

 

4.


entitled to vote at such meeting, such notice to specify the place, if any, date and hour, in the case of special meetings, the purpose or purposes of the meeting, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at any such meeting. If mailed, notice is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the corporation. Notice of the time, place, if any, and purpose of any meeting of stockholders may be waived in writing, signed by the person entitled to notice thereof or by electronic transmission by such person, either before or after such meeting, and will be waived by any stockholder by such stockholder’s attendance thereat in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by proxy, except when the stockholder attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Any stockholder so waiving notice of such meeting shall be bound by the proceedings of any such meeting in all respects as if due notice thereof had been given.

Section 8. Quorum . At all meetings of stockholders, except where otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation, or by these Bylaws, the presence, in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by proxy duly authorized, of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. In the absence of a quorum, any meeting of stockholders may be adjourned, from time to time, either by the chairman of the meeting or by vote of the holders of a majority of the shares represented thereat, but no other business shall be transacted at such meeting. The stockholders present at a duly called or convened meeting, at which a quorum is present, may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum. Except as otherwise provided by statute, or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of a majority of shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy duly authorized at the meeting and entitled to vote generally on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders. Except as otherwise provided by statute, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy duly authorized at the meeting and entitled to vote generally on the election of directors. Where a separate vote by a class or classes or series is required, except where otherwise provided by the statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a majority of the outstanding shares of such class or classes or series, present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy duly authorized, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter. Except where otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the affirmative vote of the majority (plurality, in the case of the election of directors) of shares of such class or classes or series present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting shall be the act of such class or classes or series.

Section 9. Adjournment and Notice of Adjourned Meetings . Any meeting of stockholders, whether annual or special, may be adjourned from time to time either by the chairman of the meeting or by the vote of a majority of the shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting. When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, if any, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if

 

5.


the time and place, if any, thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

Section 10. Voting Rights . For the purpose of determining those stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of the stockholders, except as otherwise provided by law, only persons in whose names shares stand on the stock records of the corporation on the record date, as provided in Section 12 of these Bylaws, shall be entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders. Every person entitled to vote or execute consents shall have the right to do so either in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by an agent or agents authorized by a proxy granted in accordance with Delaware law. An agent so appointed need not be a stockholder. No proxy shall be voted after three (3) years from its date of creation unless the proxy provides for a longer period.

Section 11. Joint Owners of Stock . If shares or other securities having voting power stand of record in the names of two (2) or more persons, whether fiduciaries, members of a partnership, joint tenants, tenants in common, tenants by the entirety, or otherwise, or if two (2) or more persons have the same fiduciary relationship respecting the same shares, unless the Secretary is given written notice to the contrary and is furnished with a copy of the instrument or order appointing them or creating the relationship wherein it is so provided, their acts with respect to voting shall have the following effect: (a) if only one (1) votes, such person’s act binds all; (b) if more than one (1) votes, and the vote is not evenly split on any particular matter, the act of the majority so voting binds all; (c) if more than one (1) votes, but the vote is evenly split on any particular matter, each faction may vote the securities in question proportionally, or may apply to the Delaware Court of Chancery for relief as provided in Section 217(b) of the DGCL. If the instrument filed with the Secretary shows that any such tenancy is held in unequal interests, a majority or even-split for the purpose of subsection (c) shall be a majority or even-split in interest.

Section 12. List of Stockholders . The Secretary shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at said meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, (a) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (b) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the corporation. In the event that the corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the corporation. The list shall be open to examination of any stockholder during the time of the meeting as provided by law.

 

6.


Section 13. Action Without Meeting.

(a) Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required by statute to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, or by electronic transmission setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.

(b) Every written consent or electronic transmission shall bear the date of signature of each stockholder who signs the consent, and no written consent or electronic transmission shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless, within sixty (60) days of the earliest dated consent delivered to the corporation in the manner herein required, written consents or electronic transmissions signed by a sufficient number of stockholders to take action are delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to a corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested.

(c) Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing or by electronic transmission and who, if the action had been taken at a meeting, would have been entitled to notice of the meeting if the record date for such meeting had been the date that written consents signed by a sufficient number of stockholders to take action were delivered to the corporation as provided in Section 228(c) of the DGCL. If the action which is consented to is such as would have required the filing of a certificate under any section of the DGCL if such action had been voted on by stockholders at a meeting thereof, then the certificate filed under such section shall state, in lieu of any statement required by such section concerning any vote of stockholders, that written consent has been given in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL.

(d) A telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission consenting to an action to be taken and transmitted by a stockholder or proxyholder or by a person or persons authorized to act for a stockholder or proxyholder, shall be deemed to be written, signed and dated for the purposes of this Section 13, provided that any such telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission sets forth or is delivered with information from which the corporation can determine (i) that the telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission was transmitted by the stockholder or proxyholder or by a person or persons authorized to act for the stockholder and (ii) the date on which such stockholder or proxyholder or authorized person or persons transmitted such telegram, cablegram or electronic transmission. The date on which such telegram, cablegram or electronic transmission is transmitted shall be deemed to be the date on which such consent was signed. No consent given by telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission shall be deemed to have been delivered until such consent is reproduced in paper form and until such paper form shall be delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the

 

7.


corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to a corporation’s registered office shall be made by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. Notwithstanding the foregoing limitations on delivery, consents given by telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission may be otherwise delivered to the principal place of business of the corporation or to an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded if, to the extent and in the manner provided by resolution of the board of directors of the corporation. Any copy, facsimile or other reliable reproduction of a consent in writing may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing for any and all purposes for which the original writing could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing.

Section 14. Organization.

(a) At every meeting of stockholders, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or, if a Chairman has not been appointed or is absent, the President, or, if the President is absent, a chairman of the meeting chosen by a majority in interest of the stockholders entitled to vote, present in person or by proxy, shall act as chairman. The Secretary, or, in his absence, an Assistant Secretary directed to do so by the President, shall act as secretary of the meeting.

(b) The Board of Directors of the corporation shall be entitled to make such rules or regulations for the conduct of meetings of stockholders as it shall deem necessary, appropriate or convenient. Subject to such rules and regulations of the Board of Directors, if any, the chairman of the meeting shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairman, are necessary, appropriate or convenient for the proper conduct of the meeting, including, without limitation, establishing an agenda or order of business for the meeting, rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present, limitations on participation in such meeting to stockholders of record of the corporation and their duly authorized and constituted proxies and such other persons as the chairman shall permit, restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof, limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants and regulation of the opening and closing of the polls for balloting on matters which are to be voted on by ballot. The date and time of the opening and closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at the meeting shall be announced at the meeting. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board of Directors or the chairman of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with rules of parliamentary procedure.

ARTICLE IV

DIRECTORS

Section 15. Number and Term of Office . The authorized number of directors of the corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors from time to time. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the Certificate of Incorporation. If for any cause the directors shall not have been elected at an annual meeting, they may be elected as soon thereafter as convenient.

 

8.


Section 16. Powers . The powers of the corporation shall be exercised, its business conducted and its property controlled by the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation.

Section 17. Term of Directors.

(a) Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders for a term of one year. Each director shall serve until his successor is duly elected and qualified or until his death, resignation or removal. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

(b) No person entitled to vote at an election for directors may cumulate votes to which such person is entitled, unless, at the time of such election, the corporation is subject to Section 2115(b) of the CGCL. During such time or times that the corporation is subject to Section 2115(b) of the CGCL, every stockholder entitled to vote at an election for directors may cumulate such stockholder’s votes and give one candidate a number of votes equal to the number of directors to be elected multiplied by the number of votes to which such stockholder’s shares are otherwise entitled, or distribute the stockholder’s votes on the same principle among as many candidates as such stockholder thinks fit. No stockholder, however, shall be entitled to so cumulate such stockholder’s votes unless (i) the names of such candidate or candidates have been placed in nomination prior to the voting and (ii) the stockholder has given notice at the meeting, prior to the voting, of such stockholder’s intention to cumulate such stockholder’s votes. If any stockholder has given proper notice to cumulate votes, all stockholders may cumulate their votes for any candidates who have been properly placed in nomination. Under cumulative voting, the candidates receiving the highest number of votes, up to the number of directors to be elected, are elected.

Section 18. Vacancies.

(a) Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, and subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, removal or other causes and any newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors shall, unless the Board of Directors determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by stockholders, be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors. Any director elected in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the director for which the vacancy was created or occurred and until such director’s successor shall have been elected and qualified. A vacancy in the Board of Directors shall be deemed to exist under this Section 18 in the case of the death, removal or resignation of any director.

(b) At any time or times that the corporation is subject to §2115(b) of the CGCL, if, after the filling of any vacancy, the directors then in office who have been elected by stockholders shall constitute less than a majority of the directors then in office, then

 

9.


(i) any holder or holders of an aggregate of five percent (5%) or more of the total number of shares at the time outstanding having the right to vote for those directors may call a special meeting of stockholders; or

(ii) the Superior Court of the proper county shall, upon application of such stockholder or stockholders, summarily order a special meeting of the stockholders, to be held to elect the entire board, all in accordance with Section 305(c) of the CGCL, the term of office of any director shall terminate upon that election of a successor.

Section 19. Resignation. Any director may resign at any time by delivering his or her notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the Secretary, such resignation to specify whether it will be effective at a particular time, upon receipt by the Secretary or at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. If no such specification is made, it shall be deemed effective at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. When one or more directors shall resign from the Board of Directors, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each director so chosen shall hold office for the unexpired portion of the term of the director whose place shall be vacated and until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

Section 20. Removal.

(a) Subject to any limitations imposed by applicable law (and assuming the corporation is not subject to Section 2115 of the CGCL), the Board of Directors or any director may be removed from office at any time, either for or without cause, by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote generally at an election of directors.

(b) During such time or times that the corporation is subject to Section 2115(b) of the CGCL, the Board of Directors or any individual director may be removed from office at any time without cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on such removal; provided, however, that unless the entire Board is removed, no individual director may be removed when the votes cast against such director’s removal, or not consenting in writing to such removal, would be sufficient to elect that director if voted cumulatively at an election which the same total number of votes were cast (or, if such action is taken by written consent, all shares entitled to vote were voted) and the entire number of directors authorized at the time of such director’s most recent election were then being elected.

Section 21. Meetings.

(a) Regular Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time or date and at any place within or without the State of Delaware which has been designated by the Board of Directors and publicized among all directors, either orally or in writing, by telephone, including a voice-messaging system or other system designed to record and communicate messages, facsimile, telegraph or telex, or by electronic mail or other electronic means. No further notice shall be required for a regular meeting of the Board of Directors.

 

10.


(b) Special Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, special meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time and place within or without the State of Delaware whenever called by the Chairman of the Board, the President or any director.

(c) Meetings by Electronic Communications Equipment. Any member of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting by such means shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

(d) Notice of Special Meetings. Notice of the time and place of all special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be orally or in writing, by telephone, including a voice messaging system or other system or technology designed to record and communicate messages, facsimile, telegraph or telex, or by electronic mail or other electronic means, during normal business hours, at least twenty-four (24) hours before the date and time of the meeting. If notice is sent by US mail, it shall be sent by first class mail, postage prepaid at least three (3) days before the date of the meeting. Notice of any meeting may be waived in writing or by electronic transmission at any time before or after the meeting and will be waived by any director by attendance thereat, except when the director attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

(e) Waiver of Notice. The transaction of all business at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee thereof, however called or noticed, or wherever held, shall be as valid as though had at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum be present and if, either before or after the meeting, each of the directors not present who did not receive notice shall sign a written waiver of notice or shall waive notice by electronic transmission. All such waivers shall be filed with the corporate records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting.

Section 22. Quorum and Voting.

(a) Unless the Certificate of Incorporation requires a greater number, a quorum of the Board of Directors shall consist of a majority of the exact number of directors fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation; provided, however, at any meeting, whether a quorum be present or otherwise, a majority of the directors present may adjourn from time to time until the time fixed for the next regular meeting of the Board of Directors, without notice other than by announcement at the meeting.

(b) At each meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present, all questions and business shall be determined by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present, unless a different vote be required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

Section 23. Action Without Meeting. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of

 

11.


the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and such writing or writings or transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

Section 24. Fees and Compensation. Directors shall be entitled to such compensation for their services as may be approved by the Board of Directors, including, if so approved, by resolution of the Board of Directors, a fixed sum and expenses of attendance, if any, for attendance at each regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors and at any meeting of a committee of the Board of Directors. Nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity as an officer, agent, employee, or otherwise and receiving compensation therefor.

Section 25. Committees.

(a) Executive Committee. The Board of Directors may appoint an Executive Committee to consist of one (1) or more members of the Board of Directors. The Executive Committee, to the extent permitted by law and provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to (i) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopting, amending or repealing any bylaw of the corporation.

(b) Other Committees. The Board of Directors may, from time to time, appoint such other committees as may be permitted by law. Such other committees appointed by the Board of Directors shall consist of one (1) or more members of the Board of Directors and shall have such powers and perform such duties as may be prescribed by the resolution or resolutions creating such committees, but in no event shall any such committee have the powers denied to the Executive Committee in these Bylaws.

(c) Term. The Board of Directors, subject to any requirements of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock and the provisions of subsections (a) or (b) of this Bylaw may at any time increase or decrease the number of members of a committee or terminate the existence of a committee. The membership of a committee member shall terminate on the date of his death or voluntary resignation from the committee or from the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may at any time for any reason remove any individual committee member and the Board of Directors may fill any committee vacancy created by death, resignation, removal or increase in the number of members of the committee. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee, and, in addition, in the absence or disqualification of any member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may

 

12.


unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

(d) Meetings . Unless the Board of Directors shall otherwise provide, regular meetings of the Executive Committee or any other committee appointed pursuant to this Section 25 shall be held at such times and places as are determined by the Board of Directors, or by any such committee, and when notice thereof has been given to each member of such committee, no further notice of such regular meetings need be given thereafter. Special meetings of any such committee may be held at any place which has been determined from time to time by such committee, and may be called by any director who is a member of such committee, upon notice to the members of such committee of the time and place of such special meeting given in the manner provided for the giving of notice to members of the Board of Directors of the time and place of special meetings of the Board of Directors. Notice of any special meeting of any committee may be waived in writing at any time before or after the meeting and will be waived by any director by attendance thereat, except when the director attends such special meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors in the resolutions authorizing the creation of the committee, a majority of the authorized number of members of any such committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the act of a majority of those present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of such committee.

Section 26. Organization . At every meeting of the directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or, if a Chairman has not been appointed or is absent, the President, or if the President is absent, the most senior Vice President (if a director), or, in the absence of any such person, a chairman of the meeting chosen by a majority of the directors present, shall preside over the meeting. The Secretary, or in his absence, any Assistant Secretary directed to do so by the President, shall act as secretary of the meeting.

ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

Section 27. Officers Designated . The officers of the corporation shall include, if and when designated by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President, one or more Vice Presidents, the Secretary, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer and the Controller, all of whom shall be elected at the annual organizational meeting of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may also appoint one or more Assistant Secretaries, Assistant Treasurers, Assistant Controllers and such other officers and agents with such powers and duties as it shall deem necessary. The Board of Directors may assign such additional titles to one or more of the officers as it shall deem appropriate. Any one person may hold any number of offices of the corporation at any one time unless specifically prohibited therefrom by law. The salaries and other compensation of the officers of the corporation shall be fixed by or in the manner designated by the Board of Directors.

 

13.


Section 28. Tenure and Duties of Officers.

(a) General. All officers shall hold office at the pleasure of the Board of Directors and until their successors shall have been duly elected and qualified, unless sooner removed. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the Board of Directors. If the office of any officer becomes vacant for any reason, the vacancy may be filled by the Board of Directors.

(b) Duties of Chairman of the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board of Directors, when present, shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time. If there is no President, then the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall also serve as the chief executive officer of the corporation and shall have the powers and duties prescribed in Section 28(c).

(c) Duties of President. The President shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation and shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors, unless the Chairman of the Board of Directors has been appointed and is present. The President shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and officers of the corporation. The President shall perform other duties commonly incident to his or her office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time.

(d) Duties of Vice Presidents. The Vice Presidents may assume and perform the duties of the President in the absence or disability of the President or whenever the office of President is vacant. The Vice Presidents shall perform other duties commonly incident to their office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time.

(e) Duties of Secretary. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors and shall record all acts and proceedings thereof in the minute book of the corporation. The Secretary shall give notice in conformity with these Bylaws of all meetings of the stockholders and of all meetings of the Board of Directors and any committee thereof requiring notice. The Secretary shall perform all other duties provided for in these Bylaws and other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time. The President may direct any Assistant Secretary to assume and perform the duties of the Secretary in the absence or disability of the Secretary, and each Assistant Secretary shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time.

(f) Duties of Chief Financial Officer. The Chief Financial Officer shall keep or cause to be kept the books of account of the corporation in a thorough and proper manner and shall render statements of the financial affairs of the corporation in such form and as often as required by the Board of Directors or the President. The Chief Financial Officer, subject to the

 

14.


order of the Board of Directors, shall have the custody of all funds and securities of the corporation. The Chief Financial Officer shall perform other duties commonly incident to his office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time. The President may direct the Treasurer or any Assistant Treasurer, or the Controller or any Assistant Controller to assume and perform the duties of the Chief Financial Officer in the absence or disability of the Chief Financial Officer, and each Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer and each Controller and Assistant Controller shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time.

Section 29. Delegation of Authority . The Board of Directors may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of any officer to any other officer or agent, notwithstanding any provision hereof.

Section 30. Resignations . Any officer may resign at any time by giving notice in writing or by electronic transmission notice to the Board of Directors or to the President or to the Secretary. Any such resignation shall be effective when received by the person or persons to whom such notice is given, unless a later time is specified therein, in which event the resignation shall become effective at such later time. Unless otherwise specified in such notice, the acceptance of any such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation shall be without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation under any contract with the resigning officer.

Section 31. Removal . Any officer may be removed from office at any time, either with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors in office at the time, or by the unanimous written consent of the directors in office at the time, or by any committee or superior officers upon whom such power of removal may have been conferred by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE VI

EXECUTION OF CORPORATE INSTRUMENTS AND VOTING

OF SECURITIES OWNED BY THE CORPORATION

Section 32. Execution of Corporate Instruments . The Board of Directors may, in its discretion, determine the method and designate the signatory officer or officers, or other person or persons, to execute on behalf of the corporation any corporate instrument or document, or to sign on behalf of the corporation the corporate name without limitation, or to enter into contracts on behalf of the corporation, except where otherwise provided by law or these Bylaws, and such execution or signature shall be binding upon the corporation.

All checks and drafts drawn on banks or other depositaries on funds to the credit of the corporation or in special accounts of the corporation shall be signed by such person or persons as the Board of Directors shall authorize so to do.

Unless authorized or ratified by the Board of Directors or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the

 

15.


corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

Section 33. Voting of Securities Owned by the Corporation. All stock and other securities of other corporations owned or held by the corporation for itself, or for other parties in any capacity, shall be voted, and all proxies with respect thereto shall be executed, by the person authorized so to do by resolution of the Board of Directors, or, in the absence of such authorization, by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President, or any Vice President.

ARTICLE VII

SHARES OF STOCK

Section 34. Form and Execution of Certificates. Certificates for the shares of stock of the corporation shall be in such form as is consistent with the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law. Every holder of stock in the corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by or in the name of the corporation by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or the President or any Vice President and by the Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or Assistant Secretary, certifying the number of shares owned by him in the corporation. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be facsimiles. In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issue. Each certificate shall state upon the face or back thereof, in full or in summary, all of the powers, designations, preferences, and rights, and the limitations or restrictions of the shares authorized to be issued or shall, except as otherwise required by law, set forth on the face or back a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional, or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of uncertificated stock, the corporation shall send to the registered owner thereof a written notice containing the information required to be set forth or stated on certificates pursuant to this Section 34 or otherwise required by law or with respect to this Section 34 a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

Section 35. Lost Certificates. A new certificate or certificates shall be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed. The corporation may require, as a condition precedent to the issuance of a new certificate or certificates, the owner of such lost, stolen, or destroyed certificate or certificates, or the owner’s legal representative, to agree to indemnify the corporation in such manner as it shall require or to give the corporation a surety bond in such form and amount as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed.

 

16.


Section 36. Transfers.

(a) Transfers of record of shares of stock of the corporation shall be made only upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by attorney duly authorized, and upon the surrender of a properly endorsed certificate or certificates for a like number of shares.

(b) The corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.

Section 37. Fixing Record Dates.

(a) In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall, subject to applicable law, not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

(b) In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which date shall not be more than ten (10) days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors. Any stockholder of record seeking to have the stockholders authorize or take corporate action by written consent shall, by written notice to the Secretary, request the Board of Directors to fix a record date. The Board of Directors shall promptly, but in all events within ten (10) days after the date on which such a request is received, adopt a resolution fixing the record date. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors within ten (10) days of the date on which such a request is received, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is required by applicable law, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors and prior action by the Board of Directors is required by law, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a

 

17.


meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

(c) In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty (60) days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

Section 38. Registered Stockholders. The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

ARTICLE VIII

OTHER SECURITIES OF THE CORPORATION

Section 39. Execution of Other Securities. All bonds, debentures and other corporate securities of the corporation, other than stock certificates (covered in Section 34 hereof), may be signed by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President or any Vice President, or such other person as may be authorized by the Board of Directors, and the corporate seal impressed thereon or a facsimile of such seal imprinted thereon and attested by the signature of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, or the Chief Financial Officer or Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer; provided, however, that where any such bond, debenture or other corporate security shall be authenticated by the manual signature, or where permissible facsimile signature, of a trustee under an indenture pursuant to which such bond, debenture or other corporate security shall be issued, the signatures of the persons signing and attesting the corporate seal on such bond, debenture or other corporate security may be the imprinted facsimile of the signatures of such persons. Interest coupons appertaining to any such bond, debenture or other corporate security, authenticated by a trustee as aforesaid, shall be signed by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer of the corporation or such other person as may be authorized by the Board of Directors, or bear imprinted thereon the facsimile signature of such person. In case any officer who shall have signed or attested any bond, debenture or other corporate security, or whose facsimile signature shall appear thereon or on any such interest coupon, shall have ceased to be such officer before the bond, debenture or other corporate security so signed or attested shall have been delivered, such bond, debenture or other corporate security nevertheless may be adopted by the corporation and issued and delivered as though the person who signed the same or whose facsimile signature shall have been used thereon had not ceased to be such officer of the corporation.

 

18.


ARTICLE IX

DIVIDENDS

Section 40. Declaration of Dividends. Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors pursuant to law at any regular or special meeting. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law.

Section 41. Dividend Reserve. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or for such other purpose as the Board of Directors shall think conducive to the interests of the corporation, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

ARTICLE X

FISCAL YEAR

Section 42. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE XI

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 43. Indemnification of Directors, Executive Officers, Other Officers, Employees and Other Agents.

(a) Directors and Executive Officers. The corporation shall indemnify its directors and executive officers (for the purposes of this Article XI, “executive officers” shall have the meaning defined in Rule 3b-7 promulgated under the Exchange Act) to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL or any other applicable law; provided, however, that the corporation may modify the extent of such indemnification by individual contracts with its directors and executive officers; and, provided, further, that the corporation shall not be required to indemnify any director or executive officer in connection with any proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person unless (i) such indemnification is expressly required to be made by law, (ii) the proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors of the corporation, (iii) such indemnification is provided by the corporation, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the corporation under the DGCL or any other applicable law or (iv) such indemnification is required to be made under Section 43(d).

(b) Other Officers, Employees and Other Agents. The corporation shall have power to indemnify its other officers, employees and other agents as set forth in the DGCL or any other applicable law. The Board of Directors shall have the power to delegate the

 

19.


determination of whether indemnification shall be given to any such person except executive officers to such officers or other persons as the Board of Directors shall determine.

(c) Expenses. The corporation shall advance to any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or executive officer of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or executive officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, prior to the final disposition of the proceeding, promptly following request therefor, all expenses incurred by any director or executive officer in connection with such proceeding; provided, however, that, if the DGCL requires, an advancement of expenses incurred by a director or executive officer in his or her capacity as a director or executive officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such indemnitee, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) shall be made only upon delivery to the corporation of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this Section 43 or otherwise.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise determined pursuant to paragraph (e) of this Bylaw, no advance shall be made by the corporation to an executive officer of the corporation (except by reason of the fact that such executive officer is or was a director of the corporation, in which event this paragraph shall not apply) in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, if a determination is reasonably and promptly made (i) by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to the proceeding, even if not a quorum, or (ii) by a committee of such directors designated by a majority of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (iii) if there are no such directors, or such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, that the facts known to the decision-making party at the time such determination is made demonstrate clearly and convincingly that such person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation.

(d) Enforcement. Without the necessity of entering into an express contract, all rights to indemnification and advances to directors and executive officers under this Bylaw shall be deemed to be contractual rights and be effective to the same extent and as if provided for in a contract between the corporation and the director or executive officer. Any right to indemnification or advances granted by this Bylaw to a director or executive officer shall be enforceable by or on behalf of the person holding such right in any court of competent jurisdiction if (i) the claim for indemnification or advances is denied, in whole or in part, or (ii) no disposition of such claim is made within ninety (90) days of request therefor. The claimant in such enforcement action, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting the claim. In connection with any claim for indemnification, the corporation shall be entitled to raise as a defense to any such action that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct that make it permissible under the DGCL or any other applicable law for the corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed. In connection with any claim by an executive officer of the corporation (except in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that such executive

 

20.


officer is or was a director of the corporation) for advances, the corporation shall be entitled to raise a defense as to any such action clear and convincing evidence that such person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, or with respect to any criminal action or proceeding that such person acted without reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was lawful. Neither the failure of the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL or any other applicable law, nor an actual determination by the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

(e) Non-Exclusivity of Rights. The rights conferred on any person by this Bylaw shall not be exclusive of any other right which such person may have or hereafter acquire under any applicable statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his or her official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding office. The corporation is specifically authorized to enter into individual contracts with any or all of its directors, officers, employees or agents respecting indemnification and advances, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL or by any other applicable law.

(f) Survival of Rights. The rights conferred on any person by this Section 43 shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, executive officer, officer, employee or other agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

(g) Insurance. To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, or any other applicable law, the corporation, upon approval by the Board of Directors, may purchase insurance on behalf of any person required or permitted to be indemnified pursuant to this Section 43.

(h) Amendments. Any repeal or modification of this Section 43 shall only be prospective and shall not affect the rights under this Bylaw in effect at the time of the alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act that is the cause of any proceeding against any agent of the corporation.

(i) Saving Clause. If this Section 43 or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each director and executive officer to the full extent not prohibited by any applicable portion of this Section 43 that shall not have been invalidated, or by any other applicable law. If this Section 43 shall be invalid due to the application of the indemnification provisions of another jurisdiction, then the corporation shall indemnify each director and executive officer to the full extent under applicable law.

(j) Certain Definitions. For the purposes of this Section 43, the following definitions shall apply:

 

21.


(1) The term “proceeding” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, the investigation, preparation, prosecution, defense, settlement, arbitration and appeal of, and the giving of testimony in, any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative.

(2) The term “expenses” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, court costs, attorneys’ fees, witness fees, fines, amounts paid in settlement or judgment and any other costs and expenses of any nature or kind incurred in connection with any proceeding.

(3) The term the “corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Section 43 with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

(4) References to a “director” , “executive officer” , “officer” , “employee” or “agent” of the corporation shall include, without limitation, situations where such person is serving at the request of the corporation as, respectively, a director, executive officer, officer, employee, trustee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

(5) References to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the corporation” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee, or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants, or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the corporation” as referred to in this Section 43.

ARTICLE XII

NOTICES

Section 44. Notices.

(a) Notice to Stockholders. Written notice to stockholders of stockholder meetings shall be given as provided in Section 7 hereof. Without limiting the manner by which notice may otherwise be given effectively to stockholders under any agreement or contract with such stockholder, and except as otherwise required by law, written notice to stockholders for purposes other than stockholder meetings may be sent by United States mail or nationally

 

22.


recognized overnight courier, or by facsimile, telegraph or telex or by electronic mail or other electronic means.

(b) Notice to Directors. Any notice required to be given to any director may be given by the method stated in subsection (a), or as provided for in Section 21 hereof. If such notice is not delivered personally, it shall be sent to such address as such director shall have filed in writing with the Secretary, or, in the absence of such filing, to the last known post office address of such director.

(c) Affidavit of Mailing. An affidavit of mailing, executed by a duly authorized and competent employee of the corporation or its transfer agent appointed with respect to the class of stock affected or other agent, specifying the name and address or the names and addresses of the stockholder or stockholders, or director or directors, to whom any such notice or notices was or were given, and the time and method of giving the same, shall in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts therein contained.

(d) Methods of Notice. It shall not be necessary that the same method of giving notice be employed in respect of all recipients of notice, but one permissible method may be employed in respect of any one or more, and any other permissible method or methods may be employed in respect of any other or others.

(e) Notice to Person with Whom Communication Is Unlawful. Whenever notice is required to be given, under any provision of law or of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the corporation, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. In the event that the action taken by the corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.

ARTICLE XIII

AMENDMENTS

Section 45. Amendments. The Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal these Bylaws. Any adoption, amendment or repeal of these Bylaws by the Board of Directors shall require the approval of a majority of the authorized number of directors. The stockholders shall also have power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the corporation; provided, however, that, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the corporation required by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to adopt, amend or repeal any provision of the Bylaws of the corporation.

 

23.


ARTICLE XIV

RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL

Section 46. Right of First Refusal. No stockholder shall sell, assign, pledge, or in any manner transfer any of the shares of the common stock of the corporation (the “Common Stock” ) or any right or interest therein, whether voluntarily or by operation of law, or by gift or otherwise, except by a transfer which meets the requirements hereinafter set forth in this bylaw:

(a) If the stockholder desires to sell or otherwise transfer any of his shares of Common Stock, then the stockholder shall first give written notice thereof to the corporation. The notice shall name the proposed transferee and state the number of shares of Common Stock to be transferred, the proposed consideration, and all other terms and conditions of the proposed transfer.

(b) For thirty (30) days following receipt of such notice, the corporation shall have the option to purchase all (but not less than all) of the shares of Common Stock specified in the notice at the price and upon the terms set forth in such notice; provided, however, that, with the consent of the stockholder, the corporation shall have the option to purchase a lesser portion of the shares of Common Stock specified in said notice at the price and upon the terms set forth therein. In the event of a gift, property settlement or other transfer in which the proposed transferee is not paying the full price for the shares of Common Stock, and that is not otherwise exempted from the provisions of this Section 46, the price shall be deemed to be the fair market value of the Common Stock at such time as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors. In the event the corporation elects to purchase all of the shares of Common Stock or, with consent of the stockholder, a lesser portion of the shares of Common Stock, it shall give written notice to the transferring stockholder of its election and settlement for said shares of Common Stock shall be made as provided below in paragraph (d).

(c) The corporation may assign its rights hereunder.

(d) In the event the corporation and/or its assignee(s) elect to acquire any of the shares of Common Stock of the transferring stockholder as specified in said transferring stockholder’s notice, the Secretary of the corporation shall so notify the transferring stockholder and settlement thereof shall be made in cash within thirty (30) days after the Secretary of the corporation receives said transferring stockholder’s notice; provided that if the terms of payment set forth in said transferring stockholder’s notice were other than cash against delivery, the corporation and/or its assignee(s) shall pay for said shares of Common Stock on the same terms and conditions set forth in said transferring stockholder’s notice.

(e) In the event the corporation and/or its assignees(s) do not elect to acquire all of the shares of Common Stock specified in the transferring stockholder’s notice, said transferring stockholder may, within the sixty-day period following the expiration of the option rights granted to the corporation and/or its assignees(s) herein, transfer the shares of Common Stock specified in said transferring stockholder’s notice which were not acquired by the corporation and/or its assignees(s) as specified in said transferring stockholder’s notice. All

 

24.


shares of Common Stock so sold by said transferring stockholder shall continue to be subject to the provisions of this bylaw in the same manner as before said transfer.

(f) Anything to the contrary contained herein notwithstanding, the following transactions shall be exempt from the provisions of this bylaw:

(1) A stockholder’s transfer of any or all shares of Common Stock held either during such stockholder’s lifetime or on death by will or intestacy to such stockholder’s immediate family or to any custodian or trustee for the account of such stockholder or such stockholder’s immediate family or to any limited partnership of which the stockholder, members of such stockholder’s immediate family or any trust for the account of such stockholder or such stockholder’s immediate family will be the general of limited partner(s) of such partnership. “Immediate family” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant, father, mother, brother, or sister of the stockholder (or such holder’s spouse) making such transfer.

(2) A stockholder’s bona fide pledge or mortgage of any shares of Common Stock with a commercial lending institution, provided that any subsequent transfer of said shares by said institution shall be conducted in the manner set forth in this bylaw.

(3) A stockholder’s transfer of any or all of such stockholder’s shares of Common Stock to the corporation or to any other stockholder of the corporation.

(4) A stockholder’s transfer of any or all of such stockholder’s shares of Common Stock to a person who, at the time of such transfer, is an officer or director of the corporation.

(5) A corporate stockholder’s transfer of any or all of its shares of Common Stock pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of any merger, consolidation, reclassification of shares or capital reorganization of the corporate stockholder, or pursuant to a sale of all or substantially all of the stock or assets of a corporate stockholder.

(6) A corporate stockholder’s transfer of any or all of its shares of Common Stock to any or all of its stockholders.

(7) A transfer by a stockholder which is a limited or general partnership to any or all of its partners or former partners.

In any such case, the transferee, assignee, or other recipient shall receive and hold such Common Stock subject to the provisions of this bylaw, and there shall be no further transfer of such stock except in accord with this bylaw.

(g) The provisions of this bylaw may be waived with respect to any transfer either by the corporation, upon duly authorized action of its Board of Directors, or by the stockholders, upon the express written consent of the owners of a majority of the voting power of the corporation (excluding the votes represented by those shares to be transferred by the transferring stockholder). This bylaw may be amended or repealed either by a duly authorized action of the Board of Directors or by the stockholders, upon the express written consent of the owners of a majority of the voting power of the corporation.

 

25.


(h) Any sale or transfer, or purported sale or transfer, of shares of Common Stock of the corporation shall be null and void unless the terms, conditions, and provisions of this bylaw are strictly observed and followed.

(i) The foregoing right of first refusal shall terminate on either of the following dates, whichever shall first occur:

(1) On May 6, 2018; or

(2) Upon the date securities of the corporation are first offered to the public pursuant to a registration statement filed with, and declared effective by, the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC” ) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act” ).

(j) The certificates representing shares of Common Stock of the corporation shall bear on their face the following legend so long as the foregoing right of first refusal remains in effect:

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL OPTION IN FAVOR OF THE CORPORATION AND/OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S), AS PROVIDED IN THE BYLAWS OF THE CORPORATION.”

ARTICLE XV

LOANS TO OFFICERS

Section 47. Loans to Officers. Until the date (i) securities of the corporation are first offered to the public pursuant to a registration statement filed with, and declared effective by the SEC under the Securities Act or (ii) such loans are not longer permissible pursuant to applicable law, the corporation may lend money to, or guarantee any obligation of, or otherwise assist any officer or other employee of the corporation or of its subsidiaries, including any officer or employee who is a Director of the corporation or its subsidiaries, whenever, in the judgment of the Board of Directors, such loan, guarantee or assistance may reasonably be expected to benefit the corporation. The loan, guarantee or other assistance may be with or without interest and may be unsecured, or secured in such manner as the Board of Directors shall approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of shares of stock of the corporation. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to deny, limit or restrict the powers of guaranty or warranty of the corporation at common law or under any statute.

ARTICLE XVI

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 48. Annual Report.

(a) Subject to the provisions of paragraph (b) of this Bylaw, the Board of Directors shall cause an annual report to be sent to each stockholder of the corporation not later

 

26.


than one hundred twenty (120) days after the close of the corporation’s fiscal year. Such report shall include a balance sheet as of the end of such fiscal year and an income statement and statement of changes in financial position for such fiscal year, accompanied by any report thereon of independent accounts or, if there is no such report, the certificate of an authorized officer of the corporation that such statements were prepared without audit from the books and records of the corporation. When there are more than one hundred (100) stockholders of record of the corporation’s shares, as determined by Section 605 of the CGCL, additional information as required by Section 1501(b) of the CGCL shall also be contained in such report, provided that if the corporation has a class of securities registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, the Exchange Act shall take precedence. Such report shall be sent to stockholders at least fifteen (15) days prior to the next annual meeting of stockholders after the end of the fiscal year to which it relates.

(b) If and so long as there are fewer than one hundred (100) stockholders of record of the corporation’s shares, the requirement of sending of an annual report to the stockholders of the corporation contained in Section 1501 of the CGCL is hereby expressly waived.

 

27.

Exhibit 4.1

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

T HIS T HIRD A MENDED A ND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of April 23, 2014 by and among O TONOMY , I NC ., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and the investors set forth on the Schedule of Investors attached hereto as Exhibit A (each, an “ Investor ” and collectively, the “ Investors ”).

RECITALS

W HEREAS , the Company and certain of the Investors (the “ Existing Investors ”) previously entered into that certain Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of August 26, 2013 (the “ Original Agreement ”);

W HEREAS , the Company and certain additional Investors (the “ Additional Investors ”) are parties to that certain Series D Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of even date herewith (the “ Purchase Agreement ”); and

W HEREAS , as a condition of entering into the Purchase Agreement, the Additional Investors have requested that the Company extend to them registration rights, information rights and other rights as set forth below, and in order to induce the Additional Investors to purchase shares of Series D Preferred Stock (as defined below) pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, the Company and the Existing Investors desire to amend and restate the Original Agreement to include the Additional Investors as parties and to make other modifications to the terms of such Original Agreement, all as set forth in this Agreement.

N OW , T HEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing recitals and the mutual promises, representations, warranties, and covenants hereinafter set forth and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

AGREEMENT

1. R EGISTRATION R IGHTS .

1.1 Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement:

(a) The term “ Avalon Major Investor ” has the meaning given to it in the Stockholders’ Agreement.

(b) The term “ Board of Directors ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(c) The term “ Common Stock ” means the Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share, of the Company.

(d) The term “ Domain Major Investor ” has the meaning given to it in the Stockholders’ Agreement.

(e) The term “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(f) The term “ Form S-3 ” means such form under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC which permits


inclusion or incorporation of substantial information by reference to other documents filed by the Company with the SEC.

(g) The term “ Holder ” shall mean any Investor who holds Registrable Securities and any holder of Registrable Securities to whom the registration rights conferred by this Agreement have been duly and validly transferred in accordance with Section 1.11 hereof.

(h) The term “ IPO ” means the Company’s first underwritten public offering of its Common Stock under the Securities Act.

(i) The term “ OrbiMed Director ” has the meaning given to it in the Stockholders’ Agreement.

(j) The term “ OrbiMed Major Investor ” has the meaning given to it in the Stockholders’ Agreement.

(k) The term “ Novo Major Investor ” has the meaning given to it in the Stockholders’ Agreement.

(l) The term “ Preferred Director Majority ” means (i) four (4) Preferred Directors so long as there are six (6) Preferred Directors then in office, (ii) three (3) Preferred Directors so long as there are five (5) Preferred Directors then in office, (iii) two (2) Preferred Directors so long as there are three (3) or four (4) Preferred Directors then in office, or (iv) one (1) Preferred Director so long as there are between one (1) and two (2) Preferred Directors then in office.

(m) The term “ Preferred Directors ” has the meaning given to it in the Stockholders’ Agreement.

(n) The term “ Preferred Stock ” means the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock, the Series C Preferred Stock and the Series D Preferred Stock.

(o) The term “ Qualifying IPO ” means the firm commitment underwritten initial public offering of shares of Common Stock at a per share price not less than three (3) times the Series D Original Purchase Price (as defined in the Restated Certificate and as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations and other recapitalizations) resulting in proceeds to the Company of at least $70,000,000 (after deducting any underwriting or similar commissions, compensation or concessions paid or allowed by the Company in connection with such offering and any expenses payable by the Company in connection with such offering).

(p) The terms “ register ”, “ registered ” and “ registration ” refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement or similar document in compliance with the Securities Act, and the declaration or ordering of effectiveness of such registration statement or document by the SEC.

(q) The term “ Registrable Securities ” means all shares of Common Stock held by any Holder, including but not limited to (i) the Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock, (ii) the Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of securities that have been acquired after the date hereof pursuant to the exercise by an Investor of a right of first refusal described in Section 3.2 of the Stockholders’ Agreement, (iii) the Common Stock issued or issuable upon the conversion of any shares of preferred stock that are issued or issuable upon exercise of that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock, dated July 31, 2013, by and between the Company and Square 1 Bank (“ Lender ”), as such warrant may hereafter be


amended from time to time (the “ Lender Warrant “ and the shares of Common Stock of the Company issued or issuable upon exercise thereof, the “ Warrant Shares ”); provided , however , that for the purposes of Section 1.2 and Section 2, the Warrant Shares shall not be deemed “Registrable Securities” and Lender shall not be deemed an “Investor” hereunder, and (iii) any Common Stock of the Company issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right or other security which is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of, the shares referenced in clause (i) and, other than for purposes of Section 1.2 and Section 2, clause (ii) above, excluding in all cases, however, any Registrable Securities sold by a Holder in a transaction in which such Holder’s rights under this Section 1 are not assigned and excluding Registrable Securities that have been sold in an offering registered under the Securities Act or in an open-market transaction under Rule 144 of the Securities Act.

(r) The number of shares of “ Registrable Securities then outstanding ” shall be determined by the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding which are, and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to then-exercisable or then-convertible securities which are, Registrable Securities.

(s) The term “ Registration Expenses ” means all expenses incurred by the Company in complying with Sections 1.2, 1.3 and 1.4 hereof, including, without limitation, all registration and filing fees, printing expenses, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, reasonable fees and disbursements of a single special counsel for the Holders, blue sky fees and expenses and the expense of any special audits incident to or required by any such registration (but excluding the compensation of regular employees of the Company which shall be paid in any event by the Company).

(t) The term “ Requisite Holders ” has the meaning given to it in the Stockholders’ Agreement.

(u) The term “ Restated Certificate ” has the meaning given to it in the Purchase Agreement.

(v) The term “ RiverVest Major Investor ” has the meaning given to it in the Stockholders’ Agreement.

(w) The term “ SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

(x) The term “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(y) The term “ Selling Expenses ” means all stock transfer taxes, underwriting discounts and selling commissions applicable to a sale of Registrable Securities.

(z) The term “ Series A Preferred Stock ” means the Series A Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company.

(aa) The term “ Series B Directors ” has the meaning given to it in the Stockholders’ Agreement.

(bb) The term “ Series B Preferred Stock ” means the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company.

(cc) The term “ Series C Preferred Stock ” means the Series C Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company.


(dd) The term “ Series D Preferred Stock ” means the Series D Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company.

(ee) The term “ Stockholders’ Agreement ” means that certain Third Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of even date herewith, by and among the Company, the Investors and the other stockholders of the Company listed therein, as amended from time to time.

(ff) The term “ TPG Major Investor ” has the meaning given to it in the Stockholders’ Agreement.

1.2 Demand Registration .

(a) After the earlier of (i) three (3) years after the date of this Agreement or (ii) six (6) months after the effective date of an IPO, if the Company receives a written request from (A) the Requisite Holders prior to the effective date of an IPO and (B) the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding after the effective date of an IPO that the Company file a registration statement under the Securities Act (provided that the anticipated aggregate offering price would exceed $5,000,000), then the Company shall:

(i) within ten (10) days of the receipt thereof, give written notice of such request to all Holders; and

(ii) use its reasonable best efforts to effect, as soon as practicable after receipt of such request, the registration under the Securities Act of that number of Registrable Securities which the Holders (including the Initiating Holders) requested to be registered, subject to the limitations of Section 1.2(b), within twenty (20) days of the mailing of such notice by the Company.

(b) If the Holders initiating the registration request hereunder (the “ Initiating Holders ”) intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to Section 1.2(a) and the Company shall include such information in the written notice referred to in Section 1.2(a). In such event, the right of any Holder to include its Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting (unless otherwise mutually agreed by a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders and such Holder) to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall (together with the Company as provided in Section 1.5(f)) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting; provided , however , that no Holder (or any of their assignees) shall be required to make any representations, warranties or indemnities except as they relate to such Holder’s ownership of shares and authority to enter into the underwriting agreement and to such Holder’s intended method of distribution, and the liability of such Holder shall be limited to an amount equal to the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 1.2, if the underwriter advises the Initiating Holders in writing that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten, then the Initiating Holders shall so advise all Holders of Registrable Securities which would otherwise be underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of shares of Registrable Securities that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated among all Holders thereof, including the Initiating Holders, in proportion (as nearly as practicable) to the amount of Registrable Securities of the Company owned by each Holder; provided , however , that the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be included in such underwriting shall not be reduced unless all other securities are first entirely excluded from the underwriting.


(c) The Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any registration pursuant to this Section 1.2:

(i) After the Company has effected two (2) registrations pursuant to this Section 1.2 in which all securities to be included were in fact included and such registrations have been declared or ordered effective with respect to all Registrable Securities requested to be registered; provided, however, that any registration that is withdrawn or closed at the request of the Initiating Holders (other than as a result of a material adverse change affecting the Company) shall count as one (1) of the two (2) required registrations pursuant to this Section 1.2(c)(i); or

(ii) If the Company delivers notice to the Initiating Holders within thirty (30) days of such Initiating Holders’ registration request that the Company intends to file the first registration statement for a public offering of securities of the Company on its behalf (other than a registration statement relating either to the sale of securities to employees of the Company pursuant to a stock option, stock purchase or similar plan or a transaction pursuant to Rule 145 of the Securities Act (“ SEC Rule 145 ”)) within sixty (60) days from the date of such notice; provided , that the Company is actively employing in good faith commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to be filed and declared effective.

1.3 Company Registration .

(a) If (but without any obligation to do so) the Company proposes to register (including for this purpose a registration effected by the Company for stockholders other than the Holders) any of its stock or other securities under the Securities Act in connection with the public offering of such securities solely for cash (other than a registration statement relating either to the sale of securities to employees of the Company pursuant to a stock option, stock purchase or similar plan or an SEC Rule 145 transaction), the Company shall, at such time, promptly give each Holder written notice of such registration. Upon the written request of each Holder given within twenty (20) days after mailing of such notice by the Company, the Company shall cause to be registered under the Securities Act all of the Registrable Securities that each such Holder has requested to be registered.

(b) If the registration statement under which the Company gives notice under this Section 1.3 is for an underwritten offering, the Company shall so advise the Holders of Registrable Securities. In such event, the right of any such Holder to be included in a registration pursuant to this Section 1.3 shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their Registrable Securities through such underwriting shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by the Company; provided , however , that no Holder (or any of their assignees) shall be required to make any representations, warranties or indemnities except as they relate to such Holder’s ownership of shares and authority to enter into the underwriting agreement and to such Holder’s intended method of distribution, and the liability of such Holder shall be limited to an amount equal to the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Agreement, if the underwriter determines in good faith that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten, the number of shares that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated: (i) first, to the Company; (ii) second, to the Holders on a pro rata basis based on the total number of Registrable Securities held by the Holders; and (iii) third, to any stockholder of the Company (other than a Holder) on a pro rata basis. No such reduction shall reduce the amount of securities of the selling Holders included in the registration below thirty percent (30%) of the total amount of securities included in such registration, unless such offering is the Company’s initial public offering of shares of Common Stock registered under the Securities Act and such registration does not include shares of any other selling stockholders, in which event any or all of the Registrable Securities of the


Holders may be excluded in accordance with the immediately preceding sentence at the underwriter’s discretion. In no event will shares of any other selling stockholder be included in such registration which would reduce the number of shares which may be included by Holders without the written consent of Holders of not less than a majority of the Registrable Securities proposed to be sold in the offering. If any Holder disapproves of the terms of any such underwriting, such Holder may elect to withdraw therefrom by written notice to the Company and the underwriter, delivered at least ten (10) business days prior to the effective date of the registration statement. Any Registrable Securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be excluded and withdrawn from the registration. For any Holder which is a partnership, limited liability company or corporation, the partners, retired partners, managers, members and stockholders of such Holder, or the estates and family members of any such partners, members and retired partners and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing persons shall be deemed to be a single “Holder”, and any pro rata reduction with respect to such “Holder” shall be based upon the aggregate amount of shares carrying registration rights owned by all entities and individuals included in such “Holder”, as defined in this sentence.

1.4 Form S-3 Registration . In the event that the Company receives a written request from the Holders of at least ten percent (10%) of the Registrable Securities that the Company effect a registration on Form S-3 and any related qualification or compliance with respect to all or a part of the Registrable Securities owned by such Holders, the Company will:

(a) give written notice of the proposed registration, and any related qualification or compliance, to all other Holders within ten (10) days after the date such request is given; and

(b) as soon as practicable, effect such registration and all such qualifications and compliances as may be so requested and as would permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of such Holder’s or Holders’ Registrable Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any other Holder or Holders joining in such request as are specified in a written request given within fifteen (15) days after receipt of such written notice from the Company; provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated to effect any such registration, qualification or compliance, pursuant to this Section 1.4: (i) if Form S-3 is not available for such offering by the Holders; (ii) if the Holders, together with the holders of any other securities of the Company entitled to inclusion in such registration, propose to sell Registrable Securities and such other securities (if any) at an aggregate price to the public of less than $1,000,000; (iii) if the Company has, within the 12-month period preceding the date of such request, already effected two (2) registrations on Form S-3 for the Holders pursuant to this Section 1.4; or (iv) in any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to qualify to do business or to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance.

(c) Subject to the foregoing, the Company shall file a Form S-3 registration statement covering the Registrable Securities and other securities so requested to be registered as soon as practicable after receipt of the request or requests of the Holders. Registrations effected pursuant to this Section 1.4 shall not be counted as demands for registration or registrations effected pursuant to Sections 1.2 or 1.3, respectively.

1.5 Obligations of the Company . Whenever required under this Section 1 to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities, the Company shall, as expeditiously as reasonably possible:

(a) prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities, use its reasonable best efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective, and, upon the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered thereunder, keep such registration statement effective for a period of up to one (1) year or until the distribution contemplated in


the registration statement has been completed; provided , however , that (i) such one (1) year period shall be extended for a period of time equal to the period any Holder refrains from selling any securities included in such registration at the request of the Company or any underwriter for the Company; and (ii) in the case of any registration of Registrable Securities on Form S-3 which are intended to be offered on a continuous or delayed basis, such one (1) year period shall be extended, if necessary, to keep the registration statement effective until all such Registrable Securities are sold;

(b) prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement;

(c) furnish to the Holders such numbers of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and such other documents as they may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of Registrable Securities owned by them;

(d) use its reasonable best efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions, unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Securities Act;

(e) in the event of any order suspending the effectiveness of a registration statement, use its reasonable best efforts to obtain the withdrawal of such order at the earliest possible time;

(f) in the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the managing underwriter of such offering;

(g) notify each Holder of Registrable Securities covered by a registration statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing;

(h) notify each Holder of Registrable Securities covered by a registration statement of: (i) the effectiveness of such registration statement; (ii) the filing of any post-effective amendments to such registration statement; or (iii) the filing of a supplement to such registration statement;

(i) make available for inspection, upon reasonable notice during the Company’s regular business hours, by each Holder of Registrable Securities covered by a registration statement, any underwriter participating in any distribution pursuant to such registration statement, and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by such Holder or underwriter, all material financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company, and cause the Company’s officers, directors and employees to supply all information reasonably requested by any such Holder, underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent in connection with such registration statement;


(j) upon the transfer of shares by a Holder in connection with a registration hereunder, furnish unlegended certificates representing ownership of the Registrable Securities being sought in such denominations as shall be requested by the Holders or the underwriters;

(k) cause all such Registrable Securities registered pursuant hereunder to be listed on each securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed;

(l) provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities registered pursuant hereunder and a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration; and

(m) furnish, at the request of any Holder, on the date that such Holder’s Registrable Securities are delivered to the underwriters for sale in connection with a registration pursuant to this Agreement, if such securities are being sold through underwriters, or, if such securities are not being sold through underwriters, on the date that the registration statement with respect to such securities becomes effective: (i) an opinion, dated as of such date, of the counsel representing the Company for the purposes of such registration, in form and substance as is customarily given to underwriters in an underwritten public offering and reasonably satisfactory to a majority in interest of the Holders requesting registration, addressed to the underwriters and to the Holders requesting registration of Registrable Securities; and (ii) a “comfort” letter dated as of such date, from the independent certified public accountants of the Company, in form and substance as is customarily given by independent certified public accountants to underwriters in an underwritten public offering and reasonably satisfactory to a majority in interest of the Holders requesting registration, addressed to the underwriters and to the Holders requesting registration of Registrable Securities.

1.6 Furnish Information .

(a) It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to this Section 1 with respect to the Registrable Securities of any selling Holder that such Holder shall furnish to the Company such information regarding itself, the Registrable Securities held by it, and the intended method of disposition of such securities as shall be required to effect the registration of such Holder’s Registrable Securities.

(b) The Company shall have no obligation with respect to any registration requested pursuant to Section 1.2 if, due to the operation of Section 1.6(a), the number of shares or the anticipated aggregate offering price of the Registrable Securities to be included in the registration does not equal or exceed the number of shares or the anticipated aggregate offering price required to originally trigger the Company’s obligation to initiate such registration as specified in Section 1.2(a).

1.7 Expenses of Registration . Except as specifically provided herein, all Registration Expenses incurred in connection with any registration, qualification or compliance pursuant to Section 1.2, Section 1.3 or Section 1.4 herein shall be borne by the Company. All Selling Expenses incurred in connection with any registrations hereunder, shall be borne by the holders of the securities so registered pro rata on the basis of the number of shares so registered.

1.8 Indemnification . In the event any Registrable Securities are included in a registration statement under this Section 1:

(a) To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each selling Holder, and the partners, members, officers, directors, and stockholders of each such Holder; legal counsel, investment advisors and accountants for each such Holder; and any underwriter for each such Holder


and each person, if any, who controls such Holder or underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, against any losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (joint or several) to which they may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any of the following statements, omissions or violations (collectively a “ Violation ”): (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto; (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any state securities law or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any state securities law; and the Company will pay to each such Holder, underwriter, controlling person or other aforementioned person any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action; provided , however , that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 1.8(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), nor shall the Company be liable in any such case for any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action to the extent that it arises out of or is based upon a Violation which occurs solely in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished expressly for use in connection with such registration by any such Holder, underwriter, controlling person or other aforementioned person.

(b) To the extent permitted by law, each selling Holder will, severally but not jointly, indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, each of its officers who has signed the registration statement, each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act), any other Holder selling securities in such registration statement and any controlling person of any such underwriter or other Holder, against any losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (joint or several) to which any of the foregoing persons may become subject, under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereto) arise out of or are based upon any Violation, in each case to the extent (and only to the extent) that such Violation occurs solely in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by such selling Holder expressly for use in connection with such registration; and each such selling Holder will pay any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by any person intended to be indemnified pursuant to this Section 1.8(b), in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action; provided , however , that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 1.8(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Holder, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; and provided further that, in no event shall the aggregate amounts payable by any Holder by way of indemnity or contribution under this Section 1.8 exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder.

(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 1.8 of notice of the commencement of any action (including any governmental action) for which a party may be entitled to indemnification hereunder, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Section 1.8, deliver to the indemnifying party a notice of the commencement thereof. The indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in such action, and, to the extent the indemnifying party so desires, participate jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly noticed, and to assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually satisfactory to the parties; provided , however , that an indemnified party (together with all other indemnified parties which may be represented without conflict by one counsel) shall have the right to retain one separate counsel, with the fees and expenses to be paid by the indemnifying party, if representation of such indemnified party by the counsel retained by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such indemnified party and


any other party represented by such counsel in such proceeding. The failure to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party within a reasonable time of the commencement of any such action, if prejudicial to its ability to defend such action, shall relieve such indemnifying party of any liability to the indemnified party under this Section 1.8, but the failure to deliver notice to the indemnifying party will not relieve it of any liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 1.8.

(d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 1.8 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an indemnified party with respect to any loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense referred to therein, then the indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party hereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and of the indemnified party on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information, and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the provisions relating to indemnification and contribution contained in the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering are in conflict with the foregoing provisions, the provisions in the underwriting agreement shall control; provided, however, that the failure of the underwriting agreement to provide for or address a matter that is specifically provided for or addressed by the foregoing provisions of this Section 1.8 shall not be a conflict between the underwriting agreement and the foregoing provisions and, in such event, the foregoing provisions shall control.

(f) Unless otherwise superseded by an underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the firm commitment underwritten public offering, the obligations of the Company and Holders under this Section 1.8 shall survive the completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration statement under this Section 1, and otherwise shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

1.9 Reports Under the Exchange Act . With a view to making available to the Holders the benefits of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act (“ SEC Rule 144 ”) and any other rule or regulation of the SEC that may at any time permit a Holder to sell securities of the Company to the public without registration or pursuant to a registration on Form S-3, the Company agrees to:

(a) make and keep public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in SEC Rule 144, at all times after ninety (90) days after the effective date of the first registration statement filed by the Company for the offering of its securities to the general public (other than a registration statement relating either to the sale of securities to employees of the Company pursuant to a stock option, stock purchase or similar plan or an SEC Rule 145 transaction);

(b) take such action, including the voluntary registration of its Common Stock under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, as is necessary to enable the Holders to utilize Form S-3 for the sale of their Registrable Securities, such action to be taken as soon as practicable after the end of the fiscal year in which the first registration statement filed by the Company for the offering of its securities to the general public (other than a registration statement relating either to the sale of securities to employees of the Company pursuant to a stock option, stock purchase or similar plan or an SEC Rule 145 transaction) is declared effective;


(c) file with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act; and

(d) furnish to any Holder, so long as the Holder owns any Registrable Securities, forthwith upon request: (i) a written statement by the Company that it has complied with the reporting requirements of SEC Rule 144 (at any time after ninety (90) days after the effective date of the first registration statement filed by the Company), the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements), or that it qualifies as a registrant whose securities may be resold pursuant to Farm S-3 (at any time after it so qualifies); (ii) a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company and such other reports and documents so filed by the Company; and (iii) such other information as may be reasonably requested in availing any Holder of any rule or regulation of the SEC which permits the selling of any such securities without registration or pursuant to such form.

1.10 Limitation on Subsequent Registration Rights . After the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Requisite Holders, enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company that would grant such holder registration rights pari passu with or senior to those granted to the Holders hereunder.

1.11 Assignment of Registration Rights . The rights of a Holder pursuant to this Section 1 may be assigned (but only with all related obligations) by a Holder to one or more transferees or assignees of such securities (an “ Assignee ”): (i) to whom such Holder transfers such securities pursuant to Section 3.2 hereof; (ii) who is an employee, affiliate or affiliated partnership managed by such Holder; or (iii) who, after such assignment or transfer, acquires at least ten percent (10%) (subject to appropriate adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations and other recapitalizations) of the Registrable Securities held by the Holder as of the date of this Agreement, provided that: (a) the Company is, within a reasonable time after such transfer, furnished with written notice of the name and address of such Assignee and the securities with respect to which such registration rights are being assigned; and (b) such Assignee agrees in writing to be bound by and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

1.12 Termination of Registration Rights . No Holder shall be entitled to exercise any right provided for in this Section 1 after five (5) years following the consummation of the sale of securities pursuant to a Qualifying IPO or, as to any Holder, such earlier time at which all Registrable Securities held by such Holder (and any affiliate of the Holder with whom such Holder must aggregate its sales under SEC Rule 144) can be sold without restriction in any three (3) month period without registration in compliance with SEC Rule 144.

2. ADDITIONAL COVENANTS.

2.1 Delivery of Financial Statements . The Company shall deliver to each Investor (who is not a competitor of the Company):

(i) as soon as practicable, but in any event within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, an income statement and statement of cash flows for such fiscal year, a balance sheet of the Company and statement of stockholder’s equity as of the end of such year, and a schedule as to the sources and applications of funds for such year, such year-end financial reports to be in reasonable detail, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and audited and certified by nationally recognized independent public accountants selected by the Company and approved by the Board of Directors;


(ii) as soon as practicable, but in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three (3) quarters of each fiscal year of the Company, an unaudited income statement and statement of cash flows for the relevant fiscal quarter, schedule as to the sources and application of funds for such fiscal quarter, and an unaudited balance sheet as of the end of such fiscal quarter, all prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, except for any otherwise applicable footnote disclosures;

(iii) as soon as practicable, but in any event within thirty (30) days of the end of each month, an unaudited income statement, statement of cash flows, schedule as to the sources and application of funds and balance sheet for and as of the end of such month, in reasonable detail, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, except for any otherwise applicable footnote disclosures;

(iv) as soon as practicable, but in any event at least thirty (30) days prior to the end of each fiscal year, a comprehensive operating budget for the upcoming fiscal year forecasting the Company’s revenues, expenses and cash position on a month-to-month basis for the upcoming fiscal year; and

(v) such other information relating to the financial condition, business, prospects, or corporate affairs of the Company as such Investor may from time to time reasonably request; provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated under this Se ction 2.1 to provide information (i) that the Company reasonably determines in good faith to be a trade secret or confidential information (unless covered by an enforceable confidentiality agreement, in a form acceptable to the Company); or (ii) the disclosure of which would adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel.

2.2 Right of First Refusal . Subject to the terms and conditions specified in this Section 2.2, the Company hereby grants to each Investor a right of first refusal with respect to future sales by the Company of Additional Shares of Common Stock (as defined in the Restated Certificate). For purposes of this Section 2.2, the term “Investor” shall include any general partners and affiliates of a Investor, and each Investor shall be entitled to apportion the right of first refusal hereby granted to it among itself and its partners and affiliates in such proportions as it deems appropriate.

(a) Subject to Section 2.2(e), each time the Company proposes to offer any Additional Shares of Common Stock, the Company shall first make an offering of such Additional Shares of Common Stock to each Investor in accordance with the following provisions:

(b) The Company shall deliver a notice by certified mail (the “ Notice ”) to each Investor stating: (i) its bona fide intention to offer such Additional Shares of Common Stock; (ii) the number of such Additional Shares of Common Stock to be offered; and (iii) the price and terms, if any, upon which it proposes to offer such Additional Shares of Common Stock.

(c) Within thirty (30) calendar days after receipt of the Notice, each Investor may elect to purchase or obtain, at the price and on the terms specified in the Notice, up to that portion of such Additional Shares of Common Stock which equals the proportion that the number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock then held by such Investor (calculated on an as-converted basis) bears to the total number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock then outstanding (calculated on an as-converted basis). The Company shall promptly, in writing, inform each Investor that elects to purchase all of the Additional Shares of Common Stock available to it (each, a “ Participating Investor ”) of any other Investor’s failure to do likewise. During the ten (10) day period commencing after receipt of such notice, each Participating Investor shall be entitled


to obtain that portion of the Additional Shares of Common Stock for which Investors were entitled to, but did not, subscribe equal to the proportion that the number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock then held by such Participating Investor (calculated on an as-converted basis) bears to the total number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock then held by all Participating Investors (calculated on an as-converted basis) who wish to purchase some of the unsubscribed Additional Shares of Common Stock.

(d) If all Additional Shares of Common Stock that Investors are entitled to obtain pursuant to Section 2.2(b) are not subscribed for as provided in Section 2.2(c), the Company may, during the sixty (60) day period following the expiration of the period provided in Section 2.2(c), offer the remaining unsubscribed portion of such Additional Shares of Common Stock to any person or persons at a price not less than that, and upon terms no more favorable to such person or persons than those, specified in the Notice. If the Company does not enter into an agreement for the sale of the Additional Shares of Common Stock within such period, or if such agreement is not consummated within thirty (30) days of the execution thereof, the right provided hereunder shall be deemed to be revived and such Additional Shares of Common Stock shall not be offered unless first reoffered to the Investors in accordance herewith.

(e) The rights of first refusal of each Investor under this Section 2.2 may be transferred to the same parties, subject to the same restrictions, as any transfer of registration rights pursuant to Section 1.11.

2.3 Inspection Rights . Subject to the execution of reasonable nondisclosure agreements (if appropriate), each Investor shall have the right to visit and inspect any of the properties of the Company, to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the Company with its officers, and to review such information as is reasonably requested all at such reasonable times (during normal business hours) and as often as may be reasonably requested for any purpose reasonably related to such Investor’s interest as a stockholder of the Company; provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated under this Section 2.3 with respect to a competitor of the Company or with respect to information which the Board of Directors determines in good faith is confidential or attorney-client privileged and should not, therefore, be disclosed.

2.4 D&O Insurance Coverage . The Company agrees to: (i) maintain a D&O insurance policy covering members of the Board of Directors (and their affiliated funds) and officers of the Company in an amount reasonably satisfactory to the Board of Directors; (ii) provide all members of the Board of Directors with indemnification to the fullest extent possible under Delaware law; (iii) enter into the Company’s standard form of indemnity agreement with each member of the Board of Directors; and (iv) ensure that any successor of the Company assumes the Company’s obligations with respect to indemnification of the members of the Board of Directors.

2.5 Observation Rights . Subject to the approval of the Board of Directors, each of the Novo Major Investor, RiverVest Major Investor, TPG Major Investor, Domain Major Investor, Avalon Major Investor, OrbiMed Major Investor and Aperture Venture Partners shall have the right to designate one (1) individual (collectively, the “ Board Observers ”) who shall be entitled to notice of, to attend, and participate in, as a nonvoting observer, and to any documentation distributed to members before, during and after, all meetings of the Board of Directors, including executive sessions of the Board of Directors. The Company reserves the right to exclude such observer from any meeting or portion thereof of the Board of Directors, and to withhold access to any material or portion thereof provided to the directors, if the Board of Directors believes, in good faith, in reliance upon the advice of counsel, and after discussing with such observer, that: (i) access to such information or attendance at such meeting could adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel; or (ii) access to such information or attendance at such meeting could result in a conflict of interest between the Novo Major Investor, RiverVest Major Investor,


TPG Major Investor, Domain Major Investor, Avalon Major Investor, OrbiMed Major Investor or Aperture Venture Partners, as applicable, and the Company. Each of the Novo Major Investor, RiverVest Major Investor, TPG Major Investor, Domain Major Investor, Avalon Major Investor, OrbiMed Major Investor and Aperture Venture Partners agrees, and any representative of the Novo Major Investor, RiverVest Major Investor, TPG Major Investor, Domain Major Investor, Avalon Major Investor, OrbiMed Major Investor and Aperture Venture Partners agrees, to not disclose any confidential information provided to or learned by it in connection with its rights under this Section 2.5. In the event that Aperture Venture Partners ceases to hold shares of Series C Preferred Stock, it shall not be entitled to the rights under this Section 2.5.

2.6 Board of Directors Matters .

(a) Unless otherwise agreed by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors, meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at least quarterly. The Company shall reimburse all members of the Board of Directors (but not the Board Observers) for all reasonable expenses incurred by them in connection with the attendance of meetings of the Board of Directors.

(b) Each committee of the Board of Directors shall include at least two Series B Directors and the OrbiMed Director.

(c) The Company agrees that it shall not, without approval of the Board of Directors, which approval must include the affirmative vote of the Preferred Director Majority: (i) make any loan or advance to, or own any stock or other securities of, any subsidiary or other corporation, partnership or other entity unless it is wholly owned by the Company; (ii) make any loan or advance to any person, including, any employee or director, except advances and similar expenditures in the ordinary course of business or under the terms of an employee stock or option plan approved by the Board of Directors; (iii) guarantee any indebtedness except for trade accounts of the Company or any subsidiary arising in the ordinary course of business; (iv) make any investment other than investments in prime commercial paper, money market funds, certificates of deposit in any United States bank having a net worth in excess of $100,000,000 or obligations issued or guaranteed by the United States, in each case having a maturity not in excess of two years; (v) incur any aggregate indebtedness in excess of $100,000 that is not already included in a Board of Directors-approved budget, other than trade credit incurred in the ordinary course of business; (vi) enter into or be a party to any transaction with any director, officer or employee of the Company or any “associate” (as defined in Rule 12b-2 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of any such person except transactions made in the ordinary course of business and pursuant to reasonable requirements of the Company’s business and upon fair and reasonable terms that are approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors; (vii) hire, fire or change the compensation of the Chief Executive Officer of the Company or other executive officers, including approving any option plans for the Chief Executive Officer of the Company or other executive officers; (viii) change the principal business of the Company, enter new lines of business or exit the current line of business; (ix) sell, assign, transfer, license, pledge or encumber technology or intellectual property, other than licenses granted in the ordinary course of business; (x) enter into any corporate strategic relationship involving the payment, contribution or assignment by the Company or to the Company of assets greater than $100,000 or (xi) incur indebtedness pursuant to the Loan and Security Agreement with Square 1 Bank, dated July 31, 2013, as may be amended from time to time.

2.7 Proprietary Rights Assignment Agreements . The Company will cause each person now or hereafter employed by it or by any subsidiary (or engaged by the Company or any subsidiary as a consultant/independent contractor) to enter into a nondisclosure and proprietary rights assignment agreement, substantially in the form approved by the Board of Directors.


2.8 Successor Indemnification . If the Company or any of its successors or assignees consolidates with or merges into any other entity and is not the continuing or surviving corporation or entity of such consolidation or merger, then to the extent necessary, proper provision shall be made so that the successors and assignees of the Company assume the obligations of the Company with respect to indemnification of members of the Board of Directors as in effect immediately before such transaction, whether such obligations are contained in the Company’s Bylaws, its Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, or elsewhere, as the case may be.

2.9 Indemnification Matters . The Company hereby acknowledges that one (1) or more of the directors nominated to serve on the Board of Directors by the Investors (each a “ Fund Director ”) may have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by one or more of the Investors and certain of their affiliates (collectively, the “ Fund Indemnitors ”). The Company hereby agrees (a) that it is the indemnitor of first resort ( i.e. , its obligations to any such Fund Director are primary and any obligation of the Fund Indemnitors to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by such Fund Director are secondary), (b) that it shall be required to advance the full amount of expenses incurred by such Fund Director and shall be liable for the full amount of all expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement by or on behalf of any such Fund Director to the extent legally permitted and as required by the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Company (or any agreement between the Company and such Fund Director), without regard to any rights such Fund Director may have against the Fund Indemnitors, and, (c) that it irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Fund Indemnitors from any and all claims against the Fund Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof. The Company further agrees that no advancement or payment by the Fund Indemnitors on behalf of any such Fund Director with respect to any claim for which such Fund Director has sought indemnification from the Company shall affect the foregoing and the Fund Indemnitors shall have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of such Fund Director against the Company.

2.10 Employee Stock . Unless otherwise approved by the Board of Directors, all future employees and consultants of the Company who purchase, receive options to purchase, or receive awards of shares of the Company’s capital stock after the date hereof (other than as a result of such employee’s or consultant’s participation in a bona fide financing transaction conducted by the Company) shall be required to execute restricted stock or option agreements, as applicable, providing for: (i) vesting of shares over a four (4) year period, with the first twenty-five percent (25%) of such shares vesting following twelve (12) months of continued employment or service, and the remaining shares vesting in equal monthly installments over the following thirty-six (36) months; and (ii) a market stand-off provision prohibiting such persons from transferring, hedging or otherwise disposing any capital stock following an IPO for a period specified by the Company and the managing underwriting not to exceed 180 days (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or an underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (1) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (2) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in FINRA Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto).

2.11 Termination of Certain Covenants . The covenants set forth in this Section 2 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the earlier of: (i) the consummation of the sale of securities pursuant to a Qualifying IPO; or (ii) the first date upon which none of the Registrable Securities are outstanding.

3. RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER.

3.1 General Restrictions . Each Holder agrees not to make any disposition of all or any portion of its Registrable Securities unless and until:


(a) There is then in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering such proposed disposition and such disposition is made in accordance with such registration statement;

(b) The transfer is completed in compliance with an applicable exemption from registration under the Securities Act or pursuant to a “no action” letter from the SEC that the proposed sale, pledge, or transfer of such Restricted Securities without registration will not result in a recommendation by the staff of the SEC that action be taken with respect thereto; or

(c) (i) The transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the terms of this Agreement; (ii) such Holder shall have notified the Company of the proposed disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a detailed statement of the circumstances surrounding the proposed disposition; and (iii) if reasonably requested by the Company, such Holder shall have furnished the Company with an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Company, that such disposition will not require registration of such shares under the Securities Act.

3.2 Exceptions . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 3.1, no such restriction shall apply to a transfer that is: (i) in compliance with SEC Rule 144; (ii) by a partnership transferring to its partners or former partners in accordance with partnership interests; (iii) by a corporation transferring to a wholly owned subsidiary or a parent corporation that owns all of the capital stock of the Holder; (iv) by a limited liability company transferring to its members or former members in accordance with their interest in the limited liability company; or (v) by an individual transferring to the Holder’s family member or trust for the benefit of an individual Holder or such Holder’s family member(s); provided , however , that in the case of a transfer pursuant to clauses (ii) through (v) above the transferee agrees in writing to be subject to the terms of this Agreement to the same extent as if he, she or it were an original Holder hereunder. The Company will not require a legal opinion with respect to any transfers contemplated by this Section 3.2.

3.3 Legends . Each certificate representing Registrable Securities shall be stamped or otherwise imprinted with legends substantially similar to the following (in addition to any legend required under applicable state securities laws):

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”). THEY MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED IN THE ABSENCE OF A REGISTRATION STATEMENT IN EFFECT WITH RESPECT TO THE SECURITIES UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED OR UNLESS SOLD PURSUANT TO RULE 144 OF THE SECURITIES ACT.

THE SALE, PLEDGE, HYPOTHECATION OR TRANSFER OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE IS SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THAT CERTAIN INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT BY AND BETWEEN THE SHAREHOLDER AND THE COMPANY. COPIES OF SUCH AGREEMENT MAY BE OBTAINED UPON WRITTEN REQUEST TO THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.

3.4 Removal of Legends . The Company shall be obligated to promptly reissue unlegended certificates at the request of any Holder thereof if the Company has completed the initial public offering of shares of Common Stock registered under the Securities Act and the Holder shall have obtained an opinion of


counsel (which counsel may be counsel to the Company) reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that the securities proposed to be disposed of may lawfully be so disposed of without registration, qualification and legend. In addition, any legend endorsed on an instrument pursuant to applicable state securities laws and the stop-transfer instructions with respect to such securities shall be removed upon receipt by the Company of an order of the appropriate blue sky authority authorizing such removal.

4. MISCELLANEOUS.

4.1 Successors and Assigns . Except as otherwise provided herein, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective successors and assigns of the parties (including transferees of any shares of Registrable Securities). Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and assigns any rights, remedies, obligations, or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided in this Agreement.

4.2 Aggregation of Stock . All shares of Registrable Securities held or acquired by affiliated entities or persons shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement.

4.3 Notices . All notices required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (i) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified; (ii) when sent by electronic mail or confirmed facsimile, if sent during normal business hours of the recipient or, if not, then on the next business day; (iii) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid; or (iv) one (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent to the Company and to each of the Investors, as applicable, at the respective addresses set forth on the signature page of this document or at such other address(es) as the Company or any such Investor may designate by ten (10) days advance written notice to the other parties hereto.

4.4 Expenses . If any action at law or in equity is necessary to enforce or interpret the terms of this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs and necessary disbursements in addition to any other relief to which such party may be entitled.

4.5 Amendments and Waivers . Prior to a Qualifying IPO, any term of this Agreement may be amended and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively), only with the written consent of the Company and the Requisite Holders. Thereafter, any term of this Agreement may be amended and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively), only with the written consent of the Company and the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Section 1.8 shall not be amended or waived without the written consent of each of the Novo Major Investor, RiverVest Major Investor, TPG Major Investor, Domain Major Investor, Avalon Major Investor, OrbiMed Major Investor if the effect of such amendment would be to make any liability of a Holder under Section 1.8 joint with any other Holder or to increase the cap on indemnity under Section 1.8 in excess of the net proceeds from the offering received by a Holder; further this sentence shall not be amended or waived without the written consent of each the Novo Major Investor, RiverVest Major Investor, TPG Major Investor, Domain Major Investor, Avalon Major Investor, OrbiMed Major Investor. Purchasers purchasing shares of Series D Preferred Stock under the Purchase Agreement may become parties to this Agreement by executing a counterpart of this Agreement and Exhibit A hereto may be amended by the Company to add information regarding such purchasers, in each case without any consent or approval of any other Investor. Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance


with this paragraph shall be binding upon each holder of any Registrable Securities then outstanding, each future holder of all such Registrable Securities, and the Company.

4.6 Severability . If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable under applicable legal requirements, the parties agree to promptly renegotiate such provision in good faith. In the event that the parties cannot reach a mutually agreeable and enforceable replacement in writing for such provision, then: (i) such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement; (ii) the balance of this Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded; and (iii) the balance of this Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

4.7 Governing Law . This Agreement and any controversy arising out of or relating to this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as to matters within the scope thereof, and as to all other matters shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of California without reference to its principles of conflict of laws.

4.8 Entire Agreement . This Agreement, together with the exhibits and schedules hereto, constitutes the entire agreement among the parties, and no party shall be liable or bound to any other party in any manner by any warranties, representations, or covenants except as specifically set forth herein or therein. Upon the effectiveness of this Agreement, the Original Agreement shall be deemed amended and restated and superseded and replaced in its entirety by this Agreement, and shall be of no further force or effect.

4.9 Counterparts; Execution by Facsimile . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of this Agreement by facsimile (or similar electronic means) shall be equally as effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Agreement.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties have executed this T HIRD A MENDED A ND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
O TONOMY , I NC .
/s/ David A. Weber
David A. Weber
President and Chief Executive Officer
Address:    6275 Nancy Ridge Drive, Suite 100
  San Diego, California 92121

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties have executed this T HIRD A MENDED A ND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:
ROCK SPRINGS CAPITAL MASTER FUND LP
By: Rock Springs GP LLC
Its: General Partner
By:    /s/ Jeffrey Annecchino
Name: Jeffrey Annecchino
Title: Authorized Signatory

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties have executed this T HIRD A MENDED A ND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:

JENNISON GLOBAL HEALTHCARE

MASTER FUND, LTD. (THE “FUND”)

By:   Jennison Associates LLC, as the Investment Manager of the Fund

By:    /s/ David Chan
Name: David Chan
Title: Managing Director of Jennison Associates LLC

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties have executed this T HIRD A MENDED A ND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:
/s/ Vickie Capps
Vickie Capps

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties have executed this T HIRD A MENDED A ND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:
THE PERCEPTIVE LIFE SCIENCES MASTER FUND, LTD.
By:    /s/ James H. Mannix
Name: James H. Mannix
Title: Chief Operating Officer
Address: 499 Park Avenue, 25 th Floor
          New York, NY 10022

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties have executed this T HIRD A MENDED A ND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:
TITAN PERC, LTD.
By:    /s/ Darren Ross
Name: Darren Ross
Title: Director
Address: 2 International Drive, Suite 200
          Rye Brook, NY 10573

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties have executed this T HIRD A MENDED A ND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:

FEDERATED KAUFMANN FUND

a portfolio of Federated Equity Funds

By:    /s/ Lawrence Auriana
Name: Lawrence Auriana
Title: Vice President
Address: 140 East 45 th Street
          New York, NY 10017

 

FEDERATED KAUFMANN FUND II

a portfolio of Federated Insurance Series

By:   /s/ Lawrence Auriana
Name: Lawrence Auriana
Title: Vice President
Address: 140 East 45 th Street
          New York, NY 10017

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties have executed this T HIRD A MENDED A ND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:
CLOUGH INVESTMENT PARTNERS I, L.P.
By: Clough Associates LLC, its general partner
By:    /s/ James E. Canty
Name: James E. Canty
Title: Member
Address: One Post Office Square, 40 th Floor
          Boston, MA 02109

 

CLOUGH INVESTMENT PARTNERS II, L.P.
By: Clough Associates LLC, its general partner
By:    /s/ James E. Canty
Name: James E. Canty
Title: Member
Address: One Post Office Square, 40 th Floor
          Boston, MA 02109

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties have executed this T HIRD A MENDED A ND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:
CLOUGH OFFSHORE FUND, LTD.

By:   Clough Capital Partners, LP, its investment manager

By:    /s/ James E. Canty
Name: James E. Canty
Title: Partner
Address: One Post Office Square, 40 th Floor
          Boston, MA 02109

 

CLOUGH OFFSHORE FUND (QP), LTD.

By:   Clough Capital Partners, LP, its investment manager

By:    /s/ James E. Canty
Name: James E. Canty
Title: Partner
Address: One Post Office Square, 40 th Floor
          Boston, MA 02109

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties have executed this T HIRD A MENDED A ND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:
J2 PVA PARTNERS LLC
By:    /s/ Jonathan E. Gold
Name: Jonathan E. Gold
Title: Managing Member
Address: 380 Lexington Avenue, Suite 2020
          New York, NY 10168

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties have executed this T HIRD A MENDED A ND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:
ABG-SCO LIMITED
By:    /s/ Yu Fan
Name: Yu Fan
Title: Director
Address: Rm 1816, 18 th floor, Hutchinson House
          10 Harcourt Road, Central, Hong Kong

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties have executed this T HIRD A MENDED A ND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:
ABG-WW LIMITED
By:    /s/ Angela Chun
Name: Angela Chun
Title: Director
Address: Rm 1816, 18 th floor, Hutchinson House
          10 Harcourt Road, Central, Hong Kong


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties have executed this T HIRD A MENDED A ND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:
AVALON VENTURES VIII, L.P.

By:   Avalon Ventures VIII GP, LLC

Its:   General Partner

/s/ Douglas Downs
Name: Douglas Downs
Title: Managing Member
Address:   1134 Kline Street
  La Jolla, CA 92037
AVALON VENTURES X, L.P.

By:   Avalon Ventures X GP, LLC

Its:   General Partner

/s/ Douglas Downs
Name: Douglas Downs
Title: Managing Member
Address:  

1134 Kline Street

La Jolla, CA 92037

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties have executed this T HIRD A MENDED A ND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:
NOVO A/S
By:    /s/ Kim L. Dugholm
Name: Kim L. Dugholm
Title: Partner
Address: Tuborg Havnejej 19
 

        DK 2900 Hellerup

        Denmark

NOVO A/S

Tuborg Havnevej 19

DK 2900 Hellerup

Denmark

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties have executed this T HIRD A MENDED A ND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:
R IVER V EST V ENTURE F UND II, L.P.

By:   RiverVest Venture Partners II, L.P.,
its General Partner

By:   RiverVest Venture Partners II LLC,
its sole General Partner

By:    /s/ John McKearn
  Name: John McKearn
  Title: Authorized Person
Address: 7733 Forsyth Boulevard, Suite 1650
          St. Louis, MO 63105

 

R IVER V EST V ENTURE F UND II (OHIO), L.P.

By:   RiverVest Venture Partners II (Ohio), L.P.,
its General Partner

By:   RiverVest Venture Partners II LLC,
its sole member

By:   RiverVest Venture Partners II LLC,
its general Partner

By:    /s/ John McKearn
  Name: John McKearn
  Title: Authorized Person
Address: 7733 Forsyth Boulevard, Suite 1650
          St. Louis, MO 63105

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties have executed this T HIRD A MENDED A ND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:
TPG B IOTECHNOLOGY P ARTNERS III, L.P.

By:   TPG Biotechnology GenPar III, L.P.

By:   TPG Biotech Advisors III, LLC

By:    /s/ Ronald Caml
  Name: Ronald Caml
  Title: Vice President
Address: 301 Commerce Street, Suite 3300
          Fort Worth, Texas 76102

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties have executed this T HIRD A MENDED A ND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:
DOMAIN PARTNERS VIII, L.P.
By:   One Palmer Square Associates VIII, L.L.C., its General Partner
By:   /s/ Kathleen Schoemaker
Name:   Kathleen Schoemakter
Title:   Managing Member
DP VIII ASSOCIATES, L.P.
By:   One Palmer Square Associates VIII, L.L.C., its General Partner
By:   /s/ Kathleen Schoemaker
Name:   Kathleen Schoemakter
Title:   Managing Member
Address:

One Palmer Square, Suite 515

Princeton, NJ 08542

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties have executed this T HIRD A MENDED A ND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:
OSAGE UNIVERSITY PARTNERS I, L.P.
  BY:   

OSAGE UNIVERSITY GP, LP

ITS GENERAL PARTNER

    BY:   

OSAGE PARTNERS, LLC

ITS GENERAL PARTNER

    BY:    /s/ William Harrington
    NAME: WILLIAM HARRINGTON
    ITS: Authorized Signer
 

Address: c/o Osage Partners

                50 Monument Road, Ste 201

                Bala Cynwyd, PA 19004

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties have executed this T HIRD A MENDED A ND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:
APERTURE VENTURE PARTNERS II, L.P.

By:   Aperture Ventures II Management, LLC, its General Partner

By:    /s/ Eric Sillman
Name: Eric Sillman
Title: Managing Member
APERTURE VENTURE PARTNERS II-A, L.P.

By:   Aperture Ventures II Management, LLC, its General Partner

By:    /s/ Eric Sillman
Name: Eric Sillman
Title: Managing Member

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties have executed this T HIRD A MENDED A ND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date first written above.

 

APERTURE VENTURE PARTNERS II-B, L.P.

By:   Aperture Ventures II Management, LLC, its General Partner

By:    /s/ Eric Sillman
Name: Eric Sillman
Title: Managing Member
APERTURE VENTURE PARTNERS III, L.P.

By:   Aperture Ventures III Management, LLC, its General Partner

By:    /s/ Eric Sillman
Name: Eric Sillman
Title: Managing Member


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties have executed this T HIRD A MENDED A ND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:
ORBIMED PRIVATE INVESTMENTS IV, LP
By:  

OrbiMed Capital GP IV LLC,

its General Partner

  By:  

OrbiMed Advisors LLC,

its Managing Member

    By:   /s/ Jonathan Silverstein
      Name:   Jonathan Silverstein
      Title:   Member

Address:

 

OrbiMed Private Investments IV, LP

OrbiMed Advisors, LLC

601 Lexington Avenue, 54th Floor

New York, NY 10022

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties have executed this T HIRD A MENDED A ND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:

 

THE WEBER TRUST DATED MARCH 9, 2005
By:    /s/ David Weber
Name: David Weber
Title: Trustee

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties have executed this T HIRD A MENDED A ND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:

 

HARRIS FAMILY TRUST DATED JULY 27, 2007
By:    /s/ Jeffrey Harris
Name: Jeffrey Harris
Title: Trustee

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties have executed this T HIRD A MENDED A ND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:

 

By:    /s/ Allen F. Ryan
  Allen F. Ryan

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties have executed this T HIRD A MENDED A ND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR:

 

WS I NVESTMENT C OMPANY , LLC (2008C)

WS I NVESTMENT C OMPANY , LLC (2010A)

WS I NVESTMENT C OMPANY , LLC (2013A)

WS I NVESTMENT C OMPANY , LLC (2014A)

By:    /s/ Kenneth A. Clark
  Name: Kenneth A. Clark
  Title: Member
            Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati PC
Address: 650 Page Mill Road
          Palo Alto, CA 94304

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


SCHEDULE A

SCHEDULE OF INVESTORS

Jennison Global Healthcare Master Fund, Ltd.

Perceptive Life Science Master Fund Ltd.

Titan Perc, Ltd.

Rock Springs Capital Master Fund LP

Federated Kaufmann Fund,

a portfolio of Federated Equity Funds

Federated Kaufmann Fund II,

a portfolio of Federated Insurance Series

Clough Investment Partners I, L.P.

Clough Investment Partners II, L.P.

Clough Offshore Fund, Ltd.

Clough Offshore Fund (QP), Ltd.

ABG-WW Limited

ABG-SCO Limited

J2 PVA Partners LLC

Vickie Capps

Novo A/S

RiverVest Venture Fund II, L.P.

RiverVest Venture Fund II (Ohio), L.P.

Avalon Ventures VIII, L.P.

Avalon Ventures X, L.P.

TPG Biotechnology Partners III, L.P.

Domain Partners VIII, L.P.

DP VIII Associates, L.P.

OrbiMed Private Investments IV, L.P.


Aperture Venture Partners

Osage University Partners I, L.P.

The Weber Trust dated March 9, 2005

Square 1 Bank

Harris Family Trust dated July 27, 2007

Allen F. Ryan

Mark A. Sacaris

M. Charles Liberman

Rick Adam Friedman

WS Investment Company, LLC (2014A)

WS Investment Company, LLC (2013A)

WS Investment Company, LLC (2010A)

WS Investment Company, LLC (2008C)

Exhibit 10.2

OTONOMY, INC.

2010 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

1. D EFINED T ERMS . Capitalized terms in this Otonomy, Inc. 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended (the “Plan”) shall have the meanings set forth in Appendix A attached hereto, unless defined elsewhere in this Plan or the context of their use clearly indicates a different meaning.

2. P URPOSES . The primary purpose of the Plan is to provide a means by which the Company can retain and maximize the services of its current Employees, Directors and Consultants, and secure, retain and maximize the services of new Employees, Directors and Consultants, by providing Stock Awards, including Incentive Stock Options, Nonstatutory Stock Options, Restricted Stock Awards and stock bonuses, to such persons on the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan. In addition, the Plan is intended to generate proceeds from the sale of Common Stock pursuant to Stock Awards that shall be used as general funds of the Company.

 

3. A DMINISTRATION .

3.1 Authority of the Board. Unless and until the Board decides to delegate administration of the Plan to a Committee as set forth in Section 3.2 below, the Board shall have full authority to administer the Plan, subject only to the express provisions and limitations set forth in the Plan and any applicable laws. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Board shall be fully empowered to: (i) determine, from time to time, the recipients of Stock Awards and the terms upon which Stock Awards shall be granted to such recipients; (ii) construe and interpret, and correct any defects, omissions or inconsistencies in, the Plan and any Stock Awards; (iii) terminate, suspend or amend the Plan or any Stock Award as provided in Section 11; and (iv) exercise such powers and perform such acts consistent with the provisions of the Plan as the Board deems necessary or expedient to promote the best interests of the Company and its stockholders. The determinations of the Board with respect to the Plan shall not be subject to review by any Person and shall be final, binding and conclusive on the Company and all other Persons.

3.2 Delegation to Committee. In accordance with the Board’s authority under the relevant provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law and the Company’s bylaws, the Board may delegate administration of the Plan to a Committee, which shall, upon such delegation, be empowered to exercise the full authority of the Board with respect to the Plan.

 

4. C OMMON S TOCK S UBJECT TO THE P LAN .

4.1 Reserve Pool. Subject to the provisions of Section 10 hereof relating to Capitalization Adjustments, an aggregate of 88,083,000 shares of Common Stock (the “Reserve Pool”) may be issued pursuant to Stock Awards. If any Stock Award shall for any reason expire or otherwise terminate, in whole or in part, without having been exercised in full, the shares of Common Stock not acquired under such Stock Award shall automatically revert to the Reserve Pool and again become available for issuance under the Plan. During the term of the Plan, the Company shall keep available in the Reserve Pool at all times a number of shares of Common Stock sufficient to satisfy all outstanding Stock Awards.


4.2 Limitation on Number of Shares. To the extent required by Section 260.140.45 of CCR Title 10, the total number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of all outstanding Stock Awards, together with the total number of shares of Common Stock provided for under any stock bonus or similar plan of the Company, shall not exceed the applicable percentage as calculated in accordance with the conditions and exclusions of Section 260.140.45 of CCR Title 10, based on the shares of Common Stock of the Company that are outstanding at the time the calculation is made.

 

5. E LIGIBILITY .

5.1 Employees. Employees shall be eligible to receive each of the types of Stock Awards provided for in the Plan.

5.2 Directors. Directors shall be eligible to receive each of the types of Stock Awards, except Incentive Stock Options, provided for in the Plan.

5.3 Consultants. Consultants shall be eligible to receive each of the types of Stock Awards, except Incentive Stock Options, provided for in the Plan; provided , however , that a Consultant shall not be eligible for the grant of a Stock Award if, at the time of the proposed grant, either the offer or sale of the Company’s securities to such Consultant would not be exempt under Rule 701 of the Securities Act or the securities laws of any other relevant jurisdiction, unless the Company determines that the grant will otherwise comply with, or be exempt from, the Securities Act and the securities laws of all other relevant jurisdictions.

5.4 Ten Percent Stockholders. In addition to any other applicable restrictions set forth in this Section 5, a Ten Percent Stockholder shall not be granted: (i) an Incentive Stock Option, unless the exercise price of such Incentive Stock Option is at least one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date of grant and such Incentive Stock Option is not exercisable after the expiration of five (5) years from the date of grant; (ii) a Nonstatutory Stock Option, unless the exercise price of such Nonstatutory Stock Option is at least (a) one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date of grant or (b) such lower percentage of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date of grant as is permitted by Section 260.140.41 of CCR Title 10 at the time of the grant of the Nonstatutory Stock Option; (iii) a Restricted Stock Award, unless the purchase price of the Common Stock issuable upon exercise of such Restricted Stock Award is at least (a) one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date of grant or (b) such lower percentage of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date of grant as is permitted by Section 260.140.42 of CCR Title 10 at the time of the grant of the Restricted Stock Award.

 

6. P ROVISIONS A PPLICABLE TO A LL S TOCK A WARDS .

6.1 No Stockholder Rights. No Participant shall be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, any shares of Common Stock subject to any Stock Award held by such Participant unless and until such Participant has satisfied all requirements for the exercise of the Stock Award pursuant to its terms.

6.2 No Employment or Other Service Rights. Nothing in the Plan or any Stock Award Agreement shall confer upon any Participant any right to continue to serve the Company or an Affiliate in any capacity, or modify any agreement governing the employment of any Participant. Likewise, nothing in the Plan or any Stock Award shall affect the right of the Company or any applicable Affiliate to terminate: (i) the employment of an Employee with or without notice and with or without Cause; (ii) the service of a Consultant pursuant to the terms of such Consultant’s agreement with the Company or an


Affiliate; or (iii) the service of a Director pursuant to the bylaws of the Company or any applicable Affiliate, and any applicable provisions of the corporate law of the state in which the Company or the Affiliate is incorporated, as the case may be.

6.3 Investment Assurances. At any time that the issuance of the shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of a Stock Award has not been registered under an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, the Company may: (i) require a Participant, as a condition of acquiring Common Stock under such Stock Award, to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company (a) as to the Participant’s knowledge and experience in financial and business matters and capability to evaluate the merits and risks of acquiring such Common Stock under such Stock Award and (b) stating that the Participant is acquiring such Common Stock under the Stock Award for the Participant’s own account and not with any present intention of selling or otherwise distributing such Common Stock; and (ii) place legends, including without limitation, legends restricting the transfer of such Common Stock, on any and all stock certificates representing such Common Stock in order to comply with applicable securities laws.

6.4 Withholding Obligations. To the extent provided by the terms of a Stock Award Agreement, the Participant may satisfy any federal, state or local tax withholding obligation relating to the acquisition of Common Stock under a Stock Award by any of the following means (in addition to the Company’s right to withhold from any compensation paid to the Participant by the Company) or by a combination of any of such means: (i) tendering a cash payment; (ii) authorizing the Company to withhold shares of Common Stock from the shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable to the Participant as a result of the acquisition of Common Stock under the Stock Award; provided , however , that no shares of Common Stock are withheld with a value exceeding the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by law (or such lower amount as may be necessary to avoid variable award accounting); or (iii) delivering to the Company owned and unencumbered shares of Common Stock.

6.5 Vesting. The Board or Committee may provide that the total number of shares of Common Stock subject to a Stock Award shall vest in installments over any given period of time. Criteria for determining the vesting of shares of Common Stock subject to a Stock Award may be based solely on the passage of time or on any other criteria, including without limitation, the performance of the Participant, deemed appropriate by the Board or Committee.

6.6 Acceleration of Exercisability and Vesting. The Board shall have the power to accelerate the time at which a Stock Award may first be exercised or the time during which a Stock Award or any part thereof will vest in accordance with the Plan, notwithstanding the provisions in the Stock Award stating the time at which it may first be exercised or the time during which it will vest.

6.7 Terms of Repurchase Options. The terms of any repurchase option in favor of the Company with respect to shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to a Stock Award shall be specified in the applicable Stock Award Agreement. The price per share of Common Stock at which such repurchase option may be exercised may be either: (i) the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the date of the termination of the applicable Participant’s Continuous Service; or (ii) the lower of (a) the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the date of repurchase and (b) the original purchase price per share of Common Stock paid by the applicable Participant; provided , however , that the terms of any repurchase option shall comply at all times with the provisions of Sections 260.140.41 and 260.140.42 of CCR Title 10 relating to “presumptively reasonable” repurchase prices.

6.8 Information Obligation. To the extent required by Section 260.140.46 of CCR Title 10, the Company shall deliver financial statements to Participants at least annually; provided , however , that the obligation to deliver financial statements shall not apply to Employees whose duties with the Company assure them access to equivalent information.


7. O PTIONS .

7.1 Stock Award Agreements for Options. Each Stock Award Agreement for an Option shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Board or Committee shall deem appropriate. The terms and conditions of such Stock Award Agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of Stock Award Agreements for separate Options need not be identical; provided , however , that each Stock Award Agreement for an Option shall include (through incorporation of provisions hereof by reference in the Stock Award Agreement or otherwise) the substance of the provisions set forth in this Section 7.

7.2 Designation. All Options shall be separately designated Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options at the time of grant, and, if certificates are issued, a separate certificate or certificates shall be issued for shares of Common Stock purchased on exercise of each type of Option.

7.3 Term. Subject to the provisions of Section 5.4 above, no Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date it was granted.

7.4 Minimum Vesting. Notwithstanding Section 6.5 above, to the extent required by Section 260.140.41(f) of CCR Title 10: (i) Options granted to an Employee who is not an Officer, Director or Consultant shall provide for vesting of the total number of shares of Common Stock at a rate of at least twenty percent (20%) per year over five (5) years from the date the Option was granted, subject to reasonable conditions such as Continuous Service; and (ii) Options granted to Officers, Directors or Consultants may be made fully exercisable at any time or during any period established by the Board or Committee, subject to reasonable conditions such as Continuous Service.

 

  7.5 Consideration.

(a) The purchase price of Common Stock acquired pursuant to an Option shall be paid, to the extent permitted by applicable statutes and regulations, either: (i) in cash at the time the Option is exercised; or (ii) at the discretion of the Board at the time of the grant of the Option (or subsequently in the case of a Nonstatutory Stock Option), (a) by delivery to the Company of other Common Stock at the time the Option is exercised, (b) according to a deferred payment or other similar arrangement with the Participant or (c) in any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board.

(b) Notwithstanding Section 7.5(a) above: (i) unless otherwise specifically provided in the Option, the purchase price of Common Stock acquired pursuant to an Option that is paid by delivery to the Company of other Common Stock acquired, directly or indirectly, from the Company, shall be paid only by shares of the Common Stock of the Company that have been held for more than six (6) months (or such longer or shorter period of time required to avoid a charge to earnings for financial accounting purposes); and (ii) in the case of any deferred payment arrangement, interest shall be compounded at least annually and shall be charged at the minimum rate of interest necessary to avoid (a) the treatment as interest, under any applicable provisions of the Code, of any amounts other than amounts stated to be interest under the deferred payment arrangement and (b) the treatment of the Option as a variable award for financial accounting purposes.

7.6 Early Exercise. An Option may include a provision whereby the Participant may elect, at any time before the Participant’s Continuous Service terminates, to exercise the Option as to any part or all of the shares of Common Stock subject to the Option prior to the full vesting of such shares of Common Stock. Subject to Section 6.7 above, any unvested shares of Common Stock so purchased may


be subject to a repurchase option in favor of the Company or to any other restriction the Board determines to be appropriate.

 

  7.7 Termination of Continuous Service.

(a) Termination Other Than for Cause or As a Result of Death or Disability. In the event that a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates other than for Cause or as a result of the Participant’s Disability or death, the Participant may exercise his or her Option (to the extent that the Participant was entitled to exercise such Option as of the date of termination) at any time within the period (the “Post-Termination Exercise Period”) ending on the earlier of: (i) the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the applicable Stock Award Agreement; or (ii) the date three (3) months following the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service (or such longer or shorter period specified in the applicable Stock Award Agreement, which period shall not be less than thirty (30) days). If, after the termination of such Participant’s Continuous Service, such Participant does not exercise his or her Option within such Post-Termination Exercise Period, the Option shall terminate.

(b) Termination for Cause. In the event a Participant’s Continuous Service is terminated for Cause, the Option shall terminate upon the termination date of such Participant’s Continuous Service, and the Participant shall be prohibited from exercising his or her Option as of the time of such termination.

(c) Termination As a Result of Disability. In the event that a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Participant’s Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option (to the extent that the Participant was entitled to exercise such Option as of the date of termination), at any time during the Post-Termination Exercise Period ending on the earlier of: (i) the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Stock Award Agreement; or (ii) the date twelve (12) months following such termination of Continuous Service (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Stock Award Agreement, which period shall not be less than six (6) months). If, after termination of Continuous Service, the Participant does not exercise his or her Option within such Post-Termination Exercise Period, the Option shall terminate.

(d) Termination As a Result of Death. In the event that a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Participant’s death or a Participant dies within any applicable Post-Termination Exercise Period, then such Participant’s Option may be exercised (to the extent the Participant was entitled to exercise such Option as of the date of death) by the Participant’s estate, by a Person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance or by a Person designated to exercise the Option upon the Participant’s death pursuant to Section 7.8(b) or 7.9(b) below, at any time during the Post-Termination Exercise Period ending on the earlier of: (i) the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Stock Award Agreement; or (ii) the date eighteen (18) months following such termination of Continuous Service (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Stock Award Agreement, which period shall not be less than six (6) months). If, after termination of Continuous Service, the Participant does not exercise his or her Option within such Post-Termination Exercise Period, the Option shall terminate.

 

  7.8 Special Provisions for Incentive Stock Options.

(a) Exercise Price. Subject to the provisions of Section 5.4 above, the exercise price of each Incentive Stock Option shall be not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Incentive Stock Option on the date the Incentive Stock Option is granted. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Incentive Stock Option may be granted with an exercise price lower than that set forth in the preceding sentence if such Incentive Stock Option is granted pursuant


to an assumption or substitution for another option in a manner satisfying the provisions of Section 424(a) of the Code.

(b) Transferability. An Incentive Stock Option shall not be transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and shall be exercisable during the lifetime of the Participant only by the Participant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant may, by delivering written notice to the Company in a form satisfactory to the Company, designate a third party who, in the event of the death of such Participant, shall thereafter be entitled to exercise such Participant’s Incentive Stock Option.

(c) $100,000 Limitation. To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the time of grant) of Common Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by any Participant during any calendar year under all plans of the Company and its Affiliates exceeds $100,000, the Incentive Stock Options or the portions thereof that exceed such limit (according to the order in which they were granted) shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options, notwithstanding any contrary provision of the applicable Stock Award Agreement(s).

 

  7.9 Special Provisions for Nonstatutory Stock Options.

(a) Exercise Price. Subject to the provisions of Section 5.4 above, the exercise price of each Nonstatutory Stock Option shall be not less than eighty-five percent (85%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Nonstatutory Stock Option on the date the Nonstatutory Stock Option is granted. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Nonstatutory Stock Option may be granted with an exercise price lower than that set forth in the preceding sentence if such Nonstatutory Stock Option is granted pursuant to an assumption or substitution for another option in a manner satisfying the provisions of Section 424(a) of the Code.

(b) Transferability. A Nonstatutory Stock Option shall not be transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and, to the extent provided in the Stock Award Agreement and as permitted by Section 260.140.41(d) of CCR Title 10 at the time of the grant of the Nonstatutory Stock Option, and shall be exercisable during the lifetime of the Participant only by the Participant. If a Nonstatutory Stock Option does not provide for transferability, then such Nonstatutory Stock Option shall not be transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and shall be exercisable during the lifetime of the Participant only by the Participant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant may, by delivering written notice to the Company in a form satisfactory to the Company, designate a third party who, in the event of the death of such Participant, shall thereafter be entitled to exercise such Participant’s Nonstatutory Stock Option.

 

8. S TOCK B ONUSES .

8.1 Stock Award Agreements for Stock Bonuses. Each Stock Award Agreement for a stock bonus shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Board or Committee shall deem appropriate. The terms and conditions of such Stock Award Agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of Stock Award Agreements for separate stock bonuses need not be identical; provided , however , that each Stock Award Agreement for a stock bonus shall include (through incorporation of provisions hereof by reference in the Stock Award Agreement or otherwise) the substance of the provisions set forth in this Section 8.

8.2 Consideration. A stock bonus may be awarded in consideration for past services actually rendered to the Company or an Affiliate for its benefit.


8.3 Termination of Participant’s Continuous Service. In the event that a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates, the Company may reacquire, for no consideration, any or all of the shares of Common Stock held by the Participant that have not vested as of the date of termination under the terms of the Stock Award Agreement for the stock bonus.

8.4 Transferability. Rights to acquire shares of Common Stock under the Stock Award Agreement for a stock bonus shall not be transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and shall be exercisable during the lifetime of the Participant only by the Participant.

 

9. R ESTRICTED S TOCK A WARDS .

9.1 Stock Award Agreements for Restricted Stock Awards. Each Stock Award Agreement for a Restricted Stock Award shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Board or Committee shall deem appropriate. The terms and conditions of such Stock Award Agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of Stock Award Agreements for separate Restricted Stock Awards need not be identical; provided , however , that each Stock Award Agreement for a Restricted Stock Award shall include (through incorporation of provisions hereof by reference in the Stock Award Agreement or otherwise) the substance of the provisions set forth in this Section 9.

9.2 Purchase Price. At the time of grant of a Restricted Stock Award, the Board or Committee will determine the price to be paid by the Participant for each share of Common Stock subject to such Restricted Stock Award. Subject to the provisions of Section 5.4 above, the purchase price of Restricted Stock Awards shall not be less than eighty-five percent (85%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date such Restricted Stock Award is made or at the time the purchase is consummated. A Restricted Stock Award may be awarded as a stock bonus (i.e., with no cash purchase price to be paid) to the extent permissible under applicable law.

9.3 Consideration. At the time of the grant of a Restricted Stock Award, the Board will determine the consideration permissible for the payment of the purchase price of the Restricted Stock Award. The purchase price of Common Stock acquired pursuant to the Stock Award Agreement for the Restricted Stock Award shall be paid either: (i) in cash at the time of purchase; (ii) at the discretion of the Board, according to a deferred payment or other similar arrangement with the Participant; (iii) by services rendered or to be rendered to the Company; or (iv) in any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board in its discretion.

9.4 Termination of Participant’s Continuous Service. Subject to Section 6.7, in the event that a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates, the Company may repurchase or otherwise reacquire any or all of the shares of Common Stock held by the Participant that have not vested as of the date of termination under the terms of the Stock Award Agreement for such Participant’s Restricted Stock Award.

9.5 Transferability. Rights to acquire shares of Common Stock under the Stock Award Agreement for a Restricted Stock Award shall not be transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and shall be exercisable during the lifetime of the Participant only by the Participant.

 

10. A DJUSTMENTS UPON C HANGES IN S TOCK .

10.1 Capitalization Adjustments. If any change is made in, or any event occurs with respect to, the Common Stock of the Company without the receipt of consideration by the Company (through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in


property other than cash, stock split, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure or other transaction (each a “Capitalization Adjustment”)), the Plan will be appropriately adjusted in the class and maximum number of securities subject to the Plan pursuant to Section 4.1, and the outstanding Stock Awards will be appropriately adjusted in the class and number of securities and price per share of Common Stock subject to such outstanding Stock Awards; provided , however , that the conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be treated as a transaction “without receipt of consideration” by the Company and shall not give rise to a Capitalization Adjustment pursuant to this Section 10.1. The Board or Committee shall make such adjustments, which shall be final, binding and conclusive.

10.2 Dissolution or Liquidation. In the event of a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, all outstanding Stock Awards shall terminate immediately prior to the completion of such dissolution or liquidation, and shares of Common Stock subject to any repurchase option in favor of the Company may be repurchased by the Company, regardless of whether or not the applicable Participant’s Continuous Service has terminated.

 

  10.3 Corporate Transaction.

(a) In the event of a Corporate Transaction, any surviving corporation or acquiring corporation may (but need not) assume or continue any or all Stock Awards outstanding under the Plan or may (but need not) substitute similar stock awards for Stock Awards outstanding under the Plan (including an award to acquire the same consideration paid to the stockholders or the Company, as the case may be, pursuant to the Corporate Transaction), and any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company in respect of Common Stock issued pursuant to Stock Awards may be assigned by the Company to the successor of the Company or to the acquiring corporation (or such successor’s or acquiring corporation’s parent company), if any, in connection with such Corporate Transaction. In the event any surviving corporation or acquiring corporation elects to assume or continue any or all Stock Awards outstanding under the Plan, such Stock Awards shall remain in effect in accordance with the terms of this Plan and the applicable Stock Award Agreements, but shall thereafter represent the right to receive (upon exercise thereof in accordance with the terms of such Stock Awards, if applicable) for each share of Common Stock underlying each such Stock Award such cash, securities or other property that would have been received by the applicable Participant had such Participant exercised such Stock Award immediately prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction.

(b) In the event that, in connection with a Corporate Transaction, any surviving corporation or acquiring corporation does not assume or continue any or all such outstanding Stock Awards or substitute similar stock awards for such outstanding Stock Awards, then with respect to Stock Awards that have not been assumed, continued or substituted, such Stock Awards shall terminate if not exercised (if applicable) at or prior to the effective time of such Corporate Transaction, and any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company with respect to such Stock Awards held by Participants whose Continuous Service has not terminated shall (contingent upon the effectiveness of the Corporate Transaction) lapse.

10.4 Change in Control. A Stock Award held by any Participant whose Continuous Service has not terminated prior to the effective time of a Change in Control may be subject to additional acceleration of vesting and exercisability upon or after such Change in Control as may be provided in the Stock Award Agreement for such Stock Award; provided , however , that in the absence of any such provision in the Stock Award Agreement for such Stock Award, no such acceleration shall occur.


11. T ERMINATION , S USPENSION A ND A MENDMENT .

11.1 Termination or Suspension of the Plan. The Board may terminate or suspend the Plan at any time. Unless sooner terminated, the Plan shall terminate on the day before the tenth (10th) anniversary of the date the Plan is adopted by the Board or approved by the stockholders of the Company, whichever is earlier. No Stock Awards may be granted under the Plan while the Plan is suspended or after it is terminated.

11.2 Amendment of the Plan and Stock Awards. Subject to Section 11.3 below, the Board may, from time to time, amend the Plan or any Stock Award in any manner it deems appropriate or necessary. Notwithstanding the foregoing, except as expressly provided elsewhere in the Plan, no amendment to the Plan shall be effective unless approved by the stockholders of the Company to the extent stockholder approval is necessary to satisfy the requirements of Section 422 of the Code.

11.3 No Impairment. No termination or suspension of the Plan or amendment of the Plan or any Stock Award shall impair the rights of a Participant with respect to any outstanding Stock Award, unless the Company receives the written consent of such Participant.

 

12. M ISCELLANEOUS .

 

  12.1 Compliance with Laws.

(a) This Plan and the obligations of the Company with respect to any Stock Awards granted hereunder shall be subject to all applicable federal and state securities laws. If, after reasonable efforts, the Company is unable to obtain from any applicable regulatory commission or agency the authority that legal counsel for the Company deems necessary for the lawful issuance and sale of Common Stock pursuant to such Stock Awards, then the Company shall be relieved from any liability for failure to issue and sell Common Stock in connection with such Stock Awards unless and until such authority is obtained.

(b) To facilitate the grant of any Stock Award, the Committee may impose special terms for Stock Awards granted to Participants who are foreign nationals or who are employed by the Company or any Affiliate outside of the United States as the Board or Committee may consider necessary or appropriate to accommodate differences in local laws, tax policies or customs.

12.2 Severability. If one or more provisions of this Plan are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, such provision shall be excluded from this Plan and the balance of the Plan shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

12.3 Governing Law. The law of the State of California shall govern all questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Plan, without regard to such state’s conflict of laws rules.

*         *         *


A PPENDIX A

D EFINITIONS

“Affiliate” means any parent corporation or subsidiary corporation of the Company, whether now or hereafter existing, as those terms are defined in Sections 424(e) and (f), respectively, of the Code.

“Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

“Cause” means, with respect to a particular Participant (unless otherwise provided in any employment agreement between the Company and such Participant), the occurrence of any of the following: (i) such Participant’s conviction of any felony or any crime involving fraud; (ii) such Participant’s participation (whether by affirmative act or omission) in a fraud or felonious act against the Company and/or its Affiliates; (iii) such Participant’s violation of any statutory or fiduciary duty, or duty of loyalty owed to the Company and/or its Affiliates and which has a material adverse effect on the Company and/or its Affiliates; (iv) such Participant’s violation of state or federal law in connection with such Participant’s performance of such Participant’s job; (v) breach of any material term of any contract between such Participant and the Company and/or its Affiliates; and (vi) such Participant’s violation of any material Company policy; provided , however , that the final determination that a termination is for Cause shall be made by the Board or Committee, as applicable, in its sole and exclusive judgment and discretion.

“CCR Title 10” means Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations, as amended from time to time.

“Change in Control” means any Corporate Transaction or the occurrence, in any single transaction or in any series of related transactions not approved by the Board, of any Person becoming the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the Company’s then-outstanding securities; provided , however , that notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision of this Plan, the definition of Change in Control (or any analogous term) in an individual written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant shall supersede the foregoing definition with respect to Stock Awards subject to such agreement (it being understood, however, that if no definition of Change in Control or any analogous term is set forth in such an individual written agreement, the foregoing definition shall apply).

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

“Committee” means a committee of two (2) or more members of the Board appointed by the Board in accordance with Section 3.2 of the Plan.

“Common Stock” means the Company’s common stock.

“Company” means Otonomy, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

“Consultant” means any person, including an advisor, engaged by the Company or an Affiliate to render consulting or advisory services and who is compensated for such services; provided , however , that the term “Consultant” shall not include Directors who are not compensated by the Company for their services as Directors, and the payment of a fee by the Company for services which the Board determines in its sole discretion are services as a Director shall not cause a Director to be considered a “Consultant” for purposes of the Plan.


“Continuous Service” means that the Participant’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, whether as an Employee, Director or Consultant, is not interrupted or terminated. A change in the capacity in which the Participant renders service to the Company or an Affiliate as an Employee, Consultant or Director or a change in the entity for which the Participant renders such service, provided that there is no interruption or termination of the Participant’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, shall not terminate a Participant’s Continuous Service. For example, a change in status from an Employee of the Company to a Consultant of an Affiliate, or to a Director shall not constitute an interruption of Continuous Service. The Board, Committee or any authorized Officer of the Company, in that party’s sole discretion, may determine whether Continuous Service shall be considered interrupted in the case of any leave of absence approved by that party, including sick leave, military leave or any other personal leave. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a leave of absence shall be treated as Continuous Service for purposes of vesting in a Stock Award only to such extent as may be provided in the Company’s leave of absence policy or in the written terms of the Participant’s leave of absence.

“Corporate Transaction” means the occurrence, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

(a) there is consummated a merger, consolidation or similar transaction involving (directly or indirectly) the Company if, immediately after the consummation of such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, the stockholders of the Company immediately prior thereto do not Own, directly or indirectly, either: (i) outstanding voting securities representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined outstanding voting power of the surviving Entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction; or (ii) more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined outstanding voting power of the parent of the surviving Entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction;

(b) the stockholders of the Company approve or the Board approves a plan of complete dissolution or liquidation of the Company, or a complete dissolution or liquidation of the Company shall otherwise occur; or

(c) there is consummated a sale of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, other than a sale of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries to an Entity more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which Entity is Owned by stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportion as their Ownership of the Company immediately prior to such sale.

The term “Corporate Transaction” shall not include a sale of assets, merger or other transaction effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company.

“Director” means a member of the Board.

“Disability” means the inability of a person (unless otherwise provided in any employment agreement between the Company and such person), in the opinion of a qualified physician acceptable to the Company, to perform the duties of that person’s position with the Company or an Affiliate because of the sickness or injury of the person.

“Employee” means any person employed by the Company or an Affiliate; provided , however , that service as a Director, or payment of a fee by the Company for services which the Board determines in its sole discretion are services as a Director or as a member of the Board of Directors of an Affiliate, shall not be sufficient to constitute “employment” by the Company or such Affiliate.


“Entity” means any corporation (including any non-profit corporation), general partnership, limited partnership, limited liability partnership, joint venture, estate, trust, company (including any limited liability company or joint stock company), firm or other enterprise, association, organization or entity.

“Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, the value of the Common Stock determined by the Board in good faith and in a manner consistent with Section 260.140.50 of CCR Title 10.

“Incentive Stock Option” means an option to purchase shares of Common Stock that is intended to qualify as an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

“Nonstatutory Stock Option” means an option to purchase shares of Common Stock that is not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

“Officer” means any person designated by the Company as an officer.

“Option” means an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option granted pursuant to the Plan.

A Person shall be deemed to “Own”, to have “Owned”, to be the “Owner” of, or to have acquired “Ownership” of securities if such Person, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares voting power, which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting, with respect to such securities.

“Participant” means a person to whom a Stock Award is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Stock Award.

“Person” means any natural person or Entity.

“Plan” means this 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended.

“Restricted Stock Award” means an award of shares of Common Stock, which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 9 of the Plan.

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

“Stock Award” means any right granted under the Plan, including an Option, a Restricted Stock Award or a stock bonus.

“Stock Award Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and a Participant evidencing the terms and conditions of an individual Stock Award. Each Stock Award Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

“Ten Percent Stockholder” means a person who Owns (or is deemed to Own pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code) stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or of any of its Affiliates.


EXHIBIT A

OTONOMY, INC.

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

(2010 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN )

Pursuant to its 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), O TONOMY , I NC . (the “Company”), hereby grants to you (the “Participant”) an option to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock set forth below (the “Option”) . Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Plan, a copy of which is attached hereto as Attachment 1 .

1. G OVERNING P LAN D OCUMENT . Your Option is subject to all of the provisions of the Plan, which provisions are hereby made a part of this Stock Option Agreement. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Stock Option Agreement and the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall control in all respects.

2. D ETAILS OF O PTION . The details of your Option are as follows:

 

Date of Grant:  

 

Vesting Commencement Date:  

 

Number of Shares Subject to Option:  

 

Exercise Price (Per Share):  

 

Aggregate Exercise Price:  

 

Expiration Date:  

 

Type of Grant:   ¨ Incentive Stock Option *
  ¨ Nonstatutory Stock Option
Exercise Schedule :   x Same as Vesting Schedule
Vesting Schedule :  

1/4th of the shares vest one year after the Vesting Commencement Date.

1/48th of the shares vest monthly thereafter over the next three years.

3. E XERCISE . You may exercise your Option only for whole shares of Common Stock. In order to exercise your Option, you must submit to the Company: (i) a completed and executed notice of exercise in the form attached hereto as Attachment 2; and (ii) payment by cash or check for the aggregate exercise price for that number of shares of Common Stock you are electing to purchase pursuant to your Option. In the event that your Option is an Incentive Stock Option, by exercising your Option you expressly agree that you will notify the Company in writing within fifteen (15) days after the date of any disposition of any of the shares of the Common Stock issued upon exercise of your Option that occurs within two (2) years after the date of your Option grant or within one (1) year after such shares of Common Stock are

 

*

If this is an Incentive Stock Option, it (plus any other outstanding Incentive Stock Options held by the Participant) cannot be first exercisable for more than $100,000 in value (measured by exercise price) in any calendar year. Any excess over $100,000 shall be deemed a Nonstatutory Stock Option. Please refer to the Plan for additional details.

 

1.


transferred upon exercise of your Option. Notwithstanding the foregoing, you expressly acknowledge and agree that you may not exercise your Option unless the tax withholding obligations of the Company and/or any Affiliate are satisfied. Accordingly, but without limiting the generality of the foregoing, you and the Company expressly acknowledge and agree that, as a condition to the exercise of your Option, the Company may require you to enter into an arrangement providing for the payment by you to the Company of any tax withholding obligation of the Company arising by reason of the exercise of your Option, the lapse of any substantial risk of forfeiture to which the shares of Common Stock underlying your Option are subject at the time of exercise, or the disposition of shares of Common Stock acquired upon the exercise of your Option.

4. “E ARLY E XERCISE ”. If it is indicated in Section 2 that “early exercise” of your Option is permitted, then you may elect at any time that is both during the period of your Continuous Service and during the term of your Option to exercise all or part of your Option, including the nonvested portion of your Option; provided , however , that: (i) a partial exercise of your Option shall be deemed to cover first vested shares of Common Stock and then the earliest vesting installment of unvested shares of Common Stock; (ii) any shares of Common Stock so purchased from installments that have not vested as of the date of exercise shall be subject to the repurchase option in favor of the Company as described in the Company’s form of Early Exercise Stock Purchase Agreement, a copy of which will be provided to you at the time you elect to “early exercise” your Option; and (iii) you shall enter into the Company’s form of Early Exercise Stock Purchase Agreement with a vesting schedule that will result in the same vesting as if no early exercise had occurred.

5. T ERM . You may not exercise your Option before the commencement of its term or after its term expires. The term of your Option commences on the Date of Grant indicated in Section 2 and expires upon the earlier of: (i) the Expiration Date set forth in Section 2; or (ii) in the event of the termination of your Continuous Service to the Company, the date provided by the Plan.

6. R ESTRICTIONS O N S TOCK . You acknowledge and agree that it is a condition to your receipt of your Option that you execute an Instrument of Accession to that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement (the “Stockholders’ Agreement”) by and among the Company and the stockholders of the Company listed therein, thereby joining as a party to the Stockholders’ Agreement and a “Holder” for all purposes under the Stockholders’ Agreement. In addition, you acknowledge that any shares of Common Stock that you acquire upon exercise of your Option are subject to any right of first refusal that may be described in the Company’s bylaws in effect at such time the Company elects to exercise its right.

7. N OTICES . Any notices to be delivered pursuant to this Stock Option Agreement shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon receipt or, in the case of notices delivered by mail by the Company to you, five (5) days after deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid, addressed to you at the last address you provided to the Company.

8. S EVERABILITY . If one or more provisions of this Plan are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, such provision shall be excluded from this Plan and the balance of the Plan shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

9. B INDING A ND E NTIRE A GREEMENT . The terms and conditions of this Stock Option Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective successors and assigns of the parties. This Stock Option Agreement, together with the Plan and any attachments hereto or thereto, constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with regard to the subjects hereof and thereof and no party shall be liable or bound to any other party in any manner by any representations, warranties, covenants and agreements except as specifically set forth herein and therein.

 

2.


10. C OUNTERPARTS . This Stock Option Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

 

COMPANY:
O TONOMY , I NC .

By:

 

 

  David A. Weber, Ph.D.
  President and Chief Executive Officer
PARTICIPANT:

By:

 

 

  (Employee)

 

3.


ATTACHMENT 1

OTONOMY, INC. 2010 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN


ATTACHMENT 2

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

Otonomy, Inc.

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

Date of Exercise:                     

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This letter is intended to inform you of my election pursuant to that certain Stock Option Agreement between me and Otonomy, Inc. (the “Company”) to purchase pursuant to my Option (as defined in the Stock Option Agreement) that number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock indicated below:

 

Type of option (check one):

    Incentive   ¨       Nonstatutory   ¨  

Number of shares as to which Option is exercised:

   

Total exercise price:

  $                  

Cash payment delivered herewith:

  $                  

I hereby make the following certifications and representations with respect to the number of shares of Common Stock of the Company listed above (the “Shares”), which are being acquired by me for my own account upon exercise of the Option as set forth above:

I acknowledge that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and are deemed to constitute “restricted securities” under Rule 701 and Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act. I warrant and represent to the Company that I have no present intention of distributing or selling the Shares, except as permitted under the Securities Act and any applicable state securities laws.

I further acknowledge that all certificates representing any of the Shares subject to the provisions of the Option shall have endorsed thereon appropriate legends reflecting the foregoing limitations, as well as any legends reflecting restrictions pursuant to the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, bylaws and/or applicable securities laws.

 

Very truly yours,
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Exhibit 10.9

LEASE AGREEMENT

THIS LEASE AGREEMENT (this “ Lease ”) is made this 23 day of September, 2011, between ARE-SD REGION NO. 25, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”), and OTONOMY, INC. , a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”).

 

Building:    6275 Nancy Ridge Drive, San Diego, California
Premises:    That portion of the Building, containing approximately 14,503 rentable square feet, as determined by Landlord, as shown on Exhibit A .
Project:    The real property on which the Building in which the Premises are located, together with all improvements thereon and appurtenances thereto as described on Exhibit B .
Base Rent:    $2.50 per rentable square foot of the Premises per month, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4 .

 

Rentable Area of Premises: 14,503 sq. ft.   Rentable Area of Building: 45,698 sq. ft.

 

Rentable Area of Project: 108,498 sq. ft.

Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses of Building: 31.74%

Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses of Project: 13.37%

 

Security Deposit: $37,707.80   Target Commencement Date: January 15, 2012

Rent Adjustment Percentage: 3%

 

Base Term:    Beginning on the Commencement Date and ending 60 months from the first day of the first full month of the Term (as defined in Section 2 ) hereof.
Permitted Use:    Research and development laboratory, related office and other related uses consistent with the character of the Project and otherwise in compliance with the provisions of Section 7 hereof.

 

Address for Rent Payment:   Landlord’s Notice Address:
Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.   385 E. Colorado Boulevard, Suite 299
Dept LA 23447   Pasadena, CA 91101
Pasadena, CA 91185-3447   Attention: Corporate Secretary
Tenant’s Notice Address:  
6275 Nancy Ridge Drive, Suite 100  
San Diego, CA 92121  
Attention: Lease Administrator  

The following Exhibits and Addenda are attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference:

 

x EXHIBIT A - PREMISES DESCRIPTION   x EXHIBIT B - DESCRIPTION OF PROJECT
x EXHIBIT C - WORK LETTER   x EXHIBIT D - COMMENCEMENT DATE
x EXHIBIT E - RULES AND REGULATIONS   x EXHIBIT F - TENANT’S PERSONAL PROPERTY
x EXHIBIT G - SIGNAGE   x EXHIBIT H - SPACE PLAN

1. Lease of Premises . Upon and subject to all of the terms and conditions hereof, Landlord hereby leases the Premises to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases the Premises from Landlord.

 

  LOGO    Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory    6275 Nancy Ridge/Otonomy - Page 2

 

The portions of the Project which are for the non-exclusive use of tenants of the Project are collectively referred to herein as the “ Common Areas .” Landlord reserves the right to modify Common Areas, provided that such modifications do not materially adversely affect Tenant’s use of the Premises for the Permitted Use.

2. Delivery; Acceptance of Premises; Commencement Date . Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to deliver the Premises to Tenant on or before the Target Commencement Date, with Landlord’s Work Substantially Completed (“ Delivery ” or “ Deliver ”). If Landlord fails to timely Deliver the Premises, Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any loss or damage resulting therefrom, and this Lease shall not be void or voidable except as provided herein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Base Rent payable with respect to the Premises shall be abated 1 day for each day after February 1, 2012 (as such date may be extended for Force Majeure delays and Tenant Delays) that Landlord fails to Deliver the Premises to Tenant. If Landlord does not Deliver the Premises within 90 days of the Target Commencement Date for any reason other than Force Majeure Delays and/or Tenant Delays, this Lease may be terminated by Tenant by written notice to Landlord, and if so terminated by Tenant: (a) the Security Deposit shall be returned to Tenant, and (b) neither Landlord nor Tenant shall have any further rights, duties or obligations under this Lease, except with respect to provisions which expressly survive termination of this Lease. As used herein, the terms “ Landlord’s Work ,” “ Tenant Delays ” and “ Substantially Completed ” shall have the meanings set forth for such terms in the Work Letter. If Tenant does not elect to terminate this Lease within 10 business days of the lapse of such 90 day period, such right to void this Lease shall be waived and this Lease shall remain in full force and effect.

The “ Commencement Date ” shall be the earliest of: (i) the date Landlord Delivers the Premises to Tenant in accordance with the terms of this Lease; (ii) the date Landlord could have Delivered the Premises but for Tenant Delays; and (iii) the date Tenant conducts any business in the Premises or any part thereof. The “ Rent Commencement Date ” shall be the date that is 8 months after the Commencement Date. Upon request of Landlord, Tenant shall execute and deliver a written acknowledgment of the Commencement Date, the Rent Commencement Date and the expiration date of the Term when such are established in the form of the “Acknowledgement of Commencement Date” attached to this Lease as Exhibit D ; provided , however . Tenant’s failure to execute and deliver such acknowledgment shall not affect Landlord’s rights hereunder. The “ Term ” of this Lease shall be the Base Term, as defined above on the first page of this Lease and, if applicable, the Extension Term which Tenant may elect pursuant to Section 40 hereof.

Subject to the provisions of Section 6 of the Work Letter, Landlord shall permit Tenant access to the Premises commencing on the date that is 30 days prior to the anticipated Commencement Date for Tenant’s installation and set up of its furniture, fixtures and equipment (“ FF&E Installation ”), provided that such FF&E Installation is coordinated with Landlord, and Tenant complies with the Lease and all other reasonable restrictions and conditions Landlord may impose. All such access shall be during normal business hours and, such access for the purposes of Tenant’s FF&E Installation only shall not constitute the conduct by Tenant of business for the purposes of determining the Commencement Date of this Lease pursuant to the immediately preceding paragraph. Any access to the Premises by Tenant before the Commencement Date shall be subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Lease, excluding the obligation to pay Base Rent and Operating Expenses. In no event shall Tenant have the right to conduct any business in the Premises prior to the Commencement Date.

Except as set forth in the Work Letter, if applicable: (i) Tenant shall accept the Premises in their condition as of the Commencement Date, subject to all applicable Legal Requirements (as defined in Section 7 hereof); (ii) Landlord shall have no obligation for any defects in the Premises; and (iii) Tenant’s taking possession of the Premises shall be conclusive evidence that Tenant accepts the Premises and that the Premises were in good condition at the time possession was taken. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant shall be entitled to receive the benefit of all construction warranties and manufacturer’s equipment warranties relating to the Tenant Improvements.

 

  LOGO    Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory    6275 Nancy Ridge/Otonomy - Page 3

 

Tenant agrees and acknowledges that neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made any representation or warranty with respect to the condition of all or any portion of the Premises or the Project, and/or the suitability of the Premises or the Project for the conduct of Tenant’s business, and Tenant waives any implied warranty that the Premises or the Project are suitable for the Permitted Use. This Lease constitutes the complete agreement of Landlord and Tenant with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any and all prior representations, inducements, promises, agreements, understandings and negotiations which are not contained herein. Landlord in executing this Lease does so in reliance upon Tenant’s representations, warranties, acknowledgments and agreements contained herein.

3. Rent .

(a) Base Rent . The first month’s Base Rent and the Security Deposit shall be due and payable on delivery of an executed copy of this Lease to Landlord. Tenant shall pay to Landlord in advance, without demand, abatement, deduction or set-off, monthly installments of Base Rent on or before the first day of each calendar month during the Term hereof after the Rent Commencement Date, in lawful money of the United States of America, at the office of Landlord for payment of Rent set forth above, or to such other person or at such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate in writing. Payments of Base Rent for any fractional calendar month shall be prorated. The obligation of Tenant to pay Base Rent and other sums to Landlord and the obligations of Landlord under this Lease are independent obligations. Tenant shall have no right at any time to abate, reduce, or set-off any Rent (as defined in Section 5 ) due hereunder except for any abatement as may be expressly provided in this Lease.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, (i) Tenant shall only be required to pay Base Rent for the 9 th month of the Base Term equal to $4,386.25, and (ii) commencing on the 1 st day of the 10 th month of the Base Term of the Lease through the expiration of the 12 th month of the Base Term of the Lease, Tenant shall be required to pay Base Rent with respect to only 7,251.5 rentable square feet of the Premises. Tenant shall commence Base Rent with respect to the entire Premises on the 1 st day of the 13 th month of the Base Term of Lease.

(b) Additional Rent . In addition to Base Rent, Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord as additional rent (“ Additional Rent ”): (i) Tenant’s Share of “Operating Expenses” (as defined in Section 5 ), and (ii) any and all other amounts Tenant assumes in writing or agrees to pay under the provisions of this Lease, including, without limitation, any and all other sums that may become due by reason of any default of Tenant or failure to comply with the agreements, terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease to be performed by Tenant, after any applicable notice and cure period.

4. Base Rent Adjustments . Base Rent shall be increased on each annual anniversary of the first day of the first full month during the Term of this Lease (each an “ Adjustment Date ”) by multiplying the Base Rent payable immediately before such Adjustment Date by the Rent Adjustment Percentage and adding the resulting amount to the Base Rent payable immediately before such Adjustment Date. Base Rent, as so adjusted, shall thereafter be due as provided herein. Base Rent adjustments for any fractional calendar month shall be prorated.

5. Operating Expense Payments . Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a written estimate of Operating Expenses for each calendar year during the Term (the “ Annual Estimate ”), which may be revised by Landlord, it its reasonable discretion, from time to time during such calendar year. Commencing on the Commencement Date and continuing thereafter on the first day of each month during the Term, Tenant shall pay Landlord an amount equal to 1/12th of Tenant’s Share of the Annual Estimate. Payments for any fractional calendar month shall be prorated.

The term “ Operating Expenses ” means all costs and expenses of any kind or description whatsoever incurred or accrued each calendar year by Landlord with respect to the Building (including the Building’s share of all costs and expenses of any kind or description incurred or accrued by Landlord

 

  LOGO    Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory    6275 Nancy Ridge/Otonomy - Page 4

 

with respect to the Project which are not specific to the Building or any other building located in the Project, of which Tenant shall be responsible for Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses of Project) (including, without duplication, Taxes (as defined in Section 9 ), reasonable reserves consistent with good business practice for future repairs and replacements, capital repairs and improvements amortized over the lesser of 10 years and the useful life of such capital items, and the costs of Landlord’s third party property manager (which shall not exceed 2.0% of Base Rent) or, if there is no third party property manager, administration rent in the amount of 2.0% of Base Rent), excluding only:

(a) the original construction costs of the Project and renovation prior to the date of the Lease and costs of correcting defects in such original construction or renovation;

(b) capital expenditures for expansion of the Project;

(c) interest, principal payments of Mortgage (as defined in Section 27 ) debts of Landlord or other debts of Landlord not otherwise includable as part of Operating Expenses pursuant to this Section 5 , financing costs and amortization of funds borrowed by Landlord, whether secured or unsecured, and all payments of base rent (but not taxes or operating expenses) under any ground lease or other underlying lease of all or any portion of the Project);

(d) depreciation of the Project (except for capital improvements, the cost of which are includable in Operating Expenses);

(e) advertising, legal and space planning expenses and leasing commissions and other costs and expenses incurred in procuring and leasing space to tenants for the Project, including any leasing office maintained in the Project, free rent and construction allowances for tenants;

(f) legal and other expenses incurred in the negotiation or enforcement of leases;

(g) completing, fixturing, improving, renovating, painting, redecorating or other work, which Landlord pays for or performs for other tenants within their premises, and costs of correcting defects in such work;

(h) costs to be reimbursed by other tenants of the Project or Taxes to be paid directly by Tenant or other tenants of the Project, whether or not actually paid;

(i) salaries, wages, benefits and other compensation paid to officers and employees of Landlord who are not assigned in whole or in part to the operation, management, maintenance or repair of the Project, provided that with respect to such officers and employees that are assigned to the Project in part only, the salaries, wages benefits and other compensation includable shall be reasonably proportionate to the amount of time actually devoted to the Project when compared to total amount of time worked;

(j) general organizational, administrative and overhead costs relating to maintaining Landlord’s existence, either as a corporation, partnership, or other entity, including general corporate, legal and accounting expenses;

(k) costs (including attorneys’ fees and costs of settlement, judgments and payments in lieu thereof) incurred in connection with disputes with tenants, other occupants, or prospective tenants, and costs and expenses, including legal fees, incurred in connection with negotiations or disputes with employees, consultants, management agents, leasing agents, purchasers or mortgagees of the Building;

(l) costs incurred by Landlord due to the violation by Landlord, its employees, agents or contractors or any tenant of the terms and conditions of any lease of space in the Project or any Legal Requirement (as defined in Section 7 );

 

  LOGO    Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory    6275 Nancy Ridge/Otonomy - Page 5

 

(m) penalties, fines or interest incurred as a result of Landlord’s inability or failure to make payment of Taxes and/or to file any tax or informational returns when due, or from Landlord’s failure to make any payment of Taxes required to be made by Landlord hereunder before delinquency;

(n) overhead and profit increment paid to Landlord or to subsidiaries or affiliates of Landlord for goods and/or services in or to the Project to the extent the same exceeds the costs of such goods and/or services rendered by unaffiliated third parties on a competitive basis;

(o) costs of Landlord’s charitable or political contributions, or of fine art maintained at the Project;

(p) costs in connection with services (including electricity), items or other benefits of a type which are not standard for the Project and which are not available to Tenant without specific charges therefor, but which are provided to another tenant or occupant of the Project, whether or not such other tenant or occupant is specifically charged therefor by Landlord;

(q) costs incurred in the sale or refinancing of the Project;

(r) net income taxes of Landlord or the owner of any interest in the Project, franchise, capital stock, gift, estate or inheritance taxes or any federal, state or local documentary taxes imposed against the Project or any portion thereof or interest therein;

(s) costs arising from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord;

(t) costs, including permit, license and inspection costs, incurred with respect to the installation of other tenants’ or occupants’ improvements in the Project or incurred in renovating or otherwise improving or decorating, painting or redecorating vacant space (other than Common Areas) for occupancy by other tenants o occupants of the Project;

(u) costs of any “tap fees” or any sewer or water connection fees for the benefit of any particular tenant of the Project;

(v) costs reimbursed to Landlord under any warranty carried by Landlord for the Project;

(w) in-house legal fees;

(x) services and utilities provided, taxes attributable to, and costs incurred in connection with the operation of retail space at the Project;

(y) any cost and fees, dues, contributions or similar expenses for industry associations or organizations in which officers or employees of Landlord are members;

(z) any entertainment expenses of landlord for any purpose no related to the operation of the Project;

(aa) costs incurred by Landlord for the use of any portion of the Project to accommodate events (other than the annual tenant event to which all tenants of the Project are invited) including, but not limited to, shows, promotions, kiosks, displays, filming, photography, private events or parties, ceremonies and advertising beyond the expenses otherwise attributable to providing Building Systems to the Common Areas of the Project in connection with the normal operation of the Project;

(bb) any flowers, gifts, balloons, etc. provided to any entity including, but not limited to, Tenant, other tenants, employees, vendors, contractors, prospective tenants and agents;

 

  LOGO    Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory    6275 Nancy Ridge/Otonomy - Page 6

 

(cc) costs for expenses in connection with services or other benefits which are not available to Tenant, but which are provided solely to other tenants or occupants of the Building; and

(dd) any expenses otherwise includable within Operating Expenses to the extent actually reimbursed by persons other than tenants of the Project under leases for space in the Project.

Within 90 days after the end of each calendar year (or such longer period as may be reasonably required), Landlord shall furnish to Tenant a statement (an “ Annual Statemen t ”) showing in reasonable detail: (a) the total and Tenant’s Share of actual Operating Expenses for the previous calendar year, and (b) the total of Tenant’s payments in respect of Operating Expenses for such year. If Tenant’s Share of actual Operating Expenses for such year exceeds Tenant’s payments of Operating Expenses for such year, the excess shall be due and payable by Tenant as Rent within 30 days after delivery of such Annual Statement to Tenant. If Tenant’s payments of Operating Expenses for such year exceed Tenant’s Share of actual Operating Expenses for such year Landlord shall pay the excess to Tenant within 30 days after delivery of such Annual Statement, except that after the expiration, or earlier termination of the Term or if Tenant is delinquent in its obligation to pay Rent, Landlord shall pay the excess to Tenant after deducting all other amounts due Landlord. Landlord’s and Tenant’s obligations to pay any overpayments or deficiencies due pursuant to this paragraph shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

The Annual Statement shall be final and binding upon Tenant unless Tenant, within 30 days after Tenant’s receipt thereof, shall contest any item therein by giving written notice to Landlord, specifying each item contested and the reason therefor. If, during such 30 day period, Tenant reasonably and in good faith questions or contests the accuracy of Landlord’s statement of Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses, Landlord will provide Tenant with access to Landlord’s books and records relating to the operation of the Project and such information as Landlord reasonably determines to be responsive to Tenant’s questions (the “ Expense Information ”). If after Tenant’s review of such Expense Information, Landlord and Tenant cannot agree upon the amount of Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses, then Tenant shall have the right to have an independent public accounting firm selected by Tenant from among the 4 largest in the United States, working pursuant to a fee arrangement other than a contingent fee (at Tenant’s sole cost and expense) and approved by Landlord (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), audit and/or review the Expense Information for the year in question (the “ Independent Review ”). The results of any such Independent Review shall be binding on Landlord and Tenant. If the Independent Review shows that the payments actually made by Tenant with respect to Operating Expenses for the calendar year in question exceeded Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses for such calendar year, Landlord shall at Landlord’s option either (i) credit the excess amount to the next succeeding installments of estimated Operating Expenses or (ii) pay the excess to Tenant within 30 days after delivery of such statement, except that after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease or if Tenant is delinquent in its obligation to pay Rent, Landlord shall pay the excess to Tenant after deducting all other amounts due Landlord. If the Independent Review shows that Tenant’s payments with respect to Operating Expenses for such calendar year were less than Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses for the calendar year, Tenant shall pay the deficiency to Landlord within 30 days after delivery of such statement. If the Independent Review shows that Tenant has overpaid with respect to Operating Expenses by more than 5% then Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for all costs incurred by Tenant for the Independent Review. Notwithstanding anything set forth herein to the contrary, if the Building is not at least 95% occupied on average during any year of the Term, Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses for such year shall be computed as though the Building had been 95% occupied on average during such year.

Tenant’s Share ” shall be the percentage set forth on the first page of this Lease as Tenant’s Share as reasonably adjusted by Landlord for changes in the physical size of the Premises or the Project occurring thereafter. Landlord may equitably increase Tenant’s Share for any item of expense or cost reimbursable by Tenant that relates to a repair, replacement, or service that benefits only the Premises or only a portion of the Project that includes the Premises or that varies with occupancy or use. Base Rent, Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses and all other amounts payable by Tenant to Landlord hereunder are collectively referred to herein as “ Rent .”

 

  LOGO    Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory    6275 Nancy Ridge/Otonomy - Page 7

 

6. Security Deposit . Tenant shall deposit with Landlord, upon delivery of an executed copy of this Lease to Landlord, a security deposit (the “ Security Deposit ”) for the performance of all of Tenant’s obligations hereunder in the amount set forth on page 1 of this Lease, which Security Deposit shall be in the form of an unconditional and irrevocable letter of credit (the “ Letter of Credit ”): (i) in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, (ii) naming Landlord as beneficiary, (iii) expressly allowing Landlord to draw upon it at any time from time to time by delivering to the issuer notice that Landlord is entitled to draw thereunder, (iv) issued by an FDIC-insured financial institution satisfactory to Landlord, and (v) redeemable by presentation of a sight draft in the State of California. If Tenant does not provide Landlord with a substitute Letter of Credit complying with all of the requirements hereof at least 10 days before the stated expiration date of any then current Letter of Credit, Landlord shall have the right to draw the full amount of the current Letter of Credit and hold the funds drawn in cash without obligation for interest thereon as the Security Deposit. The Security Deposit shall be held by Landlord as security for the performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease. The Security Deposit is not an advance rental deposit or a measure of Landlord’s damages in case of Tenant’s default. Upon each occurrence of a Default (as defined in Section 20 ), Landlord may use all or any part of the Security Deposit to pay delinquent payments due under this Lease, future rent damages under California Civil Code Section 1951.2, and the cost of any damage, injury, expense or liability caused by such Default, without prejudice to any other remedy provided herein or provided by law. Landlord’s right to use the Security Deposit under this Section 6 includes the right to use the Security Deposit to pay future rent damages following the termination of this Lease pursuant to Section 21(c) below. Upon any use of all or any portion of the Security Deposit, Tenant shall pay Landlord on demand the amount that will restore the Security Deposit to the amount set forth on Page 1 of this Lease. Tenant hereby waives the provisions of any law, now or hereafter in force, including, without limitation, California Civil Code Section 1950.7, which provide that Landlord may claim from a security deposit only those sums reasonably necessary to remedy defaults in the payment of Rent, to repair damage caused by Tenant or to clean the Premises, it being agreed that Landlord may, in addition, claim those sums reasonably necessary to compensate Landlord for any other loss or damage, foreseeable or unforeseeable, caused by the act or omission of Tenant or any officer, employee, agent or invitee of Tenant. Upon bankruptcy or other debtor-creditor proceedings against Tenant, the Security Deposit shall be deemed to be applied first to the payment of Rent and other charges due Landlord for periods prior to the filing of such proceedings. If Tenant shall fully perform every provision of this Lease to be performed by Tenant, the Security Deposit, or any balance thereof (i.e., after deducting therefrom all amounts to which Landlord is entitled under the provisions of this Lease), shall be returned to Tenant (or, at Landlord’s option, to the last assignee of Tenant’s interest hereunder) within 90 days after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the parties hereto agree that Tenant may, at Tenant’s election, deposit the sum of $37,707.80 in cash (“ Initial Deposit ”) with Landlord as the Security Deposit under this Lease concurrent with Tenant’s delivery to Landlord of an original of this Lease executed by Tenant; provided, however, that Tenant shall replace the cash Security Deposit with a Letter of Credit in the amount of $37,707.80 on or before the date that is 30 days after the Commencement Date. Promptly after the delivery to Landlord of the approved and effective Letter of Credit in the amount of $37,707.80, Landlord shall return the Initial Deposit to Tenant. Nothing herein shall prohibit Tenant from delivering the Security Deposit in the form of a Letter of Credit concurrent with Tenant’s delivery to Landlord of an original of this Lease executed by Tenant.

If Landlord transfers its interest in the Project or this Lease, Landlord shall either (a) transfer any Security Deposit then held by Landlord to a person or entity assuming Landlord’s obligations under this Lease, or (b) return to Tenant any Security Deposit then held by Landlord and remaining after the deductions permitted herein. Upon such transfer to such transferee or the return of the Security Deposit to Tenant, Landlord shall have no further obligation with respect to the Security Deposit, and Tenant’s right to the return of the Security Deposit shall apply solely against Landlord’s transferee. The Security Deposit is not an advance rental deposit or a measure of Landlord’s damages in case of Tenant’s default. Landlord’s obligation respecting the Security Deposit is that of a debtor, not a trustee, and no interest shall accrue thereon.

 

  LOGO    Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory    6275 Nancy Ridge/Otonomy - Page 8

 

7. Use . The Premises shall be used solely for the Permitted Use set forth in the basic lease provisions on page 1 of this Lease, and in compliance with all laws, orders, judgments, ordinances, regulations, codes, directives, permits, licenses, covenants and restrictions now or hereafter applicable to the Premises, and to the use and occupancy thereof, including, without limitation, the Americans With Disabilities Act, 42 U.S.C. § 12101, et seq. (together with the regulations promulgated pursuant thereto, “ ADA ”) (collectively, “ Legal Requirements ” and each, a “ Legal Requirement ”). Tenant shall, upon 5 days’ written notice from Landlord, discontinue any use of the Premises which is declared by any Governmental Authority (as defined in Section 9 ) having jurisdiction with respect to the Premises to be a violation of a Legal Requirement. Tenant will not use or permit the Premises to be used for any purpose or in any manner that would void Tenant’s or Landlord’s insurance, increase the insurance risk, or cause the disallowance of any sprinkler or other credits. Tenant shall not permit any part of the Premises to be used as a “place of public accommodation”, as defined in the ADA or any similar legal requirement. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord promptly upon demand for any additional premium charged to Landlord for any such Landlord’s insurance policy by reason of Tenant’s failure to comply with the provisions of this Section or otherwise caused by Tenant’s use and/or occupancy of the Premises. Tenant will use the Premises in a careful, safe and proper manner and will not commit or permit waste, overload the floor or structure of the Premises, subject the Premises to use that would damage the Premises or obstruct or interfere with the rights of Landlord or other tenants or occupants of the Project, including conducting or giving notice of any auction, liquidation, or going out of business sale on the Premises, or using or allowing the Premises to be used for any unlawful purpose. Tenant shall cause any equipment or machinery to be installed in the Premises so as to reasonably prevent sounds or vibrations from the Premises from extending into Common Areas, or other space in the Project. Tenant shall not place any machinery or equipment weighing 500 pounds or more in or upon the Premises or transport or move such items through the Common Areas of the Project or in the Project elevators without the prior written consent of Landlord, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Except as may be provided under the Work Letter, Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord, use the Premises in any manner which will require ventilation, air exchange, heating, gas, steam, electricity or water beyond the existing capacity of the Project as proportionately allocated to the Premises based upon Tenant’s Share as usually furnished for the Permitted Use.

Landlord shall, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, be responsible for the compliance of the Premises with Legal Requirements, including the ADA, as of the Commencement Date. Following the Commencement Date, Landlord shall, as an Operating Expense (to the extent such Legal Requirement is generally applicable to similar buildings in the area in which the Project is located) or at Tenant’s expense (to the extent such Legal Requirement is applicable by reason of Tenant’s, as compared to other tenants of the Project, specific use of the Premises or Tenant’s alterations) make any alterations or modifications to the Common Areas or the exterior of the Building that are required by Legal Requirements. Except as otherwise provided in the 2 immediately preceding sentences, Tenant, at its sole expense, shall make any alterations or modifications to the interior or the exterior of the Premises or the Project that are required by Legal Requirements (including, without limitation, compliance of the Premises with the ADA) related to Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises. Notwithstanding any other provision herein to the contrary, Tenant shall be responsible for any and all demands, claims, liabilities, losses, costs, expenses, actions, causes of action, damages or judgments, and all reasonable expenses incurred in investigating or resisting the same (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees, charges and disbursements and costs of suit) (collectively, “ Claims ”) arising out of or caused by Tenant’s failure to comply with any Legal Requirements as required in connection with Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises as provided in this paragraph, and Tenant shall indemnify, defend, hold and save Landlord harmless from and against any and all Claims arising out of or in connection with any failure of the Premises to comply with any Legal Requirement as required herein.

8. Holding Over . If, with Landlord’s express written consent, Tenant retains possession of the Premises after the termination of the Term, (i) unless otherwise agreed in such written consent, such possession shall be subject to immediate termination by Landlord at any time, (ii) all of the other terms and provisions of this Lease (including, without limitation, the adjustment of Base Rent pursuant to Section 4 hereof) shall remain in full force and effect (excluding any expansion or renewal option or other similar right or option) during such holdover period, (iii) Tenant shall continue to pay Base Rent in the

 

  LOGO    Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory    6275 Nancy Ridge/Otonomy - Page 9

 

amount payable upon the date of the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease or such other amount as Landlord may indicate, in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion, in such written consent, and (iv) all other payments shall continue under the terms of this Lease. If Tenant remains in possession of the Premises after the expiration or earlier termination of the Term without the express written consent of Landlord, (A) Tenant shall become a tenant at sufferance upon the terms of this Lease except that the monthly rental shall be equal to 150% of Rent in effect during the last 30 days of the Term, and (B) Tenant shall be responsible for all damages suffered by Landlord resulting from or occasioned by Tenant’s holding over, including consequential damages; provided, however, that if Tenant delivers a written inquiry to Landlord within 30 days prior to the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, Landlord will notify Tenant whether the potential exists for consequential damages. No holding over by Tenant, whether with or without consent of Landlord, shall operate to extend this Lease except as otherwise expressly provided, and this Section 8 shall not be construed as consent for Tenant to retain possession of the Premises. Acceptance by Landlord of Rent after the expiration of the Term or earlier termination of this Lease shall not result in a renewal or reinstatement of this Lease.

9. Taxes . Landlord shall pay, as part of Operating Expenses, all taxes, levies, fees, assessments and governmental charges of any kind, existing as of the Commencement Date or thereafter enacted (collectively referred to as “ Taxes ”), imposed by any federal, state, regional, municipal, local or other governmental authority or agency, including, without limitation, quasi-public agencies (collectively, “ Governmental Authority ”) during the Term, including, without limitation, all Taxes: (i) imposed on or measured by or based, in whole or in part, on rent payable to Landlord under this Lease and/or from the rental by Landlord of the Project or any portion thereof (other than net income taxes imposed on Landlord except to the extent such net income taxes are in substitution for any Taxes payable hereunder), or (ii) based on the square footage, assessed value or other measure or evaluation of any kind of the Premises or the Project, or (iii) assessed or imposed by or on the operation or maintenance of any portion of the Premises or the Project, including parking, or (iv) assessed or imposed by, or at the direction of, or resulting from Legal Requirements, or interpretations thereof, promulgated by any Governmental Authority, or (v) imposed as a license or other fee, charge, tax, or assessment on Landlord’s business or occupation of leasing space in the Project. Landlord may contest by appropriate legal proceedings the amount, validity, or application of any Taxes or liens securing Taxes. Taxes shall not include any net income taxes imposed on Landlord except to the extent such net income taxes are in substitution for any Taxes payable hereunder. If any such Tax is levied or assessed directly against Tenant, then Tenant shall be responsible for and shall pay the same at such times and in such manner as the taxing authority shall require. Tenant shall pay, prior to delinquency, any and all Taxes levied or assessed against any personal property or trade fixtures placed by Tenant in the Premises, whether levied or assessed against Landlord or Tenant. If any Taxes on Tenant’s personal property or trade fixtures are levied against Landlord or Landlord’s property, or if the assessed valuation of the Project is increased by a value attributable to improvements in or alterations to the Premises, whether owned by Landlord or Tenant and whether or not affixed to the real property so as to become a part thereof, higher than the base valuation on which Landlord from time-to-time allocates Taxes to all tenants in the Project, Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to pay such Taxes. Landlord’s determination of any excess assessed valuation shall be binding and conclusive, absent manifest error. The amount of any such payment by Landlord shall constitute Additional Rent due from Tenant to Landlord immediately upon demand.

10. Parking . Subject to all matters of record, Force Majeure, a Taking (as defined in Section 19 below) and the exercise by Landlord of its rights hereunder, Tenant shall have the right, in common with other tenants of the Project pro rata in accordance with the rentable area of the Premises and the rentable areas of the Project occupied by such other tenants, to park in those areas designated for non-reserved parking, subject in each case to Landlord’s rules and regulations, at no additional cost to Tenant during the Base Term. Tenant’s pro rata use of parking spaces in the Project during the Term shall be equal to 3 parking spaces per 1,000 rentable square feet of the Premises. Landlord may allocate parking spaces among Tenant and other tenants in the Project as described above if Landlord determines that such parking facilities are becoming crowded. Landlord shall not be responsible for enforcing Tenant’s parking rights against any third parties, including other tenants of the Project.

 

  LOGO    Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory    6275 Nancy Ridge/Otonomy - Page 10

 

11. Utilities, Services . Landlord shall provide, subject to the terms of this Section 11 , water, electricity, heat, light, power, sewer, and other utilities (including gas and fire sprinklers to the extent the Project is plumbed for such services), refuse and trash collection and janitorial services (collectively, “ Utilities ”). Landlord shall pay, as Operating Expenses (except to the extent the cost thereof is excluded from Operating Expenses pursuant to Section 5 hereof) or subject to Tenant’s reimbursement obligation, for all Utilities used on the Premises, ail maintenance charges for Utilities, and any storm sewer charges or other similar charges for Utilities imposed by any Governmental Authority or Utility provider, and any taxes, penalties, surcharges or similar charges thereon. Landlord may cause, at Tenant’s expense, any Utilities to be separately metered or charged directly to Tenant by the provider. Tenant shall pay directly to the Utility provider, prior to delinquency, any separately metered Utilities and services which may be furnished to Tenant or the Premises during the Term. Tenant shall pay, as part of Operating Expenses, its share of all charges for jointly metered Utilities based upon consumption, as reasonably determined by Landlord. No interruption or failure of Utilities, from any cause whatsoever other than Landlord’s willful misconduct, shall result in eviction or constructive eviction of Tenant, termination of this Lease or the abatement of Rent. Tenant agrees to limit use of water and sewer with respect to Common Areas to normal restroom use. Tenant shall be responsible for obtaining and paying for its own janitorial services for the Premises.

Landlord’s sole obligation for either providing emergency generators or providing emergency back-up power to Tenant shall be: (i) to provide emergency generators with not less than the capacity of the emergency generators located in the Building as of the Commencement Date, and (ii) to contract with a third party to maintain the emergency generators as per the manufacturer’s standard maintenance guidelines. Landlord shall make the service contract and maintenance records (including Landlord’s monthly maintenance records) and permits for the generators reasonably available to Tenant for Tenant’s review upon Tenant’s prior written request. Landlord shall have no obligation to provide Tenant with operational emergency generators or back-up power or to supervise, oversee or confirm that the third party maintaining the emergency generators is maintaining the generators as per the manufacturer’s standard guidelines or otherwise. During any period of replacement, repair or maintenance of the emergency generators when the emergency generators are not operational, including any delays thereto due to the inability to obtain parts or replacement equipment, Landlord shall have no obligation to provide Tenant with an alternative back-up generator or generators or alternative sources of back-up power. Tenant expressly acknowledges and agrees that Landlord does not guaranty that such emergency generators will be operational at all times or that emergency power will be available to the Premises when needed.

12. Alterations and Tenant’s Property . Any alterations, additions, or improvements made to the Premises by or on behalf of Tenant after the Commencement Date, including additional locks or bolts of any kind or nature upon any doors or windows in the Premises, but excluding installation, removal or realignment of furniture systems (other than removal of furniture systems owned or paid for by Landlord) not involving any modifications to the structure or connections (other then by ordinary plugs or jacks) to Building Systems (as defined in Section 13 ) (“ Alterations ”) shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written consent, which may be given or withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion if any such Alteration affects the structure or Building Systems and shall not be otherwise unreasonably withheld. If Landlord approves any Alterations, Landlord may impose such conditions on Tenant in connection with the commencement, performance and completion of such Alterations as Landlord may deem appropriate in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion. Any request for approval shall be in writing, delivered not less than 15 business days in advance of any proposed construction, and accompanied by plans, specifications, bid proposals, work contracts and such other information concerning the nature and cost of the alterations as may be reasonably requested by Landlord, including the identities and mailing addresses of all persons performing work or supplying materials. Landlord’s right to review plans and specifications and to monitor construction shall be solely for its own benefit, and Landlord shall have no duty to ensure that such plans and specifications or construction comply with applicable Legal Requirements. Tenant shall cause, at its sole cost and expense, all Alterations to comply with insurance requirements and with Legal Requirements and shall implement at its sole cost and expense any alteration or modification required by Legal Requirements as a result of any Alterations. Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, on demand an amount equal to Landlord’s reasonable out-of-pocket expenses for plan review, coordination,

 

  LOGO    Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory    6275 Nancy Ridge/Otonomy - Page 11

 

scheduling and supervision in connection with any Alterations. Before Tenant begins any Alteration, Landlord may post on and about the Premises notices of non-responsibility pursuant to applicable law. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for, and indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from, any expense incurred by Landlord by reason of faulty work done by Tenant or its contractors in connection with the Alterations, delays caused by such faulty work, or inadequate cleanup in connection with the Alterations.

Tenant shall furnish security or make other arrangements satisfactory to Landlord to assure payment for the completion of all Alterations work free and clear of liens, and shall provide (and cause each contractor or subcontractor to provide) certificates of insurance for workers’ compensation and other coverage in amounts and from an insurance company satisfactory to Landlord protecting Landlord against liability for personal injury or property damage during construction. Upon completion of any Alterations, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord: (i) sworn statements setting forth the names of all contractors and subcontractors who did the work and final lien waivers from all such contractors and subcontractors; and (ii) “as built” plans for any such Alteration.

Except for Removable Installations (as hereinafter defined), all Installations (as hereinafter defined) shall be and shall remain the property of Landlord during the Term and following the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, shall not be removed by Tenant at any time during the Term, and shall remain upon and be surrendered with the Premises as a part thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord may, at the time its approval of any such Installation is requested, notify Tenant that Landlord requires that Tenant remove such Installation upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, in which event Tenant shall remove such Installation in accordance with the immediately succeeding sentence. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, Tenant shall remove (i) all wires, cables or similar equipment which Tenant has installed in the Premises or in the risers or plenums of the Building, (ii) any Installations for which Landlord has given Tenant notice of removal in accordance with the immediately preceding sentence, and (iii) all of Tenant’s Property (as hereinafter defined), and Tenant shall restore and repair any damage caused by or occasioned as a result of such removal, including, without limitation, capping off all such connections behind the walls of the Premises and repairing any holes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Tenant delivers a written request to Landlord prior to the date that is 60 days prior to the expiration date of this Lease or, if applicable, the Early Termination Date, Landlord may, in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion, waive the requirement that Tenant remove the items listed in sub-section (i) of the immediately preceding sentence at the expiration of the Term. During any restoration period beyond the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, Tenant shall pay Rent to Landlord as provided herein as if said space were otherwise occupied by Tenant. If Landlord is requested by Tenant or any lender, lessor or other person or entity claiming an interest in any of Tenant’s Property to waive any lien Landlord may have against any of Tenant’s Property, and Landlord consents to such waiver, then Landlord shall be entitled to be paid as administrative rent a fee of $1,000 per occurrence for its time and effort in preparing and negotiating such a waiver of lien.

For purposes of this Lease, (x) “ Removable Installations ” means any items listed on Exhibit F attached hereto and any items agreed by Landlord in writing to be included on Exhibit F in the future, (y) “ Tenant’s Property ” means Removable Installations and, other than Installations, any personal property or equipment of Tenant that may be removed without material damage to the Premises, and (z) “ Installations ” means all property of any kind paid for by Landlord, all Alterations, all fixtures, and all partitions, hardware, built-in machinery, built-in casework and cabinets and other similar additions, equipment, property and improvements built into the Premises so as to become an integral part of the Premises, including, without limitation, fume hoods which penetrate the roof or plenum area, built-in cold rooms, built-in warm rooms, walk-in cold rooms, walk-in warm rooms, deionized water systems, glass washing equipment, autoclaves, chillers, built-in plumbing, electrical and mechanical equipment and systems, and any power generator and transfer switch.

13. Landlord’s Repairs . Landlord, as an Operating Expense (except to the extent the cost thereof is excluded from Operating Expenses pursuant to Section 5 hereof), shall maintain all of the structural, exterior, parking and other Common Areas of the Project, including HVAC, plumbing, fire sprinklers, elevators and all other building systems serving the Premises and other portions of the Project (“ Building Systems ”), in good repair, reasonable wear and tear and uninsured losses and damages

 

  LOGO    Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory    6275 Nancy Ridge/Otonomy - Page 12

 

caused by Tenant, or by any of Tenant’s agents, servants, employees, invitees and contractors (collectively, “ Tenant Parties ”) excluded. Losses and damages caused by Tenant or any Tenant Party shall be repaired by Landlord, to the extent not covered by insurance, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Landlord reserves the right to stop Building Systems services when necessary (i) by reason of accident or emergency, or (ii) for planned repairs, alterations or improvements, which are, in the judgment of Landlord, desirable or necessary to be made, until said repairs, alterations or improvements shall have been completed. Landlord shall have no responsibility or liability for failure to supply Building Systems services during any such period of interruption; provided , however , that Landlord shall, except in case of emergency, make a commercially reasonable effort to give Tenant 24 hours advance notice of any planned stoppage of Building Systems services for routine maintenance, repairs, alterations or improvements. Tenant shall promptly give Landlord written notice of any repair required by Landlord pursuant to this Section, after which Landlord shall make a commercially reasonable effort to effect such repair. Landlord shall not be liable for any failure to make any repairs or to perform any maintenance unless such failure shall persist for an unreasonable time after Tenant’s written notice of the need for such repairs or maintenance. Tenant waives its rights under any state or local law to terminate this Lease or to make such repairs at Landlord’s expense and agrees that the parties’ respective rights with respect to such matters shall be solely as set forth herein. Repairs required as the result of fire, earthquake, flood, vandalism, war, or similar cause of damage or destruction shall be controlled by Section 18 .

14. Tenant’s Repairs . Subject to Section 13 hereof, Tenant, at its expense, shall repair, replace and maintain in good condition all portions of the Premises, including, without limitation, entries, doors, ceilings, interior windows, interior walls, and the interior side of demising walls. Such repair and replacement may include capital expenditures and repairs whose benefit may extend beyond the Term. Should Tenant fail to make any such repair or replacement or fail to maintain the Premises, Landlord shall give Tenant notice of such failure. If Tenant fails to commence cure of such failure within 10 days of Landlord’s notice, and thereafter diligently prosecute such cure to completion, Landlord may perform such work and shall be reimbursed by Tenant within 10 days after demand therefor; provided, however, that if such failure by Tenant creates or could create an emergency, Landlord may immediately commence cure of such failure and shall thereafter be entitled to recover the costs of such cure from Tenant. Subject to Sections 17 and 18 , Tenant shall bear the full uninsured cost of any repair or replacement to any part of the Project that results from damage caused by Tenant or any Tenant Party and any repair that benefits only the Premises.

15. Mechanic’s Liens . Tenant shall discharge, by bond or otherwise, any mechanic’s lien filed against the Premises or against the Project for work claimed to have been done for, or materials claimed to have been furnished to, Tenant within 10 days after the filing thereof, at Tenant’s sole cost and shall otherwise keep the Premises and the Project free from any liens arising out of work performed, materials furnished or obligations incurred by Tenant. Should Tenant fail to discharge any lien described herein, Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to pay such claim or post a bond or otherwise provide security to eliminate the lien as a claim against title to the Project and the cost thereof shall be immediately due from Tenant as Additional Rent. If Tenant shall lease or finance the acquisition of office equipment, furnishings, or other personal property of a removable nature utilized by Tenant in the operation of Tenant’s business, Tenant warrants that any Uniform Commercial Code Financing Statement filed as a matter of public record by any lessor or creditor of Tenant will upon its face or by exhibit thereto indicate that such Financing Statement is applicable only to removable personal property of Tenant located within the Premises. In no event shall the address of the Project be furnished on the statement without qualifying language as to applicability of the lien only to removable personal property, located in an identified suite held by Tenant.

16. Indemnification . Tenant hereby indemnifies and agrees to defend, save and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all Claims for injury or death to persons or damage to property occurring within or about the Premises, arising directly or indirectly out of use or occupancy of the Premises or a breach or default by Tenant in the performance of any of its obligations hereunder, unless caused solely by the willful misconduct or gross negligence of Landlord. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for, and Tenant assumes all risk of damage to, personal property (including, without limitation, loss of records kept within the Premises). Tenant further waives any and all Claims for injury to

 

  LOGO    Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory    6275 Nancy Ridge/Otonomy - Page 13

 

Tenant’s business or loss of income relating to any such damage or destruction of personal property (including, without limitation, any loss of records). Landlord shall not be liable for any damages arising from any act, omission or neglect of any tenant in the Project or of any other third party.

17. Insurance . Landlord shall maintain all risk property and, if applicable, sprinkler damage insurance covering the full replacement cost of the Project or such lesser coverage amount as Landlord may elect provided such coverage amount is not less than 90% of such full replacement cost. Landlord shall further procure and maintain commercial general liability insurance with a single loss limit of not less than $2,000,000 for bodily injury and property damage with respect to the Project. Landlord may, but is not obligated to, maintain such other insurance and additional coverages as it may deem necessary, including, but not limited to, flood, environmental hazard and earthquake, loss or failure of building equipment, errors and omissions, rental loss during the period of repair or rebuilding, workers’ compensation insurance and fidelity bonds for employees employed to perform services and insurance for any improvements installed by Tenant or which are in addition to the standard improvements customarily furnished by Landlord without regard to whether or not such are made a part of the Project. All such insurance shall be included as part of the Operating Expenses. The Project may be included in a blanket policy (in which case the cost of such insurance allocable to the Project will be determined by Landlord based upon the insurer’s cost calculations). Tenant shall also reimburse Landlord for any increased premiums or additional insurance which Landlord reasonably deems necessary as a result of Tenant’s use of the Premises.

Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall maintain during the Term: all risk property insurance with business interruption and extra expense coverage, covering the full replacement cost of all property and improvements installed or placed in the Premises by Tenant at Tenant’s expense; workers’ compensation insurance with no less than the minimum limits required by law; employer’s liability insurance with such limits as required by law; and commercial general liability insurance, with a minimum limit of not less than $2,000,000 per occurrence for bodily injury and property damage with respect to the Premises which coverage amount may be satisfied through a combination of primary and umbrella policies. The commercial general liability insurance policy and umbrella policies shall name Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc., and Landlord, its officers, directors, employees, managers, agents, invitees and contractors (collectively, “ Landlord Parties ”), as additional insureds; insure on an occurrence and not a claims-made basis; be issued by insurance companies which have a rating of not less than policyholder rating of A and financial category rating of at least Class X in “Best’s Insurance Guide”; shall not be cancelable for nonpayment of premium unless 30 days prior written notice shall have been given to Landlord from the insurer; contain a hostile fire endorsement and a contractual liability endorsement; and provide primary coverage to Landlord (any policy issued to Landlord providing duplicate or similar coverage shall be deemed excess over Tenant’s policies). Copies of such policies (if requested by Landlord), or certificates of insurance showing the limits of coverage required hereunder and showing Landlord as an additional insured, along with reasonable evidence of the payment of premiums for the applicable period, shall be delivered to Landlord by Tenant upon commencement of the Term and upon each renewal of said insurance. Tenant’s policy may be a “blanket policy” with an aggregate per location endorsement which specifically provides that the amount of insurance shall not be prejudiced by other losses covered by the policy. Tenant shall, at least 5 days prior to the expiration of such policies, furnish Landlord with renewal certificates.

In each instance where insurance is to name Landlord as an additional insured, Tenant shall upon written request of Landlord also designate and furnish certificates so evidencing Landlord as additional insured to: (i) any lender of Landlord holding a security interest in the Project or any portion thereof, (ii) the landlord under any lease wherein Landlord is tenant of the real property on which the Project is located, if the interest of Landlord is or shall become that of a tenant under a ground or other underlying lease rather than that of a fee owner, and/or (iii) any management company retained by Landlord to manage the Project.

The property insurance obtained by Landlord and Tenant shall include a waiver of subrogation by the insurers and all rights based upon an assignment from its insured, against Landlord or Tenant, and their respective officers, directors, employees, managers, agents, invitees and contractors (“ Related

 

  LOGO    Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory    6275 Nancy Ridge/Otonomy - Page 14

 

Parties ”), in connection with any loss or damage thereby insured against. Neither party nor its respective Related Parties shall be liable to the other for loss or damage caused by any risk insured against under property insurance required to be maintained hereunder, and each party waives any claims against the other party, and its respective Related Parties, for such loss or damage. The failure of a party to insure its property shall not void this waiver. Landlord and its respective Related Parties shall not be liable for, and Tenant hereby waives all claims against such parties for, business interruption and losses occasioned thereby sustained by Tenant or any person claiming through Tenant resulting from any accident or occurrence in or upon the Premises or the Project from any cause whatsoever. If the foregoing waivers shall contravene any law with respect to exculpatory agreements, the liability of Landlord or Tenant shall be deemed not released but shall be secondary to the other’s insurer.

Landlord may require insurance policy limits to be raised to conform with requirements of Landlord’s lender and/or to bring coverage limits to levels then being generally required of new tenants within the Project.

18. Restoration . If, at any time during the Term, the Project or the Premises are damaged or destroyed by a fire or other insured casualty, Landlord shall notify Tenant within 60 days after discovery of such damage as to the amount of time Landlord reasonably estimates it will take to restore the Project or the Premises, as applicable (the “ Restoration Period ”). If the Restoration Period is estimated to exceed 8 months after the discovery of the damage (the “ Maximum Restoration Period ”), Landlord may, in such notice, elect to terminate this Lease as of the date that is 75 days after the date of discovery of such damage or destruction; provided, however , that notwithstanding Landlord’s election to restore, Tenant may elect to terminate this Lease by written notice to Landlord delivered within 5 business days of receipt of a notice from Landlord estimating a Restoration Period for the Premises longer than the Maximum Restoration Period. Unless either Landlord or Tenant so elects to terminate this Lease, Landlord shall, subject to receipt of sufficient insurance proceeds (with any deductible to be treated as a current Operating Expense), promptly restore the Premises (excluding the improvements installed by Tenant or by Landlord and paid for by Tenant), subject to delays arising from the collection of insurance proceeds, from Force Majeure events or as needed for Tenant to obtain any license, clearance or other authorization of any kind required by Legal Requirements to be obtained by Tenant for Landlord to enter into and restore the Premises issued by any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over the use, storage, handling, treatment, generation, release, disposal, removal or remediation of Hazardous Materials (as defined in Section 30 ) in, on or about the Premises (collectively referred to herein as “ Hazardous Materials Clearances ”); provided , however , that if repair or restoration of the Premises is not substantially complete as of the end of the Maximum Restoration Period or, if longer, the Restoration Period, Landlord may, in its sole and absolute discretion, elect not to proceed with such repair and restoration, or Tenant may by written notice to Landlord delivered within 5 business days of the expiration of the Maximum Restoration Period or, if longer, the Restoration Period, elect to terminate this Lease, in which event Landlord shall be relieved of its obligation to make such repairs or restoration and this Lease shall terminate as of the date that is 75 days after the later of: (i) discovery of such damage or destruction, or (ii) the date all required Hazardous Materials Clearances are obtained, but Landlord shall retain any Rent paid and the right to any Rent payable by Tenant prior to such election by Landlord or Tenant.

If this Lease is not terminated by Landlord or Tenant pursuant to the immediately preceding paragraph, Tenant, at its expense, shall promptly perform, subject to delays arising from the collection of insurance proceeds, from Force Majeure (as defined in Section 34 ) events or to obtain Hazardous Material Clearances, all repairs or restoration not required to be done by Landlord and shall promptly re-enter the Premises and commence doing business in accordance with this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord may terminate this Lease if the Premises are damaged during the last 1 year of the Term and Landlord reasonably estimates that it will take more than 2 months to repair such damage, or if insurance proceeds are not available for such restoration. Rent shall be abated from the date all required Hazardous Material Clearances are obtained until the Premises are repaired and restored, in the proportion which the area of the Premises, if any, which is not usable by Tenant bears to the total area of the Premises, unless Landlord provides Tenant with other space during the period of repair that is suitable for the temporary conduct of Tenant’s business. Such abatement shall be the sole remedy of

 

  LOGO    Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory    6275 Nancy Ridge/Otonomy - Page 15

 

Tenant, and except as provided in this Section 18 , Tenant waives any right to terminate the Lease by reason of damage or casualty loss.

The provisions of this Lease, including this Section 18 , constitute an express agreement between Landlord and Tenant with respect to any and all damage to, or destruction of, all or any part of the Premises, or any other portion of the Project, and any statute or regulation which is now or may hereafter be in effect shall have no application to this Lease or any damage or destruction to all or any part of the Premises or any other portion of the Project, the parties hereto expressly agreeing that this Section 18 sets forth their entire understanding and agreement with respect to such matters.

19. Condemnation . If the whole or any material part of the Premises or the Project is taken for any public or quasi-public use under governmental law, ordinance, or regulation, or by right of eminent domain, or by private purchase in lieu thereof (a “ Taking ” or “ Taken ”), and the Taking would, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, materially interfere with or impair Landlord’s ownership or operation of the Project or would in the reasonable judgment of Landlord and Tenant either prevent or materially interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises (as resolved, if the parties are unable to agree, by arbitration by a single arbitrator with the qualifications and experience appropriate to resolve the matter and appointed pursuant to and acting in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association), then upon written notice by Landlord or Tenant, as applicable, to the other party delivered within 10 business days after such party receives notice of the Taking, this Lease shall terminate and Rent shall be apportioned as of said date. If part of the Premises shall be Taken, and this Lease is not terminated as provided above, Landlord shall promptly restore the Premises and the Project as nearly as is commercially reasonable under the circumstances to their condition prior to such partial Taking and the rentable square footage of the Building, the rentable square footage of the Premises, Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses and the Rent payable hereunder during the unexpired Term shall be reduced to such extent as may be fair and reasonable under the circumstances. Upon any such Taking, Landlord shall be entitled to receive the entire price or award from any such Taking without any payment to Tenant (except for any portion of such award awarded specifically for Tenant’s moving expenses or damage to Tenant’s trade fixtures), and Tenant hereby assigns to Landlord Tenant’s interest, if any, in such award. Tenant shall have the right, to the extent that same shall not diminish Landlord’s award, to make a separate claim against the condemning authority (but not Landlord) for such compensation as may be separately awarded or recoverable by Tenant for moving expenses and damage to Tenant’s trade fixtures, if a separate award for such items is made to Tenant. Tenant hereby waives any and all rights it might otherwise have pursuant to any provision of state law to terminate this Lease upon a partial Taking of the Premises or the Project.

20. Events of Default . Each of the following events shall be a default (“ Default ”) by Tenant under this Lease:

(a) Payment Defaults . Tenant shall fail to pay any installment of Rent or any other payment hereunder when due; provided, however, that Landlord will give Tenant notice and an opportunity to cure any failure to pay Rent within 3 days of any such notice not more than once in any 12 month period and Tenant agrees that such notice shall be in lieu of and not in addition to, or shall be deemed to be, any notice required by law.

(b) Insurance . Any insurance required to be maintained by Tenant pursuant to this Lease shall be canceled or terminated or shall expire or shall be reduced or materially changed, or Landlord shall receive a notice of nonrenewal of any such insurance and Tenant shall fail to obtain replacement insurance at least 10 days before the expiration of the current coverage.

(c) Abandonment . Tenant shall abandon the Premises for a period in excess of 15 consecutive business days for any reason other than in connection with Alterations or renovations being performed within the Premises. Tenant shall not be deemed to have abandoned the Premises if (i) Tenant provides Landlord with reasonable advance notice prior to vacating, (ii) Tenant has made reasonable arrangements with Landlord for the security of the Premises for the balance of the Term, (iii) if

 

  LOGO    Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory    6275 Nancy Ridge/Otonomy - Page 16

 

Tenant does not have a then current plan to resume operating with the Premises within a reasonable period, at the time of vacating the Premises, Tenant completes Tenant’s obligations with respect to the Surrender Plan in compliance with Section 28 , and (iv) Tenant continues during the balance of the Term to satisfy all of its obligations under the Lease as they come due.

(d) Improper Transfer . Tenant shall assign, sublease or otherwise transfer or attempt to transfer all or any portion of Tenant’s interest in this Lease or the Premises except as expressly permitted herein, or Tenant’s interest in this Lease shall be attached, executed upon, or otherwise judicially seized and such action is not released within 90 days of the action.

(e) Liens . Tenant shall fail to discharge or otherwise obtain the release of any lien placed upon the Premises in violation of this Lease within 10 days after any such lien is filed against the Premises.

(f) Insolvency Events . Tenant or any guarantor or surety of Tenant’s obligations hereunder shall: (A) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; (B) commence any case, proceeding or other action seeking to have an order for relief entered on its behalf as a debtor or to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, liquidation, dissolution or composition of it or its debts or seeking appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for all or of any substantial part of its property (collectively a “ Proceeding for Relief ); (C) become the subject of any Proceeding for Relief which is not dismissed within 90 days of its filing or entry; or (D) be dissolved or otherwise fail to maintain its legal existence.

(g) Estoppel Certificate or Subordination Agreement . Tenant fails to execute any document required from Tenant under Sections 23 or 27 within 5 business days after receiving a second notice from Landlord requesting such document.

(h) Other Defaults . Tenant shall fail to comply with any provision of this Lease other than those specifically referred to in this Section 20 , and, except as otherwise expressly provided herein, such failure shall continue for a period of 30 days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant.

Any notice given under Section 20(h) hereof shall: (i) specify the alleged default, (ii) demand that Tenant cure such default, (iii) be in lieu of, and not in addition to, or shall be deemed to be, any notice required under any provision of applicable law, and (iv) not be deemed a forfeiture or a termination of this Lease unless Landlord elects otherwise in such notice; provided that if the nature of Tenant’s default pursuant to Section 20(h) is such that it cannot be cured by the payment of money and reasonably requires more than 30 days to cure, then Tenant shall not be deemed to be in default if Tenant commences such cure within said 30 day period and thereafter diligently prosecutes the same to completion; provided , however , that such cure shall be completed no later than 90 days from the date of Landlord’s notice.

21. Landlord’s Remedies .

(a) Payment By Landlord; Interest . Upon a Default by Tenant hereunder, Landlord may, without waiving or releasing any obligation of Tenant hereunder, make such payment or perform such act which is the subject of Tenant’s Default. All sums so paid or incurred by Landlord, together with interest thereon, from the date such sums were paid or incurred, at the annual rate equal to 12% per annum or the highest rate permitted by law (the “ Default Rate ”), whichever is less, shall be payable to Landlord on demand as Additional Rent. Nothing herein shall be construed to create or impose a duty on Landlord to mitigate any damages resulting from Tenant’s Default hereunder.

(b) Late Payment Rent . Late payment by Tenant to Landlord of Rent and other sums due will cause Landlord to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of which will be extremely difficult and impracticable to ascertain. Such costs include, but are not limited to, processing and accounting charges and late charges which may be imposed on Landlord under any Mortgage covering the Premises. Therefore, if any installment of Rent due from Tenant is not received by Landlord

 

  LOGO    Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory    6275 Nancy Ridge/Otonomy - Page 17

 

within 5 days after the date such payment is due, Tenant shall pay to Landlord an additional sum equal to 6% of the overdue Rent as a late charge. The parties agree that this late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs Landlord will incur by reason of late payment by Tenant. In addition to the late charge, Rent not paid when due shall bear interest at the Default Rate from the 5th day after the date due until paid.

(c) Remedies . Upon the occurrence of a Default, Landlord, at its option, without further notice or demand to Tenant, shall have in addition to all other rights and remedies provided in this Lease, at law or in equity, the option to pursue any one or more of the following remedies, each and all of which shall be cumulative and nonexclusive, without any notice or demand whatsoever.

(i) Terminate this Lease, or at Landlord’s option, Tenant’s right to possession only, in which event Tenant shall immediately surrender the Premises to Landlord, and if Tenant fails to do so, Landlord may, without prejudice to any other remedy which it may have for possession or arrearages in rent, enter upon and take possession of the Premises and expel or remove Tenant and any other person who may be occupying the Premises or any part thereof, without being liable for prosecution or any claim or damages therefor;

(ii) Upon any termination of this Lease, whether pursuant to the foregoing Section 21(c)(i) or otherwise, Landlord may recover from Tenant the following:

(A) The worth at the time of award of any unpaid rent which has been earned at the time of such termination; plus

(B) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus

(C) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the Term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus

(D) Any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom, specifically including, but not limited to, brokerage commissions and advertising expenses incurred, expenses of remodeling the Premises or any portion thereof for a new tenant, whether for the same or a different use, and any special concessions made to obtain a new tenant; and

(E) At Landlord’s election, such other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as may be permitted from time to time by applicable law.

The term “ rent ” as used in this Section 21 shall be deemed to be and to mean all sums of every nature required to be paid by Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Lease, whether to Landlord or to others. As used in Sections 21(c)(ii)(A) and (B) , above, the “ worth at the time of award ” shall be computed by allowing interest at the Default Rate. As used in Section 21(c)(ii)(C) above, the “ worth at the time of award ” shall be computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award plus 1%.

(iii) Landlord may continue this Lease in effect after Tenant’s Default and recover rent as it becomes due (Landlord and Tenant hereby agreeing that Tenant has the right to sublet or assign hereunder, subject only to reasonable limitations). Accordingly, if Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease following a Default by Tenant, Landlord may, from time to time,

 

  LOGO    Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory    6275 Nancy Ridge/Otonomy - Page 18

 

without terminating this Lease, enforce all of its rights and remedies hereunder, including the right to recover all Rent as it becomes due.

(iv) Whether or not Landlord elects to terminate this Lease following a Default by Tenant, Landlord shall have the right to terminate any and all subleases, licenses, concessions or other consensual arrangements for possession entered into by Tenant and affecting the Premises or may, in Landlord’s sole discretion, succeed to Tenant’s interest in such subleases, licenses, concessions or arrangements. Upon Landlord’s election to succeed to Tenant’s interest in any such subleases, licenses, concessions or arrangements, Tenant shall, as of the date of notice by Landlord of such election, have no further right to or interest in the rent or other consideration receivable thereunder.

(v) Independent of the exercise of any other remedy of Landlord hereunder or under applicable law, Landlord may conduct an environmental test of the Premises as generally described in Section 30(d) hereof, at Tenant’s expense.

(d) Effect of Exercise . Exercise by Landlord of any remedies hereunder or otherwise available shall not be deemed to be an acceptance of surrender of the Premises and/or a termination of this Lease by Landlord, it being understood that such surrender and/or termination can be effected only by the express written agreement of Landlord and Tenant. Any law, usage, or custom to the contrary notwithstanding, Landlord shall have the right at all times to enforce the provisions of this Lease in strict accordance with the terms hereof; and the failure of Landlord at any time to enforce its rights under this Lease strictly in accordance with same shall not be construed as having created a custom in any way or manner contrary to the specific terms, provisions, and covenants of this Lease or as having modified the same and shall not be deemed a waiver of Landlord’s right to enforce one or more of its rights in connection with any subsequent default. A receipt by Landlord of Rent or other payment with knowledge of the breach of any covenant hereof shall not be deemed a waiver of such breach, and no waiver by Landlord of any provision of this Lease shall be deemed to have been made unless expressed in writing and signed by Landlord. To the greatest extent permitted by law, Tenant waives the service of notice of Landlord’s intention to re-enter, re-take or otherwise obtain possession of the Premises as provided in any statute, or to institute legal proceedings to that end, and also waives all right of redemption in case Tenant shall be dispossessed by a judgment or by warrant of any court or judge. Any reletting of the Premises or any portion thereof shall be on such terms and conditions as Landlord in its sole discretion may determine. Landlord shall not be liable for, nor shall Tenant’s obligations hereunder be diminished because of, Landlord’s failure to relet the Premises or collect rent due in respect of such reletting or otherwise to mitigate any damages arising by reason of Tenant’s Default.

22. Assignment and Subletting .

(a) General Prohibition . Without Landlord’s prior written consent subject to and on the conditions described in this Section 22 (including, without limitation, Section 22(b) below), Tenant shall not, directly or indirectly, voluntarily or by operation of law, assign this Lease or sublease the Premises or any part thereof or mortgage, pledge, or hypothecate its leasehold interest or grant any concession or license within the Premises, and any attempt to do any of the foregoing shall be void and of no effect. If Tenant is a corporation, partnership or limited liability company, the shares or other ownership interests thereof which are not actively traded upon a stock exchange or in the over-the-counter market, a transfer or series of transfers whereby 49% or more of the issued and outstanding shares or other ownership interests of such corporation are, or voting control is, transferred (but excepting transfers upon deaths of individual owners) from a person or persons or entity or entities which were owners thereof at time of execution of this Lease to persons or entities who were not owners of shares or other ownership interests of the corporation, partnership or limited liability company at time of execution of this Lease, shall be deemed an assignment of this Lease requiring the consent of Landlord as provided in this Section 22 . Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have the right to obtain financing from institutional investors (including, without limitation, venture capital funding, convertible debt, corporate partners or other private equity facilities) or undergo a public offering which results in a change in control of Tenant without such

 

  LOGO    Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory    6275 Nancy Ridge/Otonomy - Page 19

 

change of control constituting an assignment under this Section 22 requiring Landlord consent, provided that (i) Tenant notifies Landlord in writing of the financing at least 5 business days prior to the closing of the financing, and (ii) provided that in no event shall such financing result in a change in use of the Premises from the use contemplated by Tenant at the commencement of the Term.

(b) Permitted Transfers . If Tenant desires to assign, sublease, hypothecate or otherwise transfer this Lease or sublet the Premises other than pursuant to a Permitted Assignment (as defined below), then at least 10 business days, but not more than 45 business days, before the date Tenant desires the assignment or sublease to be effective (the “ Assignment Date ”), Tenant shall give Landlord a notice (the “ Assignment Notice ”) containing such information about the proposed assignee or sublessee, including the proposed use of the Premises and any Hazardous Materials proposed to be used, stored handled, treated, generated in or released or disposed of from the Premises, the Assignment Date, any relationship between Tenant and the proposed assignee or sublessee, and all material terms and conditions of the proposed assignment or sublease, including a copy of any proposed assignment or sublease in its final form, and such other information as Landlord may deem reasonably necessary or appropriate to its consideration whether to grant its consent. Landlord may, by giving written notice to Tenant within 10 business days after receipt of the Assignment Notice: (i) grant such consent, (ii) refuse such consent, in its sole and absolute discretion, if the proposed assignment, hypothecation or other transfer or subletting concerns more than (together with all other then effective subleases) 50% of the Premises, (iii) refuse such consent, in its reasonable discretion, if the proposed subletting concerns (together with all other then effective subleases) 50% or less of the Premises (provided that Landlord shall further have the right to review and approve or disapprove the proposed form of sublease prior to the effective date of any such subletting), or (iv) terminate this Lease with respect to the space described in the Assignment Notice as of the Assignment Date (an “ Assignment Termination ”). If Landlord delivers notice of its election to exercise an Assignment Termination, Tenant shall have the right to withdraw such Assignment Notice by written notice to Landlord of such election within 5 business days after Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s notice electing to exercise the Assignment Termination. If Tenant withdraws such Assignment Notice, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. If Tenant does not withdraw such Assignment Notice, this Lease, and the term and estate herein granted, shall terminate as of the Assignment Date with respect to the space described in such Assignment Notice. No failure of Landlord to exercise any such option to terminate this Lease, or to deliver a timely notice in response to the Assignment Notice, shall be deemed to be Landlord’s consent to the proposed assignment, sublease or other transfer. Tenant shall pay to Landlord a fee equal to One Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($1,500) in connection with its consideration of any Assignment Notice and/or its preparation or review of any consent documents. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord’s consent to an assignment of this Lease or a subletting of any portion of the Premises to any entity controlling, controlled by or under common control with Tenant (a “ Control Permitted Assignment ”) shall not be required, provided that Landlord shall have the right to approve the form of any such sublease or assignment. In addition, Tenant shall have the right to assign this Lease, upon 30 days prior written notice to Landlord but without obtaining Landlord’s prior written consent, to a corporation or other entity which is a successor-in-interest to Tenant, by way of merger, consolidation or corporate reorganization, or by the purchase of all or substantially all of the assets or the ownership interests of Tenant provided that (i) such merger or consolidation, or such acquisition or assumption, as the case may be, is for a good business purpose and not principally for the purpose of transferring the Lease, and (ii) the net worth (as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“ GAAP ”)) of the assignee is not less than the net worth (as determined in accordance with GAAP) of Tenant as of the Commencement Date, and (iii) such assignee shall agree in writing to assume all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease arising after the effective date of the assignment (a “ Corporate Permitted Assignment ”). Control Permitted Assignments and Corporate Permitted Assignments are hereinafter referred to as “ Permitted Assignments .”

(c) Additional Conditions . As a condition to any such assignment or subletting, whether or not Landlord’s consent is required, Landlord may require:

(i) that any assignee or subtenant agree, in writing at the time of such assignment or subletting, that if Landlord gives such party notice that Tenant is in default under this Lease,

 

  LOGO    Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory    6275 Nancy Ridge/Otonomy - Page 20

 

such party shall thereafter make all payments otherwise due Tenant directly to Landlord, which payments will be received by Landlord without any liability except to credit such payment against those due under the Lease, and any such third party shall agree to attorn to Landlord or its successors and assigns should this Lease be terminated for any reason; provided , however , in no event shall Landlord or its successors or assigns be obligated to accept such attornment; and

(ii) A list of Hazardous Materials, certified by the proposed assignee or sublessee to be true and correct, which the proposed assignee or sublessee intends to use, store, handle, treat, generate in or release or dispose of from the Premises, together with copies of all documents relating to such use, storage, handling, treatment, generation, release or disposal of Hazardous Materials by the proposed assignee or subtenant in the Premises or on the Project, prior to the proposed assignment or subletting, including, without limitation: permits; approvals; reports and correspondence; storage and management plans; plans relating to the installation of any storage tanks to be installed in or under the Project (provided, said installation of tanks shall only be permitted after Landlord has given its written consent to do so, which consent may be withheld in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion); and all closure plans or any other documents required by any and all federal, state and local Governmental Authorities for any storage tanks installed in, on or under the Project for the closure of any such tanks. Neither Tenant nor any such proposed assignee or subtenant is required, however, to provide Landlord with any portion(s) of the such documents containing information of a proprietary nature which, in and of themselves, do not contain a reference to any Hazardous Materials or hazardous activities.

(d) No Release of Tenant, Sharing of Excess Rents . Notwithstanding any assignment or subletting, Tenant shall at all times remain fully and primarily responsible and liable for the payment of Rent and for compliance with all of Tenant’s other obligations under this Lease. If the Rent due and payable by a sublessee or assignee (or a combination of the rental payable under such sublease or assignment plus any bonus or other consideration therefor or incident thereto in any form) exceeds the rental payable under this Lease, (excluding however, any Rent payable under this Section) (“ Excess Rent ”), then Tenant shall be bound and obligated to pay Landlord as Additional Rent hereunder 50% of such Excess Rent within 10 days following receipt thereof by Tenant. If Tenant shall sublet the Premises or any part thereof, Tenant hereby immediately and irrevocably assigns to Landlord, as security for Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, all rent from any such subletting, and Landlord as assignee and as attorney-in-fact for Tenant, or a receiver for Tenant appointed on Landlord’s application, may collect such rent and apply it toward Tenant’s obligations under this Lease; except that, so long as no Default has occurred, Tenant shall have the right to collect such rent.

(e) No Waiver . The consent by Landlord to an assignment or subletting shall not relieve Tenant or any assignees of this Lease or any sublessees of the Premises from obtaining the consent of Landlord to any further assignment or subletting nor shall it release Tenant or any assignee or sublessee of Tenant from full and primary liability under the Lease. The acceptance of Rent hereunder, or the acceptance of performance of any other term, covenant, or condition thereof, from any other person or entity shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any of the provisions of this Lease or a consent to any subletting, assignment or other transfer of the Premises.

(f) Prior Conduct of Proposed Transferee . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 22 . if (i) the proposed assignee or sublessee of Tenant has been required by any prior landlord, lender or Governmental Authority to take remedial action in connection with Hazardous Materials contaminating a property, where the contamination resulted from such party’s action or use of the property in question, (ii) the proposed assignee or sublessee is subject to an enforcement order issued by any Governmental Authority in connection with the use, storage, handling, treatment, generation, release or disposal of Hazardous Materials (including, without limitation, any order related to the failure to make a required reporting to any Governmental Authority), or (iii) because of the existence of a pre-existing environmental condition in the vicinity of or underlying the Project, the risk that Landlord would be targeted as a responsible party in connection with the remediation of such pre-existing environmental condition would be materially increased or exacerbated by the proposed use of Hazardous Materials by

 

  LOGO    Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory    6275 Nancy Ridge/Otonomy - Page 21

 

such proposed assignee or sublessee, Landlord shall have the absolute right to refuse to consent to any assignment or subletting to any such party.

23. Estoppel Certificate . Tenant shall, within 10 business days of written notice from Landlord, execute, acknowledge and deliver a statement in writing in any form reasonably requested by a proposed lender or purchaser, (i) certifying that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if modified, stating the nature of such modification and certifying that this Lease as so modified is in full force and effect) and the dates to which the rental and other charges are paid in advance, if any, (ii) acknowledging that there are not any uncured defaults on the part of Landlord hereunder, or specifying such defaults if any are claimed, and (iii) setting forth such further information with respect to the status of this Lease or the Premises as may be reasonably requested thereon. Any such statement may be relied upon by any prospective purchaser or encumbrancer of all or any portion of the real property of which the Premises are a part. Tenant’s failure to deliver such statement within 5 business days after Tenant’s receipt of a second notice from Landlord shall be conclusive upon Tenant that the Lease is in full force and effect and without modification except as may be represented by Landlord in any certificate prepared by Landlord and delivered to Tenant for execution.

24. Quiet Enjoyment . So long as Tenant is not in Default under this Lease, Tenant shall, subject to the terms of this Lease, at all times during the Term, have peaceful and quiet enjoyment of the Premises against any person claiming by, through or under Landlord.

25. Prorations . All prorations required or permitted to be made hereunder shall be made on the basis of a 360 day year and 30 day months.

26. Rules and Regulations . Tenant shall, at all times during the Term and any extension thereof, comply with all reasonable rules and regulations at any time or from time to time established by Landlord covering use of the Premises and the Project. The current rules and regulations are attached hereto as Exhibit E . If there is any conflict between said rules and regulations and other provisions of this Lease, the terms and provisions of this Lease shall control. Landlord shall not have any liability or obligation for the breach of any rules or regulations by other tenants in the Project and shall not enforce such rules and regulations in a discriminatory manner.

27. Subordination . This Lease and Tenant’s interest and rights hereunder are hereby made and shall be subject and subordinate at all times to the lien of any Mortgage now existing or hereafter created on or against the Project or the Premises, and all amendments, restatements, renewals, modifications, consolidations, refinancing, assignments and extensions thereof, without the necessity of any further instrument or act on the part of Tenant; provided , however that so long as there is no Default hereunder, Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises shall not be disturbed by the Holder of any such Mortgage. Tenant agrees, at the election of the Holder of any such Mortgage, to attorn to any such Holder. Tenant agrees upon demand to execute, acknowledge and deliver such instruments, confirming such subordination, and such instruments of attornment as shall be requested by any such Holder, provided any such instruments contain appropriate non-disturbance provisions assuring Tenant’s quiet enjoyment of the Premises as set forth in Section 24 hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any such Holder may at any time subordinate its Mortgage to this Lease, without Tenant’s consent, by notice in writing to Tenant, and thereupon this Lease shall be deemed prior to such Mortgage without regard to their respective dates of execution, delivery or recording and in that event such Holder shall have the same rights with respect to this Lease as though this Lease had been executed prior to the execution, delivery and recording of such Mortgage and had been assigned to such Holder. The term “ Mortgage ” whenever used in this Lease shall be deemed to include deeds of trust, security assignments and any other encumbrances, and any reference to the “ Holder ” of a Mortgage shall be deemed to include the beneficiary under a deed of trust.

28. Surrender . Upon the expiration of the Term or earlier termination of Tenant’s right of possession, Tenant shall surrender the Premises to Landlord in the same condition as received, subject to any Alterations or Installations permitted by Landlord to remain in the Premises, free of Hazardous

 

  LOGO    Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory    6275 Nancy Ridge/Otonomy - Page 22

 

Materials brought upon, kept, used, stored, handled, treated, generated in, or released or disposed of from, the Premises by any person other than a Landlord Party (collectively, “ Tenant HazMat Operations ”) and released of all Hazardous Materials Clearances, broom clean, ordinary wear and tear and casualty loss and condemnation covered by Sections 18 and 19 excepted. At least 3 months prior to the surrender of the Premises, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a narrative description of the actions proposed (or required by any Governmental Authority) to be taken by Tenant in order to surrender the Premises (including any Installations permitted by Landlord to remain in the Premises) at the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, free from any residual impact from the Tenant HazMat Operations and otherwise released for unrestricted use and occupancy (the “ Surrender Plan ”). Such Surrender Plan shall be accompanied by a current listing of (i) all Hazardous Materials licenses and permits held by or on behalf of any Tenant Party with respect to the Premises, and (ii) all Hazardous Materials used, stored, handled, treated, generated, released or disposed of from the Premises, and shall be subject to the review and approval of Landlord’s environmental consultant. In connection with the review and approval of the Surrender Plan, upon the request of Landlord, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord or its consultant such additional non-proprietary information concerning Tenant HazMat Operations as Landlord shall request. On or before such surrender, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord evidence that the approved Surrender Plan shall have been satisfactorily completed and Landlord shall have the right, subject to reimbursement at Tenant’s expense as set forth below, to cause Landlord’s environmental consultant to inspect the Premises and perform such additional procedures as may be deemed reasonably necessary to confirm that the Premises are, as of the effective date of such surrender or early termination of the Lease, free from any residual impact from Tenant HazMat Operations. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord, as Additional Rent, for the actual out-of pocket expense incurred by Landlord for Landlord’s environmental consultant to review and approve the Surrender Plan and to visit the Premises and verify satisfactory completion of the same, which cost shall not exceed $2,500. Landlord shall have the unrestricted right to deliver such Surrender Plan and any report by Landlord’s environmental consultant with respect to the surrender of the Premises to third parties.

If Tenant shall fail to prepare or submit a Surrender Plan approved by Landlord, or if Tenant shall fail to complete the approved Surrender Plan, or if such Surrender Plan, whether or not approved by Landlord, shall fail to adequately address any residual effect of Tenant HazMat Operations in, on or about the Premises, Landlord shall have the right to take such actions as Landlord may deem reasonable or appropriate to assure that the Premises and the Project are surrendered free from any residual impact from Tenant HazMat Operations, the cost of which actions shall be reimbursed by Tenant as Additional Rent, without regard to the limitation set forth in the first paragraph of this Section 28 .

Tenant shall immediately return to Landlord all keys and/or access cards to parking, the Project, restrooms or all or any portion of the Premises furnished to or otherwise procured by Tenant. If any such access card or key is lost, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, at Landlord’s election, either the cost of replacing such lost access card or key or the cost of reprogramming the access security system in which such access card was used or changing the lock or locks opened by such lost key. Any Tenant’s Property, Alterations and property not so removed by Tenant as permitted or required herein shall be deemed abandoned and may be stored, removed, and disposed of by Landlord at Tenant’s expense, and Tenant waives all claims against Landlord for any damages resulting from Landlord’s retention and/or disposition of such property. All obligations of Tenant hereunder not fully performed as of the termination of the Term, including the obligations of Tenant under Section 30 hereof, shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, including, without limitation, indemnity obligations, payment obligations with respect to Rent and obligations concerning the condition and repair of the Premises.

29. Waiver of Jury Trial . TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, TENANT AND LANDLORD WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OR TO HAVE A JURY PARTICIPATE IN RESOLVING ANY DISPUTE, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT, OR OTHERWISE, BETWEEN LANDLORD AND TENANT ARISING OUT OF THIS LEASE OR ANY OTHER INSTRUMENT, DOCUMENT, OR AGREEMENT EXECUTED OR DELIVERED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED HERETO.

 

  LOGO    Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory    6275 Nancy Ridge/Otonomy - Page 23

 

30. Environmental Requirements .

(a) Prohibition/Compliance/Indemnity . Tenant shall not cause or permit any Hazardous Materials (as hereinafter defined) to be brought upon, kept, used, stored, handled, treated, generated in or about, or released or disposed of from, the Premises or the Project in violation of applicable Environmental Requirements (as hereinafter defined) by Tenant or any Tenant Party. If Tenant breaches the obligation stated in the preceding sentence, or if the presence of Hazardous Materials in the Premises during the Term or any holding over results in contamination of the Premises, the Project or any adjacent property or if contamination of the Premises, the Project or any adjacent property by Hazardous Materials brought into, kept, used, stored, handled, treated, generated in or about, or released or disposed of from, the Premises by anyone other than Landlord and Landlord’s employees, agents and contractors otherwise occurs during the Term or any holding over, Tenant hereby indemnifies and shall defend and hold Landlord, its officers, directors, employees, agents and contractors harmless from any and all actions (including, without limitation, remedial or enforcement actions of any kind, administrative or judicial proceedings, and orders or judgments arising out of or resulting therefrom), costs, claims, damages (including, without limitation, punitive damages and damages based upon diminution in value of the Premises or the Project, or the loss of, or restriction on, use of the Premises or any portion of the Project), expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’, consultants’ and experts’ fees, court costs and amounts paid in settlement of any claims or actions), fines, forfeitures or other civil, administrative or criminal penalties, injunctive or other relief (whether or not based upon personal injury, property damage, or contamination of, or adverse effects upon, the environment, water tables or natural resources), liabilities or losses (collectively, “ Environmental Claims ”) which arise during or after the Term as a result of such contamination. This indemnification of Landlord by Tenant includes, without limitation, costs incurred in connection with any investigation of site conditions or any cleanup, treatment, remedial, removal, or restoration work required by any federal, state or local Governmental Authority because of Hazardous Materials present in the air, soil or ground water above, on, or under the Premises. Without limiting the foregoing, if the presence of any Hazardous Materials on the Premises, the Building, the Project or any adjacent property caused or permitted by Tenant or any Tenant Party results in any contamination of the Premises, the Building, the Project or any adjacent property, Tenant shall promptly take all actions at its sole expense and in accordance with applicable Environmental Requirements as are necessary to return the Premises, the Building, the Project or any adjacent property to the condition existing prior to the time of such contamination, provided that Landlord’s approval of such action shall first be obtained, which approval shall not unreasonably be withheld so long as such actions would not potentially have any material adverse long-term or short-term effect on the Premises, the Building or the Project. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 30 , Tenant shall not be responsible for, and the indemnification and hold harmless obligation set forth in this paragraph shall not apply to contamination in the Premises which Tenant can prove to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction existed in the Premises immediately prior to the Commencement Date, except to the extent Tenant and/or the Tenant Parties have exacerbated or contributed to such contamination.

(b) Business . Landlord acknowledges that it is not the intent of this Section 30 to prohibit Tenant from using the Premises for the Permitted Use. Tenant may operate its business according to prudent industry practices so long as the use or presence of Hazardous Materials is strictly and properly monitored according to all then applicable Environmental Requirements. As a material inducement to Landlord to allow Tenant to use Hazardous Materials in connection with its business, Tenant agrees to deliver to Landlord prior to the Commencement Date a list identifying each type of Hazardous Materials to be brought upon, kept, used, stored, handled, treated, generated on, or released or disposed of from, the Premises and setting forth any and all governmental approvals or permits required in connection with the presence, use, storage, handling, treatment, generation, release or disposal of such Hazardous Materials on or from the Premises (“ Hazardous Materials List ”). Tenant shall deliver to Landlord an updated list at any additional time that Tenant is required to deliver a Hazardous Materials List to any Governmental Authority (e.g., the fire department) in connection with its use or occupancy of the Premises. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord true and correct copies of the following documents (the “ Haz Mat Documents ”) relating to the use, storage, handling, treatment, generation, release or disposal of Hazardous Materials prior to the Commencement Date, or if unavailable at that time, concurrent with the receipt from or submission to a Governmental Authority: permits; approvals; reports and correspondence; storage and

 

  LOGO    Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory    6275 Nancy Ridge/Otonomy - Page 24

 

management plans, notice of violations of any Legal Requirements; plans relating to the installation of any storage tanks to be installed in or under the Project (provided, said installation of tanks shall only be permitted after Landlord has given Tenant its written consent to do so, which consent may be withheld in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion); all closure plans or any other documents required by any and all federal, state and local Governmental Authorities for any storage tanks installed in, on or under the Project for the closure of any such tanks; and a Surrender Plan (to the extent surrender in accordance with Section 28 cannot be accomplished in 3 months). Tenant is not required, however, to provide Landlord with any portion(s) of the Haz Mat Documents containing information of a proprietary nature which, in and of themselves, do not contain a reference to any Hazardous Materials or hazardous activities. It is not the intent of this Section to provide Landlord with information which could be detrimental to Tenant’s business should such information become possessed by Tenant’s competitors.

(c) Tenant Representation and Warranty . Tenant hereby represents and warrants to Landlord that (i) neither Tenant nor any of its legal predecessors has been required by any prior landlord, lender or Governmental Authority at any time to take remedial action in connection with Hazardous Materials contaminating a property which contamination was permitted by Tenant of such predecessor or resulted from Tenant’s or such predecessor’s action or use of the property in question, and (ii) Tenant is not subject to any enforcement order issued by any Governmental Authority in connection with the use, storage, handling, treatment, generation, release or disposal of Hazardous Materials (including, without limitation, any order related to the failure to make a required reporting to any Governmental Authority). If Landlord determines that this representation and warranty was not true as of the date of this lease, Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion.

(d) Testing . Landlord shall have the right to conduct reasonable annual tests of the Premises to determine whether any contamination of the Premises or the Project has occurred as a result of Tenant’s use. Tenant shall be required to pay the cost of such annual test of the Premises; provided, however, that if Tenant conducts its own tests of the Premises using third party contractors and test procedures reasonably acceptable to Landlord which tests are certified to Landlord, Landlord shall accept such tests in lieu of the annual tests to be paid for by Tenant. In addition, at any time, and from time to time, prior to the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, Landlord shall have the right to conduct appropriate tests of the Premises and the Project to determine if contamination has occurred as a result of Tenant’s use of the Premises. In connection with such testing, upon the request of Landlord, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord or its consultant such non-proprietary information concerning the use of Hazardous Materials in or about the Premises by Tenant or any Tenant Party. If contamination has occurred for which Tenant is liable under this Section 30 , Tenant shall pay all costs to conduct such tests. If no such contamination is found, Landlord shall pay the costs of such tests (which shall not constitute an Operating Expense). Landlord shall provide Tenant with a copy of all third party, non-confidential reports and tests of the Premises made by or on behalf of Landlord during the Term without representation or warranty and subject to a confidentiality agreement. Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, promptly and satisfactorily remediate any environmental conditions identified by such testing in accordance with all Environmental Requirements. Landlord’s receipt of or satisfaction with any environmental assessment in no way waives any rights which Landlord may have against Tenant.

(e) Control Areas . Tenant shall be allowed to utilize up to its pro rata share of the Hazardous Materials inventory within any control area or zone (located within the Premises), as designated by the applicable building code, for chemical use or storage. As used in the preceding sentence, Tenant’s pro rata share of any control areas or zones located within the Premises shall be determined based on the rentable square footage that Tenant leases within the applicable control area or zone. For purposes of example only, if a control area or zone contains 10,000 rentable square feet and 2,000 rentable square feet of a tenant’s premises are located within such control area or zone (while such premises as a whole contains 5,000 rentable square feet), the applicable tenant’s pro rata share of such control area would be 20%.

(f) Underground Tanks . If underground or other storage tanks storing Hazardous Materials located on the Premises or the Project are used by Tenant or are hereafter placed on the Premises or the Project by Tenant, Tenant shall install, use, monitor, operate, maintain, upgrade and manage such

 

  LOGO    Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory    6275 Nancy Ridge/Otonomy - Page 25

 

storage tanks, maintain appropriate records, obtain and maintain appropriate insurance, implement reporting procedures, properly close any underground storage tanks, and take or cause to be taken all other actions necessary or required under applicable state and federal Legal Requirements, as such now exists or may hereafter be adopted or amended in connection with the installation, use, maintenance, management, operation, upgrading and closure of such storage tanks.

(g) Tenant’s Obligations . Tenant’s obligations under this Section 30 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease. During any period of time after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease required by Tenant or Landlord to complete the removal from the Premises of any Hazardous Materials (including, without limitation, the release and termination of any licenses or permits restricting the use of the Premises and the completion of the approved Surrender Plan), Tenant shall continue to pay the full Rent in accordance with this Lease for any portion of the Premises not relet by Landlord in Landlord’s sole discretion, which Rent shall be prorated daily.

(h) Definitions . As used herein, the term “ Environmental Requirements ” means all applicable present and future statutes, regulations, ordinances, rules, codes, judgments, orders or other similar enactments of any Governmental Authority regulating or relating to health, safety, or environmental conditions on, under, or about the Premises or the Project, or the environment, including without limitation, the following: the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act; the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act; and all state and local counterparts thereto, and any regulations or policies promulgated or issued thereunder. As used herein, the term “ Hazardous Materials ” means and includes any substance, material, waste, pollutant, or contaminant listed or defined as hazardous or toxic, or regulated by reason of its impact or potential impact on humans, animals and/or the environment under any Environmental Requirements, asbestos and petroleum, including crude oil or any fraction thereof, natural gas liquids, liquefied natural gas, or synthetic gas usable for fuel (or mixtures of natural gas and such synthetic gas). As defined in Environmental Requirements, Tenant is and shall be deemed to be the “ operator ” of Tenant’s “ facility ” and the “ owner ” of all Hazardous Materials brought on the Premises by Tenant or any Tenant Party, and the wastes, by-products, or residues generated, resulting, or produced therefrom.

31. Tenant’s Remedies/Limitation of Liability . Landlord shall not be in default hereunder unless Landlord fails to perform any of its obligations hereunder within 30 days after written notice from Tenant specifying such failure (unless such performance will, due to the nature of the obligation, require a period of time in excess of 30 days, then after such period of time as is reasonably necessary). Upon any default by Landlord, Tenant shall give notice by registered or certified mail to any Holder of a Mortgage covering the Premises and to any landlord of any lease of property in or on which the Premises are located and Tenant shall offer such Holder and/or landlord a reasonable opportunity to cure the default, including time to obtain possession of the Project by power of sale or a judicial action if such should prove necessary to effect a cure; provided Landlord shall have furnished to Tenant in writing the names and addresses of all such persons who are to receive such notices. All obligations of Landlord hereunder shall be construed as covenants, not conditions; and, except as may be otherwise expressly provided in this Lease, Tenant may not terminate this Lease for breach of Landlord’s obligations hereunder.

All obligations of Landlord under this Lease will be binding upon Landlord only during the period of its ownership of the Premises and not thereafter (except for Landlord’s obligations with respect to the transfer of the Security Deposit following a transfer of Landlord’s interest in the Project pursuant to Section 6 or obligations that arose during Landlord’s period of ownership). The term “ Landlord ” in this Lease shall mean only the owner for the time being of the Premises. Upon the transfer by such owner of its interest in the Premises, such owner shall thereupon be released and discharged from all obligations of Landlord thereafter accruing, but such obligations shall be binding during the Term upon each new owner for the duration of such owner’s ownership.

32. Inspection and Access . Landlord and its agents, representatives, and contractors may enter the Premises at any reasonable time to inspect the Premises and to make such repairs as may be required or permitted pursuant to this Lease and for any other business purpose. Landlord and

 

  LOGO    Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory    6275 Nancy Ridge/Otonomy - Page 26

 

Landlord’s representatives may enter the Premises during business hours on not less than 48 hours advance written notice (except in the case of emergencies in which case no such notice shall be required and such entry may be at any time) for the purpose of effecting any such repairs, inspecting the Premises, showing the Premises to prospective purchasers and, during the last year of the Term, to prospective tenants or for any other business purpose. Landlord may erect a suitable sign on the Premises stating the Premises are available to let or that the Project is available for sale. Landlord may grant easements, make public dedications, designate Common Areas and create restrictions on or about the Premises, provided that no such easement, dedication, designation or restriction materially, adversely affects Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises for the Permitted Use. At Landlord’s request, Tenant shall execute such instruments as may be necessary for such easements, dedications or restrictions. Tenant shall at all times, except in the case of emergencies, have the right to escort Landlord or its agents, representatives, contractors or guests while the same are in the Premises, provided such escort does not materially and adversely affect Landlord’s access rights hereunder.

33. Security . Tenant acknowledges and agrees that security devices and services, if any, while intended to deter crime may not in given instances prevent theft or other criminal acts and that Landlord is not providing any security services with respect to the Premises. Tenant agrees that Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for, and Tenant waives any claim against Landlord with respect to, any loss by theft or any other damage suffered or incurred by Tenant in connection with any unauthorized entry into the Premises or any other breach of security with respect to the Premises. Tenant shall be solely responsible for the personal safety of Tenant’s officers, employees, agents, contractors, guests and invitees while any such person is in, on or about the Premises and/or the Project. Tenant shall at Tenant’s cost obtain insurance coverage to the extent Tenant desires protection against such criminal acts.

34. Force Majeure . Landlord shall not be responsible or liable for delays in the performance of its obligations hereunder when caused by, related to, or arising out of acts of God, sinkholes or subsidence, strikes, lockouts, or other labor disputes, embargoes, quarantines, weather, national, regional, or local disasters, calamities, or catastrophes, inability to obtain labor or materials (or reasonable substitutes therefor) at reasonable costs or failure of, or inability to obtain, utilities necessary for performance, governmental restrictions, orders, limitations, regulations, or controls, national emergencies, delay in issuance or revocation of permits, enemy or hostile governmental action, terrorism, insurrection, riots, civil disturbance or commotion, fire or other casualty, and other causes or events beyond the reasonable control of Landlord (“ Force Majeure ”).

35. Brokers . Landlord and Tenant each represents and warrants that it has not dealt with any broker, agent or other person (collectively, “ Broker ”) in connection with this transaction and that no Broker brought about this transaction, other than Jones Lang LaSalle. Landlord and Tenant each hereby agree to indemnify and hold the other harmless from and against any claims by any Broker, other than the broker, if any named in this Section 35 , claiming a commission or other form of compensation by virtue of having dealt with Tenant or Landlord, as applicable, with regard to this leasing transaction.

36. Limitation on Landlord’s Liability . NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING SET FORTH HEREIN OR IN ANY OTHER AGREEMENT BETWEEN LANDLORD AND TENANT TO THE CONTRARY: (A) LANDLORD SHALL NOT BE LIABLE TO TENANT OR ANY OTHER PERSON FOR (AND TENANT AND EACH SUCH OTHER PERSON ASSUME ALL RISK OF) LOSS, DAMAGE OR INJURY, WHETHER ACTUAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL TO: TENANT’S PERSONAL PROPERTY OF EVERY KIND AND DESCRIPTION, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION TRADE FIXTURES, EQUIPMENT, INVENTORY, SCIENTIFIC RESEARCH, SCIENTIFIC EXPERIMENTS, LABORATORY ANIMALS, PRODUCT, SPECIMENS, SAMPLES, AND/OR SCIENTIFIC, BUSINESS, ACCOUNTING AND OTHER RECORDS OF EVERY KIND AND DESCRIPTION KEPT AT THE PREMISES AND ANY AND ALL INCOME DERIVED OR DERIVABLE THEREFROM; (B) THERE SHALL BE NO PERSONAL RECOURSE TO LANDLORD FOR ANY ACT OR OCCURRENCE IN, ON OR ABOUT THE PREMISES OR ARISING IN ANY WAY UNDER THIS LEASE OR ANY OTHER AGREEMENT BETWEEN LANDLORD AND TENANT WITH RESPECT TO THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF AND ANY LIABILITY OF LANDLORD HEREUNDER SHALL BE STRICTLY LIMITED SOLELY TO LANDLORD’S

 

  LOGO    Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory    6275 Nancy Ridge/Otonomy - Page 27

 

INTEREST IN THE PROJECT OR ANY PROCEEDS FROM SALE OR CONDEMNATION THEREOF AND ANY INSURANCE PROCEEDS PAYABLE IN RESPECT OF LANDLORD’S INTEREST IN THE PROJECT OR IN CONNECTION WITH ANY SUCH LOSS; AND (C) IN NO EVENT SHALL ANY PERSONAL LIABILITY BE ASSERTED AGAINST LANDLORD IN CONNECTION WITH THIS LEASE NOR SHALL ANY RECOURSE BE HAD TO ANY OTHER PROPERTY OR ASSETS OF LANDLORD OR ANY OF LANDLORD’S OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS OR CONTRACTORS. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL LANDLORD OR ANY OF LANDLORD’S OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS OR CONTRACTORS BE LIABLE FOR INJURY TO TENANT’S BUSINESS OR FOR ANY LOSS OF INCOME OR PROFIT THEREFROM.

37. Severability . If any clause or provision of this Lease is illegal, invalid or unenforceable under present or future laws, then and in that event, it is the intention of the parties hereto that the remainder of this Lease shall not be affected thereby. It is also the intention of the parties to this Lease that in lieu of each clause or provision of this Lease that is illegal, invalid or unenforceable, there be added, as a part of this Lease, a clause or provision as similar in effect to such illegal, invalid or unenforceable clause or provision as shall be legal, valid and enforceable.

38. Signs; Exterior Appearance . Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord, which may be granted or withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion: (i) attach any awnings, exterior lights, decorations, balloons, flags, pennants, banners, painting or other projection to any outside wall of the Project, (ii) use any curtains, blinds, shades or screens other than Landlord’s standard window coverings, (iii) coat or otherwise sunscreen the interior or exterior of any windows, (iv) place any bottles, parcels, or other articles on the window sills, (v) place any equipment, furniture or other items of personal property on any exterior balcony, or (vi) paint, affix or exhibit on any part of the Premises or the Project any signs, notices, window or door lettering, placards, decorations, or advertising media of any type which can be viewed from the exterior of the Premises. Interior signs on doors and the directory tablet shall be inscribed, painted or affixed for Tenant by Landlord at the sole cost and expense of Tenant, and shall be of a size, color and type acceptable to Landlord. Nothing may be placed on the exterior of corridor walls or corridor doors other than Landlord’s standard lettering. The directory tablet shall be provided exclusively for the display of the name and location of tenants.

Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right to display, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, signage bearing Tenant’s name on the building top directly above the Premises, in the location shown on Exhibit G (“ Building Sign ”). Tenant shall also have the non-exclusive right to display, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, signage bearing Tenant’s name on the monument sign at the Project (“ Monument Sign ”). Tenant further acknowledges and agrees that Tenant’s signage on the Monument Sign and the Building Sign including, without limitation, the location, size, color and type, shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld and shall be consistent with Landlord’s signage program at the Project and applicable Legal Requirements and in no event shall Tenant be entitled to more than Tenant’s pro rata share of any such signage. Tenant shall be responsible, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, for the maintenance of Tenant’s signage on the Monument Sign and the Building Sign, for the removal of Tenant’s signage from the Monument Sign and the Building Sign at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease and for the repair all damage resulting from such removal.

39. Right to Expand .

(a) Right of First Refusal . Subject to the provisions of this Section 39 , the first time after the date of this Lease and prior to the expiration of the Base Term that Landlord intends to accept a written proposal (the “ Pending Deal ”) to lease all or any portion the First Refusal Space (as hereinafter defined) to a third party, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant written notice (the “ Pending Deal Notice ”) of the existence of such Pending Deal; provided, however, Tenant shall have no right to receive a Pending Deal Notice and the provisions of this Section 39(a) shall not apply during any period following the Commencement Date that Tenant is not then leasing and occupying 100% of the Premises. For purposes of this Section 39(a) , “ First Refusal Space ” shall mean that certain approximately 15,879 rentable square feet contiguous to the Premises as more particularly shown on Exhibit A , which is not

 

  LOGO    Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory    6275 Nancy Ridge/Otonomy - Page 28

 

occupied by a tenant or which is occupied by a then existing tenant whose lease is expiring within 9 months or less and such tenant does not wish to renew (whether or not such tenant has a right to renew) its occupancy of such space and shall also include any other space being leased by the third party as part of the Pending Deal. For the avoidance of doubt, Tenant shall be entitled to exercise its right under this Section 39(a) only with respect to the entire First Refusal Space described in such Pending Deal Notice. Within 5 days after Tenant’s receipt of the Pending Deal Notice, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord written notice (the “ Space Acceptance Notice ”) if Tenant elects to lease the First Refusal Space. Tenant’s right to receive the Pending Deal Notice and election to lease or not lease the First Refusal Space pursuant to this Section 39(a) is hereinafter referred to as the “ Right of First Refusal .” If Tenant elects to lease the First Refusal Space described in the Pending Deal Notice by delivering the Space Acceptance Notice within the required 5 day period, Tenant shall be deemed to agree to lease the First Refusal Space on the same general terms and conditions as this Lease except that the terms of this Lease shall be modified to reflect the terms of the Pending Deal Notice for the rental of the First Refusal Space. Tenant acknowledges that the term of the Lease with respect to the First Refusal Space and the Term of the Lease with respect to the original Premises may not be co-terminous. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in no event shall the Work Letter apply to the First Refusal Space. If Tenant fails to deliver a Space Acceptance Notice to Landlord within the required 5 day period, Tenant shall be deemed to have waived its rights under this Section 39(a) to lease the First Refusal Space, and Landlord shall have the right to lease the First Refusal Space to any third party on any terms and conditions acceptable to Landlord.

(b) Amended Lease . If: (i) Tenant fails to timely deliver a Space Acceptance Notice, or (ii) after the expiration of a period of 10 business days after Landlord’s delivery to Tenant of a lease amendment or lease agreement for Tenant’s lease of the First Refusal Space, no lease amendment or lease agreement for the First Refusal Space, acceptable to both parties each in their sole and absolute discretion, has been executed, Tenant shall, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, be deemed to have forever waived its right to lease such First Refusal Space.

(c) Exceptions . Notwithstanding the above, the Right of First Refusal shall, at Landlord’s option, not be in effect and may not be exercised by Tenant:

(i) during any period of time that Tenant is in Default under any provision of the Lease; or

(ii) if Tenant has been in Default under any provision of the Lease 3 or more times, whether or not the Defaults are cured, during the 12 month period prior to the date on which Tenant seeks to exercise the Right of First Refusal.

(d) Termination . The Right of First Refusal shall, at Landlord’s option, terminate and be of no further force or effect even after Tenant’s due and timely exercise of the Right of First Refusal, if, after such exercise, but prior to the commencement date of the lease of such First Refusal Space, (i) Tenant fails to timely cure any default by Tenant under the Lease; or (ii) Tenant has Defaulted 3 or more times during the period from the date of the exercise of the Right of First Refusal to the date of the commencement of the lease of the First Refusal Space, whether or not such Defaults are cured.

(e) Rights Personal . The Right of First Refusal is personal to Tenant and is not assignable without Landlord’s consent, which may be granted or withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion separate and apart from any consent by Landlord to an assignment of Tenant’s interest in the Lease, except that they may be assigned in connection with any Permitted Assignment of this Lease.

(f) No Extensions . The period of time within which the Right of First Refusal may be exercised shall not be extended or enlarged by reason of Tenant’s inability to exercise the Right of First Refusal.

 

  LOGO    Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory    6275 Nancy Ridge/Otonomy - Page 29

 

40. Right to Extend Term . Tenant shall have the right to extend the Term of the Lease upon the following terms and conditions:

(a) Extension Rights . Tenant shall have 1 right (an “ Extension Right ”) to extend the term of this Lease for 5 years (an “ Extension Term ”) on the same terms and conditions as this Lease (other than with respect to Base Rent and the Work Letter) by giving Landlord written notice of its election to exercise such Extension Right at least 9 months prior to the expiration of the Base Term of the Lease.

Upon the commencement of the Extension Term, Base Rent shall be payable at the Market Rate (as defined below). Base Rent shall thereafter be adjusted on each annual anniversary of the commencement of such Extension Term by the Rent Adjustment Percentage. As used herein, “ Market Rate ” shall mean the then market rental rate as determined by Landlord and agreed to by Tenant, which shall in no event be less than the Base Rent payable as of the date immediately preceding the commencement of such Extension Term increased by the Rent Adjustment Percentage multiplied by such Base Rent.

If, on or before the date which is 180 days prior to the expiration of the Base Term of this Lease, Tenant has not agreed with Landlord’s determination of the Market Rate and the rent escalations during the Extension Term after negotiating in good faith, Tenant shall be deemed to have elected arbitration as described in Section 40(b) . Tenant acknowledges and agrees that, if Tenant has elected to exercise the Extension Right by delivering notice to Landlord as required in this Section 40(a) , Tenant shall have no right thereafter to rescind or elect not to extend the term of the Lease for the Extension Term.

(b) Arbitration .

(i) Within 10 days of Tenant’s notice to Landlord of its election (or deemed election) to arbitrate Market Rate, each party shall deliver to the other a proposal containing the Market Rate that the submitting party believes to be correct (“ Extension Proposal ”). If either party fails to timely submit an Extension Proposal, the other party’s submitted proposal shall determine the Base Rent for the Extension Term. If both parties submit Extension Proposals, then Landlord and Tenant shall meet within 7 days after delivery of the last Extension Proposal and make a good faith attempt to mutually appoint a single Arbitrator (and defined below) to determine the Market Rate. If Landlord and Tenant are unable to agree upon a single Arbitrator, then each shall, by written notice delivered to the other within 10 days after the meeting, select an Arbitrator. If either party fails to timely give notice of its selection for an Arbitrator, the other party’s submitted proposal shall determine the Base Rent for the Extension Term. The 2 Arbitrators so appointed shall, within 5 business days after their appointment, appoint a third Arbitrator. If the 2 Arbitrators so selected cannot agree on the selection of the third Arbitrator within the time above specified, then either party, on behalf of both parties, may request such appointment of such third Arbitrator by application to any state court of general jurisdiction in the jurisdiction in which the Premises are located, upon 10 days prior written notice to the other party of such intent.

(ii) The decision of the Arbitrator(s) shall be made within 30 days after the appointment of a single Arbitrator or the third Arbitrator, as applicable. The decision of the single Arbitrator shall be final and binding upon the parties. The average of the two closest Arbitrators in a three Arbitrator panel shall be final and binding upon the parties. Each party shall pay the fees and expenses of the Arbitrator appointed by or on behalf of such party and the fees and expenses of the third Arbitrator shall be borne equally by both parties. If the Market Rate is not determined by the first day of the Extension Term, then Tenant shall pay Landlord Base Rent in an amount equal to the Base Rent in effect immediately prior to the Extension Term and increased by the Rent Adjustment Percentage until such determination is made. After the determination of the Market Rate, the parties shall make any necessary adjustments to such payments made by Tenant. Landlord and Tenant shall then execute an amendment recognizing the Market Rate for the first year of the Extension Term.

 

  LOGO    Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory    6275 Nancy Ridge/Otonomy - Page 30

 

(iii) An “ Arbitrator ” shall be any person appointed by or on behalf of either party or appointed pursuant to the provisions hereof and: (i) shall be (A) a member of the American Institute of Real Estate Appraisers with not less than 10 years of experience in the appraisal of improved office and high tech industrial real estate in the greater San Diego metropolitan area, or (B) a licensed commercial real estate broker with not less than 15 years experience representing landlords and/or tenants in the leasing of high tech or life sciences space in the greater San Diego metropolitan area, (ii) devoting substantially all of their time to professional appraisal or brokerage work, as applicable, at the time of appointment and (iii) be in all respects impartial and disinterested.

(c) Rights Personal . The Extension Right is personal to Tenant and is not assignable without Landlord’s consent, which may be granted or withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion separate and apart from any consent by Landlord to an assignment of Tenant’s interest in the Lease, except that they may be assigned in connection with any Permitted Assignment of this Lease.

(d) Exceptions . Notwithstanding anything set forth above to the contrary, the Extension Right shall, at Landlord’s option, not be in effect and Tenant may not exercise the Extension Right:

(i) during any period of time that Tenant is in Default under any provision of this Lease; or

(ii) if Tenant has been in Default under any provision of this Lease 3 or more times, whether or not the Defaults are cured, during the 12 month period immediately prior to the date that Tenant intends to exercise the Extension Right, whether or not the Defaults are cured.

(e) No Extensions . The period of time within which the Extension Right may be exercised shall not be extended or enlarged by reason of Tenant’s inability to exercise the Extension Right.

(f) Termination . The Extension Right shall, at Landlord’s option, terminate and be of no further force or effect even after Tenant’s due and timely exercise of the Extension Right, if, after such exercise, but prior to the commencement date of the Extension Term, (i) Tenant fails to timely cure any default by Tenant under this Lease; or (ii) Tenant has Defaulted 3 or more times during the period from the date of the exercise of the Extension Right to the date of the commencement of the Extension Term, whether or not such Defaults are cured.

41. Early Termination Right . Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease ( Termination Right ”) as of expiration of the 36th month after the Commencement Date (“ Early Termination Date ”), so long as Tenant delivers to Landlord (i) a written notice (“ Termination Notice ”), of its election to exercise its Termination Right no less than 9 months in advance of the Early Termination Date, and (ii) concurrent with Tenant’s delivery to Landlord of the Termination Notice delivers, an early termination payment in the amount of $310,000 (“ Early Termination Payment ”). If Tenant timely and properly exercises the Termination Right, Tenant shall vacate the Premises and deliver possession thereof to Landlord in the condition required by the terms of this Lease on or before the Early Termination Date and Tenant shall have no further obligations under this Lease with respect to the Premises except for those accruing prior to the Early Termination Date and those which, pursuant to the terms of the Lease, survive the expiration or early termination of this Lease with respect to the Premises. In the event that (i) Tenant does not deliver to Landlord the Termination Notice and the Early Termination Payment within the time period provided in this paragraph, or (ii) Tenant exercises its Right of First Refusal pursuant to Section 39 , Tenant shall be deemed to have waived its Termination Right.

42. Landlord’s Right to Relocate Tenant . Landlord shall have the right to relocate Tenant, upon 180 days’ prior written notice, from all or part of the Premises to another area in the Project designated by Landlord (the “ Relocation Premises ”), provided that: (a) the size of the Relocation Premises is at least equal to the size of the Premises; and, (b) Landlord pays the reasonable costs of moving Tenant and improving the Relocation Premises to a substantially similar standard as that of the

 

  LOGO    Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory    6275 Nancy Ridge/Otonomy - Page 31

 

Premises, and reimburses Tenant for all reasonable costs directly incurred by Tenant as a result of relocation, including without limitation all costs incurred by Tenant replacing Tenant’s letterhead, promotional materials, business cards and similar items. Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord in all reasonable ways to facilitate relocation. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant shall not be required to relocate into the Relocation Space until any work being performed by Landlord in the Relocation Premises to render the Relocation Premises to a substantially similar standard as that of the Premises, if any, has been substantially completed.

43. LEED Certification . Tenant agrees to cooperate with Landlord and to comply with measures implemented by Landlord with respect to the Building and/or the Project in connection with Landlord’s efforts to obtain a Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED) certificate for the base, shell and core of the Building. Any reasonable measure implemented in accordance with the foregoing will be at minimal or no cost to Tenant. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this paragraph, Landlord shall not be precluded from undertaking any retrofits, repairs or replacements (including, without limitation, capital repairs and replacements) to the Premises, the Building or the Project as part of Operating Expenses in the ordinary course of maintenance or repairs (including, without limitation, capital repairs and replacements) to the Premises, the Building, or the Project which retrofits, repairs or replacements include LEED components or satisfy LEED rating systems or any similar standard in connection with the performance by Landlord of its obligations under this Lease.

44. Alternative Premises . Commencing on the date that is 12 months prior to the earlier of (i) if Tenant has exercised its Termination Right pursuant to Section 41 , the Early Termination Date, or (ii) the expiration date of this Lease (either, the “ Alternative Premises Commencement Date ”), through the earlier of (i) if Tenant has exercised its Termination Right pursuant to Section 41 , the date that is 6 months prior to the Early Termination Date, or (ii) the date that is 6 months prior to the expiration date of the Lease (either, the “ Alternative Premises Expiration Date ”), Landlord shall have the opportunity, if it so elects and without any obligation to do so, to offer one or more alternative premises for lease to Tenant which reasonably satisfies the premises being sought by Tenant following the expiration or earlier termination of the Term of this Lease (“ Alternative Premises ”). Such Alternative Premises shall be offered, if at all, to Tenant at market terms and may be located at the Project or, if Landlord so elects, at another property in the San Diego area owned or controlled by an entity controlled by, under common control with, or controlling Landlord including, without limitation, any of the constituent members of Landlord or Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. (any such entity, an “ Affiliate ”). Alternatively, Landlord and/or any Affiliate, as the case may be, shall have the right, if it so elects and without any obligation to do so, to acquire a new project or redevelop any existing project it then owns to provide the Alternative Premises. Such new lease shall, if entered into, otherwise be upon terms and conditions acceptable to Landlord or Affiliate, as the case may be, and Tenant in their respective good faith sole discretion. As of the Alternative Premises Commencement Date, Tenant shall be required to negotiate in good faith with Landlord (or its Affiliate) with respect to any Alternative Premises offered by Landlord (or its Affiliate) through the Alternative Premises Expiration Date. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 44 , Tenant shall not enter into any lease agreement with any third party for space in the San Diego area any time prior to the Alternative Premises Expiration Date. The provisions of this Section 44 shall only apply so long as ARE-SD Region No. 25, LLC, or an Affiliate is the owner of the Project.

45. Miscellaneous .

(a) Notices . All notices or other communications between the parties shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly given upon delivery or refusal to accept delivery by the addressee thereof if delivered in person, or upon actual receipt if delivered by reputable overnight guaranty courier, addressed and sent to the parties at their addresses set forth above. Landlord and Tenant may from time to time by written notice to the other designate another address for receipt of future notices.

(b) Joint and Several Liability . If and when included within the term “ Tenant ,” as used in this instrument, there is more than one person or entity, each shall be jointly and severally liable for the obligations of Tenant.

 

  LOGO    Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory    6275 Nancy Ridge/Otonomy - Page 32

 

(c) Financial Information . Tenant shall furnish Landlord with true and complete copies of Tenant’s most recent audited annual financial statements within 90 after the issuance of such audited financial statements, but in no event later than 180 days after the end of each of Tenant’s fiscal years during the Term. In addition, Tenant’s Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer shall, at Landlord’s request not more frequently than twice each year, meet with Landlord at Tenant’s offices and make available for review during such meetings additional information regarding Tenant’s financial condition and business progress. If Landlord is considering a sale of the Project or obtaining financing secured by the Project, Landlord shall have right to be accompanied at such meetings by representatives of the prospective purchaser or lender.

(d) Recordation . Neither this Lease nor a memorandum of lease shall be filed by or on behalf of Tenant in any public record. Landlord may prepare and file, and upon request by Landlord Tenant will execute, a memorandum of lease.

(e) Interpretation . The normal rule of construction to the effect that any ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting party shall not be employed in the interpretation of this Lease or any exhibits or amendments hereto. Words of any gender used in this Lease shall be held and construed to include any other gender, and words in the singular number shall be held to include the plural, unless the context otherwise requires. The captions inserted in this Lease are for convenience only and in no way define, limit or otherwise describe the scope or intent of this Lease, or any provision hereof, or in any way affect the interpretation of this Lease.

(f) Not Binding Until Executed . The submission by Landlord to Tenant of this Lease shall have no binding force or effect, shall not constitute an option for the leasing of the Premises, nor confer any right or impose any obligations upon either party until execution of this Lease by both parties.

(g) Limitations on Interest . It is expressly the intent of Landlord and Tenant at all times to comply with applicable law governing the maximum rate or amount of any interest payable on or in connection with this Lease. If applicable law is ever judicially interpreted so as to render usurious any interest called for under this Lease, or contracted for, charged, taken, reserved, or received with respect to this Lease, then it is Landlord’s and Tenant’s express intent that all excess amounts theretofore collected by Landlord be credited on the applicable obligation (or, if the obligation has been or would thereby be paid in full, refunded to Tenant), and the provisions of this Lease immediately shall be deemed reformed and the amounts thereafter collectible hereunder reduced, without the necessity of the execution of any new document, so as to comply with the applicable law, but so as to permit the recovery of the fullest amount otherwise called for hereunder.

(h) Choice of Law . Construction and interpretation of this Lease shall be governed by the internal laws of the state in which the Premises are located, excluding any principles of conflicts of laws.

(i) Time . Time is of the essence as to the performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.

(j) OFAC . Tenant, and all beneficial owners of Tenant, are currently (a) in compliance with and shall at all times during the Term of this Lease remain in compliance with the regulations of the Office of Foreign Assets Control (“ OFAC ”) of the U.S. Department of Treasury and any statute, executive order, or regulation relating thereto (collectively, the “ OFAC Rules ”), (b) not listed on, and shall not during the term of this Lease be listed on, the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List maintained by OFAC and/or on any other similar list maintained by OFAC or other governmental authority pursuant to any authorizing statute, executive order, or regulation, and (c) not a person or entity with whom a U.S. person is prohibited from conducting business under the OFAC Rules.

(k) Incorporation by Reference . All exhibits and addenda attached hereto are hereby incorporated into this Lease and made a part hereof. If there is any conflict between such exhibits or addenda and the terms of this Lease, such exhibits or addenda shall control.

 

  LOGO    Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory    6275 Nancy Ridge/Otonomy - Page 33

 

(l) Entire Agreement . This Lease, including the exhibits attached hereto, constitutes the entire agreement between Landlord and Tenant pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements, understandings, letters of intent, negotiations and discussions, whether oral or written, of the parties, and there are no warranties, representations or other agreements, express or implied, made to either party by the other party in connection with the subject matter hereof except as specifically set forth herein.

(m) No Accord and Satisfaction . No payment by Tenant or receipt by Landlord of a lesser amount than the monthly installment of Base Rent or any Additional Rent will be other than on account of the earliest stipulated Base Rent and Additional Rent, nor will any endorsement or statement on any check or letter accompanying a check for payment of any Base Rent or Additional Rent be an accord and satisfaction. Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the balance of such Rent or to pursue any other remedy provided in this Lease.

(n) Hazardous Activities . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease, Landlord, for itself and its employees, agents and contractors, reserves the right to refuse to perform any repairs or services in any portion of the Premises which, pursuant to Tenant’s routine safety guidelines, practices or custom or prudent industry practices, require any form of protective clothing or equipment other than safety glasses. In any such case, Tenant shall contract with parties who are acceptable to Landlord, in Landlord’s reasonable discretion, for all such repairs and services, and Landlord shall, to the extent required, equitably adjust Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses in respect of such repairs or services to reflect that Landlord is not providing such repairs or services to Tenant.

(o) Redevelopment of Project . Tenant acknowledges that Landlord, in its sole discretion, may from time to time expand, renovate and/or reconfigure the Project as the same may exist from time to time and, in connection therewith or in addition thereto, as the case may be, from time to time without limitation: (a) change the shape, size, location, number and/or extent of any improvements, buildings, structures, lobbies, hallways, entrances, exits, parking and/or parking areas relative to any portion of the Project; (b) modify, eliminate and/or add any buildings, improvements, and parking structure(s) either above or below grade, to the Project, the Common Areas and/or any other portion of the Project and/or make any other changes thereto affecting the same; and (c) make any other changes, additions and/or deletions in any way affecting the Project and/or any portion thereof as Landlord may elect from time to time, including without limitation, additions to and/or deletions from the land comprising the Project, the Common Areas and/or any other portion of the Project. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, Tenant shall have no right to seek damages (including abatement of Rent) or to cancel or terminate this Lease because of any proposed changes, expansion, renovation or reconfiguration of the Project nor shall Tenant have the right to restrict, inhibit or prohibit any such changes, expansion, renovation or reconfiguration; provided, however, Landlord shall not change the size, dimensions, location or Tenant’s Permitted Use of the Premises.

(p) Discontinued Use . If, at any time following the Rent Commencement Date, Tenant does not continuously operate its business in the Premises for a period of 180 consecutive days and such failure to continuously operate has not been deemed a Default under this Lease by Landlord pursuant to Section 20(c) , Landlord may, but is not obligated to, elect to terminate this Lease upon 30 days’ written notice to Tenant, whereupon this Lease shall terminate 30 days’ after Landlord’s delivery of such written notice (“ Termination Date ”), and Tenant shall vacate the Premises and deliver possession thereof to Landlord in the condition required by the terms of this Lease on or before the Termination Date and Tenant shall have no further obligations under this Lease except for those accruing prior to the Termination Date and those which, pursuant to the terms of the Lease, survive the expiration or early termination of the Lease.

(q) Confidentiality . Tenant hereby agrees that, except as otherwise provided herein that, (i) Tenant shall hold the Confidential Information (as defined below) in strict confidence, and (iii) Tenant shall not disclose the Confidential Information to any third party, except as authorized in writing by Landlord or as required by Legal Requirements. Tenant may disclose the Confidential Information to its agents,

 

  LOGO    Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory    6275 Nancy Ridge/Otonomy - Page 34

 

employees, attorneys, investors, prospective investors, partners, prospective partners, directors, grant issuing institutions and consultants with a need to know such information, provided that any person to whom any of the Confidential Information is delivered is informed by Tenant of the strictly confidential nature of the Confidential Information and such person agrees in writing to be bound by confidentiality restrictions at least as restrictive as those contained herein. Tenant shall use the same degree of care to prevent the misuse of the Confidential Information as Tenant uses with respect to its own proprietary information, but in no event less than reasonable care. Tenant shall immediately notify Landlord in the event of any loss or unauthorized disclosure of Confidential Information. “ Confidential Information ” shall mean all of the terms, covenants, conditions or agreements set forth in this Lease or any amendments hereto and any related agreements of whatever nature.

[ Signatures on next page ]

 

  LOGO    Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.


Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory    6275 Nancy Ridge/Otonomy - Page 35

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Lease as of the day and year first above written.

 

TENANT:

OTONOMY, INC. ,

a Delaware corporation

/s/ David A. Weber, PhD
By:  

David A. Weber, PhD

Its:  

President & Chief Executive Officer

LANDLORD:

ARE-SD REGION NO. 25, LLC ,

a Delaware limited liability company

By:   ALEXANDRIA REAL ESTATE EQUITIES, L.P.,
  a Delaware limited partnership,
  managing member
  By:   ARE-QRS CORP.,
    a Maryland corporation,
    general partner
    /s/ GARY DEAN
    By:  

GARY DEAN

    Its:  

VP - RE LEGAL AFFAIRS

 

  LOGO    Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.


   6275 Nancy Ridge/Otonomy - Page 1

 

EXHIBIT A TO LEASE

DESCRIPTION OF PREMISES

 

  LOGO    Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.


   6275 Nancy Ridge/Otonomy - Page 1

 

EXHIBIT B TO LEASE

DESCRIPTION OF PROJECT

PARCEL 22, IN THE CITY OF SAN DIEGO, COUNTY OF SAN DIEGO, STATE OF CALIFORNIA, AS SHOWN AT PACE 12573 OF PARCELS MAPS , FILED IN THE OFFICE OF THE COUNTY RECORDER OF SAN DIEGO COUNTY, FEBRUARY 18, 1983 AS INSTRUMENT NO. 83-053582, OF OFFICIAL RECORDS.

EXCEPTING FROM THAT PORTION THEREOF ALL COAL, OIL, GAS, PETROLEUM AND OTHER HYDROCARBON SUBSTANCES IN AND UNDER SUCH PROPERTY, GRANTOR, LUSK/MIRA MESA, A LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, ITS SUCCESSORS AND/OR ASSIGNS, RETAINING THE EXCLUSIVE TITLE AND RIGHT TO REMOVE SAID SUBSTANCES TOGETHER WITH SOLE RIGHT TO NEGOTIATE AND CONCLUDE LEASES AND AGREEMENTS WITH RESPECT TO ALL SUCH SUBSTANCES UNDER THE PROPERTY AND TO USE THOSE PORTIONS OF THE PROPERTY WHICH UNDERLIE A PLANE PARALLEL TO AND 500 FEET BELOW THE PRESENT SURFACE OF THE PROPERTY FOR THE PURPOSES OF PROSPECTING FOR, DEVELOPING AND/OR EXTRACTING SUCH SUBSTANCES FORM THE PROPERTY BY MEANS OF WELLS, DRILLED INTO OR THROUGH SAID PORTIONS OF THE PROPERTY FROM DRILL SITES LOCATED ON OTHER PROPERTY, IT BEING EXPRESSLY UNDERSTOOD AND AGREED THAT GRANTOR, LUSK/MIRA MESA, A LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, ITS SUCCESSORS AND/OR ASSIGNS, SHALL HAVE NO RIGHT TO ENTER UPON THE SURFACE OF THE PROPERTY OR TO USE THE PROPERTY OF ANY PORTION THEREOF ABOVE THE LEVEL OF THE AFORESAID PLANE AS RESERVED BY LUSK/MIRA MESA, A LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, IN DEED RECORDED OCTOBER 8, 1982 AS INSTRUMENT NO. 82-309734 , OF OFFICIAL RECORDS.

 

  LOGO    Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.


Work Letter – Landlord Build    6275 Nancy Ridge/Otonomy - Page 1

 

EXHIBIT C TO LEASE

WORK LETTER

THIS WORK LETTER dated September, 23 (this “ Work Letter ”) is made and entered into by and between ARE-SD REGION NO. 25, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”), and OTONOMY, INC. , a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”), and is attached to and made a part of the Lease Agreement dated September 23, 2011 (the “ Lease ”), by and between Landlord and Tenant. Any initially capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Lease.

1. General Requirements .

(a) Tenant’s Authorized Representative . Tenant designates Paul Cayer (“ Tenant’s Representative ”) as the only person authorized to act for Tenant pursuant to this Work Letter. Landlord shall not be obligated to respond to or act upon any request, approval, inquiry or other communication (“ Communication ”) from or on behalf of Tenant in connection with this Work Letter unless such Communication is in writing from Tenant’s Representative. Tenant may change Tenant’s Representative at any time upon not less than 5 business days advance written notice to Landlord. Neither Tenant nor Tenant’s Representative shall be authorized to direct Landlord’s contractors in the performance of Landlord’s Work (as hereinafter defined).

(b) Landlord’s Authorized Representative . Landlord designates Rodney Hunt and Dan Ryan (either such individual acting alone, “ Landlord’s Representative ”) as the only persons authorized to act for Landlord pursuant to this Work Letter. Tenant shall not be obligated to respond to or act upon any request, approval, inquiry or other Communication from or on behalf of Landlord in connection with this Work Letter unless such Communication is in writing from Landlord’s Representative. Landlord may change either Landlord’s Representative at any time upon not less than 5 business days advance written notice to Tenant. Landlord’s Representative shall be the sole persons authorized to direct Landlord’s contractors in the performance of Landlord’s Work.

(c) Architects, Consultants and Contractors . Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge and agree that: (i) the general contractor and any subcontractors for the Tenant Improvements shall be selected by Landlord, subject to Tenant’s approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, and (ii) McFarlane Architects shall be the architect (the “ TI Architect ”) for the Tenant Improvements.

2. Tenant Improvements .

(a) Definition of Base Building Improvements, Tenant Improvements and Landlord’s Work . As used herein, the term, “ Base Building Improvements ” shall mean the improvements to the Building reflect on Annex 1 attached to this Work Letter. As used herein, the term “ Tenant Improvements ” shall mean all improvements to the Building of a fixed and permanent nature as shown on the TI Construction Drawings (as defined in Section 2(c) below). As used herein, the term “ Landlord’s Work ” shall mean collectively the work of constructing the Base Building Improvements and the Tenant Improvements.

(b) Tenant shall be solely responsible for ensuring that the Base Building Improvements and the Tenant Improvements design and specifications for the Premises are consistent with Tenant’s requirements. Tenant shall be solely responsible for all costs incurred by Landlord to alter the Building as a result of Tenant’s requested changes. Landlord shall have no obligation to, and shall not, secure any permits, approvals or entitlements related to Tenant’s specific use of the Premises or Tenant’s business operations therein. Other than its obligation to perform the Tenant Improvements, Landlord shall not have any obligation whatsoever with respect to the finishing of the Premises for Tenant’s use and occupancy.

 

  LOGO    Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.


Work Letter – Landlord Build    6275 Nancy Ridge/Otonomy - Page 2

 

(c) Tenant’s Space Plans . Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that the plan prepared by the TI Architect attached to the Lease as Exhibit H (the “ Space Plan ”) has been approved by both Landlord and Tenant. Landlord and Tenant further acknowledge and agree that any changes to the Space Plan constitute a Change Request the cost of which changes shall be paid for by Tenant. Tenant shall be solely responsible for all costs incurred by Landlord to alter the Building (or Landlord’s plans for the Building) as a result of Tenant’s requested changes.

(d) Working Drawings . Landlord shall cause the TI Architect to prepare and deliver to Tenant for review and comment construction plans, specifications and drawings for the Tenant Improvements (“ TI Construction Drawings ”), which TI Construction Drawings shall be prepared substantially in accordance with the Space Plan. Tenant shall be solely responsible for ensuring that the TI Construction Drawings reflect Tenant’s requirements for the Tenant Improvements. Tenant shall deliver its written comments on the TI Construction Drawings to Landlord not later than 10 business days after Tenant’s receipt of the same; provided, however, that Tenant may not disapprove any matter that is consistent with the Space Plan without submitting a Change Request. Landlord and the TI Architect shall consider all such comments in good faith and shall, within 10 business days after receipt, notify Tenant how Landlord proposes to respond to such comments, but Tenant’s review rights pursuant to the foregoing sentence shall not delay the design or construction schedule for the Tenant Improvements. Any disputes in connection with such comments shall be resolved in accordance with Section 2(d) hereof. Provided that the design reflected in the TI Construction Drawings is consistent with the Space Plan, Tenant shall approve the TI Construction Drawings submitted by Landlord, unless Tenant submits a Change Request. Once approved by Tenant, subject to the provisions of Section 4 below, Landlord shall not materially modify the TI Construction Drawings except as may be reasonably required in connection with the issuance of the TI Permit (as defined in Section 3(b) below).

(e) Approval and Completion . It is hereby acknowledged by Landlord and Tenant that the TI Construction Drawings must be completed and approved not later than October 14, 2011, in order for Landlord’s Work to be Substantially Complete by the Target Commencement Date (as defined in the Lease). Upon any dispute regarding the design of the Tenant Improvements, which is not settled within 10 business days after notice of such dispute is delivered by one party to the other, Tenant may make the final decision regarding the design of the Tenant Improvements, provided (i) Tenant acts reasonably and such final decision is either consistent with or a compromise between Landlord’s and Tenant’s positions with respect to such dispute, (ii) that all costs and expenses resulting from any such decision by Tenant shall be payable by Tenant, and (iii) Tenant’s decision will not affect the base Building, structural components of the Building or any Building systems. Any changes to the TI Construction Drawings following Landlord’s and Tenant’s approval of same requested by Tenant shall be processed as provided in Section 4 hereof.

3. Performance of Landlord’s Work .

(a) Commencement and Permitting . Landlord shall commence construction of the Tenant Improvements upon obtaining a building permit (the “ TI Permit ”) authorizing the construction of the Tenant Improvements consistent with the TI Construction Drawings approved by Tenant. The cost of obtaining the TI Permit shall be payable by Landlord. Tenant shall (at no cost to Tenant) assist Landlord in obtaining the TI Permit. If any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over the construction of Landlord’s Work or any portion thereof shall impose terms or conditions upon the construction thereof that: (i) are inconsistent with Landlord’s obligations hereunder, (ii) increase the cost of constructing Landlord’s Work, or (iii) will materially delay the construction of Landlord’s Work, Landlord and Tenant shall reasonably and in good faith seek means by which to mitigate or eliminate any such adverse terms and conditions.

(b) Completion of Landlord’s Work . On or before the Target Commencement Date (subject to Tenant Delays and Force Majeure delays), Landlord shall substantially complete or cause to be substantially completed the Tenant Improvements in a good and workmanlike manner, in accordance with the TI Permit subject, in each case, to Minor Variations and normal “punch list” items of a

 

  LOGO    Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.


Work Letter – Landlord Build    6275 Nancy Ridge/Otonomy - Page 3

 

non-material nature that do not interfere with the use of the Premises (“ Substantial Completion ” or “ Substantially Complete ”). Upon Substantial Completion of Tenant Improvements, Landlord shall require the TI Architect and the general contractor to execute and deliver, for the benefit of Tenant and Landlord, a Certificate of Substantial Completion in the form of the American Institute of Architects (“ AIA ”) document G704. For purposes of this Work Letter, “ Minor Variations ” shall mean any modifications reasonably required: (i) to comply with all applicable Legal Requirements and/or to obtain or to comply with any required permit (including the TI Permit); (ii) to comply with any request by Tenant for modifications to the Tenant Improvements; (iii) to comport with good design, engineering, and construction practices that are not material; or (iv) to make reasonable adjustments for field deviations or conditions encountered during the construction of Tenant Improvements.

(c) Selection of Materials . Where more than one type of material or structure is indicated on the TI Construction Drawings approved by Landlord and Tenant, the option will be selected at Landlord’s sole and absolute subjective discretion. As to all building materials and equipment that Landlord is obligated to supply under this Work Letter, Landlord shall select the manufacturer thereof in its sole and absolute subjective discretion.

(d) Delivery of the Premises . When the Tenant Improvements are Substantially Complete, subject to the remaining terms and provisions of this Section 3(d) , Tenant shall accept the Premises. Tenant’s taking possession and acceptance of the Premises shall not constitute a waiver of: (i) any warranty with respect to workmanship (including installation of equipment) or material (exclusive of equipment provided directly by manufacturers), (ii) any non-compliance of Tenant Improvements with applicable Legal Requirements, or (iii) any claim that the Tenant Improvements were not completed substantially in accordance with the TI Construction Drawings (subject to Minor Variations and such other changes as are permitted hereunder) (collectively, a “ Construction Defect ”). Tenant shall have one year after Substantial Completion within which to notify Landlord of any such Construction Defect discovered by Tenant, and Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to remedy or cause the responsible contractor to remedy any such Construction Defect within 30 days thereafter. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall not be in default under the Lease if the applicable contractor, despite Landlord’s reasonable efforts, fails to remedy such Construction Defect within such 30-day period, in which case Landlord shall have no further obligation with respect to such Construction Defect other than to cooperate, at no cost to Landlord, with Tenant should Tenant elect to pursue a claim against such contractor.

Tenant shall be entitled to receive the benefit of all construction warranties and manufacturer’s equipment warranties relating to equipment installed in the Premises. If requested by Tenant, Landlord shall attempt to obtain extended warranties from manufacturers and suppliers of such equipment, but the cost of any such extended warranties shall be borne solely by Tenant. Landlord shall promptly undertake and complete, or cause to be completed, all punch list items.

(a) Commencement Date Delay . Except as otherwise provided in the Lease, Delivery of the Premises shall occur when the Tenant Improvements have been Substantially Completed, except to the extent that Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements shall have been actually delayed by any one or more of the following causes (“ Tenant Delay ”):

(i) Tenant’s Representative was not available to give or receive any Communication or to take any other action required to be taken by Tenant hereunder;

(ii) Tenant’s request for Change Requests (as defined in Section 4(a) below) whether or not any such Change Requests are actually performed;

(iii) Construction of any Change Requests;

(iv) Tenant’s request for materials, finishes or installations requiring unusually long lead times, provided that promptly after Landlord learns of such long lead time items, Landlord informs Tenant that the requested items will require unusually long lead times;

 

  LOGO    Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.


Work Letter – Landlord Build    6275 Nancy Ridge/Otonomy - Page 4

 

(v) Tenant’s delay in reviewing, revising or approving plans and specifications beyond the periods set forth herein;

(vi) Tenant’s delay in providing information critical to the normal progression of the Project. Tenant shall provide such information as soon as reasonably possible, but in no event longer than one week after receipt of any request for such information from Landlord;

(vii) Tenant’s delay in making payments to Landlord for Excess TI Costs (as defined in Section 5(d) below); or

(viii) Any other act or omission by Tenant or any Tenant Party (as defined in the Lease), or persons employed by any of such persons.

If Delivery is delayed for any of the foregoing reasons, then Landlord shall cause the TI Architect to certify the date on which the Tenant Improvements would have been completed but for such Tenant Delay and such certified date shall be the date of Delivery.

4. Changes . Any changes requested by Tenant to the Tenant Improvements after the delivery and approval by Landlord of the Space Plan shall be requested and instituted in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4 and shall be subject to the written approval of Landlord and the TI Architect, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

(a) Tenant’s Request For Changes . If Tenant shall request changes to the Tenant Improvements (“ Changes ”), Tenant shall request such Changes by notifying Landlord in writing in substantially the same form as the AIA standard change order form (a “ Change Request ”), which Change Request shall detail the nature and extent of any such Change. Such Change Request must be signed by Tenant’s Representative. Landlord shall, before proceeding with any Change, use commercially reasonable efforts to respond to Tenant as soon as is reasonably possible with an estimate of: (i) the time it will take, and (ii) the architectural and engineering fees and costs that will be incurred, to analyze such Change Request (which costs shall be paid by Tenant to the extent actually incurred, whether or not such change is implemented). Landlord shall thereafter submit to Tenant in writing, within 5 business days of receipt of the Change Request (or such longer period of time as is reasonably required depending on the extent of the Change Request), an analysis of the additional cost or savings involved, including, without limitation, architectural and engineering costs and the period of time, if any, that the Change will extend the date on which Landlord’s Work will be Substantially Complete. Any such delay in the completion of Landlord’s Work caused by a Change, including any suspension of Landlord’s Work while any such Change is being evaluated and/or designed, shall be Tenant Delay.

(b) Implementation of Changes . If Tenant: (i) approves in writing the cost or savings and the estimated extension in the time for completion of Landlord’s Work, if any, and (ii) deposits with Landlord any Excess TI Costs required in connection with such Change, Landlord shall cause the approved Change to be instituted. Notwithstanding any approval or disapproval by Tenant of any estimate of the delay caused by such proposed Change, the TI Architect’s determination of the amount of Tenant Delay in connection with such Change shall be final and binding on Landlord and Tenant.

5. Costs .

(a) TI Costs . Landlord shall be responsible for the payment of design, permits and construction costs in connection with the construction of the Tenant Improvements, including, without limitation, the cost of preparing the TI Construction Drawings and the Space Plans (collectively, “ TI Costs ”). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in no event shall Landlord be required to pay for any furniture, personal property or other non-Building system materials or equipment, including, but not limited to, Tenant’s voice or data cabling, non-ducted biological safety cabinets and other scientific equipment not incorporated into the Tenant Improvements.

 

  LOGO    Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.


Work Letter – Landlord Build    6275 Nancy Ridge/Otonomy - Page 5

 

(b) Excess TI Costs . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord shall have no responsibility for any costs arising from or related to Tenant’s changes to the Space Plan or TI Construction Drawings, Tenant Delays, the cost of Changes and Change Requests (collectively, “ Excess TI Costs ”). Tenant shall deposit with Landlord, as a condition precedent to Landlord’s obligation to complete the Tenant Improvements, 100% of the Excess TI Costs. If Tenant fails to deposit any Excess TI Costs with Landlord, Landlord shall have all of the rights and remedies set forth in the Lease for nonpayment of Rent (including, but not limited to, the right to interest at the Default Rate and the right to assess a late charge). For purposes of any litigation instituted with regard to such amounts, those amounts will be deemed Rent under the Lease.

6. Tenant Access .

(a) Tenant’s Access Rights . Landlord hereby agrees to permit Tenant access, at Tenant’s sole risk and expense, to the Building (i) 30 days prior to the Commencement Date to perform any work (“ Tenant’s Work ”) required by Tenant other than Landlord’s Work, provided that such Tenant’s Work is coordinated with the TI Architect and the general contractor, and complies with the Lease and all other reasonable restrictions and conditions Landlord may impose, and (ii) prior to the completion of Landlord’s Work, to inspect and observe work in process; all such access shall be during normal business hours or at such other times as are reasonably designated by Landlord. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have no right to enter onto the Premises or the Project unless and until Tenant shall deliver to Landlord evidence reasonably satisfactory to Landlord demonstrating that any insurance reasonably required by Landlord in connection with such pre-commencement access (including, but not limited to, any insurance that Landlord may require pursuant to the Lease) is in full force and effect. Any entry by Tenant shall comply with all established safety practices of Landlord’s contractor and Landlord until completion of Landlord’s Work and acceptance thereof by Tenant.

(b) No Interference . Neither Tenant nor any Tenant Party (as defined in the Lease) shall interfere with the performance of Landlord’s Work, nor with any inspections or issuance of final approvals by applicable Governmental Authorities, and upon any such interference, Landlord shall have the right to exclude Tenant and any Tenant Party from the Premises and the Project until Substantial Completion of Landlord’s Work.

(c) No Acceptance of Premises . The fact that Tenant may, with Landlord’s consent, enter into the Project prior to the date Landlord’s Work is Substantially Complete for the purpose of performing Tenant’s Work shall not be deemed an acceptance by Tenant of possession of the Premises, but in such event Tenant shall defend with counsel reasonably acceptable by Landlord, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against any loss of or damage to Tenant’s property, completed work, fixtures, equipment, materials or merchandise, and from liability for death of, or injury to, any person, caused by the act or omission of Tenant or any Tenant Party.

7. Miscellaneous .

(a) Consents . Whenever consent or approval of either party is required under this Work Letter, that party shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay such consent or approval, unless expressly set forth herein to the contrary.

(b) Modification . No modification, waiver or amendment of this Work Letter or of any of its conditions or provisions shall be binding upon Landlord or Tenant unless in writing signed by Landlord and Tenant.

 

  LOGO    Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.


Work Letter – Landlord Build    6275 Nancy Ridge/Otonomy - Page 6

 

ANNEX 1

Base Building Improvements

BASE BUILDING SPECIFICATIONS

Page 1 of 3

Division 1 – General

 

1. Base building work to include:

 

  a. Shell – partial demo of the north and south sides of the existing building, new dual glazed storefront in existing and new openings, three new 14’ high lobby towers and new shipping and receiving locations

 

  b. Sitework – new south amenity plaza and new site landscaping across the majority of the campus

 

  c. Common – restrooms, multi-purpose room and lounge with kitchenette

 

2. Landlord shall be responsible for securing all applicable permits and approvals required for the base building work.

Division 2 – Demolition

 

1. All existing interior construction within the premises has been removed to facilitate the layout for new tenant improvements

 

2. All existing rooftop equipment & the existing central plant have been removed

Division 9 – Finishes

 

1. For all building core areas Landlord shall provide drywall, carpet or other floor covering, gypsum board or lay-in acoustical tile ceilings, painted walls and wall base

 

2. Typical building core doors shall be 3’ x 9’ stain grade solid core wood in anodized aluminum frames. Hardware shall be brushed stainless steel, commercial grade with mortise locksets, ball bearing hinges, and with closers as required by Code

 

3. Toilet rooms shall have tile floors and base, painted gypsum board walls and ceilings, toilet partitions, fixtures, toilet accessories, solid surface lavatory counter with mirror, general and accent lighting, HVAC including ducted air supply and exhaust, fire protection and life safety systems compliant with applicable Codes. Toilet room fixture counts and construction comply with ADA and other applicable Codes

 

4. Janitor’s closet shall include floor mounted service sink, vinyl tile floors, finished and painted gypsum board walls, general lighting, HVAC, and fire protection

 

5. Electrical and telephone rooms shall be finished with vinyl tile floors, gypsum board walls, general lighting, fire protection, ventilation, and life safety systems

Division 10 – Specialties

 

1. Landlord shall provide all building core signage required to comply with APA and other applicable codes. Landlord shall provide placards for all building core rooms, suite numbering, stairwells, and all core directional and instructional signs.

 

2. Landlord shall provide building core areas with a fire alarm and sprinkler system.

 

  a. Recessed fire extinguisher cabinets with fire extinguishers in accordance with code requirements.

 

  b. Addressable fire alarm system installed, operated and tested in accordance with NFPA, applicable Code and ADA requirements

 

  c. The smoke detection system shall consist of products of combustion, ionization type detectors in supply and return air ductwork in accordance with code requirements

 

  d. The sprinkler and sprinkler alarm system shall consist of water flow devices, tamper switches, central fire alarm control panel, and ceiling mounted heads. Spacing and number of heads shall comply with recommendations of NFPA 13 for type of occupancy involved

 

  e. Fire command station shall contain fire alarm annunciator in accordance with code requirements

 

 

  LOGO    Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.


Work Letter – Landlord Build    6275 Nancy Ridge/Otonomy - Page 7

 

BASE BUILDING SPECIFICATIONS

Page 2 of 3

 

Division 15 – Mechanical

HVAC

All work shall be in strict conformance with the following codes and standards:

Uniform Mechanical Code

Uniform Plumbing Code

Uniform Building Code

Uniform Fire Code

Local Fire Department Regulations

National Fire Protection Association

 

1. Building envelope shall meet or exceed 2005 Title 24, California Energy Efficiency Standards

 

2. Building core to be fed by multiple rooftop packaged heat pump constant volume units with stand alone wall mounted programmable thermostats

Plumbing

All work shall be in strict conformance with the following codes and standards:

Uniform Plumbing Code

Uniform Building Code

Uniform Fire Code

Local Fire Department Regulations

National Fire Protection Association

 

1. Principal Systems:

 

  a. Sanitary sewer to drain by gravity to the public sewer

 

  b. Domestic hot water to be provided by a high-efficiency natural gas-fired water heater

 

  c. All drain piping from HVAC equipment and plumbing equipment to run to the nearest indirect waste receptor or janitor sink

 

2. Plumbing Fixtures in Core Areas include:

 

  a. Water Closets, ADA Compliant: Handicap-height, vitreous china, wall mounted, floor outlet, low-flush toilet with flush valve. 1.28 gpf maximum

 

  b. Water Closet: Vitreous china, floor outlet, low-flush toilet with flush valve. 1.28 gpf maximum

 

  c. Urinal, ADA Compliant: Wall hung, vitreous china, low-flush urinal with flushometer. Mount at handicap height. 1/8 gpf maximum

 

  d. Urinal: Wall hung, vitreous china, low-flush urinal with flushometer. 1/8 gpf maximum

 

  e. Lavatory: Vitreous china wall hung lavatory with a single temperature-metering faucet

 

  f. Faucet: Infra-red sensor control faucet on 120 v power

 

  g. Service Sink: Corner model, terrazzo mop service basin with vacuum breaker faucet

 

3. Drains:

 

  a. Floor drains are cast iron body floor drains with nickel bronze top, membrane clamp and adjustable collar

 

  b. Floor sinks are cast iron body receptor with acid-resistant coated interior, bottom dome strainer, seepage flange and grate

FIRE PROTECTION

All work shall be in strict conformance with the following codes and standards:

NFPA 13 Installation of Sprinkler Systems

NFPA 14 Standpipe Systems

NFPA 70 National Electrical Code

 

 

  LOGO   

 

Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.


Work Letter – Landlord Build    6275 Nancy Ridge/Otonomy - Page 8

 

BASE BUILDING SPECIFICATIONS

Page 3 of 3

 

NFPA 101 Life Safety Code

BOCA Building Code

 

1. The entire building is protected with a hydraulically designed automatic fire suppression system

Division 16 – Electrical

All work shall be in strict conformance with the following codes and standards:

NFPA 70 National Electrical Code

NFPA 101 Life Safety Code

BOCA Building Codes

IES - Illuminating Engineering Society of North America

 

1. Distribution System

 

  a. SDG&E electrical room: 277/480V, 3,000A underground pull section to be provided in the main electrical room with a small house meter for house loads

 

2. Lighting Control

 

  a. Base shell power to be provided by landlord for exterior site and building core

 

3. Electrical Power

 

  a. Power to be installed for building core and convenience mechanical equipment receptacles and the building exterior

 

4. Lighting

 

  a. All building core lighting fixtures, wiring and controls to be installed

 

5. Teldata

 

  a. Building MPOE room for shared future use by Tenants

 

6. Emergency Power System

60kW diesel fuel generator to meet the following requirements:

 

  a Tanks are sub-base mounted and provided as a complete package without grade or in-grade fuel tank

 

  b. Weather rated Nema 3R enclosure and UL2200 compliant

 

  c. Standard sound attenuated enclosure

 

 

  LOGO   

 

Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.


   6275 Nancy Ridge/Otonomy - Page 1

 

EXHIBIT D TO LEASE

ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF COMMENCEMENT DATE

This ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF COMMENCEMENT DATE is made this      day of             ,     , between ARE-SD REGION NO. 25, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”), and OTONOMY, INC. , a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”), and is attached to and made a part of the Lease dated             ,      (the “ Lease ”), by and between Landlord and Tenant. Any initially capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Lease.

Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge and agree, for all purposes of the Lease, that the Commencement Date of the Base Term of the Lease is             ,     , the Rent Commencement Date is             ,     , and the termination date of the Base Term of the Lease shall be midnight on             ,     . In case of a conflict between the terms of the Lease and the terms of this Acknowledgment of Commencement Date, this Acknowledgment of Commencement Date shall control for all purposes.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF COMMENCEMENT DATE to be effective on the date first above written.

 

TENANT:

OTONOMY, INC. ,

a Delaware corporation

By:  

 

Its:  

 

 

LANDLORD:

ARE-SD REGION NO. 25, LLC ,

a Delaware limited liability company

By:   ALEXANDRIA REAL ESTATE EQUITIES, L.P.,
  a Delaware limited partnership,
  managing member
  By:   ARE-QRS CORP.,
    a Maryland corporation,
    general partner
    By:  

 

    Its:  

 

 

 

  LOGO    Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.


Rules and Regulations    6275 Nancy Ridge/Otonomy - Page 1

 

EXHIBIT E TO LEASE

Rules and Regulations

1. The sidewalk, entries, and driveways of the Project shall not be obstructed by Tenant, or any Tenant Party, or used by them for any purpose other than ingress and egress to and from the Premises.

2. Tenant shall not place any objects, including antennas, outdoor furniture, etc., in the parking areas, landscaped areas or other areas outside of its Premises, or on the roof of the Project.

3. Except for animals assisting the disabled, no animals shall be allowed in the offices, halls, or corridors in the Project.

4. Tenant shall not disturb the occupants of the Project or adjoining buildings by the use of any radio or musical instrument or by the making of loud or improper noises.

5. If Tenant desires telegraphic, telephonic or other electric connections in the Premises, Landlord or its agent will direct the electrician as to where and how the wires may be introduced; and, without such direction, no boring or cutting of wires will be permitted. Any such installation or connection shall be made at Tenant’s expense.

6. Tenant shall not install or operate any steam or gas engine or boiler, or other mechanical apparatus in the Premises, except as specifically approved in the Lease. The use of oil, gas or inflammable liquids for heating, lighting or any other purpose is expressly prohibited. Explosives or other articles deemed extra hazardous shall not be brought into the Project.

7. Parking any type of recreational vehicles is specifically prohibited on or about the Project. Except for the overnight parking of operative vehicles, no vehicle of any type shall be stored in the parking areas at any time. In the event that a vehicle is disabled, it shall be removed within 48 hours. There shall be no “For Sale” or other advertising signs on or about any parked vehicle. All vehicles shall be parked in the designated parking areas in conformity with all signs and other markings. All parking will be open parking, and no reserved parking, numbering or lettering of individual spaces will be permitted except as specified by Landlord.

8. Tenant shall maintain the Premises free from rodents, insects and other pests.

9. Landlord reserves the right to exclude or expel from the Project any person who, in the judgment of Landlord, is intoxicated or under the influence of liquor or drugs or who shall in any manner do any act in violation of the Rules and Regulations of the Project.

10. Tenant shall not cause any unnecessary labor by reason of Tenant’s carelessness or indifference in the preservation of good order and cleanliness. Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant for any loss of property on the Premises, however occurring, or for any damage done to the effects of Tenant by the janitors or any other employee or person.

11. Tenant shall give Landlord prompt notice of any defects in the water, lawn sprinkler, sewage, gas pipes, electrical lights and fixtures, heating apparatus, or any other service equipment affecting the Premises.

12. Tenant shall not permit storage outside the Premises, including without limitation, outside storage of trucks and other vehicles, or dumping of waste or refuse or permit any harmful materials to be placed in any drainage system or sanitary system in or about the Premises.

 

 

  LOGO    Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.


Rules and Regulations    6275 Nancy Ridge/Otonomy - Page 2

 

13. All moveable trash receptacles provided by the trash disposal firm for the Premises must be kept in the trash enclosure areas, if any, provided for that purpose.

14. No auction, public or private, will be permitted on the Premises or the Project.

15. No awnings shall be placed over the windows in the Premises except with the prior written consent of Landlord.

16. The Premises shall not be used for lodging, sleeping or cooking or for any immoral or illegal purposes or for any purpose other than that specified in the Lease. No gaming devices shall be operated in the Premises.

17. Tenant shall ascertain from Landlord the maximum amount of electrical current which can safely be used in the Premises, taking into account the capacity of the electrical wiring in the Project and the Premises and the needs of other tenants, and shall not use more than such safe capacity. Landlord’s consent to the installation of electric equipment shall not relieve Tenant from the obligation not to use more electricity than such safe capacity.

18. Tenant assumes full responsibility for protecting the Premises from theft, robbery and pilferage.

19. Tenant shall not install or operate on the Premises any machinery or mechanical devices of a nature not directly related to Tenant’s ordinary use of the Premises and shall keep all such machinery free of vibration, noise and air waves which may be transmitted beyond the Premises.

 

  LOGO    Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.


6275 Nancy Ridge / Otonomy    Page - 1

 

FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE

This First Amendment (this “ Amendment ”) to Lease Agreement is made as of May 28, 2014, by and between ARE-SD REGION NO. 25, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”), and OTONOMY, INC ., a Delaware corporation ( “Tenant ”).

RECITALS

A. Landlord and Tenant have entered into that certain Lease Agreement dated as of September 23, 2011 (the “ Lease ”), wherein Landlord leased to Tenant certain premises consisting of approximately 14,503 rentable square feet located at 6275 Nancy Ridge Drive, San Diego, California as more particularly described therein. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Lease.

B. Landlord and Tenant desire to amend the Lease to, among other things, (i) change the date upon which the Termination Notice must be delivered to Landlord in order for Tenant to exercise the Termination Right and (ii) prohibit Tenant (or any agent working on behalf of Tenant) from negotiating or discussing with any third party a real property lease or other occupancy agreement for space in the San Diego area prior to November 15, 2014.

AGREEMENT

Now, therefore, the parties hereto agree that the Lease is amended as follows:

1. Early Termination Right.

The first sentence in Section 41 is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease (“ Termination Right ”) as of the expiration of the 36th month after the Commencement Date (“ Early Termination Date ”), so long as Tenant delivers to Landlord (i) a written notice (“ Termination Notice ”), of its election to exercise its Termination Right on or before November 15, 2014, and (ii) concurrent with Tenant’s delivery to Landlord of the Termination Notice delivers, an early termination payment in the amount of $310,000 (“ Early Termination Payment ”).”

The following is added to the end of Section 41 and shall supersede any language inconsistent therewith in Section 44:

“Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 41 or Section 44, neither Tenant, any Tenant employee nor any agent or broker working on behalf of Tenant shall discuss or negotiate with any third party (other than Landlord or any Affiliate) a lease or other occupancy agreement for laboratory, research or development space in the San Diego area at any time prior to November 15, 2014. In addition, Tenant shall not enter into any lease agreement or other occupancy agreement with any third party for space in the San Diego area any time prior to November 15, 2014. Tenant shall be responsible for all damages suffered by Landlord resulting from or occasioned by Tenant’s breach of the obligations and restrictions contained in this Section 41, including consequential damages.”

 

  LOGO    Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.


6275 Nancy Ridge / Otonomy    Page - 2

 

2. Miscellaneous .

(a) This Amendment is the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous oral and written agreements and discussions. This Amendment may be amended only by an agreement in writing, signed by the parties hereto.

(b) This Amendment is binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their respective agents, employees, representatives, officers, directors, divisions, subsidiaries, affiliates, assigns, heirs, successors in interest and shareholders.

(c) This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument. The signature page of any counterpart may be detached therefrom without impairing the legal effect of the signature(s) thereon provided such signature page is attached to any other counterpart identical thereto except having additional signature pages executed by other parties to this Amendment attached thereto.

(d) Landlord and Tenant each represent and warrant that it has not dealt with any broker, agent or other person (collectively “ Broker ”) in connection with this transaction, and that no Broker brought about this transaction. Landlord and Tenant each hereby agree to indemnify and hold the other harmless from and against any claims by any Broker claiming a commission or other form of compensation by virtue of having dealt with Tenant or Landlord, as applicable, with regard to this leasing transaction.

(e) Except as amended and/or modified by this Amendment, the Lease is hereby ratified and confirmed and all other terms of the Lease shall remain in full force and effect, unaltered and unchanged by this Amendment. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Amendment and the provisions of the Lease, the provisions of this Amendment shall prevail. Whether or not specifically amended by this Amendment, all of the terms and provisions of the Lease are hereby amended to the extent necessary to give effect to the purpose and intent of this Amendment.

(Signatures on Next Page)

 

  LOGO    Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.


6275 Nancy Ridge / Otonomy    Page - 3

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment as of the day and year first above written.

 

TENANT:

OTONOMY, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By:  

/s/ Paul E. Cayer

 

 

Its:  

Chief Business Officer & Chief Financial Officer

 

LANDLORD:  

ARE-SD REGION NO. 25, LLC ,

a Delaware limited liability company

By:   ALEXANDRIA REAL ESTATE EQUITIES, L.P.,
  a Delaware limited partnership
  By:   ARE-QRS CORP.,
    a Maryland corporation,
    general partner
    By:  

 

 

  LOGO    Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

Exhibit 10.10

OTONOMY, INC.

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

LOGO    Otonomy, Inc. LSA Execution Version   


This LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is entered into as of July 31, 2013, by and between Square 1 Bank (“Bank”) and Otonomy, Inc. (“Borrower”).

RECITALS

Borrower wishes to obtain credit from time to time from Bank, and Bank desires to extend credit to Borrower. This Agreement sets forth the terms on which Bank will advance credit to Borrower, and Borrower will repay the amounts owing to Bank.

AGREEMENT

The parties agree as follows:

 

  1. DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION.

1.1 Definitions. As used in this Agreement, all capitalized terms shall have the definitions set forth on Exhibit A. Any term used in the Code and not defined herein shall have the meaning given to the term in the Code.

1.2 Accounting Terms. Any accounting term not specifically defined on Exhibit A shall be construed in accordance with GAAP and all calculations shall be made in accordance with GAAP (except for non-compliance with FAS 123R in monthly reporting). The term “financial statements” shall include the accompanying notes and schedules.

 

  2. LOAN AND TERMS OF PAYMENT.

2.1 Credit Extensions.

(a) Promise to Pay. Borrower promises to pay to Bank, in lawful money of the United States of America, the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Credit Extensions made by Bank to Borrower, together with interest on the unpaid principal amount of such Credit Extensions at rates in accordance with the terms hereof.

(b) Term Loan.

(i) Subject to and upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Bank agrees to make one (1) or more term loans to Borrower in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed Seven Million Dollars ($7,000,000) (each a “Term Loan” and collectively the “Term Loans”). Borrower may request Term Loans at any time from the date hereof through the Availability End Date. The proceeds of the Term Loans shall be used for general working capital purposes.

(ii) Interest shall accrue from the date of each Term Loan at the rate specified in Section 2.3(a), and prior to the Availability End Date for the applicable Term Loan shall be payable monthly beginning on the last day of the month next following such Term Loan, and continuing on the same day of each month thereafter. Any Term Loans that are outstanding on the Availability End Date shall be payable in 24 equal monthly installments of principal, plus all accrued interest, beginning on the last day of the month immediately following

 

LOGO    Otonomy, Inc. LSA Execution Version    1


the Availability End Date, and continuing on the same day of each month thereafter through the Term Loan Maturity Date, at which time all amounts due in connection with the Term Loans and any other amounts due under this Agreement shall be immediately due and payable. Term Loans, once repaid, may not be reborrowed. Borrower may prepay any Term Loan without penalty or premium.

(iii) When Borrower desires to obtain a Term Loan, Borrower shall notify Bank (which notice shall be irrevocable) by facsimile transmission to be received no later than 3:30 p.m. Eastern time on the day on which the Term Loan is to be made. Such notice shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit C. The notice shall be signed by an Authorized Officer.

2.2 Intentionally Left Blank.

2.3 Interest Rates, Payments, and Calculations.

(a) Interest Rates.

(i) Term Loans. Except as set forth in Section 2.3(b), the Term Loans shall bear interest, on the outstanding daily balance thereof, at a variable annual rate equal to the greater of: (A) 2.00% above the Prime Rate then in effect; or (B) 5.50%.

(b) Late Fee; Default Rate. At Bank’s election, if any payment is not made within 15 days after the date such payment is due, Borrower shall pay Bank a late fee equal to the lesser of (i) 5% of the amount of such unpaid amount or (ii) the maximum amount permitted to be charged under applicable law. All Obligations shall bear interest, from and after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, at a rate equal to 5 percentage points above the interest rate applicable immediately prior to the occurrence of the Event of Default.

(c) Payments. Bank shall, at its option, charge such interest, all Bank Expenses, and all Periodic Payments then due against any of Borrower’s deposit accounts. Any interest not paid when due shall be compounded by becoming a part of the Obligations, and such interest shall thereafter accrue interest at the rate then applicable hereunder.

(d) Computation. In the event the Prime Rate is changed from time to time hereafter, the applicable rate of interest (if such applicable rate of interest is based on the Prime Rate) hereunder shall be increased or decreased, effective as of the day the Prime Rate is changed, by an amount equal to such change in the Prime Rate. All interest chargeable under the Loan Documents shall be computed on the basis of a 360 day year for the actual number of days elapsed.

2.4 Crediting Payments. If no Event of Default exists, Bank shall credit a wire transfer of funds, check or other item of payment to such deposit account or Obligation as Borrower specifies. After the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Bank shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to immediately apply any wire transfer of funds, check, or other item of payment Bank may receive to conditionally reduce Obligations, but such applications of funds shall not be considered a payment on account unless such payment is of

 

LOGO    Otonomy, Inc. LSA Execution Version    2


immediately available federal funds or unless and until such check or other item of payment is honored when presented for payment. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any wire transfer or payment received by Bank after 5:30 p.m. Eastern time shall be deemed to have been received by Bank as of the opening of business on the immediately following Business Day. Whenever any payment to Bank under the Loan Documents would otherwise be due (except by reason of acceleration) on a date that is not a Business Day, such payment shall instead be due on the next Business Day, and additional fees or interest, as the case may be, shall accrue and be payable for the period of such extension.

2.5 Fees. Borrower shall pay to Bank the following:

(a) Facility Fee. On or before the Closing Date, a fee equal to $25,000, which shall be nonrefundable;

(b) Bank Expenses. On the Closing Date, all Bank Expenses incurred through the Closing Date, and, after the Closing Date, all Bank Expenses, as and when they become due.

2.6 Term. This Agreement shall become effective on the Closing Date and, subject to Section 12.7, shall continue in full force and effect for so long as any Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) remain outstanding or Bank has any obligation to make Credit Extensions under this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Bank shall have the right to terminate its obligation to make Credit Extensions under this Agreement immediately and without notice upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default.

 

  3. CONDITIONS OF LOANS.

3.1 Conditions Precedent to Closing. The agreement of Bank to enter into this Agreement on the Closing Date is subject to the condition precedent that Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, each the following items and completed each of the following requirements:

(a)  this Agreement;

(b)  an officer’s certificate of Borrower with respect to incumbency and resolutions authorizing the execution and delivery of this Agreement;

(c)  a financing statement (Form UCC-1);

(d)  Borrower shall have opened and funded not less than $50,000 in deposit accounts held with Bank;

(e)  payment of the fees and Bank Expenses then due specified in Section 2.5, which may be debited from any of Borrower’s accounts with Bank;

(f)  current SOS Reports indicating that except for Permitted Liens, there are no other security interests or Liens of record in the Collateral;

 

LOGO    Otonomy, Inc. LSA Execution Version    3


(g) current financial statements, including unaudited statements for Borrower’s most recently ended fiscal year, company prepared consolidated and consolidating balance sheets, income statements, and statements of cash flows for the most recently ended month in accordance with Section 6.2, and such other updated financial information as Bank may reasonably request;

(h)  current Compliance Certificate in accordance with Section 6.2;

(i)  a Warrant in form and substance satisfactory to Bank;

(j)  a subordination agreement, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, duly executed by each existing holder of debt securities and Borrower, together with true and accurate copies of the transactional documents related to the issuance of such debt securities;

(k)  evidence that the security agreement related to Borrower’s debt securities issued on or before the Closing Date has been amended to remove intellectual property from the definition of collateral therein;

(l)  confirmation, provided by the Borrower’s board of directors, that Borrower has achieved positive Phase1b data for Borrower’s OTO-201 product;

(m)  a Borrower Information Certificate; and

(n)  such other documents or certificates, and completion of such other matters, as Bank may reasonably request.

3.2 Conditions Precedent to all Credit Extensions. The obligation of Bank to make each Credit Extension, including the initial Credit Extension, is contingent upon the Borrower’s compliance with Section 3.1 above, and is further subject to the following conditions:

(a) timely receipt by Bank of the Loan Advance/Paydown Request Form as provided in Section 2.1;

(b)  Borrower shall have transferred substantially all of its Cash assets into operating accounts held with Bank and otherwise be in compliance with Section 6.6 hereof; and

(c)  Prior to the initial Credit Extension, an audit of the Collateral, the results of which shall be satisfactory to Bank; and

(d)  the representations and warranties contained in Section 5 shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of such Loan Advance/Paydown Request Form and on the effective date of each Credit Extension as though made at and as of each such date, and no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, or would exist after giving effect to such Credit Extension (provided, however, that those representations and warranties expressly referring to another date shall be true, correct and complete in all material respects as of such date). The making of each Credit Extension shall be deemed to be a

 

LOGO    Otonomy, Inc. LSA Execution Version    4


representation and warranty by Borrower on the date of such Credit Extension as to the accuracy of the facts referred to in this Section 3.2.

 

  4. CREATION OF SECURITY INTEREST.

4.1 Grant of Security Interest. Borrower grants and pledges to Bank a continuing security interest in the Collateral to secure prompt repayment of any and all Obligations and to secure prompt performance by Borrower of each of its covenants and duties under the Loan Documents. Except for Permitted Liens or as disclosed in the Schedule, such security interest constitutes a valid, first priority security interest in the presently existing Collateral, and will constitute a valid, first priority security interest in later-acquired Collateral. Notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement or of any filings undertaken related to Bank’s rights under the Code, Bank’s Lien on the Collateral shall remain in effect for so long as any Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) are outstanding.

4.2 Perfection of Security Interest. Borrower authorizes Bank to file at any time financing statements, continuation statements, and amendments thereto that (i) either specifically describe the Collateral or describe the Collateral as all assets of Borrower of the kind pledged hereunder, and (ii) contain any other information required by the Code for the sufficiency of filing office acceptance of any financing statement, continuation statement, or amendment, including whether Borrower is an organization, the type of organization and any organizational identification number issued to Borrower, if applicable. Borrower shall have possession of the Collateral, except where expressly otherwise provided in this Agreement or where Bank chooses to perfect its security interest by possession in addition to the filing of a financing statement. Where Collateral is in possession of a third party bailee, Borrower shall take such steps as Bank reasonably requests for Bank to (i) subject to Section 7.10 below, obtain an acknowledgment, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, of the bailee that the bailee holds such Collateral for the benefit of Bank, and (ii) obtain “control” of any Collateral consisting of investment property, deposit accounts, letter-of-credit rights or electronic chattel paper (as such items and the term “control” are defined in Revised Article 9 of the Code) by causing the securities intermediary or depositary institution or issuing bank to execute a control agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Bank. Borrower will not create any chattel paper without placing a legend on the chattel paper acceptable to Bank indicating that Bank has a security interest in the chattel paper. Borrower from time to time may deposit with Bank specific cash collateral to secure specific Obligations; Borrower authorizes Bank to hold such specific balances in pledge and to decline to honor any drafts thereon or any request by Borrower or any other Person to pay or otherwise transfer any part of such balances for so long as the specific Obligations are outstanding. Borrower shall take such other actions as Bank requests to perfect its security interests granted under this Agreement.

 

  5. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.

Except as disclosed in the Schedule on the Closing Date, Borrower represents and warrants as follows:

5.1 Due Organization and Qualification. Borrower and each Subsidiary is a corporation duly existing under the laws of the state in which it is organized and qualified and

 

LOGO    Otonomy, Inc. LSA Execution Version    5


licensed to do business in any state in which the conduct of its business or its ownership of property requires that it be so qualified, except where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect.

5.2 Due Authorization; No Conflict. The execution, delivery, and performance of the Loan Documents are within Borrower’s powers, have been duly authorized, and are not in conflict with nor constitute a breach of any provision contained in Borrower’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, nor will they constitute an event of default under any material agreement by which Borrower is bound. Borrower is not in default under any agreement by which it is bound, except to the extent such default would not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect.

5.3 Collateral. Borrower has rights in or the power to transfer the Collateral, and its title to the Collateral is free and clear of Liens, adverse claims, and restrictions on transfer or pledge except for Permitted Liens. Other than movable items of personal property such as laptop computers, all Collateral having an aggregate book value not in excess of $100,000, is located solely in the Collateral States. All Inventory is in all material respects of good and merchantable quality, free from all material defects, except for Inventory for which adequate reserves have been made. Except as set forth in the Schedule, none of the Borrower’s Cash is maintained or invested with a Person other than Bank or Bank’s affiliates.

5.4 Intellectual Property. Borrower is the sole owner of the intellectual property created or purchased by Borrower, except as disclosed in the Schedule and for licenses granted by Borrower to its customers in the ordinary course of business. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, each of the Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents created or purchased by Borrower is valid and enforceable, and no part of the intellectual property created or purchased by Borrower has been judged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, and no claim has been made in writing to Borrower that any part of the intellectual property created or purchased by Borrower violates the rights of any third party except to the extent such claim would not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect.

5.5 Name; Location of Chief Executive Office. Except as disclosed in the Schedule or as Borrower may have notified Bank pursuant to Section 7.2 hereof, Borrower has not done business under any name other than that specified on the signature page hereof, and its exact legal name is as set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement. The chief executive office of Borrower is located at the address indicated in Section 10 hereof or as Borrower may have notified Bank pursuant to Section 7.2 hereof.

5.6 Litigation. Except as set forth in the Schedule, there are no actions or proceedings pending by or against Borrower or any Subsidiary before any court or administrative agency that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.7 No Material Adverse Change in Financial Statements. All consolidated and consolidating financial statements related to Borrower and any Subsidiary that are delivered by Borrower to Bank fairly present in all material respects Borrower’s consolidated and consolidating financial condition as of the date thereof and Borrower’s consolidated and consolidating results of operations for the period then ended. There has not been a material

 

LOGO    Otonomy, Inc. LSA Execution Version    6


adverse change in the consolidated or in the consolidating financial condition of Borrower since the date of the most recent of such financial statements submitted to Bank.

5.8 Solvency, Payment of Debts. Borrower is able to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they mature; the fair saleable value of Borrower’s assets (including goodwill minus disposition costs) exceeds the fair value of its liabilities (excluding, for the purposes of this representation only, the liabilities in connection with the Subordinated Debt existing as of the Closing Date); and Borrower is not left with unreasonably small capital after the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

5.9 Compliance with Laws and Regulations. Borrower and each Subsidiary have met the minimum funding requirements of ERISA with respect to any employee benefit plans subject to ERISA. No event has occurred resulting from Borrower’s failure to comply with ERISA that is reasonably likely to result in Borrower’s incurring any liability that could have a Material Adverse Effect. Borrower is not an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940. Borrower is not engaged principally, or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of Regulations T and U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System). Borrower has not violated any statutes, laws, ordinances or rules applicable to it, the violation of which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Borrower and each Subsidiary have filed or caused to be filed all tax returns required to be filed, and have paid, or have made adequate provision for the payment of, all taxes reflected therein except those being contested in good faith with adequate reserves under GAAP or where the failure to file such returns or pay such taxes would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.10 Subsidiaries. Borrower does not own any stock, partnership interest or other equity securities of any Person, except for Permitted Investments.

5.11 Government Consents. Except as disclosed in the Schedule, Borrower and each Subsidiary have obtained all consents, approvals and authorizations of, made all declarations or filings with, and given all notices to, all governmental authorities that are necessary for the continued operation of Borrower’s business as currently conducted, except where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect.

5.12 Inbound Licenses. Except as disclosed on the Schedule, Borrower is not a party to, nor is bound by, any material license agreement important for the conduct of Borrower’s business that prohibits or otherwise restricts in a manner enforceable under applicable law, Borrower from granting a security interest in Borrower’s interest in such license agreement or any other property important for the conduct of Borrower’s business other than this Agreement or the other Loan Documents.

5.13 Full Disclosure. No representation, warranty or other statement made by Borrower in any certificate or written statement furnished to Bank taken together with all such certificates and written statements furnished to Bank contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained in such certificates or statements not misleading in light of the circumstances in which they were made, it

 

LOGO    Otonomy, Inc. LSA Execution Version    7


being recognized by Bank that the projections and forecasts provided by Borrower in good faith and based upon reasonable assumptions are not to be viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by any such projections and forecasts may differ from the projected or forecasted results.

 

  6. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS.

Borrower covenants that, until payment in full of all outstanding Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations), and for so long as Bank may have any commitment to make a Credit Extension hereunder, Borrower shall do all of the following:

6.1 Good Standing and Government Compliance. Borrower shall maintain its and each of its Subsidiaries’ corporate existence and good standing in the respective states of formation, shall maintain qualification and good standing in each other jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and shall furnish to Bank the organizational identification number issued to Borrower by the authorities of the state in which Borrower is organized, if applicable. Borrower shall meet, and shall cause each Subsidiary to meet, the minimum funding requirements of ERISA with respect to any employee benefit plans subject to ERISA. Borrower shall comply, and shall cause each Subsidiary to comply, with all statutes, laws, ordinances and government rules and regulations to which it is subject, and shall maintain, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to maintain, in force all licenses, approvals and agreements, the loss of which or failure to comply with which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

6.2 Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates. Borrower shall deliver to Bank: (i) as soon as available, but in any event within 30 days after the end of each calendar month, a company prepared consolidated and consolidating balance sheet, income statement, and statement of cash flows covering Borrower’s operations during such period, in a form reasonably acceptable to Bank and certified by a Responsible Officer; (ii) as soon as available, but in any event (A) within 270 days after the end of Borrower’s fiscal year with respect to Borrower’s 2012 fiscal year and (B) within 180 days after the end of each subsequent fiscal year, audited (or such other level as is required by the Investment Agreement) consolidated and consolidating financial statements of Borrower prepared in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied, together with an opinion which is either unqualified, qualified only for going concern so long as Borrower’s investors provide additional equity as needed or otherwise consented to in writing by Bank on such financial statements of an independent certified public accounting firm reasonably acceptable to Bank; (iii) annual budget approved by Borrower’s Board of Directors as soon as available but not later than 15 days after the beginning of each fiscal year of Borrower during the term of this agreement; (iv) if applicable, copies of all statements, reports and notices sent or made available generally by Borrower to its security holders or to any holders of Subordinated Debt and all reports on Forms 10-K and 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission; (v) promptly upon receipt of notice thereof, a report of any legal actions pending or threatened in writing against Borrower or any Subsidiary that could reasonably be expected to result in damages or costs to Borrower or any Subsidiary of $250,000 or more; (vi) promptly upon receipt, each management letter prepared by Borrower’s independent certified public accounting firm regarding Borrower’s management control systems, (vii) such budgets, sales projections, operating plans or other financial information generally prepared by Borrower in the ordinary course of business as Bank

 

LOGO    Otonomy, Inc. LSA Execution Version    8


may reasonably request from time to time, and (viii) within 30 days after the last day of each month, a written update (which shall include updates provided to Borrower’s board of directors), in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, of Borrower’s progress with respect to its clinical trials.

(a) Within 30 days after the last day of each month, Borrower shall deliver to Bank with the monthly financial statements a Compliance Certificate certified as of the last day of the applicable month and signed by a Responsible Officer in substantially the form of Exhibit D hereto.

(b) As soon as possible and in any event within 3 Business Days after becoming aware of the occurrence or existence of an Event of Default hereunder, a written statement of a Responsible Officer setting forth details of the Event of Default, and the action which Borrower has taken or proposes to take with respect thereto.

(c) Bank (through any of its officers, employees, or agents) shall have the right, upon reasonable prior notice, from time to time during Borrower’s usual business hours but no more than twice a year (unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing), to inspect Borrower’s Books and to make copies thereof and to check, test, inspect, audit and appraise the Collateral at Borrower’s expense in order to verify Borrower’s financial condition or the amount, condition of, or any other matter relating to, the Collateral.

Borrower may deliver to Bank on an electronic basis any certificates, reports or information required pursuant to this Section 6.2, and Bank shall be entitled to rely on the information contained in the electronic files, provided that Bank in good faith believes that the files were delivered by a Responsible Officer. Borrower shall include a submission date on any certificates and reports to be delivered electronically.

6.3 Inventory and Equipment; Returns. Borrower shall keep all Inventory and Equipment in good and merchantable condition, free from all material defects except for Inventory and Equipment (i) sold in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) for which adequate reserves have been made, in all cases in the United States and such other locations as to which Borrower gives prior written notice. Returns and allowances, if any, as between Borrower and its account debtors shall be on the same basis and in accordance with the usual customary practices of Borrower, as they exist on the Closing Date. Borrower shall promptly notify Bank of all returns and recoveries and of all disputes and claims involving inventory having a book value of more than $100,000.

6.4 Taxes. Borrower shall make, and cause each Subsidiary to make, due and timely payment or deposit of all material federal, state, and local taxes, assessments, or contributions required of it by law, including, but not limited to, those laws concerning income taxes, F.I.C.A., F.U.T.A. and state disability, and will execute and deliver to Bank, on demand, proof satisfactory to Bank indicating that Borrower or a Subsidiary has made such payments or deposits and any appropriate certificates attesting to the payment or deposit thereof; provided that Borrower or a Subsidiary need not make any payment if the amount or validity of such payment is contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and is reserved against (to the extent required by GAAP) by Borrower or such Subsidiary.

 

LOGO    Otonomy, Inc. LSA Execution Version    9


6.5 Insurance. Borrower, at its expense, shall (i) keep the Collateral insured against loss or damage, and (ii) maintain liability and other insurance, in each case in as ordinarily insured against by other owners in businesses similar to Borrower’s. All such policies of insurance shall be in such form, with such companies, and in such amounts as reasonably satisfactory to Bank. All policies of property insurance shall contain a lender’s loss payable endorsement, in a form satisfactory to Bank, showing Bank as an additional loss payee, and the general liability insurance policy shall show Bank as an additional insured and specify that the insurer must give at least 30 days notice to Bank before canceling its policy for any reason (other than for non-payment of premium) and 10 days notice to Bank before cancelling its policy for non-payment of premium. Except as set forth in the preceding sentence with respect to Borrower’s general liability insurance policy, all liability insurance policies shall specify that the insurer must give at least 30 days notice to Bank for cancelling its policy for any reason. Within 30 days of the Closing Date, Borrower shall cause to be furnished to Bank a copy of its policies or certificate of insurance including any endorsements covering Bank or showing Bank as an additional insured. Upon Bank’s request, Borrower shall deliver to Bank certified copies of the policies of insurance and evidence of all premium payments. Proceeds payable under any casualty policy will, at Borrower’s option, be payable to Borrower to replace the property subject to the claim, provided that any such replacement property, shall be deemed Collateral in which Bank has been granted a first priority security interest (subject to Permitted Liens), provided that if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, all proceeds payable under any such policy, shall, at Bank’s option, be payable to Bank to be applied on account of the Obligations.

6.6 “Primary Depository”. Subject to the provisions of Section 3.1(d) and 3.2(b), Borrower within 30 days of the Closing Date shall maintain all its depository and operating accounts with Bank and its primary investment accounts with Bank or Bank’s affiliates.

6.7 Financial Covenants. Borrower shall at all times maintain the following financial ratios and covenants:

(a) Gross Remaining Months Liquidity/Funding Milestones. At all times prior to the Next Financing Event, before Borrower’s Gross Remaining Months Liquidity falls below 2.50 to 1.00, Borrower shall either (i) provide Bank with written confirmation from its board of directors that Borrower’s existing investors have committed to purchase additional Subordinated Debt or equity securities of Borrower with net Cash proceeds to be received by Borrower therefrom of at least $15,000,000 (the “Option 1 Financing Event”), and the Option 1 Financing Event shall close with Borrower receiving at least $15,000,000 in net Cash proceeds therefrom within 60 days immediately following Bank’s receipt of written confirmation from Borrower’s board of directors of the Option 1 Financing Event, or (ii) provide Bank with a signed and accepted term sheet from investors reasonably acceptable to Bank for the purchase of the equity securities of Borrower with net Cash proceeds to be received by Borrower therefrom of at least $25,000,000 (the “Option 2 Financing Event”), and the Option 2 Financing Event shall close within 60 days immediately following Bank’s receipt of the signed and accepted term sheet with respect to the Option 2 Financing Event, provided that any term sheet, including without limitation, the Orbimed Term Sheet, shall not be considered a term sheet reasonably acceptable to Bank for purposes of this Section 6.7(a)(ii) unless and until all of the First Closing Conditions shall have been satisfied.

 

LOGO    Otonomy, Inc. LSA Execution Version    10


(b) Post Next Financing Event Covenants. Within 45 days following the consummation of the Next Financing Event, Borrower shall provide Bank with an updated operating plan approved by Borrower’s board of directors, and Bank shall, acting in good faith, use that operating plan to establish covenants and covenant levels acceptable to Bank, with such covenants and covenant levels being incorporated herein via a written amendment, which Borrower hereby agrees to promptly execute.

6.8 Consent of Inbound Licensors. Prior to entering into or becoming bound by any material inbound license agreement, which would prohibit, in a manner enforceable under applicable law, Borrower from granting a security interest in such license agreement Borrower shall (i) provide written notice to Bank of the material terms of such license or agreement with a description of its likely impact on Borrower’s business or financial condition, and (ii) except for those agreements set forth in the Schedule, in good faith use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the consent of, or waiver by, any person whose consent or waiver is necessary for Borrower’s interest in such license to be deemed Collateral and for Bank to have a security interest in it that might otherwise be restricted by the terms of the applicable license, whether now existing or entered into in the future, provided, however, that the failure to obtain such consent or waiver shall not constitute a default under this Agreement.

6.9 Creation/Acquisition of Subsidiaries. In the event any Borrower or any Subsidiary of any Borrower creates or acquires any Subsidiary, Borrower or such Subsidiary shall promptly notify Bank of such creation or acquisition, and Borrower or such Subsidiary shall take all actions reasonably requested by Bank to achieve any of the following with respect to such “ New Subsidiary” (defined as a Subsidiary formed after the date hereof during the Term of this Agreement): (i) to cause New Subsidiary to become either a co-Borrower hereunder , if such New Subsidiary is organized under the laws of the United States, or a secured guarantor with respect to the Obligations; and (ii) to grant and pledge to Bank a perfected security interest in 100% of the stock, units or other evidence of ownership held by Borrower or its Subsidiaries of any such New Subsidiary which is organized under the laws of the United States, and 65% of the stock, units or other evidence of ownership held by Borrower or its Subsidiaries of any such New Subsidiary which is not organized under the laws of the United States.

6.10 Further Assurances. At any time and from time to time Borrower shall execute and deliver such further instruments and take such further action as may reasonably be requested by Bank to effect the purposes of this Agreement.

 

  7. NEGATIVE COVENANTS.

Borrower covenants and agrees that, so long as any credit hereunder shall be available and until the outstanding Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) are paid in full or for so long as Bank may have any commitment to make any Credit Extensions, Borrower will not do any of the following without Bank’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld:

7.1 Dispositions. Convey, sell, lease, license, transfer or otherwise dispose of (collectively, to “Transfer”), or permit any of its Subsidiaries to Transfer, all or any part of its business or property, or move cash balances on deposit with Bank to accounts opened at another

 

LOGO    Otonomy, Inc. LSA Execution Version    11


financial institution (except to the extent such other accounts are expressly permitted to be maintained under Section 6.6), other than Permitted Transfers.

7.2 Change in Name, Location, Executive Office, or Executive Management; Change in Business; Change in Fiscal Year; Change in Control. Change its name or the state of Borrower’s formation or relocate its chief executive office without 30 days prior written notification to Bank; replace or suffer the departure of its chief executive officer or chief financial officer without delivering written notification to Bank within 10 days; fail to appoint an interim replacement or fill a vacancy in the position of chief executive officer or chief financial officer for more than 30 consecutive days; suffer a change on its board of directors which results in the failure of both (i) Jay Lichter (in his capacity as a representative of Avalon Ventures), and (ii) Brian Dovey (in his capacity as a representative of Domain Associates), to serve as voting members, or suffer the resignation of one or more directors from its board of directors in anticipation of Borrower’s insolvency, in each case without the prior written consent of Bank which may be withheld in Bank’s sole discretion; take action to liquidate, wind up, or otherwise cease to conduct business in the ordinary course; engage in any business, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to engage in any business, other than or reasonably related or incidental to the businesses currently engaged in by Borrower; change its fiscal year end; have a Change in Control.

7.3 Mergers or Acquisitions. Merge or consolidate, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to merge or consolidate, with or into any other business organization (other than mergers or consolidations of a Subsidiary into another Subsidiary or into Borrower), or acquire, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to acquire, all or substantially all of the capital stock or property of another Person except where (a) each of the following conditions is applicable: (i) the consideration paid in connection with such transactions (including assumption of liabilities) does not in the aggregate exceed $250,000 during any fiscal year, (ii) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would exist after giving effect to such transactions, (iii) such transactions do not result in a Change in Control, and (iv) Borrower is the surviving entity; or (b) the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) are repaid in full concurrently with the closing of any merger or consolidation of Borrower in which Borrower is not the surviving entity; provided, however, that Borrower shall not, without Bank’s prior written consent, enter into any binding contractual arrangement with any Person to attempt to facilitate a merger or acquisition of Borrower unless (i) no Event of Default exists when such agreement is entered into by Borrower and (ii) such agreement does not give such Person the right to claim any fee, payment or damages from any parties, other than from Borrower or Borrower’s investors, in connection with a sale of Borrower’s stock or assets pursuant to or resulting from an assignment for the benefit of creditors, an asset turnover to Borrower’s creditors (including, without limitation, Bank), foreclosure, bankruptcy or similar liquidation, and (iii) Borrower notifies Bank in advance of entering into such agreement (provided, the failure to give such notification shall not be deemed a material breach of this Agreement).

7.4 Indebtedness. Create, incur, assume, guarantee or be or remain liable with respect to any Indebtedness, or permit any Subsidiary so to do, other than Permitted Indebtedness, or prepay any Indebtedness or take any actions which impose on Borrower an obligation to prepay any Indebtedness, except Indebtedness to Bank and (ii) the conversion of Subordinated Debt to equity securities and the payment of cash in lieu of issuing fractional

 

LOGO    Otonomy, Inc. LSA Execution Version    12


shares (provided, however, that the aggregate amount of cash that Borrower shall be permitted to pay in lieu of issuing fractional shares shall not exceed $10,000 per year).

7.5 Encumbrances. Create, incur, assume or allow any Lien with respect to its property, or assign or otherwise convey any right to receive income, including the sale of any Accounts, or permit any of its Subsidiaries so to do, except for Permitted Liens, or covenant to any other Person (other than (i) the licensors of in-licensed property with respect to such property, (ii) the lessors of specific equipment or lenders financing specific equipment with respect to such leased or financed equipment or (iii) the counterparties to a merger or acquisition agreement or similar agreement for the sale of Borrower, provided that such covenants do not prohibit or restrict Bank from receiving or maintaining a security interest in any of Borrower’s property, including its intellectual property, that Borrower in the future will refrain from creating, incurring, assuming or allowing any Lien with respect to any of Borrower’s property .

7.6 Distributions. Pay any dividends or make any other distribution or payment on account of or in redemption, retirement or purchase of any capital stock, except that Borrower may (i) pay dividends in equity securities, (ii) convert any securities into other equity securities pursuant to the terms of such convertible securities, (iii) make payments in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares (provided, that the aggregate amount of cash paid by Borrower as payments in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares shall not exceed $10,000 per year), (iv) repurchase the stock of founders or former employees, directors and officers pursuant to stock repurchase agreements as long as an Event of Default does not exist prior to such repurchase or would not exist after giving effect to such repurchase, and (v) repurchase the stock of founders or former employees, directors and officers pursuant to stock repurchase agreements by the cancellation of indebtedness owed by such founders or former employees, directors or officers to Borrower regardless of whether an Event of Default exists.

7.7 Investments. Directly or indirectly acquire or own, or make any Investment in or to any Person, or permit any of its Subsidiaries so to do, other than Permitted Investments, or maintain or invest any of its Investment Property with a Person other than Bank or Bank’s Affiliates (unless expressly otherwise permitted pursuant to Section 6.6) or permit any Subsidiary to do so unless such Person has entered into a control agreement with Bank, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, or suffer or permit any Subsidiary to be a party to, or be bound by, an agreement that restricts such Subsidiary from paying dividends or otherwise distributing property to Borrower.

7.8 Transactions with Affiliates. Directly or indirectly enter into or permit to exist any material transaction with any Affiliate of Borrower except for (i) transactions that are in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business, upon fair and reasonable terms that are no less favorable to Borrower than would be obtained in an arm’s length transaction with a non-affiliated Person and (ii) equity and bridge debt financings with Borrower’s existing investors, so long as any equity financings do not result in a Change of Control and any bridge debt financings constitute Subordinated Debt.

7.9 Subordinated Debt. Make any payment in respect of any Subordinated Debt, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to make any such payment, except in compliance with the

 

LOGO    Otonomy, Inc. LSA Execution Version    13


terms of such Subordinated Debt, or amend any provision affecting Bank’s rights contained in any documentation relating to the Subordinated Debt without Bank’s prior written consent.

7.10 Inventory and Equipment. Store the Inventory or the Equipment of a book value in excess of $100,000 with a bailee, warehouseman, collocation facility or similar third party unless the third party has been notified of Bank’s security interest and (a) Bank has received an acknowledgment from the third party that it is holding or will hold the Inventory or Equipment for Bank’s benefit or (b) Bank is in possession of the warehouse receipt, where negotiable, covering such Inventory or Equipment. Except for Inventory sold in the ordinary course of business and for movable items of personal property having an aggregate book value not in excess of $100,000, and except for such other locations as Bank may approve in writing, Borrower shall keep the Inventory and Equipment only at the location set forth in Section 10 and such other locations of which Borrower gives Bank prior written notice and as to which Bank is able to take such actions as may be necessary to perfect its security interest or to obtain a bailee’s acknowledgment of Bank’s rights in the Collateral. Notwithstanding the above, Borrower shall be permitted to store Inventory or Equipment with a book value up to $300,000 at 9342 Jeronimo Rd., Irvine, CA 92618 without Bank receiving an acknowledgment from Alliance Medical Products, Inc.

7.11 No Investment Company; Margin Regulation. Become or be controlled by an “investment company,” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, or become principally engaged in, or undertake as one of its important activities, the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock, or use the proceeds of any Credit Extension for such purpose.

 

  8. EVENTS OF DEFAULT.

Any one or more of the following events shall constitute an Event of Default by Borrower under this Agreement:

8.1 Payment Default. If Borrower fails to pay any of the Obligations when due

8.2 Covenant Default.

(a) If Borrower fails to perform any obligation under Sections 6.2 (financial reporting), 6.4 (taxes), 6.5 (insurance), 6.6 (primary accounts) or 6.7 (financial covenants), or violates any of the covenants contained in Article 7 of this Agreement; or

(b)  If Borrower fails or neglects to perform or observe any other material term, provision, condition, covenant contained in this Agreement, in any of the Loan Documents, or in any other present or future agreement between Borrower and Bank and as to any default under such other term, provision, condition or covenant that can be cured, has failed to cure such default within 10 days after Borrower receives notice thereof or any officer of Borrower becomes aware thereof; provided, however, that if the default cannot by its nature be cured within the 10 day period or cannot after diligent attempts by Borrower be cured within such 10 day period, and such default is likely to be cured within a reasonable time, then Borrower shall have an additional reasonable period (which shall not in any case exceed 30 days) to attempt to cure such

 

LOGO    Otonomy, Inc. LSA Execution Version    14


default, and within such reasonable time period the failure to have cured such default shall not be deemed an Event of Default but no Credit Extensions will be made.

8.3 Material Adverse Change. If there occurs any circumstance or any circumstances which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

8.4 Attachment. If any material portion of Borrower’s assets is attached, seized, subjected to a writ or distress warrant, or is levied upon, or comes into the possession of any trustee, receiver or person acting in a similar capacity and such attachment, seizure, writ or distress warrant or levy has not been removed, discharged or rescinded within 10 days, or if Borrower is enjoined, restrained, or in any way prevented by court order from continuing to conduct all or any material part of its business affairs, or if a judgment or other claim becomes a lien or encumbrance upon any material portion of Borrower’s assets, or if a notice of lien, levy, or assessment is filed of record with respect to any material portion of Borrower’s assets by the United States Government, or any department, agency, or instrumentality thereof, or by any state, county, municipal, or governmental agency, and the same is not paid within ten days after Borrower receives notice thereof, provided that none of the foregoing shall constitute an Event of Default where such action or event is stayed or an adequate bond has been posted pending a good faith contest by Borrower (provided that no Credit Extensions will be made during such cure period);

8.5 Insolvency. If Borrower becomes insolvent, or if an Insolvency Proceeding is commenced by Borrower, or if an Insolvency Proceeding is commenced against Borrower and is not dismissed or stayed within 30 days (provided that no Credit Extensions will be made prior to the dismissal of such Insolvency Proceeding);

8.6 Other Agreements. If there is a default or other failure to perform in any agreement to which Borrower is a party with a third party or parties (a) resulting in a right by such third party or parties, whether or not exercised, to accelerate the maturity of any Indebtedness in an amount in excess of $650,000 (b) in connection with any lease of real property that would permit such landlord to terminate the lease, or (c) that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

8.7 Judgments. If a final, uninsured judgment or judgments for the payment of money in an amount, individually or in the aggregate, of at least $650,000 shall be rendered against Borrower and shall remain unsatisfied and unstayed for a period of 10 days (provided that no Credit Extensions will be made prior to the satisfaction or stay of the judgment); or

8.8 Misrepresentations. If any material misrepresentation or material misstatement exists now or hereafter in any warranty or representation set forth herein or in any certificate delivered to Bank by any Responsible Officer pursuant to this Agreement or to induce Bank to enter into this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

 

  9. BANK’S RIGHTS AND REMEDIES.

9.1 Rights and Remedies. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Bank may, at its election, without notice of its election and without demand, do any one or more of the following, all of which are authorized by Borrower:

 

LOGO    Otonomy, Inc. LSA Execution Version    15


(a) Declare all Obligations, whether evidenced by this Agreement, by any of the other Loan Documents, or otherwise, immediately due and payable (provided that upon the occurrence of an Event of Default described in Section 8.5 (insolvency), all Obligations shall become immediately due and payable without any action by Bank);

(b)  Demand that Borrower (i) deposit cash with Bank in an amount equal to the amount of any Letters of Credit remaining undrawn, as collateral security for the repayment of any future drawings under such Letters of Credit, and (ii) pay in advance all Letter of Credit fees scheduled to be paid or payable over the remaining term of the Letters of Credit, and Borrower shall promptly deposit and pay such amounts;

(c)  Cease advancing money or extending credit to or for the benefit of Borrower under this Agreement or under any other agreement between Borrower and Bank;

(d)  Settle or adjust disputes and claims directly with account debtors for amounts, upon terms and in whatever order that Bank reasonably considers advisable;

(e)  Make such payments and do such acts as Bank considers necessary or reasonable to protect its security interest in the Collateral. Borrower agrees to assemble the Collateral if Bank so requires, and to make the Collateral available to Bank as Bank may designate. Borrower authorizes Bank to enter the premises where the Collateral is located, to take and maintain possession of the Collateral, or any part of it, and to pay, purchase, contest, or compromise any encumbrance, charge, or lien which in Bank’s determination appears to be prior or superior to its security interest and to pay all expenses incurred in connection therewith. With respect to any of Borrower’s owned premises, Borrower hereby grants Bank a license to enter into possession of such premises and to occupy the same, without charge, in order to exercise any of Bank’s rights or remedies provided herein, at law, in equity, or otherwise;

(f)  Set off and apply to the Obligations any and all (i) balances and deposits of Borrower held by Bank, and (ii) indebtedness at any time owing to or for the credit or the account of Borrower held by Bank;

(g)  Ship, reclaim, recover, store, finish, maintain, repair, prepare for sale, advertise for sale, and sell (in the manner provided for herein) the Collateral. Bank is hereby granted a license or other right, solely pursuant to the provisions of this Section 9.1, to use, without charge, Borrower’s labels, patents, copyrights, rights of use of any name, trade secrets, trade names, trademarks, service marks, and advertising matter, or any property of a similar nature, as it pertains to the Collateral, in completing production of, advertising for sale, and selling any Collateral and, in connection with Bank’s exercise of its rights under this Section 9.1, Borrower’s rights under all licenses and all franchise agreements shall inure to Bank’s benefit;

(h)  Sell the Collateral at either a public or private sale, or both, by way of one or more contracts or transactions, for cash or on terms, in such manner and at such places (including Borrower’s premises) as Bank determines is commercially reasonable, and apply any proceeds to the Obligations in whatever manner or order Bank deems appropriate. Bank may sell the Collateral without giving any warranties as to the Collateral. Bank may specifically disclaim any warranties of title or the like. This procedure will not be considered adversely to affect the

 

LOGO    Otonomy, Inc. LSA Execution Version    16


commercial reasonableness of any sale of the Collateral. If Bank sells any of the Collateral upon credit, Borrower will be credited only with payments actually made by the purchaser, received by Bank, and applied to the indebtedness of the purchaser. If the purchaser fails to pay for the Collateral, Bank may resell the Collateral and Borrower shall be credited with the proceeds of the sale;

(i) Bank may credit bid and purchase at any public sale;

(j) Apply for the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator or conservator of the Collateral, without notice and without regard to the adequacy of the security for the Obligations and without regard to the solvency of Borrower, any guarantor or any other Person liable for any of the Obligations; and

(k) Any deficiency that exists after disposition of the Collateral as provided above will be paid immediately by Borrower.

Bank may comply with any applicable state or federal law requirements in connection with a disposition of the Collateral and compliance will not be considered adversely to affect the commercial reasonableness of any sale of the Collateral.

9.2 Power of Attorney. Effective only upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints Bank (and any of Bank’s designated officers, or employees) as Borrower’s true and lawful attorney to: (a) send requests for verification of Accounts or notify account debtors of Bank’s security interest in the Accounts; (b) endorse Borrower’s name on any checks or other forms of payment or security that may come into Bank’s possession; (c) sign Borrower’s name on any invoice or bill of lading relating to any Account, drafts against account debtors, schedules and assignments of Accounts, verifications of Accounts, and notices to account debtors; (d) dispose of any Collateral; (e) make, settle, and adjust all claims under and decisions with respect to Borrower’s policies of insurance; (f) settle and adjust disputes and claims respecting the accounts directly with account debtors, for amounts and upon terms which Bank determines to be reasonable; and (g) file, in its sole discretion, one or more financing or continuation statements and amendments thereto, relative to any of the Collateral; provided Bank may exercise such power of attorney to sign the name of Borrower on any of the documents described in clause (g) above, regardless of whether an Event of Default has occurred. The appointment of Bank as Borrower’s attorney in fact, and each and every one of Bank’s rights and powers, being coupled with an interest, is irrevocable until all of the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) have been fully repaid and performed and Bank’s obligation to provide advances hereunder is terminated.

9.3 Accounts Collection. At any time after the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, Bank may notify any Person owing funds to Borrower of Bank’s security interest in such funds and verify the amount of such Account. Borrower shall collect all amounts owing to Borrower for Bank, receive in trust all payments as Bank’s trustee, and immediately deliver such payments to Bank in their original form as received from the account debtor, with proper endorsements for deposit.

 

LOGO    Otonomy, Inc. LSA Execution Version    17


9.4 Bank Expenses. If Borrower fails to pay any amounts or furnish any required proof of payment due to third persons or entities, as required under the terms of this Agreement, then Bank may do any or all of the following after reasonable notice to Borrower: (a) make payment of the same or any part thereof; and/or (b) obtain and maintain insurance policies of the type discussed in Section 6.5 of this Agreement, and take any action with respect to such policies as Bank deems prudent. Any amounts so paid or deposited by Bank shall constitute Bank Expenses, shall be immediately due and payable, and shall bear interest at the then applicable rate hereinabove provided, and shall be secured by the Collateral. Any payments made by Bank shall not constitute an agreement by Bank to make similar payments in the future or a waiver by Bank of any Event of Default under this Agreement.

9.5 Bank’s Liability for Collateral. Bank has no obligation to clean up or otherwise prepare the Collateral for sale. All risk of loss, damage or destruction of the Collateral shall be borne by Borrower.

9.6 No Obligation to Pursue Others. Bank has no obligation to attempt to satisfy the Obligations by collecting them from any other person liable for them and Bank may release, modify or waive any collateral provided by any other Person to secure any of the Obligations, all without affecting Bank’s rights against Borrower. Borrower waives any right it may have to require Bank to pursue any other Person for any of the Obligations.

9.7 Remedies Cumulative. Bank’s rights and remedies under this Agreement, the Loan Documents, and all other agreements shall be cumulative. Bank shall have all other rights and remedies not inconsistent herewith as provided under the Code, by law, or in equity. No exercise by Bank of one right or remedy shall be deemed an election, and no waiver by Bank of any Event of Default on Borrower’s part shall be deemed a continuing waiver. No delay by Bank shall constitute a waiver, election, or acquiescence by it. No waiver by Bank shall be effective unless made in a written document signed on behalf of Bank and then shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which it was given. Borrower expressly agrees that this Section 9.7 may not be waived or modified by Bank by course of performance, conduct, estoppel or otherwise.

9.8 Demand; Protest. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, Borrower waives demand, protest, notice of protest, notice of default or dishonor, notice of payment and nonpayment and any other notices relating to the Obligations.

 

  10. NOTICES.

Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, all notices or demands by any party relating to this Agreement or any other agreement entered into in connection herewith shall be in writing and (except for financial statements and other informational documents which may be sent by first-class mail, postage prepaid) shall be personally delivered or sent by a recognized overnight delivery service, certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or by telefacsimile to Borrower or to Bank, as the case may be, at its addresses set forth below:

 

LOGO    Otonomy, Inc. LSA Execution Version    18


If to Borrower:    Otonomy, Inc.
   6275 Nancy Ridge Drive, Suite 100
   San Diego, CA 92121
   Attn:    Paul E. Cayer, Chief Business Officer
   FAX:    (858) 200-0933
If to Bank:    Square 1 Bank
   406 Blackwell Street, Suite 240
   Durham, North Carolina 27701
   Attn: Loan Operations Manager
   FAX:    (919) 314-3080
with a copy to:    Square 1 Bank
   12481 High Bluff Drive, Suite 350
   San Diego, CA 92130
   Attn:    Lisa Foussianes
   FAX:    (858) 436-3501

The parties hereto may change the address at which they are to receive notices hereunder, by notice in writing in the foregoing manner given to the other.

 

  11. CHOICE OF LAW AND VENUE; JURY TRIAL WAIVER.

This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of California, without regard to principles of conflicts of law. Jurisdiction shall lie in the State of California. All disputes, controversies, claims, actions and similar proceedings arising with respect to Borrower’s account or any related agreement or transaction shall be brought in the Superior Court of San Mateo County, California or the United States District Court for the Northern District of California, except as provided below with respect to arbitration of such matters. BANK AND BORROWER EACH ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IS A CONSTITUTIONAL ONE, BUT THAT IT MAY BE WAIVED. EACH OF THEM, AFTER CONSULTING OR HAVING HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT, WITH COUNSEL OF THEIR CHOICE, KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT ANY OF THEM MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LITIGATION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY RELATED INSTRUMENT OR LOAN DOCUMENT OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, DEALING, STATEMENTS (WHETHER ORAL OR WRITTEN), OR ACTION OF ANY OF THEM. THESE PROVISIONS SHALL NOT BE DEEMED TO HAVE BEEN MODIFIED IN ANY RESPECT OR RELINQUISHED BY BANK OR BORROWER, EXCEPT

 

LOGO    Otonomy, Inc. LSA Execution Version    19


BY A WRITTEN INSTRUMENT EXECUTED BY EACH OF THEM. If the jury waiver set forth in this Section 11 is not enforceable, then any dispute, controversy, claim, action or similar proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement, the Loan Documents or any of the transactions contemplated therein shall be settled by final and binding arbitration held in San Mateo County, California in accordance with the then current Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association by one arbitrator appointed in accordance with those rules. The arbitrator shall apply California law to the resolution of any dispute, without reference to rules of conflicts of law or rules of statutory arbitration. Judgment upon any award resulting from arbitration may be entered into and enforced by any state or federal court having jurisdiction thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties may apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for preliminary or interim equitable relief, or to compel arbitration in accordance with this Section. The costs and expenses of the arbitration, including without limitation, the arbitrator’s fees and expert witness fees, and reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by the parties to the arbitration may be awarded to the prevailing party, in the discretion of the arbitrator, or may be apportioned between the parties in any manner deemed appropriate by the arbitrator. Unless and until the arbitrator decides that one party is to pay for all (or a share) of such costs and expenses, both parties shall share equally in the payment of the arbitrator’s fees as and when billed by the arbitrator.

 

  12. GENERAL PROVISIONS.

12.1 Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of the respective successors and permitted assigns of each of the parties and shall bind all persons who become bound as a debtor to this Agreement; provided, however, that neither this Agreement nor any rights hereunder may be assigned by Borrower without Bank’s prior written consent, which consent may be granted or withheld in Bank’s sole discretion. Bank shall have the right without the consent of or notice to Borrower to sell, assign, transfer, negotiate, or grant participation in all or any part of, or any interest in, Bank’s obligations, rights and benefits hereunder.

12.2 Indemnification. Borrower shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless Bank and its officers, employees, and agents (each, an “Indemnified Person”) against: (a) all obligations, demands, claims, and liabilities claimed or asserted by any other party in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; and (b) all losses or Bank Expenses in any way suffered, incurred, or paid by an Indemnified Person as a result of or in any way arising out of, following, or consequential to transactions between Bank and Borrower whether under this Agreement or otherwise (including without limitation reasonable attorneys fees and expenses), except for losses caused by such Indemnified Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

12.3 Time of Essence. Time is of the essence for the performance of all obligations set forth in this Agreement.

12.4 Severability of Provisions. Each provision of this Agreement shall be severable from every other provision of this Agreement for the purpose of determining the legal enforceability of any specific provision.

 

LOGO    Otonomy, Inc. LSA Execution Version    20


12.5 Amendments in Writing, Integration. All amendments to or terminations of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents must be in writing. All prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, if any, are merged into this Agreement and the Loan Documents.

12.6 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute but one and the same Agreement. Executed copies of the signature pages of this Agreement sent by facsimile or transmitted electronically in Portable Document Format (“PDF”), or any similar format, shall be treated as originals, fully binding and with full legal force and effect, and the parties waive any rights they may have to object to such treatment.

12.7 Survival. All covenants, representations and warranties made in this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect so long as any Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) remain outstanding or Bank has any obligation to make any Credit Extension to Borrower. The obligations of Borrower to indemnify Bank with respect to the expenses, damages, losses, costs and liabilities described in Section 12.2 shall survive until all applicable statute of limitations periods with respect to actions that may be brought against Bank have run.

12.8 Confidentiality. In handling any confidential information, Bank and Borrower and all employees and agents of such party shall exercise the same degree of care that such party exercises with respect to its own proprietary information of the same types to maintain the confidentiality of any non-public information thereby received or received pursuant to this Agreement except that disclosure of such information may be made (i) in the case of Bank, to the subsidiaries or Affiliates of Bank or Borrower, provided that such subsidiaries or Affiliates of Bank are obligated to keep such information confidential to the same extent Bank is required to keep such information confidential in connection with their present or prospective business relations with Borrower, (ii) in the case of Bank, to prospective transferees or purchasers of any interest in the Credit Extensions, provided that they have entered into a comparable confidentiality agreement in favor of Borrower and have delivered a copy to Borrower, (iii) as required by law, regulations, rule or order, subpoena, judicial order or similar order, (iv) in the case of Bank, as may be required in connection with the examination, audit or similar investigation of Bank and (v) as Bank may determine in connection with the enforcement of any remedies hereunder. Confidential information hereunder shall not include information that either: (a) is in the public domain through no fault of Bank or in the knowledge or possession of the receiving party when disclosed to such party, or becomes part of the public domain after disclosure to such receiving party through no fault of such receiving party; or (b) is disclosed to such receiving party by a third party, provided such receiving party does not have actual knowledge that such third party is prohibited from disclosing such information.

********

 

LOGO    Otonomy, Inc. LSA Execution Version    21


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

OTONOMY, INC.
By:  

/s/ David A. Weber

Name:  

David A. Weber

Title:  

President & Chief Executive Officer

SQUARE 1 BANK
By:  

/s/ Lan Zhu

Name:  

Lan Zhu

Title:  

Client Manager

 

LOGO    Otonomy, Inc. LSA Execution Version    22


EXHIBIT A

DEFINITIONS

“Accounts” means all presently existing and hereafter arising accounts, contract rights, payment intangibles and all other forms of obligations owing to Borrower arising out of the sale or lease of goods (including, without limitation, the licensing of software and other technology) or the rendering of services by Borrower and any and all credit insurance, guaranties, and other security therefore, as well as all merchandise returned to or reclaimed by Borrower and Borrower’s Books relating to any of the foregoing.

“Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any Person that owns or controls directly or indirectly such Person, any Person that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with such Person, and each of such Person’s senior executive officers, directors, and general partners.

“Authorized Officer” means someone designated as such in the corporate resolution provided by Borrower to Bank in which this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereunder are authorized by Borrower’s board of directors. If Borrower provides subsequent corporate resolutions to Bank after the Closing Date, the individual(s) designated as “Authorized Officer(s)” in the most-recently provided resolution shall be the only “Authorized Officers” for purposes of this Agreement.

“Availability End Date” means July 31, 2014.

“Bank Expenses” means all reasonable costs or expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred in connection with the preparation, negotiation, administration, and enforcement of the Loan Documents; reasonable Collateral audit fees; and Bank’s reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses (whether generated in-house or by outside counsel) incurred in amending, enforcing or defending the Loan Documents (including fees and expenses of appeal), incurred before, during and after an Insolvency Proceeding, whether or not suit is brought.

“Borrower’s Books” means all of Borrower’s books and records including: ledgers; records concerning Borrower’s assets or liabilities, the Collateral, business operations or financial condition; and all computer programs, or tape files, and the equipment, containing such information.

“Business Day” means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday, or other day on which banks in the State of North Carolina are authorized or required to close.

“Cash” means unrestricted cash and cash equivalents.

“Cash Burn” means an amount equal to the prior period’s Cash minus the current period’s ending Cash that has been adjusted for any changes to Cash as a result of borrowings and repayments of borrowings, proceeds from the sale of equity and the exercise of stock options or warrants, paid-in-capital and minority interest, and capital expenditures financed under a capital lease.

“Change in Control” shall mean a transaction other than a bona fide equity financing or series of financings on terms and from investors reasonably acceptable to Bank in which any “person” or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), directly or indirectly, of a sufficient number of shares of all classes of stock then outstanding of Borrower ordinarily entitled to vote in the election of directors, empowering such “person” or “group” to elect a majority of the Board of Directors of Borrower, who did not have such power before such transaction.

“Closing Date” means the date of this Agreement.

 

LOGO    Otonomy, Inc. LSA Execution Version    1


“Code” means the California Uniform Commercial Code as amended or supplemented from time to time.

“Collateral” means the property described on Exhibit B attached hereto and all Negotiable Collateral to the extent not described on Exhibit B, except to the extent (i) any such property is non-assignable by its terms without the consent of the licensor thereof or another party (but only to the extent such prohibition on transfer is enforceable under applicable law, including, without limitation, §9406 and §9408 of the Code), (ii) to which the granting of a security interest therein is contrary to applicable law, provided that upon the cessation of any such restriction or prohibition, such property shall automatically become part of the Collateral, (iii) such property constitutes the capital stock of a controlled foreign corporation (as defined in the IRC), in excess of 65% of the voting power of all classes of capital stock of such controlled foreign corporations entitled to vote, or (iv) such property constitutes property (including any attachments, accessions or replacements) that is subject to a Lien that is permitted pursuant to clause (c) of the definition of Permitted Liens, if the grant of a security interest with respect to such property pursuant to this Agreement would be prohibited by the agreement creating such Permitted Lien or would otherwise constitute a default thereunder, provided, that such property will be deemed “Collateral” hereunder upon the termination and release of such Permitted Lien.

“Collateral State” means the state or states where the Collateral is located, which is California.

“Contingent Obligation” means, as applied to any Person, any direct or indirect liability, contingent or otherwise, of that Person with respect to (i) any indebtedness, lease, dividend, letter of credit or other obligation of another, including, without limitation, any such obligation directly or indirectly guaranteed, endorsed, co-made or discounted or sold with recourse by that Person, or in respect of which that Person is otherwise directly or indirectly liable; (ii) any obligations with respect to undrawn letters of credit, corporate credit cards or merchant services issued for the account of that Person; and (iii) all obligations arising under any interest rate, currency or commodity swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, or other agreement or arrangement designated to protect a Person against fluctuation in interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices; provided, however, that the term “Contingent Obligation” shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The amount of any Contingent Obligation shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determined amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Contingent Obligation is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by such Person in good faith; provided, however, that such amount shall not in any event exceed the maximum amount of the obligations under the guarantee or other support arrangement.

“Copyrights” means any and all copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each work or authorship and derivative work thereof, whether published or unpublished and whether or not the same also constitutes a trade secret, now or hereafter existing, created, acquired or held.

“Credit Extension” means each Term Loan or any other extension of credit, by Bank to or for the benefit of Borrower hereunder.

“Equipment” means all present and future machinery, equipment, tenant improvements, furniture, fixtures, vehicles, tools, parts and attachments in which Borrower has any interest.

“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the regulations thereunder.

“Escrow Payment” means those certain payments in an aggregate amount of up to $200,000 owing by Borrower to IncuMed, LLC in connection with the Asset Transfer Agreement, dated as of April 30, 2013, by and between Borrower and IncuMed, LLC and the Escrow Agreement, dated as of April 30, 2013, by and among Borrower, JP Morgan Chase Bank, NA and IncuMed, LLC.

 

LOGO    Otonomy, Inc. LSA Execution Version    2


“Event of Default” has the meaning assigned in Article 8.

“First Closing Conditions” means each of the following conditions: (i) the United States Food and Drug Administration shall have lifted its clinical hold on Borrower’s OTO-104 program, and (ii) the data from the ongoing Phase 1b trial of Borrower’s OTO-201 program shall support commencement of a Phase 3 registration trial.

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied, as in effect from time to time in the United States.

“Gross Remaining Months Liquidity” means a ratio of Liquidity to Cash Burn.

“Indebtedness” means (a) all indebtedness for borrowed money or the deferred purchase price of property or services, including without limitation reimbursement and other obligations with respect to surety bonds and letters of credit, (b) all obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments, (c) all capital lease obligations, and (d) all Contingent Obligations, including but not limited to any sublimit contained herein.

“Insolvency Proceeding” means any proceeding commenced by or against any Person or entity under any provision of the United States Bankruptcy Code, as amended, or under any other bankruptcy or insolvency law, including assignments for the benefit of creditors, formal or informal moratoria, compositions, extension generally with its creditors, or proceedings seeking reorganization, arrangement, or other relief.

“Inventory” means all present and future inventory in which Borrower has any interest.

“Investment” means any beneficial ownership of (including stock, partnership or limited liability company interest or other securities) any Person, or any loan, advance or capital contribution to any Person.

“Investment Agreement” means, collectively, Borrower’s stock purchase and other agreement(s) pursuant to which Borrower most recently issued its preferred stock.

“IRC” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations thereunder.

“Letter of Credit” means a commercial or standby letter of credit or similar undertaking issued by Bank at Borrower’s request.

“Lien” means any mortgage, lien, deed of trust, charge, pledge, security interest or other encumbrance.

“Liquidity” means the sum of: (i) unrestricted Cash in Bank: plus (ii) the principal amount of the Term Loans remaining undrawn that Borrower shall be permitted to request hereunder.

“Loan Documents” means, collectively, this Agreement, any note or notes executed by Borrower in connection with this Agreement, and any other document, instrument or agreement entered into in connection with this Agreement, all as amended or extended from time to time.

“Material Adverse Effect” means a material adverse effect on: (i) the operations, business or financial condition of Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole; (ii) the ability of Borrower to repay the Obligations or otherwise perform its obligations under the Loan Documents; or (iii) Borrower’s interest in, or the value, perfection or priority of Bank’s security interest in the Collateral.

“Negotiable Collateral” means all of Borrower’s present and future letters of credit of which it is a beneficiary, drafts, instruments (including promissory notes), securities, documents of title, and chattel paper, and Borrower’s Books relating to any of the foregoing.

 

LOGO    Otonomy, Inc. LSA Execution Version    3


“Next Financing Event” means the occurrence of any one of the following after the Closing Date: (a) receipt by Borrower of at least $25,000,000 in net Cash proceeds from the sale or issuance of Borrower’s equity securities to investors reasonably acceptable to Bank; or (b) receipt by Borrower of at least $15,000,000 in net Cash proceeds from the sale or issuance of Borrower’s Subordinated Debt or equity securities to Borrower’s existing investors.

“Obligations” means all debt, principal, interest, Bank Expenses and other amounts owed to Bank by Borrower pursuant to this Agreement or any other agreement, whether absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising, including any interest that accrues after the commencement of an Insolvency Proceeding and including any debt, liability, or obligation owing from Borrower to others that Bank may have obtained by assignment or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Borrower’s obligations under any warrants issued to Bank shall not be deemed “Obligations” hereunder.

“Orbimed Term Sheet” means that certain Term Sheet For Series C Convertible Preferred Stock Financing dated July 3, 2013 entered into between the Borrower and Orbimed Private Investments IV, L.P.

“Patents” means all patents, patent applications and like protections including without limitation improvements, divisions, continuations, renewals, reissues, extensions and continuations-in-part of the same.

“Periodic Payments” means all installments or similar recurring payments that Borrower may now or hereafter become obligated to pay to Bank pursuant to the terms and provisions of any instrument, or agreement now or hereafter in existence between Borrower and Bank.

“Permitted Indebtedness” means:

(a) Indebtedness of Borrower in favor of Bank arising under this Agreement or any other Loan Document;

(b) Indebtedness existing on the Closing Date and disclosed in the Schedule;

(c) Indebtedness not to exceed $650,000 in the aggregate in any fiscal year of Borrower secured by a lien described in clause (c) of the defined term “Permitted Liens,” provided such Indebtedness does not exceed at the time it is incurred the lesser of the cost or fair market value of the property financed with such Indebtedness;

(d) Subordinated Debt;

(e) Indebtedness to trade creditors incurred in the ordinary course of business and to Bank in connection with corporate credit card arrangements;

(f) Other unsecured Indebtedness not to exceed $250,000 outstanding at any time; and

(g) Extensions, refinancings and renewals of any items of Permitted Indebtedness, provided that the principal amount is not increased or the terms modified to impose more burdensome terms upon Borrower or its Subsidiary, as the case may be.

“Permitted Investment” means:

(a) Investments existing on the Closing Date disclosed in the Schedule;

(b) (i) Marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States of America or any agency or any State thereof maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof, (ii) commercial paper maturing no more than one year from the date of creation thereof and currently having rating of at least A-2 or P-2 from either Standard & Poor’s Corporation or Moody’s Investors Service, (iii) Bank’s

 

LOGO    Otonomy, Inc. LSA Execution Version    4


certificates of deposit maturing no more than one year from the date of investment therein, and (iv) Bank’s money market accounts; (v) Investments in regular deposit or checking accounts held with Bank or subject to a control agreement in favor of Bank; and (vi) Investments consistent with any investment policy adopted by the Borrower’s board of directors;

(c) Investments of Subsidiaries in or to other Subsidiaries or Borrower and Investments by Borrower in Subsidiaries not to exceed $650,000 in the aggregate in any fiscal year;

(d) Investments not to exceed $650,000 outstanding in the aggregate at any time consisting of (i) travel advances and employee relocation loans and other employee loans and advances in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) loans to employees, officers or directors relating to the purchase of equity securities of Borrower or its Subsidiaries pursuant to employee stock purchase plan agreements approved by Borrower’s Board of Directors;

(e) Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of customers or suppliers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers or suppliers arising in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business;

(f) Investments consisting of notes receivable of, or prepaid royalties and other credit extensions, to customers and suppliers who are not Affiliates, in the ordinary course of business, provided that this subparagraph (h) shall not apply to Investments of Borrower in any Subsidiary;

(g)  Joint ventures or strategic alliances in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business consisting of the non-exclusive licensing of technology, the development of technology or the providing of technical support, provided that any cash Investments by Borrower do not exceed $650,000 in the aggregate in any fiscal year;

(h)  Investments permitted under Section 7.3;

“Permitted Liens” means the following:

(a)  Any Liens existing on the Closing Date and disclosed in the Schedule (excluding Liens to be satisfied with the proceeds of the Credit Extensions) or arising under this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, or any other agreement in favor of Bank;

(b)  Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other governmental charges or levies, either not delinquent or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which Borrower maintains adequate reserves;

(c)  Liens not to exceed $650,000 in the aggregate in any fiscal year of Borrower (i) upon or in any Equipment (other than Equipment financed by a Credit Extension) acquired or held by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to secure the purchase price of such Equipment or indebtedness incurred solely for the purpose of financing the acquisition or lease of such Equipment, or (ii) existing on such Equipment at the time of its acquisition, in each case provided that the Lien is confined solely to the property so acquired and improvements thereon, and the proceeds of such Equipment;

(d)  Liens incurred in connection with the extension, renewal or refinancing of the indebtedness secured by Liens of the type described in clauses (a) through (c) above, provided that any extension, renewal or replacement Lien shall be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the indebtedness being extended, renewed or refinanced does not increase;

(e)  Liens arising from judgments, decrees or attachments in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default under Sections 8.4 (attachment) or 8.7 (judgments);

 

LOGO    Otonomy, Inc. LSA Execution Version    5


(f) Liens securing Subordinated Debt;

(g) Liens arising from non-exclusive licenses and non-exclusive sublicenses granted to others in the ordinary course of business which do not interfere in any material respects with the business of Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole;

(h)  Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payments of custom duties in connection with the importation of goods;

(i)  Liens of materialmen, mechanics, warehousemen, carriers, artisans or other similar Liens arising in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business or by operation of law, which are not past due or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which reserves have been established in accordance with GAAP;

(j)  Deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts (other than for borrowed money), leases, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business (other than for indebtedness or any Liens arising under ERISA); and

(k)  Subject to Section 6.6 of this Agreement, banker’s liens, rights of setoff and similar liens on deposits made in the ordinary course of business, including all deposit accounts and securities accounts.

“Permitted Transfer” means the conveyance, sale, lease, transfer or disposition by Borrower or any Subsidiary of:

(a)  Inventory in the ordinary course of business;

(b)  licenses and similar arrangements for the use of the property of Borrower or its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(c)  worn-out, surplus, or obsolete Equipment not financed with the proceeds of Credit Extensions;

(d)  grants of security interests and other Liens that constitute Permitted Liens;

(e)  dividends or distributions expressly permitted pursuant to Section 7.6, and Permitted Investments;

(f) the Escrow Payment; and

(g)  other assets of Borrower or its Subsidiaries that do not in the aggregate exceed $650,000 during any fiscal year.

“Person” means any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, institution, public benefit corporation, firm, joint stock company, estate, entity or governmental agency.

“Prime Rate” means the variable rate of interest, per annum, most recently announced by Bank, as its “prime rate,” whether or not such announced rate is the lowest rate available from Bank.

“Responsible Officer” means each of the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Business Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, Vice President of Finance and the Controller of Borrower, as well as any other officer or employee identified in as an Authorized Officer in the corporate resolution delivered by Borrower to Bank in connection with this Agreement.

“Schedule” means the schedule of exceptions attached hereto and approved by Bank, if any.

 

LOGO    Otonomy, Inc. LSA Execution Version    6


“SOS Reports” means the official reports from the Secretaries of State of each Collateral State, the state where Borrower’s chief executive office is located, the state of Borrower’s formation and other applicable federal, state or local government offices identifying all current security interests filed in the Collateral and Liens of record as of the date of such report.

“Subordinated Debt” means any debt incurred by Borrower that is subordinated in writing to the debt owing by Borrower to Bank on terms reasonably acceptable to Bank (and identified as being such by Borrower and Bank).

“Subsidiary” means any corporation, partnership or limited liability company or joint venture in which (i) any general partnership interest or (ii) more than 50% of the stock, limited liability company interest or joint venture of which by the terms thereof ordinary voting power to elect the Board of Directors, managers or trustees of the entity, at the time as of which any determination is being made, is owned by Borrower, either directly or through an Affiliate.

“Term Loan Maturity Date” means July 31, 2016.

“Trademarks” means any trademark and servicemark rights, whether registered or not, applications to register and registrations of the same and like protections, and the entire goodwill of the business of Borrower connected with and symbolized by such trademarks.

 

LOGO    Otonomy, Inc. LSA Execution Version    7


DEBTOR:    OTONOMY, INC.   
SECURED PARTY:    SQUARE 1 BANK   

EXHIBIT B

COLLATERAL DESCRIPTION ATTACHMENT TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

All personal property of Borrower (herein referred to as “Borrower” or “Debtor”) whether presently existing or hereafter created or acquired, and wherever located, including, but not limited to:

(a)  all accounts (including health-care-insurance receivables), chattel paper (including tangible and electronic chattel paper), deposit accounts, documents (including negotiable documents), equipment (including all accessions and additions thereto), financial assets, general intangibles (including patents, trademarks, copyrights, goodwill, payment intangibles, domain names, and software), goods (including fixtures), instruments (including promissory notes), inventory (including all goods held for sale or lease or to be furnished under a contract of service, and including returns and repossessions), investment property (including securities and securities entitlements), letter of credit rights, money, and all of Debtor’s books and records with respect to any of the foregoing, and the computers and equipment containing said books and records;

(b)  any and all cash proceeds and/or noncash proceeds of any of the foregoing, including, without limitation, insurance proceeds, and all supporting obligations and the security therefor or for any right to payment. All terms above have the meanings given to them in the California Uniform Commercial Code, as amended or supplemented from time to time, including revised Division 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code-Secured Transactions.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral shall not include any of the intellectual property, in any medium, of any kind or nature whatsoever, now or hereafter owned or acquired or received by Borrower, or in which Borrower now holds or hereafter acquires or receives any right or interest (collectively, the “Intellectual Property”); provided, however, that the Collateral shall include all accounts and general intangibles that consist of rights to payment and proceeds from the sale, licensing or disposition of all or any part, or rights in, the foregoing (the “Rights to Payment”).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a judicial authority (including a U.S. Bankruptcy Court) holds that a security interest in the underlying Intellectual Property is necessary to have a security interest in the Rights to Payment, then the Collateral shall automatically, and effective as of July 31, 2013, include the Intellectual Property to the extent and only to the extent necessary to permit perfection of Bank’s security interest in the Rights to Payment, and further provided, however, that Bank’s enforcement rights with respect to any security interest in the Intellectual Property shall be absolutely limited to the Rights to Payment only, and Bank shall have no recourse whatsoever with respect to the underlying Intellectual Property.

 

LOGO    Otonomy, Inc. LSA Execution Version    1


CORPORATE RESOLUTION

The undersigned duly elected and qualified [Assistant] Secretary of Otonomy, Inc. (the “Company”) do hereby certify that the following is a true and correct copy of certain resolutions adopted by the Company’s Board of Directors in accordance with applicable law and the Company’s bylaws, and that such resolutions are now unmodified and in full force and effect:

BE IT RESOLVED, that:

 

1) Any one (1) of the following, duly elected officers of the Company (each, an “Authorized Officer”) whose genuine original signature appears next to his or her name is authorized to act for, on behalf of, and in the name of the Company in connection with the resolutions below:

 

Title

      

Name

        

Authorized Signature

 

    

 

     

 

 

    

 

     

 

 

    

 

     

 

 

    

 

     

 

 

2) Any Authorized Officer may:

 

  a) Borrow money from time to time from Square 1 Bank (the “Bank”), and may negotiate and procure loans, letters of credit, foreign exchange contracts and other financial accommodations from Bank, including without limitation, that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of July 31, 2013, and also to execute and deliver to Bank one or more renewals, extensions, or modifications thereof;

 

  b) Give security for any liabilities of the Company to Bank by grant, security interest, assignment, lien, deed of trust or mortgage upon any real or personal property, tangible or intangible of the Company;

 

  c) Purchase, sell, exchange, assign, endorse for transfer and/or deliver certificates and/or instruments representing stocks, bonds, evidences of Indebtedness or other securities owned by the Company, whether or not registered in the name of the Company;

 

  d) Discount with the Bank, commercial or other business paper belonging to the Company made or drawn by or upon third parties, without limit as to amount;

 

  e) Authorize and direct the Bank to pay the proceeds of any such loans or discounts as directed by the persons so authorized to sign;

 

  f) Issue to Bank a warrant or warrants to purchase the Company’s capital stock; and

 

  g) Execute and deliver in form and content as may be required by the Bank any and all notes, evidences of indebtedness, applications for letters of credit, guaranties, subordination agreements, loan and security agreements, financing statements, assignments, liens, deeds of trust, mortgages, trust receipts and other agreements, instruments or documents to carry out the purposes of these Resolutions, any or all of which may relate to all or to substantially all of the Company’s property and assets;

 

3) The Authorized Officers may designate additional or alternate individuals as being authorized to request loan advances, to do and perform such other acts and things, to pay any and all fees and costs, and to execute and deliver such other documents and agreements as he or she may in his or her discretion deem reasonably necessary or proper in order to carry into effect the provisions of these Resolutions.

 

4)

Any and all acts authorized pursuant to these resolutions and performed prior to the passage of these resolutions are hereby ratified and approved, and the authority conferred herein may be exercised singly by any such officer, and these resolutions shall continue in full force and effect until written notice of modification or revocation is received and accepted by Bank (such notice to have no effect on any action previously taken by the Bank in reliance on these Resolutions). Bank may rely upon any form of notice, which

 

LOGO    Otonomy, Inc. LSA Execution Version    2


  it in good faith believes to be genuine or what it purports to be.

 

5) The Resolutions are in full force and effect as of the date of this Certificate and are intended to replace, as of this date, any Resolutions previously given by the Company to Bank in connection with the matters described herein; these Resolutions and any borrowings or financial accommodations under these Resolutions have been properly noted in the corporate books and records, and have not been rescinded, revoked or modified; neither the foregoing Resolutions nor any actions to be taken pursuant to them are or will be in contravention of any provision of the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of the Company or of any agreement, indenture or other instrument to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound; and to the extent the articles of incorporation or bylaws of the Company or any agreement, indenture or other instrument to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound require the vote or consent of shareholders of the Company to authorize any act, matter or thing described in the foregoing Resolutions, such vote or consent has been obtained.

In Witness Whereof, I have affixed my name as [Assistant] Secretary and have caused the corporate seal (where available) of said Company to be affixed on July 31, 2013.

 

 

[Assistant] Secretary*

 

* If the certifying officer is designated as the only signer in these resolutions then another corporate officer must also sign.

 

LOGO    Otonomy, Inc. LSA Execution Version    3


USA PATRIOT ACT NOTICE

OF

CUSTOMER IDENTIFICATION

IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT PROCEDURES FOR OPENING A NEW ACCOUNT

To help the government fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering activities, Federal law requires all financial institutions to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person who opens an account.

WHAT THIS MEANS FOR YOU: when you open an account, we will ask your name, address, date of birth, and other information that will allow us to identify you. We may also ask to see your driver’s license or other identifying documents.

 

LOGO    Otonomy, Inc. LSA Execution Version    4


SQUARE 1 BANK

AUTOMATIC DEBIT AUTHORIZATION

Member FDIC

To: Square 1 Bank

Re: Loan #                     

You are hereby authorized and instructed to charge account No.                      in the name of

Otonomy, Inc.

for facility fees, principal, interest and other payments due on above referenced loan as set forth below and credit the loan referenced above.

x Debit the Facility Fee as it becomes due according to the terms of the Loan and Security Agreement and any renewals or amendments thereof.

x Debit each interest payment as it becomes due according to the terms of the Loan and Security Agreement and any renewals or amendments thereof.

x Debit each principal payment as it becomes due according to the terms of the Loan and Security Agreement and any renewals or amendments thereof.

x Debit each payment for Bank Expenses as it becomes due according to the terms of the Loan and Security Agreement and any renewals or amendments thereof.

This Authorization is to remain in full force and effect until revoked in writing.

 

Borrower Signature    Date
  
  

 

LOGO    Otonomy, Inc. LSA Execution Version    5


Phone                                SQUARE 1 BANK
Fax                                CLIENT AUTHORIZATION

 

General Authorization

I hereby authorize Square 1 Bank to use my company name, logo, and information relating to our banking relationship in its marketing and advertising campaigns which is intended for Square 1 Bank’s customers, prospects and shareholders.

Square 1 Bank will forward any advertising or article including client for prior review and approval.

 

 

Signature

 

Printed Name                  Title

Otonomy, Inc.

Company

6275 Nancy Ridge Drive, Suite 100

Mailing Address

San Diego, CA 92121

City, State, Zip Code

 

Phone Number

 

Fax Number

 

E-Mail

 

Date

 

LOGO    Otonomy, Inc. LSA Execution Version    6

Exhibit 10.11

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED AS TO CERTAIN PORTIONS OF THIS DOCUMENT. EACH SUCH PORTION, WHICH HAS BEEN OMITTED HEREIN AND REPLACED WITH AN ASTERISK [***], HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

LICENSE AND COMMERCIALIZATION AGREEMENT

THIS LICENSE AND COMMERCIALIZATION AGREEMENT including the exhibits referred to herein and attached hereto which are hereby incorporated by reference (the “ Agreement ”) , entered into as of April 30, 2013 (“ Signature Date ”), by and between Otonomy, Inc., a Delaware corporation having a principal place of business located at 6275 Nancy Ridge Road, Suite 100, San Diego, CA 92121 (“ Otonomy ”) and DURECT Corporation, a Delaware corporation having a principal place of business located at 10260 Bubb Road, Cupertino, California 95104 (“ DURECT ”).

RECITALS

A.    WHEREAS, DURECT owns or has rights to certain information and data relating to the development of Gacyclidine and has conducted certain pre-clinical investigations regarding the use of Gacyclidine in the treatment of tinnitus.

B.    WHEREAS, DURECT has licensed certain rights to Active Agents as locally delivered therapeutics with rights to sublicense to Otonomy pursuant to an Amended and Restated Agreement No. 98238 between Institut National de la Sante et de la Recherche Medicale (“ INSERM ”) and DURECT dated May 1, 2001 as amended and restated in January 2002 (the “ INSERM Agreement ”), a copy of which is attached as Exhibit C.

C.    WHEREAS, DURECT and NeuroSystec Corporation (“ NeuroSystec ”) previously entered into a license and commercialization dated May 13, 2004 (the “ Prior Agreement ”), pursuant to which DURECT granted to NeuroSystec an exclusive license to certain technology for site-specific and time-released delivery of Gacyclidine and certain other drugs to the middle or inner ear, including certain rights obtained by DURECT under the INSERM Agreement.

D.    WHEREAS, Otonomy and IncuMed, LLC (“ IncuMed ”), an affiliate of NeuroSystec, have entered into that certain Asset Transfer Agreement of even date herewith pursuant to which Otonomy purchased from IncuMed substantially all of the assets of NeuroSystec relating to Gacyclidine, including without limitation NeuroSystec’s interest in the Prior Agreement.

E.    WHEREAS, Otonomy and DURECT desire to amend and restate the Prior Agreement to modify and/or clarify certain of the provisions of the Prior Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and obligations set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, Otonomy and DURECT hereby agree as follows:

 

Page 1 of 26


1.

DEFINITIONS

As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings indicated herein:

1.1.     Active Agent ” shall mean Gacyclidine, as well as each of the separate diasteriomers comprising Gacyclidine, together with all salt forms, solvates and esters of any of the foregoing, in each case to the extent claimed or otherwise disclosed in the DURECT Patent Rights.

1.2.     Affiliate ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any other Person that, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediates, is controlled by, controls, or is under common control with such Person, as of or after the Effective Date. For purposes of this definition only, the term “ control ” means the possession of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of an entity, whether by ownership of voting stock or partnership interest, by contract or otherwise, including, without limitation, direct or indirect ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the voting interest in the entity in question.

1.3.     Approval ” shall mean the approval, including pharmacological, toxicological, and clinical approvals, which need to be granted by the relevant governmental authorities of a territory, for importation, promotion, distribution, sale, and administration thereof to patients of a Licensed Product in such territory (including, without limitation, an NDA or PMA granted by the FDA, including variations, extensions, and renewals thereof).

1.4.     Commercially Reasonable Efforts ” shall mean a level of effort that would ordinarily be applied by [***]

1.5.     Confidential Information ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11.1 below.

1.6.     Control ” or “ Controlled ” shall mean owned or in-licensed from a Third Party, with the ability to grant access to or a license or sublicense to Otonomy in accordance with this Agreement without violating the terms of any agreement or other arrangement with any Third Party.

1.7.    “Cover”, “Covering” or “Covered” means, with respect to a Licensed Product, that the using, selling, or offering for sale of such Licensed Product would, but for the license granted under this Agreement to the relevant DURECT Patent Rights, infringe a Valid Claim of the relevant DURECT Patent Rights in the country in which the activity occurs.

1.8.     Deductible Expenses ” shall mean to the extent actually incurred or allowed with respect to any sale of a Licensed Product: (i) normal and customary trade, cash and/or quantity discounts, including any volume discount paid or credited to the third party, rebates, chargebacks, retroactive price adjustments and administrative fees (including U.S. Medicaid and Medicare programs or equivalents and other private or government sponsored rebates and administrative fees paid granted to purchasing groups in relation to Licensed Products); (ii) import, export, sales, use, excise and other consumption taxes and custom duties or tariffs, to the extent and up to the amount mentioned in that respect on the invoice, and any other governmental taxes (other than income taxes)

 

*** Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

Page 2 of 26


or charges imposed upon the importation, use or sale of a Licensed Product; (iii) any charges for freight, postage, shipping, security or special handling or insurance; (iv) returns; and (v) reasonable provisions for allowance for uncollectible amounts.

1.9.     DURECT Data ” shall mean all data and information owned or Controlled by DURECT as of or after the Effective Date related to the development, manufacturing, administration and use of Active Agent or the practice of the Joint Patent Rights, including but not limited to pre-clinical and clinical investigation protocols, data, and other results (including safety and efficacy data), information typically found in a Chemistry, Manufacturing and Controls (CMC) section of an FDA filing, all FDA, EMA and other regulatory submissions and correspondence, and information for investigations, including but not limited to investigator brochures.

1.10.     DURECT Know-How ” shall mean all proprietary data, information and materials owned or Controlled by DURECT relating to the development, manufacturing, administration and use of any Active Agent and/or the practice of the Joint Patent Rights including, without limitation, know-how, test results, knowledge, techniques, discoveries, inventions, specifications, designs, regulatory filings, reports and all other documents, and specifically includes, but is not limited to, the DURECT Data.

1.11.     DURECT Patent Rights ” shall mean the Patent Rights listed on Exhibit B.

1.12.     DURECT Intellectual Property ” shall mean DURECT Know-How and DURECT Patent Rights.

1.13.     Effective Date ” shall mean May 13, 2004.

1.14.     EMA ” shall mean the European Medicines Agency or any successor thereto.

1.15.     FDA ” shall mean the United States Food and Drug Administration, or any successor thereto.

1.16.     GAAP ” shall mean United States generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied or, if applicable, corresponding accounting principles in effect in relevant jurisdictions outside the United States, consistently applied.

1.17.     Gacyclidine ” shall mean [***].

1.18.     Joint Patent Rights ” shall mean the intellectual property disclosed in the patent application filed as [***], as well as any Patent Rights covering Inventions as that term is defined in the INSERM Agreement. A complete list all Joint Patent Rights existing as of the Signature Date is attached hereto as Exhibit B.

1.19.     Licensed Product ” shall mean any pharmaceutical formulation containing an Active Agent, either alone or in association or combination with one or several other active or inactive ingredients, as a stand-alone product, or in combination with appropriate devices or

*** Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

Page 3 of 26


bioerodable compounds which provide for site-directed delivery and/or extended release of such pharmaceutical formulation.

1.20.     Marketing Approval Application ” shall mean generally a marketing authorization application filed with the FDA, EMA or other applicable health/regulatory authority, for approval to market and distribute Licensed Products in the applicable jurisdiction, including, without limitation, an NDA or PMA filed with the FDA.

1.21.     NDA ” shall mean a new drug application filed with or granted by the FDA with respect to a Licensed Product seeking approval to commercially market said new drug.

1.22.     Net Sales ” shall mean with respect to a Licensed Product on a country-by-country basis the gross amount invoiced, recognized or otherwise charged by Otonomy, its Affiliates and/or Sublicensees for the sale of a Licensed Product on a country-by-country basis in the Territory, less Deductible Expenses with respect thereto. It is acknowledged that Net Sales shall not include amounts for Licensed Product furnished to a Third Party for use in clinical trials conducted to obtain regulatory approval and Licensed Product distributed as free goods. Furthermore, Net Sales shall not include amounts from sales or other dispositions of Licensed Product between Otonomy and any of its Affiliates or between Otonomy (or any of its Affiliates) and Sublicensees, so long as such Affiliates and/or Sublicensees are not the end user of such Licensed Product.

1.23.     Patent Rights ” shall mean any patent applications, continuations, continuations-in-parts, divisionals, or other patent applications (including, without limitation, provisional applications and PCT patent applications) and patents issuing from any of the foregoing including, but not limited to, any extension, renewal, reexamination, substitution, or reissue of such patents and all foreign equivalents of any of the foregoing.

1.24.     “ Party ” shall mean either Otonomy or DURECT, as appropriate, and collectively Otonomy and DURECT are referred to herein as the “ Parties ”.

1.25.     Person ” shall mean an individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company (“LLC”), trust, business trust, association, joint stock company, joint venture, sole proprietorship, unincorporated organization, governmental authority or any other form of entity not specifically listed herein.

1.26.     PMA ” shall mean a pre-marketing application filed with or granted by the FDA with respect to a Licensed Product seeking approval to commercially market said new device.

1.27.     Sublicensee ( s )” shall mean any Third Party other than an Affiliate of Otonomy to whom Otonomy (or its Affiliate) has granted a sublicense of any or all of the rights in, to and under the DURECT Intellectual Property to make and sell Licensed Products.

1.28.    “Sublicensing Income” means upfront, milestones or other payments received by Otonomy from a Sublicensee in consideration of a grant of a sublicense under the DURECT Patent Rights. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following are specifically excluded from the definition of Sublicensing Income: [***]

 

*** Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

Page 4 of 26


[***]

1.29.     Term ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.1 of this Agreement.

1.30.     Territory ” shall mean the world.

1.31.     Third Party ” shall mean any Person or entity other than a Party.

*** Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

Page 5 of 26


1.32.     Valid Claim ” shall mean any claim of an issued and unexpired patent within the DURECT Patent Rights, which has not been held unenforceable or invalid by a court or other governmental agency of competent jurisdiction in an unappealed and unappealable decision, and which has not been disclaimed or admitted to be invalid or unenforceable through reissue or otherwise.

For purposes of this Agreement, except as otherwise expressly provided herein or unless the context otherwise requires: (a) the use herein of the plural shall include the single and vice versa and the use of the masculine shall include the feminine; (b) unless otherwise set forth herein, the use of the term “including” means “including but not limited to”; and (c) the words “herein,” “hereof,” “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision. Additional terms may be defined throughout this Agreement.

 

2.

LICENSES

2.1.    License Grant. DURECT hereby grants to Otonomy an exclusive, royalty-bearing license, including the right to grant sublicenses, under the DURECT Intellectual Property, to research and develop, make, use, sell, offer for sale, import, export, and otherwise commercialize any Licensed Product and to have any of the foregoing performed on its behalf by a Third Party, in each case within the Territory.

2.2.    Exclusivity. The license granted to Otonomy in section 2.1 is exclusive even with respect to DURECT. For clarity, DURECT shall not retain any rights under the DURECT Intellectual Property to research and develop, make, have made, use, sell, offer for sale or otherwise commercialize, import, and export any Licensed Product.

2.3.    Sublicensing. Otonomy may, under the rights granted to it hereunder, freely grant sublicenses to any Third Party, including the right to grant further sublicenses, provided that all such sublicenses shall be in writing and shall be subordinate to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

2.4.    Termination of Exclusivity by DURECT . In the event that Otonomy has failed to use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to develop and commercialize a Licensed Product, DURECT shall notify Otonomy in writing. Otonomy shall have [***] to remedy such failure (the “ Cure Period ”) . By way of example without limitation, it is hereby agreed that [***] If Otonomy has failed to remedy such failure within the Cure Period, then DURECT may elect, in its sole discretion, by written notice to Otonomy to (i) terminate this Agreement, such termination to take effect in due course so as to permit an orderly wind down of operations pertaining to this agreement, provided that any sublicenses granted by Otonomy prior to the date of such termination shall survive in accordance with Section 10.5.2 below; or (ii) convert the license granted in Section 2.1 to DURECT

 

*** Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

Page 6 of 26


Intellectual Property into a non-exclusive license, provided that any such conversion of the license granted in Section 2.1 to a non-exclusive status shall not affect the exclusivity of any exclusive sublicenses granted by Otonomy prior to the date of such conversion. However, if Otonomy disputes such lack of diligence in writing within the Cure Period, [***] DURECT acknowledges and agrees that as a part of its development activities and diligence obligations hereunder Otonomy may conduct feasibility studies for the application of Licensed Product(s) to specific indications before undertaking further development.

 

3.

DISCLOSURE OF DURECT KNOW-HOW.

3.1.    Disclosure of DURECT Know-How. DURECT certifies that it has previously transferred to NeuroSystec all DURECT Know-How necessary or useful for the research, development and commercialization of the Active Agents.

 

4.

ROYALTIES, PAYMENTS AND RELATED OBLIGATIONS

4.1.    Payments by Otonomy to DURECT . As a partial reimbursement to DURECT for research and development and other expenses incurred by DURECT in connection with its efforts researching and developing Active Agents, Otonomy shall pay to DURECT the amounts set forth in Sections 4.1.1 and 4.1.2 below:

    4.1.1.     Milestones . Upon the first occurrence of the following milestones by Otonomy, its Affiliates or any Sublicensee, each a one-time, non-refundable fee, due and payable within [***] days after such event:

 

(i)

   [***]        $[***]   

(ii)

   [***]        $[***]   

(iii)

   [***]        $[***]   

(iv)

   [***]        $[***]   

Each of the above milestones shall be payable once only and only for the first occurrence of each such milestone, irrespective of the number of Licensed Products that may achieve such milestone, and only to the extent the Licensed Product triggering such milestone is Covered by a Valid Claim in the country in which the applicable filing or approval occurs.

*** Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

Page 7 of 26


4.1.2.       Sublicense Fees .    [***] percent ([***]%) of all Sublicensing Income realized by Otonomy.

4.1.3.       Royalties .    In addition to the foregoing, earned running royalties shall be due as follows with respect to Licensed Products sold by Otonomy, its Affiliates and Sublicensees in countries in the Territory where at least one Valid Claim within the DURECT Patent Rights exists Covering such Licensed Product:

 

  (i)

a royalty of [***]% on that portion of annual Net Sales of such Licensed Products which does not exceed $[***]; and

 

  (ii)

a royalty of [***]% on that portion of annual Net Sales of such Licensed Products in excess of $[***].

4.2.      Payments by Otonomy to INSERM.     In addition to the royalties of Section 4.1.3 above, Otonomy shall pay to INSERM, on behalf of DURECT, earned running royalties for worldwide net sales of Licensed Products by Otonomy, its Affiliates and Sublicensees where such products are Covered by a Valid Claim under the Joint Patent Rights. Such royalty shall be [***] percent ([***]%) of net sales of such products. For the purposes of this Section 4.2, net sales shall be calculated as [***] Such payments will be calculated at the end of each calendar year and paid to INSERM within [***] days of the end of each calendar year. All calculations of fees payable to INSERM will be based on United Stated Dollars. Net sales in currency other than United Stated Dollars will be converted to United States Dollars using the currency exchange rate quoted in the Wall St. Journal (or comparable publication if not quoted in the Wall St. Journal) on the last day of the calendar year for which net sales are calculated. Along with payment, Otonomy will provide a statement showing the calculation used to calculate net sales and the royalty payment.

4.3.      Royalty Term.     Otonomy’s obligation to pay royalties under Sections 4.1.3 shall continue on a Licensed Product-by-Licensed Product and on a country-by-country basis in the Territory until expiration or determination of invalidity of the last Valid Claim within the DURECT Patent Rights Covering such Licensed Product in such country. Otonomy’s obligation to pay royalties to INSERM under Section 4.2 shall continue so long as DURECT’s obligations to INSERM continue under the INSERM AGREEMENT.

4.4.      Royalty Reports.     Otonomy shall deliver to DURECT, within [***] in which a Licensed Product is sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of by Otonomy, its Affiliates or Sublicensees, a written report setting forth in reasonable detail (a) the number and types of Licensed Product(s) sold in each country, (b) the gross proceeds from such sales, (c) the calculation of the royalties payable to DURECT for such calendar year under Section 4.1, including the amount of Net Sales and Deductible Expenses (broken down by category) and (d) the calculation of royalties payable to INSERM. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Otonomy shall have no obligation under this Section 4.5 for so long as no royalties are payable under this Article 4.

*** Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

Page 8 of 26


4.5.      Payment Terms .

4.5.1.       Otonomy shall pay all royalties due and payable on Net Sales by it, its Affiliates and Sublicensees pursuant to Sections 4.1.5 on a per [***] in which the applicable Licensed Product is sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of by Otonomy, its Affiliates and Sublicensees.

4.5.2.       Unless expressly stated otherwise, all payments made under this Agreement shall be made in United States Dollars and by wire transfer (net of bank charges which shall be borne by the paying party) to one or more bank accounts to be designated in writing by each Party or by INSERM as the case may be. In the event that a Licensed Product is sold by Otonomy, its Affiliates or Sublicensees in currencies other than United States Dollars, Net Sales shall be calculated by conversion of foreign currency to U.S. Dollars at the conversion rate equal to the average of the conversion rates existing in the United States (referencing the “U.S. dollar noon buying rates”, or its equivalent, published in the Wall Street Journal) on the last working day of each month of the period during which royalties are being calculated.

4.5.3.       No multiple royalties shall be due or payable for any Licensed Product notwithstanding that the manufacture, use, offer for sale, sale or import of any Licensed Product by or for Otonomy, its Affiliates or Sublicensees is or shall be covered by more than one Valid Claim within DURECT Patent Rights. For the avoidance of doubt, royalties due under Sections 4.2 shall not be deemed multiple royalties.

4.6.      Taxes.     Each Party shall be responsible for and pay all taxes, duties and levies directly imposed by all foreign, federal, state, local or other taxing authorities (including, without limitation, export, sales, use, excise, and value-added taxes) based on such Party’s transactions or payments under this Agreement, other than taxes imposed or based on net income. If withholding under the applicable laws of any country is required with respect to any payment to be made by either Party under this Agreement, the paying Party shall withhold the required amount and pay such amount to the appropriate governmental authority and all amounts due hereunder shall be reduced by the amount required to be withheld. In such a case, the withholding Party shall, upon the other Party’s request, promptly provide the other Party with original receipts or other evidence sufficient to allow the other Party to obtain the benefits of any such tax withholding. The Parties shall use reasonable efforts, if applicable and appropriate, to cooperate in reducing any tax withholding on payments made hereunder.

4.7.      Inspection of Books and Records.     Otonomy shall maintain, and require its Affiliates and Sublicensees to maintain in accordance with GAAP, complete and accurate books and records which enable the calculation of royalties and other payments payable hereunder to be verified. Otonomy, its Affiliates and its Sublicensees shall retain such books and records for each annual period for three (3) years after the submission of the corresponding report under Section 4.4. Upon two (2) weeks prior written notice to Otonomy, independent accountants reasonably acceptable to Otonomy may have access to such books and records to conduct a review or audit for the sole purpose of verifying the accuracy of the royalty reports and payments due under this

*** Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

Page 9 of 26


Agreement for any annul period ending not more than three (3) years prior to the date of such request, provided that DURECT may conduct no more than one such audit in any twelve (12) month period and shall not audit any given annual period more than once. Such access shall be permitted during Otonomy’s normal business hours during the term of this Agreement and for two (2) years after the expiration or termination of this Agreement. The independent accountant shall execute and deliver to Otonomy a standard confidentiality agreement (i.e., consistent with industry norms). In the event of any underpayment, Otonomy shall promptly pay to DURECT the difference between the amount actually paid by Otonomy and the amount determined to be owed under this Section 4.7. Any amounts determined to have been overpaid shall be credited against future payments owed to DURECT. Any such inspection or audit shall be at DURECT’s expense, unless the inspection or audit results in a determination that DURECT has been underpaid by Otonomy in any annual period by more than [***] percent ([***]%) of the amount actually owed by Otonomy for such annual period, in which case Otonomy shall pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by DURECT in the course of making such determination, including the reasonable fees and expenses of such accountant.

4.8.      Royalty Anti-stacking.     [***]

 

5.

[THIS SECTION INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

6.

DEVELOPMENT, REGISTRATION, COMMERCIALIZATION AND ADVERSE EVENTS

6.1.      Annual Development Reports .    During the period beginning on the Signature Date and continuing until the commercial launch of the first Licensed Product, Otonomy shall provide annual written reports to DURECT summarizing material development and regulatory activities undertaken by Otonomy with respect to the Licensed Products. All such reports shall be provided to DURECT strictly for information purposes only and all information contained therein shall be treated as Otonomy’s Confidential Information in accordance with Article 11.

6.2.      Regulatory Reporting.     The Parties understand and agree that Otonomy, itself or through its agents or designees, shall have the sole right to correspond with appropriate regulatory agencies and submit INDs and Marketing Approval Applications for Licensed Products as Otonomy deems useful or necessary to fulfill its obligations hereunder. Accordingly, except as otherwise

*** Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

Page 10 of 26


required by law, DURECT shall not correspond directly with the FDA or any other regulatory authority relating to the process of obtaining Approvals for Licensed Products, without Otonomy’s prior permission. Notwithstanding the foregoing, DURECT agrees to provide such reasonable assistance, as requested by Otonomy and at Otonomy’s expense, in preparing, submitting and maintaining such INDs and Marketing Approval Applications.

6.3.      Development and Commercialization Responsibilities .  Otonomy (itself or through its Affiliates or designees) shall pay for all costs related to and shall bear all responsibility for the development, manufacturing, registration and sale of the Licensed Product(s). Otonomy (itself or through its Affiliates or designees) shall pay for all costs related to and shall bear all responsibility for all marketing and promotional activities related to Licensed Product(s) in the Territory and shall decide on the strategy regarding such activities. Otonomy shall use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to develop, obtain Approvals for, promote and sell Licensed Product(s) being granted Approval in the Territory, it being understood that the efforts of Otonomy’s Affiliates and Sublicensees shall count towards Otonomy’s own Commercially Reasonable Efforts.

 

7.

PATENT MAINTENANCE AND ENFORCEMENT

7.1.      Prosecution of DURECT Patent Rights.   DURECT hereby appoints Otonomy as its agent to, at its expense, file, prosecute and maintain the patent applications or patents within the DURECT Patent Rights. Otonomy shall provide DURECT and INSERM reasonable opportunity to review and comment on such activities, including providing DURECT and INSERM promptly and in a timely fashion with copies of all relevant communications to or from any patent authority in the Territory regarding the DURECT Patent Rights and providing drafts of any material filings or responses to be made to such patent authorities reasonably in advance of the submission of such filings or responses. Otonomy shall consider in good faith any reasonable comments provided by DURECT or INSERM in connection with the prosecution of such DURECT Patent Rights in the Territory, provided that it is understood that Otonomy shall retain final decision-making authority with respect thereto. If Otonomy elects not to prepare, file, prosecute or maintain any patent applications or patents within the DURECT Patent Rights in any given country(ies), Otonomy shall give DURECT written notice thereof within a reasonable period, not less than thirty (30) calendar days, prior to allowing such patent applications or patents to lapse or become abandoned or unenforceable, and DURECT shall thereafter have the right, at DURECT’s sole expense and discretion, to prepare, file, prosecute and maintain such patent applications or patents in such countries.

7.2.      Patent Enforcement.   If either Party becomes aware that any patents within the DURECT Patent Rights are being or have been infringed by any Third Party, such Party shall promptly notify the other Party in writing describing the facts relating thereto in reasonable detail. Otonomy shall have the initial right, but not the obligation, to institute, prosecute and control any action, suit or proceeding (an “ Action ”) with respect to such infringement including any declaratory judgment action, at its expense, using counsel of its choice. DURECT shall cooperate reasonably with Otonomy, including being named in such Action if necessary, at Otonomy’s written request and expense, in connection with any such Action. Any amounts recovered in such Action shall be used first to reimburse costs and expenses incurred by Otonomy and then DURECT, to the extent such

 

Page 11 of 26


costs and expenses have been reasonably incurred in connection with such Action (including attorneys and expert fees) and any remainder attributable to compensatory damages shall be retained by Otonomy and shall be treated as Net Sales hereunder except to the extent that DURECT has already received royalty payments pursuant to Section 4.1.3 for such amounts; provided, however, that any remainder that is attributable to an increase by the court pursuant to 35 USC Section 284 or equivalent foreign law provision shall be retained by Otonomy. For the avoidance of doubt, in the event that the court awards increased damages pursuant to 35 USC Section 284 or equivalent foreign law provision, the reimbursement of costs and expenses shall be subtracted first from such increased damages.

7.3.      Step-In Enforcement.     In the event Otonomy fails to take action to abate any commercially significant infringement of the DURECT Patent Rights (i.e., by initiating an Action or by entering into negotiations with the alleged infringer regarding the terms under which Otonomy would grant a sublicense to the infringer) within two (2) months of receiving notice thereof (or a shorter period of time if DURECT’s rights in the DURECT Patent Rights are reasonably likely to be prejudiced by such a delay), DURECT shall have the right, but not the obligation, to initiate and/or maintain such Action in its own name and at its own expense, and Otonomy shall cooperate reasonably with DURECT, at DURECT’s written request and expense, in connection with any such Action. Any amounts recovered in such Action shall be used first to reimburse costs and expenses incurred by DURECT and then Otonomy, to the extent such costs and expenses have been reasonably incurred in connection with such Action (including attorneys and expert fees) and any remainder attributable to compensatory damages shall be retained by Otonomy and shall be treated as Net Sales hereunder except to the extent that DURECT has already received royalty payments pursuant to Section 4.1.3 for such amounts; provided, however, that any remainder that is attributable to an increase by the court pursuant to 35 USC Section 284 or equivalent foreign law provision shall be retained by DURECT. For the avoidance of doubt, in the event that the court awards increased damages pursuant to 35 USC Section 284 or equivalent foreign law provision, the reimbursement of costs and expenses shall be subtracted first from such increased damages.

7.4.      Cooperation.     In any Action, the parties shall provide each other with reasonable cooperation and assistance, including agreeing to be named as a party to such Action, causing other necessary parties and parties with an interest to join and be named as necessary, and, upon the written request and at the expense of the Party bringing such Action, the other Party shall make available, at reasonable times and under appropriate conditions, all relevant personnel, records, papers, information, samples, specimens, and the like in its possession. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article 7, neither Party shall make any settlements of any suit, proceeding or action relating to an infringement of any DURECT Patent Rights that would materially and adversely affect the other Party or the rights and licenses granted hereunder (which in the case of any suit, proceeding or action being brought by DURECT, would include any settlement that would not terminate all further use by the alleged infringer of such DURECT Patent Rights) without first obtaining such other Party’s prior written consent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed or conditioned upon receipt of consideration.

 

Page 12 of 26


8.

REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS

8.1.      Representations, Warranties and Covenants of Otonomy .    Otonomy represents and warrants that, as of the Signature Date:

8.1.1.       Otonomy is a corporation, duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of Delaware.

8.1.2.       The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of Otonomy.

8.1.3.       There is no pending, or to its knowledge, threatened Third Party lawsuit, claim, action or demand against Otonomy.

8.1.4.       The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement will not conflict with any agreement to which Otonomy is a party or by which it is bound.

8.2.      Representations, Warranties and Covenants of DURECT.     DURECT represents, warrants and covenants that, as of the Signature Date:

8.2.1.       DURECT is a corporation, duly organized validly existing and in good standing under the laws of Delaware;

8.2.2.       The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of DURECT;

8.2.3.       DURECT has the right and authority to grant the rights and licenses granted to Otonomy under this Agreement;

8.2.4.       DURECT has not granted any right, license or interest in, to or under the DURECT Patent Rights or DURECT Know-How inconsistent with the rights, license and interests granted to Otonomy in this Agreement, and DURECT shall not grant during the term of this Agreement any right, license or interest in, to or under the DURECT Intellectual Property that is inconsistent with the rights, licenses and interests granted to Otonomy hereunder;

8.2.5.       DURECT has provided to Otonomy a true copy (including any amendments thereto) of each agreement with a Third Party referring or relating substantially to the manufacture, use or sale of any Active Agent. Exhibit A contains a complete list of all such Third Party agreements.

8.2.6.       There is no pending or, to DURECT’s knowledge, threatened Third Party lawsuit, claim, action or demand against DURECT which relates to the use of any Active Agent or the DURECT Intellectual Property.

8.2.7.       Other than the patents and patent applications listed on Exhibit B, DURECT represents and warrants that it is not the assignee, co-assignee, or licensee, of any patents, or patent

 

Page 13 of 26


applications, that would (i) Cover the Active Agents or (ii) preclude Otonomy from exercising any of the rights granted hereunder.

8.2.8.       To its knowledge, DURECT does not own or control any investigational new drug application, drug master file or comparable regulatory filing for any Active Agent not included in this Agreement.

8.3.      Disclaimer.     EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PROVIDED FOR IN THIS AGREEMENT, NEITHER PARTY MAKES, AND EACH PARTY HEREBY DISCLAIMS, ANY AND ALL REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WITH RESPECT TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS AGREEMENT, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT AND ANY WARRANTY ARISING OUT OF PRIOR COURSE OF DEALING AND USAGE OF TRADE.

 

9.

INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE

9.1.      Indemnification by Otonomy.     Otonomy shall indemnify and hold harmless DURECT, its Affiliates and their respective officers, directors, employees and agents (each a “ DURECT Indemnitee ”) from and against claims, demands, liabilities, damages, losses and expenses, including reasonable attorney’s fees and costs, actually incurred by the indemnified party arising out of or in connection with any lawsuit, claim, action or demand (“ Claims ”) brought by a third party based upon (i) the negligence or intentional misconduct of Otonomy or its Affiliates; (ii) breach by Otonomy or its Affiliates of the representations and warranties made by it in this Agreement; (iii) use by or on behalf of Otonomy of any Active Agents or Licensed Products for clinical trials, and (iv) the use, manufacture, marketing, promotion, sale, advertising, transportation, handling, storage, or distribution of Licensed Products by or on behalf of Otonomy, including any claims with respect to a defect or alleged defect in the labeling of such Licensed Products or any defect or alleged defect in the design or formulation of such Licensed Products; except in each case for (x) Claims arising due to the negligence, intentional misconduct, or breach of this Agreement by DURECT or its Affiliates, and (y) Claims for which DURECT is obligated to indemnify Otonomy Indemnitees pursuant to Section 9.2.

9.2.      Indemnification by DURECT.     DURECT shall indemnify and hold harmless Otonomy, its Affiliates and their respective officers, directors, employees and agents (each a “ Otonomy Indemnitee ”) from and against claims, demands, liabilities, damages, losses and expenses, including reasonable attorney’s fees and costs, actually incurred by the indemnified party arising out of or in connection with any Claims brought by a third party based upon (i) the negligence or intentional misconduct of DURECT or its Affiliates; and (ii) breach by DURECT or its Affiliates of the representations and warranties made by it in this Agreement; except in each case for (x) Claims arising due to the negligence, intentional misconduct omissions of, or breach of this Agreement by Otonomy or its Affiliates and (y) Claims for which Otonomy is obligated to indemnify DURECT Indemnitees pursuant to Section 9.1.

 

Page 14 of 26


9.3.    Procedure.     The foregoing indemnifications are subject to the following procedural requirements: the Otonomy Indemnitee or DURECT Indemnitee shall give prompt written notice to the indemnifying party of any claims, suits or proceedings by Third Parties which may give rise to any claim for which indemnification may be required under this Article 9, and the Otonomy Indemnitee or DURECT Indemnitee shall reasonably cooperate with the indemnifying party and its counsel in the course of the defense of any such suit, claim or demand, such cooperation to include without limitation using reasonable efforts to provide or make available documents, information and witnesses at the expense of the indemnifying party. The indemnifying party shall be entitled to assume the defense and control of any such claim at its own cost and expense; provided, however, that the Otonomy Indemnitee or DURECT Indemnitee shall have the right to be represented by its own counsel at its own cost in such matters. Neither the indemnifying party nor the indemnified party shall settle or dispose of any such matter in any manner which would materially and adversely affect the rights or interests of the other party (including the obligation to indemnify hereunder) without the prior written consent of the other party, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed or conditioned on further consideration.

9.4.    Otonomy Insurance.     Prior to dosing the first human with the Licensed Product in the first clinical trial, Otonomy shall, at its sole cost and expense, procure and maintain comprehensive general liability insurance and clinical trial insurance policies from a qualified insurance company which has a superior rating from a recognized rating service, with minimum limits of $2,000,000 for combined bodily injury and property damage. Additionally, prior to launch of any Licensed Product hereunder, Otonomy shall, at its sole cost and expense, procure and maintain products liability insurance policies from a qualified insurance company which has a superior rating from a recognized rating service, with coverage terms and limits standard and customary for commercialization of products similar to the Licensed Products in the pharmaceutical industry, but no less than $5,000,000 for combined bodily injury and property damage. All such insurance policies shall include DURECT as an additional named insured.

Otonomy will furnish to DURECT certificates of all such insurance policies:

– at least 30 days prior to the scheduled commencement of a clinical trial for a Licensed Product (and within 30 days of the date of each anniversary of the related insurance certificate date), evidence of coverage in accordance with this Section 9.4; and

– at least 60 days prior to the first commercial sale by Otonomy in the Territory (and within 30 days of the date of each anniversary of the related insurance certificate date), evidence of insurance coverage in accordance with this Section 9.4.

If Otonomy is unable to secure or maintain all such insurance policies and coverage as provided for herein, the parties will negotiate in good faith reasonable accommodations regarding risk exposure of the parties.

 

10.

TERM AND TERMINATION

10.1.    Term.     This Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and continue in full force and effect until the expiration of all of Otonomy’s royalty payment obligations as specified

 

Page 15 of 26


under Section 4.4, unless terminated earlier pursuant to Sections 2.4, 10.2, 10.3, 10.4 or 12.6 (the “ Term ”) . Upon such expiration or termination (excluding termination under Sections 2.4, 10.2, 10.3, 10.4 or 12.6), the license granted under Section 2.1 shall be thereafter paid-up, perpetual and royalty-free.

10.2.    Otonomy Termination.     Otonomy may terminate this Agreement upon sixty (60) days prior written notice for any reason, including if Otonomy decides to halt development of Licensed Products.

10.3.    Termination by Either Party.     Either Party may terminate this Agreement upon written notice to the other Party if the other Party (i) makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; (ii) files an insolvency petition in bankruptcy; (iii) petitions for or acquiesces in the appointment of any receiver, trustee or similar officer to liquidate or conserve its business or any substantial part of its assets; (iv) commences under the laws of any jurisdiction any proceeding for relief under the Bankruptcy Code of 1986, as amended (“ Code ”) or similar bankruptcy laws in applicable jurisdictions, involving its insolvency, reorganization, adjustment of debt, dissolution, liquidation or any other similar proceeding for the release of financially distressed debtors; or (v) becomes a party to any proceeding or action of the type described above in (iii) or (iv), and such proceeding or action remains undismissed or unstayed for a period of more than sixty (60) days.

10.4.    DURECT Termination.     DURECT may terminate this agreement upon written notice if Otonomy is in material breach of any provision hereunder and has not cured such breach within [***] days following the receipt of a first notice which specifies in reasonable detail the nature of the breach sent to it by DURECT; provided, however, that if Otonomy disputes such breach in writing within the Cure Period, [***].

10.5.     Effect of Termination.

10.5.1.   Upon termination of this Agreement in its entirety pursuant to Section 2.4, 10.2, or 10.4, the licenses granted by DURECT to Otonomy hereunder shall terminate and except as reasonably necessary for surviving rights or obligations under this Section 10.5: (i) Otonomy shall, at DURECT’s option, promptly destroy or return to DURECT all copies of Confidential Information of DURECT in Otonomy’s or its Affiliates’ possession, and (ii) DURECT shall promptly destroy or return all Confidential Information of Otonomy’s then in DURECT’s possession. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Party may retain one (1) copy of the Confidential Information of the other Party in its archival files, subject to the non-use and non-disclosure provisions herein, solely for purposes of determining the scope of its rights and obligations hereunder. Termination of this Agreement by any Party shall not require resort to any court or compliance with any other formality and shall not prejudice the right of either party to recover any damages for breach of this Agreement.

*** Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

Page 16 of 26


10.5.2.   Upon termination of this Agreement in its entirety pursuant to Sections 10.2-10.4, the licenses granted by DURECT to Otonomy hereunder shall terminate. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any sublicenses granted by Otonomy to a Sublicensee hereunder shall survive, provided that upon request by DURECT, such Sublicensee promptly agrees in writing to be bound by the applicable terms of this Agreement. For purposes of clarity, it is understood and agreed that (i) each Sublicensee shall be responsible for paying to DURECT all royalties and milestones to which DURECT would have been entitled to had this Agreement not been so terminated based on such Sublicensee’s development and commercialization of Licensed Products, and (ii) the duties of DURECT under such surviving sublicense will not be greater than the duties of DURECT under this Agreement.

10.6.    Survival.     Articles 4 (solely with respect to amounts owed prior to expiration or termination), 1, 9, 11 and 12 and Sections 7.2, 7.3, and 7.4 (each solely with respect to any Actions on-going at the time of termination), 8.3, 10.5 and 10.6 shall survive expiration or termination of this Agreement.

 

11.

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION AND PUBLICATION

11.1.    Confidentiality.     In connection with the Non-Disclosure Agreement, as defined below, and with this Agreement, the parties have disclosed and will disclose or make available to each other information, data and materials of a confidential or proprietary nature (“ Confidential Information ”) , including but not limited to each Party’s proprietary know-how, invention disclosures, materials and/or technologies, economic information, business or research strategies, clinical trial data and information, trade secrets and material embodiments thereof.

11.2.    Confidentiality and Non-Use.     The recipient of a disclosing Party’s Confidential Information shall maintain such Confidential Information in confidence, and shall disclose such Confidential Information only to those of its employees, agents, consultants, Sublicensees, attorneys, accountants, advisors, existing and potential investors, and potential development and commercialization partners who have a reasonable need to know such Confidential Information for purposes contemplated by this Agreement and who are bound by obligations of confidentiality and non-use no less restrictive than those set forth herein. The recipient of the disclosing Party’s Confidential Information shall use such Confidential Information solely to exercise its rights and perform its obligations under this Agreement (including, without limitation, the right to use and disclose such Confidential Information, to the extent required, in regulatory applications and filings), unless otherwise mutually agreed in writing. The recipient of the disclosing Party’s Confidential Information shall take the same degree of care that it uses to protect its own confidential and proprietary information of a similar nature and importance (but in any event no less than reasonable care).

11.3.    Exclusions.     Confidential Information of a disclosing Party shall not include information that: (a) was in the recipient’s possession prior to receipt from the disclosing Party as demonstrated by contemporaneous documentation; (b) was or becomes, through no fault of the recipient, publicly known; (c) was furnished to the recipient by a Third Party without breach of a duty or obligation of confidentiality to the disclosing Party; (d) was independently developed by the

 

Page 17 of 26


recipient without use of, application of or reference to the disclosing Party’s Confidential Information as demonstrated by contemporaneous documentation.

11.4.    Legal Disclosures.     It shall not be a violation of this Article 11 for the recipient to disclose the disclosing Party’s Confidential Information when such information is required to be disclosed under applicable law, but such disclosure shall be for the sole purpose of and solely to the extent required by such law, and provided that the recipient, to the extent possible, shall give the disclosing Party prior written notice of the proposed disclosure and cooperate fully with the disclosing Party to minimize the scope of any such required disclosure, to the extent possible and in accordance with applicable law and will use all reasonable efforts to secure confidential treatment of such Confidential Information required to be disclosed.

11.5.    Termination.     All obligations of confidentiality and non-use imposed under this Article 11 shall expire [***] years after the date of expiration or termination of this Agreement.

11.6.    Publications and Press Releases.     Neither Party shall issue any press release, publication, or any other public announcement relating to this Agreement, without obtaining the other Party’s prior written approval, provided, however, that the parties may issue a mutually agreed upon joint press release regarding this Agreement at a time to be mutually agreed upon. Once such press releases or other public announcements have been approved for disclosure by the parties, such approval will not be required again before a Party may subsequently repeat disclosure of information contained therein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Party shall have the right to make such disclosures as may be required by applicable laws, including applicable securities laws.

 

12.

MISCELLANEOUS

12.1.    Trademarks.     Otonomy (itself or through its Affiliates or designees) will have sole responsibility for, and ownership of, any and all trademarks for the Licensed Product used in the Territory.

12.2.    Marking Requirement.     Each Party agrees to mark the appropriate patent number or numbers as reasonably requested by the other Party on such Licensed Products made or sold in accordance with all applicable governmental laws, rules and regulations to the extent reasonably possible, and to require its Affiliates and Sublicensees to do the same. Each Party acknowledges and agrees that by agreeing to mark Licensed Products, the other Party is not agreeing or otherwise admitting that any such marked product is covered by the claims of the DURECT Patent Rights or any other patent. All uses of the DURECT name and marks shall be subject to prior review and approval by DURECT, such approval not to be unreasonabley withheld or conditioned on further consideration.

12.3.     Governing Law; Dispute Resolution.

12.3.1.   This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted, in accordance with the internal laws of the State of California without giving effect to any choice of law rule that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the internal laws of the State of California to the rights and duties of the parties.

*** Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

 

Page 18 of 26


12.3.2.   In the event of any controversy, claim or dispute arising out of or related to this Agreement or to the breach or interpretation thereof (a “ Dispute ”), the parties shall first refer such Dispute to the Chief Executive Officer, or his or her duly appointed representative (each a “ Responsible Executive ”) of each Party for attempted resolution by good faith executive negotiations within [***] days after such referral is made. In the event such officers are unable to resolve such Dispute within such [***] day period, either Party may assert its rights in a manner in accordance with the provisions of Section 12.3.3-12.3.6.

12.3.3.   Subject to Section 12.3.5, any Dispute that is not resolved under Section 12.3.2 shall be solely and exclusively settled by final and binding arbitration in accordance with the then current commercial arbitration rules of the American Arbitration Association, subject to the terms and conditions of this Section 12.3. Either Party may initiate the arbitration of a Dispute by sending written notice of such election to the other Party clearly marked “Arbitration Demand” (the “ Arbitration Demand ”) . The Dispute shall be adjudicated by three (3) neutral and impartial arbitrators. Each Party shall nominate one arbitrator within [***] days after the other Party’s receipt of the Arbitration Demand, and the two arbitrators so named will then jointly appoint the third arbitrator as chairman of the arbitration tribunal. The decision of the arbitration tribunal shall be final and binding upon the parties hereto, and may be entered in any competent court for judicial acceptance of such an award and order of enforcement.

12.3.4.   All costs of the arbitration shall be shared equally by the parties, and each Party shall be responsible for its own legal and other costs. The arbitrators shall not have the right or authority to award punitive damages to either Party.

12.3.5.   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 12.3, each Party may, and expressly reserves the right to, seek judicial relief from any court of competent jurisdiction in order to obtain an injunction or other equitable relief or to enforce a breach of the confidentiality provisions in Article 11 or to otherwise obtain temporary relief pending the outcome of the arbitration.

12.3.6.   Arbitration will take place in [***]. The proceedings shall be conducted and all documentation shall be presented in English. The parties agree that the arbitration proceedings and its contents shall be kept confidential, except as may otherwise be required by applicable law.

12.4.    Export Regulations.     The parties agree that this Agreement is subject in all respects to the laws and regulations of the United States of America, including the Export Administration Act of 1979, as amended, and any regulations thereunder.

12.5.    Limitation of Liability.     IN NO EVENT SHALL EITHER PARTY BE LIABLE FOR INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, INDIRECT, PUNITIVE OR SPECIAL DAMAGES OF THE OTHER PARTY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT, HOWEVER CAUSED, UNDER ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.

*** Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

Page 19 of 26


12.6.    Force Majeure.     Neither Party shall be held responsible for any delay or failure in performance hereunder to the extent caused by strikes, embargoes, unexpected government requirements, civil or military authorities, acts of God, earthquake, or by war, insurrection, terrorism or other causes beyond such Party’s control and without such Party’s fault or negligence; provided that the affected Party notifies the unaffected Party as soon as reasonably possible, and resumes performance hereunder as soon as reasonably possible following cessation of such force majeure event. Each Party agrees to give the other Party prompt written notice of the occurrence of any such condition set forth herein, the nature thereof, and the extent to which the affected Party will be unable fully to perform its obligations hereunder. Each Party further agrees to use all reasonable efforts to correct the condition as quickly as possible, and to give the other prompt written notice when it is again fully able to perform such obligations. If, as a result of conditions set forth herein, either Party is unable to substantially perform any of its material obligations hereunder for any consecutive period of three hundred and sixty-five (365) days, the other Party shall have the right to terminate this Agreement upon written notice.

12.7.    Independent Contractors.     The relationship of Otonomy and DURECT established by this Agreement is that of independent contractors. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to create any other relationship between Otonomy and DURECT. Neither Party shall have any right, power or authority to bind the other or assume, create or incur any expense, liability or obligation, express or implied, on behalf of the other.

12.8.    Assignment.     Otonomy and DURECT may assign this Agreement to an Affiliate or in connection with the merger, acquisition or sale by Otonomy or DURECT, as the case may be, of all or substantially all of its assets relating to this Agreement upon prior written notice to DURECT or Otonomy, as the case may be, and without the need for DURECT’s or Otonomy’s consent, as applicable, provided however that (a) any such assignee shall assume all obligations of Otonomy or DURECT, as the case may be, under this Agreement and (b) no assignment shall relieve Otonomy or DURECT of responsibility for the performance of any accrued obligations which Otonomy or DURECT then has hereunder. Aside from the foregoing, no rights or obligations under this Agreement may be transferred or assigned by a Party to a Third Party without the prior written consent of the other Party. Any assignment not in conformance with this Section 12.8 shall be null, void and of no legal effect.

12.9.    Notices .    All notices required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be (a) delivered in person or (b) sent by express courier (via a reliable courier company such as FedEx or DHL), or (c) sent by registered airmail, with postage prepaid, and return receipt requested or (d) sent by facsimile (with a confirmation letter thereof sent by express courier or registered airmail) to the address specified below or to such changed address as may have been previously specified in writing by the addressed Party from time to time during the term of this Agreement. If notice is given in person, by courier or by fax, it shall be effective upon receipt; if notice is given by overnight delivery service, it shall be effective two (2) business days after deposit with the delivery service; and if notice is given by mail, it shall be effective five (5) business days after deposit in the mail. Notices shall be sent as follows:

 

Page 20 of 26


If to DURECT:

Attn: General Counsel

DURECT Corporation

10260 Bubb Road

Cupertino, CA 95014

Main: (408) 777-1827

Facsimile: (408) 777-3577

If to Otonomy:

Otonomy, Inc.

Attn: CEO

6275 Nancy Ridge Road,

Suite100

San Diego, CA 92121

Main: (858) 242-5200

Facsimile: (858) 200-0933

With copy to:

Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati

Attn: Kenneth A. Clark, Esq.

650 Page Mill Road

Palo Alto, California 94304

Facsimile: (650) 493-6811

12.10.    Modification; Waiver.     This Agreement may not be altered, amended or modified in any way except by a writing signed by authorized representatives of both of the parties. The failure of a Party to enforce any rights or provisions of the Agreement shall not be construed to be a waiver of such rights or provisions, or a waiver by such Party to thereafter enforce such rights or provision or any other rights or provisions hereunder. No waiver shall be effective unless made in writing and signed by the waiving Party.

12.11.    Severability.     If any provision of this Agreement shall be found by a court of competent jurisdiction or the arbitration panel described in Section 12.3 to be void, invalid or unenforceable, the same shall be reformed to comply with applicable law or stricken if not so conformable, so as not to affect the validity or enforceability of the remainder of this Agreement. In the event that any provision of this Agreement becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction or the arbitration panel described in Section 12.3 to be void, invalid or unenforceable, and reformation or striking of such provision materially changes the economic benefit of this Agreement to either Otonomy or DURECT, Otonomy and DURECT shall modify such provision in accordance with this Section 12.13 to obtain a legal, valid and enforceable provision and provide an

 

Page 21 of 26


economic benefit to Otonomy and DURECT that most nearly effects Otonomy’s and DURECT’s intent on entering into this Agreement.

12.12.    Bankruptcy Treatment of Licenses.     The parties agree that the rights granted to Otonomy hereunder, including, without limitation, those rights granted in Section 2, are rights in “intellectual property” within the scope of Section 101 (or its successors) of the United States Bankruptcy Code (the “ Code ”) . Licensee shall have the rights set forth herein with respect to the Licensed Products when and as developed or created. In addition, Otonomy, as a licensee of intellectual property rights hereunder, shall have and may fully exercise all rights available to a licensee under the Code, including, without limitation, under Section 365(n) or its successors. In the event of a case under the Code involving DURECT, Otonomy shall have the right to obtain (and DURECT or any trustee for DURECT or its assets shall, at Otonomy’s written request, deliver to Otonomy) a copy of all embodiments (including, without limitation, any work in progress) of any intellectual property rights granted hereunder, including, without limitation, embodiments of any Licensed Products, and any other intellectual property necessary or desirable for Otonomy to use or exploit any Licensed Products or to exercise its rights hereunder. In addition, DURECT shall take all steps reasonably requested by Otonomy to perfect, exercise and enforce its rights hereunder, including, without limitation, filings in the U.S. Copyright Office and U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, and under the Uniform Commercial Code.

12.13.    Entire Agreement.     The parties hereto acknowledge that this Agreement, together with the exhibits attached hereto, sets forth the entire agreement and understanding of the parties as to the subject matter hereto, and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous discussions, agreements and writings in respect hereto. This Agreement supersedes the Non-Disclosure Agreement to the extent indicated in Section 11.6 hereunder.

12.14.    Headings.     The article, section and paragraph headings contained herein are for the purposes of convenience only and are not intended to define or limit the contents of the articles, sections or paragraphs to which such headings apply.

12.15.    Counterparts.     This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts (including faxed counterparts), each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

12.16.    No Third-Party Beneficiaries.     Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer, nor shall anything herein confer on, any person other than the parties and the respective successors or permitted assigns of the parties, any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities. For the avoidance of doubt, any payment made to INSERM pursuant to Section 4.2 represents payments owed by Otonomy to DURECT, which DURECT would otherwise remit to INSERM pursuant to DURECT’s payment obligations, and are paid by Otonomy to INSERM directly on behalf of DURECT solely for the convenience of DURECT and Otonomy. Such payments do not relieve DURECT of its obligations to pay 1NSERM and do not create an independent right on the part of INSERM under this Agreement.

 

Page 22 of 26


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Otonomy and DURECT have executed this Agreement by their respective duly authorized representatives.

 

OTONOMY, INC.

   

DURECT CORPORATION

By:

 

/s/ David A. Weber, PhD

   

By:

 

/s/ James E. Brown

Name:

 

David A. Weber, PhD

   

Name:

 

James E. Brown

Title:

 

President & Chief Executive Officer

   

Title:

 

CEO

 

Page 23 of 26


EXHIBIT A

DURECT THIRD PARTY LICENSES

[***]

*** This exhibit has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

Page 24 of 26


EXHIBIT B

DURECT PATENT RIGHTS

[***]

*** This exhibit has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

Page 25 of 26


EXHIBIT C

INSERM AGREEMENT

[***]

*** This exhibit has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

Page 26 of 26

Exhibit 10.12

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED AS TO CERTAIN PORTIONS OF THIS DOCUMENT. EACH SUCH PORTION, WHICH HAS BEEN OMITTED HEREIN AND REPLACED WITH AN ASTERISK [***], HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

LICENSE AGREEMENT

BETWEEN

OTONOMY, INC.

AND

THE REGENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA

FOR

CASE NO. SD2008-274, SD2009-077 THROUGH SD2009-098

AND SD 2009-126


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Recitals

   1

Article 1:    Definitions

   2

Article 2:    Grants

   4

Article 3:    Consideration

   5

Article 4:    Reports, Records and Payments

   9

Article 5:    Patent Matters

   12

Article 6:    Governmental Matters

   14

Article 7:    Termination of Agreement

   15

Article 8:    Limited Warranty and Indemnification

   16

Article 9:    Use of Names and Trademarks

   19

Article 10:  Miscellaneous Provisions

   19

Exhibit A:  Inventions Included in This Agreement

   23

Exhibit B:  Patent Applications

   25

Exhibit C:  VA/UC Agreement

   27


LICENSE AGREEMENT

This agreement (“Agreement”) is made by and between Otonomy, Inc. a Delaware corporation having an address at 5626 Oberlin Drive, Suite 100, San Diego, California 92121 (“LICENSEE”) and The Regents of the University of California, a California corporation having its statewide administrative offices at 1111 Franklin Street, Oakland, California 94607-5200 (“UNIVERSITY”), represented by its San Diego campus having an address at University of California, San Diego, Technology Transfer & Intellectual Property Services, Mail Code 0910, 9500 Gilman Drive, La Jolla, California 92093-0910 (“UCSD”).

This Agreement is effective on the date of the last signature (“Effective Date”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the inventions disclosed in UCSD Disclosure Docket No. SD2008-274 and titled “Auris-Interna Formulations for Treating Otic Diseases and Conditions” and the additional related disclosures listed in Exhibit A (collectively, “Invention”), were made in the course of research at UCSD by Dr. Jeffrey Harris, and at Otonomy by one or more non-UC collaborators, including Dr. Jay Lichter ( hereinafter and collectively, the “Inventors”) and are covered by Patent Rights as defined below;

WHEREAS, Dr. Jeffrey Harris is an employee of the Veterans Administration Medical Center and UNIVERSITY. In accordance with the policy of the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs (“VA”), Dr. Harris reported the Invention (UC Case No. SD2008-274 and the additional related disclosures listed in Exhibit A) to the VA for a determination of rights. The VA may decide that the U.S. Government should retain its right, title and interest in and to the Invention. Dr. Harris will assign his right, title and interest in and to the Invention (UC Case No. SD2008-274 and the additional related disclosures listed in Exhibit A) jointly to the U.S. Government and UNIVERSITY;

WHEREAS, the VA and UNIVERSITY entered into a Cooperative Technology Administration Agreement (VA/UC Agreement) under which the VA authorizes UNIVERSITY to have the exclusive right to prepare, file, prosecute and maintain patent applications and patents covering inventions in which both parties have an interest and the exclusive right to negotiate, execute and administer agreements for the commercialization of such inventions;

WHEREAS, UNIVERSITY is desirous that the Invention be developed and utilized to the fullest possible extent so that its benefits can be enjoyed by the general public;

 

   1   


WHEREAS, LICENSEE is desirous of obtaining certain rights from UNIVERSITY for commercial development, use, and sale of the Invention, and the UNIVERSITY is willing to grant such rights; and

WHEREAS, LICENSEE understands that UNIVERSITY may publish or otherwise disseminate information concerning the Invention at any time and that LICENSEE is paying consideration thereunder for its early access to the Invention, not continued secrecy therein.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree:

ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS

The terms, as defined herein, shall have the same meanings in both their singular and plural forms.

 

1.1

“Affiliate” means any corporation or other business entity which is bound in writing by LICENSEE to the terms set forth in this Agreement and in which LICENSEE owns or controls, directly or indirectly, at least twenty percent (20%) of the outstanding stock or other voting rights entitled to elect directors, or in which LICENSEE is owned or controlled directly or indirectly by at least twenty percent (20%) of the outstanding stock or other voting rights entitled to elect directors; but in any country where the local law does not permit foreign equity participation of at least twenty percent (20%), then an “Affiliate” includes any company in which LICENSEE owns or controls or is owned or controlled by, directly or indirectly, the maximum percentage of outstanding stock or voting rights permitted by local law.

 

 

1.2

“Combination Product” means any product which is a Licensed Product (as defined below) and contains other product(s) or product component(s) that is not an excipient, diluant, adjuvant, buffer and the like and (i) does not use Invention, or Patent Rights (as defined below); (ii) the sale, use or import by itself does not contribute to or induce the infringement of Patent Rights; (iii) is sold separately by LICENSEE, its Sublicensee (as defined below) or an Affiliate; and (iv) enhances the market price of the final product(s) sold, used or imported by LICENSEE, its Sublicensee, or an Affiliate.

 

 

1.3

“Field” means [***].

 

 

1.4

“Licensed Method” means any method that uses or is covered by Patent Rights the use of which would constitute, but for the license granted to LICENSEE under this Agreement, an infringement, an inducement to infringe or contributory infringement, of any pending or issued claim within Patent Rights, had LICENSEE not had rights in patents and patent applications claiming Invention.

 

*** Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

   Page 2   


1.5

“Licensed Product” means any service, composition or product that is covered by the claims of Patent Rights, or that is produced by the Licensed Method, or the manufacture, use, sale, offer for sale, or importation of which would constitute, but for the license granted to LICENSEE under this Agreement, an infringement, an inducement to infringe or contributory infringement, of any pending or issued claim within the Patent Rights, had LICENSEE not had rights in patents and patent applications claiming Invention.

 

1.6

“Net Sales” means the total of the gross invoice prices of Licensed Products sold or leased by LICENSEE, Sublicensee, Affiliate, or any combination thereof, less the sum of the following actual and customary deductions where applicable and separately listed: cash, trade, or quantity discounts; sales, use, tariff, import/export duties or other excise taxes imposed on particular sales (except for value-added and income taxes imposed on the sales of Licensed Product in foreign countries); transportation charges; or credits to customers because of rejections or returns. For purposes of calculating Net Sales, transfers to a Sublicensee or an Affiliate of Licensed Product under this Agreement for (i) end use (but not resale) by the Sublicensee or Affiliate shall be treated as sales by LICENSEE at list price of LICENSEE, or (ii) resale by a Sublicensee or an Affiliate shall be treated as sales at the list price of the Sublicensee or Affiliate.

 

1.7

“Patent Rights” means UNIVERSITY’s rights in any of the US patent applications listed in Exhibit B disclosing and claiming the Inventions, filed by Inventors and assigned to UNIVERSITY; and continuing applications thereof including divisions, substitutions, and continuations-in-part (but only to extent the claims thereof are enabled by disclosure of the parent application); any patents issuing on said applications including reissues, reexaminations and extensions; and any corresponding foreign applications or patents.

 

1.8

“Sublicense” means an agreement into which LICENSEE enters with a third party that is not an Affiliate for the purpose of (i) granting certain rights; (ii) granting an option to certain rights; or (iii) forbearing the exercise of any rights, granted to LICENSEE under this Agreement. “Sublicensee” means a third party with whom LICENSEE enters into a Sublicense.

 

1.9

“Term” means the period of time beginning on the Effective Date and ending on the expiration date of the longest-lived Patent Rights.

 

1.10

“Territory” means worldwide where Patent Rights exist.

 

1.11

“VA/UC Agreement” means the Cooperative Technology Administration Agreement with an effective date of May 19, 2000, together with any amendments which have been executed by the Effective Date of this Agreement, which such Agreement and such amendments are attached hereto as Exhibit A and are incorporated herein by reference.

 

   Page 3   


ARTICLE 2. GRANTS

License. Subject to the limitations set forth in this Agreement, and limitations set forth in the VA/UC Agreement, UNIVERSITY hereby grants to LICENSEE, and LICENSEE hereby accepts, a license under Patent Rights to make and have made, to use and have used, to sell and have sold, to offer for sale, and to import and have imported Licensed Products and to practice Licensed Methods, in the Field within the Territory and during the Term.

The license granted herein is exclusive for Patent Rights.

The License granted in this Paragraph 2.1 is subject to the following:

The obligation to the U.S. Government under 35 U.S.C. §§ 200-212 and all applicable governmental implementing regulations, as amended from time to time, (including the obligation to report on the utilization of the Invention as set forth in 37 C.F.R. § 401.14 (h)), and all applicable provisions of any license to the U.S. Government executed by UNIVERSITY and the VA/UC Agreement.

2.2 Sublicense.

 

  (a)

The license granted in Paragraph 2.1 includes the right of LICENSEE to grant Sublicense to third parties during the Term but only for as long the license is exclusive.

 

  (b)

With respect to Sublicense granted pursuant to Paragraph 2.2(a), LICENSEE shall:

 

  (i)

not receive, or agree to receive, anything of value in lieu of cash as consideration from a third party under a Sublicense granted pursuant to Paragraph 2.2(a) without the express written consent of UNIVERSITY;

 

  (ii)

to the extent applicable, include all of the rights of and obligations due to UNIVERSITY (and, if applicable, the rights and obligations of the US Government under 35 U.S.C. §§ 200-212 and the VA/UC Agreement) and contained in this Agreement;

 

  (iii)

promptly provide UNIVERSITY with a copy of each Sublicense issued; and

 

   Page 4   


  (iv)

collect and guarantee payment of all payments due, directly or indirectly, to UNIVERSITY from Sublicensees and summarize and deliver all reports due, directly or indirectly, to UNIVERSITY from Sublicensees.

 

  (c)

Upon termination of this Agreement for any reason, UNIVERSITY, at its sole discretion, shall determine whether LICENSEE shall cancel or assign to UNIVERSITY any and all Sublicenses; provided, however, that LICENSEE may submit a proposed Sublicense to UNIVERSITY in advance for UNIVERSITY’s prior approval, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed, and if UNIVERSITY approves such Sublicense, and Sublicensee agrees to the terms of this Agreement, then such Sublicense shall also become a direct license between Sublicensee and UNIVERSITY upon termination of this Agreement for any reason.

 

  (d)

If LICENSEE grants a license to a third party under its own interest in the Field in any patent rights claiming Invention, LICENSEE shall also concurrently grant a Sublicense under Patent Rights to said third party under this Paragraph.

2.3 Reservation of Rights. UNIVERSITY and VA reserve the right to:

 

  (a)

use the Invention and Patent Rights for educational and research purposes;

 

  (b)

publish or otherwise disseminate any information about the Invention at any time; and

 

  (c)

allow other nonprofit institutions to use Invention and Patent Rights for educational and research purposes in their facilities.

2.4 The U.S. Government shall have the non-exclusive, non-transferrable, irrevocable, royalty-free, paid-up right to practice or have practiced the Invention throughout the world by or on behalf of the U.S. Government and on behalf of any foreign government or international organization pursuant to any existing or future treaty or agreement to which the U.S. Government is a signatory.

ARTICLE 3. CONSIDERATION

3.1 Fees and Royalties. The parties hereto understand that the fees and royalties payable by LICENSEE to UNIVERSITY under this Agreement are partial consideration for the license granted herein to LICENSEE under Patent Rights. LICENSEE shall pay UNIVERSITY:

 

  (a)

a license issue fee of [***] dollars (US$[***]) upon execution of this Agreement;

*** Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

   Page 5   


  (b)

license maintenance fees of [***] dollars (US$[***]) per year and payable on the first anniversary of the Effective Date and annually thereafter on each anniversary; provided however, that LICENSEE’s obligation to pay this fee shall end on the date when LICENSEE is commercially selling a Licensed Product;

 

  (c)

milestone payments in the amounts payable according to the following schedule or events for each Licensed Product:

 

   

Amount

  

Date or Event

    

(i)

 

$[***]

   [***]   

(ii)

 

$[***]

   [***]   

(iii)

 

$[***]

   [***]   

(iv)

 

$[***]

   [***]   

(v)

 

$[***]

   [***]   

provided, however, in the event a Licensed Product is designated as an “orphan” product when it achieves an above event, then LICENSEE shall only pay 25% of the amount for the corresponding event for each such orphan Licensed Product.

 

  (d)

an earned royalty of [***] percent ([***]%) on Net Sales of Licensed Products by LICENSEE and/or its Affiliate(s);

provided, however, that the earned royalty due on Net Sales of Combination Product by LICENSEE and/or its Affiliate(s) shall be calculated as below:

Earned Royalties due UNIVERSITY = [***]

 

*** Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

   Page 6   


[***]

 

  (e)

In the event LICENSEE is required to pay royalties to one or more third parties for patent rights necessary to make, use or sell Licensed Products, LICENSEE may deduct $[***] from the earned royalties payable to UNIVERSITY for every $[***] LICENSEE actually pays to said third parties; provided, however, in no event shall the amount payable to UNIVERSITY be less than [***]% of the amount otherwise due.

 

  (f)

[***] percent ([***]%) of all sublicense fees received by LICENSEE from its Sublicensees that are not earned royalties;

 

  (g)

on each and every sublicense royalty payment received by LICENSEE from its Sublicensees on sales of Licensed Product by Sublicensee, the higher of (i) [***] percent ([***]%) of the royalties received by LICENSEE; or (ii) royalties based on the royalty rate in Paragraph 3.1(d) as applied to Net Sales of Sublicensee;

 

  (h)

beginning the calendar year of commercial sales of the first Licensed Product by LICENSEE, its Sublicensee, or an Affiliate and if the total earned royalties paid by LICENSEE under Paragraphs 3.1(d) and (g) to UNIVERSITY in any such year cumulatively amounts to less than [***] dollars (US$[***]) (“minimum annual royalty”), LICENSEE shall pay to UNIVERSITY a minimum annual royalty on or before [***] the difference between amount noted above and the total earned royalty paid by LICENSEE for such year under Paragraphs 3.1(d) and (g); provided, however, that for the year of commercial sales of the first Licensed Product, the amount of minimum annual royalty payable shall be pro-rated for the number of months remaining in that calendar year.

All fees and royalty payments specified in Paragraphs 3.1(a) through 3.1(h) above shall be paid by LICENSEE pursuant to Paragraph 4.3 and shall be delivered by LICENSEE to UNIVERSITY as noted in Paragraph 10.1.

3.2 Patent Costs LICENSEE shall reimburse UNIVERSITY all past and future out-of-pocket Patent Costs incurred in the Territory within thirty (30) days following the date an itemized invoice is sent from UNIVERSITY to LICENSEE.

There are no past Patent Costs paid by UNIVERSITY as of October 6, 2008.

*** Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

   Page 7   


3.3 Due Diligence.

 

  (a)

LICENSEE shall, either directly or through its Affiliate(s) or Sublicensee(s):

 

      

[***]

 

  (b)

If LICENSEE fails to perform any of its obligations specified in Paragraphs 3.3(a)(i)-(ix), then UNIVERSITY shall have the right and option to either terminate this Agreement or change LICENSEE’s exclusive license to a

 

*** Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

   Page 8   


 

nonexclusive license. This right, if exercised by UNIVERSITY, supersedes the rights granted in Article 2. The VA also has termination rights under Article 7 of the VA/UC Agreement.

 

  (c)

The rights of the U.S. Government as provided for in Paragraph 3.5.4 of the VA/UC Agreement apply to LICENSEE under this Agreement.

ARTICLE 4. REPORTS, RECORDS AND PAYMENTS

4.1 Reports.

 

  (a) Progress Reports.     Beginning six months after Effective Date and ending on the date of first commercial sale of a Licensed Product in the United States, LICENSEE shall report to UNIVERSITY progress covering LICENSEE’s (and Affiliate’s and Sublicensee’s) activities for the preceding six months to develop and test all Licensed Products and obtain governmental approvals necessary for marketing the same. Such semi-annual reports shall be due within sixty days of the reporting period and include a summary of work completed, summary of work in progress, current schedule of anticipated events or milestones, market plans for introduction of Licensed Products, and summary of resources (dollar value) spent in the reporting period.

 

  (b)

Royalty Reports.     After the first commercial sale of a Licensed Product anywhere in the world, LICENSEE shall submit to UNIVERSITY quarterly royalty reports on or before each [***]. Each royalty report shall cover LICENSEE’s (and each Affiliate’s and Sublicensee’s) most recently completed calendar quarter and shall show:

 

  (i)

the date of first commercial sale of a Licensed Product in each country;

 

  (ii)

the gross sales, deductions as provided in the definition of Net Sales in Article 1, and Net Sales during the most recently completed calendar quarter and the royalties, in US dollars, payable with respect thereto;

 

  (iii)

the number of each type of Licensed Product sold;

 

  (iv)

sublicense fees and royalties received during the most recently completed calendar quarter in US dollars, payable with respect thereto;

*** Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

   Page 9   


  (v)

the method used to calculate the royalties; and

 

  (vi)

the exchange rates used.

If no sales of Licensed Products have been made and no sublicense revenue has been received by LICENSEE during any reporting period, LICENSEE shall so report.

4.2 Records & Audits.

 

  (a)

LICENSEE shall keep, and shall require its Affiliates and Sublicensees to keep, accurate and correct records of all Licensed Products manufactured, used, and sold, and sublicense fees received under this Agreement. Such records shall be retained by LICENSEE for at least [***] ([***]) years following a given reporting period.

 

  (b)

All records shall be available during normal business hours for inspection at the expense of UNIVERSITY by UNIVERSITY’s Internal Audit Department or by a Certified Public Accountant selected by UNIVERSITY and in compliance with the other terms of this Agreement for the sole purpose of verifying reports and payments or other compliance issues. Such inspector shall not disclose to UNIVERSITY any information other than information relating to the accuracy of reports and payments made under this Agreement or other compliance issues. In the event that any such inspection shows an under reporting and underpayment in excess of [***] percent ([***]%) for any [***] ([***]) period, then LICENSEE shall pay the cost of the audit as well as any additional sum that would have been payable to UNIVERSITY had the LICENSEE reported correctly, plus an interest charge at a rate of [***] percent ([***]%) per year. Such interest shall be calculated from the date the correct payment was due to UNIVERSITY up to the date when such payment is actually made by LICENSEE. For underpayment not in excess of [***] percent ([***]%) for any [***] ([***]) period, LICENSEE shall pay the difference within [***] ([***]) days without interest charge or inspection cost.

 

  (c)

UNIVERSITY may provide the VA with all financial information obtained from LICENSEE under Paragraph 4.1 hereof to the extent required under the VA/UC Agreement, and if such information is provided to the VA, UNIVERSITY will require that the VA not disclose it to third parties.

*** Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

   Page 10   


4.3 Payments.

 

  (a)

All fees reimbursements and royalties due UNIVERSITY shall be paid in United States dollars and all checks shall be made payable to “The Regents of the University of California”, referencing UNIVERSITY’s taxpayer identification number, 95-6006144, and sent to UNIVERSITY according to Paragraph 10.1 (Correspondence). When Licensed Products are sold in currencies other than United States dollars, LICENSEE shall first determine the earned royalty in the currency of the country in which Licensed Products were sold and then convert the amount into equivalent United States funds, using the exchange rate quoted in the Wall Street Journal on the last business day of the applicable reporting period.

 

  (b)

Royalty Payments.

 

  (i)

Royalties shall accrue when Licensed Products are invoiced, or if not invoiced, when delivered to a third party or Affiliate.

 

  (ii)

LICENSEE shall pay earned royalties quarterly on or before [***]. Each such payment shall be for earned royalties accrued within LICENSEE’s most recently completed calendar quarter.

 

  (iii)

Royalties earned on sales occurring or under sublicense granted pursuant to this Agreement in any country outside the United States shall not be reduced by LICENSEE for any taxes, fees, or other charges imposed by the government of such country on the payment of royalty income, except that all payments made by LICENSEE in fulfillment of UNIVERSITY’s tax liability in any particular country may be credited against earned royalties or fees due UNIVERSITY for that country. LICENSEE shall pay all bank charges resulting from the transfer of such royalty payments.

 

  (iv)

If at any time legal restrictions prevent the prompt remittance of part or all royalties by LICENSEE with respect to any country where a Licensed Product is sold or a sublicense is granted pursuant to this Agreement, LICENSEE shall convert the amount owed to UNIVERSITY into US currency and shall pay UNIVERSITY directly from its US sources of fund for as long as the legal restrictions apply.

 

  (v)

In the event that any patent or patent claim within Patent Rights is held invalid in a final decision by a patent office from which no appeal or additional patent prosecution has been or can be taken, or

 

*** Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

   Page 11   


 

by a court of competent jurisdiction and last resort and from which no appeal has or can be taken, all obligation to pay royalties based solely on that patent or claim or any claim patentably indistinct therefrom shall cease as of the date of such final decision. LICENSEE shall not, however, be relieved from paying any royalties that accrued before the date of such final decision, that are based on another patent or claim not involved in such final decision

 

  (c)

Late Payments. In the event royalty, reimbursement and/or fee payments are not received by UNIVERSITY when due, LICENSEE shall pay to UNIVERSITY interest charges at a rate of [***] percent ([***]%) per year. Such interest shall be calculated from the date payment was due until actually received by UNIVERSITY.

ARTICLE 5. PATENT MATTERS

5.1 Patent Prosecution and Maintenance.

 

  (a)

LICENSEE shall diligently prosecute and maintain United States and, if available, foreign patents, and applications in Patent Rights using counsel of its choice. LICENSEE shall provide UNIVERSITY with copies of all relevant documentation relating to such prosecution. The counsel shall take instructions only from LICENSEE, and all patents and patent applications in Patent Rights shall be assigned jointly to UNIVERSITY, the VA and LICENSEE.

 

  (b)

LICENSEE shall consider amending any patent application in Patent Rights to include claims reasonably requested by UNIVERSITY.

 

  (c)

LICENSEE may elect to terminate its payment obligations with respect to any patent application or patent in Patent Rights upon three (3) months’ written notice to UNIVERSITY. LICENSEE shall use reasonable efforts to curtail further Patent Costs for such application or patent when such notice of termination is sent to UNIVERSITY. UNIVERSITY, at its sole discretion and at its sole expense, may continue prosecution and maintenance of said patent application or patent, and LICENSEE shall have no further license with respect thereto. Non-payment of any portion of Patent Costs with respect to any application or patent may be deemed by UNIVERSITY as an election by LICENSEE to terminate all obligations with respect to such application or patent. The UNIVERSITY is not obligated to file, prosecute or maintain Patent Rights outside the Territory at any time or to file, prosecute or maintain Patent Rights to which LICENSEE has terminated its license hereunder.

*** Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

   Page 12   


  (d)

LICENSEE shall apply for an extension of the term of any patent in Patent Rights if appropriate under the Drug Price Competition and Patent Term restoration Act of 1984 and/or European, Japanese and other foreign counterparts of this law. LICENSEE shall prepare all documents for such application, and shall execute such documents and take any additional action as required in connection herewith.

 

5.2

Patent Infringement.

 

  (a)

If LICESNEE learns of the substantial infringement of any patent licensed under this Agreement, then LICENSEE shall call UNIVERSITY’s attention thereto in writing and provide UNIVERSITY with reasonable evidence of infringement. Neither party will notify a third party of the infringement of any of UNIVERSITY’s Patent Rights without first obtaining the consent of the other party, which consent will not be unreasonably denied. Both parties shall use their best efforts in cooperation with each other to terminate infringement without litigation.

 

  (b)

LICENSEE may request that the UNIVERSITY take legal action against the infringement of University’s Patent Rights. Such request must be in writing and must include reasonable evidence of infringement and damages to LICENSEE. If the infringing activity has not abated within ninety (90) days following the effective date of request, then the UNIVERSITY or the U.S. Government has the right to:

commence suit on its own account; or

refuse to participate in the suit, and

the UNIVERSITY shall give notice of its election in writing to LICENSEE by the end of the one-hundredth (100 th ) day after receiving notice of written request from LICENSEE. LICENSEE may thereafter bring suit for patent infringement, at its own expense, if and only if the UNIVERSITY and the U.S. Government elect not to commence suit and if the infringement occurred during the period and in a jurisdiction where LICENSEE had exclusive rights under this Agreement. If, however, LICENSEE elects to bring suit in accordance with this Paragraph 5.2, then the UNIVERSITY or the U.S. Government may thereafter join that suit at its own expense. LICENSEE agrees not to bring suit for patent infringement without following the procedures of this Paragraph, and both parties agree to be bound by the outcome of a suit for patent infringement, patent infringement issues and patent infringement defenses raised through the pendency of such a suit under this Paragraph 5.2 (b).

 

  (c)

Legal action, as is decided on, will be at the expense of the party bringing suit and all damages recovered thereby will belong to the party bringing suit, but legal action brought jointly by the UNIVERSITY and/or the U.S.

 

   Page 13   


 

Government and by LICENSEE and fully participated in by them will be at the joint expense of the parties and all recoveries will be shared jointly by them in proportion to the share of expense paid by each party.

 

  (d)

Any recovery or settlement received in connection with any suit will first be shared by UNIVERSITY and LICENSEE equally to cover the litigation costs each incurred, and next shall be paid to UNIVERSITY or LICENSEE to cover any litigation costs it incurred in excess of the litigation costs of the other. In any suit initiated by LICENSEE, any recovery in excess of litigation costs will be shared between LICENSEE and UNIVERSITY as follows: (i) for any recovery other than amounts paid for willful infringement: (A) UNIVERSITY will receive [***] percent ([***]%) of the recovery if UNIVERSITY was not a party in the litigation and did not incur any litigation costs; (B) UNIVERSITY will receive [***] percent ([***]%) of the recovery if UNIVERSITY was a party in the litigation, but did not incur any litigation costs, including the provisions of Paragraph 5.2(b) above, or (C) UNIVERSITY will receive [***] percent ([***]%) of the recovery if UNIVERSITY incurred any litigation costs in connection with the litigation; and (ii) for any recovery for willful infringement, UNIVERSITY will receive [***] percent ([***]%) of the recovery. In any suit initiated by UNIVERSITY, any recovery in excess of litigation costs will belong to UNIVERSITY. UNIVERSITY and LICENSEE agree to be bound by all determinations of patent infringement, validity, and enforceability (but no other issue) resolved by any adjudicated judgment in a suit brought in compliance with this Section 5.2.

 

  (e)

Each party shall cooperate with the other in litigation proceedings instituted hereunder but at the expense of the party bringing suit. Litigation will be controlled by the party bringing the suit, except that UNIVERSITY may be represented by counsel of its choice in any suit brought by LICENSEE.

 

5.3

Patent Marking.     LICENSEE shall mark all Licensed Products made, used or sold under the terms of this Agreement, or their containers, in accordance with the applicable patent marking laws.

ARTICLE 6. GOVERNMENTAL MATTERS

 

6.1

Governmental Approval or Registration.     If this Agreement or any associated transaction is required by the law of any nation to be either approved or registered with any governmental agency, LICENSEE shall assume all legal obligations to do so.

*** Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

   Page 14   


LICENSEE shall notify UNIVERSITY if it becomes aware that this Agreement is subject to a United States or foreign government reporting or approval requirement. LICENSEE shall make all necessary filings and pay all costs including fees, penalties, and all other out-of-pocket costs associated with such reporting or approval process.

 

6.2

Export Control Laws. LICENSEE shall observe all applicable United States and foreign laws with respect to the transfer of Licensed Products and related technical data to foreign countries, including, without limitation, the International Traffic in Arms Regulations and the Export Administration Regulations.

 

6.3

Preference for United States Industry. If LICENSEE sells a Licensed Product or Combination Product in the US, LICENSEE shall manufacture said product substantially in the US.

ARTICLE 7. TERMINATION OF THE AGREEMENT

7.1 Termination by UNIVERSITY.

 

  (a)

If LICENSEE fails to perform or violates any term of this Agreement, then UNIVERSITY may give written notice of default (“Notice of Default”) to LICENSEE. If LICENSEE fails to cure the default within sixty (60) days of the Notice of Default, UNIVERSITY may terminate this Agreement and the license granted herein by a second written notice (“Notice of Termination”) to LICENSEE. If a Notice of Termination is sent to LICENSEE, this Agreement shall automatically terminate on the effective date of that notice. Termination shall not relieve LICENSEE of its obligation to pay any fees owed at the time of termination and shall not impair any accrued right of UNIVERSITY. The VA also has termination rights under Article 7 of the VA/UC Agreement.

 

  (b)

This Agreement will terminate immediately, without the obligation to provide 60 days notice as set forth in Paragraph 7.1(a), if LICENSEE files a claim including in any way the assertion that any portion of UNIVERSITY’s Patent Rights is invalid or unenforceable where the filing is by the LICENSEE, a third party on behalf of the LICENSEE, or a third party at the written urging of the LICENSEE.

7.2 Termination by LICENSEE.

 

  (a)

LICENSEE shall have the right at any time and for any reason to terminate this Agreement upon a ninety (90)-day written notice to UNIVERSITY. Said

 

   Page 15   


 

notice shall state LICENSEE’s reason for terminating this Agreement. The VA also has termination rights under Article 7 of the VA/UC Agreement.

 

  (b)

Any termination under Paragraph 7.2(a) shall not relieve LICENSEE of any obligation or liability accrued under this Agreement prior to termination or rescind any payment made to UNIVERSITY or action by LICENSEE prior to the time termination becomes effective. Termination shall not affect in any manner any rights of UNIVERSITY arising under this Agreement prior to termination.

7.3 Survival on Termination . The following Paragraphs and Articles shall survive the termination of this Agreement:

 

  (a)

Article 4 (REPORTS, RECORDS AND PAYMENTS);

 

  (b)

Paragraph 7.4 (Disposition of Licensed Products on Hand);

 

  (c)

Paragraph 8.2 (Indemnification);

 

  (d)

Article 9 (USE OF NAMES AND TRADEMARKS);

 

  (e)

Paragraph 10.2 hereof (Secrecy); and

 

  (f)

Paragraph 10.5 (Failure to Perform).

 

7.4

Disposition of Licensed Products on Hand. Upon termination of this Agreement, LICENSEE may dispose of all previously made or partially made Licensed Product within a period of one hundred and twenty (120) days of the effective date of such termination provided that the sale of such Licensed Product by LICENSEE, its Sublicensees, or Affiliates shall be subject to the terms of this Agreement, including but not limited to the rendering of reports and payment of royalties required under this Agreement.

ARTICLE 8. LIMITED WARRANTY AND INDEMNIFICATION

8.1 Limited Warranty.

 

  (a)

UNIVERSITY warrants that it has the lawful right to grant this license.

 

  (b)

The license granted herein is provided “AS IS” and without WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY or WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE or any other warranty, express or implied. UNIVERSITY and VA make no representation or warranty that the Licensed

 

   Page 16   


 

Product, Licensed Method or the use of Patent Rights will not infringe any other patent or other proprietary rights.

 

  (c)

NEITHER UNIVERSITY NOR THE VA WILL BE LIABLE FOR ANY LOST PROFITS, COSTS OR PROCURING SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES, LOST BUSINESS, ENHANCED DAMAGES FOR INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY INFRINGEMENT OR ANY INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR OTHER SPECIAL DAMAGES SUFFERED BY LICENSEE, SUBLICENSEES, JOINT VENTURES, AFFILIATES OR DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT FOR ALL CAUSES OF ACTION OF ANY KIND (INCLUDING TORT, CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY AND BREACH OF WARRANTY) EVEN IF UNIVERSITY OR THE VA HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.

 

  (d)

Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as:

 

  (i)

a warranty or representation by UNIVERSITY or VA as to the validity or scope of any Patent Rights;

 

  (ii)

a warranty or representation that anything made, used, sold or otherwise disposed of under any license granted in this Agreement is or shall be free from infringement of patents of third parties;

 

  (iii)

an obligation to bring or prosecute actions or suits against third parties for patent infringement except as provided in Paragraph 5.2 hereof;

 

  (iv)

conferring by implication, estoppel or otherwise any license or rights under any patents of UNIVERSITY or the U.S. Government other than Patent Rights as defined in this Agreement, regardless of whether those patents are dominant or subordinate to Patent Rights; or

 

  (v)

an obligation to furnish any know-how not provided in Patent Rights.

8.2 Indemnification.

 

  (a)

LICENSEE shall indemnify, hold harmless and defend the U.S. Government, the UNIVERSITY, its officers, employees, and agents; the sponsors of the research that led to the Invention; and the Inventors of the patents and patent applications in Patent Rights and their employers against any and all claims,

 

   Page 17   


 

suits, losses, damage, costs, fees, and expenses resulting from or arising out of exercise of this license or any sublicense. This indemnification shall include, but not be limited to, any product liability.

 

  (b)

LICENSEE, at its sole cost and expense, shall insure its activities in connection with the work under this Agreement and obtain, keep in force and maintain insurance or an equivalent program of self insurance as follows:

 

  (i)

prior to initiation of human clinical trials: comprehensive or commercial general liability insurance (contractual liability included) with limits of at least : (A) each occurrence, five hundred thousand dollars (US$500,000); (B) products/completed operations aggregate, one million dollars (US$1,000,000); (C) personal and advertising injury, five hundred thousand dollars (US$500,000); (D) general aggregate (commercial form only), one million dollars (US$1,000,000);

 

  (ii) upon initiation of human clinical trials: comprehensive or commercial general liability insurance (contractual liability included) with limits of at least: (A) each occurrence, five million dollars (US$5,000,000); (B) products/completed operations aggregate, ten million dollars (US$10,000,000); (C) personal and advertising injury, five million dollars (US$5,000,000); and (D) general aggregate (commercial foul only), ten million dollars (US$10,000,000); and

 

  (iii) the coverage and limits referred to above shall not in any way limit the liability of LICENSEE.

(c)    LICENSEE shall furnish UNIVERSITY with certificates of insurance showing compliance with all requirements. Such certificates shall:

(i) provide for thirty (30) day advance written notice to UNIVERSITY of any modification;

(ii) indicate that UNIVERSITY has been endorsed as an additional insured under the coverage referred to above; and

(iii) include a provision that the coverage shall be primary and shall not participate with nor shall be excess over any valid and collectable insurance or program of self-insurance carried or maintained by UNIVERSITY.

 

  (d)

UNIVERSITY shall notify LICENSEE in writing of any claim or suit brought against UNIVERSITY or U.S. Government in respect of which UNIVERSITY or U.S. Government intends to invoke the provisions of this Article. LICENSEE shall keep UNIVERSITY informed on a current basis of its defense of any claims under this Article.

 

   Page 18   


ARTICLE 9. USE OF NAMES AND TRADEMARKS

 

9.1

Nothing contained in this Agreement confers any right to use in advertising, publicity, or other promotional activities any name, trade name, trademark, or other designation of either party hereto or the VA (including contraction, abbreviation or simulation of any of the foregoing). Unless required by law, the use by LICENSEE of the name, “The Regents of the University of California” or the name of any campus of the University Of California or the VA is prohibited, without the express written consent of UNIVERSITY. Unless required by law, the use by LICENSEE of the name “U.S. Department of Veteran Affairs” is prohibited.

 

9.2

UNIVERSITY may disclose to the Inventors the terms and conditions of this Agreement upon their request. If such disclosure is made, UNIVERSITY shall request the Inventors not disclose such terms and conditions to others.

 

9.3

UNIVERSITY or VA may acknowledge the existence of this Agreement and the extent of the grant in Article 2 to third parties, but UNIVERSITY shall not disclose the financial terms of this Agreement to third parties, except where UNIVERSITY is required by law to do so, such as under the California Public Records Act.

ARTICLE 10. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

 

10.1

Correspondence. Any notice or payment required to be given to either party under this Agreement shall be deemed to have been properly given and effective:

 

  (a)

on the date of delivery if delivered in person, or

 

  (b)

five (5) days after mailing if mailed by first-class or certified mail, postage paid, to the respective addresses given below, or to such other address as is designated by written notice given to the other party.

If sent to LICENSEE:

Otonomy, Inc.

5626 Oberlin Drive, Suite 100

San Diego, California 92121

Attention : Jay Lichter, Ph.D.

Phone: (858) 768-7826

Fax: (858) 200-0821

With a copy to: Court R. Turner

If sent to UNIVERSITY by mail:

University of California, San Diego

Technology Transfer Office

 

   Page 19   


9500 Gilman Drive

Mail Code 0910

La Jolla, CA 92093-0910

Attention: Assistant Vice Chancellor

If sent to UNIVERSITY by courier:

University of California, San Diego

Technology Transfer Office

10300 North Torrey Pines Road

Torrey Pines Center North, First Floor

La Jolla, CA 92037

Attention : Assistant Vice Chancellor

 

10.2

Secrecy.

 

  (a)

“Confidential Information” shall mean information relating to the Invention and disclosed by UNIVERSITY to LICENSEE during the term of this Agreement, which if disclosed in writing shall be marked “Confidential”, or if first disclosed otherwise, shall within thirty (30) days of such disclosure be reduced to writing by UNIVERSITY and sent to LICENSEE:

 

  (b)

Licensee shall:

 

  (i)

use the Confidential Information for the sole purpose of performing under the terms of this Agreement;

 

  (ii)

safeguard Confidential Information against disclosure to others with the same degree of care as it exercises with its own data of a similar nature;

 

  (iii)

not disclose Confidential Information to others (except to its employees, agents or consultants who are bound to LICENSEE by a like obligation of confidentiality) without the express written permission of UNIVERSITY, except that LICENSEE shall not be prevented from using or disclosing any of the Confidential Information that:

 

  (A)

LICENSEE can demonstrate by written records was previously known to it;

 

  (B)

is now, or becomes in the future, public knowledge other than through acts or omissions of LICENSEE;

 

  (C)

is lawfully obtained by LICENSEE from sources independent of UNIVERSITY; or

 

   Page 20   


  (D)

is required to be disclosed by law or a court of competent jurisdiction; and

 

  (c)

The secrecy obligations of LICENSEE with respect to Confidential Information shall continue for a period ending five (5) years from the termination date of this Agreement.

 

10.3

Assignability.   This Agreement may be assigned by UNIVERSITY, but is personal to LICENSEE and assignable by LICENSEE only with the written consent of UNIVERSITY. LICENSEE may assign in connection with the sale or merger of all or substantially all of its assets with or into another party subject to approval by UNIVERSITY. The consent of UNIVERSITY will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed if the assignment is in conjunction with the transfer of all or substantially all of the business of LICENSEE to which this Agreement relates. However, UNIVERSITY will not be deemed to be unreasonable in withholding consent where the assignment is prohibited by State or Federal Law or is likely to cause damage to the UNIVERSITY reputation or is counter to the UNIVERSITY’S stated missions as a public entity.

 

10.4

No Waiver.   No waiver by either party of any breach or default of any covenant or agreement set forth in this Agreement shall be deemed a waiver as to any subsequent and/or similar breach or default.

 

10.5

Failure to Perform.   In the event of a failure of performance due under this Agreement and if it becomes necessary for either party to undertake legal action against the other on account thereof, then the prevailing party shall be entitled to reasonable attorney’s fees in addition to costs and necessary disbursements.

 

10.6

Governing Laws.   THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE INTERPRETED AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA, but the scope and validity of any patent or patent application shall be governed by the applicable laws of the country of the patent or patent application.

 

10.7

Force Majeure.   A party to this Agreement may be excused from any performance required herein if such performance is rendered impossible or unfeasible due to any catastrophe or other major event beyond its reasonable control, including, without limitation, war, riot, and insurrection; laws, proclamations, edicts, ordinances, or regulations; strikes, lockouts, or other serious labor disputes; and floods, fires, explosions, or other natural disasters. When such events have abated, the non-performing party’s obligations herein shall resume.

 

   Page 21   


10.8

Headings.   The headings of the several sections are inserted for convenience of reference only and are not intended to be a part of or to affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

10.9

Entire Agreement.   This Agreement embodies the entire understanding of the parties and supersedes all previous communications, representations or understandings, either oral or written, between the parties relating to the subject matter hereof.

 

10.10

Amendments.   No amendment or modification of this Agreement shall be valid or binding on the parties unless made in writing and signed on behalf of each party.

 

10.11

Severability.   In the event that any of the provisions contained in this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions of this Agreement, and this Agreement shall be construed as if the invalid, illegal, or unenforceable provisions had never been contained in it.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, both UNIVERSITY and LICENSEE have executed this Agreement, in duplicate originals, by their respective and duly authorized officers on the day and year written.

 

OTONOMY:    

THE REGENTS OF THE

UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA:

By:  

/s/ Jay Lichter, Ph.D.

    By:  

/s/ Jane C. Moores, Ph.D.

  (Signature)       (Signature)
Name: Jay Lichter, Ph.D.     Name: Jane C. Moores, Ph.D.
Title: CEO     Title: Assistant Vice Chancellor-IP
Date:  

11/5/08                             

    Date:  

10/30/08

       

 

   Page 22   


Exhibit A

Inventions Included in this Agreement

[***]

*** Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

   Page 23   


[***]

*** Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

   Page 24   


Exhibit B

Patent Applications

[***]

*** Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

   Page 25   


[***]

*** Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

   Page 26   


Exhibit C

VA/UC Agreement

 

   Page 27   


Exhibit C

U.S. DEPARTMENT OF VETERANS AFFAIRS

AND THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA

COOPERATIVE TECHNOLOGY ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT

This Cooperative Technology Administration Agreement (“Agreement”) is made as of this 19th day of May, 2000, by and between the United States Department of Veterans Affairs (hereinafter referred to as “VA”), as represented by the Technology Transfer Program, Office of Research and Development, having an address at 810 Vermont Avenue N.W., Washington, D.C. 20420, and The Regents of the University of California, as represented by the Office of Technology Transfer, having an address at 1111 Franklin Street, 5 th Floor, Oakland, California 94607-5200 (“University”).

RECITALS

Whereas, VA and University through their employment relationship with certain faculty and staff, through 37 CFR Part 501, and/or through 35 U.S.C. 200-212, as well as state law and implementing policies, have an interest in inventions made by their employees;

Whereas, VA and University policies promote disclosure of research results for the public’s use and benefit, as well as to define and protect the rights of inventors, provide for an equitable distribution of the rewards and responsibilities associated with the invention(s), and provide that income from such invention(s) be used for the purpose of promoting research and education;

Whereas, pursuant to their shared objectives, it is the mutual desire of VA and University that their respective interests in such inventions be administered and managed exclusively by University on behalf of both parties in a manner to ensure the timely commercialization of such inventions and to make their benefits widely available for society’s use and benefit;

Whereas, VA is authorized to transfer to and to undertake all suitable steps to administer its rights in any such existing or future invention through contract with a nonprofit organization (including a university) under 35 U.S.C. 202(e) (to the maximum extent permitted by law), 35 U.S.C. 207(a)(3), or 15 U.S.C. 3710a;

Now, therefore, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1. DEFINITIONS

 

  1.1 “Dual Appointment Personnel (DAP)” means any person who is employed by and has entered into and signed an employment or patent agreement with both VA and University.

 

  1.2 “Patent Rights” means all United States patent applications and patents and corresponding patent applications and patents filed in countries other than the


Exhibit C

 

United States that are assigned to VA and University, including any reissues, extensions, substitutions, divisions, continuations, and continuation-in-part applications (only to the extent, however, that claims in the continuations-in-part applications are entitled to the priority filing date of the parent patent application) based on the subject matter claimed in or covered by a Subject Invention.

 

  1.3 “Property Rights” means all personal property rights covering the tangible personal property in biological materials directly associated with any Subject Invention.

 

  1.4 “Made” in relation to any Subject Invention means the conception or first actual reduction to practice of such Subject Invention.

 

  1.5 “Subject Invention” means Patent Rights and/or related Property Rights covering any existing or future disclosed invention in which both parties have an interest under their various policies, that is made either by a DAP or at least one inventor from each party, and that is not a Disclaimed Invention.

 

  1.6 “Disclaimed Invention” means any Subject Invention for which University declines to pursue patenting, license or commercialization activities under Section 2.2 of this Agreement.

 

  1.7 “License Agreement” means any executed agreement entered into by University under this Agreement that grants Licensee the right to make, use, sell, offer for sale, or import products covered by or claimed by the Subject Invention being licensed under such agreement or otherwise deals with administration of the Subject Invention, such as option or secrecy agreements.

 

  1.8 “Licensee” means any party, not including the United States Government, that enters into a License Agreement with University.

 

  1.9 “Government” means the Government of the United States of America.

 

  1.10 “Fiscal Year” means July 1 through June 30.

 

  1.11 “Gross Revenues” means consideration received by University from the licensing of any Subject Invention, but not including consideration in the form of research funding or other research support.

 

  1.12 “Net Revenues” means Gross Revenues, less any prior contractual obligations to third party research supporters or joint owners, then less Administrative Fee, Expenses, Inventors Share, and Research Share for each Subject Invention.

 

  1.13 “Inventors Share” means those revenues due under the applicable University of California policy to named inventors for each Subject Invention.

 

2


Exhibit C

 

  1.14 “Research Share” means those revenues to be allocated directly for research purposes, if any, under the applicable University of California Patent Policy for each Subject Invention.

 

  1.15 “Expenses” means legal and other direct expenses incurred by University (that are not otherwise reimbursed from a third party) for patenting, protecting and preserving U.S. and foreign patent, copyright and related property rights, maintaining patents and such other costs, taxes, or reimbursements as may be necessary or required by law for each Subject Invention.

 

  1.16 “Administrative Fee” means 15% fee of Gross Revenues retained by University in consideration of University’s commercialization efforts for each Subject Invention.

 

  1.17 “UC Site” means the campus or U.S. Department of Energy Laboratory managed by University at which a Subject Invention is made.

 

  1.18 “Pooled Amount” means Net Revenues aggregated by UC site cumulatively over time beginning the effective date of this Agreement for all of that UC Site’s Subject Inventions.

 

2.

PATENT PROSECUTION AND PROTECTION

 

  2.1 Disclosure. The parties agree to promptly and in confidence report to the other party each Subject Invention. VA agrees to provide to University a copy of its Determination of Rights letter to inventors regarding any potential Subject Invention.

 

  2.2 Disclaimed Inventions. University shall notify VA in writing of any individual Subject Invention for which the University declines to pursue patenting, licensing or commercialization activities, and as of the date of such notice, that invention shall no longer be considered a Subject Invention under this Agreement.

 

  2.3 VA authorizes University to have the exclusive right to prepare, file, prosecute, and maintain patent application(s) and patents covering any Subject Invention. University shall promptly provide to VA, upon request, all serial numbers and filing dates, together with copies of all such applications, including, on request copies of all Patent Office Actions, responses, and all other Patent Office communications. In addition, University shall be granted Power of Attorney for all such patent applications.

 

  2.4 University shall make an election with respect to foreign filing including in which countries foreign filing will be done prior to the election, within ten (10) months of any United States filing. If any foreign patent applications are filed, University shall promptly, upon request, provide to VA all serial numbers and filing dates

 

3


Exhibit C

 

 

together with copies of all such foreign patent applications, including on request, copies of all Patent Office Actions.

 

  2.5 University shall promptly record assignments of domestic patent rights covering a Subject Invention in the United States Patent and Trademark Office and shall promptly provide VA with a copy of each recorded assignment with respect to VA.

 

  2.6 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, University shall not abandon the prosecution of any patent application including provisional patent applications (except for purposes of filing continuation application(s)) or the maintenance of any patent for a Subject Invention without prior written notice to VA. Upon receiving such written notice, VA may, at its sole option and expense, take over the prosecution of any such patent application, or the maintenance of any such patent, and such invention shall no longer be considered a Subject Invention under this Agreement.

 

  2.7 University may decide to bail Property Rights as a more efficient commercialization method than patenting. If University so decides, then University will follow the guidelines issued by the U.S. National Institutes of Health on such commercialization approach.

 

3.

LICENSING

 

  3.1 VA authorizes University to have the exclusive right to negotiate, execute, and administer any License Agreement. VA shall not license to any third parties any Subject Invention unless this Agreement is terminated in accordance with Article 7 (Termination) and there are no License Agreements in effect or under negotiation. VA also agrees to not pre-commit any Subject Inventions or future inventions that would be Subject Inventions under this Agreement to a commercial research sponsor or other entity through prior agreements made by VA foundations or others.

 

  3.2 VA authorizes University to have the sole right to diligently seek a Licensee and negotiate and enter into License Agreements for the commercial development of any Subject Invention and to administer all such License Agreements for the mutual benefit of the parties and in the public interest.

 

 
  3.3 University shall have the final authority to enter into negotiations and execute License Agreements. In accordance with Section 5.2, University shall provide VA with a copy of all executed License Agreements. VA shall keep these documents and related documentation confidential, unless such disclosure is required by law, except that VA may disclose the existence of any License Agreement, but only to the extent of the granting clause. VA will not disclose the names of the Licensee or any other terms contained in the License Agreement unless such disclosure is required under law.

 

4


Exhibit C

 

 

  3.4 University agrees to not enter into a License Agreement for commercial development of Subject Invention with a company who is identified on the current list of companies debarred from covered transactions as provided, and updated from time to time, by the VA.

 

  3.5 Any respective License Agreement will include provisions that address the following:

 

  3.5.1 The License Agreement will be subject to the overriding obligations to the U.S. Government, including those set forth in 35 U.S.C. §200-212 or 15 U.S.C. 3710a, and applicable governmental implementing regulations, whichever may be appropriate.

 

  3.5.2 For a License Agreement granting an exclusive right to use or sell the Subject Invention in the United States, Licensee knowledges that any patent products embodying the Subject Invention or produced through the use thereof will be manufactured substantially in the United States.

 

  3.5.3 The Government shall have the nonexclusive, nontransferable, irrevocable, royalty-free, paid-up right to practice or have practiced the Subject Invention throughout the world by or on behalf of the Government and on behalf of any foreign government or international organization pursuant to any existing or future treaty or agreement to which the Government is a signatory.

 

  3.5.4 The Government shall retain the right to require University to grant to a responsible applicant a nonexclusive, partially exclusive, or exclusive license to use the invention in the applicant’s licensed field of use on terms that are reasonable under the circumstances; or, if University fails to grant such a license, to grant the license itself. The Government may exercise its rights retained herein only in exceptional circumstances and only if the Government determines that (i) the action is necessary to meet health or safety needs that are not reasonably satisfied by University; (ii) the action is necessary to meet requirements for public use specified by Federal regulations, and such requirements are not reasonably satisfied by University; or (iii) University has failed to comply with an agreement containing provisions described in 35 U.S.C. 204 or 15 U.S.C. 3710a(c)(4)(B), whichever is appropriate.

 

4. REVENUES

 

  4.1 Inventor Share. University shall be solely responsible for calculating and distributing Inventor Share pursuant to University of California policy. Inventor Share will be distributed equally among the named inventors unless mutually agreed in writing by all inventors.

 

5


Exhibit C

 

 

  4.2 Research Share. University shall be solely responsible for calculating and distributing Research Share. The Research Share will be pro-rated in proportion to the number of sole University, sole VA and DAP employee inventors. For financial calculation purposes under this section, any DAP will be considered to be 50% VA and 50% University, regardless of actual employment percentages.

 

  Example: For an invention made by a DAP inventor and two sole VA inventors, University would direct from 15% Research Share, 2.5% to the appropriate University research program and 12.5% to the VA for its appropriate research program.

 

  4.3 Net Revenues. University agrees to pay to VA an amount equivalent to 50% of the Pooled Amount for each UC Site less payments made by University to VA for previous Fiscal Years. University’s obligation to make payments to VA shall commence from the date that the Pooled Amount calculation is positive for a UC Site. Such payments are payable in annual installments and are due no later than January 31 for Pooled Amount calculation made for the prior Fiscal Year.

 

  4.4 All payments to VA, required under this Agreement shall be in U.S. Dollars and shall be made by University by check or bank draft drawn on United States banks and shall be payable, as appropriate, to the “Department of Veterans Affairs (royalty).” All such payments shall be sent to the following address:

Department of Veterans Affairs

Technology Transfer Financial Management Office (12TT)

810 Vermont Avenue NW

Washington, D.C. 20420

The payment under Section 4.3 will be accompanied with an itemized accounting of performance of each individual Subject Invention.

 

5. RECORDS AND REPORTS

 

  5.1 University shall keep complete, true, and accurate accounts of all Expenses and of all Gross Revenues received by it under each License Agreement and shall permit VA or VA’s designated agent to examine its books and records in order to verify the payments due or owed under this Agreement.

 

  5.2 University shall submit to VA at the address identified in Article 8 a semi-annual report, not later than January 31 covering the period through the prior June 30 and not later than April 30 covering the period through the prior December 31, setting forth the status of all patent prosecution, commercial development, and licensing activity concerning Subject Invention(s), and upon request of the VA, copies of patents issued and, in confidence, License Agreements executed during that period.

 

6


Exhibit C

 

  5.3 The report required under Section 5.2 shall also be made within sixty (60) days of the termination of this Agreement.

 

6. PATENT INFRINGEMENT

 

  6.1 If the administrators responsible for this Agreement at VA or University learns of the substantial infringement of any Subject Invention, then the party who learns of the infringement will promptly call attention to the infringement in writing to the other party and provide the other party with reasonable evidence of the infringement. Neither party will notify a third party of infringement without first obtaining written consent of the other party, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld. University, in cooperation with VA, will use its best efforts to terminate the infringement without litigation. If the efforts of the parties are not successful in abating the infringement within 90 days after the infringement was formally brought to the attention of the parties, then either party will have the right to elect to:

 

  6.1.1 commence suit on its own account;

 

  6.1.2 permit an exclusive Licensee to bring suit separately, but only if University or VA elects not to bring suit;

 

  6.1.3 join with the other party or an exclusive Licensee in the suit; or

 

  6.1.4 refuse to participate in the suit;

and each party will give written notice of its election to the other party within 10 days after the 90-day period. University may permit an exclusive Licensee to bring suit on its own account, either by formal notice or by failure to act within the period, but only if University or VA elects not to commence suit or join each other in any suit.

 

  6.2 Such legal action as is decided upon will be at the expense of the party on account of whom suit is brought and all recoveries recovered thereby will belong to such party, provided, however, that legal action brought by VA, University, and/or an exclusive Licensee, and participated in by the parties bringing suit will be at the expense of such parties, and all recoveries will be allocated in the following order:

 

  6.2.1 to each party reimbursement in equal amounts of the attorney’s costs, fees, and other related expenses to the extent each party paid for such costs, fees, and expenses until all such costs, fees, and expenses are consumed for each party; and

 

  6.2.2 any remaining amount shared by them in proportion to the share of expenses paid by each party.

 

7


Exhibit C

 

  6.3 Each party will cooperate with the other in litigation proceedings instituted under this Agreement but at the expense of the party on account of whom suit is brought. This litigation (including settlement) will be controlled by the party bringing the suit, except that University will control the suit if brought jointly. Either party may be represented at its sole expense by counsel of its choice in any suit brought by the other party or an exclusive Licensee. VA’s agreement in this paragraph is subject to U.S. Department of Justice approval on a case-by-case basis.

 

7.

TERM AND TERMINATION

 

  7.1 Term. This Agreement is effective when signed by both parties and shall extend until the expiration of the last-to-expire of the License Agreements or patents covering a Subject Invention included under this Agreement, whichever is later, unless otherwise terminated by operation of law or by acts of the parties in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

  7.2 Termination by Mutual Consent. University and VA may elect to terminate this Agreement, or portions thereof, at any time by mutual consent in writing. In such event, any outstanding commitments to third parties through License Agreements, options thereto, or research agreements concerning any Subject Invention(s) or future inventions that would be Subject Inventions under this Agreement that were entered into by University or were reliant on this Agreement prior to the effective termination date shall survive this Agreement.

 

  7.3 Termination by Unilateral Action.

 

  7.3.1 Written Notice. Either Party may unilaterally terminate this entire Agreement at any time by giving the other Party prior written notice, but not less than six (6) months prior to the desired termination date.

 

  7.3.2 Commitments. In such event, any outstanding commitments to third parties through License Agreements, options thereto, or research agreements concerning any Subject Invention(s) or future inventions that would be Subject Inventions under this Agreement that were entered into by University or were reliant on this Agreement prior to the effective termination date shall survive this Agreement. All uncancelable obligations shall be included within Expenses.

 

  7.4 Termination of License Agreement by VA. The VA may terminate a License Agreement if it is determined by VA that:

 

  7.4.1 University or any of its Licensees substantially fail to meet the material obligations set forth in the License Agreement: or

 

  7.4.2 The VA determines that such action is necessary to meet requirements for public use specified by federal regulations issued after the date of this

 

8


Exhibit C

Agreement and such requirements are not reasonably satisfied by University or any Licensees; or

 

  7.4.3 University or any Licensees have willfully made a material false statement of, or willfully omitted, a material fact in any report required by this Agreement: or

 

  7.4.4 University or any Licensees commit a substantial breach of covenant or agreement contained in the License Agreement; or

 

  7.4.5 University or any Licensees materially defaults in making any payment or report required by this Agreement or a License Agreement; or

 

  7.4.6 University or any Licensees is adjudged as bankrupt or has its assets placed in the hands of the receiver or makes any assignment or other accommodation for the benefit of creditors; or

 

  7.4.7 University is held by a court of competent jurisdiction, without taking a further appeal, to have misused any patent rights covering a Subject Invention.

 

  7.5 Prior to any termination of the License Agreement, VA shall furnish University and any Licensee of record a written notice of intention to terminate, and University and any notified Licensee shall be allowed 30 days after the date of such notice to remedy any breach or default of any covenant or agreement of the License Agreement or to show cause why the License Agreement should not be terminated.

 

  7.6 The word termination’ and cognate words, such as ‘term’ and ‘terminate,’ used in this Article 7 and elsewhere in this Agreement are to be read, except where the contrary is specifically indicated, as omitting from their effect the following rights and obligations all of which survive any termination to the degree necessary to permit their complete fulfillment or discharge;

 

  7.6.1 University’s obligation to supply a terminal report as specified in Section 5.3 of this Agreement.

 

  7.6.2 VA’s right to receive or recover and University’s obligation to share Net Revenues or accruable for payment at the time of any termination as specified in Article 4 of this Agreement.

 

  7.6.3 University’s obligation to maintain records and VA’s right to conduct a final audit pursuant to Section 5.1 of this Agreement.

 

  7.6.4 Sublicenses, releases, and agreements of non-assertion running in favor of Licensees prior to any termination and on which royalties shall have been paid.

 

9


Exhibit C

 

  7.6.5 Any cause of action or claim VA accrued or to accrue, because of any breach or default by University.

 

  7.7 In the event the termination of this Agreement or conversion of this Agreement, any Licensee of record granted pursuant to this Agreement may, at Licensee’s option, be converted to a license directly between Licensee and VA.

 

  7.8 After effective termination, each party may separately license its interests in Subject Inventions according to its own policy. Apart from specific obligations of the parties under this Agreement accrued prior to termination, the parties will have no further rights or obligations under this Agreement after such termination.

 

8. NOTICES

All notices required or permitted by this Agreement to be given to the parties thereto shall be deemed to have been properly given if delivered in writing, in person or mailed by prepaid, first class, registered or certified mail or by an express/overnight delivery service provided by a commercial carrier, properly addressed to the other Party. Notices shall be considered timely if such notices are received on or before the established deadline date or sent on or before the deadline date as verifiable by U.S. Postal Service postmark or dated receipt from a commercial carrier. Parties should request a legibly dated U.S. Postal Service postmark or obtain a dated receipt from a commercial carrier or the U.S. Postal Service. Private metered postmarks shall not be acceptable as proof of timely mailing.

Notices shall be sent to the mailing address below, or alternative address(es) for individual Subject Inventions as identified in writing by the VA Director, Technology Transfer Program or by the University Executive Director, Research Administration and Technology Transfer.

 

            To VA:

  

Director (122)

  

Technology Transfer Program

  

Office of Research and Development

  

U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs

  

810 Vermont Avenue N.W.

  

Washington, D.C. 20420

            To University:    

  

The Regents of the University of California

  

Office of the President

  

Office of Technology Transfer (OTT)

  

1111 Franklin Street, 5 th Floor

  

Oakland, California 94607-5200

  

Attention: Executive Director,

  

                        Research Administration and Technology Transfer

 

10


Exhibit C

 

9. GOVERNING LAWS, SETTLING DISPUTES

 

  9.1 This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with U.S. Federal law and the law of the State of California when not in conflict with U.S. Federal law. Federal law and regulations will preempt any conflicting or inconsistent provisions in this Agreement. University shall have all defenses available to it under California law.

 

  9.2 Any controversy or any disputed claim by either party against the other arising under or related to this Agreement shall be submitted jointly to University, Executive Director of Research Administration and Technology Transfer, and to the VA, Director, Technology Transfer Program, Office of Research and Development. University and VA will be free after written decisions are issued by those officials to pursue any and all administrative and/or judicial remedies that may be available.

 

10. MISCELLANEOUS

 

  10.1 The Agreement or anything related thereto shall not be construed to confer on any person any immunity from or defenses under the antitrust laws or from a charge of patent misuse, and the acquisition and use of rights pursuant to this Agreement shall not be immunized from the operation of state or Federal law by reason of the source of the grant.

 

  10.2 It is agreed that no waiver by either party hereto of any breach or default of any of the covenants or agreements herein set forth shall be deemed a waiver as to any subsequent and/or similar breach or default.

 

  10.3 This Agreement is binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their successors or assigns, but this Agreement may not be assigned by either party without the prior written consent of the other party.

 

  10.4 This Agreement confers no license or rights by implication, estoppel, or otherwise under any patent applications or patents of University or VA other than Subject Inventions regardless of whether such patents are dominant or subordinate to Subject Inventions.

 

  10.5 Any modification to this Agreement must be in writing and agreed to by both parties.

 

  10.6 It is understood and agreed by University and VA that this Agreement constitutes the entire agreement, both written and oral, between the parties, and that all prior agreements respecting the subject matter hereof, either written or oral, express or implied, shall be abrogated, canceled, and are null and void and of no effect.

 

11


Exhibit C

 

  10.7 Use of Name. Neither party may use the name of the other party in any way for advertising or publicity without the express written consent of the other party, provided, however, that while University may not allow a Licensee to use the name of VA for advertising or publicity, it does have the right to use the name of VA in connection with negotiating a License Agreement or sublicense agreement and where required by law.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives as follows:

 

U.S. DEPARTMENT OF VETERANS

AFFAIRS

 

  THE REGENTS OF THE

  UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA

By:  

/s/ John R. Feussner, M.D.

    By:  

/s/ Alan B. Bennett

Name: John R. Feussner, M.D.     Name: Alan B. Bennett
Title: Chief Research and Development Officer     Title: Executive Director,
    Research Administration and Technology Transfer
Date:   5/19/00     Date:   5/18/00

 

12


AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO THE

LICENSE AGREEMENT

BETWEEN OTONOMY, INC. AND

THE REGENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA

FOR UCSD CASE NO. SD2008-274, SD2009-077 THROUGH SD2009-098 AND SD2009-126

This amendment to the agreement (“Amendment”) is made by and between Otonomy, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“OTONOMY”) and The Regents of the University of California, a California corporation having its statewide administrative offices at 1111 Franklin Street, Oakland, California 94607-5200 (“UNIVERSITY”), as represented by its San Diego campus having an address at University of California, San Diego, Technology Transfer Office, Mail-code 0910, 9500 Gilman Drive, La Jolla, California 92093-0910 (“UCSD”). The amendment is effective as of the date of the last signature below (“Amendment Effective Date”).

Whereas, OTONOMY has entered into a License Agreement (“License Agreement”) with the UNIVERSITY effective November 5, 2008 (UC Control No. 2009-03-0242) wherein OTONOMY was granted certain rights;

Whereas, the parties to the License Agreement wish to put in place certain modifications to the License Agreement which more accurately reflect the OTONOMY business strategy and commercialization plan for Licensed Products, and to make corrections to the License Agreement;

Whereas, the VA has released rights to the Inventions covered under the License Agreement and Amendment.

These changes are effective on the Amendment Effective Date.

Therefore, the parties agree as follows:

WITH RESPECT TO “VA/UC AGREEMENT”:

 

    1. Replace “Exhibit A” with “Exhibit C” in Paragraph 1.11.

WITH RESPECT TO FIELD:

 

    2. Paragraph 1.3 of the License Agreement shall be amended to read:

“Field” shall mean therapies for human otic diseases.

WITH RESPECT TO SUBLICENSE:

 

    3. Paragraph 2.2(c) of the License Agreement shall be DELETED in its entirely and REPLACED with:

Upon termination of this Agreement for any reason, UNIVERSITY, at its sole discretion, shall determine whether LICENSEE shall cancel or assign to UNIVERSITY any and all Sublicenses; provided, however, that LICENSEE may submit a proposed Sublicense to UNIVERSITY in advance for UNIVERSITY’s prior approval, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed, and if UNIVERSITY approves such Sublicense, and


Sublicensee agrees to the terms of this Agreement, the UNIVERSITY’s duties under any Sublicense are to be no greater than the UNIVERSITY’s duties under this Agreement, and UNIVERSITY’s rights will be no less than under this Agreement, then such Sublicense shall become a direct license between Sublicensee and UNIVERSITY upon termination of this Agreement for any reason.

WITH RESPECT TO RESERVATION OF RIGHTS:

 

    4. In Paragraph 2.3 (c) DELETE:

“...in their facilities.”

WITH RESPECT TO LICENSE MAINTENANCE FEE:

 

    5. Paragraph 3.1(b) of the License Agreement shall be amended to read:

license maintenance fees of [***] dollars (US$[***]) per year and payable on the first anniversary of Effective Date and annually thereafter on each anniversary; provided however, that LICENSEE’s obligation to pay this fee shall end on the date when LICENSEE is commercially selling a Licensed Product;

WITH RESPECT TO MILESTONE PAYMENTS:

 

    6. Paragraph 3.1(c) (i) Date or Event of the License Agreement shall be amended to read:

[***]

WITH RESPECT TO SUBLICENSE FEES:

 

    7. Paragraph 3.1 (f) shall be replaced in its entirety with the following:

[***]

*** Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


[***]

For the purposes of this Agreement, Sublicense Fees means all consideration received by LICENSEE from Sublicensees that are not:

(i)            earned royalties,

(ii)          research payments and reimbursement of research expenses which are explicitly earmarked for research and development activities under the Sublicense towards the commercialization of Licensed Products,

(iii)          payments as reimbursements for patent expenses for the prosecution, maintenance and litigation matters regarding Patent Rights,

(iv)          payments for equity investments, but only to the extent such equity investments do not exceed a per share price (a) of the previous round of private equity financing; or (b) reflective of the fair market value on a public trade, or

(v)          loans which are not forgiven.

For the purpose of the above paragraph, research payments and reimbursement of research expenses shall not include salaries of LICENSEE employees or compensation paid to parties that perform financial management, human resources, publicity or fund raising functions for LICENSEE or any other individuals whose job functions do not contribute directly to the research and development of Licensed Product.

WITH RESPECT TO DUE DILIGENCE:

 

    8. Paragraph 3.3 (a) will be amended as follows:

DELETE: 3.3(a)(iv)

DELETE: 3.3(a)(vi)

WITH RESPECT TO PATENT MATTERS:

 

    9. Paragraph 5.1 (a) is amended as follows:

LICENSEE shall diligently prosecute and maintain United States and, if applicable, foreign patents, and applications in Patent Rights using counsel of its choice. LICENSEE shall provide UNIVERSITY with copies of all relevant documentation relating to such prosecution and share proposed responses to a patent office sufficiently in advance of a deadline to permit UNIVERSITY to comment. The counsel shall take instructions only from LICENSEE, and all patents and patent applications in Patent Rights shall be jointly assigned to UNIVERSITY and LICENSEE.

 

    10. Paragraph 5.2 (b) is amended as follows adding this sentence to the end of the paragraph:

*** Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


LICENSEE my not join UNIVERSITY in such a suit without UNIVERSITY’s written permission.

WITH RESPECT TO INVENTIONS INCLUDED:

 

  11. Exhibit A will be amended to include the following cases:

[***]

*** Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


[***]

WITH RESPECT TO PATENTS INCLUDED:

 

  12.

  Exhibit B will be amended to include the following patent applications:

[***]

*** Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


[***]

*** Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


[***]

LICENSEE shall pay to UNIVERSITY a License Amendment Fee of [***] dollars (US$ [***]) within thirty (30) days of the Amendment Effective Date.

All other terms and conditions in the License Agreement between OTONOMY and UNIVERSITY, effective November 5, 2008, shall remain unchanged and in effect.

The parties agree that this Amendment may be executed by facsimile and in two (2) or more counterparts each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

OTONOMY, INC.:    

THE REGENTS OF THE

UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA:

By:    /s/ Jay Lichter     By:    /s/ Jane C. Moores, PhD
Name:    Jay Lichter     Name:    Jane C. Moores, PhD
Title:    President & CEO    

Title: 

 

Assistant Vice Chancellor -

        Technology Transfer
Date:   1/27/10     Date:   

1-21-10

*** Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO THE

LICENSE AGREEMENT

BETWEEN OTONOMY, INC. AND

THE REGENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA

FOR UCSD CASE NO. SD2008-274, SD2009-077 THROUGH SD2009-098 AND SD2009-126

This amendment to the agreement (“Amendment No. 2”) is made by and between Otonomy, Inc., a Delaware corporation having an address at 5626 Oberlin Drive, Suite 100, San Diego, California 92121 (“OTONOMY”) and The Regents of the University of California, a California corporation having its statewide administrative offices at 1111 Franklin Street, Oakland, California 94607-5200 (“UNIVERSITY”), as represented by its San Diego campus having an address at University of California, San Diego, Technology Transfer Office, Mail-code 0910, 9500 Gilman Drive, La Jolla, California 92093-0910 (“UCSD”). The amendment is effective as of the date of the last signature below (“Amendment No. 2 Effective Date”).

Whereas, OTONOMY has entered into a License Agreement (“License Agreement”) with the UNIVERSITY effective November 5, 2008 (UC Control No. 2009-03-0242) wherein OTONOMY was granted certain rights;

Whereas, OTONOMY has entered into an Amendment (“Amendment No. 1”) with the UNIVERSITY effective January 27, 2010 (UC Control No. 2009-03-024A) wherein certain changes were made to the License Agreement;

Whereas, the parties to the License Agreement wish to put in place a modification and clarification to the License Agreement.

This change is effective on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date.

Therefore, the parties agree as follows:

WITH RESPECT TO ARTICLE 3. COMPENSATION:

Paragraph 3.1 (c) (iv) shall be amended to read:

 

(iv) $[***]

 

[***]

Delete Paragraph 3.1(c)(v):

(v) $[***]

 

[***]

Replace Paragraph 3.1(c)(v) with the following:

(v) $[***]

  [***]

*** Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and

Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted

portions.


Add to Paragraph 3.1:

 

(vi) $[***]

   [***]

(vii) $[***]

   [***]

(viii) $[***]

   [***]

WITH RESPECT TO ARTICLE 5. PATENT MATTERS:

Paragraph 5.2 (b) shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

LICENSEE may request that the UNIVERSITY take legal action against the infringement of University’s Patent Rights. Such request must be in writing and must include reasonable evidence of infringement and damages to LICENSEE. If the infringing activity has not abated within ninety (90) days following the effective date of request, then the UNIVERSITY or the U.S. Government has the right to:

commence suit on its own account; or

refuse to participate in the suit, and    

the UNIVERSITY shall give notice of its election in writing to LICENSEE by the end of the one-hundredth (100 th ) day after receiving notice of written request from LICENSEE; provided, however, in the event of a litigation commenced under the Hatch-Waxman Act, UNIVERSITY shall give notice of its election in writing to LICENSEE by the end of the thirtieth (30 th ) day after receiving notice of written request from LICENSEE. LICENSEE may thereafter bring suit for patent infringement, at its own expense, if and only if the UNIVERSITY and the U.S. Government elect not to commence suit and if the infringement occurred during the period and in a jurisdiction where LICENSEE had exclusive rights under this Agreement. If, however, LICENSEE elects to bring suit in accordance with this Paragraph 5.2, then the UNIVERSITY or the U.S. Government may thereafter join that suit at its own expense. LICENSEE agrees not to bring suit for patent infringement without following the procedures of this Paragraph, and both parties agree to be bound by the outcome of a suit for patent infringement, patent infringement issues and patent infringement defenses raised through the pendency of such a suit under this Paragraph 5.2 (b).

All other terms and conditions in the License Agreement between OTONOMY and UNIVERSITY, effective November 5, 2008 and amended in Amendment No. 1, effective January 27, 2010, shall remain unchanged and in effect.

*** Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


The parties agree that this Amendment No. 2 may be executed by facsimile and in two (2) or more counterparts each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

OTONOMY, INC.

   

THE REGENTS OF THE

UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA

By:

 

/s/ Jay Lichter

   

By:

 

/s/ Jane C. Moores, Ph.D.

Name:

 

Jay Lichter

   

Name:

 

Jane C. Moores, Ph.D.

Title:

 

CEO

   

Title:

 

Assistant Vice Chancellor

Date:

 

June 9, 2010

   

Date:

 

6/9/10


AMENDMENT NO. 3 TO THE LICENSE AGREEMENT

BETWEEN OTONOMY, INC. AND THE REGENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA

FOR USCD CASE NO. SD2008-274, SD2009-077 THROUGH SD2009-098, SD200-126, SD2009-230 THROUGH SD2009-234, SD2009-302 THROUGH SD2009-305, SD2009-355 THROUGH SD2009- 357, SD2009-389, SD2010-011, SD2010-052 THROUGH SD2010-060, SD2010-147 THROUGH SD2010-149

This amendment to the agreement (“Amendment No. 3”) is made by and between Otonomy, Inc., a Delaware corporation having an address at 6275 Nancy Ridge Drive, Suite 100, San Diego, California 92121 (“Otonomy”) and The Regents of the University of California, a California corporation having its statewide administrative offices at 1111 Franklin Street, Oakland, California 94607-5200 (“UNIVERSITY”), as represented by its San Diego campus having an address at University of California, San Diego, Technology Transfer Office, Mail Code 0910, 9500 Gilman Drive, La Jolla, California 92093-0910 (“UCSD”). Amendment No. 3 is effective as of the date of the last signature below (“Amendment No. 3 Effective Date”).

Whereas, OTONOMY has entered into a License Agreement with the UNIVERSITY effective November 5, 2008 (UC Control No. 2009-03-0242), Amendment No. 1 effective January 27 th , 2010 (UC Control No. 2009-03-0242REVA) and Amendment No. 2 effective June 9 th , 2010 (UC Control No. 2009-03-0242REVB), (collectively, “License Agreement”) wherein OTONOMY was granted certain rights;

Whereas, the parties wish to put in place a modification to the License Agreement.

Therefore, the parties agree as follows:

WITH RESPECT TO ARTICLE 3. CONSIDERATION:

Paragraph 3.1(e) shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with:

In the event LICENSEE is required to pay royalties or milestone fees or sublicense fees to a third party in consideration for intellectual property rights which LICENSEE determines are necessary to make, use or sell Licensed Product, then LICENSEE may deduct [***] percent ([***]%) of such royalties or milestone fees or sublicense fees owing to such third party from any royalties or milestone fees or sublicense fees due under this Agreement, provided that in no event shall (i) the amounts due to UNIVERSITY under Paragraph 3.1(f) be reduced to less than [***] percent ([***]%) of the amount that would otherwise be due to UNIVERSITY thereunder, and (ii) royalties or milestone fees due to UNIVERSITY be reduced to less than [***] percent ([***]%) of the amount that would otherwise be due to UNIVERSITY.

All other terms and conditions in the License Agreement between OTONOMY and UNIVERSITY shall remain unchanged and in effect.

The parties agree that this Amendment No. 3 may be executed electronically and in two or more counterparts each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

In consideration for this Amendment No. 3, OTONOMY shall pay an amendment fee in the amount of [***] ($[***]) dollars. Payment shall be made within thirty (30) days after the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date and receipt of invoice.

*** Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

 

OTONOMY, INC:

   

THE REGENTS OF THE

UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA:

By:

 

/s/ Paul E. Cayer

   

By:

 

/s/ Jane C. Moores, Ph.D.

Name:

 

Paul E. Cayer

   

Name:

 

Jane C. Moores, Ph.D.

Title:

 

Chief Business Officer

   

Title:

 

Assistant Vice Chancellor

Date:

 

11/7/12

   

Date:

 

11/7/12

Exhibit 10.13

THIS WARRANT AND THE UNDERLYING SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”). NO SALE OR DISPOSITION THEREOF MAY BE EFFECTED EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144 UNDER SUCH ACT OR AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL FOR THE HOLDER SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE ACT OR RECEIPT OF A NO-ACTION LETTER FROM THE U.S. SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

OTONOMY, INC.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE CAPITAL STOCK

 

No. [    ]  

[                    ]

Void After [                    ]

T HIS C ERTIFIES T HAT , for value received, [                        ] (the “Holder” ) is entitled to subscribe for and purchase during the Exercise Period (as defined below) for the Applicable Price Per Share (as defined below) from O TONOMY , I NC . , a Delaware corporation (the “Company” ), up to that number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Warrant Stock (as defined below) as is determined in accordance with Section 2.1 below.

This Warrant to Purchase Capital Stock (this “Warrant” ) has been issued as part of a series of similar warrants (collectively, the “Warrants” ) issued pursuant to that certain Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement, dated as of December [    ], 2008 (the “Agreement” ), by and among the Company and the individuals and entities listed on the Schedule of Lenders attached thereto. Pursuant to the Agreement, the Company also issued to Holder a Secured Convertible Promissory Note, dated as of even date herewith (the “Note” ), for the aggregate principal amount of $[                ] (the “Original Holder Principal Amount” ).

1. D EFINITIONS . Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein are intended to have the meanings given to them in the Note. In addition, the following capitalized terms used herein shall have the following respective meanings:

1.1 “Applicable Per Share Price” shall mean the price per Qualifying Financing Share paid by investors in a Qualifying Financing; provided , however , that the Applicable Price Per Share shall be subject to adjustment from time to time in accordance with Section 4.

1.2 “Coverage Amount” shall mean and be equal to fifteen percent (15%) of the Original Holder Principal Amount.

1.3 “Exercise Period” shall mean the period commencing on the date of the closing of a Qualifying Financing (if any) and ending on [                    ], unless earlier terminated as provided below.


1.4 “Fair Market Value” shall mean, as applicable: (i) in the case of any Warrant Stock traded on a national securities exchange, the value equal to the average of the closing prices of such Warrant Stock on such exchange over the ten (10) trading day period ending one (1) trading day prior to the date this Warrant is being exercised; (ii) in the case of Warrant Stock actively traded over-the-counter, the value equal to the average of the closing bid or sale prices (whichever is applicable) over the ten (10) trading day period ending one (1) trading day prior to the date this Warrant is being exercised; and (iii) in the event that there is no active public market for the Warrant Stock, the value equal to the fair market value thereof, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company on the date this Warrant is being exercised.

1.5 “Warrant Price” shall mean, in connection with any exercise of this Warrant, the aggregate exercise price for the shares of Warrant Stock being acquired in connection with such exercise, as determined by multiplying the number of shares of Warrant Stock being acquired in connection with such exercise by the Applicable Price Per Share.

1.6 “Warrant Stock” shall mean Qualifying Financing Shares.

2. E XERCISE OF W ARRANT .

2.1 General. At any time during the Exercise Period, this Warrant may be exercised, in whole or in part and in accordance with the provisions set forth in this Section 2, for that number of shares of Warrant Stock as is equal to: (i) the Coverage Amount; divided by (ii) the Applicable Per Share Price.

2.2 Mechanics of Exercise. In order to effect the exercise of this Warrant, Holder shall deliver to the Company: (i) this Warrant; (ii) an executed Notice of Exercise in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A ; and (iii) except as set forth in Section 2.3, payment of the Warrant Price in cash by wire transfer of immediately available funds or such other form of cash payment as may be accepted by the Company in its discretion. Upon receipt of all of the foregoing, the Company shall promptly: (x) issue to Holder a certificate representing the shares of Warrant Stock being acquired hereunder; and (y) if applicable, issue to Holder a new warrant, substantially identical in form and substance to this Warrant, representing the right to purchase the remaining shares of Warrant Stock underlying this Warrant.

2.3 Net Exercise. Notwithstanding any provisions herein to the contrary, if the Fair Market Value of one share of Warrant Stock is greater than the Applicable Per Share Price on the date on which this Warrant is exercised, in lieu of exercising this Warrant by payment of cash, Holder may elect to receive that number of shares of Warrant Stock as determined in accordance with the following formula:

 

X   =  

Y(A-B)

 
    A  

 

    Where:    X   =    the number of shares of Warrant Stock to be issued to Holder;

 

2.


   Y   =    the number of shares of Warrant Stock purchasable under this Warrant or, if only a portion of the Warrant is being exercised, the portion of the Warrant being exercised;
   A   =    the Fair Market Value of one (1) share of Warrant Stock; and
   B   =    the Applicable Price Per Share as of the date of such exercise.

3. C OVENANTS OF THE C OMPANY .

3.1 Covenants as to Exercise Shares. The Company covenants and agrees that all shares of Warrant Stock that may be issued upon the exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant will, upon issuance, be validly issued and outstanding, fully paid and nonassessable, and free from all taxes, liens and charges with respect to the issuance thereof; other than taxes, liens or charges created by or imposed upon Holder through no action of the Company.

3.2 Notices of Record Date. In the event of any taking by the Company of a record of the holders of any class of securities for the purpose of determining the holders thereof who are entitled to receive any dividend or other distribution, the Company shall deliver to Holder, at least ten (10) days prior to the date specified herein, a notice specifying the date on which any such record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend or distribution.

4. A DJUSTMENT OF THE A PPLICABLE P RICE P ER S HARE . In the event of any changes, from time to time, in the outstanding capital stock of the Company by reason of stock dividends, subdivisions, split-ups or combinations of shares, the number and class of shares available under this Warrant and the Applicable Price Per Share shall be correspondingly adjusted so as to give Holder, upon the exercise of this Warrant for the same aggregate Warrant Price, the total number, class and kind of shares of Warrant Stock as Holder would have owned had the Warrant been exercised prior to any such event and had Holder continued to hold such shares of Warrant Stock until after the event requiring adjustment.

5. F RACTIONAL S HARES . No fractional shares shall be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant as a consequence of any adjustment pursuant hereto. All shares of Warrant Stock (including fractions) issuable upon exercise of this Warrant may be aggregated for purposes of determining whether the exercise would result in the issuance of any fractional share. If, after aggregation, the exercise would result in the issuance of a fractional share, the Company shall, in lieu of issuance of any fractional share, pay Holder a sum in cash equal to the Fair Market Value of such fractional share.

6. E ARLY T ERMINATION . If, at any time during the Exercise Period, there is effected any capital reorganization or reclassification of the capital stock of the Company (other than a change in par value or as a result of a stock dividend or subdivision, split-up or combination of shares), any consolidation or merger of the Company with or into another corporation (other than a merger solely to effect a reincorporation of the Company into another state), or any sale or other disposition of all or substantially all the properties and assets of the Company in its entirety to any other person, the Company shall provide to Holder at least twenty (20) days advance written notice of such event, and this Warrant shall terminate unless exercised in accordance with the terms hereof prior to the effective date of such event.

 

3.


7. N O S TOCKHOLDER R IGHTS . This Warrant in and of itself shall not entitle Holder to any voting rights or other rights as a stockholder of the Company.

8. T RANSFER OF W ARRANT . Neither this Warrant nor any rights hereunder shall be transferable, except in accordance with Section 4 of the Agreement. Any such permitted transfer must be made by Holder in person or by duly authorized attorney, upon delivery of this Warrant and the form of assignment attached hereto as Exhibit B to any such permitted transferee. As a condition precedent to such transfer, the transferee shall sign an investment letter in form and substance satisfactory to the Company. Subject to the foregoing, the provisions of this Warrant shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon any successor to the Company and shall extend to any holder hereof.

9. L OST , S TOLEN , M UTILATED OR D ESTROYED W ARRANT . If this Warrant is lost, stolen, mutilated or destroyed, the Company may, on such terms as to indemnity or otherwise as it may reasonably impose (which shall, in the case of a mutilated Warrant, include the surrender thereof), issue a new Warrant of like denomination and tenor as the Warrant so lost, stolen, mutilated or destroyed.

10. G OVERNING L AW . This Warrant shall be governed in all respects by the internal laws of the state of California as applied to agreements entered into among California residents to be performed entirely within California, without regard to conflict of laws rules.

11. A MENDMENT ; W AIVER . This Warrant may be amended or modified, and any term or provision hereof or thereof may be waived or departure therefrom consented or approved (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively), only upon the written consent of the Company and the Holder. Any amendment or modification of this Warrant, or waiver of any term or provision of this Warrant, shall be binding upon each holder hereof.

12. N OTICES . All notices and other communications hereunder shall be made and delivered as prescribed in the Agreement.

13. C OUNTERPARTS . This Warrant may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

4.


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties have executed this W ARRANT TO P URCHASE C APITAL S TOCK as of the date first written above.

 

 

COMPANY:

 

OTONOMY, INC.

By:    
 

Name:

Title:

  Address:    
   
 

HOLDER

 

By:                                                      

Its:                                                       

   
  [Title]
  Address:  

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO OTONOMY, INC. WARRANT TO PURCHASE CAPITAL STOCK]


EXHIBIT A

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

 

TO: O TONOMY , I NC .

(1)     ¨     The undersigned hereby elects to purchase              shares of the                      Preferred Stock of O TONOMY , I NC . (the “Company” ) pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, and tenders herewith payment of the exercise price in full, together with all applicable transfer taxes, if any.

          ¨     The undersigned hereby elects to purchase              shares of the                      Preferred Stock of the Company pursuant to the terms of the net exercise provisions set forth in Section 2.3 of the attached Warrant, and shall tender payment of all applicable transfer taxes, if any.

(2)    Please issue a certificate or certificates representing said shares of                      Preferred Stock of the Company (the “Shares” ) in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below:

 

 

(Name)

 

 

(Address)

(3)    The undersigned represents that (i) the aforesaid Shares are being acquired for the account of the undersigned for investment and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, the distribution thereof and that the undersigned has no present intention of distributing or reselling such shares; (ii) the undersigned is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision regarding its investment in the Company; (iii) the undersigned is experienced in making investments of this type and has such knowledge and background in financial and business matters that the undersigned is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of this investment and protecting the undersigned’s own interests; (iv) the undersigned understands that the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act” ), by reason of a specific exemption from the registration provisions of the Act, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent as expressed herein, and, because such securities have not been registered under the Securities Act, they must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available; (v) the undersigned is aware that the aforesaid Shares may not be sold pursuant to Rule 144 adopted under the Securities Act unless certain conditions are met and until the undersigned has held the shares for the number of years prescribed by Rule 144, that among the conditions for use of Rule 144 is the availability of current information to the public about the Company and the Company has not made such information available and has no present plans to do so; and (vi) the undersigned agrees not to make any disposition of all or any part of the aforesaid Shares unless and until there is then in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering such proposed disposition and such disposition is made in accordance with said registration statement, or the undersigned has provided the Company with an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company, stating that such registration is not required.

 

                                          

   

 

 
(Date)     (Signature)  
   

 

 
    (Print name)  


EXHIBIT B

FORM OF ASSIGNMENT

F OR V ALUE R ECEIVED , the Warrant to which this Form of Assignment is attached as Exhibit B, and all rights evidenced thereby, are hereby assigned to:

 

Name:

 

 

  (Please Print)

Address:

 

 

  (Please Print)

Dated:                  , 200   

Holder’s

Signature:

 

 

Holder’s

Address:

 

 

By signing above, the transferee agrees to be bound by the terms, restrictions and conditions set forth in (1) the Warrant and (2) the Agreement (as defined in the Warrant).

NOTE: The signature to this Form of Assignment must correspond with the name as it appears on the face of the Warrant, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever. Officers of corporations and those acting in a fiduciary or other representative capacity should file proper evidence of authority to assign the foregoing Warrant.

Exhibit 10.14

THIS WARRANT AND THE UNDERLYING SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ ACT ”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM. THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER THAT SUCH OFFER, SALE, TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OTHERWISE COMPLIES WITH THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THIS WARRANT MUST BE SURRENDERED TO THE COMPANY OR ITS TRANSFER AGENT AS A CONDITION PRECEDENT TO THE SALE, TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OF ANY INTEREST IN ANY OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE SHARES OF PREFERRED STOCK

of

OTONOMY, INC.

Dated as of [                    ]

Void after the date specified in Section 8

Warrant to Purchase

Shares of

Preferred Stock

(subject to adjustment)

THIS CERTIFIES THAT, for value received, [          ], or its registered assigns (the “ Holder ”), is entitled, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth herein, to purchase from Otonomy, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), Shares (as defined below), in the amounts, at such times and at the price per share set forth in Section 1. The term “ Warrant ” as used herein shall include this Warrant and any warrants delivered in substitution or exchange therefor as provided herein. This Warrant is issued in connection with the transactions described in the Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement, dated as of [                    ] , by and among the Company and the purchasers described therein (the “ Purchase Agreement ”). The holder of this Warrant is subject to certain restrictions set forth in the Purchase Agreement.

The following is a statement of the rights of the Holder and the conditions to which this Warrant is subject, and to which Holder, by acceptance of this Warrant, agrees:

1. Number and Price of Shares; Exercise Period.

(a) Definition of Shares. Shares ” shall mean the class and series of preferred stock issued by the Company to Holder upon the conversion of such Holder’s convertible promissory note issued to Holder pursuant to the Purchase Agreement (the “ Note ”).

(b) Number of Shares. Subject to any previous exercise of the Warrant, the Holder shall have the right to purchase up to the number of Shares that equals the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the product of (a) 20% and (b) the principal amount of the Note issued to Holder on the date hereof by (y) the Exercise Price (as defined below), prior to (or in connection with) the expiration of this Warrant as provided in Section 8.


(c) Exercise Price. The exercise price (the “ Exercise Price ”) per Share shall be determined as follows: (i) if this Warrant is exercised for shares of the Company’s preferred stock issued in connection with a Qualified Financing (as defined in the Note), the exercise price for the Shares subject to this Warrant shall be the lowest price per share of the Shares issued to purchasers of such Shares at the time of the first closing of the Qualified Financing, subject to adjustment pursuant hereto, or (ii) if this Warrant is exercised for shares of Series B Preferred Stock, the exercise price for the Shares subject to this Warrant shall be $0.4032, subject to adjustment pursuant hereto.

(d) Exercise Period. This Warrant shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, on or after the conversion of the Note, prior to (or in connection with) the expiration of this Warrant as set forth in Section 8.

2. Exercise of the Warrant.

(a) Exercise. The purchase rights represented by this Warrant may be exercised at the election of the Holder, in whole or in part, in accordance with Section 1, by:

(i) the tender to the Company at its principal office (or such other office or agency as the Company may designate) of a notice of exercise in the form of Exhibit A (the “ Notice of Exercise ”), duly completed and executed by or on behalf of the Holder, together with the surrender of this Warrant; and

(ii) the payment to the Company of an amount equal to (x) the Exercise Price multiplied by (y) the number of Shares being purchased, by wire transfer or certified, cashier’s or other check acceptable to the Company and payable to the order of the Company.

(b) Net Issue Exercise. In lieu of exercising this Warrant pursuant to Section 2(a)(ii), if the fair market value of one Share is greater than the Exercise Price (at the date of calculation as set forth below), the Holder may elect to receive a number of Shares equal to the value of this Warrant (or of any portion of this Warrant being canceled) by surrender of this Warrant at the principal office of the Company (or such other office or agency as the Company may designate) together with a properly completed and executed Notice of Exercise reflecting such election, in which event the Company shall issue to the Holder that number of Shares computed using the following formula:

 

X

   =        Y (A – B)       
      A   

Where:

 

X

   =    The number of Shares to be issued to the Holder

Y

   =    The number of Shares purchasable under this Warrant or, if only a portion of the Warrant is being exercised, the portion of the Warrant being canceled (at the date of such calculation)

A

   =    The fair market value of one Share (at the date of such calculation)

B

   =    The Exercise Price (as adjusted to the date of such calculation)

 

- 2 -


For purposes of the calculation above, the fair market value of one Share shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company, acting in good faith; provided, however, that:

(i) where a public market exists for the Company’s common stock at the time of such exercise, the fair market value per Share shall be the product of (x) the average of the closing bid prices of the common stock or the closing price quoted on the national securities exchange on which the common stock is listed as published in the Wall Street Journal , as applicable, for the ten (10) trading day period ending five (5) trading days prior to the date of determination of fair market value and (y) the number of shares of common stock into which each Share is convertible at the time of such exercise, as applicable; and

(ii) if the Warrant is exercised in connection with the Company’s initial public offering of common stock, the fair market value per Share shall be the product of (x) the per share offering price to the public of the Company’s initial public offering and (y) the number of shares of common stock into which each Share is convertible at the time of such exercise, as applicable.

(c) Stock Certificates. The rights under this Warrant shall be deemed to have been exercised and the Shares issuable upon such exercise shall be deemed to have been issued immediately prior to the close of business on the date this Warrant is exercised in accordance with its terms, and the person entitled to receive the Shares issuable upon such exercise shall be treated for all purposes as the holder of record of such Shares as of the close of business on such date. As promptly as reasonably practicable on or after such date, the Company shall issue and deliver to the person or persons entitled to receive the same a certificate or certificates for that number of shares issuable upon such exercise. In the event that the rights under this Warrant are exercised in part and have not expired, the Company shall execute and deliver a new Warrant reflecting the number of Shares that remain subject to this Warrant.

(d) No Fractional Shares or Scrip. No fractional shares or scrip representing fractional shares shall be issued upon the exercise of the rights under this Warrant. In lieu of such fractional share to which the Holder would otherwise be entitled, the Company shall make a cash payment equal to the Exercise Price multiplied by such fraction.

(e) Company Covenant. The Company covenants that all Shares which may be issued upon exercise of this Warrant will, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and free of all taxes, liens and charges caused or created by the Company with respect to the issuance thereof and sufficient shares of common stock of the Company shall be reserved for issuance upon conversion of such Shares.

3. Replacement of the Warrant. Subject to the receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company at the expense of the Holder shall execute and deliver, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor and amount.

4. Transfer of the Warrant.

(a) Warrant Register. The Company shall maintain a register (the “ Warrant Register ”) containing the name and address of the Holder or Holders. Until this Warrant is transferred on the Warrant Register in accordance herewith, the Company may treat the Holder as shown on the Warrant Register as the absolute owner of this Warrant for all purposes, notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. Any Holder of

 

- 3 -


this Warrant (or of any portion of this Warrant) may change its address as shown on the Warrant Register by written notice to the Company requesting a change.

(b) Warrant Agent. The Company may appoint an agent for the purpose of maintaining the Warrant Register referred to in Section 4(a), issuing the Shares or other securities then issuable upon the exercise of the rights under this Warrant, exchanging this Warrant, replacing this Warrant or conducting related activities.

(c) Transferability of the Warrant. Subject to the provisions of this Warrant with respect to compliance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”) and limitations on assignments and transfers, including without limitation compliance with the restrictions on transfer set forth in Section 5, title to this Warrant may be transferred by endorsement (by the transferor and the transferee executing the assignment form attached as Exhibit B (the “ Assignment Form ”)) and delivery in the same manner as a negotiable instrument transferable by endorsement and delivery.

(d) Exchange of the Warrant upon a Transfer. On surrender of this Warrant (and a properly endorsed Assignment Form) for exchange, subject to the provisions of this Warrant with respect to compliance with the Securities Act and limitations on assignments and transfers, the Company shall issue to or on the order of the Holder a new warrant or warrants of like tenor, in the name of the Holder or as the Holder (on payment by the Holder of any applicable transfer taxes) may direct, for the number of shares issuable upon exercise hereof, and the Company shall register any such transfer upon the Warrant Register. This Warrant (and the securities issuable upon exercise of the rights under this Warrant) must be surrendered to the Company or its warrant or transfer agent, as applicable, as a condition precedent to the sale, pledge, hypothecation or other transfer of any interest in any of the securities represented hereby.

(e) Taxes. In no event shall the Company be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issue and delivery of any certificate in a name other than that of the Holder, and the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any such certificate unless and until the person or persons requesting the issue thereof shall have paid to the Company the amount of such tax or shall have established to the satisfaction of the Company that such tax has been paid or is not payable.

5. Restrictions on Transfer of the Warrant and Shares; Compliance with Securities Laws. By acceptance of this Warrant, the Holder agrees to comply with the following:

(a) Restrictions on Transfers. Subject to Section 5(b), this Warrant may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part without the Company’s prior written consent (which shall not be unreasonably withheld), and any attempt by Holder to transfer or assign any rights, duties or obligations that arise under this Warrant without such permission shall be void. Any transfer of this Warrant or the Shares or the shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares (the “ Securities ”) must be in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws. The Holder agrees not to make any sale, assignment, transfer, pledge or other disposition of all or any portion of the Securities, or any beneficial interest therein, unless and until the transferee thereof has agreed in writing for the benefit of the Company to take and hold such Securities subject to, and to be bound by, the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant to the same extent as if the transferee were the original Holder hereunder, and

(i) there is then in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering such proposed disposition and such disposition is made in accordance with such registration statement, or

 

- 4 -


(ii) (A) such Holder shall have given prior written notice to the Company of such Holder’s intention to make such disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a detailed description of the manner and circumstances of the proposed disposition, (B) the transferee shall have confirmed to the satisfaction of the Company in writing, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1, that the Securities are being acquired (i) solely for the transferee’s own account and not as a nominee for any other party, (ii) for investment and (iii) not with a view toward distribution or resale, and shall have confirmed such other matters related thereto as may be reasonably requested by the Company, and (C) if requested by the Company, such Holder shall have furnished the Company, at the Holder’s expense, with (i) an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Company, to the effect that such disposition will not require registration of such Securities under the Securities Act or (ii) a “no action” letter from the Securities and Exchange Commission to the effect that the transfer of such Securities without registration will not result in a recommendation by the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission that action be taken with respect thereto, whereupon such Holder shall be entitled to transfer such Securities in accordance with the terms of the notice delivered by the Holder to the Company.

(b) Permitted Transfers. Permitted transfers include (i) a transfer not involving a change in beneficial ownership, or (ii) transactions involving the distribution without consideration of Securities by any Holder to (x) a parent, subsidiary or other affiliate of a Holder that is a corporation, (y) any of the Holder’s partners, members or other equity owners, or retired partners or members, or to the estate of any of its partners, members or other equity owners or retired partners or members, or (z) a venture capital fund that is controlled by or under common control with one or more general partners or managing members of, or shares the same management company with, the Holder; provided , in each case, that the Holder shall give written notice to the Company of the Holder’s intention to effect such disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a detailed description of the manner and circumstances of the proposed disposition.

(c) Investment Representation Statement. Unless the rights under this Warrant are exercised pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act that includes the Shares with respect to which the Warrant was exercised, it shall be a condition to any exercise of the rights under this Warrant that the Holder shall have confirmed to the satisfaction of the Company in writing, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1, that the Shares so purchased are being acquired solely for the Holder’s own account and not as a nominee for any other party, for investment and not with a view toward distribution or resale and that the Holder shall have confirmed such other matters related thereto as may be reasonably requested by the Company.

(d) Securities Law Legend. The Securities shall (unless otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Warrant) be stamped or imprinted with a legend substantially similar to the following (in addition to any legend required by state securities laws):

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF CERTAIN STATES. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM. THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER THAT SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OTHERWISE COMPLIES WITH THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THIS CERTIFICATE MUST BE SURRENDERED TO THE COMPANY OR ITS TRANSFER AGENT AS A CONDITION PRECEDENT TO THE SALE,

 

- 5 -


TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OF ANY INTEREST IN ANY OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY.

(e) Market Stand-off Legend. The Shares and common stock issued upon exercise hereof or conversion thereof shall also be stamped or imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE, INCLUDING A LOCK-UP PERIOD IN THE EVENT OF A PUBLIC OFFERING, AS SET FORTH IN THE WARRANT PURSUANT TO WHICH THESE SHARES WERE ISSUED, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY.

(f) Instructions Regarding Transfer Restrictions. The Holder consents to the Company making a notation on its records and giving instructions to any transfer agent in order to implement the restrictions on transfer established in this Section 5.

(g) Removal of Legend. The legend referring to federal and state securities laws identified in Section 5(d) stamped on a certificate evidencing the Shares (and the common stock issuable upon conversion thereof) and the stock transfer instructions and record notations with respect to such securities shall be removed and the Company shall issue a certificate without such legend to the holder of such securities if (i) such securities are registered under the Securities Act, or (ii) such holder provides the Company with an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that a sale or transfer of such securities may be made without registration or qualification.

6. Adjustments. Subject to the expiration of this Warrant pursuant to Section 8, the number and kind of shares purchasable hereunder and the Exercise Price therefor are subject to adjustment from time to time, as follows:

(a) Merger or Reorganization. If at any time there shall be any reorganization, recapitalization, merger or consolidation (a “ Reorganization ”) involving the Company (other than as otherwise provided for herein or as would cause the expiration of this Warrant under Section 8) in which shares of the Company’s stock are converted into or exchanged for securities, cash or other property, then, as a part of such Reorganization, lawful provision shall be made so that the Holder shall thereafter be entitled to receive upon exercise of this Warrant, the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property of the successor corporation resulting from such Reorganization, equivalent in value to that which a holder of the Shares deliverable upon exercise of this Warrant would have been entitled in such Reorganization if the right to purchase the Shares hereunder had been exercised immediately prior to such Reorganization. In any such case, appropriate adjustment (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the successor corporation) shall be made in the application of the provisions of this Warrant with respect to the rights and interests of the Holder after such Reorganization to the end that the provisions of this Warrant shall be applicable after the event, as near as reasonably may be, in relation to any shares or other securities deliverable after that event upon the exercise of this Warrant. The Company represents that the foregoing provisions of this Section 6(a) shall similarly apply to successive Reorganizations and to the stock or securities of any other entity which are at the time receivable upon the exercise of this Warrant.

(b) Reclassification of Shares. If the securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant are changed into the same or a different number of securities of any other class or classes by reclassification, capital reorganization, conversion of all outstanding shares of the relevant class or series (other than as would

 

- 6 -


cause the expiration of this Warrant pursuant to Section 8) or otherwise (other than as otherwise provided for herein) (a “ Reclassification ”), then, in any such event, in lieu of the number of Shares which the Holder would otherwise have been entitled to receive, the Holder shall have the right thereafter to exercise this Warrant for a number of shares of such other class or classes of stock that a holder of the number of securities deliverable upon exercise of this Warrant immediately before that change would have been entitled to receive in such Reclassification, all subject to further adjustment as provided herein with respect to such other shares.

(c) Subdivisions and Combinations. In the event that the outstanding shares of the securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant are subdivided (by stock split, by payment of a stock dividend or otherwise) into a greater number of shares of such securities, the number of Shares issuable upon exercise of the rights under this Warrant immediately prior to such subdivision shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such subdivision, be proportionately increased, and the Exercise Price shall be proportionately decreased, and in the event that the outstanding shares of the securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant are combined (by reclassification or otherwise) into a lesser number of shares of such securities, the number of Shares issuable upon exercise of the rights under this Warrant immediately prior to such combination shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such combination, be proportionately decreased, and the Exercise Price shall be proportionately increased.

(d) Redemption. In the event that all of the outstanding shares of the securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant are redeemed in accordance with the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, this Warrant shall thereafter be exercisable for a number of shares of the Company’s common stock equal to the number of shares of common stock that would have been received if this Warrant had been exercised in full immediately prior to such redemption and the preferred stock received thereupon had been simultaneously converted into common stock.

(e) Notice of Adjustments. Upon any adjustment in accordance with this Section 6, the Company shall promptly give notice thereof to the Holder, which notice shall state the event giving rise to the adjustment, the Exercise Price as adjusted and the number of securities or other property purchasable upon the exercise of the rights under this Warrant, setting forth in reasonable detail the method of calculation of each. The Company shall, upon the written request of any Holder, furnish or cause to be furnished to such Holder a certificate setting forth (i) such adjustments, (ii) the Exercise Price at the time in effect and (iii) the number of securities and the amount, if any, of other property that at the time would be received upon exercise of this Warrant.

(f) No Impairment. The Company shall not, by any voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed hereunder, but shall at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all the provisions of this Section 6 and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the rights of the Holder against impairment; provided however, that nothing in this Section 6(f) shall prohibit the Company from taking any corporate action (including an amendment to its Certificate of Incorporation or a reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action) if the Company receives the necessary consent of the board of directors of the Company and/or the stockholders of the Company, as applicable, in each case as required by its constitutive documents and Delaware General Corporation Law.

7. Notification of Certain Events. Prior to the expiration of this Warrant pursuant to Section 8, in the event that the Company shall authorize:

 

- 7 -


(a) the issuance of any dividend or other distribution on the capital stock of the Company (other than (i) dividends or distributions otherwise provided for in Section 6, (ii) repurchases of common stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Company or its subsidiaries upon termination of their employment or services pursuant to agreements providing for the right of said repurchase; (iii) repurchases of common stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Company or its subsidiaries pursuant to rights of first refusal or first offer contained in agreements providing for such rights; or (iv) repurchases of capital stock of the Company in connection with the settlement of disputes with any stockholder), whether in cash, property, stock or other securities;

(b) the voluntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company; or

(c) any transaction resulting in the expiration of this Warrant pursuant to Section 8(b) or 8(c);

the Company shall send to the Holder of this Warrant at least ten (10) days prior written notice of the date on which a record shall be taken for any such dividend or distribution specified in clause (a) or the expected effective date of any such other event specified in clause (b) or (c), as applicable. The notice provisions set forth in this section may be shortened or waived prospectively or retrospectively by the consent of the holders of sixty percent (60%) of the Shares issuable upon exercise of the rights under the Warrants.

8. Expiration of the Warrant. This Warrant shall expire and shall no longer be exercisable as of the earlier of:

(a) 5:00 p.m., Pacific time, on [                    ];

(b) (i) the acquisition of the Company by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions to which the Company is a party (including, without limitation, any stock acquisition, reorganization, merger or consolidation, but excluding any sale of stock for capital raising purposes and any transaction effected primarily for purposes of changing the Company’s jurisdiction of incorporation) other than a transaction or series of related transactions in which the holders of the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such transaction or series of related transactions retain, immediately after such transaction or series of transactions, as a result of shares in the Company held by such holders prior to such transaction or series of transactions, at least a majority of the total voting power represented by the outstanding voting securities of the Company or such other surviving or resulting entity (or if the Company or such other surviving or resulting entity is a wholly-owned subsidiary immediately following such acquisition, its parent), or (ii) a sale, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole by means of any transaction or series of related transactions, except where such sale, lease or other disposition is to a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company; or

(c) Immediately prior to the closing of a firm commitment underwritten initial public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act covering the offering and sale of the Company’s common stock.

9. No Rights as a Stockholder. Nothing contained herein shall entitle the Holder to any rights as a stockholder of the Company or to be deemed the holder of any securities that may at any time be issuable on the exercise of the rights hereunder for any purpose nor shall anything contained herein be construed to confer upon the Holder, as such, any right to vote for the election of directors or upon any matter submitted to stockholders at any meeting thereof, or to give or withhold consent to any corporate action (whether upon any

 

- 8 -


recapitalization, issuance of stock, reclassification of stock, change of par value or change of stock to no par value, consolidation, merger, conveyance or otherwise) or to receive notice of meetings, or to receive dividends or subscription rights or any other rights of a stockholder of the Company until the rights under the Warrant shall have been exercised and the Shares purchasable upon exercise of the rights hereunder shall have become deliverable as provided herein.

10. Market Stand-off. The Holder of this Warrant hereby agrees that such Holder shall not sell, transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, of any common stock (or other securities) of the Company held by such Holder (other than those included in the registration) for a period specified by the representative of the underwriters of the common stock (or other securities) of the Company not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or an underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (1) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (2) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in FINRA Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto), following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act relating to the initial public offering of shares of common stock registered under the Securities Act; provided , however, that all officers and directors of the Company and stockholders of at least one percent (1%) of the Company’s voting securities enter into similar agreements. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to any shares of capital stock of the Company subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of such one hundred eighty (180) day period (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or an underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (1) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (2) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in FINRA Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto). The Holder agrees that any transferee of this Warrant, or the shares of the Company’s preferred stock (or the Company’s common stock issuable upon conversion of such shares of preferred stock) issuable upon exercise of this Warrant shall be bound by this Section 10. The underwriters of the Company’s stock are intended third-party beneficiaries of this Section 10 and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were parties hereto.

11. Miscellaneous.

(a) Amendments. Except as expressly provided herein, neither this Warrant nor any term hereof may be amended, waived, discharged or terminated other than by a written instrument referencing this Warrant and signed by the Company and the holders of warrants representing not less than sixty percent (60%) of the Shares issuable upon exercise of any and all outstanding Warrants, which sixty percent (60%) does not need to include the consent of the Holder; provided, however, that that no such amendment, waiver, discharge or termination shall modify the Exercise Price without the Holder’s written consent. Any amendment, waiver, discharge or termination effected in accordance with this Section 11(a) shall be binding upon each holder of the Warrants, each future holder of such Warrants and the Company; provided, however, that no special consideration or inducement may be given to any such holder in connection with such consent that is not given ratably to all such holders, and that such amendment must apply to all such holders equally and ratably in accordance with the number of shares of the Company’s preferred stock (and shares of the Company’s common stock issuable upon conversion of such shares) issuable upon exercise of the Warrants. The Company shall promptly give notice to all holders of Warrants of any amendment effected in accordance with this Section 11(a).

(b) Waivers. No waiver of any single breach or default shall be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring.

 

- 9 -


(c) Notices. All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, sent by facsimile or electronic mail or otherwise delivered by hand, messenger or courier service addressed:

(i) if to the Holder, to the Holder at the Holder’s address, electronic mail address facsimile number or electronic mail address as shown in the Company’s records, as may be updated in accordance with the provisions hereof, or until any such Holder so furnishes an address, facsimile number or electronic mail address to the Company, then to and at the address, facsimile number or electronic mail address of the last holder of this Warrant for which the Company has contact information in its records; or

(ii) if to the Company, to the attention of the President or Chief Financial Officer of the Company at the Company’s address as shown on the signature page hereto, or at such other address or electronic mail address as the Company shall have furnished to the Holder, with a copy to Kenneth A. Clark, Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C., 650 Page Mill Road, Palo Alto, CA 94304.

Each such notice or other communication shall for all purposes of this Warrant be treated as effective or having been given (i) if delivered by hand, messenger or courier service, when delivered, or (ii) if sent by mail, four days after the same has been deposited in a regularly maintained receptacle for the deposit of the United States mail, addressed and mailed as aforesaid, or (iii) if sent by facsimile, one business day after being delivered by facsimile or, if sent by electronic mail, upon one business day after being delivered by electronic mail. In the event of any conflict between the Company’s books and records and this Warrant or any notice delivered hereunder, the Company’s books and records will control absent fraud or error.

(d) Governing Law. This Warrant and all actions arising out of or in connection with this Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as to matters within the scope thereof, and as to all other matters with the laws of the State of California, without regard to the conflicts of law provisions of the State of California, or of any other state.

(e) Titles and Subtitles. The titles and subtitles used in this Warrant are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Warrant. All references in this Warrant to sections, paragraphs and exhibits shall, unless otherwise provided, refer to sections and paragraphs hereof and exhibits attached hereto.

(f) Severability. If any provision of this Warrant becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, portions of such provision, or such provision in its entirety, to the extent necessary, shall be severed from this Warrant, and such illegal, unenforceable or void provision shall be replaced with a valid and enforceable provision that will achieve, to the extent possible, the same economic, business and other purposes of the illegal, unenforceable or void provision. The balance of this Warrant shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

(g) Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH OF THE HOLDER AND THE COMPANY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS WARRANT. If the waiver of jury trial set forth in this paragraph is not enforceable, then any claim or cause of action arising out of or relating to this Warrant shall be settled by judicial reference pursuant to California Code of Civil Procedure Section 638 et seq. before a referee sitting without a jury, such referee to be mutually acceptable to the parties or, if no agreement is reached, by a referee appointed by the Presiding Judge of the California Superior Court for San

 

- 10 -


Diego County. This paragraph shall not restrict the Holder or the Company from exercising remedies under the Uniform Commercial Code or from exercising pre-judgment remedies under applicable law.

(h) California Corporate Securities Law. THE SALE OF THE SECURITIES THAT ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS WARRANT HAS NOT BEEN QUALIFIED WITH THE COMMISSIONER OF CORPORATIONS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA AND THE ISSUANCE OF SUCH SECURITIES OR THE PAYMENT OR RECEIPT OF ANY PART OF THE CONSIDERATION THEREFOR PRIOR TO SUCH QUALIFICATION IS UNLAWFUL, UNLESS THE SALE OF SECURITIES IS EXEMPT FROM QUALIFICATION BY SECTION 25100, 25102, OR 25105 OF THE CALIFORNIA CORPORATIONS CODE. THE RIGHTS OF ALL PARTIES TO THIS WARRANT ARE EXPRESSLY CONDITIONED UPON THE QUALIFICATION BEING OBTAINED, UNLESS THE SALE IS SO EXEMPT.

(i) Rights and Obligations Survive Exercise of the Warrant. Except as otherwise provided herein, the rights and obligations of the Company and the Holder under this Warrant shall survive exercise of this Warrant.

(j) Entire Agreement. Except as expressly set forth herein, this Warrant (including the exhibits attached hereto) constitutes the entire agreement and understanding of the Company and the Holder with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof.

( signature page follows )

 

- 11 -


The Company and the Holder sign this Warrant as of the date stated on the first page.

 

OTONOMY, INC.
By:    
Name:    
Title:    
Address:

6275 Nancy Ridge Drive, Suite 100

San Diego, California 92121

 

AGREED AND ACKNOWLEDGED,

 

[ INSERT NAME OF HOLDER ]

By:    
Name:    
Title:    
Address:
[ insert address ]
[Fax number: [ insert facsimile number, if appropriate ]]
[ Email address: [ insert email address, if appropriate ]]

( Signature Page to Warrant to Purchase Shares of Preferred Stock of Otonomy, Inc. )


EXHIBIT A

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

 

TO:

   OTONOMY, INC. (the “ Company ”)

Attention:

   President

 

(1) Exercise. The undersigned elects to purchase the following pursuant to the terms of the attached warrant:

 

  Number of shares:       
  Type of security:     

 

(2) Method of Exercise. The undersigned elects to exercise the attached warrant pursuant to:

 

  ¨ A cash payment and tenders herewith payment of the purchase price for such shares in full, together with all applicable transfer taxes, if any.

 

  ¨ The net issue exercise provisions of Section 2(b) of the attached warrant.

 

(3) Stock Certificate. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the shares in the name of:

 

¨    The undersigned     
¨    Other—Name:       
   Address:         
         

 

(4) Unexercised Portion of the Warrant. Please issue a new warrant for the unexercised portion of the attached warrant in the name of:

 

¨    The undersigned     
¨    Other—Name:       
   Address:         
         
¨    Not applicable     

 

(5) Investment Intent. The undersigned represents and warrants that the aforesaid shares are being acquired for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, the distribution thereof, and that the undersigned has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the shares, nor does it have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement for the same.

 

A-1


(6) Investment Representation Statement and Market Stand-Off Agreement. The undersigned has executed, and delivers herewith, an Investment Representation Statement and Market Stand-Off Agreement in a form substantially similar to the form attached to the warrant as Exhibit A-1.

 

(7) Consent to Receipt of Electronic Notice. Subject to the limitations set forth in Delaware General Corporation Law §232(e), the undersigned consents to the delivery of any notice to stockholders given by the Company under the Delaware General Corporation Law or the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws by (i) facsimile telecommunication to the facsimile number provided below (or to any other facsimile number for the undersigned in the Company’s records), (ii) electronic mail to the electronic mail address provided below (or to any other electronic mail address for the undersigned in the Company’s records), (iii) posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the undersigned of such specific posting or (iv) any other form of electronic transmission (as defined in the Delaware General Corporation Law) directed to the undersigned. This consent may be revoked by the undersigned by written notice to the Company and may be deemed revoked in the circumstances specified in Delaware General Corporation Law §232.

 

 

 

( Print name of the warrant holder )
 

 

( Signature )
 

 

( Name and title of signatory, if applicable )
 

 

( Date )
 

 

( Fax number )
 

 

( Email address )

( Signature page to the Notice of Exercise )

 

A-2


EXHIBIT A-l

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

AND

MARKET STAND-OFF AGREEMENT

 

INVESTOR:                                                                                                                                                       
COMPANY:    OTONOMY, INC.
SECURITIES:    THE WARRANT ISSUED ON [                    ] (THE “ WARRANT ”) AND THE SECURITIES ISSUED OR ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE THEREOF (INCLUDING UPON SUBSEQUENT CONVERSION OF THOSE SECURITIES)
DATE:                                                                                                  

In connection with the purchase or acquisition of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned Investor represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Company as follows:

1. No Registration. The Investor understands that the Securities have not been, and will not be, registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), by reason of a specific exemption from the registration provisions of the Securities Act, the availability of which depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent and the accuracy of the Investor’s representations as expressed herein or otherwise made pursuant hereto.

2. Investment Intent. The Investor is acquiring the Securities for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution thereof. The Investor has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the Securities, nor does it have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement for the same.

3. Investment Experience. The Investor has substantial experience in evaluating and investing in private placement transactions of securities in companies similar to the Company, and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters so that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in the Company and protecting its own interests.

4. Speculative Nature of Investment. The Investor understands and acknowledges that the Company has a limited financial and operating history and that its investment in the Company is highly speculative and involves substantial risks. The Investor can bear the economic risk of its investment and is able, without impairing its financial condition, to hold the Securities for an indefinite period of time and to suffer a complete loss of its investment.

5. Access to Data. The Investor has had an opportunity to ask questions of officers of the Company, which questions were answered to its satisfaction. The Investor believes that it has received all the information that it considers necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to acquire the Securities. The Investor understands that any such discussions, as well as any information issued by the Company, were intended to describe certain aspects of the Company’s business and prospects, but were not necessarily a thorough or exhaustive description. The Investor acknowledges that any business plans prepared by the Company have been, and continue to be, subject to change and that any projections included in such business

 

A-1-1


plans or otherwise are necessarily speculative in nature, and it can be expected that some or all of the assumptions underlying the projections will not materialize or will vary significantly from actual results.

6. Accredited Investor. The Investor is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D, Rule 501(a), promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission and agrees to submit to the Company such further assurances of such status as may be reasonably requested by the Company.

7. Residency. The residency of the Investor (or, in the case of a partnership or corporation, such entity’s principal place of business) is correctly set forth on the signature page hereto.

8. Restrictions on Resales. The Investor acknowledges that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. The Investor is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, which permit resale of shares purchased in a private placement subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, which may include, among other things, the availability of certain current public information about the Company; the resale occurring not less than a specified period after a party has purchased and paid for the security to be sold; the number of shares being sold during any three-month period not exceeding specified limitations; the sale being effected through a “broker’s transaction,” a transaction directly with a “market maker” or a “riskless principal transaction” (as those terms are defined in the Securities Act or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder); and the filing of a Form 144 notice, if applicable. The Investor acknowledges and understands that the Company may not be satisfying the current public information requirement of Rule 144 at the time the Investor wishes to sell the Securities and that, in such event, the Investor may be precluded from selling the Securities under Rule 144 even if the other applicable requirements of Rule 144 have been satisfied. The Investor understands and acknowledges that, in the event the applicable requirements of Rule 144 are not met, registration under the Securities Act or an exemption from registration will be required for any disposition of the Securities. The Investor understands that, although Rule 144 is not exclusive, the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell restricted securities received in a private offering other than in a registered offering or pursuant to Rule 144 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for those offers or sales and that those persons and the brokers who participate in the transactions do so at their own risk.

9. No Public Market. The Holder understands and acknowledges that no public market now exists for any of the securities issued by the Company and that the Company has made no assurances that a public market will ever exist for the Company’s securities.

10. Brokers and Finders. The Investor has not engaged any brokers, finders or agents in connection with the Securities, and the Company has not incurred nor will incur, directly or indirectly, as a result of any action taken by the Investor, any liability for brokerage or finders’ fees or agents’ commissions or any similar charges in connection with the Securities.

11. Legal Counsel. The Investor has had the opportunity to review the Warrant, the exhibits and schedules attached thereto and the transactions contemplated by the Warrant with its own legal counsel. The Investor is not relying on any statements or representations of the Company or its agents for legal advice with respect to this investment or the transactions contemplated by the Warrant.

12. Tax Advisors. With respect to the U.S. federal, state and local and non-U.S. tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Warrant, the Investor relies solely on the advice of its own tax advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents, written or oral. The Investor understands that it (and not the Company) shall be responsible for its

 

A-1-2


own tax liability that may arise as a result of this investment and the transactions contemplated by the Warrant.

13. Market Stand-off. The Holder of this Warrant hereby agrees that such Holder shall not sell, transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, of any common stock (or other securities) of the Company held by such Holder (other than those included in the registration) for a period specified by the representative of the underwriters of the common stock (or other securities) of the Company not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or an underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (1) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (2) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in FINRA Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto), following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act relating to the initial public offering of shares of common stock registered under the Securities Act; provided , however, that all officers and directors of the Company and stockholders of at least one percent (1%) of the Company’s voting securities enter into similar agreements. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to any shares of capital stock of the Company subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of such one hundred eighty (180) day period (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or an underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (1) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (2) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in FINRA Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto). The Holder agrees that any transferee of this Warrant, or the shares of the Company’s preferred stock (or the Company’s common stock issuable upon conversion of such shares of preferred stock) issuable upon exercise of this Warrant shall be bound by this Section 13. The underwriters of the Company’s stock are intended third-party beneficiaries of this Section 13 and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were parties hereto.

( signature page follows )

 

A-1-3


The Investor is signing this Investment Representation Statement and Market Stand-Off Agreement on the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR
 

 

( Print name of the investor )
 

 

( Signature )
 

 

( Name and title of signatory, if applicable )
 

 

( Street address )
 

 

( City, state and ZIP )

 

A-1-4


EXHIBIT B

ASSIGNMENT FORM

 

ASSIGNOR:                                                                                                                                                           
COMPANY:    OTONOMY, INC.
WARRANT:    THE WARRANT TO PURCHASE SHARES OF PREFERRED STOCK ISSUED ON [                            ] (THE “ WARRANT ”)
DATE:                                                                                                  

 

(1) Assignment. The undersigned registered holder of the Warrant (“ Assignor ”) assigns and transfers to the assignee named below (“ Assignee ”) all of the rights of Assignor under the Warrant, with respect to the number of shares set forth below:

 

  Name of Assignee:     
  Address of Assignee:     
      
  Number of Shares Assigned:     

 

     and does irrevocably constitute and appoint                          as attorney to make such transfer on the books of Otonomy, Inc., maintained for the purpose, with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

(2) Obligations of Assignee. Assignee agrees to take and hold the Warrant and any shares of stock to be issued upon exercise of the rights thereunder (and any shares issuable upon conversion thereof) (the “ Securities ”) subject to, and to be bound by, the terms and conditions set forth in the Warrant to the same extent as if Assignee were the original holder thereof.

 

(3) Investment Intent. Assignee represents and warrants that the Securities are being acquired for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, the distribution thereof, and that Assignee has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the shares, nor does it have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement for the same.

 

(4) Investment Representation Statement and Market Stand-Off Agreement. Assignee has executed, and delivers herewith, an Investment Representation Statement and Market Stand-Off Agreement in a form substantially similar to the form attached to the Warrant as Exhibit A-1.

 

- 1 -


Assignor and Assignee are signing this Assignment Form on the date first set forth above.

 

ASSIGNOR     ASSIGNEE
 

 

     

 

( Print name of Assignor )     ( Print name of Assignee )
 

 

     

 

( Signature of Assignor )     ( Signature of Assignee )
 

 

     

 

( Print name of signatory, if applicable )     ( Print name of signatory, if applicable )
 

 

     

 

( Print title of signatory, if applicable )     ( Print title of signatory, if applicable )
Address:     Address:
       
       

 

- 2 -

Exhibit 10.15

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE LAW.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

 

Corporation:

   OTONOMY, INC.

Number of Shares:

   As determined and subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 1.7

Class of Stock:

   Series B Preferred, subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 1.7

Initial Exercise Price:

   $0.4032 per share, subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 1.7

Issue Date:

   July 31, 2013

Expiration Date:

   July 31, 2023

T HIS W ARRANT C ERTIFIES T HAT , for good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, S QUARE 1 B ANK or its assignee (“ Holder ”) is entitled to purchase the number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of the class of securities (the “ Shares ”) of Otonomy, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) at the initial exercise price per Share (the “ Warrant Price ”) all as set forth above and as adjusted pursuant to Article 2 of this warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this warrant.

ARTICLE 1

EXERCISE

1.1 Method of Exercise. Holder may exercise this warrant by delivering (i) this warrant and (ii) a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached as Appendix 1 to the principal office of the Company. Unless Holder is exercising the conversion right set forth in Section 1.2, Holder shall also deliver to the Company a check for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.

1.2 Conversion Right. In lieu of exercising this warrant as specified in Section 1.1, Holder may from time to time convert this warrant, in whole or in part, into a number of Shares (rounded down to the nearest whole Share) determined by dividing (a) the aggregate fair market value of the Shares or other securities otherwise issuable upon exercise of this warrant minus the aggregate Warrant Price of such Shares by (b) the fair market value of one Share. The fair market value of the Shares shall be determined pursuant to Section 1.3.

1.3 Fair Market Value. If the Shares are traded regularly in a public market, the fair market value of the Shares shall be the closing price of the Shares (or the closing price of the Company’s stock into which the Shares are convertible) reported for the business day immediately before Holder delivers its Notice of Exercise to the Company. If the Shares are not

 

Warrant – Otonomy, Inc. – Execution Version


regularly traded in a public market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine fair market value in its reasonable good faith judgment.

1.4 Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant. Promptly after Holder exercises or converts this warrant, the Company shall deliver to Holder certificates for the Shares acquired and, if this warrant has not been fully exercised or converted and has not expired, a new warrant representing the Shares not so acquired.

1.5 Replacement of Warrants. On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender and cancellation of this warrant, the Company at its expense shall execute and deliver, in lieu of this warrant, a new warrant of like tenor.

1.6 Repurchase on Sale, Merger, or Consolidation of the Company.

1.6.1 Acquisition. ” For the purpose of this warrant, “ Acquisition ” means (a) any sale, license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets (including intellectual property) of the Company, or (b) any reorganization, consolidation, merger or sale of the voting securities of the Company or any other transaction where the holders of the Company’s securities before the transaction beneficially own less than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the surviving entity after the transaction.

1.6.2 Assumption of Warrant. If upon the closing of any Acquisition the successor entity assumes the obligations of this warrant, then this warrant shall be exercisable for the same securities, cash, and property as would be payable for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on the record date for the Acquisition and subsequent closing. The Warrant Price shall be adjusted accordingly so that the aggregate Warrant Price of all Shares is unchanged. The Company shall use reasonable efforts to cause the surviving corporation to assume the obligations of this warrant.

1.6.3 Nonassumption. If upon the closing of any Acquisition the successor entity does not assume the obligations of this warrant and Holder has not otherwise exercised this warrant in full, then this warrant shall be deemed to have been automatically converted pursuant to Section 1.2 and thereafter Holder shall participate in the Acquisition on the same terms as other holders of the same class of securities of the Company.

1.7 Calculation of Number of Shares; Optional Adjustment in Underlying Preferred Stock Class, Number of Shares, and Exercise Price.

(a) Calculation of Number Of Shares. The Number of Shares for which this warrant shall be exercisable shall be determined pursuant to the following calculation: (i) 3% of the principal amount of the Term Loans actually made by Holder to the Company pursuant to that certain Loan and Security Agreement entered into between Holder and Company dated on or about the Issue Date (the “Loan Agreement”), divided by (ii) the Initial Exercise Price.

 

2.

Warrant – Otonomy, Inc. – Execution Version


(b) Optional Adjustments on Next Financing Event. Upon the closing of the Next Financing Event (as defined below) this warrant shall, at Holder’s option and concurrent with the issuance of shares of preferred stock in the Next Financing Event (“ Next Equity Preferred ”), be adjusted to instead be exercisable for shares of the same series and class and bear the same rights, preferences, and privileges of the Next Equity Preferred, with the Warrant Price hereunder adjusted to equal the per share purchase price of the Next Equity Preferred, and the number of such shares subject to this warrant adjusted to equal (i) 3% of the principal amount of the Term Loans made by Holder to the Company pursuant to the Loan Agreement, divided by (ii) such modified per share Warrant Price. As used in this warrant, the term “ Next Financing Event ” means a transaction, after the Issue Date, pursuant to which the Company receives at least $25,000,000 in net cash proceeds from the sale or issuance of Company’s Next Equity Preferred; or (b) receipt by Company of at least $15,000,000 in net cash proceeds from the sale or issuance of Company’s Next Equity Preferred to Company’s existing investors.

ARTICLE 2

ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES

2.1 Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc. If the Company declares or pays a dividend on its common stock payable in common stock, or other securities, or subdivides the outstanding common stock into a greater amount of common stock, then upon exercise of this warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities to which Holder would have been entitled had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend or subdivision occurred.

2.2 Reclassification, Exchange or Substitution. Upon any reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event that results in a change of the number and/or class of the securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of this warrant (other than in connection with an Acquisition, which is addressed by Section 1.6 above), Holder shall be entitled to receive, upon exercise or conversion of this warrant, the number and kind of securities and property that Holder would have received for the Shares if this warrant had been exercised immediately before such reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event. Such an event shall include any automatic conversion of the outstanding or issuable securities of the Company of the same class or series as the Shares to common stock pursuant to the terms of the Company’s Articles of Incorporation upon the closing of a registered public offering of the Company’s common stock. The Company or its successor shall promptly issue to Holder a new warrant for such new securities or other property. The new warrant shall provide for adjustments which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Article 2 including, without limitation, adjustments to the Warrant Price and to the number of securities or property issuable upon exercise of the new warrant. The provisions of this Section 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, substitutions, or other events.

2.3 Adjustments for Combinations, Etc. If the outstanding Shares are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased. If the outstanding Shares are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a greater number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased.

 

3.

Warrant – Otonomy, Inc. – Execution Version


2.4 Adjustments for Diluting Issuances. In the event of the issuance (a “ Diluting Issuance ”) by the Company after the Issue Date of securities at a price per share less than the Warrant Price, then the number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares shall be adjusted to the extent and in accordance with those provisions of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation that apply to Diluting Issuances for the same class and series of stock.

2.5 Certificate as to Adjustments. Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, the Company at its expense shall promptly compute such adjustment, and furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer setting forth such adjustment and the facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request, furnish Holder a certificate setting forth the Warrant Price in effect upon the date thereof and the series of adjustments leading to such Warrant Price.

2.6 Fractional Shares. No fractional Shares shall be issuable upon exercise or conversion of the Warrant and the Number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional share interest arises upon any exercise or conversion of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional share interest by paying Holder the amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by the fair market value of a full Share.

ARTICLE 3

REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS

3.1 Representations and Warranties. The Company hereby represents and warrants to the Holder as follows:

(a) The initial Warrant Price referenced on the first page of this warrant is equal to the cash purchase price paid by investors for the shares of Series B Preferred Stock during the Company’s most recent sale of its Series B Preferred Stock.

(b) All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of the purchase right represented by this warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws.

(c) The Company’s capitalization table attached to this warrant is true and complete as of the Issue Date.

3.2 Notice of Certain Events. The Company shall provide Holder with not less than 10 days prior written notice, including a description of the material facts surrounding, any of the following events: (a) declaration of any dividend or distribution upon its common stock, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend; (b) offering for subscription pro rata to the holders of any class or series of its stock any additional shares of stock of any class or series or other rights; (c) effecting any reclassification or recapitalization of common stock; or (d) the merger or consolidation with or into any other

 

4.

Warrant – Otonomy, Inc. – Execution Version


corporation, or sale, lease, license, or conveyance of all or substantially all of its assets, or liquidation, dissolution or winding up.

3.3 Information Rights. So long as the Holder holds this warrant and/or any of the Shares, the Company shall deliver to the Holder (a) the annual audited financial statements of the Company certified by independent public accountants of recognized standing and (b) the Company’s quarterly, unaudited financial statements, in each case at such time that the Company delivers such financial statements to the holders of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock.

3.4 Registration Rights. In connection with the issuance of the Warrant, the Holder became a party to the Company’s Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement dated as of August 26, 2010, as amended on the date hereof, pursuant to which the Holder was granted certain registration rights with respect to the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant.

3.5 Shares Not Registered . The Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) (the “ Securities ”), have not been, and will not be, registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”) by reason of a specific exemption from the registration provisions of the Securities Act, the availability of which depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent and the accuracy of the Holder’s representations as expressed herein or otherwise made pursuant hereto. This Warrant and the Shares to be acquired upon exercise of this Warrant will be acquired for investment and not with a view to the sale or distribution of any part thereof, and the Holder has no present intention of selling or engaging in any public distribution of the same except pursuant to a registration or exemption. The Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D, Rule 501(a), promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission. The Holder has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment and has the ability to bear the economic risks of its investment.

3.6 Market Stand-Off Agreement . The Holder hereby agrees that such Holder shall not sell, transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, any Securities held by such Holder (other than those included in the registration) for a period specified by the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or an underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (1) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (2) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in FINRA Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto), following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act relating to the initial public offering of shares of Common Stock registered under the Securities Act; provided , however , that all officers and directors of the Company and holders of at least one percent (1%) of the Company’s voting securities enter into similar agreements. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to any Securities subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of such one hundred eighty (180) day period (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or an underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (1) the publication or

 

5.

Warrant – Otonomy, Inc. – Execution Version


other distribution of research reports and (2) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in FINRA Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto). The Holder agrees that any transferee of any Securities shall be bound by this Section 3.6. The underwriters of the Company’s stock are intended third-party beneficiaries of this Section 3.6 and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were parties hereto.

ARTICLE 4

MISCELLANEOUS

4.1 Term: Exercise Upon Expiration. This warrant is exercisable in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time on or before the Expiration Date set forth above; provided, however, that if the Company completes its initial public offering within the three-year period immediately prior to the Expiration Date, the Expiration Date shall automatically be extended until the third anniversary of the effective date of the Company’s initial public offering. If this warrant has not been exercised prior to the Expiration Date, this warrant shall be deemed to have been automatically exercised on the Expiration Date by “cashless” conversion pursuant to Section 1.2.

4.2 Legends. This warrant and the Shares (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE LAW.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A LOCK-UP PERIOD IN THE EVENT OF A PUBLIC OFFERING, AS SET FORTH IN THE WARRANT PURSUANT TO WHICH THESE SHARES WERE ISSUED, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY. SUCH LOCK-UP PERIOD IS BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

4.3 Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer. This warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise of this warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part without compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee. The Company shall not require Holder to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is to an affiliate of Holder or if there is no material question as to the availability of current information as referenced in Rule 144(c), Holder represents that it has complied with Rule 144 (d) and (e) in reasonable detail, the selling broker represents that it has complied with Rule 144(f), and the Company is provided with a copy of Holder’s notice of proposed sale.

4.4 Transfer Procedure. Subject to the provisions of Section 4.3, Holder may transfer all or part of this warrant or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this warrant (or the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) by giving the

 

6.

Warrant – Otonomy, Inc. – Execution Version


Company notice of the portion of the warrant being transferred setting forth the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and surrendering this warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder, if applicable). No surrender or reissuance shall be required if the transfer is to an affiliate of Holder.

4.5 Notices. All notices and other communications from the Company to the Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective when given personally or mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or the Holder, as the case may be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time. All notices to the Holder shall be addressed as follows:

Square 1 Bank

Attn: Warrant Administrator

406 Blackwell Street, Suite 240

Crowe Building

Durham, NC 27701

4.6 Amendments. This warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

4.7 Attorneys’ Fees. In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

4.8 Governing Law. This warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

7.

Warrant – Otonomy, Inc. – Execution Version


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Warrant to Purchase Stock as of the date set forth above.

 

O TONOMY , I NC .
By:   /s/ David A. Weber
Name:   David A. Weber
Title:   President & Chief Executive Officer

 

S QUARE 1 B ANK
/s/ Lan Zhu
(Signature)
(Name) Lan Zhu
(Date) 7/29/13

[Signature Page to Warrant to Purchase Stock]

 

Warrant – Otonomy, Inc. – Execution Version


A PPENDIX 1

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

1. The undersigned hereby elects to purchase                      shares of the                      stock of O TONOMY , I NC . pursuant to the terms of the attached warrant, and tenders herewith payment of the purchase price of such shares in full.

1. The undersigned hereby elects to convert the attached warrant into shares in the manner specified in the warrant. This conversion is exercised with respect to                      of the shares covered by the warrant.

[Strike paragraph that does not apply.]

2. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing said shares in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below:

Square 1 Bank

Attn: Warrant Administrator

406 Blackwell Street, Suite 240

Fowler Building

Durham, NC 27701

3. The undersigned represents it is acquiring the shares solely for its own account and not as a nominee for any other party and not with a view toward the resale or distribution thereof except in compliance with applicable securities laws.

 

S QUARE 1 B ANK or Registered Assignee
 

 

(Signature)
 

 

(Date)

 

Warrant – Otonomy, Inc. – Execution Version

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated June 5, 2014, in the Registration Statement on Form S-1 and related Prospectus of Otonomy, Inc. dated July 11, 2014 for the registration of shares of its common stock.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

San Diego, California

July 11, 2014